Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats

maaan here bt PY ry er
toes yh lee oY Het a hee nee
Veen yy rT aa a acs UM RATS Gallager |e
hak Se sees Saree 4 eee chet wma eee ate
were yaa wig Vaden TM trae trio deeb Motes & NOUR neon nen
VS pitbete tent # “ Ur ete Uebel Me Fr sepie M web bets Siea eases tl
Pete pared PE EAS He kote Me es oosn @ Wraee Grueie Parner Tek TTT tht}
‘ ty Satta Ft gy bade behio! Samet te Yt Sone A ”
eb tehs POI rn a eR De RN Oereic Tek re wn ee
er an an CCT et Set Ye RTE RULITIOM Wy et eee . ee
ra vede we Pence ee Se OTe eTC Ee scheme
ey oy SEER aed aA, as ' ‘ ‘yt ‘4 ¥ , ee tS ab Meith . La
é‘ " Were ae 4 van on 4 VRidl tebe ae he bemigsqee tee
get bien aay @ fone Veh rae Pan ass vag ote ueet Vi tastcleatarg. Utieean ‘ he +
ay of any Rare ee Ek a Pr eek ee a Leper bP med tes ene om ete bone
eww qe te NV AUPE ORICe TNL) ‘* he Bday PO ROR beet LACS CRI CL ahs
pg shit a TA Ta ain Sr er! Ped PE OEE Daly Pee Wh se
hee pares PATER We DW) SOUR RO ’ Winton
t We Say AME a Crate Per yn fe CR eG ee the at

aA age &

Vee ne Ay Veh Geely sey

Bett 4 vey OEY t+ bere Trt Po ea RS vy
‘yee 8 aes Sn pas SP sew ee) PP BONN NETESUINY SOY PC RSTO CUPS TOY OTL AU UE ERS OE Lah
eee eer) + Par Ue, Cah Perry era an , Gon nt 14 se ale ws Neem paeds
toner ' »* Rk AN vehi ata oN te ANd Bogrd try
rae 1% te Pr ee Hy ;
are Per kr Te Gath da RW CRTC RCE UOMO TL Ea
an) hie Me eben

AON es Eee Ce
PMOVUR TIT Wane e re ACU rs
(eeyPperrrnrrertn YT TererOS Ir) DOLE LRU rrmns

ry
py haart oie vane

' errr ner Ir WY ERC a eae
bE Malet Miri aS on wero er eran tun ye 2 Sere wot
AR ir eat a SE i
rec revert my

Poet n eres 2

peereverres |

est vO EEED COE 8 2)

area seven

Marre Pe Re Ce

ey taataweme gine jagieed Ve betes
1d CN Ded ave ite Pee ate

Pervert ra}
nyaeigia pigs

era
Whang fet wea

Mehen ’ Ce OME TAR Males Prtestets ;
kere i} pedemeie ’ Pen ; aus tmehsd chins hiestonses rien vant caate
viv Lnoeye cetera gineuen ag AT ys AMM MARL eae RaR eas 4c ee Renh aden Adres Qene ant
. he : et tN ines * Bat pine chy eG eM WiDr getty Bias aig atime te NG:
. LASER Ber Ag VArHG nagen Are, Navaue genet tre amens Oy Ms Led teaaes
/ San pa bate toy Va tere ey Le Aged WG gametonens mye As eA
a4 Fa dca ed ehen + ued Detail agente, Veby naey samy
; beget aegetedetadum ay hd alata sm) 044 ang $S
; eee eee eee tach este ecdpoe Ss toreare ten spymesi te UG BRL G sad) Caren
non ‘Arana ee ‘ aes ere soe oe) heer RL GL se tive . vit mateaiiee tsititweg Waaraiyrare ys
5 rye ‘ Teg eee NM ESERI MET UTM iartininaBeasag uese tMewaton jeceayy
eon rhe DA Par Ata boy ents COUGH Oe eR HP ans
te itatareee ? ren

Et rar
ay at Pr eat ens 9

* 6 ¥ teow gan pobre | 4ha@ eet
wa , ' oe + To es 4 vai ts RUA rd a
Wotan t a chs ladebbeere ass We swine LE Mere bes feb FP ODOR paged gies
Payette CUCIET OSCE Oran eee ae ETO EL aon COLIC TER TUM METIC ET MID trE IM Near nt reat?
, es tereayen ds ee recmeraaiegie gy Pap tigen caFs Tea Bett ODL MH Uetiny HOMete Vegeta mem rhe Hoda Wf
; PT ee shan}: a ee ude ae av Ar lanensNaitoitea 4 Beant veges NST EM ete ae a
ae Hae iret PP Ce : aah Nine EN RETIN Tea
' MVPRrTn STZ NOM Merk ee Teer OLE weet ien
ae Acne Nasasegeyene eg ted Oe TAD U ate Pe ienensye peta pes sty getugh ast
we 3 Fob Chaos ee Va taetereseatiee LION EE Homer tens eke |
CO EPRPELI VED, Mk REPRE PER POEL CCIE NIPa TER Ia

LMe te rdorieedet

epeele

erecta en
OH abe ted Me oar eth it

yee a tra tt isu Peed ith eee hei wsprned Celanese
Merny Wend ela Gres HW kee Ne teh bed

beeen. 1 TOT Tere Ste LO Ee ee coe
wear yewert Ty Briere ven Tern Wt ChTe Tet eEe ers POR i

4) A AAO Ry brag tedetey pret meee Bi ken eon
Leteea dy ge tyes pe peas Sede te Fee bhatt ren Prune tes gaat
SH vndtey annite Boge YN DeRe abet PUNNGH 4h Deter em Guns!
or tert tn eS es Serr rer tery}
Hedin Ae Waheed MeO ery ad We Flee Netea

eee eH yet SoS. gee Ot Lrtripebebet Gite Bemetad tenet t

wee ot tee eda Ast

7 ee
yi wh

a ree ‘ '
Se aca print yaad vo eas Se UPCOM EDS MOTUS SORT Le CA Oe Ba
foe oe - Pe. ee hoe tereh 143. aa Rinse nate NEPA ARB a as tub agai
‘ i te ’ Mt A? ‘ toa head's 1 sheae eye lseee He SHM Chenin oe
; ‘' 3 dolepe ten tok Vth east ge 114 Me r Y ee NNN anedaninise
: ; Mia en ‘ reas 480 Center a fe movers a Vseyeue OW noe Geach
r ‘3 ' ! ; ae | Vieege ab Mayet ’ Perret renee TC RETR TS TOTLIRIE DAUD a Une yo
Wa bod “y a) : ye tea ne Neer meen y) HART HOS ECAQOTE ee
5 t mya A ce ees « a Perper MON pahogs F238 39 beet ee AP ppwi nay
nt rhe a +ad | WO be Ghee pees eee
mtn pa yates + Vt hone
: ms eleeeh Mord LM deat ye eenayie BLA Vitere gets
peeve, “Af Vey sansden Gees SSD Ege PEMD Tee SHE peed Newel Severe deg lt
ts! 1+ Pee A ary Di gear eyey te why Tbe tere pine
mide ‘ Here tate) i SELN te WHITER) LkOr ity Ti
teen I Yrpdebee Sh Bove
Ane ‘ ANS) Uae pepagnt
Cr ' rity Veen
Frnt tan te VOPREN TOMAS Mal bye bt
veil ‘ ver Seeger yay! 4
Mie tay Rees Pera rePency Meer Te,
. seeay nese b
A . ‘
‘ ' teed P
Ae ' ‘s
44 a : 24 a ’
see st Ty VY Seren gpa Mow tp ‘
ate ; i Vode lseleQeseg geae Haniel Ue deans
; , oe Core Tere ae Tt} VA lnseu cans te
i . . TN yy a .Y
ayo preetalh mee total Soy
‘ : “hte Pa SOOT
{ Ca ae EY
a ae ae
a": i 7 vigaina yy
ee $reg 18a eae
} . i ¢ Ll eat Lette te
oe H Gear ye APS Ase
. a5) uite Ved MGl yy
of +e
: \
t : ’
{
‘
gin j :
' varia L , a t
I ’ : F ; : yauaiThens
anes - hy Palace te Ch athe Nitty
fq 3 ' ' se ta : ; ;
ait . dade ss : ee
Pi o4 : Wo eae tae DS i "
7 oy ; ;
7 oo nai} i HN fi
y rode ees 5 ete Pe A ‘ Maes “f “4 y ia) et ee Se relateay beste
Aut - , i PR dang it 7 NGS 42 beat
1? De 4 @ rete woe 4 ua KeVpht Te pheked
voy PP Pabier od id a 3 chad ape Bow b 7 . won
PPA ye! =! : og eee eR ey Say ‘ Dn ge eed ' ‘ syafdiQigrqyasdeaberpeaty
ws : 4 He - ‘ Ce ars ra Dee | : } PErIriie nt aries
ane toate i. te it ‘ . £ SP PIRPPIPiVaPtsray Uriiiett ete IP cere ty oct
7 wut oe Rt aoe & Pigtng ta Mee Od, be phy ayet PP eT Pee
7 : Pagel peers este Haig Viallaet eeaee CUS nae gy pee ta ds pageds temas a yard
ie: ve vt PROYTAS IRIEL tTEaAY UCR ERTETCrE Ee) vey hha
no : a ea om NOUSTATHT IMPORTER IOUT CUI Ben Rea
en , Si ph MEy bonus jens edtablteT a AP
A - a . Uae idy
- ‘ rs oie . .
el . 7 . 7
+ ave
‘ . ; iehie
aes ewes ey ica ageaag oe
F i aed taste tens Fa
Pn G00 i ' eg eta adage
t . ‘ PL er te V ap an ghee
fh ve eyed © Sate erik
ait Ly WN base Le bape idee
whos . Fe aedag OVS) ep etishh be
ae te Bt ee Ms 1a boigops494 23
Pah ee - ates reren
- - #sdoqbosuy Seiapouthen
' ; : HAASE GON aaep ite
y eo Peer itary,
i areran dt bee eh bw
n + Pitbere Pi
’ oe ‘
oy i) alah se)
PLN yy
- ‘i ; a Nui lab ahal gh oee ad BP ye age rae di
ae ne aera betas p beet Walmer rei
aan se rTP rae
: ee Teepe mre erect eit ar)
: 7 yay Neda stan
ay Tl baa
7 Teg) henge t ree eae a ae ke oa Bia Mab de Ne bet
: * ‘ fae he eee Ci lied ak hana UN ENT y Aau ea 0 ea Rus gee.
i z ar natene ee adage
bd - ‘ ae. x y 4 debe Trae
- Oy reat OVEN TIPLE UAT) ETC S TSI Tad Lune Ginn, eat iy
‘ 4 + vate (yO ba Ps Pun an POORBDRREETVYT DF TITTIES Le) rarrrey
7 os seb Usted ecru renee rene Pre MOTI COU IT IT tn fay
‘ ae die . roma ern EN abr inhe Mhont an EAE bh
- F, - nrenrey, very i Toren cr rime Sher ete tai] tal Dee ee
: ares in hs : Fa Oe eee a eer Ep Ba en al fend DMs fiareret eerrrprnyi re?
cc ' t
‘ R PPR ' Pie reer t,t es ee
<4 bo to Pym) , Pers Ur Bian te Ce Taaoeptgalie Vea
fear Te te $ fa bee Nhe te be DRterPeririr nt ria 7 A eke ty
hehe ga aie CEM alena! ate Get ne at Whig syfogs ngeaactie
a eae ne tates eb ewe eel ‘ ema ihaart
Hyg: 1, nad we Pye Le Uti er OLE IN)
Pig ado bp he Aa aa r - ae Pron aed tages
: thitr ase AE a aoe aah eae ie a teacbniton Sor etwe
bt aos : 7 cea aracl Vegas cede ran And riewgtgepr angina eer aG aye Wop lipes
fi toad rere a one Ae rere Re ta
Ca Vaoaaa hala Dae fea ganas ety PGedtard

erat fe)
ees ror ty)

beans
Tiree cree s

Qe,

wt
vv
vy
ve
Ve,
yyy
SSS Ue
[We ve
RES ye :

SUN
Uvvuey
WAI AY
MAY
WY
i
EASY

AIA

ARS :
SU GES
CUM
ger
J
wl
vi

VU)
ces
aie a
LIES

y|
SY Nu
| J bd \
wv
x

335
WY vv
NAS

NSOISSIAVSIS

} DN NANAINGIRANG

WOGOSS)

MIG rer er MSIE ig
isi BMGs) GIS IS NS yj wey")
vive! | bd

vI S

Sey

we ESS SS NS
AS J JOC, \ed had |

AW IANS]

Cath | | 19 Vorurguy eee
Yu CLC SSS ESE CY USCS
A ) . } | hy 4 | A j

| NAAN Ng

}

f PASSA 3 N\
j

j a Lh ALA
j j j j / j / | ik
7 \ae) j Ne
h\ \ \ \ \ \. \ <a jw
! " f ¥ i / he = i},
SSA 4 j FF)
Boy, dh edad ed
k ) all \ !
NJ PAINAL AMAA SAA A} |
)\ \ 7) E 1 NS WS \ \
yyy SISOS

| jj
] i } | | |

GH
ae
Pern
“4 ity

ive 0
vitor
j ‘a al

u ss

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VotumeE 35

censor Insp
~/ fats) Ms 5 %
)
~ Fhe. ;
ional Mysev

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1933

ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 35

Number 1—pages 1-12 inclusive .......... . . February 6, 1933
Number 2—pages 13-28 inclusive ....... . . . . Mebruary 23, 1933
Number 3—pages 29-44 inclusive ......... .. . March 21, 1933
Number 4—pages 45-60 inclusive ...... ee 8 3 Apr ereoes
Number 5—pages 61-84 inclusive ........ 2 May oor)
Number 6—pages 85-115 inclusive ........ .. . fuly 7, 1933
Number 7—pages 117-164 inclusive ......... . . November 2, 1933
Number 8—pages 165-192 inclusive .... . . . . . . November 27, 1933
Number 9—pages 193-214 inclusive ....... . . . December 27, 1933
«

haps »®

PRESS OF
H. L. & J. B. McQueen, Inc.
WasuinctTon, D. C.

(ii |

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 35.
A.pricu, J. M.: Notes on the Tachinid Genus Ceracia Rondani (Diptera),

with a New Species from the Philippines ............ 9
— Notes on the Tachinid Genus Elodia R. D. wit "Three New
Species of Elodia and Phorocera (Diptera) from Japan... ... 19
— INa@tescon Diptera NOs = - stn ce fea) ie .) a e nee 165
—— —— Two Reared Species of Tachinidae fice South America . . . 1/0
Arrow, Gitpert J.: A Further Note on the Coleopterous Genus Aserica
(@Mclolonchinae) OA eel bce ree Ls ical Oat re im RE es 71
Bisuopp, F. C.: Medical Entomology—Its Field and Runction sae . 144
Brsuopp, F. C., Cory, E. N., and Srong, ALan: Preliminary Results af a
Mosquito Sareey i in the Chesapeake Bay Section . . 1
Biaxke, Doris H.: Two New sich of Systena, with Nbtene on ‘Sésnal
Differences in Coloration . . 5 USO)
CHAMBERLIN, T. R.: Some Observations on Eke Life Hisiony ane Duracites
of Hypera rumicis (L.) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) .. . OIL
Cusuman, R. A.: Notes on the Oviposition Habit of Ghelonues sericeus
(Say) (Hymenoptera) tet aeieenes she yc ne ce eee ; 7
—— — Notes on Sphecophaga burra (Cresson), an Telitewmnenid Para
site of Vespula maculata (L.) (Hymenoptera) .......... 10
— The Identity and Synonymy of Three Orentall Species of
Cremastus (Hiym., Ichneumonidae) ~. 2. 1-305 . 0 2 2 wee 73
Dozirr, H. L.: Miscellaneous Notes and Descuwtione of Chalcidoid Bare
Sitesi(tiymenoptena) = Ue. ee cai tne ae Oe 85
Emmart, Emity Watcott: The eae of Four ispecies of Raat Ble of the
CGenlis PAmaASURCD Amn pigs cota cpa hs ia) aunt P on lah pes See . 184
Granovsky, A. A.: Two New ieeners and Spedes at Aphiidae (onion:
tera) 29
Hatt, Davip G.: A New ispecies af Garcophawe fakabiede Nests opPanee
WWidis Sires Wetec ee eee we 110
Hoop, J. Douctas: Bhohdothrige albus. A New Genus and Guecies! of
Thysanopteratrom Panama 4... 2 9 «ee 45
—— — Notothrips folsomi, A New Genus and Species of Thy Bein itera
frompthesOmited States: .o +f ocaeet teh se See = 200
Jacor, ArrHur Paut: Earliest Gantrn of Mites and "Tier Tees Se ree 200
Martini, E.: The Hypopygia of Certain Anophelines (Diptera: Culi-
aaae SU Ae a ee. Sey lea HO ed Ae 61
MarHeson, Ropert: A New Grecies di Mosauito from Gulpmate Gviptera:
@ulicndae)’-°h 2 apoyo Ae eh 0 celle bate ek Etro ae 69
Mueseseck, C. F. W.: Five New Hymenopterous Baresites of the
Oriental Fruit Moth ©. . .-. fox 48
— Seven New Species of Réeared Peaconidae: (Hy Penoprera) eet 93,
Muscrave, Paut N.: New Species of Helmidae (Coleoptera) . sen ise

Oman, P. W.: Phlepsius ishidae Matsumura in North Aenchica Bere ee 23)
[ iii |

1V TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOL. 35

Poos, F. W.: Four New Species of Empoasca (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) .

Ross, Hersert H.: The Description and Life History of a New Sawfly
Steniceiphor apios (Argidae: Hymen.)

SANDHOUSE, GRACE ADELBERT: Notes on Some North Hhradiican Succes of
Halictus with the Description of an Apparently New Species (Hymen-
optera: Apoidea) . :

ScHROEDER, H. O., Jr.: A Notes on he Mecurience of the Austrabad Carile
Tick in Texas

SHANNON, Raymonp C.: Anophelines of the Arasean Valley eA:

SmirH, Carroii N.: Notes on the Life History and Molting Process a
Sareophaes securifera Villeneuve .

Snyper, THomas E.: Calcaritermes in the Bigitent States

Srong, Aan: Two New Species of Tabanus from North Anieties Gis:
tera) :

Watton, W. R.: The Reaction ee Earthwormes to Altensating Guia “ae
Electricity in the Soil

174

159

VOL. 35 JANUARY, 1933 No. 1

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON/ @iilsliti ia

? G
‘Ona L muss
CONTENTS a
ALDRICH, J. M.—NOTES ON THE TACHINID GENUS CERACIA RONDANI (DIP-
TERA), WITH A NEW SPECIES FROM THE PHILIPPINES ...... 9
BISHOPP, F. C., CORY, E. N. AND STONE, ALAN—PRELIMINARY RESULTS OF
A MOSQUITO SURVEY IN THE CHESAPEAKE BAY SECTION ..... 1
CUSHMAN, R. A.—NOTES ON THE OVIPOSITION HABIT OF CHELONUS SERICEUS
(gay) (HVMENOPTERA)E Gitiuc 5. a 6 woe ek f gles 7 7
CUSHMAN, R. A.—NOTES ON SPHEGOPHAGA BURRA (exeesony AN ICHNEU-
MONID PARASITE OF VESPULA MACULATA (L.) (HYMENOPTERA) .... 10

PusiisHeD Montuiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., unde:
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

EG HOT ary Pesta eri amie any ee L. O. HOWARD
eGestacnt eee ay b MeN mS. ary eer ib Uy C. T. GREENE
rst VAce=President. a) pe ee 2 Jo SS WADE
Second Vice-Prestdeny fa.) 8 ae ee Me MSM (cee ce Sine Ie OU RITE
IRECOKGINGESCCYCIGhg |. rae te ae ee Fk. M. WADLEY
@orresponaine Secrelaisy =lneasi ici a S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
idiion® (ome. ae Pc ro rere ere, W. R. WALTON

Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FRAcKER,
H. E. Ewe.

Representing the Society as Vice-Presidentof the Washington Academy of
Scenes’ i. 4°90. Pe Oe H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Published monthly, except July, August and September, by the Society at
Washington, D. C. Terms of subscription: Domestic, $4.00 per annum;
foreign, $4.25 per annum; recent single numbers, 50 cents, foreign postage extra.
All subscriptions are payable in advance. Remittances should be made payable
to the Entomological Society of Washington.

An author of a leading article in the ProcrEprncs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-

nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies DONS 4.50 6.75 9.00

Certain charges are made for illustrations and there are available rules and
suggestions governing the make-up of articles. Immediate publication in any
number may be obtained at the author’s expense. All manuscripts should
be sent to the editor.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOEN 3S AINA: a3 No. 1

PRELIMINARY RESULTS OF A MOSQUITO SURVEY IN THE
CHESAPEAKE BAY SECTION.

By F. C. BisHopp, E. N. Cory, anp ALAN STONE.

It is now generally recognized that mosquito control opera-
tions to be economical and effective must be preceded by a
rather intensive survey of conditions existing in the area under
consideration. The desirability of reducing the mosquito
population in the Chesapeake Bay section has been recognized
for years by many residents, and the splendid accomplishments
in mosquito control in New Jersey have impressed citizens of
Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia with the practicability of
such work. The interest of the citizens of the Chesapeake Bay
region and particularly of the Del-Mar-Va Association resulted
in the initiation of a mosquito survey in Delaware and parts of
Maryland and Virginia. The work in Delaware, we are in-
formed, has progressed very satisfactorily under the direction
of Dr. L. A. Stearns of the Delaware Experiment Station. The
work in Maryland was carried on cooperatively during the
summer of 1932 by the Bureau of Entomology and the Uni-
versity of Maryland. The Bureau conducted surveys at two
points in the eastern shore counties of Virginia. These surveys
in Maryland and Virginia were of a preliminary nature but some
new records on the distribution of important economic species
of mosquitoes were obtained. These and some of the informa-
tion on seasonal occurrence and abundance seem worthy of
record.

These data were secured mainly by the operation of 20 light
traps, of the New Jersey type, which were operated by volunteer
cooperators in as many localities. The traps were set up during
the latter part of June and in early July, and were operated
more or less continuously until about October Ist. Some of the
early spring species may have been missed by not starting the
traps earlier. For the most part, the traps were emptied daily.

In the installation and operation of the traps the authors
were assisted by Messrs. S. L. Crosthwait, D. H. Brannon, and
R. D. Wagner, graduate students at the University of Maryland,
and in the sorting of the great numbers of insects captured, by

2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933

Carroll N. Smith, scientific aid of the Bureau of Entomology.
The authors gratefully acknowledge the work of these men and
the assistance rendered by the cooperators who emptied the
traps, gave attention to their operation, and in several instances
contributed the electricity consumed.

Four traps were operated on the western shore of Chesapeake
Bay, the locations being Solomon’s Island, Chesapeake Beach,
Annapolis, and Gibson Island. Two were operated on the
eastern shore of the Potomac, one near Mt. Victoria, and one at
Indian Head. In addition to these, one trap was operated near
College Park, considerably removed from the Chesapeake area.
On the eastern shore of Maryland traps were located at Crisfield,
Cambridge, Easton, and Chestertown, and at the four somewhat
inland points of Pocomoke, Snow Hill, Princess Ann, and
Salisbury. On the Atlantic side three traps were located at
Ocean City and one somewhat inland at Berlin.. Traps were
also located at Onley and Exmore, Virginia, well down the
peninsula, where both the Atlantic and Chesapeake influences
are felt. No specimens were received from Exmore as the trap
was run only one week and the material was lost in the mails.
The distribution of these traps should give a fair cross-section
of the mosquito fauna of the Chesapeake Bay section.

In addition to the trap records some larval collections were
made during late September by G. H. Bradley and the senior
author and a small amount of hand collecting of adults was
also done. Twenty-eight species of mosquitoes were obtained
during the season. The localities in which each of these 28
species was collected are presented in the accompanying table.
The relative abundance of each of these species throughout the
season is indicated by the numerals | to 5, 1 being used for very
few, 2 for few, 3 for a moderate number, 4 for many, and 5 for
very many. It should be borne in mind that the length of
time the traps were operated varied in the different localities
and also that hand and larval collections were not made in
several of the localities, notably Mt. Victoria, Chesapeake
Beach, Solomon’s Island, Berlin, and Ocean City.

ANOPHELES.

Anopheles atropos D. & K., a species capable: of carrying
malaria, was taken in two localities in Maryland. This is far
out of its previously known range, as it has hitherto been
reported only from the extreme southern states. This species
was taken in large numbers at Crisfield, Maryland, every day
the trap was operated from June 29th to October 4th. A single
female was also taken at Chesapeake Beach on August 21st.
Adults of this species were taken by Bradley and Bishopp on
September 29th in a rather dark stable on the marsh at Crisfield,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933 3

and larvae were taken there in the grass-grown margins of pools
on the edge of salt marshes. Larvae were also collected on the
same day in a similar habitat near Onley, Virginia. Among the
other anopheline mosquitoes, 4. crucians Wied., also a possible
vector of malaria, was most widely distributed. It was taken
in the traps in 15 out of the 18 localities. The sixteenth locality
was added by the collection of larvae of this species at Hyatts-
ville, near College Park. 4. qguadrimaculatus Say, the principal
vector of malaria in this country, was taken in the traps in 14
localities. One other locality, Gibson Island, was added as a
result of larval collections. This species was present throughout
the trapping period with a slight peak of abundance during the
first week of July and another the first week of August. 7.
crucians was also present throughout the trapping period, but
appeared slightly more abundant during July. This species
was most abundant at Crisfield, much less so at Cambridge,
while still fewer were taken at other points. 4. guadrimaculatus
was most abundant at Cambridge with relatively few specimens
being taken elsewhere. 4. punctipennis Say was caught in
traps in 8 localities and 3 others (Gibson Island, Pocomoke, and
Annapolis) were added as a result of larval collections by
Bradley and Bishopp. Although this species was present during
the entire trapping period, in no case were many specimens
taken. The latest date of collection was at College Park on
November 6th. Our knowledge of the abundance of 4. qguadri-
maculatus and A. punctipennis in certain of the localities where
the traps were operated indicates that these species do not enter
the traps in proportion to their relative abundance. 4. walkeri
Theo., a relatively rare species, was taken in small numbers at
College Park, Princess Ann, and Chestertown. Larvae of this
species were taken by Bradley and Bishopp in the edges of cat-
tail marshes at Delaware City, Delaware, under conditions
similar to those found in many places in Maryland.

AEDES.

Among the 10 species of Aedes mosquitoes captured, the
rain-pool breeder, 4edes vexans Meig., was most widely dis-
tributed, it being taken in every trap and throughout the entire
season, but in no case in great numbers. The trap at Annapolis
took the greatest number of 4. vexans. The northern salt-marsh
mosquito, 4. sollicitans Walk., was taken in every one of the
traps, and the southern salt-marsh mosquito, 4. taentorhynchus
Wied., was captured in all but one. Only two specimens of the
former and one of the latter were taken at College Park, and
relatively few were taken at Chestertown and Easton, while
great numbers were trapped at points farther south on the
eastern shore. While College Park is about 25 miles from a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933

possible breeding place, this occurrence is not surprising, as
both of these species are known to migrate considerable dis-
tances from their breeding grounds. These are clearly the most
important pest mosquitoes of that region. While some of the
traps caught fair numbers of these two species throughout the
season, there were distinct peaks of abundance about the middle
of July and the latter part of September. The last was during
a very severe outbreak which began about September 21st
and was severe for a week or more. During this outbreak farm
and other operations were severely handicapped. On September
21st the trap at Crisfield yielded 470 4. sollicitans and 1,778
A. taeniorhynchus, and on September 24th the trap at Pocomoke,
Maryland, made a catch of 666 4. sollicitans and 2,248 2.
taentorhynchus. The abundance curves of these two salt-marsh
breeders, as would be expected, coincide closely. The figures
just given indicate their relative numbers in nearly all traps.
A. taeniorhynchus outnumbered the more northern species,
A. sollicitans, about three or four to one. Aedes mitchellae
Dyar has been reported from the Gulf states only, heretofore,
but the National Museum collection contains one specimen
taken at Lumberton, North Carolina, May 13, 1920, by H. P.
Barrett. In the present survey only a few specimens were
taken in Maryland, at Cambridge (July 23-27), Ocean City
(July 5), Gibson Island (July 19), and Solomon’s Island (July 2).
The other six species of Zedes were taken in very small numbers,
A. cantator Coq., another salt-marsh breeder, being the most
abundant of these.

CULEX.

Six species of Culex were taken. The northern rain-barrel
mosquito, Culex pipiens L., and the unbanded salt-marsh
mosquito, C. salinarius Coq., were caught in each of the 18
localities. They are both of distinct economic importance in
this region. In some localities, notably Salisbury, Maryland,
C. pipiens greatly predominated and in this case it far out-
numbered all others. In other localities, as at Cambridge,
where salinarius far outnumbered pipiens, both species were
present throughout the entire trapping period. There were no
very marked peaks of abundance throughout the trapped area.
C. territans Walk. ranked next in abundance, but seldom were
more than 2 or 3 specimens taken during a night. It was found
in all but five localities and was present during the entire season.
It is noteworthy that only a single southern rain-barrel mos-
quito, Culex quinquefasciatus, was taken (College Park, Oct. 21),
although this species is usually considered to be as abundant in
Maryland as is the northern rain-barrel mosquito, Culex pipiens.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933 5

PSOROPHORA.

Two species of Psorophera were taken. The giant mosquito,
Psorophera ciliata Fab., the larvae of which are predacious on
other mosquito larvae, was taken in small numbers in seven
localities and P. columbiae D. & K., which is often a severe pest
of livestock, was taken in 13 localities. It was present in moder-
ate numbers at Easton and Cambridge, Maryland, during
July and early August.

MANSONIA.

Mansonia perturbans, which is a very annoying pest, was taken
in rather limited numbers in eight localities. The larvae and
pupae, as is well known, remain attached to the stems of aquatic
plants, from the tissues of which they derive their oxygen.
Larvae of this species were taken on the roots of cat-tails in a
swamp near Hyattsville, Maryland, by G. H. Bradley and
Carroll N. Smith. Larvae were also found in great numbers in
swamps and at the edges of lakes in Delaware and New Jersey
by G. H. Bradley and the senior author. Similar conditions
were observed on the eastern shore of Maryland and no doubt
breeding occurs there, although no larvae were collected.
Relatively little time was devoted to a search for the larvae of
this species.

URANOTAENIA.

The beautiful little mosquito Uranotaenia sapphirina was
captured in 12 localities in the traps and another locality
(Pocomoke, Maryland), was added through hand collecting.
This species is considered rather rare, and only an occasional
specimen was taken in the traps except in the case of the trap
at Cambridge, Maryland, in which 57 specimens were taken on
September 5th and 30 the following night. In most cases it
appeared in the late summer and fall.

THEOBALDIA.

Theobaldia melanura Coq. is also considered rather rare and
locally restricted, yet we took it in 9 localities. Very few speci-
mens were taken in all localities except Salisbury, where 56
were caught and at Pocomoke, where it was rather common,
32 being taken on July 22d. It occurred throughout the trapping
period. TJ. inornata Will. was taken at Snow Hill, Maryland,
on October 2d.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933

‘sSuiddvsy ut pojuaseidas ONY = “puvy Aq uaye} S3[Npe JO pazdaT[oo avAIv'T,

““1eTl6 | JTL |e (8 JETISTT [SEP {ITE |STITTI9TI€ |8T\F |ZT/81|% |F |T [OTe |Z |Pe+and00 satoads Saroadsar asaya saiatfedoy Jo Joaquin]

Cul ale sl 4 Peale lea S al mica salaaly La Sao aC all ea oS AQIQ UvI90

2 a oy aod
* ; IM@)

OY fle SNe oa Ly a] 9) yaa ef SOS a Sey SP EES ous

SALE se Pe ta lak tg a a F251 (Sina el eo

PL Dele es Caleatecly 4 ST a 1 |e Es | Te Va asl) hoa a PG UN EEEERMNE Ef

MMe te Fe See Se kW IC SIS es Wl es ci Ra ee ec a ee Ae Se eae Progen

Fe el ae Peleg ele alae Galea 1 le Ice oa ew ee eee a a ce ge oe ee

aang 5 aera: es

SAL pain ieee @ toa le ad Tigh Gon ea Cone tee alee el Teal TR elo Sa TAN Te aa ie clbe ke ae ge pao gee eed ee melee fo) POP |

ONTO Ae Cole | aR Gal meal ee scan Coa en Coe Cael alee wi lee). er Ge kee = ae an een a Eee OM

Ou Sle ik SNE SS (Se lee Sigs haa Goa ea Gam (Dn epee a sie Ne ee es a eae cea BME TSIpe Geteolos

OTT II I LiL |t COOSA IS NG ee NN: ool ill, I yoveg axvadvsay)

EM le Se Li eM ANG Ci NG Mee Tee Ne WSN LE MES WES ASME TG MGs | em le [ie sll ee ea <a ha gh ae syodvuuy

Th ea onli ae een Lea | lal Tee elas ee alii Gaal el alia Collada ae A eee ee ar ee a Pee Sosa)

aire eae et eG clic ae alone | eta ia fran ae SDM Sahilee Ose lees eel elec (Nee ee eee Oh ae eine ea oo BOT ANeHN

raul le leet WD Co Gale GaGa CME He soa pes Pe eslereer treme ee on te nea Pee Ror

iii ae cela SM eae ica Le Lead lice TV IES Sli jo el Peg, SS sie So seal 2271199

ASSP SISSS BISBEE le alse ies Ll Ea SB le

SISISISISISISISIS/SS1S/S/ClFlalalsisisisisisialeisiaiais

SloleloelClC lee IS/PPelislelElelalalelelSisjolaials ea jh lola

O(a /SISISISIS |S slsjF leis jalstisyols jal? iP|Sis Si2igisisie

c(elalalelSlals)? lala] |3 B|S|° Bleie] (sl | 7 (21s

pala all all GaGa ane oles a5. o13 : &

s 2/2 |5/8/2)<)S = oa Ef (umoys sv 3daoxa pur[ésvyy)

S13 els iSlalols B & < S913 1[2907T

Olle |S le/” ld ls.

Pl plerel Sl aed We a Pes

a Ba of x9ing sojaydouy sopoy

“ATAUNS NI NAYVE$ SAOLINOSOT] dO AONVGNNAY FAILVIAY AGNV NOIWOAaAaLsid “WE Senne JL,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933 7

NOTES ON THE OVIPOSITION HABIT OF CHELONUS
SERICEUS (SAY) (HYMENOPTERA).

By R. A. Cusuman, Bureau of Entomology.

On September 19, 1931, Mr. J. C. Bridwell handed me four
females of Chelonus sericeus (Say), which he had taken the
previous day on the flowers of a golden aster, Chrysopsis
mariana, at Barcroft, Va. This species differs from all other
North American species of Chelonus in having its maxillae
greatly elongated, indicating an anthophilous habit, which
Mr. Bridwell’s observations and my own, made later, confirmed.
It also differs from most of the other species in having its
ovipositor distinctly exserted, which indicates the probability
that in order to reach its host for oviposition it must penetrate
some plant tissue.

These two characters, together with the recent discovery by
W. V. Balduf' that certain species of Fe/tia deposit their eggs
in the flower tubes of Compositae, suggested the possibility
that C. sericeus might be visiting the flowers of Chrysopsis for
oviposition as well as for feeding. In order to make observations
to confirm or to refute this suspicion Mr. Bridwell and I visited
the site of the capture of the specimens. C. sericeus was not at
all abundant, only four specimens being seen during several
hours of search, but the first one found justified the suspicion
as to its habits of oviposition, for it was observed to thrust its
ovipositor into flowerheads of Chrysopsis several times. The
other three specimens were merely feeding.

The only moths that were at all abundant on the Chrysopsis
flowers were Heliothis obsoleta and a species of Feltia, probably
ducens Walk. No oviposition by either species was observed.
The well known habits of Heliothis probably exclude it as a
possible host of the Chelonus, while Balduf’s studies of the
habits of Fe/tia indicate that this was the host.

Two flower heads that the ovipositing Che/onus was observed
to visit were picked and the Che/onus captured.

When I returned to my desk on the 21st, I first dissected the
female Chelonus to determine the type of egg to be found in the
ovaries. These eggs were very minute, about 0.4 mm. long.
Most of them were club-shaped with a spherical or ovoid swelling
ie one end (figs a and 4) while a few were irregularly fusiform

g. £).

Having determined the type of egg I began the investigation
of the flower heads. These had dried considerably during the
two days and the corolla tubes had shrivelled. Here and there
through the heads, however, were florets that were distended,
and these disclosed eggs of a lepidopteran, occurring usually

1Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 33, 1931, pp. 81-88.

8 PROC: ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933

three to a corolla tube placed one on top of another. Rarely
there were two and in one instance only one. A few eggs
occurred between the florets, usually also arranged in rows of
three.

The first moth egg examined for possible parasitism by
Chelonus revealed five eggs similar to those found in the ovary
but with the stem much thicker (fig. d). The parasitized egg
was the top one of three. Examination of 100 or more eggs
showed that the second egg in a row was rarely parasitized;
and in only one instance was the bottom egg parasitized.
None of the eggs outside of the flower tubes was parasitized.

After oviposition the egg of Chelonus increases very greatly
in size and becomes of entirely different shape as shown in
figure e. The egg from which this drawing was made was
about 0.55 mm. in length by more than a third as thick. Several
parasites considerably larger than this (fig. f) were found, in
which mandibles could be seen very clearly, but in which no
trace of segmentation could be observed. Whether these were
larvae or full-grown eggs could not be determined with certainty
because of the extreme delicacy of the chorion.

In none of the moth eggs examined had the embryological
development progressed beyond the mere beginning.

Fig. 1—Eggs of Chelonus sericeus (Say). a-—c, ovarian eggs; d-e, eggs removed
from host; f, newly hatched larva (?)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933 9

NOTES ON THE TACHINID GENUS CERACIA RONDANI (DIP-
TERA), WITH A NEW SPECIES FROM THE PHILIPPINES.

By J. M. Avpricu, Division of Insects, U. S. National Museum.

This is a widespread genus of grasshopper parasites, species
having been described from Europe, North and South America,
Australia and the Oriental region.

Genus CERACIA Rondani.

Ceracia Rondani, Atti Soc. ital. Sci. nat., vol. 8, p. 221, 1865. Type designated,
mucronifera, new, from Italy.—Bezzi, Zeitsch. Hym. und Dipt., vol. 6,
p. 51, 1906.—Townsend, Revista Ent., vol. 1, p. 89, 1931, syn.

Ceratia (emendation) Brauer and Bergenstamm, Zweif. Kais. Mus., pt. 4,
p. 112, 1889; pt. 6, p. 160, 1893.

Myothyria Van der Wulp, Biologia, Dipt., vol. 2, p. 338, 1890. Type majorina,
new, by designation of Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, p. 573,
1910.—Brauer and Bergenstamm, Zweif. Kais. Mus., pt. 5, p. 358, 1891;
pt. 6, p. 160, 1893.—Malloch, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, vol. 55, p. 338,
1930.

Acemyiopsis Townsend, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 49, p. 433, 1915. Type
punensis, new, from Peru.

Clythopsis Townsend, Revista Mus. Paul., vol. 15, p. 276, 1926. Type con-
fundens, new, from Brazil (syn. of Myobia brachyptera Thomson, 1869,
from Brazil.

The genus is closely allied to the familiar 4cemyia, which has
the third antennal joint ending in a distinct upturned point at
apex. The principal differences are that the prosternum is
bare in Acemyia, and has hairs along the sides in Ceracia; and
that the male in dcemyia has a rather narrow front, without
orbitals, while in Ceracia the male has a wider front, with a
row of orbitals. Of our two rather common species in the
United States (Coquillett, Revision, 1897, p. 115), tibialis
Coquillett is a true 4cemyia, and dentata Coquillett is a Ceracia.

Townsend has asserted the synonymy of C/ythopsis. I have
added Myothyria from a cotype in the U. S. National Museum,
and Acemyiopsis from the type, which is also in the National
Museum. .

Ceracia aurifrons, new species.

Black, densely gray pollinose; head silvery except parafrontals, which are
light golden.

o'@. Length, 5-7 mm.

o. Frons at vertex .27 of head width, continuing at the same width almost
to antennae; frontal stripe velvet black; parafrontals golden pollinose, wider
than the stripe all the way; parafacial, clypeus, cheek and orbit silvery; antennae
black, second joint red on apical half or more, third red at extreme base, the
up-turned point of the third joint varying considerably in the prominence;

10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933

arista thickened on basal fourth, basal joints short; palpi reddish yellow; cheek
one-fourth eye height, a row of about six orbital bristles.

Thorax densely pollinose with a yellowish cast, the usual two pairs of black
stripes, very narrow and interrupted at the suture, the outer one showing merely
a spot anterior to it; scutellum black, uniformly pollinose. Chaetotaxy:
dorsocentral 2, 3; acrostichal, 2, 2; humeral 2; posthumeral 1; presutural 1;
supraalar 3 (first and third minute); intraalar 3; postalar 2; sternopleural 1, 1;
scutellum with 2 lateral pairs and a long apical; no discals.

Abdomen rather elongate, densely gray pollinose especially when viewed from
behind, when viewed from the sides some darker reflecting spots appear; first
segment without median marginals; second with one pair; third with a row of
10; fourth with a row of 12; no discals on any of the segments. The abdomen is
especially shining black around the bases of all the bristles.

Legs black;. claws and pulvilli moderately elongate, the latter yellowish;
middle tibia with two bristles on outer front side; hind tibia with irregular row
on outer hind side.

Wings hyaline; third vein with one hair at base; first posterior cell closed in
margin of the wing rather far before apex; bend of fourth vein rounded, without
appendage; hind crossvein joining fourth at three-fifths of the distance from
anterior crossvein to bend; calypters white.

Q. Frons at vertex .32 of head width; only two pairs of orbital bristles;
second antennal joint wholly yellow; arista yellow at base.

Described from 6 males and 2 females, reared from grass-
hoppers at La Carlota Central, occ. Negros, Philippine Islands,
by E. P. Goseco, to whom two paratypes are being returned.

Type.—Male, Cat. No. 44773, U. S. Nat. Mus.

NOTES ON SPHECOPHAGA BURRA (CRESSON), AN ICHNEU-
MONID PARASITE OF VESPULA MACULATA (L.)
(HYMENOPTERA).

By R. A. CusHMan,
Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

A large nest of the bald-faced hornet, Vespula maculata (L.),
brought to the Museum by C. E. Mickel on August 31, 1929,
showed fifteen cells containing the parasite Sphecophaga burra
(Cresson). Dr. Mickel had killed everything in the nest by
fumigation with carbon disulphide, but several items of in-
terest in regard to the parasite were obtained, as well as some
valuable material. .

All the parasites had progressed at least to the point of
cocoon construction, most of them to the pupal stage, while in
two cells adults were found. There had been no emergence.
From one to eight parasites were found ina cell. In every case
the host was a fresh pupa, and in no case was the entire body
content exhausted by the parasites. |

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933 11

Most of the cocoons were in cells around the periphery of the
combs, but a few were far removed from the edge so that they
would be vulnerable only from the bottom or the cap. All of
the cocoons were white and thin walled, entirely different in
texture from a cocoon in the National Museum Collection taken
by J. L. Zabriskie many years ago. This cocoon is light brown
in color and very firm in structure, especially the top. The
adult emerged from this cocoon in April, 1894.

Also in the Museum Collection are two series of specimens
reared at West Manayunk, Pa., by R. G. Schmieder, one series
of five that emerged from white cocoons on September 15, 1922,
and one series of seven that emerged from brown cocoons on
May 20, 1923.

Apparently there are two generations of the parasite, the
first emerging in late summer or early autumn from delicate
white cocoons and the second hibernating in the cocoons, which
are made firmer and heavier than those of the first generation.

MINUTES OF THE 442D REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, DECEMBER 1, 1932.

The 442d regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, December 1, 1932, in Room 43 of the new building of
the National Museum. Dr. F. C. Bishopp, president, presided. There were
present thirty members and thirteen visitors. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and approved.

Mr. Francis Munger of the Bureau of Entomology was unanimously elected
to membership on recommendation of the executive committee.

The President stated that Doctor L. O. Howard, our honorary president, is
improving rapidly after the operation on his eye, and is now able to read part of
the day. He expressed the hope that Dr. Howard may soon meet with us again.

The following officers were elected by the society for the year 1933: President,
C. T. Greene; First Vice-President, J. S. Wade; Second Vice-President, B. A.
Porter; Recording Secretary, F. M. Wadley; Fditor, W. R. Walton; Corres-
ponding Secretary-Treasurer, S. A. Rohwer; Executive Committee, the above
officers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. Fracker, and H. E. Ewing. Harold Morrison
was renominated to represent the Society as vice-president of the Washington
Academy of Science.

Under the heading “‘ Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,’ Mr. R. A. Cushman .
showed specimens and photographs of Sphecophaga burra, a parasite of hornets.
His notes will be included in a paper to be published in the Proceedings shortly.

Mr. J. C. Bridwell exhibited the characteristic work, nymphs and adults of
the cockroach, Cysticercus punctulatus Scudder, obtained by him on July 24,
1932, at the only known local station of the species on Cupid’s Bower I. in the
Potomac River near Great Falls, where it was.discovered by Mr. H. S. Barber
in.1915, and has not since been taken. At Mr. Barber’s suggestion he went to
this station and undertook to determine if the mother insect shows material

ne PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 1, JAN., 1933

solicitude for the young. This seems to be the case since several young white
nymphs were found closely associated with the mother insect around red-rotten
pine wood finely comminuted, it is believed, by the mother insect. Beside these
young nymphs, others half grown, occurring singly, were found, seeming to
indicate that this insect requires more than one year for its development.
These insects were found in characteristic tunnels and chambers excavated by
them in red-rotten pine logs which had lain on the ground for several years.

Dr. F. C. Bishopp spoke of the work of Mr. R. W. Wells, of the Bureau’s
Division of Insects Injurious to Man and Animals, on the burrowing of first
instar larvae of the common horse bot in the mucous membranes of horses’
mouths, and the bearing of this habit on dermal myiasis in man.

The first communication of the regular program, following ‘Notes and
Exhibition of Specimens,”’ was by Dr. P. N. Annand, and was entitled “Rela-
tions of breeding areas of the beet leafhopper to the prediction of outbreaks.”

The size, location with reference to the beet areas, and the host plant sequence,
of beet leafhopper breeding areas in Idaho, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and
California were discussed; and the importance of these facts to prediction of
outbreaks was emphasized. The Idaho breeding area has a two-host sequence—
mustard in winter and spring, and Russian thistle in summer and fall, is adjacent
to the Twin Falls beet area, and is ideally situated for making accurate predic-
tions of leafhopper abundance.

The Utah breeding area is far removed from the beet-growing sections, and
has a host sequence consisting of a mixed annual flora in the winter and spring,
and perennials during the summer and fall. The difficulty of judging movement,
as determined by wind, of obtaining accurate population estimates over the
very large broken area, and of obtaining summaries of the rather diverse factors
affecting population in this area would make prediction difficult and somewhat
hazardous. The same situation holds for Western Colorado, although it was
possible to issue a prediction there last year because of the extreme conditions
existing.

The New Mexico breeding area has a single host, a perennial mustard, and no
host sequence is involved. The climatic and host plant relations to abundance
of leafhoppers are relatively simple, and predictions could possibly be made with
accuracy.

The California summer breeding areas consist of weed and cultivated hosts
in the low lands, and the winter breeding areas consist of filaree in the foothills.
As years of drought rather closely determine the movement of the insects
northward in the San Joaquin Valley, prediction could probably be made with
accuracy when observations have been carried over a few more years to check
. the exact relation between climate and insect movement.

The variations in conditions in the different areas emphasize the impossibility
of transferring information obtained in one area to another without very care-
fully checking its applicability.

This paper was discussed by Bishopp, Fracker, McIndoo, Gahan, Bridwell,
and Poos.

Meeting adjourned at 10.17 p. M. F. M. Waptey,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, February 6, 1933

VOL. 35 FEBRUARY, 1933 No. 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

ea ee ae
SNTRSONIAN MST

* FEB23 1933 ¥%

Ny, L
STowaL muses

CONTENTS

ALDRICH, J. M.—-NOTES ON THE TACHINID GENUS ELODIA R. D. WITH THREE

NEW SPECIES OF ELODIA AND PHOROCERA (DIPTERA) FROM JAPAN . 19
ROSS, HERBERT H.—THE DESCRIPTION AND LIFE HISTORY OF A NEW SAWFLY
STERICTIPHORA APIOS (ARGIDAE:HYMEN.) ............ 1S

SCHROEDER, H. 0., JR.—A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE AUSTRALIAN
CAT EW CASTING ESCASIN cos Sian Ge kN i i oe 23

WALTON, W. R.—THE REACTION OF EARTHWORMS TO ALTERNATING CURRENT
OQRSELECTRICITV: IN THE SOlw aff 4 WP . ©. s'a-¢ 2 a be 24

PusiisHeED MontHiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeED Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcrEpINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

pt agary barstieninm. -. > 5) EI ee eee L. O. HOWARD
PpEStaent: sD N.S Se ee ee C: T. GREBNE
Rast Vacezpresident Ne 2 eee J. S. WADE
Second Viceseresiaent =a t) 2 ae ee . .B A-PORTER
IREGOTAINRSEETEIALY ©. PP 2 eee F. M. WADLEY
Corresponding Secretary-Irgasurer. . .. :..:2.... S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
1 LE TT pl era en aN ME ER acs 0 IE W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. Fracker,
H. E. Ewrnc.
Representing the Society as Vice-Presidentof the Washington Academy of
Sciencesies (eng e 4 cp Pe ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOE235 FEBRUARY, 1933 No.

THE DESCRIPTION AND LIFE HISTORY OF A NEW SAWELY,
STERICTIPHORA APIOS (ARGIDAE : HYMEN.).

By Hersert H. Ross,
Illinois State Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois.

The species described in this paper was first collected in 1930
as larvae feeding on the ground bean (Aptos tuberosa), at
Sherman, twelve miles north of Springfield, Illinois. The
ground bean was growing along a railroad embankment and
formed a patch probably fifty yards long and five or six wide.
Rearings of adults were made from this area in 1930 and 1931,
but in the summer of 1931 the area was burned over and the
species was apparently exterminated in that locality.

Sterictiphora apios, new species.

Female.—Length 6 to 7 mm. Head and antennae black; thorax with the
following parts black: cervicum and prosternum, meso- and meta-pectus, a
triangle occupying most of the praescutum, and the exposed part of the post-
notum; abdomen yellow with the sutures of the basal plates, the sheath and its
basal sclerites, black. Legs (including coxae) dark blackish brown, with the
front tibiae and tarsi paler. Wings infuscate with brown at base, the infuscation
gradually shading into grayish at the apical margins; veins and stigma dark
brown or blackish. The coxae, clypeus and supraclypeal area may have areas of
yellowish red on them, but this condition is not general.

Body short and very robust; head moderately robust, slightly wider than
distance between tegulae.

Head seen from above three-eighths as long as wide; clothed with fine, silky
pubescence; polished, sometimes clypeus and supraclypeal area sufficiently
striate to be dull. Mandibles scythe-like, asin Fig. 5. Labrum short but wide,
broadly rounded in front. Clypeus wide, slightly emarginate over its entire
width; moderately convex, sometimes distinctly carinate down the meson;
entire surface covered with moderate, distinct punctures. Supraclypeal area
tapering from a broad base to an elevated crest in the side of which the bases of
the antennae are inserted; punctured similarly to clypeus; both of them some-
times faintly striate. Region between this crest and the eyes hollowed out,
forming a declivous basin terminated at one end by the pretentorina and at the
other by the supratentorina. Moderately deep furrows extend from this point
to the posterior margin of the head. Ocellar region raised, its lateral margins
rounded, the median ocellus surrounded by a very narrow depressed area which

14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

extends anteriorly as a narrow line and becomes confluent with the small ovate
median fovea. Head behind eyes robust but not produced laterally beyond eyes.
Antennae variable in length, third segment from one-fifth shorter to one-fifth
longer than width of head across eyes; clothed with short, close, stiff pubescence;
widest near base, of almost equal thickness to near apex, then either tapering
to a point or terminating with a blunt end.

Thorax polished, with only sparse pubescence. Venation of wings as in geno-
type and allied species in the genus. Legs short, tarsal claws simple.

Abdomen with a noticeable sheen. Sheath (Figs. 12, 13) very broad, the
apex with lateral processes raised above the sheath surface and not confluent
with it, the base and sides of the sheath with fine hairs, the processes with con-
spicuous and abundant hairs.

Male.—Length 5.5 to 6.5 mm. Head and antennae entirely black; pronotum
yellow, tegulae yellowish, remainder of thorax black; abdomen reddish yellow
with parts of the sutures of the basal plates and portions of the caudal segment
and genitalia, black. Legs and wings as in female.

Similar in structure to female, with the following antigenetic differences:
third antennal segment of antennae bifurcate to base, lyriform; male genitalia
with claspers broad and rounded at apex, and with the lateral aspect of the
penis valve as in Fig. 11.

Holotype.— ?; Sherman, Illinois, May 22, 1930 (H. H. Ross).
Reared from Apios tuberosa. In the collection of the Illinois
State Natural History Survey, Urbana, III.

Allotype-— 3; same data.

Paratypes—l4 2, 28 9? 9, from Sherman, IIl., collected
as adults or larvae May 22, 1930 (H. H. Ross), or May 17, 1931
(Ross and Mohr), those collected as larvae reared at Urbana,
Ill., on Apios tuberosa; 1 9, same locality, May 23, 1930 (T.
H. Frison); 1 9, Urbana; Ill., May 9, 1916 (C. 'S: Spooner):
Deposited with the holotype.

This species is most closely related to S. nigriceps (Konow),
but differs from it in the sharper carina of the supraclypeal
area, in’ having the median fovea connected by a narrow,
depressed line to the ocellar basin, and in the female by the
differently shaped and detached lateral process of the sheath
(Figs. 12, 13 and 14). The female may be distinguished from
all other species by the shape of the sheath, but good characters
for the separation of the males in this group have not yet been
worked out.

Sterictiphora apios form atrescens, new form.

Male and female structurally identical with the typical form. Differ in color
in having the abdomen entirely black except for the ventro-lateral plates of the
terga and membranous areas on the basal plates which are sometimes yellowish.
In addition, the males sometimes have small, diamond-shaped, yellowish areas
on the venter.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 15

Holotype-— 9; Sherman, Illinois, collected as larva May
17, 1931 (Ross and Mohr), reared from Apios tuberosa.

Allotype.— &; same data.

Paratypes.—2 23%, 42 9, same data; 1 #, same locality,
collected May 22, 1930 (H. H. Ross); 1 #, same locality, May
23, 1930 (T. H. Frison). Types deposited with those of the
typical form.

This dark form is apparently only a melanic genetic combina-
tion, having been reared from the same batches of larvae as the
typical form. No intergradations between the two forms have
yet been observed. The female can be distinguished on the
basis of the sheath, but the males have not yet been satis-
factorily keyed out.

DESCRIPTIONS OF IMMATURE STAGES.

Egg.—Length 1.1 mm., width 0.7 mm. Shape ovoid, round-elliptic in cross-
section. Membrane white and thin.

First instars of larvae——Structure and setation similar to full grown larva;
differ in appearance in that the body tubercles are more prominent.

Larva, full grown.—Length 17 mm.; head 2 mm. wide. Color of head gray
yellow orange with gray orange mottling; body yellowish green to bright green
with dark brown tubercles, brownish areas on the thoracic legs and at their
base, and with the epiproct brown.

Head (Figs. 1, 2) with sparse setae. Epicranial suture curved slightly to left.
Front pentagonal, bearing about ten prominent setae arranged symmetrically
around the margin. Occipital areas with a group of about twelve similar setae
forming a semicircle from one antenna to the other, arching over the front.
Eyes prominent, black. Antennae (Fig. 6) plate-like, with five large pores and
one small one, and three small, circular opaque ares. Labrum mostly mem-
branous. Clypeus dark brown, with two pairs of prominent setae. Epipharynx
(Fig. 3) with four central pairs of pointed setae, marginal area with about
fourteen pairs, the eleven apical setae apparently modified into sense organs.

Mandibles (Fig. 4) robust, right one with four teeth, the left with five. A
portion of the mesal area of the left mandible is modified into a membranous
area covered with a brushy setation. This undoubtedly is a prostheca. The
right mandible has a corresponding brushy area but not situated on membrane.
The left mandible also has a well defined ventral side, which is not angulate in
the right mandible. Maxillae as in Fig. 10; palpi five segmented, the second and
third narrowed on opposite sides; galea horn-shaped; lacinia blunt, with apical
teeth similar to distal teeth of epipharynx; stipes and cardo present as chitinized
plates. Labium (Fig. 9) with three-segmented palpi, the third segment ex-
tremely small; totaglossa large and spadiciform.

Alitrunk (Fig. 1) with smooth epidermis conspicuously studded with nipple-
like tubercles, each tipped with a spine. General appearance cylindrical, of
about equal diameter throughout, except the prothorax and anal segments which
are smaller. Segments 2 to 7 of abdomen slightly greater in diameter than
remainder of body.

16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

Prothorax with two annulets; the first consisting of only the pleural region
with a large spiracle, three tubercles above it and three below; the second con-
sisting of the tergum only, bearing 6 pairs of tubercles. Meso- and metathorax
similar, four annulets present on dorsum, with 2, 1, 4 and 4 pairs of tergal
tubercles respectively; pleuron with a reduced spiracle and 6 tubercles; the
mesopleuron with a small, pore-like structure caudad of the tubercles. Legs
distinct on all three segments, articulating with distinct hypopleurites. Pro-
thoracic leg distinctly four segmented, coxa large, femur and tibia smaller
and sub-equal, tarsus still smaller, pad-like, with an anterior claw. Meso-
and metathoracic legs similar to each other, but larger than the prothoracic
legs, and with femur and tibia very closely united, approaching a fused condi-
tion.

Abdomen with ten visible segments, the first eight with a pair of spiracles,
segments 2 to 7 with pair of distinct larvapods, segment 8 with a minute pair,
and segment 10 with a large pair. Typical annulation, etc., of a segment as
follows (Fig. 1, 3”); three annulets, the anterior one complete, the last two
evident only on the tergum and sternum. Annulets with 2, 4 and 4 pairs of
tergal tubercles respectively, 2 and (representing two annulets) 9 pairs of
lateral tubercles and 0, 4 and 3 pairs of sternal tubercles. The ventro-tergal
tubercle on the third annulet is very small. The first annulet of the first segment
is reduced to the tergal region; the ninth segment has only indistinct annulation,
a reduced number of pleural tubercles, and has a tubercle in place of a larvapod.
The tenth, or last, segment is greatly modified, having no apparent annulation;
the posterior half is a prominent epiproctal region (Fig. 8) with 2 pairs of large
apical setae; the anterior half bearing 7 prominent pairs of tubercles. The
region below the anus bears a lunate, semi-sclerotized area with four pairs of
long setae, two pairs slender and inconspicuous, the other two much more promi-
nent. The legs of this segment are, as usual, thick and stubby. They bear a
ring of small tubercles around the base, below the hypoproctal region.

Prepupa.—Similar to previous larva in size, structure and color, differing
slightly in having the tubercles slightly wider at the base but not so tall.

Descriptions drawn up from about 60 larvae of all stages
reared on 4pios tuberosa at Sherman, Ill., May, 1930 and 1931;
preserved in alcohol.

This larva resembles in color the larvae of S. ce/lularis (Say)
and S. prunivora (Dyar), but differs from them in the well-
developed epiproct and the arrangement of spines on it. The
head, also, is darker than other reared species in the genus.

LIFE HISTORY NOTES.

In order to make these observations, larvae and pupae were
brought to Urbana and placed upon potted plants of the ground
bean. These plants were kept in an open west window which
afforded good ventilation and plenty of sunlight. The time
given for the duration of the various stages is therefore typical
of the May and June temperature in this vicinity.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 il)

The eggs (Fig. 7) are laid within the tissues of the leaf, de-
posited in an incision made along a lateral vein on the under
side of the leaf. They appear like nodules under the epidermis,
and when abundant present a very curious appearance. They
hatch in about four days. Immediately the larvae begin
feeding upon the leaves of the plant. Their legs, both thoracic
and abdominal, are well developed, and with them the insect
clings most tenaciously along the edge of the leaf. The entire
thickness of the leaf is eaten, and a heavy infestation will strip
the plants of all their foliage except the heavier veins and stems.
The black markings of the larvae are present on the earliest
instars and a group of larvae feeding together make a con-
spicuous picture.

The number of instars is not known, but the entire larval
period is passed in about ten days. This is very rapid develop-
ment compared to that of most sawflies which have been studied.
There is very little variation in the size of members of each
brood. After becoming full grown the larvae do not wander
to any extent, but construct their cocoons upon either the same
plant upon which they feed or a nearby one. In this latter
case it is often upon some other plant species, such as grasses
or sweet clover. The cocoons are made from a rather coarse
silk which becomes brittle and hard soon after exposure to the
air; the color is at first white but finally turns rich brown.
They are attached to leaves or stems at varying distances from
the ground but usually on a part of the plant exposed to sun-
light. Most frequently they are made in a terminal bunch of
small leaves which are pulled together around the cocoon.

Within the cocoon the larva changes in two or three days to
the pupa, which in another four to six days emerges as the adult.
The total period within the cocoon is from six to nine days,
averaging seven or eight. This gives a total period of develop-
ment, from egg-deposition to the emergence of the adult, of
twenty-two days, or slightly more than three weeks.

The adults, judging from the few studied in cages, are not
very long-lived, dying in less than a week. Copulation and
egg-laying took place in the rearing cages three days after
emergence, all the eggs being laid on the third day.

The feeding habits of the adults are very interesting. They
eat the luxuriant pubescence on the leaves of the host plant just
as a cow crops grass. The scythe-shaped mandibles (Fig. 5)
are used in the cutting operation. The sawfly, when feeding,
stands at one point, crops the pubescence in front of it in a semi-
circular swathe, then steps forward and repeats the process
until the leaf is denuded. In vials in the laboratory the pubes-
cence was eaten from either side of the leaf. This is the first
time such a feeding habit has been recorded for a sawfly. I
have, however, previously observed the same habit with the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35

PLATE |

[18]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 19

adults of Preronidea mendica (Walsh), in which the mandibles
are also sickle-shaped. In all likelihood this will prove to be a
common habit in certain sawfly groups.

List or ILLUSTRATIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS.

Figures 1—13, Sterictiphora apios, n. sp.:

Fig. 1—Lateral aspect of head, thorax, and third and tenth abdominal
segments of larva.

Fig. 2—Front view of head of larva.

Fig. 3—Epipharynx of larva.

Fig. 4—Meso-ventral view of mandibles of larva.

Fig. 5—Dorsal view of mandibles of adult female.

Fig. 6—Antenna of larva.

Fig. 7—Portion of leaf of Apios tuberosa with sawfly eggs beneath the
epidermis.

Fig. 8—Dorsal aspect of epiproctal region of larva.

Fig. 9—Ventral aspect of labium of larva.

Fig. 10—Ventral aspect of maxilla of larva.

Fig. 11—Lateral aspect of penis valve.

Fig. 12—Ventral aspect of sheath.

Fig. 13—Lateral aspect of sheath.

Fig. 14—Sterictiphora nigriceps (Konow), ventral aspect of sheath.

I, II, 11] =first, second and third thoracic segments respectively.

a=first annulet of first abdominal segment.

3, 10=third and tenth abdominal segments respectively.

Figures 1, 2, 7 and 8 were drawn by Mr. C. O. Mohr, of the Illinois State
Natural History Survey.

NOTES ON THE TACHINID GENUS ELODIA R. D., WITH
THREE NEW SPECIES OF ELODIA AND PHOROCERA
(DIPTERA) FROM JAPAN.

By J. M. Atpricu, National Museum.

The new species here described were received by the Bureau
of Entomology from G. J. Haeussler and turned over to me for
identification. All the specimens were reared in Japan and
Korea (Chosen) from larvae of the Oriental Fruit Moth (Grap-
holitha molesta Busck).

ELODIA ROBINEAU-DESVOIDY.

Elodia Robineau-Desvoidy, Dipt. Environs Paris, vol. 1, p. 936, 1863.—Stein,
Arch. Naturgesch, 90, 144, 1924.—Villeneuve, Ann. et Bull. Soc. Ent,
Belgique, vol. 69, p. 182, 1929.

Robineau included three new species, all of which are con-
sidered a single species by Bezzi in vol. 3 of the Palaearctic

20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

Catalogue, p. 396. The type species was designated by Robin-
eau as the first one, E/odia gagatea n. sp., which is a synonym of
Tachina tragica Meigen. Stein, 1924, indicates the synonymy
of gagatea, and Villeneuve, 1929, considers the genus valid for
tragica, the only species heretofore known belonging to it.

The National Museum has a series of 14 specimens of both
sexes of ¢ragica, labeled as bred from Codling Moth (Carpocapsa
pomonella) in Saxony by “Miss Ruhl”; they were received in
1907 through the Bureau of Entomology with Quaintance
numbers. I have identified them from Stein’s 1924 work on the
European Tachinidae, in which they run very satisfactorily to
this species; the jet black color and small size make the identi-
fication comparatively easy.

The principal characters of the genus, as derived from these
specimens are as follows:

Eyes bare; head rather broad; front broad in both sexes; the frontal profile
equal to the facial; length at vibrissae considerably less than at base of antennae;
two pairs vertical bristles, frontals reaching to base of third antennal joint,
two or three uppermost pairs reclinate but not strikingly large; two pairs of
orbitals in both sexes; parafacial bare, narrower than third antennal joint; clypeus
depressed, including epistoma, which is wide; vibrissae at oral margin; facial
ridges rather high, with bristles about to the middle in the female, a little farther
in the male; antennae reaching almost to vibrissae; third antennal joint twice
the second, moderately broad; arista with penultimate joint about twice as long
as thick, last joint thickened on basal two-fifths; proboscis small; palpi of the
same size. Thoracic chaetotaxy: dorsocentral 2, 3; acrostichal 3, 3; humeral 2;
posthumeral 2; presutural 2; notopleural 2; postalar 2; supraalar 3 (middle
large); intraalar 3; sternopleural 2, 1; pteropleural small; propleura bare;
prosternum with two or three bristly hairs on each lateral margin; scutellum
with three lateral pairs, the last close together at apex but having between
them a pair of small hairlike upturned apicals, disk of scutellum with a pair
of small bristles and some erect hairs.

Abdomen with one pair discals on the second and third segments and many
discals on the apical three-fourths of the fourth segment; second segment has a
marginal pair, the third a marginal row of eight; hind tibia on outer side with a
fairly regular row of about 14 bristles, two or three being longer than the others;
the third vein of the wing has two large setules at base; the fourth vein has an
oblique rounded bend, thence a little concave and joins the costa very slightly
before the apex, first posterior cell being narrowly open; last section of fifth
vein short; hind crossvein joining fourth just beyond middle between anterior
crossvein and bend.

Key ro Spectes or Exopra.
(All are small, jet-black species.)

1. Palpi yellow, intermediate abdominal segments without discals......
flavipalpis, new species.
Palpi black, at least the third abdominal segment with discals

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 21

2. Length under 3.5 mm.; male with faint cinereous basal crossbands on
third and fourth abdominal segments... subfasciata, new species.
Length over 4.5 mm.; abdomen wholly shining black in both sexes...
tragica Meigen.

Micrometer measurements of the width of front at vertex, expressed as a
decimal fraction of the width of the head, were made of both sexes of all three
species. The variations are wide enough to leave little significance in this
relation:—+fragica, male .37, female .39; flavipalpis, male .33 and .35, female
.33 and 39; subfasciata, male .36 and .39, female .50.

Elodia tragica Meigen.

‘Tachina tragica Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Zw. Ins., vol. 4, p. 408, 1824.

Degeeria tragica Meigen, ibid, vol. 7, p. 249, 1838.—Macquart, Ann. Soc. ent.
Fr., ser. 2, vol. 8, p. 453, pl. 13, fig. 14, 1850.—Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod.,
vol. 4, p. 45, 1861.—Schiner, Fauna Austr. vol. 1, p. 535, 1862.—

Arrhinomyia tragica Bezzi, Kat. Pal. Dipt., vol. 3, p. 396, 1907.—Villeneuve,
Wien. Ent. Ztg., vol. 26, p. 249, 1907.—Baer, Die Tachinen, p. 153, 1921.—
Stein, Arch. Naturgesch., 90, p. 144, 1924.—Lundbeck, Dipt. Dan., pt. 7,
p. 366, 1927.—Wainwright, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 211, 1928.

Pentamyia parva Brauer and Bergenstamm, Zweif. Kais. Mus., pt. 4, p. 164,
ple2> figs 25.) 11889:

Roeselia atricula Pandelle, Rev. Entom., vol. 15, p. 44, 1896.

Elodia tragica Villeneuve, Bull. et Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol. 69, p. 182, 1929.

The synonomy of Pentamyia is by Villeneuve, 1907 supra;
that of Roeselia is by Villeneuve, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr., vol. 76, p.
338, 1907.

Jet black all over except the parafacials, which have thin cinereous pollen;
calypters yellow; wings yellowish at base and with yellow veins; the front is
almost as wide in the male as in the female and in both the dark brown median
stripe is hardly as wide as one parafrontal; in the male the claws and pulvilli
are slightly elongated, the latter brownish.

Male and female, length 4.8-5.8 mm.

Elodia flavipalpis, new species.

Jet black all over as in fragica, but the palpi and tip of proboscis are yellow;
bristles of the facial ridges are stronger than in tragica or subfasciata; there are
no discal bristles on the intermediate abdominal segments; the wings are not
distinctly yellow and the calypters are white; the size is distinctly smaller than
in fragica, but in other details the characters appear to be the same.

Length, 2.8-3.8 mm.

Described from 13 males and 15 females: The type and
allotype are from Obukuro, Saitama Province, Japan; the rest
of the material is from the provinces of Nagano, Miyagi,
Niigata, Saitama, Kanagawa, Fukuoka, Fukushima and

22 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

Shizuoka, from Tokyo and Osaka; also one male from Kaijo,
Keikido, Chosen.
Type.—Male, U. S. N. M. Cat. No. 44802.

Elodia subfasciata, new species.

The characters differentiating this species from /ragica are mentioned in the
key; it is much smaller and somewhat more slender, agreeing in these respects
with flavipalpis; the males show’a faint basal pollinose band on the third and
fourth abdominal segments. The head, when viewed from in front, is not so
broad in proportion to the height as in ¢ragica. The wings are not at all yellow-
ish at base and the calypters are white. Discal bristles of the abdomen are as
in tragica.

Length, 3.7-4 mm.

Described from 2 males and one female from Sakata-Mura,

Yamagata Province, Japan, in 1932.
Type.—Male, U.S. N. M. Cat. No. 44803.

Phorocera pumilio, new species.

A minute species; black, including palpi, with cinereous pollen.

Male.—Head at vertex .30 of head width, widening very slightly for some
distance; eyes pilose; two pairs of verticals; ocellars proclinate and divergent;
frontals about 8, extending to level of arista, the upper two pairs reclinate but
not strikingly large; frontal stripe brown, narrower than one parafrontal, the
latter shining above, gradually becoming pollinose anteriorly; parafacial bare
with silvery pollen, narrow, less than one-half the width of third antennal joint;
antennae black, third joint about five times the second, moderately broad,
upper and under edges parallel; arista with short basal joints, thickened on
basal two-fifths, its total length hardly exceeding that of third antennal joint;
cheek one-eighth of eye height;\clypeus rather broad with gray pollen; facial
ridges moderately prominent, with bristles almost up to arista; vibrissae far
apart at oral margin; palpi rather large; proboscis small.

Mesonotum subshining black with thin gray pollen anteriorly, on which the
usual four dark stripes are visible; humeri with gray pollen which extends back
to root of wing; dorsocentral 3, 4; acrostichal 3, 3; humeral 3; posthumeral 2;
presutural 2; notopleural 2; supraalar 3; intraalar 3; postalar 2; sternopleural
2, 1; pteropleural present but not very large; prosternum with numerous small
hairs mostly along the sides; propleura bare; scutellum with three laterals, the
intermediate rather small; a pair of erect decussate bristles at apex and a pair
of distinct discals.

Abdomen black, with indistinct basal bands of gray pollen at bases of seg-
ments; first segment with a median marginal pair, second with a discal pair and
a few erect bristly hairs, also one pair median marginals; third segment with
one pair of discals, a marginal row of six; fourth segment with irregular discal
row of four or six and a marginal row of about the same number; genital segments
black; venter almost shining, the pollen being very thin.

Legs entirely black; claws and pulvilli not much enlarged; middle tibia with

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 23

one bristle at middle on outer front side; hind tibia with a sparse row of bristles
on the outer hind side interspersed with two larger.

Wings hyaline; third vein with two setules at base; fourth vein with rounded
oblique bend, ending distinctly before the extreme apex of the wing, the distance
being equal to two-thirds of the length of the hind crossvein, the latter a little
oblique, joining fourth at about four-sevenths of the distance from anterior
cross-vein to bend; last section of fifth vein short; costal segment before the tip
of first vein longer than hind cross-vein; calypters white.

Female.—¥ront at vertex .33 of head width; two pairs of orbitals; third
antennal joint four times the second, otherwise as in the male.

Described from 3 males and 2 females. The type male is
from Taikyu, Keisho Hakudo, Chosen; the allotype female is
from Nishino, Yamanashi Province, Japan; the other three are
from Yamagata, Saitama and Nagano Provinces, Japan.

Type-—Male, U. S. N. M. Cat. No. 44804.

A NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE AUSTRALIAN CATTLE
TICK IN TEXAS.

By H. O. ScHRoEDER, Jr.,
Entomologist, Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals, U. S. Bureau
of Entomology.

The American cattle tick, Boophilus annulatus Say, has two
recognized varieties. One of these, Boophilus annulatus var.
australis Fuller, has a wide distribution, but only recently has
it made its appearance in the United States. The habits of this
tick, commonly known as the Australian cattle tick, are essen-
tially the same as those of B. annulatus proper. The most
outstanding structural character which distinguishes it from
B. annulatus is a prominent protuberance or “tail” on the
posterior margin of the male. The distribution of the Australian
cattle tick in the Western Hemisphere as given by Hooker,
_Bishopp and Wood, 1912, U. S. Bureau of Entomology Bulletin
No. 106, is as follows: ““* * * It undoubtedly occurs in all of
the countries of South America, having been reported from
British Guiana, Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Argentina, and
Chile. It is known to occur as far north as Tampico, Mexico,
where it was found to be a bad pest. In Central America it has
been reported from Guatemala, Costa Rica, and Panama. It
appears to be widely distributed in the West Indies, having
been reported from Cuba, Jamaica, Porto Rico, Antigua,
Guadeloupe, Dominica, and Trinidad.” These authors stated
that it occurred as far north in Mexico as Tampico, where it
was a severe pest.

In 1913 (Entomological News, Vol. 24, pp. 366-368) Bishopp

24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

reported the collection of this variety on cattle in Key West,
Florida, on February 8, 1912. He also referred to the Mexican
situation and stated, “There is always danger of this form being
brought into southern Texas from Mexico but the likelihood is
equally great of its establishment on the mainland of Florida
from the infestation now existing in Key West.”

Both of these probabilities have become a reality, as the
variety is now well established in many Florida counties and in
1931 the Australian variety was found to be very abundant in
Matamoros, Mexico. With the assistance of Dr. N. E. Dutro
of the Bureau of Animal Industry, collections of cattle ticks
were made on the Texas side of the international boundary from
Brownsville to Laredo in order to determine its distribution in
Texas. Systematic eradication of cattle ticks is nearing com-
pletion in some of the counties bordering on the Rio Grande
in this area and the ticks are, therefore, not at all numerous.
However, it appears from these collections that Boophilus
annulatus var. australis is confined to the lower Rio Grande
valley counties of Hidalgo and Cameron.

Collections were also made on the Mexican side of the border
from Matamoros to San Pedro, a point approximately 120 miles
up the river. Although cattle ticks were found to occur in
great abundance throughout this region, the Australian variety
seemed to be restricted to an area corresponding to its occurrence
on the Texas side of the river. Fully 90 per cent of the cattle
ticks collected at Matamoros, Mexico, were of the Australian
variety. This ratio dropped to about 30 per cent at Rio Rico,
30 miles farther up the river, and all those collected beyond that
point were of anmnulatus proper.

At times during the last 20 years when markets were favorable
large numbers of Mexican cattle were imported into the United
States at various ports of entry on the Rio Grande. These
importations caused a more or less general movement of cattle
north of Tampico, which no doubt hastened the natural spread
of the Australian cattle tick.

THE REACTION OF EARTHWORMS TO ALTERNATING CUR-
RENT OF ELECTRICITY IN THE SOIL.

By W. R. Watton,
Bureau of Entomology, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

In recent years dealers in fishing tackle have been adver-
tising what is called an “electrical worm digger.’’ This
apparatus has some scientific interest but so far as | am aware
it has escaped notice in this respect. The apparatus is designed
for the use of the ordinary household 110-120 volt A. C. electric

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 25

current in bringing earthworms to the soil surface, and the
writer has given this scheme preliminary investigation. The
results of these inquiries are reported herewith.

The commercial apparatus offered for sale consists essentially
of two spindle-shaped metallic electrodes 18 to 24 inches long,
each sharply pointed on its lower end and bearing an insulated
handle on its upper end. To each of these is connected, a few
inches below the handle, one of the two ends of a double con-
ductor extension cord some 30 or more feet long. This cord is
attached to a separable plug which is intended to be plugged
into any household outlet supplied with the current as pre-
viously mentioned.

In use, the spindles are thrust into the soil from 3 to 4 feet
distant from each other to a depth of from 8 to 12 inches. A
spot should, of course, be selected which contains earthworms.
When this is done and the current is turned on, the worms
begin to come to the surface, if at all, in from 60 to 90 seconds
after connection is made and with quite evident haste. They
were found to be thus affected even in broad daylight, but this
result was most evident when the place chosen was in the shade,
‘as only dire necessity will induce an earthworm to emerge from
the soil in full sunlight.

It was soon noticed that not all the worms inhabiting the
immediate vicinity of the electrodes came to the surface. In
fact only a comparatively few were thus affected. Another
noticeable incident was the fact that practically all of the worms
emerged near a single one of the electrodes, which was invariably
the same one. The reason for this seemed to be that since one
side of the house current is intentionally “grounded”’ or short
circuited to the domestic water system, the principal flow of
electric current was not between the electrodes but between
the open or “hot” side of the circuit and the relatively enormous
surface of the domestic water system. This assumption was
confirmed by the withdrawal of the apparently inactive electrode
with the result that the remaining one continued to affect the
worms quite as much as when two were used.

This discovery suggested the simplification of the apparatus
as follows: A single conductor with its electrode was substituted
for the double one and in order to determine when the plug was
in contact with the open or hot side of the circuit an electric
light bulb, with its socket, was connected in series with the
electrode. This was accomplished by bolting an ordinary
porcelain lamp socket (5 and 10 cent store) to the upper part
of the electrode. A 20-watt bulb was screwed into the socket
and the current turned on. The electrode was thrust into the
soil and when the lamp did not light it indicated that the
grounded side of the circuit had been tapped; it then became
necessary merely to withdraw the plug from the outlet and

26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

reverse its prongs. This lit the lamp, but since a low-powered
lamp passes only a small flow of current, it became desirable to
supply some means of cutting it out when necessary. This was
accomplished by connecting an ordinary cord, “through”
push button switch, such as’ is commonly used on electrical
sadirons, across the terminals of the light socket.

A lamp of not more than 20 watts power should be used on
the electrode because when this apparatus is used at night a
stronger light usually frightens the worms and may thus defeat
the object of the apparatus. The light provided by the low-
power bulb serves conveniently not only to locate the burrows
of the earthworms at night, but also the worms themselves
when they emerge at the surface. The use of the single conductor
reduces to a minimum the liability of low-voltage shock to the
operator and the very real danger of blowing out a house fuse
presented by the accidental contact of the two electrodes
furnished with the commercial apparatus. With the light cut
out, current consumption is about 65 Watts.

Pe re @GP
= as
s
2 fo

In case other insulating material is not available for use as
handles for electrodes, electricians’ rubber tape (not ordinary
friction or “‘tar-tape’’) may be wound about the upper third
of the electrode and is both safe and easy to apply. Number 4
B &S galvanized iron or steel wire is suitable for use as electrodes.

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933 27

The operator should always wear a sound pair of high rubber
overshoes as a sensible precaution against low-voltage shock
which might prove dangerous under wet conditions.

It was found that this apparatus, when used in a heavy clay-
loam soil that was thickly populated by large earthworms, was
only moderately successful even under what appeared to be
the most favorable conditions for operation. Only two or three
worms were ejected from a given location, and in some places
well sprinkled with worm holes no result whatever was observed.
This inconsistency in result 1s due to undetermined factors
such, perhaps, as uneven moisture content of the soil, depth of
location of the worms at the time of application of the current,
or the descent instead of ascent of the worms to zones unaffected
by the oscillating current.

That only a small proportion of the worms apparently lying
in the electrical field produced by this apparatus are affected
by it was proven by the following experiment. In a glazed
stoneware crock 11 inches in diameter was placed 9 inches of
clay-loam garden soil in moist but not muddy condition. In
this were placed 16 large specimens of Lumbricus terrestris Linn.
Two electrodes were thrust into opposite sides of the jar com-
pletely to its bottom and the current was connected. It was
allowed to remain on for 3 minutes and then the position of the
electrodes was shifted to various sectors of the circle in turn,
until the entire area had been electrified. The results were,
that not in any case were more than 3 earthworms of the entire
16 brought to the surface at any one time. The efficiency of
this apparatus in its present form, therefore, is low at best.

Dr. C. L. Marlatt has suggested the possible utility of this
principle in entomological green house work, for the purpose
of ridding potted plants of earthworms. It seems that a modi-
fication of the previously described apparatus might prove
useful in that way.

MINUTES OF THE 443D REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JANUARY 5, 1933.

The 443d regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, January 5, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of
the National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were
present.41 members and 16 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved.

The following individuals were unanimously elected to membership on recom-
mendation of the executive committee: Mr. George Marvin, Mrs. Doris Blake,
Mrs. M. F. Benson, Mr. Heber Donohoe; all of the Bureau of Entomology.

Under the heading “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Mr. R. W. Harned
spoke of visiting Doctor Howard in company with Mr. Loftin and of receiving

28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 2, FEB., 1933

a message of greeting from him to the society. Doctor Howard hopes to attend
our meetings again in the spring.

A motion was passed that the president convey to Doctor Howard our
greeting and thanks.

Doctor Ewing exhibited two new books on Medical Entomology, one by
Matheson, and one by Riley and Johannsen. He also spoke of the question of
credit for borrowed llustrations.

Mr. Cushman spoke urging presentation of more notes.

Dr. R. H. Painter of Kansas State College, upon invitation, greeted the
Society. He spoke of the work of the Kansas Entomological Society.

Mr. Curry remarked on usage in giving credit for copied figures. The note
was discussed by Ewing and McIndoo.

Mr. Rohwer spoke briefly of the Agricultural Appropriation Bill and its
probable influence on entomological work.

The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. J. R. Parker,
and was entitled ‘Highlights on the grasshopper situation in 1932.”

The damage done in 1931 was widespread, and in the worst area in Nebraska
and South Dakota about 6,000,000 acres of crops were totally destroyed. In
1932 damage was less general, but was locally severe.

The species involved were Melanoplus differentialis and M. bivittatus in South
Dakota and Nebraska, and the latter species alone in North Dakota and
Minnesota. These species had not previously been regarded as very dangerous,
and were believed to be non-migratory. These ideas were reversed in 1931 and
392. The connection of the migratory tendency with Faure’s phase theory was
discussed. Migration was usually aimless rather than definite, but in some
cases considerable spread of M. differentialis in one year was found. Most
migrants were under 600 feet, but some were found as high as 1600 feet. Another
grasshopper species of solitary habit suddenly developed a positive light re-
action, and swarmed to lights in towns.

In Nebraska and South Dakota in 1932, rain and cold at hatching time reduced
numbers; in North Dakota and Minnesota this did not occur, and a hard fight
was necessary. Organization for proper use of poison bran mash was the key to
success. Minnesota did an especially fine piece of work. Futile attempts to
spread disease were made in some places.

With present knowledge of changes in grasshopper populations, annual
survey work should enable us to head off grasshopper outbreaks at a considerable
saving over present conditions of injury and control expense.

This paper was discussed by Bulger, McIndoo, Cory, Rohwer, Bishopp,
Gahan and Barber.

The second communication was by J. C. Bridwell, and was entitled “Some
aspects of the biology of Bruchidae.” This paper will be published in the
proceedings. The paper was discussed by Mr. Wadley.

Meeting adjourned at 10 p. mM.

F. M. Wantey,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, February 23, 1933.

VOL. 35 MARCH, 1933 No. 3

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON bya
RONAN LST RE
SAAS J) NOtTYT ~

CONTENTS

GRANOVSKY, A. A.—TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF APHIIDAE

(HOMOPTERA) ots, eRe REE te Sc wae Sy oe 29

Pus.isHeD Montuiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918,

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcAnizepD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

enorary PReSiGent 1. te (Sw ee 8! eek 2 L. O. HOWARD
eresidenigunta : Gat <2 Ahh woke (bo es a ee C. T. GREENE
upstaraceseresiagn: A Ph. a So ow 2 eee J. S. WADE
Second Vice-President ...... io 3 ee B. A. PORTER
Recording Screiaiy eM ee = 5 ies. o> Cee F. M. WADLEY
Gornespondine Secreiary-Treasurer. . .. .: 7422 S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
it Ota. 1, (SCL SA BS ee eee ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FrAcKER,
H. E. Ewine.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
OCIENCES wae Oa SOc Be eae 2 er H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEpinGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOI 35 MARCH, 1933 No. 3

TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF APHITDAE
(HOMOPTERA).!

By A. A. Granovsky, Division of Entomology, University of Minnesota.

The genus Chaitophorus was originally described by Koch (8),
in 1854, and characterized mainly by the short, thick and trun-
cate cornicles, hairiness of the body, legs and antennae as well
as of the wart-like cauda. He listed twelve species as belonging
to this newly erected genus, without designating any of them as
the type of the genus. The type of Chaitophorus was fixed by
Gerstaecker (6), in 1856, using 4phis populi Linnaeus for the
purpose.

Since that time several new species were described and placed
in the genus Chaitophorus, while some of the species, originally
listed by Koch, have been removed from it and are placed in
different genera of the tribe Ca//ipterint. Among the American
species usually considered under Chaitophorus we also find a
species known as Chaitophorus quercicola Monell. Describing
both apterous and alate forms of his species in 1879, Monell
(9, p. 32), placed it in this genus with considerable dee for
he states: “Though the antennae of this species are not
sufficiently pilose to justify its being placed in Chaitophorus,
its general appearance seems to point to this as its rightful
position.”

In 1880, Thomas (14) described a species guercifolii, placing
it in the genus Ca/lipterus of early workers’ conception of the
genus. Thomas’s species is doubtless that of guercicola Monell,
as has been shown by Davis (3 and 4), who examined and tabu-
lated Thomas’s collection in 1913 and gave an annotated list of
Hlinois aphid material in 1910. The original Thomas’ slide of
the species is in the custody of the Illinois Natural History
Survey Laboratory. Through courtesy of Dr. Theo. Frison
the writer had the opportunity of examining the cotypic slide
of quercifolii Thomas. Both alate and apterous viviparous
females mounted on this slide, agree in all respect with the
original description of guercicola Monell.

In 1886, Oestlund (10) described his Chaitophorus spinosus

1Paper No. 1170 of the Journal Series of the Minnesota Agricultural Experi-
ment Station.

30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933

from the apterous oviparous female, and in 1887 he (11) gave
a description of apterous viviparous form. Davis (3), in 1910,
and Baker (1), in 1917, considered spivosus Oestlund as a
synonym of quercicola Monell. In his later publication, 1922,
Oestlund (12) accepted this synonymy of his species. Just
recently Dr. Oestlund was very kind to show to the writer the
cotypic material from which a description of spimosus was made.
This material agrees with the description of guercicola Monell,
and leaves no doubt as to the identity of this species.

Hottes and Frison (7) in their remarkable volume on “The
Plant Lice, or Aphiidae of Illinois” have rightly placed both
guercifolit Thomas and spinosus Oestlund as synonyms of
quercicola. They also consider Callipterus? quercicola Monell,
which was described by Monell from two alate specimens
mounted on a slide, sent to him from St. Louis, Missouri, to be
synonymous with Chaitophorus quercicola Monell. The original
description of Monell’s former species (9, p. 31) is at some
variance with the description of alate form of the latter species
(9, p. 32). What species Monell described under Ca/lipterus?
guercicola is difficult to tell, but it is certain, however, that it is
different from his Chaitophorus quercicola. The relative length
of antennal segments, the nature and the length of unguis,
reduced cornicles to mere pores, as well as other characters,
together with the host on which it was taken, suggest strongly
that he was probably dealing with Stegophylla sp. In spite of
these discrepancies, his former species may be provisionally
considered synonymous with the species now well recognized
by many aphidologists as Chaitophorus quercicola, until further
light as to its identity may be thrown on Monell’s Callipterus2
quercicola.

At the time Monell described his guercicola, the number of
generic characters were limited. The types of caudae and anal
plates were hardly discernible with the equipment used by the
workers of former years, and naturally, were not considered
then as most stable and useful generic categories, as they are
employed to-day together with other morphological and_ bio-
logical characters in aphis taxonomy. Baker (2), Theobald
(13) and others redefined aphid genera and characterized
Chaitophorus by the distinctly knobbed cauda; entire, rounded
or flat anal plate, rarely somewhat indefinitely indented;
rather prominent hairy covering of the body, legs and antennae;
short truncate cornicles with reticulations and imbrications;
the absence of frontal tubercles; and the unguis twice or more
times the length of the base of the sixth antennal segment.

After a careful examination of a long series of available
specimens of Chaitophorus quercicola Monell, it becomes ap-
parent that this species radically departs in a number of generic
characters from the genus Chaitohporus, especially in the type

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 31

of cornicles, anal plate, cauda, spiny armature and relative
length of the unguis. The cornicles of qguercicola are neither
imbricated nor reticulated, but are entirely smooth with a
rather prominent constriction in the middle, while the imbrica-
tion and reticulation of the cornicles are strikingly typical
characters of all of the species properly belonging to Chaito-
phorus (compare figs. 8 and 11). The anal plate is deeply
bilobed and the lobes are somewhat separated in both alate
and apterous forms of guercicola (figs. 6 and 7), resembling in
this respect Myzocollis species, while the genus Chaitophorus
is characterized by the entire, rounded or flat anal plate, only
rarely, usually due to shrinkage, it may look somewhat indented
(figs. 9 and 10). The cauda is large and is broadly knobbed,
with a short, thick neck, somewhat departing from a typical
Chaitophorus cauda, which is also knobbed, but is small and is
set, as a rule, on a narrow, thin neck. The relative length of the
unguis is a more specific character than generic, yet each genus
in the tribes Callipterini and Chaitophorini can readily be de-
fined, in addition to other characters, also by the type rather
than the length of the unguis. The unguis of guercico/a is short
and thick, about the length of the base of the sixth antennal
segment (fig. 1), while the typical Chaitophorus species have
strikingly characteristic unguis, being much longer than the
base and narrowly tapering distally (fig. 2). Perhaps the most
conspicuous character of quercicola, of greater value than
specific, is that of the heavy armature with very prominent
long, thick, black or concolorous spines, situated on conspicuous
tubercles, which are grouped in clusters, forming longitudinal
rows over the entire dorsum of the body of apterous viviparous,
apterous oviparous females and nymphs. The alate forms are
likewise armed, but with much shorter and less prominent spines.
This spiny armature led Dr. Oestlund to name his species
spinosus. A number of Chaitophorus species are provided with
long curved hairs and bristles over the antennae and the entire
body; these hairs or bristles, however, are not the type of
heavy spines as in the case of guercicola. Two other differences
can be noted: first, that the antennae are only sparingly armed
with short bristles instead of numerous long hairs and curved
bristles so characteristic of Chaitophorus, and second, that
there are broad fuscous bands bordering the wing veins.

In consideration of the above listed, obviously generic,
differences between guercicola and the typical Chaitophorus
species, a more suitable generic position for this species was
searched for among the known genera of Chaitophorini and
Callipterini, but without avail. The nearest approach is the
genus Eichochaitophorus erected by Essig (5) in 1912 for his
new species Eichochaitophorus populifolii. His species, however,

32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1932

is typical Chaitophorus as shown by Baker (2) in 1920, at which
time Eichochaitophorus was sunk as a synonym of Chaitophorus.
The writer had the opportunity of examining several cotype
slides of Essig’s species of both alate and apterous viviparous
females. In addition to this material he also has in his possession
a few slides of apparently the same species taken by Prof.
H. F. Wilson in Oregon. A careful examination of E. populifolii
Essig and his excellent original description and illustrations of
the species proves that it agrees in all respects with typical
species of Chaitophorus as to generic characters discussed above,
and it must be considered under the latter genus. This leaves
guercicola without a generic designation, therefore a new genus,
Hoplochaitophorus, hereby is proposed for the species.

HOPLOCHAITOPHORUS, new genus.

Body stout, somewhat elongated. Antennae of six segments, shorter than the
body, sparingly armed with a few short bristles and with circular secondary
sensoria in alate and none in apterous viviparous or in oviparous females.
Primary sensorium at the base of the unguis small, subcircular; the unguis
relatively short, thick, about the length of the base. Frons without prominent
antennal tubercles. Cornicles truncate, broader at the base, somewhat con-
stricted in the middle just below the flange, and without reticulations or imbri-
cations. Cauda broadly knobbed, with a short thick neck. Anal plate distinctly
and broadly bilobed. Both cauda and anal plate provided with stout, long
bristle-like hairs. Head, thorax and abdomen of apterous viviparous and ovip-
arous forms armed with prominent, long, thick spines over tuberculate dorsum.
Alate forms likewise armed with much shorter and less conspicuous spine-like
hairs. Wing venation normal, with broad fuscous bands bordering veins. Fore
wings with media twice branched; radial sector short, moderately curved; hind
wings with media and cubitus present, somewhat bordered with fuscous bands.
Oviparous females with drawn out ovipositor. Eggs deposited in crevices of the
bark of the tree. Males wingless. Forms are robust, living in thick colonies
along the veins on upper surface of foliage. Alatae not common.

Genotype, Chaitophorus quercicola (Monell).

This genus can be readily separated from other genera of
Chaitophorini and Callipterini by the prominent armature of
apterous forms, the type of cauda and anal plate, as well as the
type of antennae and cornicles of both alate and apterous forms.

The genus Hoplochaitophorus phylogenetically is probably
more closely related to the genus Neosymydobius than to
Chaitophorus, where the genotype was customarily included.
The relationship between Neosymydobius and Hoplochaitophorus
is not only seen in food habits and the host on which they feed
(oak), but in a number of morphological characters, such as
general resemblance of antennae, with their sparse armature,
drawn out ovipositors in oviparous forms, cornicles without
reticulations and even in anal plate, which in Neosymydobius

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 33

is only slightly indented and in Hoplochaitophorus it is broadly
bilobed. It differs from Neosymydobius in the type of cauda,
which in the later genus is more rounded or indistinctly con-
stricted, while in Hoplochaitophorus it is distinctly knobbed.

In anal plate and cauda as well as the type of wing venation
it approaches Myzocallis, but it is clear that it 1s distinct on
account of profound differences in structure and general type
of the insect.

There is hardly any relationship between Hoplochaitophorus
and Chaitophorus as it is pointed out above, with the exception
of knobbed cauda, hairiness of antennae and pilose or bristly
covering of the body, which in Hoplochaitophorus is prominently
spiny. It differs from Chaitophorus in having the anal plate
distinctly and broadly bilobed; cornicles without sculpturings;
and in the type of ungulis.

From Patchia it differs by deeply divided anal plate, the
clavate cauda, and almost glabrous antennae as compared with
profuse hairiness of antennae found in Patchia. Both genera
agree in having wing veins bordered with smoky bands. This
character, however, may or may not be of generic value. In
Patchia the radial sector is absent—in Hoplochaitophorus it 1s
present.

The genus Hoplochaitophorus doubtless represents a phylo-
genetic link between the genera belonging to the tribes Chaito-
phorini and Callipterini. To the former it is related by the
general type of the insect, the armature of the body and anten-
nae, but it also approaches the latter by the structure of anten-
nae, wing venation, cornicles, cauda and anal plate.

Since 1923 a species of aphid, inhabiting young twigs and
petioles of Quercus borealis and Quercus velutina, has periodically
been collected at different times of the growing season in north-
ern Wisconsin. In many respects it approaches to Neosymydo-
bius and Patchia, and yet it possesses a series of individual
characters that separates it from the above named genera. It
is Lachnus-like in general appearance, especially of apterous
forms with their long hind tibiae, and upon close examination
it shows some structures that are typical of Lachnus, Chaito-
phorus and Callipterus groups of aphids. It can not be safely
placed in any of the known genera, and phylogenetically, to all
appearances, it constitutes a link between Patchia and Neo-
symydobius, doubtless deserving a new generic designation.
For this reason a new genus, Lachnochaitophorus, is here pro-
posed.

LACHNOCHAITOPHORUS, new genus.

Body globular, short and robust, liberally covered with stiff hairs. Antennae
of six segments, shorter than the body, Lachnus-like in appearance, well armed
with rather long, thick, bristlelike hairs, and large circular secondary sensoria

34s PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933

in alate and none in apterous viviparous or in oviparous females. Primary
sensorium at the base of the unguis large and circular with a few small circular
auxiliary sensoria; the unguis very short and thick, Lachnus-like in appearance.
Frons without antennal tubercles. Cornicles truncate, very short, not as long
as wide, without flange. Cauda broadly rounded, semicircular, not knobbed.
Anal plate conspicuously, but not deeply indented. Anal plate and cauda
profusely armed with long bristle-like hairs. Wing venation normal, with
broad fuscous bands bordering rather heavy veins of both pairs of wings. Fore
wing with media twice branched; radial sector present or well indicated, sharply
curved upward, and broadly margined with smoky bands. Hind wings with
media and cubitus present. Oviparous females with long drawn out ovipositors.
Males wingless. Forms are living in small compactly crowded colonies on young
bark, petioles of leaves, and occasionally along the basal part of mid-rib on
lower side of the foliage. Well attended by ants.

Genotype, Lachnochaitophorus querceus, new species.

This genus is closely related to Patchia by the structure of
cauda and anal plate, cornicles, as well as the bordering of the
wing veins with broad smoky bands. It differs from Patchia
by having a well developed radial sector, more rounded, semi-
circular cauda, the less pilose antennae, the type of the unguis
and the absence of secondary sensoria in apterous forms, while
Patchia is in part characterized by having such sensoria. (Figs.
Bes 12 Sete sandelise)

Lachnochaitophorus approaches to Neosymydobius by the
indented anal plate, cornicles and drawn out ovipositor in
oviparous females. It differs from that genus by the type of
antennae and unguis, greater pilosity of the body and antennae,
by rounded cauda, without any evidence of constriction or
tendency to a knobbed shape of cauda as is the case with
Neosymydobius species.

To Hoplochaitophorus it is related by fuscous banding of the
veins, indented anal plate and hairy armature of body and
antennae. It differs from it by the cornicles, semicircular
cauda, armature and the type of antennae. (Figs. 1, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 14, and 15.)

To Chaitophorus it is related by the general appearance of the
insect, hirsute covering of the body and antennae with curved
bristle-like hairs. It differs by the indented anal plate, rounded
cauda and the type of cornicles. (Figs. 2, 4, 5, 9, 10, 11, 14,
anid. 15.)

The genus Lachnochaitophorus strikingly merges the Chaito-
phorea type of the body of the insect and cauda with the Lachnea
type of antennae and hind tibiae, as well as the Callipterea
type of wings, cornicles and anal plate.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 a5

Lachnochaitophorus querceus, new species.

Alate viviparous female. (Plate 2, figures 4, 14, and 15.)

Average length of body from vertex to the tip of anal plate, 1.751 mm.
General color of living specimens to naked eye is black with very dark brown
undertone. Freshly mounted in balsam they appear dark brown with olive
green background. Head convex, dark brown, distinctly infuscated, with
prominent median ocellus and long, curved hairs. Ocelli bordered with black.
Eyes carmine, with distinct ocular tubercles. Antennae of six segments without
antennal tubercles or placed on very shallow, hardly discernible elevations.
Length of antennae 0.955 mm. Comparative average lengths of antennal
segments as follows: I-4; JI—4; I1I-15.3; [V—11.7; V—10.6: VI-6.25 plus unguis
2.8. The unguis, Lachnus-like, less than half the length of its base. Antennae
dusky brown, with darker annulations distally and provided with hairy vestiture.
Antennal hairs often curved and about twice as long as the width of antennae.
Antennal segments I and II very dark brown with blackish tinge; segments
III and IV greenish light brown with black annulations; segments V and VI
including unguis, from brown to dark brown or almost black. Antennae,
beginning with distal half of segment III to the tip of the unguis, rather roughly
imbricated. The entire length of segment III carries in a row from 4 to 8 rather
large circular secondary sensoria, often irregular in size, extreme numbers are
rare, and only 5 to 6 sensoria more common. In about fifty per cent of alate
specimens antennal segment IV also carries from 1 to 2 somewhat smaller circular
sensoria. The end of segment V with primary circular sensorium without the
fringe of sensilia, and the usual primary circular sensorium at the base of the
unguis with a few small auxiliary circular sensoria and a small fringe of crown-
like sensilia. Rostrum dusky, about reaching to the hind coxae.

Prothorax dark brown, infuscated, narrow anteriorly and much wider caudad.
Posterior margins of prothorax with lateral small, finger-like, black tubercles,
often obscured by meso-thorax. Thoracic lobes black; meso- and meta-thorax
very dark brown to black; intersegmental thoracic areas light brown. The
entire thorax liberally armed with small curved hairs. Fore femora dusky brown
with yellowish tinge, meso- and meta-femora almost black. Fore and meso-
tibiae very fuscous to black with distal halves greenish yellow, slightly fumose;
meta-tibiae conspicuously long, entirely black and somewhat inwardly curved.
Tarsi and claws dusky brown; empodium present. Legs beset with prominent
dark hairs. Wings narrow and slender; veins rather heavy and broadly margined
with fuscous bands; interveinal areas of wings thickly sculptured with scale-
like infumations. Fore wings with media bifurcated; the base of media not
reaching the subcostal vein; stigma short, very dark smoky brown without clear
cell; radial sector present, sharply curved upward, either complete or slightly
fading toward stigma. Hind wings with media and cubitus present, distinctly
bordered with dusky brown bands; hooklets from three to five.

Abdomen dark brown with olive green tinge, often almost black due to eight
rather wide abdominal dusky or black dorsal bands, which extend to the sides
of the abdomen. These bands are somewhat constricted along the median
line of the dorsum and again interrupted laterally, forming lateral black patches
on the sides of the abdomen which may appear independent of the dorsal bands.

36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933

Abdomen rather short and globular, without lateral tubercles, but with numer-
ous curved hairs. Cornicles truncate, very short, not as long as wide, without
flange or ornamentation, the average length of cornicles about 0.021 mm.,
dusky brown with olive green undertone. Cauda broadly rounded, semi-
circular, not knobbed and without evidence of constriction. Anal plate con-
spicously, but not deeply, indented. Anal plate and cauda dark dusky brown
and profusely armed with long bristle-like curved hairs.

Described from 33 specimens collected at Egg Harbor,
Wisconsin.

Apterous viviparous female. (Plate 2, fig. 5.)

Average length of body from vertex to the tip of anal plate, 1.869 mm. Gen-
eral color of living specimens black, almost shiny black. Freshly mounted in
balsam appear very dark brown with dusky-black shadings. Head and thoracic
segments dark brown with smoky-black cast and olive green inter-segmental
areas. Prothoracic lateral tubercles present. Eyes carmine with distinct ocular
tubercles. Antennae of six segments, dusky dark brown, each segment somewhat
lighter at the base and considerably darker distally, segments V and VI together
with unguis black. Length of antenna 0.907 mm. Comparative average lengths
of antennal segments as follows: I-4; I]-4; I1J-14.5; [V-10.45; V—10.1; VI-
6.35 plus unguis 2.4. Antennae without secondary sensoria, but with usual
circular primary sensoria on segments V and IV. Antennal vestiture and im-
brications as in alate viviparous females. Vertex convex; head, thoracic seg-
ments and abdomen thickly set with curved hairs.

Rostrum dusky brown reaching beyond the second coxae. Legs very dark
brown to black, with distal ends of pro- and meso-tibiae lighter brown; hind
tibiae long, rather conspicuous, somewhat inwardly curved, and almost jet black.
Tarsidusky brown. Dorsum of abdomen highly elevated, globular, dark brown
with smoky-black cast over the entire dorsum, resulting from the fusion of
dorsal bands. There is a separate broad dusky-black band over the penultimate
abdominal segment. The entire abdomen often appears black. Cornicles
truncate, dusky brown without flange, much shorter than the width at the base.
Structure of cauda and anal plate as in alate viviparous females, dusky brown
in color.

Described from 42 specimens collected at Egg Harbor,
Wisconsin.

Apterous oviparous female.

Length of body from vertex to the tip of anal plate, including drawn out
ovipositor, about 2.587 mm., some are over 3.0 mm. long. Dorsum of abdomen
hirsute, highly arched, globular as in apterous viviparous females. General
color very dark brown to black, almost shiny black. Freshly mounted in
balsam show broad black transverse abdominal bands with somewhat irregular,
narrow, brownish in color intersegmental areas. Head dusky dark brown.
Eyes dark red. Prothorax and meso-thorax reddish brown. Meta-thorax
dusky dark brown. Ovipositor long, reddish brown with greenish tinge. Color

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 37

and structure of antennae as in apterous viviparous females. Length of antenna
0.835 mm. Comparative average length of antennal segments as follows:
1-4; II-3.2; I1I-13.25; IV—9.6; V-9.1; VI-6.0, plus unguis 2.55; without secon-
dary sensoria. Hind legs are long and black, except tarsi, which are pale brown.
Hind tibia about 1.05 mm. long, slightly swollen, inwardly curved, armed with
bristly hairs and carries on the inner margin a few scattered groups of elevated,
circular sensoria. Fore femora light brown; fore tibiae dusky brown with distal
ends paler in color. Second pair of legs similar to fore pair with the exception
of femora, which are almost black. Tarsi pale brown with black claws. Rostrum
reaching beyond the third pair of coxae. Cornicles truncate, dusky to black.
Cauda rounded, anal plate slightly indented, sometimes appears to be rounded.
Both cauda and anal plate dusky and hairy.

Eggs freshly laid are olive green in color, later turning black.
Described from 29 specimens taken in Wisconsin.

Apterous male.

Males are small. Length of body from vertex to the tip of anal plate about
1.126 mm. General color dark brown to reddish black or black with greenish
undertone. Eyes red. Entire body, legs and antennae hirsute. Legs black
with the exception of pro- and meso-tibial distal ends, which are light brown.
Rostrum reaching far beyond the third pair of coxae. Antennae with bristle-
like hairs, dusky brown, distally black. Length of antennae 0.8803 mm. Com-
parative average lengths of antennal segments as follows: I-4; I[-3.8; III-13.0;
IV-10.0; V-9.6; VI-6.9, plus unguis 3.0. Secondary sensoria present on all
antennal segments and distributed as follows: I1I-from 6 to 10, usually 6 to 7,
circular, irregular in size in a somewhat uneven row over the entire segment,
scattered basally; [V-from 4 to 7, usually 4 to 5, circular, very irregular in
size, from very small to quite large, often coalescent, placed as a rule more
toward the distal end of the segment in irregular row; V-from 4 to 5, placed as
in IV; VI-with 1 to 3 usually 2, circular sensoria varied in size. The primary
sensorium at the base of the unguis with 4 to 6 auxiliary circular sensoria
usually placed toward the unguis. The very tip of the unguis always with
rod-like sensilia and often with one or two sensoria-like structures. Abdomen
reddish brown to black due to dusky transverse dorsal coalescent bands. Corni-
cles small, truncate, not as long as wide, dusky to black. Cauda rounded, dusky
and hairy; anal plate very slightly immarginate, dusky brown, with long hairs.
Claspers dark brown to black, thickly beset with fine hairs. Genital organ
greenish yellow, about 0.315 mm. long, and 0.070 mm. in diameter.

Described from 7 specimens collected in Egg Harbor, Wis-
consin.

Nymphs and pupae.

Variable in color. Body hairy. Head and thorax reddish brown with dusky
shading. Eyes red. Abdomen of various shades of brown or reddish brown to
almost black with greenish tinge and always with several clear, slit-like areas

38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933

of green on each lateral side. Transverse dusky, dorsal bands present. Cornicles
dusky. Legs as in apterous viviparous females. Wing pads dusky brown.

Hosr Piantr anp Feepinc Hapsirs.

This interesting species was repeatedly collected on two
different oak trees, black oak, Quercus velutina Lam.; and red
oak, 9. borealis Mischx. It feeds in small colonies primarily on
petioles of the leaves and young bark of succulent, one year old
shoots. Sometimes small colonies may be found feeding on the
basal part of the midrib on the lower and more rarely on the
upper side of the foliage. This species is very tenaciously
attended by small black ants, Crematogaster lineolata var. near
cerast Fitch, which was kindly determined by Prof. M. R. Smith.
Each colony of aphids is attended by several of these ants, often
as many as aphids, and upon the least disturbance, both the
aphids and ants raise their abdomens upward, which appear
identical due to the structure and black color of aphids. Upon
further disturbance the ants carry the aphids away. In many
cases the ants constructed conical] roofs, consisting of bits of
oak epidermis and mud, over the upper part of leaf petioles,
just at the base of the leaf blades. In rainy weather drops of
rain water run off of these roof structures, keeping the aphids
entirely dry.

Type locality —Egg Harbor, Wisconsin.

Cotypes and paratypes in the U. S. National Museum and in
the collections of the Division of Entomology of the University
of Minnesota, Dr. C. P. Gillette and the writer. The following
material was used for description of species, all collected at
Egg Harbor, Wisconsin, by the writer:

July 24, 1923. Three slides, apterous and alate viviparous
females.

September 18, 1923. Three slides, apterous viviparous
females and nymphs.

July 24, 1925. Six slides, apterous and alate viviparous
females.

September 15, 1926. Three slides, apterous and alate vivip-
arous females, oviparous females and one male.

July 31, 1927. Eleven slides, apterous and alate viviparous
females.

August 28, 1927. Two slides, apterous and alate viviparous
females.

September 16, 1927. Nine slides, apterous oviparous females,
males and nymphs.

A number of specimens of a closely related species were
received in alcohol vials from Mr. Theo. L. Bissell, collected
by him on various dates in Thomasville, Georgia. This mater-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 39

ial, in so far as coloration is concerned, is almost identical to the
above described Lachnochaitophorus querceus. Both alate and
apterous viviparous females exhibit, however, a considerable
departure from the above species in the relative lengths of an-
tennal segments, and the number of secondary sensoria on the
antennae of alate forms. The antennal segment III is much
longer and carries more sensoria than in the preceding species.
Size of the body is somewhat smaller with slight differences in
coloration. In view of the fact that these differences, especially
the number of sensoria and the relative lengths of antennal
segments, are constant in a long series of specimens, it seems
it should be justifiable to consider it as a distinct species. It
is hoped that biological studies will point out still further
differences. In accordance with the above mentioned facts it
is named in the honor of Mr. Theo. L. Bissell, who kindly sup-
plied this material.

Lachnochaitophorus bisselli, new species.

Alate viviparous female.

Average length of body from vertex to the tip of anal plate 1.672 mm. General
color burnt sienna with heavier chitinized parts dark, giving the whole body
the appearance of dark brown. Abdomen with a greenish cast. Head burnt
sienna, sides above the eyes and around the bases of the antennae dark brown.
Eyes carmine. Antennae of six segments, much as in the preceding species as
to color and structure, but usually much darker and with longer, considerably
curved hairs. Length of antennae 0.990 mm. Comparative average lengths of
antennal segments as follows: I-4; I]-4; I1I-17.7; [1V-11.25; V—10.85; VI-6.1
plus unguis 2.65. The entire length of segment III armed with a row of secon-
dary circular, quite regular in size, sensoria from 6 to 11 in number, usually
8 and 9. The secondary sensoria is almost twice the number per segment as
compared with the preceding species. Segment IV with 1 to 3 secondary sensoria
in above fifty per cent of the specimens. Rostrum not quite reaching the
middle pair of coxae.

Thoracic segments, structure and coloration of legs and wings as in preceding
species.

Abdomen burnt sienna with greenish to orange tinge. Abdominal dusky
transverse bands either absent or very indistinct; the lateral dusky patches
are present and are conspicuous. Cornicles truncate, dusky to black. Cauda
broadly rounded; anal plate distinctly, but not deeply immarginated. Both
cauda and anal plate dusky brown, and conspicuously armed with long bristle-
like hairs.

Described from 56 specimens collected by Theo. L. Bissell at
Thomasville, Georgia.

Apterous viviparous female.

Average length of body from vertex to the tip of anal plate 1.643 mm. General
color is very dark brown to black. Head and thoracic segments as in the alate

40 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933

viviparous females. Eyes red. Antennae of six segments, imbricated, hairy,
almost uniformly dusky brown, distally black. Length of antenna 0.886 mm.
Comparative average lengths of antennal segments as follows: I-4; II-4;
III-15.687; [V—9.25; V—9.187; VI-5.875 plus unguis 2.625. Antennae without
secondary sensoria. Rostrum about reaching the second coxae.

Thoracic segments as in preceding species. Legs almost black with brownish
tinge, pro- and meso-tibiae slightly lighter distally.

Dorsum of the abdomen markedly elevated, without transverse bands, but
almost uniformly coated with dusky cast. Cornicles truncate, dusky brown,
shorter than wide. Structure and coloration of cauda and anal plate as in alate
viviparous females.

Described from 15 specimens collected by Theo. L. Bissell at
Thomasville, Georgia.

Host plants and feeding habits —It inhabits the small twigs
and leaf petioles of water oak, Quercus nigra, and is always
found in association with ants, Crematogaster lineolata (Say).

Type locality —Thomasville, Georgia.

Cotypes and paratypes in the U. S. National Museum, and in
the collections of Mr. Theo. L. Bissell, the Division of Ento-
mology of the University of Minnesota, and that of the writer.
The following material was used for description of species, all
of which was collected at Thomasville, Georgia by Mr. Bissell:

Summer of 1926, one alate viviparous female, one slide.

February 15, 1927, only alate viviparous females, six slides.

March 4, 1927, one alate viviparous female, one slide.

April 18, 1927, apterous and alate viviparous females, six
slides.

May 2, 1927, apterous and alate viviparous females, nine
slides.

This species can be separated from Lachnochaitophorus
querceus primarily by the number of secondary sensoria, which
are, as a rule, more or less uniform in size and run from 6 to 11,
usually 8 to 9 to the segment. They are placed on somewhat
longer segments than is the case with L. guerceus, which usually
has only from 4 to 6 sensoria, placed on much shorter and thicker
segments. Rostrum of L. dzsselli is much shorter, abdominal
dorsal bands inconspicuous or absent, lateral dusky patches are
more prominent, body smaller and general coloration is some-
what darker. The antennae are provided with somewhat
longer and more curved hairs.

The difference in number of sensoria may be best illustrated
by the following table:

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 4]

Antenna having following number of sensoria| Total

Name of species number of

4 5 6 7 8 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | antennae

Lachnochaito-
phorus querceus WY) SiO) |) QS |) WEE || ON ON O15 © Ws)
Lachnochaito-
phorus bisselli 0 |S ]) WA |) SD) Ao | Pan 0 93

Acknowledgments are due to Dr. C. P. Gillette and Professor

M. A. Palmer for their opinion as to generic value of Lachno-
chaitophorus querceus. To Professor M. R. Smith for determina-
tion of ants and to Mr. Theo. L. Bissell for the supply of un-
described aphid material and the permission for the free use of

it.

To Dr. Theo. Frison for the loan of the type slide of Thomas’

Callipterus quercifolii and to Dr. O. W. Oestlund for the loan of
his CA. spinosus.

Ihe

10.

Mie

LirERATURE CITED.

Baker, A. C., 1917. Eastern Aphids, New or Little Known, Part II. Jour.
Econ. Ent. /0: 420-433, illustr.

Baker, A. C., 1920. Generic Classification of the Hemipterous Family
Aphididae. U.S. D. A. Bul. 826: 1-109, illustr.

. Davis, J. J., 1910. A List of the Aphididae of Illinois, with notes on some

of the Species. Jour. Econ. Entom. 3: 407-422, illustr.

. Davis, J. J., 1913. The Cyrus Thomas Collection of Aphididae, and a

Tabulation of Species Mentioned and Described in His Publications.
Bul. Ill. Sta. Lab. Natur. Hist. 70, Article II: 97-121, with 2 plates.

. Essig, E. O., 1912. Aphididae of Southern California, VIII. Pomona

College Jour. Ent. 4: 698-745, illustr.

. Gerstaecker, C. E. A., 1856. I. Insekten. Bericht tiber die wissenschaft-

lichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie wihrend des Jahres
1854, 1-163.

. Hottes, F. C., and Frison, Theo. H., 1931. The Plant Lice or Aphiidae of

Illinois. Bul. Il. State Nat. Hist. Survey, 79, article 3: 119-447, illustr.

. Koch, C. L., 1854. Die Pflanzenliiuse Aphiden getreu nach dem Leben

abgebildet und beschrieben, mit 54 Kupfertafeln, pp. 334+I-VIII,
Nurnberg. 1854-1857.

. Monell, J., 1879. Notes on Aphidinae, with Descriptions of New Species.

Bul. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of the Territories. 5, No. 1: 18-32.
Oestlund, O. W., 1886. List of the Aphididae of Minnesota, with De-
scriptions of Some New Species. 14th Ann. Rept. Geol. and Natur. Hist.
Survey of Minn. pp. 17-54.
Oestlund, O. W., 1887. Synopsis of the Aphididae of Minnesota. Geol.
and Natural Hist. Survey of Minn. Bul. 4: 1-100.

. Oestlund, O. W., 1922. A Synoptical Key to the Aphididae of Minnesota.

19th Rept. Sta. Entom. Minnesota, pp. 114-151.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 39

PLATE 2

[42]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933 43

13. Theobold, F. V., 1929. The Plant Lice or Aphididae of Great Britain, vol.
3: 1-364, illustr. Headley Bros., London.
14. Thomas, C., 1880. Eighth Report of the State Entomologist on the Noxious
- and Beneficial Insects of Illinois. Trans. Dept. Agr. IIl., 1878, vol. 76,
Appendix. 212-+10 pp., 47 figs.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Hoplochaitophorus quercicola (Monell).
Alate viviparous female:
1, antenna; 6, cauda and anal plate; 8, cornicle.
Apterous viviparous female:
7, cauda and anal plate.
Chaitophorus populifoliae Oestlund.
Alate viviparous female:
2, antenna; 9, cauda and anal plate; 11, cornicle.
Apterous viviparous female:
10, cauda and anal plate.
Patchia virginiana Baker.
Alate viviparous female:
3, antenna; 12, cornicle; 13, cauda and anal plate.
Lachnochaitophorus querceus, n. sp.
Alate viviparous female:
4, antennae; 14, cauda and anal plate; 15, cornicle.
Apterous viviparous female:
5, antenna.

All drawings are made to the same scale and therefore are comparable.

CORRECTION.

In the January number of the Proceedings, in the last para-
graph on page 11, the generic name “‘Cysticercus’ should read
““Cryptocercus.” the name having been inadvertently changed
in copying. J. C. Bripwe Lt.

MINUTES OF THE 444TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, FEBRUARY 2, 1933.

The 444th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, February 2, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of
the National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were
present 47 members and 30 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting
were read and approved.

The president reported visiting Doctor Howard, as instructed at last meeting,
and of receiving a greeting from him to the Society.

The president mentioned the coming centennial of the London Entomological

44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 3, MAR., 1933

Society, and appointed Doctor Howard, Mr. Walton and Mr. Cushman as a
committee to prepare a suitable message of congratulation.

Major G. C. H. Franklin of the army medical school, and his assstant, Mr.
Saunders, upon invitation, greeted the Society.

Under the heading “Notes and exhibition of specimens” Mr. A. B. Gahan
presented a note regarding the genus Pseudomicromelus Gahan and Fagan,
in which he stated that the type of the genus was Micromelus silanus Walker,
and that Dibrachys australis Girault and Pteromalus deplanatus Vess also
belonged in the genus. The last named species, hitherto known only from Eu-
rope, has recently been reared in California from Anarsia lineatella Zeller.
Mr. Gahan has drawn up a short paper on the subject which will be found
elsewhere in the Proceedings. (Author’s abstract.)

In discussing Mr. Gahan’s remarks, Mr. Rohwer called attention to recent
importations into California of an important European parasite, Copidosoma
pyralidis Ashm., of the peach twig borer. This parasite of dnarsia lineatella
had been collected in southern France during 1930 and 1931 and sent to the
Bureau’s laboratory at Moorestown, New Jersey, where the shipments were
examined and sent forward to State officials in California by air mail, the
State officials undertaking liberation and colonization. (Author’s abstract.)

F. M. Wadley remarked on misplaced use of statistical terms.

Dr. H. L. Parker, of the Bureau’s European Parasite Laboratory at Hyeres,
France, upon invitation, greeted the society, and presented notes on his work.
He discussed the method of making and caring for collections of cornborer
material for parasite work, in southern France and Italy, and spoke of the labor
problems involved.

The first communication on the regular program was by Miss Mabel Colcord,
and was entitled ‘Aids in making entolomological literature available.”

Miss Colcord told of the card catalogs of the Bureau of Entomology Library,
and of the “Check list of publications on entomology . . . issued by the
United States Department of Agriculture through 1927, wth subject index,”
and the “List of publications on apiculture,’ May, 1930 (United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture Library Bibliographical Contributions 20 and 21). The
current Index to the Literature of American economic entomology was described,
as were special indexes of articles by the members of the Bureau staff appearing
in departmental and in non-departmental publications. Mention was also made
of a manuscript list of biographies, and of the picture collection gotten together
by Dr. Howard. The various uses to which these indexes can be put was
explained. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by Gahan and McIndoo.

The second communication was the retiring president’s address, by Dr.
F. C. Bishopp, and was entitled ‘Medical Entomology; its field and function.”
This paper is intended for early publication, hence no abstract is reported here.

This paper was discussed by Fracker, Sasscer, McIndoo, Bridwell, and
Major Franklin.

Meeting adjourned at 10 p. m. F. M. Wap ey,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, March 21, 1933

VOL. 35 APRIL, 1933 No. 4

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

SMATSONIAN Wisp =
"Oy

APR26 1933 xs

4,
47,‘
ora. muss 8

CONTENTS
HOOD, J. DOUGLAS—RHABDOTHRIPS ALBUS, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES
OF THYSANOPTERA FROM PANAMA ..... . L .27 SP ene a R Sa ES)
MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—-FIVE NEW HYMENOPTEROUS PARASITES OF THE
ORCUE NAR UN CaeN Oss Ee ee os ae Tite nok tee
MUSGRAVE, PAUL N.—NEW SPECIES OF HELMIDAE (COLEOPTERA) ... 54

PusiisHeD Montruiy Excepr Jury, AuGusT AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., unde:
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

THOROTAVVRETESIUCTAN oon sat ls = ele eee L. O. HOWARD
(Pie sigate ws. « MMAR cosy @ ee oe shc5r 2 9 Oe ee Cc. T. GREENE
UFOP IV ACESPTESIGEHE «3 os e+ «ai im Wane aes Oe ee J. S. WADE
SECONG WACERIESIACHE 0.0.5, 3H) gp eS » oo Be A. PORTER
IRECHEMEGEASCEROIGTY © oe et = Ss F. M. WADLEY
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. ......+.+.+-+:. S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
EAHOR a. w Sule y 2° Byh yen B, ey bee ae eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. Fracker,
H. E. Ewrne.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLENCES pF Ss, “5. Seis hues ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEp1ncs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL Society or WASHINGTON

VOL. «35 APRIL, 1933 No. 4

RHABDOTHRIPS ALBUS, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
THYSANOPTERA FROM PANAMA.

By J. Doucias Hoop, University of Rochester.

The curious insect described below was sent for determination
by Mr. John R. Johnston of the United Fruit Company. The
types are in my collection.

RHABDOTHRIPS gen. nov.

(paBdos, a rod or stick; Opi, a wood worm.)

Body and all appendages very slender. Major sete very large and heavy,
pinnatifid apically. Head moderately long, with one pair of enormous sete
between the ocelli; vertex not produced beyond frontal costa. Antenne nine-
segmented, with a dorsal U-shaped trichome on segment 3 and a similar ventral
one on segment 4. Maxillary palpi two-segmented; second segment narrowed
in distal half or more. Prothorax with one very large bristle at each anterior
angle and two at each posterior angle. Wings very narrow; anterior vein almost
completely fused with ambient vein along fore margin; posterior vein represented
briefly at middle of wing but partly fused with anterior vein and ambient at or
near either end, these fusions perhaps representing cross veins; two rows of
large, heavy bristles similar in structure to interocellars and pronotals borne
by the fused veins, one row inclined cephalad and the other caudad; fringing
hairs sparse and weak. Abdomen with four pairs of similar enormous bristles
on segment 9 and two pairs on segment 10.

Genoty pe.—Rhabdothrips albus sp. nov.

This genus undoubtedly finds its closest relative in Coremothrips Hood, with
which it agrees in the possession of the exceedingly stout and apically divided
bristles which have suggested the generic name. Both genera are related to
Scolothrips Hinds, and all three are probably predacious. From Coremothrips
this new genus differs in that (a) the vertex is not prolonged forward to cover
the frontal costa when observed from above, (b) there is but one pair of enlarged
cephalic sete, interocellar in position, and (c) the anterior angles of the pro-
notum bear one pair of large bristles instead of two, the inner pair being wanting.
Rhabdothrips is clearly the more primitive of the two genera. It is interesting
to note that init the midlateral and anterior marginal sete of the pronotum are
moderately well developed, and that one of these two pairs—probably the
anterior marginal—is quite likely the source of the additional pair of monstrous
sete found on the pronotum of Coremothrips.

eager”

46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

Rhabdothrips albus, sp. nov.
(Pl. 3, figs. 1-5.)

Female (macropterous).—Length about 1.1 mm. Color nearly white; ocellar
pigmentation and eyes bright red and black, respectively, by transmitted
light, orange and orange-red by reflected light; antenne nearly white, with
segment 3 palest, 4 and 5 shading to light gray apically, 6-9 light gray; legs
and wings white.

Head (PI. 3, fig. 1) long, broadest across eyes, its median dorsal length just
equal to its least width behind eyes; vertex elevated between eyes but not pro-
duced to overhang frontal costa, the elevated portion bearing the three ocelli
and a pair of low tubercles from which arise a pair of monstrous, colorless, stick-
like bristles (74m) which are fringed in their distal halves with microtrichia
(Pl. 3, fig. 2); all other cephalic sete minute, pale, and inconspicuous; occipital
line and sculpture caudad to it very indistinct. Eyes large and prominent,
decidedly bulging, slightly pilose, composed dorsally of rounded, separated
facets of which two at the posterior margin are particularly large and several
at the middle of the inner margin noticeably smaller than any of the others;
ventral facets polygonal, not separated. Ocelli situated close together, the
posterior pair farther from each other than from the anterior ocellus and directed
laterally as well as dorsally. Mouth-cone of moderate length, extending back-
ward to a point below a line connecting the bases of the large bristles at the
posterior angles of the pronotum; maxillary palpi two-segmented, proximal
segment short, about as long as wide and less than one-fourth the length of the
second segment, which measures 324. Antenne (PI. 3, fig. 5) slender, 9-seg-
mented, the distal stylus composed of three segments; segments 3 and 4 each
with a U-shaped trichome.!

Prothorax slightly longer than head and about 1.3 times as wide as long; one
pair of bristles at anterior angles and two pairs at posterior angles exceedingly
stout and heavy and fringed with microtrichia in distal portion, these three
pairs of sete (as well as midlaterals) arising from tubercles; the pair at posterior
angles (74) equal to interocellars, twice as long as the inner pair near posterior
angles (35), and about 1.6 times the length of those at anterior angles (46);
anterior marginal and midlateral bristles small and scarcely pointed. Legs
particularly long and slender, especially the femora of all pairs. Wings (Pl. 3,
fig. 3) of fore pair sabre-shaped, with two series of long, heavy sete similar to
the anterior angular ones of pronctum.

Abdomen long and slender, with a few diagonal, asperate lines of sculpture
on sides of middle tergites; with a few small, pale sete on segments 1-8; with
two pairs of monstrous curved sete on segment 9, and with one similar pair on
segment 10 (PI. 3, fig. 4).

Measurements of holotype (9): Length 1.13 mm. Head, median dorsal
length 0.106 mm., width across eyes 0.121 mm., width just behind eyes 0.106
mm., width at base 0.107 mm.; eyes, length 0.061 mm., width 0.039 mm.,
interval 0.046 mm.; interocellar bristles, length 74“; pronotum, length 0.112 mm.,

'One antenna only is available for study, and unfortunately it does not
present a strict dorsal view. In studying the figure it should be kept in mind
that the revolution of the antenna exposes a portion of its inner surface.

[47]

48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

greatest width 0.147 mm., length of sete at anterior angles 46, of outer sete at
posterior angles 744, of inner sete at posterior angles 354; pterothorax, width
0.187 mm.; fore wings, length 0.720 mm., width at middle 0.033 mm., width
near base 0.044 mm.

Antennal segments... ee 8. OS 6a
Mengthe(.) ISeas6: 70! 47 °42° 33) MiSs
WW itclitslns (1) eee eee DIE D5) 8; Wes 170 A oe

Total length of antenna 0.281 mm.

Described from 18 females taken “on the leaves of young
banana plants near Almirante, Panama,” May, 1932, by Mr.
John R. Johnston, who has supplied the following note: “You
may be quite correct in considering that this species is probably
a predacious form, as I was unable to discovery any injury what-
ever on the banana plant that I could attribute to it. This
species is not uncommon on the young leaves of banana, but
was never abundant.”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

(The drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida

by Miss Helen Rearwin.)

Rhabdothrips albus, gen. et sp. nov.

Fig. 1. Head and prothorax, 9, paratype; bristles omitted from all appendages.
Fig. 2. Distal portion of seta of tergite 9, 2, paratype.

Fig. 3. Right fore wing, 9 paratype; microtrichia omitted.

Fig. 4. Segments 8-10 of abdomen, 2, paratype.

Fig. 5. Right antenna and portion of head; 9, holotype.

FIVE NEW HYMENOPTEROUS PARASITES OF THE ORIENTAL
FRUIT MOTH.

By C. F. W. Mugseseck, Bureau of Entomology.

This paper contains descriptions of four new Braconidae from
Japan and one new species of Bethylidae from Australia, all
recorded by investigators of the Bureau of Entomology as
parasites of Grapholitha molesta Busck.

SUPERFAMILY ICHNEUMONOIDEA.
FAMILY BRACONIDAE.

Bassus diversus, new species.

Differs from all other species of the genus known to me in
combining an unusually thin head, sharply impressed and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933 49

punctate notauli, strongly rugulose exareolate propodeum,
foveolate mesopleural furrow, closely striate three basal abdom-
inal tergites, and black body.

Female.—Length 4 mm. Head strongly transverse, not rostriform; face
very broad, broader than distance from antennae to apex of clypeus, covered
with minute setiferous punctures; clypeus broad, only very weakly convex;
distance between clypeal foveae much greater than length of foveo-ocular line;
malar space strongly inclined inward, not half as long as the eye; frons short,
polished; frontal impression immargined; vertex polished; ocell-ocular line twice
diameter of an ocellus, a little longer than postocellar line; median ocellus barely
in front of a line drawn tangent to anterior margins of lateral ocelli; antennae
about as long as the body, 31-segmented, inserted only a little below level of
upper eye margins; temples strongly receding.

Thorax rather stout, about as broad as head; mesoscutum minutely punc-
tate, shining, with sharply impressed punctate notauli; scutellum convex,
smooth, not margined at apex; propodeum convex, completely closely rugose,
not areolated; sides of pronotum mostly smooth; prepectus sharply carinately
margined; mesopleurum minutely punctate, shining, with a straight foveolate
longitudinal groove below the middle; metapleurum rugulose; posterior coxae
minutely punctate, shining; inner calcarium of posterior tibia not quite half
as long as metatarsus; second cubital cell of anterior wing triangular, short-
petiolate; radial cell very narrow, on wing margin a little more than half as
long as stigma and just about as long as that part of metacarpus beyond the
radial cell; nervulus slightly postfurcal, first brachial cell open at apex, sub-
mediellan cell of posterior wing much less than half as long as mediellan; nervellus
weak.

Abdomen as long as the thorax but slightly narrower; first tergite longer than
broad at apex, with two prominent, nearly parallel, longitudinal dorsal keels
extending beyond the middle, the area between them smooth basally; remainder
of tergite rather coarsely striate; second and third tergites virtually parallel-
sided, closely longitudinally striate except the apex of the third tergite, which
is smooth, each of them with a shallow transverse impressed line; remaining
tergites smooth and shining; ovipositor sheaths considerably longer than
abdomen.

Black; tegulae brownish; wings smoky; coxae black or blackish, the anterior
pair brownish beneath; remainder of anterior and middle legs brownish yellow;
posterior trochanters and the femora except toward apices blackish; the extreme
apices of posterior tibiae and the posterior tarsi, except basally, slightly in-
fuscated.

Type locality —Mitsuoka, Nagano, Japan.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 44850.

Host.—Grapholitha molesta Busck.

Three female specimens reared by G. J. Haeussler of the
Bureau of Entomology June 28, 1932 (type and one paratype)
and August 24, 1932 (one paratype).

50 PROC.-ENT. SOC: WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

Phanerotoma grapholithae, new species.

Very similar to //bialis Haldeman, but distinguished especially
by having the first abscissa of the radius shorter than the
second, by the anterior wings being only very indistinctly
banded or maculated, by the more delicate sculpturing of the
head, and by the weaker and shorter basal keels of the first
tergite and the relatively longer third tergite.

Female-—Length about 3 mm. Head large, quadrate, excavated behind;
eyes prominent, nearly circular in outline, bare; face about twice as broad as
long from antennae to base of clypeus, finely rugulose, subopaque; clypeus
large, smooth and shining, its apical margin broadly rounded and provided with
three minute teeth medially; malar space distinctly shorter than basal width of
mandible; frons and vertex mostly finely shagreened, with some irregular rugae;
temples convex, not receding, scarcely as wide as length of ocell-ocular line,
finely lineolated; longest diameter of a lateral ocellus longer than postocellar
line but less than half ocell-ocular line; antennae 23-segmented; scape fully
twice as long as thick; basal segments of flagellum much lengthened; segments
7 to 11 faintly broadened, the following gradually narrowed; the basal seven
segments of flagellum as long as all the following united.

Thorax narrower than head; mesoscutum granular and opaque; scutellum
very weakly granular, smooth at apex; propodeum finely rugulose; mesosternum
and meso- and metapleurum evenly finely granular, opaque; inner calcarium of
posterior tibia very nearly half as long as metatarsus, the latter about as long as
the next three tarsal segments combined; parastigma large; radius emerging from
beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius a little shorter than second;
first intercubitus straight, interstitial with recurrent vein.

Abdomen strongly depressed, about as broad as thorax; first tergite only very
slightly longer than second, with two prominent strongly convergent keels
arising at the basal lateral margins and not extending beyond the middle of the
tergite; second tergite nearly twice as broad as long; the third nearly half again
as long as the second; first, second, and base of third tergites longitudinally
wrinkled, remainder of third tergite finely rugulose; ovipositor not exserted.

Yellow; mandibles ferruginous, tips black; apices of antennae weakly fuscous;
stemmaticum black; the broad polished curved line bounding the scutellum
behind piceous; legs entirely yellow, with only the posterior tibia slightly in-
fuscated on the sides near apex; wings hyaline; stigma brownish, pale at base
and very narrowly so at apex; a faint indefinite cloud just below stigma and
covering first abscissa of radius.

Male.—Essentially as in the female; ocell-ocular line not more than twice the
greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus, and the antennal flagellum not broadened

beyond the middle.

Ty pe-locality —Yakatsu, Kanagawa, Japan.

Alloty pe-locality —Hara, Shizuoka, Japan.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 44851.

Host.—Grapholitha molesta Busck.

Described from 14 females and 10 males reared from the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933 51

above host by G. J. Haeussler, of the Bureau of Entomology.
The paratypes are from various localities in Japan and Chosen,

Apanteles molestae, new species.

Related to agilis Ashmead but differing from that species 1n
the closely sculptured and opaque first and second abdominal
tergites, the longer first abscissa of radius, and the slightly
longer ovipositor.

Female.—Length 2.7 mm. Head thin, the temples strongly receding; the
face only very weakly convex, narrowing a little below, very shallowly punctate,
subopaque; malar space not distinctly as long as basal width of mandible; eyes
elliptical; frons and vertex with very faint punctures, sub-opaque; ocell-ocular
line longer than postocellar line, about twice the diameter of an ocellus; antennae
scarcely as long as the body; the four apical segments but little longer than broad.

Thorax stout, much broader than head; mesoscutum with closely placed but
definitely separate punctures, rather opaque; disk of scutellum large, flat, pol-
ished, with only a few very faint punctures laterally; polished area on lateral face
of scutellum not extending half way to the base; propodeum broad, evenly convex,
with a large oval well-defined areola; costulae distinct; surface of propodeum
mostly smooth, with only indefinite sculpture in the areola, along the costulae
and sometimes in the apical areas; mesopleurum smooth except anteriorly
where it is closely punctate; metapleurum smooth; posterior coxa smooth, with
only a few weak punctures at base above; inner calcarium of posterior tibia
about half as long as metatarsus; radius emerging from slightly beyond middle
of stigma, the first abscissa weakly curved, a little longer than recurrent vein,
intercubitus, or width of stigma, and only weakly angled with the intercubitus.

Abdomen narrower than propodeum; first tergite large, broadening very
slightly behind, closely finely rugulose, longitudinally so posteriorly, and with
an irregular elongate median impression on posterior half, which is mostly
smooth; second tergite strongly transverse, much longer medially than at the
sides, its posterior margin strongly arcuate; surface of second tergite very deli-
cately wrinkled and opaque; remainder of dorsum of abdomen smooth but
subopaque; ovipositor sheath at least as long as posterior tarsus, unusually
slender, slightly broadened on apical fourth, and with a distinct apical spine.

Black; antennae entirely black; tegulae black; wings hyaline, stigma brown,
indefinitely lighter toward apex and with a small indistinct paler spot at base;
legs black, the anterior femora except at extreme base, and their tibiae and
tarsi, yellowish; middle tibiae on basal half, their tarsi, and posterior tibiae
at extreme base brown.

Male.—Differs from the female principally in the longer antennae, which are
definitely longer than the body, in the practically smooth second tergite, the
darker anterior femora, and the paler stigma.

Type locality —Kariha-Mura, Niigata, Japan.
Allotype locality —Dogo, Ehime, Japan.
Host—Grapholitha molesta Busck.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 44852.

52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

Described from three females and two males reared by G. J.
Haeussler of the Bureau of Entomology. One female paratype
is from Saiden, Okayama, the other from Oanshimura, Kagawa,
Japan, and the male paratype is from Suigen, Keikido, Chosen.

Orgilus longiceps, new species.

This species is very similar to obscurator (Nees) but is readily
separated from that species by its even longer and more strongly
compressed head, by its punctate rather than rugulose face,
by having the propodeum broadly polished across the base,
and by its paler clypeus, mandibles, antennae, and legs.

Female.—Length 3.5 mm. Head long, compressed, not wider than thorax;
face prominent, apparently a little longer than broad, punctate and shining;
clypeus strongly transversely convex; cheeks and lower temples flaring slightly
beyond the eyes, smooth and shining, sharply margined; malar space fully as
long as basal width of mandible; eyes twice as long as broad, narrowing below;
frons abrupt, rather short; vertex narrow, smooth; ocell-ocular line indistinctly
longer than the greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus, a little shorter than post-
ocellar line; head descending abruptly behind lateral ocelli; occipital carina
broadly effaced medially; antennae nearly as long as the body, 3l-segmented,
the apical 10 or 12 segments not longer than broad.

Thorax slender, narrower than high; notauli sharply impressed, finely foveo-
late or punctate; mesoscutum and scutellum smooth, finely hairy; impression at
base of scutellum broad and deep; propodeum convex, smooth and polished
across the base, the remainder of its surface finely rugulose; lateral face of pro-
notum finely wrinkled and subopaque except in the upper posterior angle
where it is mostly smooth; mesopleurum polished, with a longitudinal finely
foveolate furrow below; metapleurum smooth and shining except at extreme
apex; posterior coxa finely roughened and subopaque above; inner calcarium
of posterior tibia slightly more than half as long as metatarsus; stigma narrow,
less than one-third as broad as long, emitting radius from slightly beyond its
middle; first abscissa of radius strongly oblique, a little longer than width of
stigma, much shorter than first intercubitus; second abscissa of radius straight,
on a line with first intercubitus and nearly parallel with outer side of stigma;
radial cell on wing margin scarcely longer than stigma, its apex far from apex
of wing; recurrent entering first cubital cell, removed by about half its length
from intercubitus; stub of cubitus beyond intercubitus longer than second
abscissa of cubitus; nervulus very slightly postfurcal or interstitial; first brachial
cell closed at apex; subdiscoideus arising far below the middle of outer side of
first brachial cell; submediellan cell complete and more than half as long as
mediellan.

Abdomen at least as long as thorax, slightly narrower, depressed; first tergite
broadening gradually to apex, where it is slightly more than half as broad as
long, its spiracles well before the middle and farther from each other than from
base of tergite, its surface finely longitudinaly wrinkled; second tergite one and
one-half times as broad as long, nearly parallel sided, closely finely longitudinally

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933 53

rugulose except for a small basal median area, which is smooth and polished;
third tergite shorter than the second, mostly smooth and polished but with a
finely rugulose or punctate band across the middle; remaining tergites polished;
ovipositor sheaths very slender, distinctly longer than the abdomen, fully as
long as posterior tibia and tarsus combined.

Black; palpi blackish; clypeus, except at base, and mandibles ferruginous;
basal half of flagellum and under side of scape brownish yellow; anterior and
middle legs including coxae ferruginous; posterior legs ferruginous except for
basal two-thirds of coxae, apices of posterior femora, especially above, and the
apices of posterior tibiae, which parts are more or less blackish; wings weakly
infumated; basal two-thirds of venter of abdomen brownish yellow.

Male.—Like female except that apical antennal segments are more elongate.
Antennae of allotype 30-segmented.

Type locality —Togo, Shizuoka, Japan.

Allotype locality —Mito, Ibaragi, Japan.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 44853.

Host.—Grapholitha molesta Busck.

Described from two females and three males, the female
paratype and one male paratype from the type locality, the
second male paratype from the allotype locality, all reared by
G. J. Haeussler, June and July, 1932.

SUPERFAMILY MUTILLOIDEA.
FAMILY BETHYLIDAE.

Perisierola angulata, new species.

Distinguished especially by having the apex of the radius
bent forward at a right angle, by the unusually small stigma,
the somewhat infumated wings, the distinct and complete
parapsidal grooves, and the long eyes, which are fully three
times as long as the distance from the upper edge of eyes to the
vertex.

Female.—Length 2.5 mm. Head only slightly longer than broad; eyes at
least twice as long as broad, at least as long as width of face; malar space prac-
tically wanting; clypeus compressed, keeled, the keel extending only slightly
above level of lower eye margins; surface of the head minutely coriaceous with
scattered shallow setiferous punctures; vertex acute; temples receding sharply
from directly behind the eyes, delicately reticulate; posterior ocelli touching
the acute ridge of the vertex; ocell-ocular line only slightly longer than post-
ocellar line; antennae 13-segmented, but little longer than head; scape stout,
about twice as long as wide; pedicel slightly longer than first segment of flagel-
lum, subequal with second and third flagellar segments; the following segments
successively faintly shorter, except the apical segment, which is nearly as long
as the pedicel; none of the segments beyond the scape twice as long as broad.

Thorax hardly as broad as head, depressed; pronotum large, more than one
and one-half times as long as mesoscutum, delicately reticulated, shining;

54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

mesoscutum strongly transverse, more than twice as broad as long, with distinct
parapsidal grooves, sculptured like pronotum; disk of scutellum flat, a little
broader than long, with a small elongate puncture on each side at base, its
surface weakly reticulate like mesoscutum; propodeum narrowing gradually
posteriorly, carinately margined at sides, dorsal face much longer than posterior
face and not separated from it by a carina; down the middle and on posterior
face the propodeum is nearly smooth, laterad on the dorsal face it is delicately
wrinkled; all femora considerably swollen, the anterior pair the largest, the
middle pair the smallest; stigma small, subquadrate, not longer than parastig-
ma; radius long, bent sharply forward at apex, the short apical section forming
virtually a right angle with the long basal abscissa and usually nearly attaining
anterior margin of wing; first discoidal cell complete, short-petiolate; posterior
wings without distinct venation. Abdomen as long as thorax and slightly
broader although strongly narrowed toward base and apex, entirely smooth
and shining.

Black; the antennae yellowish brown toward base, brownish black apically;
legs black or brownish black; anterior tibiae and all tarsi brownish yellow; wings
rather strongly infumated, the stigma and parastigma dark brown, the veins
paler.

Male.—Like the female in all important respects, but the abdomen is rather
broadly rounded at apex, and the antennae and legs are paler, the anterior
coxae entirely, the anterior femora except along the dorsal edge, and the middle
coxae below, usually brownish yellow.

Type locality —Eastwood, New South Wales, Australia.
Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 44854.

Host.—Grapholitha molesta Busck.

Described from 16 females and 8 males reared by R. W.
Burrell, of the Bureau of Entomology, in 1931. The National
Collection contains, in addition, a considerable number of
insectary-bred specimens from Sydney, New South Wales,
G. molesta likewise being the host of this material.

This species was first identified as an undescribed species of
Perisierola by Mr. A. B. Gahan. He has suggested that I
describe it in this paper along with the other new foreign
parasites of the Oriental fruit moth for which names are desired.

NEW SPECIES OF HELMIDAE (COLEOPTERA).

By Pau. N. Muscrave, Fairmont, West Virginia.

Helmis dietrichi, n. sp.

Male.—(Figure 2, A)—General—Body elongate, convex, piceous black with
four oblique luteus bands on elytra located as in figure, moderately shining; ven-
tral side, base of antennae, palpi, front margin of pronotum and legs, rufous.
Length 2.5mm. Greatest width, across elytra, slightly less than] mm. Head
globose, inserted in the prothorax to the eyes, surface granular, sparsely covered

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933 55

with recumbent pubescence. Eyes not prominent, whitish. Antennae filiform,
11-jointed, 1 and 2 enlarged, 3-8 approximately equal, 9 and 10 larger than 7 and
8, 11 slightly thicker than 1 and 2, about as long as 9 and 10 together, pointed
and hairy at apex, reaching to about 34 length of pronotum. Pronotum approxi-
mately as wide as long (.6 mm), convex, sides almost parallel in basal third and
then gradually convergent, widest about 14 from base, basal margin sinuate,
apical margin moderately extended eee a hood over head, disc uniformly
punctulate, punctures separated by about or more than their own diameter,
clothed with sparse gray pubescence; no elevated lines as in Limnius. Legs
long and strong; front coxa transverse, femora piceous at apex, tarsi curved, with
large claws. Elytra at base slightly wider than thorax, sides gradually divergent
for first fourth, then almost parallel to apical third, then convergent, tips trun
cate, convex, impressed stria of punctures about same size of those of thorax,
intervals with grayish pubescence arising from minute punctures. Under side
of abdomen covered with the usual short, silky, decumbent pubescence, heavier
on sides. Longer, stronger hairs scattered over entire under surface. Genitalia.
(Aa-Ab)—Median lobe slender, strongly decurved.

Female.—Slightly larger (length 2.6 mm., width 1.1 mm.), otherwise exter-
nally similar to male.

Variations —Marked variation in size of bands of elytra.
One paratype shows apices of basal bands joining apical bands.
Wings vary through series of paratypes from vestigial to normal
Helmid form.

Type locality —Dog River near Lucedale, Mississippi.

Types.—Holotype (male), allotype (female) and four paratypes
taeehe WS. National Museum. Several additional paratypes
in collection of author and that of Henry Dietrich, for whom
the species is named. Paratypes were collected by author
(and Mr. Dietrich) from several localities in southern Missis-
sipp1; near DeFuniak Springs, Florida, and Wrens, Georgia,
from June 22 to July 7, 1931. Specimens were almost always
found clinging to submerged roots. May be separated from
other Eastern species of He/mis having no raised lines on pro-
notum (H. ¢4-notata Say, H. vittata Melsh., etc.), by the oblique
bands. Outline drawings for figure made by author.

Variations IN Helmis pusilla Lec.

It is not the intention to add to the available literature by
describing a great number of subspecies, but in collecting through
the Southern States during June and July of 1931 such a good
geographical series of He/mis pusilla Lec. was taken that it is
felt advisable to make note of it. The typical form of pusilla
taken in the Northern States and through the Alleghenies has
four yellowish spots, two on each elytron, one on the humerus
and the other near the apex (B). East of the Alleghenies a form
is found in which the spots practically coalesce into a continuous

56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

band, but as one goes toward the Gulf the spots disappear,
the apical ones first, until a form is taken in Alabama and
Mississippi in which no maculation at all is seen. By removing
an elytron one can see, even in a few of the solid black forms,
a faint maculation, although no trace is shown externally.
Genitalia and external appearance show that they are forms of
the same species. In a few localities two subspecies have been
rk in the same stream. Suggested names for three subspecies
ollow:

Helmis pusilla apta, n. subsp.

Size and general appearance as in typical pusilla with the exception of the
maculation of elytra. The two spots normally found on each elytron, in this
subspecies, are joined by a narrow band giving the appearance of a constricted
stripe (C). Some paratypes have no constriction, thus showing an indefinitely
outlined band from umbone almost to apex.

Types.—Holotype (female) collected in Dunlap Creek west
of Clifton Forge, Virginia, July 13, 1931, in U. S. National
Museum, as are also two paratypes. Other paratypes in
collection of University of Florida, Gainsville, Florida, and in
that of the author, taken in Flat Creek, south of Lynchburg,
Virginia, Shenandoah River, east of Berryville, Virginia, Holmes
Creek at Bonifay, Florida, and Hog Town Creek at Gainsville,
Florida.

Helmis pusilla perdita, n. subsp.

Size and general appearance as in typical pusilla with the exception of the
maculation of the elytra. One of the two spots normally found on each elytron
has been lost leaving only that on the umbone (D). Holotype (female) taken
July 1, 1931 at Leesburg, Florida. Holotype and several paratypes were collected
from submerged roots of the water hyacinth. The plants completely filled the
mouth of a small stream entering Lake Harris. Other paratypes were taken in
Hog Town Creek, Gainsville, Florida, in company with H. pusilla apta.

Types—Holotype and two paratypes in U. S. National
Museum, two paratypes in collection of University of Florida
and other paratypes in collection of author.

Helmis pusilla lodingi, n. subsp.

Size and general appearance as in typical pusilla except that there are no
yellowish spots, thus leaving the elytra solid black. Holotype taken in Monger
Creek near Lucedale, Mississippi, June 24, 1931. Paratypes collected by the
author from several small streams in southern Mississippi (a few by the kindness
of Henry Dietrich) and from creek just outside Mobile, Alabama. It is a great
pleasure and privilege to name the subspecies for Dr. H. P. Loding, of Mobile;
who has pioneered in the coleopterology of Alabama.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1932 57

Types.—Holotype and two paratypes in U. S. National
Museum, other paratypes in collections of Dr. Léding, Mr.
Dietrich and the author.

Stenelmis blatchleyi, nom. n.

Stenelmis. sulcata Blatchley 1910, “The Coleoptera of Indiana,” page 681.
Grouvelle having described Stenelmis sulcata from Sumatra in 1892 (Not. Leyd.
Mus. XIV, 1892, p. 188) the name becomes a homonym and é/aichleyi is offered
for the species described from Lake Maxinkuckee, Marshall County, Indiana.

ExPpLANATION OF FicuRE 2.

A—outline drawing of Helmis dietrichi Musgrave. da—dorsal view of aedeagus
of H. dietrichi. _db—lateral view showing decurved form of median lobe
in aedeagus of H. dietrichi. B—normal maculation of H. pusilla Lec.
C—maculation of H. pusilla apta Musgrave. D—maculation of H.
pusilla perdita Musgrave.

B
Ae
Tae
Ab D
ne

Figure 2.

ee re

58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., !%33

CORRECTION.

In view of forthcoming articles it is advisable to point out
that the name Anopheles (Stethomyia) lewisi Shannon, used in
describing a species of mosquito from Brazil (Proceedings
Entomological Society of Washington, 1931, 33, 154) is pre-
occupied by Anopheles maculipennis Meigen, 1818.

The name Anopheles (Stethomyia) thomasi is herewith pro-
posed to replace the earlier name. This name is given in
commemoration of Dr. H. Wolferstan Thomas, noted for his
medical work in the Amazon region.

Raymonp C, SHANNON.

REVIEW OF HOWARD’S “FIGHTING THE INSECTS, THE
STORY OF AN ENTOMOLOGIST.’’

Fighting the insects, the story of an entomologist. 8 vo., cloth, 333 pp. New
York. MacMillan and Company. 1933. $2.50.

It is with an acknowledgment of gratitude to the publishers that at their
request this review of an unusual book is undertaken. It reveals the personality
of a very brilliant and unusual individual and comprises a modest, simple
narrative of the background, the development, and the outstanding events of a
career of first rank in the field of science. The work is of especial and outstanding
significance in the history of economic entomology in America because the
career of L. O. Howard, for the greater part of a long lifetime, has been insepar-
ably blended with its development. And this is true not only in our own coun-
try but to a degree in other widely separated parts of the civilized world. The
entomological fraternity everywhere will applaud the distinguished author for
having placed on permanent record such a wealth of information from his
experience. The skill of a veteran is disclosed in the marshaling of material
and in the highly informal anecdotal manner of presentation. The result is not
only a most entertaining book but one which will appeal to every lover of his
fellowmen. The analysis is keen and illuminating and occasionally there is a
comment that is radiantly penetrating. Dr. Howard has not only studied the
insects but he has had a deep interest in, a wide experience with, and a keen
sympathy and affection for his fellow-beings as well, hence the book overflows
with a spirit essentially human, sincere and illuminating. The narration of
any life is of dramatic interest when properly and adequately presented. This
is particularly true when, as in this instance, it has been crowded to over-
flowing with events and contacts of perennial interest: His ancestry, his birth
and early childhood, his boyhood and college days at Ithaca, N. Y., his early
entomological work under Professor Comstock, his later work in Washington,
D. C., under Prof. C. V. Riley, and the events of his further career are traced
step by step. There are many pages that deal with significant themes, as the
growth of entomological work in the United States; the control of imported
insect pests; the development of various phases of medical entomology; narra-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933 59

tions of his various travels to remote parts of the earth and his contacts with
famous people of many countries. The author’s work as official in various
scientific organizations; his recreations; and his associations with the habitués
of the famous Cosmos Club in Washington afford many interesting and amusing
incidents. He has known many noteworthy men, such as Alexander Graham
Bell, Lord Calvin, Lord Lister, Harvey W. Wiley, Jules Jusserand, ex-president
Theodore Roosevelt, and others. Indeed such a large portion of the volume is
devoted to the memories of friends and acquaintances that one thinks a bit
whimsically of substituting some such title as “ Recollections of a Globe-trotter,”
or “The Reminiscences of Abou Ben Adhem.”” It is a matter of some difficulty
for this reviewer to take an impersonal and dispassionate attitude in dealing
with this book, for he has spent long years under Dr. Howard’s sympathetic
leadership and these have engendered an accompanying growth in affection and
veneration for a superior who has been always helpful, always considerate, and

always kindly. J. S. Wabe.

MINUTES OF THE 445TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MARCH 2, 1933.

The 445th regular meeting of the Entomological Society was held at 8 p. M.,
Thursday, March 2, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of the National
Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were present 31 mem-
bers and 11 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and ap-
proved.

The president read a letter from Mr. Howe, the corresponding secretary of
the Washington Academy of Science, to Mr. Rohwer, which called attention
to a change in the editorial policy of the Journal of the Academy, making pos-
sible publication of brief summaries of current research.

Mr. D. L. Van Dine, chief of the fruit insect investigations of the Bureau of
Entomology, upon invitation, greeted the society.

Under the heading “ Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Mr. J. C. Bridwell
showed a collection of leafhoppers taken at light at Vienna, Va., in the late
summer of 1932, and remarked on seasonal color changes. He also remarked
on the policy of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association toward entomologists,
in encouraging diverting local studies and their publication; and on the desira-
bility of studies thus encouraged.

Mr. C. N. Smith exhibited puparia of Sarcophaga securifera, from which adults
had attempted unsuccessfully to emerge backward.

This note was discussed by Bishopp, Greene and Bridwell.

Mr. C. T. Greene stated that this abnormal emergence occasionally occurred
in species of several dipterous families, and discussed possible reasons for the
condition.

Dr. F. C. Bishopp commented on the unusually numerous reports of flea
infestations in homes during the winter.

This note was discussed by Wadley and Snodgrass.

Dr. B. A. Porter mentioned a recent report of flea infestation in a New York

60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1933

office building, which was traced to cats occupying the basement, but which
was spread to the top floor by the elevator.

Dr. H. E. Ewing spoke of introduction of the giant toad into Hawaii and
elsewhere.

This note was discussed by Bridwell, Van Dine and Cushman.

The first communication on the regular program was by W. S. Abbott, and
was entitled “The work of the insecticide testing laboratory of the food and
drug administration.”

Mr. Abbott briefly outlined the essential points covered by the Insecticide
Act of 1910, and described the work of the Insecticide Testing Laboratory in
connection with the enforcement of the provisions of this Act. (Author’s
abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo, Wood and Wadley.

The second communication was by R. E. Snodgrass and was entitled “Ovi-
positors and Stings.”

The fundamental form of the insect, with respect to paired abdominal appen-
dages, was shown. The ovipositor and other abdominal structures, in simple
and complex insects, were then discussed. The probable origin of the ovipositor
from the appendages of the 8th and 9th abdominal segments, and modifications
in a number of species, were traced. The sting of the bee, and its structure as
a modified ovipositor, was discussed. The paper was illustrated by a number
of lantern slides.

Meeting adjourned at 10.15 p. m

F. M. WADLEY,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, April 21, 1933

VOL. 35 MAY, 1933 No. 5

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON”

{fs ke

\\
\Y,

CONTENTS

ARROW, GILBERT J.—A FURTHER NOTE ON THE COLEOPTEROUS GENUS

ASERIC Ay (NED OLON TEEN AE) eee sees Sareea es ae ter Cees ae” Saif
CUSHMAN, R. A.—THE IDENTITY AND SYNONYMY OF THREE ORIENTAL
SPECIES OF CREMASTUS (HYM., ICHNEUMONIDAE) ..... . Wore AES:

MARTINI, E.— THE HY POPYGIA OF CERTAIN ANOPHELINES (DIPTERA: CURED 61
MATHESON, ROBERT—A NEW SPECIES OF MOSQUITO FROM COLORADO
(DIPTERA : CULICIDAE) 3 aS NOR N= atk oak Sent as a a ee
SANDHOUSE, GRACE ADELBERT—NOTES ON SOME NORTH AMERICAN
SPECIES OF HALICTUS WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF AN APPARENTLY
NEW SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA : APOIDEA)4 5... . 68. ; ... . 78
SNYDER, THOMAS E.—CALCARITERMES IN THE UNITED STATES .... . 67
STONE, ALAN—TWO NEW SPECIES OF TABANUS FROM NORTH AMERICA
(DTP TERUA) SS: 2972 ae, ete oe ed pale RR 8 0 Vo TS EB ms 7S

PusiisHeD Montuiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., undei
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of Octobe
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

Orcanizep Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGSs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Hinnoraryeeresinewe: 9204 fo Mk si. a ee L. O. HOWARD
IPR OSIG ET be wenn ers ak oe barre tok ye boucsggtije ee C. T. GREENE
RAV SEMUACEZDIOSEAENE® Mots. 0 Oa ois “ois es veo, a, ee J. S. WADE
Srangal WAGpIASCUS = BS . b we oe bee BSA PORE
IRECOTAING SECKELGTY. Ver Ae Gn eds ee eee F. M. WADLEY
Gorresponding Secretary lreasurer.. . 6.) eee S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
ROTOR Phe Rie oehh Pl we eee eden, an ae re W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FRAcKER,
H. E. Ewrne.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLEHIE ESD ee as a) eg eA et ol pee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEeEpiNGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies DIM) 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

Ole 35 MiANYE,* 1933 No.

‘mn

THE HYPOPYGIA OF CERTAIN ANOPHELINES (DIPTERA:
CULICIDAE).

By E. Martrnt,
Institut fiir Schiffs und Tropenkrankheiten, Hamburg, Germany.

The collection of the materials underlying this communication
was eftected during work done in collaboration with Dr. Hackett
and Prof. Missiroli. The funds were appropriated by the public
health division of the Rockefeller Foundation.

In 1921, I gave a description of the hypopygia of the three
German anophelines then known. To the “normal” condition
I added another variety from the south of Europe. But later
on, when I obtained other specimens of Avopheles elutus ex-
hibiting the same features as the said variety, I believed that
hypopygium to characterize /. e/atus, as at that time I was
relying on scanty material (1924).

In 1924, La Face, having studied a larger number o! hypopygia,
pointed out the variability of these parts and demonstrated
that I was mistaken in dr rawing a clear line between the struc-
tures of the two “species.” In 1930, I supported her statement
by giving some drawings of varieties and assymetries of the
terminalia, but remarked the prevalence of ditterent varieties
in different regions. Later in the same year, Swellengrebel,
de Buck and Schoute, attempting to clearly define their variety
atroparvus, stated that “in wild short-winged males (var.
atroparvus) round tipped ventral (really dorsal) claspette spines
were present in but 0.3% out of 557 cases (in 279 males). In
12%, there was only one ventral spine, in wild long-winged
males, 40% had round-tipped ventral claspette spines. In
50%, there existed only one spine on the ventral lobe. In the
laboratory broods reared under identical conditions, the inci-
dence of round-tipped ppaies in the short-winged male was 0.6%
(1210 cases in 605 males) against 37% (722 cases in 361 alee
in the long-winged. A solitary Seal spine occurred 1 in 18%
of the short-winged, and 559 of the long- winged cases.’

In 1931, Hackett, Missiroli and the writer showed that by
means of the characters of the eggs emphasized by Falleroni,
a reliable distinction of at least two races was possible, and the
courtesy of the Dutch authors Schiiffner and van Thiel enabled
us to demonstrate that the short-winged mosquitoes of Medem-
blik (atroparvus) were identical with Falleronis variety /abran-

62 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

chiae of northern Italy, and almost pure, and that the long-
winged race of Leiden was a mixture of Falleronis messeae with
some labranchiae. Therefore probably neither the wild collected
individuals nor the reared mosquitoes of either pupulation will
represent an absolutely genetically pure stock.

La Face, raising males from selected eggs, proved in the same
year that the one (or two) most dorsal spines are always acutely
tipped, in the race with the gray eggs, whereas in the males
bred from the dark barred eggs (messeae), at least the most
“Ventral” (really dorsal) spine is mostly blunt. From the
striped eggs (maculipennis typ.), she raised males with almost
identical hypopygia as in messeae. Vor the American 4. maculi-
pennis, Frost (1932) briefly says: “Claspettes bilobed the dorsal
lobe small with two pointed spines, the ventral lobe larger with
two or three spines, usually the latter.” “Dorsal” and “ven-
tral” have here the same meaning as in this paper. [Compare
Christophers 1915 and Edwards 1920.]

itoeele

By our investigations of 1931 we obtained knowledge of some
places where one or the other subspecies occurred purely or
almost purely. The mounts of hypopygia of such places are
well in accordance with the results of La Face. In the rough
sketch (Fig. 1) the spine at the tip of the claspette, the apical
spine, is marked ‘“‘a,” the most ventral one ‘“‘v,” the most dorsal
one “‘d.”’ In addition there is always a small sensory hair “‘s”
at the inner side of the apical spine. It is very rarely replaced
by a spine.

This poor set is often all that a male of Anopheles maculi-
pennis possesses. It is also present in 4. e/utus, qguadrimacula-
tus,! in punctipennis, atropos, walker1, punctimacula, and others,
modified only by the configuration of the spines and by addi-
tional appendages. Thus “Fig. B” of Frost shows on the ventral

‘In Booth’s Figure of this species “v”’ is merely a hair. But in a specimen
caught by Dampf in northern Mexico it is developed as a spine.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 63

lobe the spine “v,” the sensory hair “s,” and the spine “a”;
on the dorsal lobe, the ‘“d’’ and an accessory spine. In the
description quoted above, she calls the hair “s” a spine, whereas
in punctipennis it 1s called a hair. The shape of the spines of
the dorsal lobe is not mentioned but the figure shows them to
be blunt.

Also in European maculipennis additional spines are common.
Very often spine “d” is accompanied by another spine, the
twin-spine “z.”” Rarely there is a third one attached to the
most dorsal lobe. But sometimes midway between the apical
spine and the Se ones on a separate lobe there is an inter-
mediate one, “i” (as I figured it for e/utus (1930) and La Face
for the ay The spines v, a, d are always present and as
well the small sensory hair “s.” The “z” and “1” are not always
easily distinguished, as “‘1”’ by its base may be almost attached
to the dorsal lobe, and because ““z”’ is not always placed on the
same level as “d,” but sometimes is inserted posteriorly and
more ventrally than “d.” Therefore it may be arbitrary if we
claim a spine, to be an “i” or a “z,” whereas in 4. bifurcatus
the three groups of spines, that of the dorsal, the intermediate
and the apical lobe are always easily told and counted.

It should be kept in mind also, that the shape of the claspettes
is subject to variation, the bases of the spines often being
lobe-like, but not always, and that different position on the
slide results in different outlines.

Fig. 2. Fig. 3

As to the shape, “v” and “a” and mostly “i” are slowly
tapering sharply pointed spines. The spines “d” may be blunt
and rodlike, or acute. But the same spine sometimes looks
different in different positions, thus Figure 2 is taken from the
same detached dorsal spine rolled beneath the cover slip, and
Figure 3 from the same “‘z” spine. Both are taken from a
male of messeae. In this subspecies some “d”’ spines therefore
may be placed with the acute spines, which in another position
might have been recognized as blunt. The acute spines of
atroparvus hardly ever give any difficulty.

64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

Rarely “‘v” is duplicated, the one spine being placed a bit

dorsad of the other one, and both exhibiting the peculiar
shape of that spine. This variation occurred, among the
atroparvus material, in two symmetrical hypopygia (4 times)
and symmetrically in one messeae. Or the sensory hair “s”” may
be enlarged to form a bristle or a weak spine or a strong spine.
It was in atroparvus, replaced by bristles on both sides of one
hypopygium by spines in both sides of 3 hypopygia and in
two single claspettes among the typical maculipennis. However,
the apical spine “a” may be duplicated, a normal sensory hair
being present as well (twice unilaterally among the afroparvus).
In one au the dorsal spine “d”’ was lacking, only a
s,” and “v”’ being present.
Most i popygia are symmetrical but asymmetries are not
at all rare. This remark refers not only to the number but also
to the shape of the appendages. Therefore in statistical work
we take every claspette as one object, as did Swellengrebel and
his co-workers.

In one hypopygium from Ardea (Italy), one side piece
exhibited (asymmetrically) the duplication of the interior
basal spine. Similar varieties I noted two times in 4. pseudo-
punctipennis,? Inthat of Fig. 4, an accessory spine is developed
most laterally. Such observations disprove the reliability of
this kind of characters that Kingaretf and the present author
have used to define certain species of duopheles s. str.

The statistical results are

«ce

A. atroparvus blunt tipped acute
Mcrae brass eae eR ot eee ae oe 20
Loppersum | Be ON ee NE se re Dee 83
Allancd¥ ee, .\|oe ae ie nn ee 22
Greetsiel yneat Emden... 2... 69
Larrelt | th 7, ape) Pere 48
STR WVeTSCLNTIETT > ca Ws] igs IL cet 8
Tetkum J Be, Ro ae ee 9
N rk 6) | ieaghs ee Nip en, Se? ory 1 1 44
hate. } neat Hamburg: "eee 8
SIR tail Spree ra amet week a Bog 1 5 311

"About 4. pseudopunctipennis, Frost says: ““No specimen of our species of
pseudopunctipennis yet examined has had the four delicate serrate leaflets
noted by Root (1924) on specimens from Mexico.” I got a specimen from
Mexico, where these leaflets are not easily detected. Otherwise all our Mexican
A. pseudopunctipennis exhibit this character clearly and among them is one
specimen, where they are as strongly developed as in 4. punctipennis. I sug-
gested (1932), that this male might belong to a new species, 4. cricillium
described from a single female. One more species of this group is met with in
southern Mexico. For the typical 4. pseudopunctipennis, Matheson also figures
the serrate leaflets, and so does Dyar. If they are really absent in the Californian
specimens, these might prove to be a new species or subspecies.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 65

In all these localities, messeae is met with only exceptionally.

In 26 cases the dorsal spine was single, double 22 times and
triple 3 times among the Emden males. An intermediate spine
is registered 21 times.

For the var. messeae the pure population of Kaninchen-
werder had at least one blunt rod 39 times, at least one shortly
tipped rod 17 times, all spines acute 32 times. But I do not
doubt that according to previous remarks, by tearing every
hypopygium and rolling the rods we would come to a more
homogeneous impression. A ““z” was present 35 times, an “i”
in 3 samples, among which two belonging to the same hypopy-
gium were associated with two dorsal spines.

At Kappel, I found 16 times, the blunt rod, and only once
sy mmetrically the acute spine. Among Griinberg messeae
the ‘“d” was 24 times blunt, 3 times tipped and 2 times a spine.
28 times a ““z”’ was present and 12 times an “‘i”’ in this material.

In the almost pure population of 4. maculipennis maculi-
pennis collected in the Orti di Schito (striped eggs), I found no
acute dorsals. Five times the “d”’ appeared like a very shortly
tipped rod, 59 times the “d” was blunt, 11 males of the ae
race from the Lago di Fucino had blunt rods on all of the 22
halves.

From these 85 objects but 25 had the “d” rod single, 13
times an “i” was present only twice associated with a “z,”
once three spines were present on the dorsal lobe.

In all places where the light gray eggs occurred, the population
is so mixed that this line of research relying on the purity of
the population was excluded.

DISCUSSION.

The results confirm those of de Buck, Schoute and Swellen-
grebel as well as those of La Face concerning the afroparvus
(Jabranchiae) and messeae. Yor the typical maculipennis the
Dutch author gives no information. La Face says that the
hypopygium comes near to that of messeae. Yet I find the blunt
rod so regularly in that race, that | would maintain a hypopy-
gium with “d” tapering into a long spine be never a maculi-
pennis maculipennis.

1 would not wonder if a closer examination, by detaching the
spines, would reveal an even higher degree of regularity. But
for the moment I| have no time for this rather tedious work.

As to the American representatives of this group, the hypopy-
gia of 4. maculipennis as drawn by Root and Frost agree with
the European atroparvus,—labranchiae, probably the more
thermophilous subspecies of our 4. maculipennis. We therefore
urgently need information on the hypopygia of the northern
most maculipennis of America.

What I wrote in Lindner’s Handbook 1930 still holds good,

66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

viz: The variability of the hypopygium of 4. maculipennis is
too great to allow a clear separation from the most closely
related species.

In conclusion, I may draw attention to a genetic question.
In messeae a spine “i” is more like spine “a,” if it is inserted
midway between the dorsal and the apical lobe. The closer
it stays to the dorsal lobe, the more it resembles a spine “z,”
and this latter spine comes closest to the shape of the dorsal
most one “‘d,” where it is inserted absolutely at the same level
as this. That would mean that the shape of a spine is a function
of its position on the claspette. If that be true, and if we were
able to stimulate or suppress the formation of spines, it never-
theless would only be possible to get a blunt rod in messeae at
the most dorsal part of the claspette. If there the formation
of a spine would be suppressed, we never would get a blunt rod,
no matter how many spines we might produce elsewhere. It
is a pity that we are not able to do experimental work with
these delicate parts, but it might be that similar conditions
prevail in other parts of larger insects and might furnish a
possibility for experimental work.

Given this idea genetically the variability of the shape of the
dorsal spines would be a complex one, being produced by the
variable tendency of the organism to form blunt appendages,
a tendency which on the edge of the claspette always decreases
from dorsal ventrad, and by the variable arrangement of the
spines on this posterior edge of the claspette. The reason why
a blunt spine is lacking may be that there is little tendency to
form a blunt appendage at all, or that the most dorsal spine is
placed a bit off the most dorsal part of the claspette.

RESUME.

The author gives a scheme of the appendages of the claspette
in the 4. maculipennis group. He describes some anomalities;
he corroborates the statements of de Buck, Schoute & Swellen-
grebel and La Face, that the most dorsal spine in the subspecies
atroparvus-labranchiae is practically always acute, whereas
in messeae it is prevailingly blunt or short-tipped. He finds
in 4. maculipennis maculipennts the dorsal-most spine practically
always blunt. The American maculipennis studied by Root
and Frost would go with atroparvus-labranchiae.

LITERATURE CITED.

de Buck, Schoute u. Swellengrebel, 1930. Racial Differentiation of “ Anopheles
maculipennis” in the Netherlands and its relation to malaria.—Rivista di
Malariologia 9, 1930, p. 97.

Christophers, 1915. The male genitalia of anopheles—Ind. Journ. Med.—
Research 3, S. 371.

Dyar, 1928. The Mosquitoes of the Americas. Washington, Carnegie Insti-
tution.

eee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 67

Edwards, 1920. The Nomenclature of the parts of the male hypopygium of
Diptera nematocer: I . Trop. Med.
Paras. 14, S. 23.

Frost, Fl. M. 1932. A comparative study of the male terminalia of Californian
anophelines. Journ. of Parasitol. 18, S. 282.

La Face, L. 1926. Revisione degli Anofelini Italiani.—Rivista di Malariologia
5, pg. 44.

La Face, L. 1931. Sull’esistenza di razze diverse di Anopheles maculipennis.—
Rivista di Malariologia 10, pg. 673.

Martini, E. 1921. Bemerkungen zu Fritz Eckstein—Zentralblatt f. Bakt. I.
Orig. 86, p. 252.

Martini, E. 1924. Ueber jugoslavische Anophelen.—Archiv f. Schiffs—u.
Tropenhyg. 28, p. 254.

Martini, E. 1930. Culicidae. In: Lindner: Die Fliegen. Stuttgart: Schweiz-
erbart.
Martini, E. Hackett & Missiroli, 1931. Versuche zum Rassenproblem von

An. maculipennis.—Archiv f. Schiffs u. Trop. Hyg. 35, p. 622

Matheson, 1929. A handbook of the mosquitoes of North America. Spring-
field and Baltimore. Charles C. Thomas.

Root, F. M., 1923. The Male Genitalia of some American Anopheles Mosqui-
toes.—Americ. Journ. of Hyg. 3, p. 265.

CALCARITERMES IN THE UNITED STATES.

By Tuomas E. Snyper,
Senior Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology, United States
Department of Agriculture.

The genus Ka/otermes Hagen is divided into a number of
subgenera, some of which undoubtedly deserve generic rank.
They are all designated as subgenera, however, until more
complete biological series of associations of soldiers and winged
sexual adults from world collections have been studied.

The subgenera Calcaritermes Snyder, Gly ptotermes Froggatt,
and Lobitermes Holmgren are very closely related in that in
the winged adults the median vein runs close to and parallel
with the subcostal vein. There are, nevertheless, marked
ditterences in the soldier caste.

Ten species of Calcaritermes are known, all from the Neo-
tropical zoo-geographical region, one being from Colima in
western Mexico. Species of Glyptotermes have been recorded
from the Australian, Oriental, Ethiopian, and Neotropical
regions. They are equally well represented in all of these regions
except the Ethiopian, where but few species have been recorded.
Lobitermes is represented by three species, one from Sarawak
and two from South America. No species in any of these sub-
genera have been recorded from the United States.

Among the insects captured in traps in Florida in connection
with a survey of the Mediterranean fruit fly infestation, there

68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

were found three winged adults of a new species of Calcaritermes,
one insect each from Clay, Levy, and Orange Counties, respec-

tively.
Kalotermes (Calcaritermes) nearcticus, n. sp.

Winged adult—Head castaneous brown, with scattered long hairs; labrum
yellow. Eyes large, separated from lateral margin of head by a distance less
than their long diameter. Ocelli fairly large, nearly touching the eyes.

Antennae with 13 segments; second, third, and fourth segments of about the
same size.

Pronotum slightly lighter colored than head, with scattered long hairs.
Anterior margin of pronotum shallowly concave; posterior margin shallowly and
roundedly emarginate, with longitudinal corrugations at base.

Wings irridescently bronze colored, membrane coarsely stippled, margins
ciliate. In fore wing median vein running parallel and close to subcosta. In
hind wing median branching from subcosta near the base (at 1.5 mm. from base,
wing 5.5 mm. in length and 1.60 mm. in width). (Fig. 1.)

Ficure 1.—Microphotograph of fore (1) and hind (2) wings of Kalotermes
(Calcaritermes) nearcticus Snyder. Enlarged 10 times.

Abdominal tergites with a row of long hairs near base.

Legs with femora swollen and with pulvillus between claws.

The dimensions and details of the wing venation distinguish mearcticus from
the known species.

Measurements. —Length of entire winged adult. 7.00 mm.
Rengthyofdealated adultes eee 3.50 mm.
Length of head (to tip of labrum)... 1.1 mm.
Diameter of eye (long diameter)... 0.30 mm.
enothvotpronocuns =e ee eee 0.60 mm.
Meng throftore wits ee ee 4.70 mm.
Weng thvotehintl tibiae eee ea 0.8 mm.
Witdthnot ied (itie yes) === aaa 0.95 mm.
Width ofpronotum..../0 207 See 1.00 mm.
Widthiofstore' wing: = ee ee 1.40 mm.

Type locality —Clay County, Fla.
Described from three winged adults, one from the type

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 69

locality, collected on April 18, 1930, by A. M. Towles; one from
Levy County, Fla., collected on April 21, 1930, by O. L. vale
and one from Orange County, Fla., collected on January 22,
1930; bysPs A. Anslay,, Jr:

Holotype.—Winged male adult, Cat. No. 44835, U.S. National
Museum; two winged adults as autotypes in U. S. National
Museum.

A NEW SPECIES OF MOSQUITO FROM COLORADO
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE).

By Rozerr MarHeson.
Aedes klotsi, n. sp.

Female.—Length 6 to 6.5 mm.; length of wing, 4.5 to5 mm. Proboscis long,
slender, brownish-black; palpi short, one-fifth the length of the proboscis,
brownish-black, clothed with small brownish scales and a few short brownish
hairs. Antennae about as long as the proboscis, with short brownish hairs
forming small whorls; the segments clothed with numerous short, narrow, whitish
scales; tori black with numerous white scales. Occiput with a broad median
area clothed with narrow, curved white scales bordered with narrow, curved
brownish-yellow scales; sides with flat, white scales; erect, forked scales numer-
ous, yellowish-white in the middle and brownish at the sides of the occiput.
Mesonotum almost black, clothed with numerous curved scales, yellowish-
brown predominating on the median area and whitish to yellowish-white on the
sides and anterior margin. Pleura and coxae heavily clothed with broad, flat,
white scales. Abdomen brownish-black with broad basal segmental white
bands, widening on the sides; venter brownish, densely white scaled. Legs
brownish-yellow, the tarsal segments being nearly black; femora heavily
white scaled especially on the ventral surface; tibiae with a few white scales
intermixed with numerous blackish-brown scales; all tarsal segments black.
Claw formula, 1.1 — 1.1 —1.1. Wing scales all narrow, brownish-black to black.

Male.—The general color is practically similar to that of the female. The
antennae possess dense whorls of long brownish-yellow hairs. The palpi are
slightly longer than the proboscis; the apices of the long segment and the
last two segments are blackish-brown; the basal portion of the long segment is
yellowish-brown with a more or less distinct ring of whitish scales preceding the
black apical part. Length 6.5 mm.; wing, 5mm. Claw formula, 2.1 — 2.1 - 2.1.

Hypopygium.—The structure of the male hypopygium (Fig.
1) readily separates this species from any known North American
species. Side-piece more than three times as long as wide;
apical lobe long, rounded, with numerous short outward pro-
jecting setae on the dorsal face; a few longer hairs arise from
the ventral surface. Basal lobe prominent, triangular, the apex
projecting upward; the posterior margin of the triangle forms
a narrow ridge which bears a single row of long, densely crowded
hairs, the outer two of which are rather stout spines; the first
spine is short and the second is extremely long and curving

70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

at the tip. Clasper long, narrow, not expanded in the middle
and with a very few very fine setae along its inner margin.
Claspette with a stout stem bearing a few short hairs; filament
as long as the stem, sharply expanded just before the middle
so that the terminal half appears sickle-shaped. Tenth sternites
prominent with recurved tips. Phallosome (mesosome) short,

Figure 1

cylindrical, narrowing towards the apex. Lobes of the ninth
tergite distinct and each bears 4 to 6 short, stout spines.

Holotype——1 male, No. 49241, U. S. National Museum.
Allotype. \ female, U. S. Nat. Museum. Paratypes. 2 males
and 1 female in the U. S. Nat. Museum; 6 males and 2 females
in the collection of Cornell University. The genitalia of the
holotype and the paratypes (males) are mounted on slides.
This species was collected by Dr. A. B. Klots and Dr. Elsie
B. Klots at Mountain Home Lake, Fort Garland, Colorado,
July 20 to 25, 1932. Altitude 8300 feet.

This species falls in my key to the adults (Handbook of the
Mosquitoes of North America, 1929) with cataphylla, from which
it may be separated by its larger size and the color pattern
of the mesonotum. In the key to the males it falls with dorsalis,
from which it may be easily separated by the possession of a
short and an extremely long spine on the basal lobe (Fig. 1).

I thought at first that this might prove to be dedes cacothius
Dyar which was described from six females taken at Shoshone

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 71

Point, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming (elevation 8200
ft.). However, Dyar describes cacothius as a small species and
his original description (Ins. Ins. Mens., 11, p. 44, 1923) and
that given by him in his Mosquitoes of the Americas (p. 197,
1928) do not agree in several particulars. Through the kindness
of Dr. J. M. Aldrich of the U. S. National Museum I have been
able to compare my species with one of the type females (only
females are known) of Aedes cacothius. A. cacothius is small,
not over 4 mm. in length and the color pattern is distinct from
A. klotsi. Dr. Klots informs me that this species was collected
along the edge of a small, cold, clear, mountain stream. The
adults were abundant in the tall grass in the meadow just
before the stream emptied into Mountain Home Lake.

A FURTHER NOTE ON THE COLEOPTEROUS GENUS
ASERICA (MELOLONTHINAE).

By GiLzert J. Arrow,
Deputy Keeper, British Museum (Natural History).

In a note published in the Proceedings of the Entomological
Society of Washington in 1927 (p. 69), I gave the facts which
seemed to me to make Brenske’s name Aufoserica a synonym
of the previously published name Aserica, Lewis, for the great
genus of Melolonthine Scarabaeidae which has recently become
so well known and important both in the Eastern and Western
hemispheres. Mr. FE. A. Chapin, in the volume of the same
journal for 1932, has published a note contesting that conclusion
upon grounds which appear to indicate a misconception of the
facts and, in view of the importance of the very large genus in
question, a re-statement of the circumstances in clearer terms
appears desirable.

The name /serica was introduced by Lewis in 1895 (Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 16, p. 394) “for a considerable number of
species hitherto included in Serica. It differs essentially from
Serica in having smaller eyes, the scutellum wide at the base,
the hind femora considerably widened and truncate at the
apices, posterior tibiae also dilated, tarsi more robust and the
intermediate coxae widely separated.’ Two Japanese species
in Lewis’s own collection were referred to the genus by the names
japonica Motsch. and orientalis Motsch. (which had been assigned
to them by Waterhouse in an earlier paper), the limits of size
of his specimens of each stated, the first-mentioned species
cited as the genotype and a detail drawing from it given to show
the essential characters.

Two years later Brenske (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1897, p. 377)
formulated the genus /u/oserica, assigning to it the same essen-
tial characters, although in less detail than Lewis had given,
and following the latter in including in it the species named

72 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

by him. Having evidently discovered the earlier name too late
to suppress his own without great inconvenience, he admitted
the synonymy but proposed to overcome the difficulty by
treating the older name as subgeneric and applying it to a part
only of the genus called 4utoserica. As I pointed out in my note,
a new name can not take precedence of an older one in this way
and the name Aserica should have been used, instead of the
redundant 4utoserica, for the genus whose species, unmistakably
defined by the characters set forth by both authors, have since
become only too familiar.

Mr. Chapin, however, anxious, like Brenske, to retain the
name Autoserica, makes the rather surprising proposal to treat
Aserica as a synonym of Serica in its restricted form, first defined
by Lewis in excluding the “considerable number of species”
for which he devised the name Aserica. Mr. Chapin’s reason
for this proposal is the fact announced by myself that the name
japonica Motsch., applied by Lewis to his type-species, does
not belong to it but to another species of the old complex to
which the name Serica was applied. I was able to establish
this by actual comparison of the specimens described (and
figured) by Lewis with the type of Motschulsky, the specimens
of Lewis’s type-species being now in the British Museum col-
lection.

In order that his proposal may not seem out of harmony with
“opinion 65” of the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature, Mr. Chapin makes the following remarkable
statement:

“Tt is here maintained that I.ewis did not base his genus on
‘certain definite specimens,’ for had he done so he would have
indicated the fact and would have given detailed information
concerning his specimens.’

This contention is demolished by Mr. Chapin himself a few
lines later, in referring to Lewis’s actual statements and detail
drawing from his type-species. The statements are: “My
measurements are 9-11 millim.” and “Some of my specimens
are in color light brown.” The sketch is of the metasternum
of a beetle; certainly not of a “Serica.” (The important parts
of the drawing, however, are of the mesosternum and hind legs.)

The details supplied by Lewis were therefore sufficient to
satisfy Mr. Chapin that /serica is not the same as Serica and to
satisfy Brenske that it is the same as 4utoserica. The specimens
from which the genus was diagnosed being permanently placed
in the British Museum collection, remain available to satisfy
any who may in future be interested of the correctness of these
inferences.

The true Serica japonica, Motsch., although it has not all
the characters of 4serica, as defined, and must therefore retain
its old name pending a satisfactory delimitation, is as certainly
not a true Serica. Lewis possessed examples of it which were

PROC. END. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35), NO: 5, MAY, 1983 73

undistinguished from A4serica orientalis, Mots. It is undoubtedly
less closely related to the type-species of Serica (S. brunnea L.)
than to those of Aserica (A. secreta Brsk.) and Autoserica
(4. piceorufa Fairm.) and a study of the multitudinous species
of the group may show that it is not possible to separate it
ultimately from Aserica.

THE IDENTITY AND SYNONYMY OF THREE ORIENTAL
SPECIES OF CREMASTUS (HYM., ICHNEUMONIDAE).

By R. A. CusHman,

Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

The importation into the United States of Cremastus flavo-
orbitalis (Cameron) from Japan as a parasite of the European
corn borer, Pyrausta nubilalis Hubner, has led to a study of its
identity. In the course of this study it has become evident
that there has been much confusion on the part of Japanese
authors between this species and two other species, japonicus
(Ashmead) and chinensis (Viereck).

This paper is the result of the study of types and published
discussions.

Cremastus flavoorbitalis (Cameron) (new combination).

Tarytia flavoorbitais Cameron, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1907, p. 589.

Ophionellus biguttulus (Matsumura) Munakata, Extra Rept. Agr. Sta. Aomori
No. 2, 1910, p. 67, Pl. 2, fig. 1 (in Japanese) (new synonymy).

Cremastus hymentiae Viereck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 40, 1911, p. 189 (new
synonymy).

Tarytia flavoorbitalis Morley, Fauna Brit. India; Hym., vol. 3, Ichn. pt. 1
NOMS pa SOG:

Cremastus hymeniae Swezey, Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 3, 1915, p. 106.

Ophionellus biguttulus Nawa, Ins. World, Gifu, Japan, vol. 19, 1915, p. 456;
Kondo, Extra Rept. Agr. Sta. Nagasaki, No. 15, 1917, p. 101.

Cremastus hymeniae Swezey, Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 4, 1918, p. 13.

Diaparsis japonica (Ashmead) Uchida, Journ. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp.
Univ., vol. 21, 1928, p. 285, Pl. 6, fig. 28 (not Temelucha japonica Ashmead).

Cremastus hymentae Rust, Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., vol. 7, 1929, p. 223.

Cremastus japonica Uchida, Journ. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., vol. 25,
1930, p. 356 (not Temelucha japonica Ashmead).

Cremastus (Tarytia) biguttulus Sonan, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 20,
1930, p. 141 (part).

In the last reference cited above Sonan synonymized Cre-
mastidea chinensis Viereck and Cremastus japonica Uchida
(not Ashmead) with d7guttulus Munakata, a species originally
described in Japanese. In the case of japonica Uchida he
appears to be correct, but chinensis is a distinct species, as is
also the true Cremastus japonicus (Ashmead).

74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

The types of chinensis, japonicus, and hymeniae are all before
me. They are separable by structural characters as follows:

1. Lower margins of first tergite not nearly meeting ventrally but widely
separated and parallel; stigma broad with radius distinctly beyond

middle............ a (hymeniae Viereck) = flavoorbitalis (Cameron).
Lower margins of first tergite nearly or quite meeting ventrally; stigma
narrow with rads at on very neat middle. 2-... ee 2

2. Abdomen narrow, second tergite fully five times as long as broad at
base; areola barely one and a half times as long as broad; in female,
diameter of an ocellus shorter than ocell-ocular line and malar space
nearly as long as basal width of mandible (male unknown)...

japonicus (Ashmead).
Abdomen broad, second tergite less than four times as long as broad
at base; areola two or more times as long as broad; in female,
diameter of an ocellus much longer than ocell-ocular line and
malar space barely half as long as basal width of mandible; in
male, eyes and ocelli very large, malar space and ocell-ocular line
ITEM OMIT EOD ATCO a egg ean eee ace chinensis Viereck.

Cremastus flavoorbitalis (Cameron) is very widely distributed
through the Oriental and Australian Regions and spreads into
the Palearctic Region in eastern Asia as far north as the Island
of Honshu, Japan, east to the Hawaiian Islands and west to
Ceylon and India.

The National Collection includes specimens from Japan
reared from Pyrausta nubilalis Hubner and Grapholitha molesta
Busck; from Hawaii reared from Hymenia fascialis Cramer and
H. recurvalis Fabricius (types of hymeniae); from the Philippine
Islands, including two reared from Crocidolomia binotalis
Zeller at Los Batios by V. J. Madrid under College of Agri-
culture No. Ec-388; and a series from Singapore in the Baker
Collection.

The species exhibits very marked variation in color, especially
of the thorax, which is sometimes largely black above and some-
times entirely without black.

Cremastus japonicus (Ashmead).
Temelucha japonica Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 30, 1906, p. 185.

Since the publication of Ashmead’s description there have
been four references to the name, all by Japanese authors. In
1915 Nawa (Insect World, vol. 19, p. 489, Pl. 23) recorded it
as a parasite of a rice insect, Bradina admixtalis Walker; in
1928 Uchida (Journ. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Imp. Univ., vol.
21, p. 285) transferred the name to Diaparsis and recorded it
as a parasite of another rice insect, Chi/o simplex Butler; in
1930 Uchida (1. c. vol. 25, 1930, p. 356) transferred it to Cre-
mastus; and in 1930 Sonan (Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 75

vol. 20, p. 141) synonymized Cremastus japonica Uchida (not
Ashmead) with Cremastus (Tarytia) biguttulus (Munakata).

In the National Collection under the name Teme/lucha
japonica Ashmead stand two female specimens, one labelled
[= lype Ne. 7260” and the other “Paratype No. 7260, yihe
former is from Swatow, China, the first locality mentioned in
the description. The other is from Hong Kong. There is no
specimen from Japan. The Swatow specimen agrees perfectly
with the original description, while the Hong Kong specimen
is not the same species but is Cremastus flavoorbitalis (Cameron).
Since there is no specimen from Japan, since the Swatow speci-
men is labelled ““Type”’ and since this specimen is the only one
that agrees with the original description, it is obvious that it
must be recognized as the holotype and Swatow, China, as the
type-locality.

Apparently all of the references subsequent to the original
description should be considered as applying to Cremastus
flavoorbitalis (Cameron).

Cremastus chinensis (Viereck).

Cremastus (Cremastidea) chinensis Viereck, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 43,
RS oy, Bites ,

Cremastidea chinensis Rust, Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc., vol. 7, 1929, p. 223.

Cremastus chinensis Cushman, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 75, art. 25, 1930,
p. 14.

Cremastus (Tarytia) biguttulus Sonan, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol.
20, 1930, p. 141 (part).

This species is mentioned here only to call attention to the
fact that it is not synonymous with dzguttulus (Munakata) as
has been indicated by Sonan.

It is parasitic on the rice borer, Chi/o simplex Butler, as in-
dicated by a series of specimens reared from that host by D. T.
Fullaway at Kobe, Japan, and by others reared from rice straw
from Japan intercepted at quarantine in New York and New
Orleans.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF TABANUS FROM NORTH AMERICA
(DIPTERA).

By Atan Stone, Bureau of Entomology.

During the course of a study of the nearctic species of Tabanus
two unusually distinct new species have been discovered. It
was not originally intended to describe these before the com-
pletion of the study, but since a name was requested for the one
from Oklahoma and since the other was so distinct, it was
thought advisable to describe them immediately.

76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

Tabanus oklahomensis, n. sp.

Female.—Length 13-15 mm. Eyes transverse and short dorso-ventrally,
the angle formed by the lower margin of the eyes wider than usual; clothed with
short, dense, white pile; in life dark purple with four green-blue diagonal stripes,
not touching the eye margin laterally, and the three lower ones curved upward
at the outer end. Front very broad, sometimes less than twice as high as its
width, and never more than 2% times its width, the sides parallel or nearly so;
clothed with yellowish brown pollen, paler between the median spot and the
frontal callus and with downward pointing hair, black except just above the
frontal callus, where it is creamy white. Vertex somewhat concave with a
shiny black triangle, in the middle of which lies a sharply defined, raised, dark
reddish, ocelligerous tubercle. A slender black line runs from the ocelligerous
tubercle to the frontal callus; on each side of this line, on the middle of the front,
lies a large black spot, either separated from the line, or broadly joined to it.
Frontal callus black, wrinkled, transverse, somewhat protuberant, tapering
somewhat to each side but touching the eyes; the line between the frontal
callus and the subcallus distinctly curved downward medianly. Subcallus
swollen and shining black with a median depressed line. Semicircles above
antennal bases with pale yellow pollen. First antennal joint stout and some-
what enlarged apically, with gray pollen, pale yellowish and black hair, and a
distinct tuft of reddish hair at the apex above; second joint small with black
hair and a distinct dorsal point; third joint rather stout with a strong dorsal
angle and quite concave anterior to it; basal third to half of the basal portion
dark reddish brown to nearly black; the rest black; annulate portion stout,
about equal in length to the width of the basal portion at the dorsal angle. Face,
cheeks, and back of head pale yellowish gray pollinose with abundant, long,
nearly white hair; posterior orbital fringe of hair, to either side of vertex for a
short distance, distinctly yellowish orange. Palpi short, stout, swollen at base
and coming to a sharp point; clothed with pale yellowish pollen and long, nearly
white hair. Proboscis very short, the labellae black.

Dorsum of thorax black with abundant, long, silky, pale yellowish or brownish
hair. Antealar callus with shorter black hair. Pleurae, sternum, and coxae
gray pollinose, densely clothed with long, nearly white hair. Wings hyaline
with black veins; costal cell often somewhat infuscated; no stump at base of
vein Rg; cell R; not at all coarctate. Legs with femora black, the under surface,
particularly of the fore pair, with abundant, long yellowish hair. Tibiae dark
reddish, the fore pair with the apex black; all tibiae clothed with a mixture of
pale and black hairs; hind tibial fringe not prominent. Tarsi black, the ventral
surface with short, bright orange hair.

Abdomen broad, black, clothed with pale yellowish and black hair, the pale
hair forming rather indefinite posterior margins to the tergites; these bands
expanding at the lateral margin of each tergite and sometimes forming faint
median triangles. Venter gray pollinose, the posterior margin of the sternites
somewhat paler.

Holotype, Catalogue No. 49377, U. S. N. M., Atoka, Okla-
homa, March 31, 1933, collected by Harold Schnorrenberg.
Paratypes, 14 others taken at Atoka, Atoka Co., and Tishom-
ingo, Oklahoma.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 Th

This species is similar to Tabanus carolinensis Macquart of
the eastern part of the United States, but differs in its wider
front, entirely black subcallus, entirely black ground color to
the abdomen, and its darker legs.

Tabanus bishoppi, n. sp.

Female.—Length 12 mm. Eyes clothed with short, but distinct, white pile;
color (revived) green-blue with a single yellow-green diagonal stripe. Front
of moderate width, its height about 3% times its width at the frontal callus,
scarcely narrowed below; clothed uniformly with yellow pollen and with brown
hair above the median spot, yellow hair below. A small, slightly raised spot at
the vertex, entirely covered with pollen and hair. Frontal callus black, shining,
convex, about square and separated from the eye by a narrow strip of pollen.
Median spot of the holotype black, very slender and lanceolate, and very nar-
rowly joined to the frontal callus; in the paratype much shorter and completely
isolated. Subcallus flat, pale yellowish. Face and cheeks with white pollen
and hair. First and second antennal joints small, yellowish brown, clothed with
black hair above; third joint orange-brown, the annulate portion black; basal
portion of the third joint stout, its greatest width nearly as great as its length,
only slightly concave anterior to the obtuse dorsal angle; annulate portion equal
in length to width of basal portion. Palpi pale yellow, the second joint of
moderate width at base but the apical half very slender; clothed with short
white and scattered black hair. Proboscis black, nearly 2 mm. long.

Thoracic dorsum black in ground color with a very fine coating of yellow
pollen and an indication of grayish stripes on the mesonotum; clothed with
black and yellow hair, the latter predominating. Pleurae, sternum, and coxae
dark gray, the fore coxae paler than the rest; upper part of pleurae with yellowish
hair, the rest white. Wings hyaline with reddish brown veins, darker apically;
costal cell and first cell R very dilute yellow. No stump vein at base of vein Rg,
and cell Rs wide open. Femora gray pollinose with mostly pale hair. Tibiae
yellow, the apical third of the fore pair dark brown to black; hind tibial fringe
mostly yellow, but with scattered black hairs apically. Fore tarsi black; middle
and hind tarsi dark reddish brown.

Abdomen with a continuous pale yellow stripe from scutellum to apex, slightly
widening at the posterior margin of each tergite. On first tergite a black spot
to either side of the stripe; an indication of black bordering the stripe on the
other tergites, the apex of the abdomen largely black; rest of the dorsal surface
of the abdomen rather dark orange-brown except for a lateral row of nearly
square spots of yellow pollen and hair on tergites 1-5, the spots beyond the first
tergite not touching the hind margin. Venter pale orange, somewhat darker
apically.

Holotype, Catalogue No. 49378, U. S. N. M., Silver Springs,
Florida, March 26, 1929, Bishopp No. 13073, collected by F. C.
Bishopp. Paratype, Ft. Pierce, Florida, April 14, 1918, Bishopp
No. 7889.

In habitus this species resembles fu/vu/us Wied. or longius-
culus Hine, but the distinctly pilose eyes and the slender palpi
separate it from these and other related species.

78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

NOTES ON SOME NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF HALICTUS
WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF AN APPARENTLY NEW
SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA: APOIDEA).

By Grace ADELBERT SANDHOUSE,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

This paper gives synonymical notes on two species of Halictus
previously considered to be limited to the Palearctic fauna; the
description of an apparently new species, in order that the name
may be available for use in economic entomological literature;
and a key for separating these from other closely related species
occurring in the eastern part of the United States and Canada.

Halictus leucozonius (Schrank).

Apis leucozonia Schrank, Enum. Ins. Austr., 1781, p. 406, n. 819.
Halictus similis ¥. Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus., pt. 1, 1853, p. 69, n. 105.
Halictus similis Cockerell, Can. Ent., vol. 41, 1909, pp. 334-335.

When Frederick Smith described Halictus similis from
Hudson’s Bay, North America, he compared it with H. /eu-
cozonius but considered it to be distinct. In 1909, however,
Cockerell saw the type of similis in the British Museum and
considered it synonymous with /eucozonius. A careful study
by the writer of a series of specimens from both Europe and
North America has confirmed the synonymy. Recently further
confirmation has been received from Mr. P. Bluthgen, who
writes that at his request Mr. R. B. Benson of the British
Museum compared the type of similis with specimens of
leucozonius and could find no difference between them. Since
the species has apparently been previously known in America
only from the type material seen by Smith, it was of especial
interest to receive for identification a large series of specimens
from Nova Scotia, where it is reported to be very abundant.

Halictus zonulus, Smith

Halictus zonulus Smith, Zoologist, vol. 6, 1848, p. 2171, n. 22.
Halictus similis Lovell, Can. Ent., vol. 37, 1905, p. 299 (new synonymy).
Halictus craterus Lovell, Psyche, vol. 15, 1908, p. 35 (new synonymy).

A specimen of Halictus zonulus from Europe was recently
received from Mr. Bluthgen, with the notation that it occurs in
Canada. It was recognized to be the same as the species known
in North America as craterus Lovell. It occurs in eastern
Canada and in the northeastern part of the United States as
far west as Michigan.

Halictus athabascensis, new species.

Male, holotype-—Length 8 to9 mm. Black, with the apical half of the clypeus
pale yellow; tegula brown; tarsi and under side of flagellum brown testaceous.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 79

Pubescence white, except for some fuscous hair on the abdominal tergites and
yellowish hair on the tarsi.

Head without particular modification; distance between the anterior ocellus
and the apical margin of the clypeus to that between the eyes just before the
anterior ocellus as 6.25 to 4.75. Space between the inner margins of the eyes
at the base of the clypeus and just before the anterior ocellus about the same
width. Vertex and sides of face densely clothed with pubescence; clypeus and
postclypeus nearly bare. Front uniformly covered with fine contiguous punc-
tures. Vertex shining between finer but more widely separated punctures.
Clypeus flat, nearly impunctate, apical margin truncate; postclypeus shining
between small, widely separated punctures. Labrum nearly impunctate,
basally depressed in the middle; apical margin subtruncate, fringed with long
straight hairs. Temples broadest just below the middle of the eye, then narrow-
ing abruptly to the base of the mandible, lower three-fourths punctate-striate;
postgenae along the hypostomal carinae microscopically longitudinally striate,
basally produced slightly below the level of the hypostomal carinae; genae
reduced to a mere line. Mandibles reddish in the middle, when closed the tip
of one reaching to the anterior-lateral angle of the clypeus on the opposite
side. Joints of flagellum weakly moniliform beneath, of uniform length;
third antennal joint nearly twice as long as second and about two-thirds as long
as fourth.

Thorax with moderately dense erect pubescence. Prothorax without particu-
lar modification. Mesoscutum shining; the punctures of moderate size, on the
anterior portion and laterad of the parapsidal furrows separated by a little more
than the diameter of a puncture, between the furrows by about twice; meso-
pleura shining, finely and irregularly foveolate, indistinctly punctured; meso-
scutellum polished, with a median longitudinal impressed line, the punctures
smaller and more widely separated than on the mesoscutum, two lateral spots
nearly impunctate. Metatergum and metapleura irregularly foveolate, indis-
tinctly punctured. Propodeum shining, dorsal surface with a subcrescentic
disk which is bordered posteriorly by a polished strip, very irregularly carinate;
lateral and posterior surfaces finely and irregularly carinate-punctate; carinae
on posterior-lateral angles weakly developed on lower fourth only. Wings
yellowish hyaline, faintly iridescent. Stigma and wing-veins brown testaceous.
Tegula brown, anteriorly testaceous, largely impunctate. Legs normal, tibial
spurs testaceous.

Abdominal tergites purplish black, the apical margins brownish, finely and
uniformly punctured; basal hair bands well developed; shining pygidial area
of seventh tergite flat, lower margin rounded. Sternites unmodified; second
with erect pubescence; third, fourth, and base of fifth with pubescence in the
middle erect, at the sides longer and bending laterally; apices of fifth and sixth
with ordinary pubescence; sixth with a median longitudinal streak and apica|
margin impunctate; seventh at the base wider than the eighth, its median
process broader than that of the eighth.

Female, allotype.—Very similar to the male in color, sculpturing, and pubes-
cence, but differing in the usual sexual characters. Length 9 to 10 mm. Black |
without pale markings; legs brownish, tibiae and tarsi brown-testaceous; tibial
spurs testaceous, lower edge of the hind spur serrate with broadly rounded teeth.
Head ordinary; distance between anterior ocellus and apical margin of clypeus

80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

to that between the eyes before the anterior ocellus as 7 to 5.5; face more
sparsely pubescent, the sides more sparsely punctured; clypeus and postclypeus
microscopically tessellate, with large shallow well separated punctures; post-
genae very finely longitudinally striate along the hypostomal carinae. Thorax
more robust; mesoscutum duller, more closely punctured. Abdomen more
robust, tergites duller, more strongly purplish; hair apicad of basal hair bands
largely black.

Type.—Cat. No. 44882, U. S. National Museum.

Locality of type, 70 miles up Athabasca River, Alberta,
Canada; of allotype, Toronto, Ontario.

Described from the following: Type and 18 males, 70 miles
up Athabasca River, Alberta, August 5, 1903 (Merritt Cary);
1 male, Carlisle, Pennsylvania, July 26, 1918 (Robert Fouts);
1 male, St. John, New Brunswick, Oct. 3 (A. G. Leavitt);
1 female, allotype, Toronto, Ontario, April 15, 1892 (Wm.
Brodie); 3 females, Lehigh Gap, Pennsylvania, June 26, 1901;
1 female, North Cumberland, Pennsylvania, May 23, 1908,
No. 192a (P. R. Myers); 2 females, Pequaming, Michigan,
July 2 and 13, 1903 (Morgan Hebard); 1 female, Detroit,
Michigan; 1 female and 1 male, Durham, New Hampshire
(Weed and Fiske); 1 female, Canada, No. 2416 (C. F. Baker);
1 male, Hazelton, British Columbia, Sept. 6, 1919 (H. G.
Dyar); from Kaslo British Columbia, all collected in 1903—
1 female, June 26, and 1 without date (R. P. Currie), 1 female,
May 30 (H. G. Dyar), and 1 female, July 7 (J. W: Cockle).
All the specimens listed above are in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum. Those below are in the Canadian National
Collection: 1 male, Truro, Nova Scotia, Aug. 14, 1917; 1
female, Kings County, Nova Scotia, May 20, 1931, on Pyrus
malus (C. E. Atwood); 1 female, Hunts County, Nova Scotia,
June 16, 1931, on Cornus stolonifera (C. KE. Atwood).

The following key will help to separate this species from re-
lated species known to occur in the eastern part of the United
States and Canada:

1. Abdominal tergites dull, purplish black, very finely and uniformly
punctured, the apical margins not at all depressed; basal hair bands
creamy white, the hairs more closely appressed and seldom rubbed
off to any extent. Dorsal surface of propodeum rather dull, its
median length equal to that of mesoscutellum, finely and irregu-
larrly carinate, the carinae weaker apically, without a well-defined
enclosed area. Male—posterior-lateral angles of seventh tergite
ordinary; sixth sternite not modified, with usual pubesence; seventh
with a well-developed median process; eighth with the process some-
what pointed and more triangular. Claspers of genitalia with a
ventral lobe-like process. Lower half of clypeus usually largely
yellow, in the middle extending to the apical margin. (These species
would go into the subgenus Curtisapis of Robertson.) -..-.-.-.-.----------—-- a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 81

— Abdominal tergites shining black, more coarsely and irregularly punc-
tured, apical margins depressed, more conspicuously so laterally;
basal hair bands white, the hairs looser and more frequently partly
rubbed off. Dorsal surface of propodeum shining, its median length
about equal to that of metatergum, with a well-defined enclosed area
which has more regular longitudinal carinae uniformly developed to
the apex. Male—posterior-lateral angles of seventh tergite pro-
duced and reflexed; sixth sternite modified, with unusual pubescence;
seventh with a very small median projection; that of the eighth
broad and nearly quadrate. Claspers of genitalia without a ventral
process. Lower half of clypeus with a yellow spot which nowhere
Feachesientinel ys tortie apical nna cite eee een ee Se

2. Anterior-lateral angles of pronotum strongly developed and sharply
right-angled; mesoscutum with punctures clearly defined and
uniform in size, anteriorly slightly bigibbous in the middle. Pos-
terior-lateral angles of propodeum carinate up to the truncate poster-
ior margin of the dorsal surface; the disk bordered posteriorly by a
very low carina. Wings yellowish infumate, more conspicuously
so in the female. Pubescence of head and thorax white. Male—
temples gradually narrowed below and receding posteriorly; mandi-
bles ordinary; posterior margin of fifth sternite broadly emarginate
in the middle; sternites 2 to 4 without polished apical margins,
densely clothed with posteriorly recumbent hairs; clypeus convex,
dull, microscopically tessellate, strongly punctured; labrum not
impressed in the middle; third joint of antenna twice as long as
SECOI Gest ten sate Wels ey Seek en Ed en Oe fuscipennis Smith.

— Anterior-lateral angles of pronotum not strongly developed, obtusely
angled; mesoscutum anteriorly not bigibbous, the punctures less
distinctly defined and varying in size. Posterior-lateral angles of
propodeum carinate on lower half only; apical margin of dorsal
surface rounded; the disk not bordered posteriorly by a carina.
Wings yellowish hyaline. Pubescence of head and thorax yellowish.
Male—temples broader below and not receding posteriorly; mandi-
bles unusually long; posterior margin of fifth sternite truncate;
sternites 2 to 4 with polished apical margins, the pubescence sparser
and nearly erect; clypeus shining, flat, sparsely and finely punctured;
labrum basally impressed in the middle; third joint of antenna one
Aine! Gmeclnallt (armies AS lowe as Sxeome er

3. Mesoscutum anteriorly not at all declivous, elevated only very slightly
above the pronotum. Disk of propodeum carinate on the basal third
only, apically polished in the male, dull with microscopic tessel-
lations in the female. Male—mandibles very long, the tip of one
reaching over beyond the base of the other; polished pygidial area of
seventh tergite transversely concave, the apical margin subtruncate;
head subquadrate, inner margins of eyes not converging below;
hypostomal carinae narrow basally, but becoming wider apically and
bending laterally with a strongly rounded curve; vertex posteriorly
elevated; labrum weakly impressed in the middle. coriaceus Smith.

82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

— Mesoscutum anteriorly abruptly declivous in the middle and elevated
distinctly above the pronotum. Disk of propodeum carinate on at
least the basal three-fourths, although the carinae are stronger
basally. Male—mandibles varying in length, but never with the
tip of one reaching the base of the other; polished pygidial area of
seventh abdominal tergite not concave, the apical margin strongly
rounded and sometimes weakly pointed in the middle; head some-
what narrowed below; hypostomal carinae of uniform width, bending
laterally with a slightly rounded angle; vertex posteriorly not ele-
vated; labrum distinctly impressed in the middle... _._--_----ee- eee 4,

4. Hair on abdominal tergites apicad of basal bands largely pale.
Female—postgenae along the hypostomal carinae polished; posterior
margin of dorsal surface of propodeum slightly elevated, the disk
more dull and microscopically tessellate between carinae; clypeus
and postclypeus polished between punctures. Male—tip of mandi-
ble reaching about half way between anterior-lateral angles of
clypeus and base of other mandible; tarsi yellow; third joint of
antenna as dark as second; flagellum scarcely paler beneath; hair on
third and fourth abdominal sternites longest in the middle; ventral

surface of postgenae basally produced down below the hypostomal
Carinae. ows sa ee oh aS Ul eee ee forbesii Robertson.
— Hair on abdominal tergites apicad of basal bands largely fuscous.
Female—postgenae along the hypostomal carinae longitudinally
striate; posterior margin of dorsal surface of propodeum not elevated,
the disk more shining; clypeus and postclypeus microscopically
tessellate between punctures. Male—tip of mandible reaching to
anterior-lateral angle of clypeus; tarsi dark brown; third joint of
antenna much paler than second, color of those distad; flagellum
much paler beneath; hairs on third and fourth sternites longest at the
sides and bending over laterally; ventral surface of postgenae basally
about level with the hypostomal carinae —_athabascensis Sandhouse.
5. Anterior-lateral angle of pronotum forming a right angle. First
abdominal tergite very sparsely punctured in the middle. Posterior-
lateral angles of propodeum with carinae extending up to dorsal
surface and for a short distance along its posterior margin; disk
posteriorly rounded in the middle. Vertex behind postocellar line
punctate, not striate. Wings strongly yellowish; stigma and ner-
vures testaceous. Male—legs dark brown; posterior-lateral angles of
seventh tergite produced beyond the middle so that the posterior
margin is emarginate in the middle; sixth sternite laterally impunc-
tate, medially with a basal tuft of erect hairs, and just beyond this
a longitudinal row of hairs which is expanded laterally at the apex;
apical margin of fifth sternite broadly emarginate in the middle____
zonulus Smith.
— Anterior-lateral angle of pronotum obtuse. First abdominal tergite
quite uniformly punctured. Carina on posterior-lateral angle of
propodeum becoming obsolescent at the posterior margin of the
dorsal surface; disk posteriorly somewhat pointed in the middle.
Vertex behind the postocellar line finely transversely striate. Wings

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933 83

clear hyaline; stigma and nervures brown, paler basally. Male
legs with small spots at bases of front and middle tibiae, a larger
spot at base of hind tibia, the middle and hind metatarsi (except the
extreme apices) pale yellow; posterior-lateral angles of seventh
tergite not produced beyond the middle of the posterior margin, so
that the margin is truncate; sixth sternite with a broad triangular
slightly depressed area at the apex, the lateral margins of which are
fringed with several rows of rather long plumose hairs; apical
MaveinvoOt mith StecmitessruMGa tess = eet leucozonius (Schrank).

MINUTES OF THE 446TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE WASH-
INGTON ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, APRIL 6, 1933.

The 446th regular meeting of the Washington Entomological Society was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, April 6, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were present
45 members and 20 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

In reporting on the recent meeting of the executive committee, Mr. Rohwer
stated that the Society’s current funds were tied up in a closed bank, and that
greetings for the centenary of the London Entomological Society were being
prepared.

Major G. C. H. Franklin, of the Army Medical School, was unanimously
elected to membership on recommendation of the executive committee.

Dr. W. F. Jepson of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology, upon invitation,
greeted the society.

Under the heading “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,’ Doctor Fracker
showed specimens of fleas sold in curio stores in Mexico, dressed in imitations
of human costumes. This note was discussed by Bishopp.

Dr. Aldrich read notices of the coming meetings of the Centenary of the
Entomological Society of London, which gave an idea of the program.

The first communication on the regular program was by Major G. C. H.
Franklin, and was entitled ‘The London school of hygiene and tropical medicine,
with special reference to the department of entomology.”

The paper presented a brief history of the school from the time of its founda-
tion in 1899 to the present; a description of the present buildings opened in
1929; the purpose of the school and the reasons for its location in London.
Mention was made of the excellent entomological and helminthological exhibits
in the museum, and of the wealth of material for study and experimental work.
The work of Doctors Buxton and Wigglesworth of the Division of Entomology
in insect physiology was discussed. A recent address by the former, title, “The
Effect of Climatic Conditions upon Populations of Insects,” formed the basis
for a discussion on the value of the study of insect physiology from the view
point of medicine and agriculture. Dr. Buxton believes that the field worker
should collect more critical data in the places where insects actually live. The
laboratory could then check this data and from it develop by experiment,
methods which would lead to a better control of insect pests. A partial list of
the work already accomplished by these insect physiologists is given. A brief
account of the Division of Helminthology at the school, and some of the work
they are doing under the direction of Prof. Leiper, was given. The paper
concluded with the hope that the vast collection of entomological and para-
sitological material available in Washington would some day be put to use in
the teaching of post-graduate students. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by Howard, Bishopp, and Snodgrass.

The second communication was by Mr. D. L. Van Dine and was entitled
“The relation of sugar-cane varieties to the problem of insect transmission of
sugar-cane mosaic in Cuba.”

84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 5, MAY, 1933

This paper reviewed the work in Cuba on the transmission and spread of the
mosaic disease of sugar cane, under Cuban conditions. The work extended over
the period from 1924 to 1932 2, and included a study of the alternate grass host
plants of the virus of the disease and of the corn aphid, dphis maidis Fitch,
the agent of transmission. At the beginning of the investigations, the sugar
crop of the Island was dependent almost entirely upon one variety of cane,
highly susceptible to the disease. A large number of varieties were tested, both
by control cage methods and by plantings under natural field conditions, for
their comparative susceptibility to the disease. From these, certain varieties
with promising commercial possibilities, which proved highly resistant to
infection, were selected for field tests. The selections were made after several
years of study regarding the field growth and sugar making qualities of the
canes. A soil survey was made of the cane areas of Cuba and the soil types
were determined and classified. The desirable resistant canes were tested on a
field basis on all of the more important types of soil. These varieties proved
desirable for planting and commercially resistant to the disease. The canes
by an intensive method of propagation were produced for seed purposes and
distributed to the plantations. Surveys over a period of years indicated that
the Island could be zoned in respect to the spread or activity of the disease,
zones in which the natural spread of the disease was low, medium, or high.
This information gave greater latitude in the utilization of varieties. The
studies on the insect carrier of the disease were continued to determine the
natural conditions which promote the secondary spread of the disease. Such
information is capable of great practical application. In a zone where the aphid
population is not sufficient to insure the spread of the disease, and only healthy
seed is planted, the disease factor can be discounted. Varieties of cane which
are commercially more desirable, or more suitable, for growth on certain soil
types, can replace the highly resistant varieties. Also a change in varieties for
disease control purposes can be made in a more deliberate and economical
manner.

Details of the work of the Tropical Plant Research Foundation in Cuba,
organized and directed by the late Dr. W. A. Orton, are a matter of record and
references were given to the publications dealing with the work under discussion
on sugar cane mosaic. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by Howard, Bishopp, Wood and Kisliuk.

Dr. L. O. Howard, honorary president, attending after long absence, greeted
the society upon invitation.

Dr. Howard said that he was not prepared to talk about his experiences while
away from Washington, but he admitted that he had a very good time, and a
most interesting one. Nevertheless, he said he was very glad to be back among
his old friends, and hoped to see much of them, now that his eyes were again
functioning.

Meeting adjourned at 9.35 p. M.

F. M. Wap Ley,
Recording Secretary

Actual date of publication, May 31, 1933

VOL. 35 JUNE, 1933 No. 6

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL lhe DY

a “gall HONS (Uris

OF WASHINGTON | Vass
fe WH 19 1922
\\4 JUL LU ivev
\\ 6
XS < a\ . 2 .
MY4Tion AL MUS

eS —

a ee

CONTENTS

CHAMBERLIN, T. R.—SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY AND
PARASITES OF HYPERA RUMICIS (L) (COLEOPTERA : CURCULIONIDAE) 101

DOZIER, HERBERT L.—MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
CHALCIDOID PARASITES (HYMENOPTERA) ............ 85

HALL, DAVID G.—A NEW SPECIES OF SARCOPHAGA INHABITING NESTS OF
DAIS ONG ECE GRP Laem, payee seen en Sere Se aR eM errr ae A RE 8.8 Abi)

PusiisHED MontrHiy Except Jury, AuGusT AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D.-C., unde:
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of Octobe
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Honorary gerrsident so. = ao sh <a) 0) Ne cee L. O. HOWARD
Presiacni ee ine ape ei ee. ot el 4 Go) 6 er C. T. GREENE
ANSP ACE=PPESIAEN ES k,l ss 5. Gs 3 ee oe ee J. S. WADE
Second Vice-President 2 2 2 6 6 we a ee ee ee eee
Recordins Secretary.) “2s S02 9 so ls ee F. M. WADLEY
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . . . 1. «©»... 5 S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
MEH OR poe a tao OF og oe a eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FRACKER,
H. E. Ewine.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCIENCES? Soe erties) Sona le ee eee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL4 35 JUNE 1933 No. 6

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF CHAL-
CIDOID PARASITES (HYMENOPTERA).

By Hersert L, Dozier.

This paper contains the descriptions of ten new species of
Chalcidoidea and records of twenty other species, all reared
by the writer, and for the most part from Coccidae and Aleyro-
didae. Marietta maculatipennis, Thysanus insularis, T. magni-
clavus, and T. louisianae are most probably secondary and the
others primary parasites. Unless otherwise designated the
types are retained in the writer’s collection.

EULOPHIDAE
SUBFAMILY ENTEDONINAE.

Euderomphale quercicola, new species.

Differentiated immediately from E. flavimedia (Howard) and E. aleurothrixi
Dozier by different coloration and by having the forewings with a narrow in-
fumation beneath the marginal vein at about the middle. The corneous
sensoria project beyond the distal ends of the joints, reminding one very much
of the antennae of members of the trichogrammatid genus Ufens.

Female —Length 0.969 mm.; expanse 1.88 mm.; greatest width of forewing
0.358 mm. General color black with metallic reflections; antennae fuscous;
legs black, except cephalic tarsi, the proximal three joints of the middle and hind
tarsi, and the knees, pale; the cephalic tibiae mostly pale but dusky on lateral
margins. Forewings hyaline, a comparatively narrow infumation or clouding
beneath the marginal vein at about the middle; this clouding does not cross
the entire wing but reaches only to the row of setae that runs along close to
the lower border of the wing; venation brown; caudal wing hyaline, the vein
pale brown.

Antennae setose, the scape long; pedicel elongate, narrow at base and grad-
ually enlarging, supplied with a number of conspicuous sensoria arranged in a
revolving manner; two small but distinct ring-joints present, the proximal one
being the smallest; the single funicle joint two-thirds as long as the pedicel
but distinctly wider; club three-jointed, widest near distal end of the basal
joint, then narrowing to acutely pointed tip; pedicel and club joints supplied
with a number of longitudinal corneous sensoria that project more or less beyond
the distal ends of the joints. Eyes naked, the margin of the vertex with a

86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

number of prominent setae. Marginal vein of the forewing very long, over
three times as long as the submarginal; just beneath the marginal vein are from
3 to 5 long setae that are directed downwards. Abdomen sessile, conic-ovate,
the ovipositor barely visible from above. ‘Tarsi four-jointed, the distal joint
the longest.

Male.—Length, exclusive of the exserted genitalia, 0.645 mm.; expanse 1.61]
mm.; greatest width of forewing, 0.301 mm. Smaller in size than the female
and distinguished immediately by the difference in antennae. Antennae of the
male have the pedicel and club joints distinctly stouter than in the female and
the corneous sensoria appear more numerous and projected more beyond the
distal ends of the joints, giving a peculiar appearance to the apical joint of the
club. The infumation of the forewing in the male is decidedly less deep and the
venation is a paler brown. Abdomen not sessile as in the female but with
petiole extremely short, distinctly narrower at base than the thorax, narrowing
to tip where the genitalia is distinctly exserted.

Described from a female and two males reared by the writer
from a large, undescribed whitefly, Tetraleurodes sp., on the
Live Oak, Quercus virginiana, at City Park, New Orleans, La.,
January 12, 1932, and a female caught on the foliage of same
tree on same date. Paratype female on slide is deposited in the
U. S. National Museum collection. Type No. 44823.

Euderomphale vittata, new species.

Distinguished from all described species at once by its distinct
abdominal coloration. A large, robust West Indian species.

Female.—Length 0.833 mm.; expanse 1.79 mm.; greatest width of forewing
0.402 mm. Head and thorax black, the abdomen pallid with a very distinctive
broad, brown-black cross band just before the pale tip; antennae and legs
entirely pale; ovipositor grayish-black. The forewings hyaline, without any
trace of infumation, the venation pale yellowish.

Antennae short, sparsely covered with rather short, pale setae; pedicel stout
and about twice as long as wide; one small and narrow ring-joint; second and
third funicle joints of about same length but the third distinctly wider and same
width as the pedicel; club three-jointed, stout and thick, the second joint
slightly the widest, the distal joint narrowing to distinctly tapered point. Eyes
abundantly but minutely setose. The pronotum, prescutum, and scutellum
scaly-reticulate, with numerous short black setae. Forewings very broad,
almost twice as long as wide; the distal half thickly and uniformly ciliated, the
remainder appearing clear, but this is due to the almost transparent cilia cover-
ing that area; marginal cilia very short. Abdomen pedicillate, somewhat
spherical in outline, the ovipositor only very slighly exserted.

Male.—Length, exclusive of exserted oedeagus, 0.817 mm. Only slightly
smaller than the female; the abdomen less spherical and somewhat truncated;
the tip of the abdomen not as distinctly pale as is the case with the female.
The male can be distinguished at once from the female by the pale oedeagus in

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 87

contrast to the gray-black ovipositor and by having the third funicle joint much
longer, about twice as long as the second funicle and distinctly wider.

Described from a series of seven females and three males,
reared by the writer from a large whitefly, 4/eurodicus sp., on
“Maria,” Calophyllum antillarum, at San Juan (Santurce),
Porto Rico, March 2 and June 8, 1925. Holotype female and
allotype male, mounted in balsam, are deposited in the U. S.
National Museum collection. Type No. 44824.

SUBFAMILY APHELININAE.

Marietta busckii (Howard).
Howard, U.S. D. A. Tech. Bul., Ser. 12, pt. 4, p. 87, 1907, Perissopterus.

This ie was described from a single male, reared from
Asterolecanium aureum at San Juan, Porto Rico, in 1899 by
A. Busck. To this the following records, obtained by the writer
in 1925 at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, may be added:—one male
from soft scale on Citrus, May 26; two females from Astero-
lecanium pustulans on Cassia fistula, June 13-14; two females
from Ceroplastes cirripediformis on passion vine, July 3. In
addition, the species is abundant in Haiti where it was reared
as follows:—one male from Terminalia catappa infested with
Saisettia oleae and Aspidiotus destructor at Port-au-Prince,
Dec. 14, 1929; one male from green Lecanium on guava at
Damien, Feb. 11, 1930; four males and five females from
Tachardiella cydoniae (Hempel) on Annona at Source Puantes,
May 13, 1930; two males and one female from Coccus mangi-
ferae on mango foliage at Petionville, Nov. 22-24, 1930, and
four males and three females from same source Dec. 1-2, 1930;
one female from Cerococcus n. sp. on wild fig, Ficus mitrophora,
at Damien, March 13, 1931; and one male from Asterolecanium
pustulans on oleander at Damien, June 18, 1931.

Marietta pulchella (Howard).

Howard, Report of the Entomologist, Ann. Rept. Com. Agr., p. 356, 1880, Aphelinus.

Two females, reared by Thos. F. Catchings from Lecanio-
diaspis n. sp. on willow at City Park, New Orleans, La., Nov.
19, 1928.

Marietta carnesi (Howard).
Ent. News, vol. 21—p. 162, 1910.

On May 31, 1927, the writer reared a single female of a
Marietta trom the San Jose scale, Aspidiotus perniciosus, on
Japanese quince at Newark, Delaware, in association with
Prospaltella perniciosi Tower and Azotus americanus Dozier,
that according to Mr. Gahan appeared to resemble remarkably
M. carnesi (Howard). More recently, a slide with numerous

88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

specimens of M. carnesi reared from Chrysomphalus aurantit
in Japan, Dec. 12, 1922, by C. P. Clausen, has been received
through the kindness of Harold Compere and has been studied.
The Delaware specimen, although distinctly smaller, measuring
only 0.516 mm. in length, appears to be undoubtedly the same
and adds the Asiatic species M. carnesi to the North American
fauna.

Marietta maculatipennis, new species.

This species is probably best placed in Marietta Motschulsky,
although the male wings are hyaline and not spotted as in that
genus, and is very similar, especially in the wings, to Marietta
puntaticorpus (Girault). It appears to be congeneric with the
species described as Perissopterus capillatus Howard and
P. noumeaensis Howard, which have the spotted appearance
of the female wings due to groupings of heavy black setae and
not to a dark granulated integument between the setae as is the
case with the pu/chella group. The new species appears also
to be very close to Paraphytis Compere but the male antennae
are six-jointed instead of five-jointed.

Female—tLength, including ovipositor, 0.588 mm.; expanse 1.31 mm.;
greatest width of forewing 0.20 mm. General color orange-yellow, the abdom-
inal segments marked with fuscous at lateral margins; antennae yellowish, the
proximal two-thirds of the club slightly browned; eyes bluish-white in life, black
in balsam mounts, distinctly setose; ocelli reddish; legs pale yellowish, the
middle and hind femora marked with fuscous near distal end and the tibiae with
two fuscous bands; the short, stout front tibiae with a single band across middle.
The forewings hyaline, with groupings of heavier, black setae giving an appear-
ance of being six-spotted, quite different from M. pulchella (Howard) which
has the pattern of markings on the forewing due to dark granulated integument
between the setae; a hairless oblique streak present across forewing.

Apex of the vertex incised or notched at the middle. Prescutum with a single
small seta in the outer angles, a row of four setae on each side near the median
line, the anterior one being the smallest and the posterior one very long and
stout; in addition near the anterior margin is a smaller and less conspicuous
seta that lies about midway between the other setae; scapula with three setae
and the axilla with a single one; scutellum with a pair of extra strong, long
setae on each side. Dark portions of body appear reticulated under high
magnification. Endophragma rather short but very distinct and prominent in
balsam mounts. Abdomen as long as the thorax and about as wide, the ovi-
positor short but distinctly exserted. All tarsi five-jointed.

Male.—Length 0.459 mm.; expanse 1.12 mm.; greatest width of forewing
0.186 mm., decidedly smaller than the female and less orange in color, being more
sordid; the abdomen with a transverse band of fuscous covering the first tergite,
and nearly the apical half, infuscated. Antennae six-jointed, the scape de-
cidedly wider than that of the female and the entire antenna is soiled yellowish.
Forewings hyaline, lacking the groupings of stout black setae of the female, a

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 89

very small area at the stigma inconspicuously infumed. The legs are pale,
without the definite markings of the female, the hind tibiae with a single median
band of fuscous.

Described from a series of both sexes, reared by the writer in
extremely abundant numbers from a diaspine scale, 4spidiotus
(Diaspidiotus) sp., incrusting the trunk and branches of young
mahogany, Swietenta mahogani, in nursery at Cote Plage,
Haiti, June 27, 1930. From the same material a few specimens
of an undescribed Prospaltella and an abundance of Abdlerus
n. sp. issued June 25—27th. As all members of the genus
Marietta to date whose habits are known are secondary parasites,
this species is most probably secondary on the Prospaltella.
A single male of the new Marietta was reared from the scale,
Vinsonia stellifera, on undetermined shrub near Las Cahobas,
Haiti, Dec. 19, 1930. Holotype female and allotype male are
deposited in the U. S. National Museum collection. Type
No. 44822.

Aspidiotiphagus citrinus (Craw).

Craw, Destructive Insects, Sacramento, Cal., 1891, Coccophagus.

Reared by the writer in abundant numbers from Florida Red
Scale, Chrysomphalus aonidum, heavily encrusting rose stems
at Port-au-Prince, Haiti, Oct. 28, 1929. This appears tobe the
most common scale parasite in Porto Rico and Haiti.

Aspidiotiphagus lounsburyi, Berl. & Paoli.
Berlese & Paoli, Redia, XI, Firenzi, fasicle 1, p. 305, 1916.

Reared in very abundant numbers from Parlatoria zizyphus
on the West Indian lime foliage at Port-au-Prince, Haiti,
ites —20 St 9Sil0

Aphytis fuscipennis (Howard).
Howard, Ann. Rept. Com. Agr., p. 356, 1880, A phelinus.

~ Reared in abundance from Lepidosaphes alba Ckl\l. on Manihot
cassava at Damien, Haiti, Jan. 29, 1930.

Aphytis limonus (Rust).
Rust, Ent. News, vol. 26, p. 77, 1915

This lemon-yellow primary parasite was reared in abundance
from Lepidosaphes alba Ckll. on Manihot cassava at Damien,
Haiti, Jan. 27-29, 1930, in association with 4. fuscipennis
(How.), Thysanus maculatus (Girault) and Thysanus insularis
Dozier. The distinctly lemon-yellow venation distinguishes
this heretofore rare species at once. This material has been
kindly compared by Mr. Gahan with the type from Peru in the
U.S. National Museum and found to be identical.

90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

Aphytis chrysomphali (Mercet).
Mercet, Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., vol. 12, p. 135, 1912, Aphelinus.
Very abundant on Aspidiotus destructor on the West Indian
almond, Terminalia catappa on the Champs de Mars at Port-
au-Prince, Haiti, Dec. 13, 1929.

Aphytis maculicornis (Masi).
Masi, Boll. Lab. Zool. Gen. Agr., Portici, vol. 5, p. 140, 1911, Aphelinus.
Reared by the writer in abundant numbers from Parlatoria
crotonis Douglas on cultivated Croton foliage at Port-au-Prince,
Haiti, April 30—-May 8, 1931, in association with Hispaniella sp.

Mesidia gillettei Howard.
Howard, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 16. p. 80, 1914.

The original description of this rare species was based on a
single female reared by C. P. Gillette from Brachycolus tritici,
Oct. 13, 1908, presumably at Fort Collins, Colorado. Its
general color was given as dull honey-yellow and does not
mention the darkening of the posterior margins of the abdomen,
which makes it appear as if striped transversely across (even
more apparent in freshly balsam-mounted specimens). Mr.
Gahan has kindly compared the Illinois material with the type
in the U. S. National Museum and finds them to be identical.
The drawings were made by Mr. Carl Mohr by courtesy of
Dr. T. H. Frison of the Illinois State Natural History Survey.

Te Py) eta
AIL,

WOES ANTE SA,
UVM NMG YELLE GES.

UFZ, ‘ UiCLA 77,
WpuLy éd PGI

Female.—Length 0.789-0.903 mm.; expanse 1.91—-1.94 mm.; greatest width of
forewing 0.287 mm. General color a dirty or soiled yellowish-orange, the pro-
notum and anterior margin of the prescutum dusky, the abdominal segments
dusky along their posterior margins giving the abdomen an appearance of being
transversely banded; the head slightly ferruginous; eyes black; ocelli red;
antennae nearly concolorous with the body; the legs uniformly soiled yellowish-
testaceous, the tarsi pale except for the dark distal joint, venation pale yellow.

Eyes distinctly setose. Vertex supplied with rather prominent setae.
Antennae six-jointed (Fig. a), all the joints furnished with setae; the scape long,
enlarging towards distal end; pedicel about twice as long as wide, slightly longer

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 |

than the first funicle joint and subequal the second in length; funicle one dis-
tinctly narrower than the pedicel, subequal the third funicle in length; the
funicle joints each successively slightly wider; the club composed of a single
joint, about a third wider than the widest funicle joint, nearly equalling in
length the three funicle joints combined, and provided with a number of longi-
tudinal sensoria. Prescutum with a number of sparsely arranged setae, a pair
of larger ones near the posterior margin; scapulae with two setae, the axillae
with one and the scutellum with a very strong, prominent seta on each side near
its anterior margin; metanotum with a pair of prominent setae. A very distinct
endophragma extends back into the abdomen. Forewings long and slender
(Fig. b), hyaline, densely ciliated over the disk, with a distinct oblique hairless
streak across the wing; marginal vein slightly longer than the submarginal.
Abdomen rather rounded, the ovipositor slightly exserted. Tarsi five-jointed.
Male.—Unknown.

The above description is based on three females taken by
the writer sweeping low vegetation at edge of pond near Cache,
Ils, May. 6—/, 1932.

TRICHAPORUS Forster.

1856 Forster, Hym. Stud., vol. 2, p. 84, Trichaporus.
1895 Howard, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent. Tech. Ser. Bul I, p. 28, Encarsta.

1912 Mercet, Trab. Mus. Cien, Nat. Ser. Zool., no. 10, p. 149, Encarsta.
1930 Nowicki, Neue Beitr. z. Syst. Insektenkunde, vol. ES nos. 13-14, p. 157, Trichaporus.
1930 Mercet, Rev. de Biol. Forestal y Limnologia, vol. 2, Ser. B, no 2, p. 82, Trichaporus.

Forster described the genus Trichaporus in 1856 without
assigning any species to it, placing the genus in the Tetrasti-
chinae. Kurdjumov, in examining the Forster collection,
preserved in the Vienna Museum, found six different species
placed under the generic name Trichaporus:—the first species
T. solutus Frst. (not described) did not belong to the Tetrasti-
chinae but to the Omphalini of the subfamily Entedoninae and
is identical with the genus Astichus Frst. The second species
was Euderus arithmeticus ¥rst. described in 1851 and chosen
by him in 1856 as the genotype of his new genus Astichus.
In addition to these two ae the other four all belonged to
the Aphelininae, namely: ‘yrodis Frst., conferarum Frst.,
infuscatus rst. and nigrinus Frst. S$. Nowicki in 1930 in his
paper “Bemerkungen zu den europaischen Apheliniden-
Gattungen” (Observations on European Aphelinid genera),
has shown that Trichaporus Frst. is distinct from Trichoporus
Ashmead and that Trichoporus melleus Ashm. (selected by
Girault in 1912 as genotype) differs from the original generic
description of Forster in at least two very important character-
istics—in the larger number of antennal joints and in the
presence of grooves on the scutellum, which shows clearly that
T. melleus Ashm. can not serve as genotype for Trichaporus
Forster, which genus according to Férster has both sexes with
8-jointed antennae. According to Nowicki and Mercet, the

92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL, 35, NO, 6, JUNE, 1933

genotype of Encarsia Forster (Encarsia tricolor Frst.) is the
same insect as Do/oresia conjugata (Masi) and Encarsia Frst.
is characterized by 8-jointed antennae in the female sex and
only 7-jointed in the male. Therefore we must either erect a
new genus to contain all the species that fall into Encarsia
as used by Howard and other authors since, or else accept
that proposed by Nowicki and place these under the genus
Trichaporus Forster with the type of that genus T. aleyrodis
Frst.

' Trichaporus variegata (Howard).
Howard, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. X, p. 64, March—June, 1908, Encarsia.

This species was described from two females reared from
Paraleyrodes perseae (Quaint.) on lemon foliage in Florida.
It was recorded for the second time by the writer as attacking
Paraleyrodes naranjae Dozier on Citrus in Porto Rico. The
species is abundant in Haiti where it was reared by the writer
in numbers at Port-au-Prince and Source Cazeau from a
species of Paraleyrodes that is common on Annona squamosa,
Bauhinia divaricata, and Citrus. Trichaporus variegata can be
immediately distinguished from the other members of the
genus by the silvery-white scutellum which reflects iridescent
in balsam mounts. Apparently it confines its activities to
members of the whitefly genus Paraleyrodes.

Trichaporus cubensis (Gahan).
Gahan, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 33, no. 5, pp. 121-122, May, 1931, Encarsia.

This parasite was reared by the writer in very abundant
numbers at Damien, Haiti, Dec. 6-15, 1930, from the Woolly
Whitefly, 4leurothrixus floccosus (Maskell), on Spondias mombin
together with Trichaporus haitiensis (Dozier), Prospaltella
brasiliensis (Hempel) and Euderomphale aleurothrixi Dozier;
from an undescribed A/eurothrixus on Haitian oak, Catalpa
longissima, at same locality March 6, 1931; and from A/euro-
thrixus floccosus on Lignum-vitae, Guajacum officinale, at
Sarthe, Haiti, Jan. 26, 1931. It was originally described from
the Woolly Whitefly in Cuba and is undoubtedly one of the
most important parasites of this aleyrodid.

Trichaporus catherineae, new species.

One of the most beautiful and distinctly marked species of
the genus. Belongs to the group of Trichaporus (Encarsia
sensu Howard et auctores), having all tarsi five-jointed.

Female——Length, including ovipositor, 0.731 mm.; expanse 1.378 mm.;
greatest width of forewing 0.215 mm. General color orange-yellow, the two
apical joints of the antennae and the abdomen except the extreme tip, dark

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 S15)

brown; legs entirely pale; the forewings lightly clouded below the marginal vein
across the middle; eyes black; ocelli red.

Under high magnification, the vertex, prescutum, scapulae, and scutellum
appear very faintly, polygonally reticulated. Prescutum and scutellum with-
out setae. Antennae eight-jointed, without a distinctive club differentiation;
the scape long and slender, equal in length to first two funicle joints combined;
pedicel short, about two-thirds as long as the first funicle but distinctly wider;
the first funicle slightly narrower and shorter than the other funicles which are
subequal; the last two antennal joints are slightly wider than the others and to-
gether with their dark color have the appearance of a two-jointed club. Fore-
wings slightly over twice as long as wide, rather uniformly covered with cilia
but bare on the basal third; the cilia in the clouded area appear distinctly darker
than those of the apical third; marginal vein grayish. Abdomen robust,
slightly longer than the thorax, the ovipositor distinctly exserted. All tarsi
five-jointed, the proximal joint nearly as long as the others combined.

Male.—Unknown.

Described from two females reared by the writer from an
undescribed whitefly, 4/europlatus sp., on Haitian oak, Catalpa
longissima, at Damien, Haiti, Nov. 1, 1929, and four females
from the same host and locality, March 16-19, 1931. The type
female on slide is deposited in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum. Type No. 44820.

Coccophagus ochraceus Howard.
Howard, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent. Tech. Bul. No. 1, p. 38, 1895.

A male and a female reared by the writer at New Orleans,
La., Jan. 14, 1932, from oleander infested with Saissetia oleae
and Aspidiotus sp., are undoubtedly this species which has
heretofore been known only from California and South Africa,
as a primary parasite of the Black Scale.

Prospaltella diaspidicola Silvestri.
Silvestri, Reale Accad. dei Lincei, vol. 18, p. 564, 1909.

The writer reared this parasite from Aulacaspis pentagona
Oni papaya fruit at Port-au-Prince, Maiti, July 14, 1930, in
small numbers. It was first described from Italy and Gahan
(Proce. WW: S. Nat. Museum, vols 65; p. 14, 1924) ‘states
that it is now known from South Africa, Japan and Brazil
from the same host. The writer reared the same species from
Aulacaspis pentagona at Rio Piedras, Porto Rico, in 1925.
Repeated rearing attempts in both Porto Rico and Haiti failed
to show the presence of Prospaltella berlesei Howard and this
useful parasite should be introduced against dulacaspis penta-
gona which incrusts the trunks of papaya, oleander, mulberry
and many other shrubs and vines in those islands.

94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

Physcus uvae, new species.

A very distinctly colored West Indian species.

Female.—Length, including ovipositor, 0.746 mm.; expanse 1.16 mm.
greatest width of forewing 0.215 mm. General color dark brown to black, the
abdomen yellowish with the lateral margins outlined with fuscous; antennae
pale yellowish-white, the basal half of the scape fuscous; legs entirely pale
yellowish. In balsam-mounted specimens a narrow median line on the pre-
scutum and scutellum and the inner portion of the scapulae appear lighter
colored.

Under high magnification, the vertex appears scaly-reticulate, the pre-
scutum without reticulation, and the scutellum longitudinally reticulate. Eyes
minutely setose. Anterior margin of vertex with a number of rather coarse
black hairs; prescutum with coarse sparsely placed setae; scutellum with a
prominent pore and a pair of slightly longer and stouter setae on each side.
Antennae seven-jointed, composed of long, slightly compressed scape, pedicel,
three funicle joints, each twice as long as wide, the third being slightly longer
and wider than the first two, and a two-jointed club which tapers to a point.
Forewings hyaline, with short marginal fringe and the disk covered rather
uniformly with cilia. Abdomen as long as the thorax and about equal in width,
the ovipositor rather short but distinctly exserted. All tarsi five-jointed.

Male.—Length 0.516 mm.; expanse 1.06 mm.; greatest width of forewing
0.186 mm. _ Distinguished at once from the female by its eight-jointed antennae,
distinctly smaller size, and the head and entire body are dark brown-black.
The legs are soiled testaceous, the front and hind femora lightly shaded with
brown. In the male the club is not differentiated from the funicle; the joints
are all subequal in length and width, with numerous longitudinal sensoria; the
apical joint tapering to point.

Described from a series of 37 females and 3 males, mounted
in balsam on ten slides, reared from Aspidiotus lataniae on
grape vine at St. Marc, Haiti, August 20, 1931. U.S. Nat.
Museum No. 44821. The host scale was very abundant on the
stems and foliage of grape vine on porch of hotel and appar-
ently killing it. A few specimens of Marietta busckii (Howard)

issued at the same time and are probably secondary on the
Physcus.

ENCYRTIDAE

Paracalocerinus marilandia Girault.

Girault, Chalcidoidea Nova Marilandensis, p. 1, May 21, 1917 (Privately published).

This species fits perfectly in Mercet’s genus Masia, which
Timberlake states is a synonym of Paracalocerinus Girault.
It is very closely allied to the European Paracalocerinus pulchri-
pennis (Mercet).

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 95

Female.—Length, exclusive of ovipositor, 1.29 mm.; expanse 2.09 mm.;
greatest width of forewing 0.25 mm. General color of balsam-mounted female
is brownish, possibly with metallic reflections in life; the antennae entirely
grayish-brown; legs concolorous with the antennae except for the more yellowish
front and middle femora, the distal fifth of the middle tibiae, and pale first four
joints of the tarsi; distal joint of all tarsi, black. Venation grayish. Forewings
hyaline, with a wide band across the middle covering the area in which the
oblique hairless streak lies and nearly the entire distal third, brown; this gives
to the forewings the appearance of being twice-banded. Ovipositor brown.

Head convex and rounded in front. Eyes large, oval, and hairless. Man-
dibles apparently bidentate, the maxillary palpi four-jointed, and the labial
palpi three-jointed. Under high magnification, all dark portions appear scaly-
reticulate. Antennae inserted near the mouth, very broad and flattened, com-
posed of nine joints, the club solid and very conspicuous; scape long and slightly
compressed, equalling the combined length of the first five funicle joints, re-
ticulated; pedicel subtriangular, short; the six funicle joints much flattened,
distinctly wider than long, enlarging to the apex; the first funicle decidedly
narrower than the others: the second funicle joint is slightly longer than the
other joints, which are all subequal in length; the club is elongate-ovoid in shape,
solid and very distinctive, widest at base and rounded at tip; with a longitudinal
raised conspicuous ridge running along the lower portion of the club and this
portion to the posterior margin, under high magnification, appears pebbled
like pig skin; funicle and club furnished sparsely with very short, irregularly
placed sensoria; antennae setose, those of the club being distinctly shorter and
more numerous. Forewings long and narrow, the marginal cilia short, those
along the outer lower margin being the longest; an oblique hairless streak present
beneath the marginal vein; the discal setae are very dark and prominent on the
banded portions but are almost transparent across the middle and basal portions,
giving to these the appearance of being hyaline and hairless. Distal end of
front tibia furnished with curved strigil and an oblique pectinate row of spines;
first joint of front tarsi with an oblique row, of pectinate spines running dia-
gonally across: middle tibiae furnished with a number of much larger and
thicker distal spines and the first tarsal joint has a number of stout but trans-
parent spines along its inner margin; the hind tibiae somewhat flattened, with
conspicuous heavy spines along the inner margin. Ovipositor strongly exserted.

Male.—Unknown.

Above description made from a single female collected by the
writer sweeping and beating near Waukegan, Illinois, July 4,
1932. Mr. Gahan has kindly compared this specimen with the
unique type in the U. S. National Museum and states that it
differs from the type by having somewhat broader wings but
the same coloration, and that the wings of the type are obviously
not fully developed.

96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

Euaphycus portoricensis Dozier.
Dozier, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 28, no. 5, May 1926, p. 101.

A male and female of this species were reared by the writer
from Asterolecanium pustulans on fig at Port-au-Prince, Haiti,
Nov. 21, 1929, and a female from the same host on “‘ Flamboy-
ante” at Damien, Haiti, April 16, 1930. The species was
originally described from the same host scale in Porto Rico.
Although a special attempt was made, no specimens of the more
important primary, Mercetiella reticulata Dozier, of Porto Rico,
were obtained by the writer in Haiti.

MYMARIDAE

Polynema longipes Ashmead.
Ashmead, Canadian Entomologist, vol. XIX, p. 192, 1887, Ooctonus.

A female collected by the writer on window of the Experiment
Station at Newark, Delaware, August 9, 1927, agrees well with
material in the U. S. National Museum and also with a slide
in the Illinois Natural History Survey collection, labeled Cen-
tralia, Il., Aug. 25, 1909. The scape is distinctly flattened and
broad, and is pale in color. A series of two females on window
at Newark, Delaware, July 30 and Aug. 6, 1927, one female
from Wilmington, Del., June 30, 1927, and a female taken
sweeping shrubbery at Magnolia, Del., Aug. 24, 1927, were
at first thought to be different due to their smaller size and
narrower scape and pedicel but are undoubtedly the same
species.

Polynema mymaripennis, new species.

Differing from all other described species of the genus in the
peculiar shape of the forewings, resembling somewhat super-
ficially those of the genus Mymar.

Female.—Length, including ovipositor, 0.459 mm.; expanse 1.15 mm.;
greatest width of forewing .086 mm. Head, thorax and abdomen light brown
in color, the latter palest at base; petiole and legs pale testaceous; antennae
light brown, the scape and pedicel pale.

Scape twice as long as greatest width, rather broad and distinctly com-
pressed; pedicel short, only half as long as the scape, and about the same width;
first funicle joint very short, the shortest about a third as long as the pedicel;
the second funicle distinctly the longest, slightly narrower than and three and
a half times as long as the first; third funicle nearly as long as the second and
same width; fourth funicle only a half as long as the second; the fifth and sixth
subequal in length and about twice as long as the very short first funicle, suc-
cessively wider; the club very large and conspicuously stout, equal in length to
that of the last three funicle joints combined, twice as wide as the greatest width

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 97

of the scape, solid, with three very short sensoria present at apex. Forewings
barely perceptibly smoky, becoming completely hyaline around the outer
posterior border; reminding one of the forewings of members of the genus
Mymar and Neomymar in outline; rather long and slender, the posterior border
irregular in outline; marginal fringe unusually long and conspicuous, the cilia
along the outer posterior margin being distinctly the longest, about twice as
long as the greatest width of the forewing; with a clear path at the base of the
fringe; discal cilia covering the entire disk except for very narrow, clear space
along the outer posterior border. Petiole only one-third as long as the abdomen.
The ovipositor rather short but distinctly exserted. All tarsi four-jointed.
Male.—Unknown.

Described from a single female collected by the writer on
Experiment Station window at Newark, Delaware, Aug. 6, 1927.

Camptoptera brunnea, new species.

Next to C. minutissima Dozier from Haiti in size but readily
distinguished from all described species by the extremely long,
brown scape and the short, brown first funicle joint. Very
close to C. foersteri Girault described from Germany.

Female.—Length 0.287 mm. General color brown, the antennae concolorous
with the body except the pale pedicel; legs pale brownish.

Antennae elbowed, long and slender, nine-jointed with the additional ring-
joint; scape extremely long and slender in comparison with the other described
species, about four times as long as the pedicel; pedicel short; serrate, over twice
as wide as the scape; first funicle short for the genus, subequal in length to the
pedicel; ring-joint distinct; second true funicle joint twice as long as the first,
distinctly the longest joint of the funicle; the third, fourth, fifth and sixth sub-
equal in length, each increasing slightly in width; club solid, distinctly wider
than the funicle, about three times as long as the last funicle joint, subcylindrical
ovate. High magnification does not show the lineate appearance of the pre-
scutum and scutellum that is found in C. minutissima Dozier. Forewings
typical for the genus, being slender, distinctly dilated along the caudal margin
at basal third, then narrowed, followed by a gradual widening outwards, dis-
tinctly bowed or curved on the apical third; furnished with a complete fringe
of long marginal cilia, interrupted by the usual clear path near their base
around the margin; a double longitudinal row of minute setae follow around
the margins of the wing with a third median row on the disk. Petiole short,
not barbed as in C. pulla Girault. The abdomen in the single specimen is
twisted and therefore it is impossible to state its form accurately. Legs normal,
with five tarsal joints, the first and last of which are slightly longer than the
other joints.

Male.—Unknown.

Described from a single female taken by the writer on the
Experiment Station window at Newark, Delaware, August 12
1929. Type retained in author’s collection.

98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

TRICHOGRAMMATIDAE
SUBFAMILY CALESINAE MERCET.
Cales noacki Howard.

1907 Howard, U.S. Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. Bul. 12, pt. 4, p. 82.

1915 Brethes, Nunquam otiosus, p. 15, Diaspidophilus pallidus.

1928 Stuardo, Rey. Chilena Hist. Nat., vol. 32, pp. 154-156.

1929 Mercet, E. O. S., Rev. Esp. de Entomologia, vol. 5, pp. 114-117, C. pallidus.

The writer reared four females from A/eurothrixus n. sp. on
“‘Amandier a petites feuilles,” Prunus myrtifolia, in association
with Eretmocerus paulistus Hempel and Prospaltella brasiliensis
(Hempel) at Kenskoff, Haiti, Nov. 5, 1929; four females from
Aleurothrixus floccosus (Maskell) on foliage of young mahogany
seedlings at Cote Plage, Haiti, June 21, 1930, in association with
Eretmocerus paulistus; three females and two males from
Aleurothrixus n. sp. on Catalpa longissima at Damien, Haiti,
March 21-23, 1931; 15 females and 22 males from A/eurothrixus
floccosus on young ’mahogany foliage at Port-au-Prince, Haiti,
June 18-19, 1931; and 9 females and 5 males reared from lime
foliage infested with Aleurocanthus woglumi Ashby and Parla-
toria zizyphus at Port-au-Prince, Haiti, June 18-19, 1931.

This material agrees with the description of C. pallidus
(Brethes) but specimens compared by Mr. Gahan with the
unique female type of Ca/es noacki Howard from Brazil show no
specific differences. The species is not very abundant and is
most probably a secondary parasite.

SIGNIPHORIDAE

Thysanus unifasciatus (Ashm.).
Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 22, p. 410, 1900, Signiphora.

Three females were reared by the writer from nymphs of the
pit-forming psyllid, Ceropsylla sideroxyli Riley, on “Bois
comat,” Sideroxylon foetedissimum, at Tapion Hill, Haiti,
Feb. 19, 1930. This material was compared with the unique
female type in the U. S. National Museum, reared from the
same host at Georgiana, Florida. The distinct narrow yellow
band across the base of the scutellum at once distinguishes this
species from T. noacki (Ashm.), the only other known psyllid-
infesting Thysanus.

Thysanus insularis, new species.

Belongs to the flavopalliata group. Very close to Thysanus
fax (Girault) but the type of that species is shorter and more
compact, with the abdomen not over one and a half times as
long as broad, broadly rounded at the apex, the legs distinctly
darker, and the head a somewhat darker yellow than is the case
with zmsularis.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 99

Female.—Length 0.516 mm.; expanse 0.72 mm.; greatest width of forewing
0.158 mm. Small for the genus. General color dark brown, the head lighter,
the lower half of the prescutum and scutellum being distinctly lemon yellow;
antennae light brown except the pale scape; legs entirely pallid yellowish-
white; eyes dark red. The forewings hyaline at base wth smoky cross band out
to the end of the venation.

Antennae six-jointed, the club rather elongate, measuring .086 mm. in
length, four times as long as its greatest width, twice as long as the pedicel.
Marginal fringes of the forewing moderate in length, longest along the apical
margin, there being about as long as the greatest width of forewing. Oblique
crease of forewing only very faintly indicated; pale discal bristle present. The
endophragma prominent, deep and broad, extending back into the abdomen for
half the length of the latter. General form rather elongate, the ovipositor only
shortly exserted.

Male.—Unknown.

Described from six females, reared by the writer from
Lepidosaphes alba (Ckll.), Jan. 27-29, 1930, at Damien, Haiti,
in association with Aphytis fuscipennis (Howard), Thysanus
maculatus (Girault), and Aphytis limonus (Rust), and most
probably secondary on the last named parasite.

The type female on slide in balsam is deposited in the U. S.
National Museum collection. Type No. 44818.

Thysanus maculatus (Girault).
Girault, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 45, p. 221. 1913, Signiphora.

Large numbers reared from the Manioc Scale, Lepidosaphes
alba (Ckll.), Jan. 27-29, 1930, on Manthot cassava at Damien,
Haiti, in association with the primary parasites dphytis fus-
cipennis (Howard), Aphytis limonus (Rust), and Thysanus
insularis. T. maculatus (Gir.) is most probably secondary on
Aphytis fuscipennis. Of the 24 specimens mounted on slides,
all proved to be females. The species was originally described
from 18 females reared from the same host in Cuba.

The Aphytis spp., upon issuing, were very active but both of
the species of Thysanus refused to leave the heavily incrusted
manioc branches although these were roughly handled on
purpose. Nothing but a sudden jarring would dislodge them and
interrupt their work of ovipositing.

Thysanus magniclavus, new species.

A very robust species that is distinguished at once from all
described members of the genus by its large conspicuous club.
Apparently belongs to the flavopalliata group but closely related

T. bifasciatus (Ashm.).

Female.—Length, including ovipositor, 0.60 mm.; expanse 1.06 mm.; greatest
width of forewing 0.143 mm. General color of balsam-mounted specimen dark

100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

black brown with a narrow pale yellow band between the wings; antennae
entirely brown; forelegs light brown, the three middle tarsal joints pale; middle
legs pale yellowish, the first four tarsal joints pale; hind femora yellowish, the
tibiae brown, lighter at distal tip, the first four tarsal joints pale. Forewings
smoky out to the end of the stigmal vein; oblique crease and discal bristle
present; broad, the marginal fringe comparatively short, the longest cilia being
about one half as long as the greatest width of the forewing. Antennae short
and stout, the club slightly less than three times as long as the greatest width,
measuring 0.10 mm. in length and greatest width 0.036 mm.; width of club about
equal the length of the pedicel; scape five times as long as wide, compressed.
Abdomen robust, the ovipositor distinctly exserted.
Male.—Unknown.

Described from a single female taken by the writer sweeping
grass, weeds and shrubbery at Port-au-Prince, Haiti, May 3,
1931, mounted in balsam on slide.

Thysanus louisianae, new species.

Closest allied to T. townsendi (Ashm.) but differs distinctly
in the less curved wing venation and the abdominal coloration.

Male.—Length, exclusive of oedeagus, 0.473—.545 mm.; expanse 0.717-.803
mm.; greatest width of forewing 0.086 mm. Belongs to the flavopalliata group
as defined by Girault. A medium sized species. General color sooty brown,
with a wide lemon yellow band across the thorax, including the lower fourth of
the prescutum, the scutellum, the entire metanotum and propodeum; a band
across the distal third of the abdomen and the tip of abdomen, yellow; antennae
and legs pale brown except the pale proximal four tarsal joints. Forewings
hyaline with a very distinct broad smoky cross band, the infumation extending
slightly beyond the stigmal vein and faintly maculated on outer lower portion;
a deep median hyaline emargination or clear area on the inner margin of the
cross band; oblique crease distinct: discal bristle absent; marginal fringe long
and slender, the longest cilia being slightly longer than the greatest width of the
forewing. Antennal club of medium length, measuring 0.086 mm. in length
and slightly less than twice as long as the pedicel.

Fremale.—Unknown

Described from four males, reared by the writer from Aspidio-
tus lataniae (det. by Dr. H. Morrison as not typical) incrusting
oleander twigs at New Orleans, La., Jan. 14, 1932, in association
with a few Prospaltella sp.; and seven males reared from similar
material at same place Sept. 24-25, 1932. The species varies
considerably in degree of yellow coloration and with some
specimens the legs are pale yellowish brown.

The type male and a paratype male on single slide is deposited
in the U. S. National Museum collection. Type No. 44819.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 101

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY AND
PARASITES OF HYPERA RUMICIS (L)
(COLEOPTERA : CURCULIONIDAE).!

By T. R. CHampBertin,
Division of Cereal and Forage Insects, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

This interesting weevil first came to the attention of the staff
of the Forest Grove, Oreg., laboratory in June, 1924, when
L. P. Rockwood swept it from dock (Rumex crispus) in an
alfalfa field near Redmond, Oreg., while scouting for the
alfalfa weevil (Hypera postica Gyll.). Since that time it has
been taken from dock near Gaston and Lebanon, Oreg., and a
few specimens taken as early as 1914 at Forest Grove have been
found in the laboratory collection. The rearing of parasites
from various collections of larvae since 1930 has brought out
several new facts which are of economic importance because
of the close relationship of the weevil to several more distinctly
economic species.

The weevils swept by Rockwood at Redmond, as well as
those taken earlier at Forest Grove, were determined by F. H.
Chittenden as Hypera rumicis (L.), and other specimens reared
more recently were determined by L. L. Buchanan as the same
species.

LITERATURE.

There are few references to (Phytonomus) Hypera rumicis
in the literature of economic entomology in the United States
for the last 50 years, or in Europe for the last 18 years. In
1879 Osborne (7) described cocoons formed by Hypera rumicis
and by two ichneumoid parasites of the larva. His description
of one of the latter corresponds to that of the Bathyplectes para-
site reared by the writer from Oregon material. In 1882 Riley
(8, p. 777) wrote that “Ph.[ytonomus] rumicis Fabr. [feeds]
upon various species of Rumex and also Polygonum aviculare.”
In 1909 Webster (/4) mentioned AH. rumicis as occurring along
the coast of Massachusetts, but according to Titus (/2, p. 432-
433), who apparently examined the specimens seen by Webster,
the species concerned was P. maritimus Titus. Shgyen (/0)
in 1916 wrote that Phytonomus rumicis attacked the leaves of
barley in Finland without causing any serious injury. In 1923
Buchanan (2) stated that Phytonomus rumicis feeds upon
Rumex and Polygonum amphibium in Europe, that it was found

‘Acknowledgment is made to L. P. Rockwood, under whose general supervis-
ion the work was done, for criticism of the manuscript and assistance in the
field work and in many other ways; to L. L. Buchanan for determination of the
weevil; to A. B. Gahan, R. A. Cushm an, and C. F. W. Muesebeck for deter-
minations of the p arasites; and to Helen Gilkey, of the Oregon State Agricultural
College, for assistance in the determination of the host plants.

102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

in considerable numbers on a patch of Polygonum near Iowa
City, Iowa, in May, 1917, and at Edmonton, Alberta, in 1919.
He also mentioned that one specimen was found in the stomach
of an upland plover (Bartramia longicauda) collected at Gronna,
N. Dak., May 25, 1912. In 1925 Hukkinen (5, p. #9) reported
H. rumicis feeding on rhubarb in northern Finland. Jenkins
(6) in 1926 recorded the weevil as being found on red clover in
Wales, where it probably occurred accidentally. In 1932 the
insect was found attacking sorrel grown for seed in Connec-
ticut, (@).

OCCURRENCE IN OREGON.

In Oregon the species has not been found feeding upon any of
the cultivated crops or upon Polygonum. It was common on
Rumex crispus L. at Redmond in June, 1930, 1931, and 1932,
and less common on R. crispus near Lebanon in 1932, and on
R. crispus and R. mexicanus Meisn. at Gaston in 1931 and 1932.
When R. crispus and R. mexicanus occurred together, it was
more plentiful on R. crispus.

The weevil is most common on dock in wet meadows or in
wet places along roadsides. One meadow in which it is known to
occur is frequently under water in winter and early spring, and
recently it was covered with water for several weeks. At
Redmond the weevil is often found in alfalfa fields that are
subject to heavy irrigations and especially in old fields where
the alfalfa is thin and the dock abundant. Infestation through-
out the districts in which it occurs has been spotted and at
Redmond many fields that seem to offer a favorable environ-
ment contain few or no weevils.

LIFE HISTORY.

Most of the observations on the life history of Hypera rumicis
have been made on specimens reared or bred 1n the laboratory
at Forest Grove.

The freshly laid egg is pale yellow, short elliptical in outline,
and slightly more than 0.5 mm. in length. Eggs are usually
placed beneath the epidermis of the leaf in masses of from
1 to 32 eggs each. This produces upon the surface of the leaf
characteristic blister-like swellings more or less circular in
outline and varying in color from yellowish green to brown,
blackish green, or black. Most of the masses contain from 2
to 6 eggs each, the mass of 4 eggs occurring with greatest fre-
quency although the total number of eggs in masses of 5 slightly
exceeds that in masses of 4. In the larger masses there is often
a variation in the color of the eggs, an indication that they are
of different ages and represent different ovipositions. Eggs

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 103

are occasionally laid in pits in the stems, petioles, or midribs
of the leaves or upon the outside of various parts of the plant.

If fertile, the eggs change in color from lemon yellow to black
within | to 3 days. Under laboratory conditions in August
eggs hatched in 4 to 7 days. In an incubator, where the tem-
perature was 65 F. and the humidity ranged from 70 per cent
at night to 80 per cent in the day, the incubation period was
between 7 and 11 days, most frequently 9 days.

The larva is similar in form and structure to other species of
Hypera known to the writer. When newly hatched, it is dirty
yellow and has a black head. The full-grown larva is about
8 mm. long. The head is black; there is a dull green stripe
down the middle of the back and one down each side beneath
the spiracles; the rest of the dorsum is dull blackish green.
Under the binocular microscope the black color is seen to be
located in minute skin-granules which are closely and evenly
distributed over the surface except in the dull green stripes.
In the later stages a distinct reddish-brown color often pre-
dominates over the usual green, but as the black in the pits
is unchanged the larva presents a dull reddish-brown appearance.
In the first stage this species may be confused with larvae of
Hf. postica, H. punctata, or H. nigrirostris. \n the later stages
it can easily be distinguished from those species by the suffused
fuscous color on the integument, which gives to both greenish
and reddish larvae a smudged or dirty appearance.

Most of the larvae in the field feed beneath the epidermis of
the leaves in groups which probably represent the hatch from
individual clusters. If larvae are numerous in a leaf, they
completely mine it, leaving nothing but the epidermis, which
soon turns brown and dries up. Some larvae, especially after
they have attained fair size, may leave the leaves and feed
elsewhere. In such cases they are usually found in the flower
heads. Occasionally a large larva may tunnel into a stem and
feed in the center of it.

In an incubator (temperature 65° F., humidity 70 to 80 per
cent), where the larvae were kept in shell vials or glass-topped
salve boxes and fed clippings from dock plants every day or two,
they attained medium size in from 5 to 9 days and large size in
from 8 to 14 days. The variation in time required for develop-
ment appears to be due in large part to feeding conditions. It
is probable that if growing plants could have been provided
the beetles for oviposition and the larvae for development,
there would have been less variation.

Cocoons of H. rumicis are frequently made inside the leaves,
but they are also found in the trash about the crown of the
plants or among the green seeds of the heads. These cocoons
are reticulate in structure and loosely woven, especially if they
are spun inside the leaves. They are short ellipsoidal or globu-

104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

lar in form. The typical ellipsoidal cocoon is approximately
5 mm. in length and 3.5 mm. in width, the globular cocoon
approximately 5 mm. in diameter. The color is usually reddish-
brown, but it may show any variation between this and dull
white. Apparently the reddish-brown larvae spin more highly
colored cocoons than do the dull-colored larvae. Under labora-
tory conditions in August cocoons were spun in from 8 to 13
days after hatching from the egg and at 65° F. in from 11 to
16 days. Prepupae remained as such in cocoons for from 1 to
6 days.

Pupation took place in from 10 to 15 days after the hatching
of the egg under laboratory conditions in August and in 12 to
18 days in the incubator at 65° F. Pupae also remained in
cocoons mie 1 to 6 days. The pupae, like the mature larvae,
vary in color from dull blackish-green to reddish-brown.

In the laboratory in August adults issued from cocoons in
from 18 to 23 days after hatching from the egg and in an incu-
bator at 65° F. in from 20 to 25 days. Since the eggs are known
to hatch in as short a time as 4 days and in as long a time as
11 days, the minimum time between the oviposition and emer-
gence of the adult is 22 days and the maximum 36 days. Were
ideal conditions for hatching of the eggs and rearing of the larvae
known, and could they be provided, very likely the minimum
period would be shorter.

The adult H. rumicis is not likely to be confused with other
species of Hypera that are commonly swept in clover or alfalfa
fields in Oregon, with the exception of H. postica. H. punctata
is much larger, 6 to 8 mm. in length. H. nigrirostris is smaller,
3 to 3.5 mm. in length,? and in thoroughly hardened but un-
rubbed specimens the dorsum is more or less colored by iri-
descent bluish-green scales which are cleft to the base. It is
more difficult, in field examination, to distinguish H. rumicis
from H. postica.

Hypera rumicis is, on the average, smaller than H. postica.
In-a collection of the former at the Forest Grove laboratory the
length ranges from 3.2 to 4.5 mm. and averages 3.86 mm. In
a group of Hf. postica of average or slightly below average size,
the length ranges from 3.8 to 4.7 mm. and the average is 4.34
mm.; in another group, consisting of specimens obviously larger
than normal, the length ranges from 4.5 to 5 mm. and the aver-
age is 4.85 mm. Asa rule H. rumicis presents a more mottled
appearance in black and gray or grayish-brown than does
H. postica, and in hardened but unrubbed specimens the color
of the body tends to be definitely black, instead of brownish as

“Titus (12, p. #45) gives the length of Hypera nigrirostris as 3.5-4.5 mm.
and these figures have been repeated by others (/, p. /5/, and /3, p. 5). Oregon
specimens have not averaged so large as this.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 105

is the case with H. postica. Other differences can be seen on
closer examination. In AH. rumicis the scales are truncate,
broadly rounded, or very slightly emarginate at the tip; the
bristles on the elytral intervals are sparse, short, and incon-
spicuous; there are no erect setae in the strial punctures;' the
eye is short, elliptical, less than twice as long as broad; the front
is square, almost as broad as the base of the beak, and seen from
above is broader than the eye; the beak, which is as long as the
thorax, broadens gradually from the base to the tip, as seen
from above; the scape does not attain the eye. In H. postica
the scales are hairlike, cleft two-thirds of their length; the
bristles on the intervals on the dorsum are long and conspicuous;
short setae are present in the strial punctures; the eye is long,
elliptical, twice as long as broad; the front is oblong, distinctly
narrower than the base of the beak, about one-half the width of
the beak at its broadest part, scarcely as broad as the eye; the
beak as viewed from above is parallel-sided except at the base,
and is shorter than the thorax; the scape attains the eye.

On issuing from cocoons in the laboratory in July and August,
adult H. rumicis feed rather heavily on the dock for several days
and some of them even as long as several weeks. There has
always been a heavy mortality during this period. After feed-
ing, most of the weevils become inactive and lie concealed in
the foliage or trash in the cages. Some of them become active
again in the fall and feed a little, but they do not lay eggs at
this time and most of them die before winter.

Among the weevils reared from material collected at Redmond
there were, each summer from 1930 to 1932, inclusive, some
females that did not cease feeding or aestivate, but began laying
eggs as early as 19 days after removal from the cage. It is
probable that some of these individuals issued from their
cocoons several days before they were removed, but it is known
that 30 days before eggs were laid there were no adults in the
cage and only a little over one-half had spun up. Adults of this
second generation have been obtained as early as August 28
from eggs laid by females issuing the first week in July. As
far as is known to the writer, this is the first record among the
species of the genus Hypera of a complete second generation in
one season.

No eggs have been obtained in the fall from second-generation
weevils, but when weevils were brought to the laboratory from
a hibernacle late in February, egg laying began on March 7.
From three females of this generation 1,197 eggs were obtained,
one individual laying 666 eggs.

3According to Titus (/2, p. 395 and 4/7) and Blatchley and Leng (/, p. 745

149) Hypera compta, a closely related species, has no setae (bristles) on the
dorsum and according to Titus none in the strial sutures.

106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

SEASONAL HISTORY.

Very few eggs of Hypera rumicis have been collected in the
field, largely because heavily infested fields have not been
examined at the proper time. At Redmond egg laying is prob-
ably at its height about May 1, since small larvae are abundant
by the middle of the month. Egg laying must be more or less
prolonged, for some newly hatched larvae were found late in
June when most of the larvae had become large or had spun up.
In July and August it is difficult to find adults by sweeping or
by examining plants or surface material, presumably most
of them are aestivating. In August, 1930, a careful search was
made for evidence of a second generation in the field, but none
was found.

PARASITES.

Bathyplectes exigua (Grav.).*— This species appears rarely as
a parasite of Hypera rumicis. From a large number of larvae
reared from 1930 to 1932, inclusive, only two cocoons of B.
exigua were obtained. A female issued from one of these.
These cocoons came from larvae collected at Redmond in 1930,
practically all of which were taken from the flower heads of
the dock, where they were feeding 1n a rather exposed position.
In 1931 and 1932 most of the larvae came from the inside of
the leaves. The usual host of B. exigua is Hypera nigrirostris
(9), which feeds in a concealed position in the heads of clover
but not completely within the tissue of the plant. It is possible
that B. exigua will not oviposit in larvae concealed within plant
tissue and that it only attacks H. rumicis when this weevil is
feeding upon the outside of the leaf or stem or among the green
seeds of the head. Since H. nigrirostris occurs at Redmond and
is parasitized there by B. exigua, it is assumed that it is the main
source of the parasites infesting H. rumicts.

Habrocytus n. sp.»—Two specimens of a species of Habrocytus
have been reared from cocoons of H. rumicis. Examination of
the weevil cocoons from which they issued showed that they
were primary parasites which had fed externally upon the spun-
up host.

Dibrachoides dynastes (Foerst.)—A few cocoons from a
small lot collected on June 13, 1932, near Gaston, Oreg., were
parasitized by this parasite of H. postica in Europe (4, //) and of
H. nigrirostris in the Pacific Northwest (9). Its larva feeds
externally upon the spun-up host.

Spilochalcis delumbis (Cress.)..—In the same lot of cocoons
from which the Dibrachoides came was found this species of

4Determined by R. A. Cushman, of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology.
5Determined by C. F. W. Muesebeck, of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 107

Spilochalcis. It is a solitary internal parasite of the pupa and
it parasitized one-third of the lot. From small lots of cocoons
collected in the same locality on June 5 and 8, 1931, no parasites
were reared.

Necremnus n. sp.-—Up to the present, the most important
parasite of this weevil has been this small eulophid. It is an
external parasite of the prepupa and pupa and has been abund-
ant at Redmond from 1930 to 1932, inclusive. It also occurs
at Lebanon and at Gaston. It has been found infesting cocoons
collected from surface trash, the base of plants, the flower
heads, and the inside of the leaves. The number of parasites
per host in field-collected material has ranged from | to 16.
Prepupae seem to be parasitized more commonly than pupae.

It is dificult to determine the extent of parasitization in the
field, since many cocoons are inside the leaves and some of
them are invariably broken up during che search for the para-
sites. It has also been necessary to carry the material to the
laboratory in the leaves before it could be examined, and many
of the cocoons in the final counts have been spun after the
material was removed from the field and these had no chance
of becoming parasitized. In a lot of 172 cocoons obtained from
dock leaves collected at Redmond in June, 1932, and examined
five days later, 41, or 23.8 per cent, were parasitized. Probably
one-half of these cocoons were spun after the material had been
removed from the field. If so, the original parasitization of
cocoons spun in the field was almost 50 per cent.

In habits the species seems to be similar to Necremnus leucar-
thros (Nees), a parasite of H. postica in Europe. However,
although the writer was able to breed NV. /eucarthros back upon
its host in the laboratory (3), he has not been successful in so
doing with the species under consideration. It is a hardy and
long-lived parasite and it seems probable that some individuals
issuing in July could live through the summer and fall and enter
hibernation before reproducing. Of a large lot of adults reared
late in June and early in July, 1932, a few were still alive on
November 5, 1932.

SUMMARY.

Hypera rumicis (L.), a weevil closely related to the alfalfa
weevil (H. postica Gyll.), has frequently been taken in alfalfa
fields containing dock near Redmond, Oreg., and has been taken
from dock near Lebanon and Gaston, Oreg. In the literature
there are scattered references to its occurrence in this country,
in Europe, and in Canada.

This insect lays eggs in masses of from 1 to 32, placing them
usually beneath the epidermis of the leaf, but occasionally upon

6Determined by A. B. Gahan and C. F. W. Muesebeck, of the U. S. Bureau of
Entomology :

108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

other parts of the plant. Under laboratory conditions in August
the eggs hatch in from 4 to 7 days, in from 8 to 13 days later
the larvae have become full grown and spun cocoons, pupation
takes place in from 10 to 15 days after hatching, and the adults
issue in from 18 to 23 days. In an incubator at 65° F. and 70-80
per cent humidity the eggs hatch in from 7 to 11 days, the larvae
become large in from 8 to 14 days later, and spin cocoons in
from 11 to 16 days after hatching, pupation takes place in from
12 to 18 days, and the adults emerge in from 20 to 25 days. The
minimum time between oviposition and emergence of the adult
is 22 days and the maximum 36 days.

The eggs are yellow when first laid, but in from 1 to 3 days
they turn black. The newly hatched larvae are dirty yellow
with black heads, but when full grown they have a dull green,
or occasionally a dull reddish-brown, appearance. They then
spin loosely woven ellipsoidal or globular cocoons, usually
reddish-brown. The pupae also vary in color from dull green
to reddish-brown. The adult averages 3.86 mm. in length, and
is black and gray or grayish-brown with a mottled appearance.

Adults issuing in August feed rather heavily for a while and
then become inactive. There is a heavy mortality during
this period. Some of the survivors may become active again
in the fall, but they do not lay eggs before winter. A few of
the female weevils issuing the first week in July, however, were
found to lay fertile eggs in about 19 days after issuance. Adults
of the second generation were obtained as early as-August 28,
but no eggs were obtained from these weevils in the fall. Ap-
parently this is the first record in the genus Hypera of two com-
plete generations in one season.

At Redmond, Oreg., egg laying is probably at its height about
May 1, as small larvae are abundant about the middle of the
month. In July and August few weevils are found in the fields,
presumably because most of them are aestivating.

Five species of parasites have been reared, namely, Spilochal-
cis delumbis (Cress.), Habrocytus n. sp., Necremus n. sp.,
Bathy plectes exigua (Grav.), and Dibrachoides dynastes (Foerst.).
The last two species have been reared previously from Hypera
nigrirostris in the Pacific Northwest and the last from the
alfalfa weevil in Europe as well. Necremus n. sp. is similar in
habit to NV. deucarthros (Nees.), a parasite of the alfalfa weevil
in Europe.

LITERATURE CITED.
(1) Blatchley, W. S., and Leng, C. W.
1916. Rhyncophora or weevils of North America. 682 p., illus.’
(@) Buchanan ie:

1923. Two European weevils established in North America (Coleop-
tera: Curculionidae). Ent. News, 34: 280-281.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 109

(3) Chamberlin, T. R.

1925. Some observations upon Necremnus leucarthros (Nees) (Hymen-

optera: Eulophidae). Ent. Soc. Wash., Proc. 27: 142-144.
(A) os

1924. Studies of the parasites of the alfalfa weevil in Europe. Jour.

Econ. Ent. 17: 623-632.
(5) Hukkinen, Y.

1925. Tiedonantoja viljelyskasveille vahingollisten eldinlajien esiin-
tymisest&é Pohjois-Suomessa. Maatalouskoelaitos (Lantbruks-
forsdksanstalten), Tieteellisiaé julkaisuja, No. 25, 164 p., illus.
(With summary in German.) [Abstract in Rev. Appl. Ent. (A)
15: 314, 1927,]

(6) Jenkins, J. R. W.

1926. Notes on the insect pests of red clover in Mid and West Wales.
Welsh Jour. Agr. 2: 221-228, illus. [Abstract in Rev. Appl.
Ent. (A) 4: 401, 1926.]

(7) Osborne, J. A.

1879. On the cocoons formed by Hypera rumicis and its parasites, and

Cionus scrophulariae. Ent. Mo. Mag. 16: 16-18.
(8) Riley, C. V:

1882. Report of the entomologist for fiscal year ending June 30, 1882

(from U. S. Dept. Agr. Rept. 1881), 180 p., illus.
(9) Rockwood, L. P.

1920. Hypera nigrirostris Fab. in the Pacific Northwest. Canad.

Ent. 52: 38-39.
(10) Shgyen, T. H.

1916. Beretning om skadeinsekter og plantesygdommer i land og
havebrucket 1915 [Kristiania]: 37-92, illus. [Abstract in Rev.
Appl. Ent. (A) 4: 501.]

(11) Smith, H. D.

1930. The bionomics of Dibrachoides dynastes (Foerster), a parasite of

the alfalfa weevil. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 23: 577-593, illus.
(12) Titus, E. G.

1911. The genera Hypera and Phytonomus (Coleoptera, Family
Curculionidae) in America, north of Mexico. Ann, Ent. Soc.
Amer. 4: 383-473, illus.

(13) Underhill, G. W.

1924. The lesser clover weevil. Va. State Crop Pest Comm. Quart.

Bul. 6 (No, 1), 7 p., illus.
(14) Webster, R. L.

1909. The distribution of the North American species of Phytonomus

(Coleoptera). Ent. News 20: 80-82.
(15) Zappe, M. P.
1932. Insect Pest Survey Bul, 12: 220.

110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6; JUNE, 1933

A NEW SPECIES OF SARCOPHAGA INHABITING NESTS OF
PAPER WASPS.

By Davin G. Hatt Jr., U. S. Bureau of Entomology, Savannah, Ga.

Sarcophagid larvae inhabit the nests of several species of
Polistes or paper wasps, and during the past few years they
have been collected rather frequently. Of the species reared
from larvae collected in such nests and forwarded for determina-
tion, the following is described as new, and a figure of the male
genitalia is given.

Sarcophaga polistensis, n. sp.

Male.—Head; front, 0.200 of head width, average of 4 specimens (0.203,
0.190, 0.200, 0.207); parafrontals and parafacials yellowish and golden pollinose,
the latter with a row of several small bristles below near eye; frontal bristles
about 9 in number, diverging below to about the middle of the second antennal
joint; orbital bristles absent; outer vertical bristles absent; antennae yellowish,
third joint 2% times the length of second, reaching almost to the vibrissae
which are slightly above the oral margin; arista with medium length plumosity
for 3/5 its length; palpi yellow, proboscis black, both ordinary; bucca 1/3 the
eyeheight, with both black and pale hairs before the metacephalic suture; back
of head with 2 rows of post-ocular ciliae, around the middle and below with
pale hairs.

Thorax; yellowish-gray pollinose, with the normal 3 to 5 black stripes;
anterior achrostical bristles absent; posterior dorsocentral bristles 4; sterno-

Fig. 1. Sarcophaga polistensis n. sp. Left lateral view of genital composite.

pleural bristles 3; prescutellar bristles 1 large pair. Scutellum with 2 marginal
bristles, 1 preapical bristle and with 1 apical bristle.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 111

Abdomen tessellated with 3 shifting black stripes; median marginal bristles
on the third segment; fourth segment reddish with a marginal row of about 14
bristles.

Hypopygium small; first segment red, with short hairs and a marginal row
of about 6 small bristles; second segment red and with long hairs. Genital
features as illustrated in figure |.

Wings hyaline; costal spine absent; third costal segment as long as fifth and
sixth together; first vein bare; third vein with several setulae.

Legs black; middle femur with comb; middle tibia with 2 anterodorsal bristles
and without villosity; hind tibia with distinct villosity.

Female.—More golden than male; scutellum without apical bristles; median
marginals on third segment depressed. Otherwise as described above, except
in the usual female differences.

This species belongs to the group of Sarcophaga possessing 4
posterior dorsocentral bristles, the male having red terminalia
and the hind tibia with villosity. It is distinctly related to S.
bullata Parker, cooleyi Parker, etc. The male terminalia in
each of these is distinctive. Most of these species in which
the biologies are known are scavengers on decaying meats of
various types.

Holotype and allotype, No. 49786 in the U. S. Nat. Museum.

Reared April 4, 1932, by H. B. Parks in Bexar Co., Texas,
from nests of Polistes texanus Cress.

The type series shows the following distribution in addition
to the above: Stillwater, Okla., July 28, 1932, and Payne Co.,
Oklay, Sept: .30,,1932 (C..C. Deonier),

MINUTES OF THE 447TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MAY 4 1933.

The 447th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, May 4, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of the
U.S. National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, President, presided. There were
present 49 members and 17 visitors. The minutes of the past meeting were
read and approved.

The Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer exhibited to the Society a copy of
formal greetings from the Entomological Society of Washington to the Ento-
mological Society of London, in connection with the latter’s forthcoming
Centenary celebration.

On recommendation of the Executive Committee, Mr. R. H. Nelson, of the
Bureau of Entomology, was duly elected to membership in the Society.

The Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer read a letter from Dr. E. N. Cory
of the University of Maryland, extending invitation to the Society, on behalf of
the Extension Service of the University of Maryland in cooperation with the
Department of Entomology, to meet at College Park, Md., on June 15, next,
for a picnic supper and formal program. It was voted by the Society that a

112 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933

letter of thanks be sent to Dr. Cory, and that the invitation be referred to the
Program Committee for appropriate attention.

The regular program of the evening comprised a symposium on “ Classifica-
tion of Insects,” in which the following individuals participated: R. A. Cushman,
H. G. Barber, Carl Heinrich, E. A. Chapin, and S. A. Rohwer.

Mr. Cushman prefaced the symposium with a few general remarks on classi-
fication. He pointed out that the association of insects into groups is based
primarily on general appearance or habitus. But habitus can not be described
in words sufficiently exact in their implication to render its use on written
classification advisable, if it were possible. Habitus, however, is accompanied
by certain details of structure or morphological characters that are characteristic
of all members of a given group and distinguish them from the members of all
other groups. Itis these characters that we use asthe basis of our classification.
Mr. Cushman stated that the idea of the symposium was to point out the major
characters used in each order and to review briefly the history of the classifica-
tion. (Author’s abstract.)

Mr. H. G. Barber, in reading a paper on the Classification of the Hemiptera-
Heteroptera, first traced the origin and development in this suborder, pointing
out some of the characters employed by such early workers as Latreille and
Fieber. The latter originating the terms Cryptocerata and Gymnocerata,
pertaining to the location and character of the antennae. Reference was made
to the later important contribution of Schiodte, especially the stressing of the
importance of the attachment and consequent movement of the coxae by means
of which he separated the Hemiptera into the Trochalopoda and Pagiopoda.
Among more recent developments of the system of classification to show phylo-
genetic relationships, reference was made to the contributions of Herbert
Osborn, Handlirsch, Kirkaldy and Reuter. Special emphasis was placed on two
articles of Reuter: ““ Neue Beitrage zur Phylogenie und Systematik der Miriden”’
1910 and “ Bemerkungen uber mein neues Heteropteren system” 1912. With
some modifications, this system was followed by Brues and Melander in their
very recent classification. In connection with the most recent schemes of classi-
fication, Mr. Barber explained the salient characters employed with their
particular significance in certain family and superfamily groups. In conclusion,
he mentioned a few of the difficulties encountered in arranging the families in
true phylogenetic sequence. (Author’s abstract.)

Mr. Heinrich stated that the Lepidoptera form an excellent group for classi-
fication as the various families and lesser groups contain a number of important
structural characters, most of which are well marked. He then gave numerous
examples of such throughout the order, and illustrated these with black-
board drawings of characters and variations, both of mature and immature
forms. Special attention was given by him to the value of larval chaetotaxy,
and a brief résumé was included of the use of venational and genitalic characters.
(Author’s abstract.)

Dr. E. A. Chapin discussed the classification of Coleoptera. As a basis for
discussion, the classification of the Coleoptera according to Leconte and Horn
1883, was adopted. Here the structure of the thorax and abdomen, the tarsal
formula and the structure of the antenna were used in creating the fundamental
divisions of the order. Contrasted with this system was the system of Leng

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 113

1920, in which several radical changes were made. The tarsal formula is here
given a much more subordinate position and greater stress is laid upon the
thoracic and abdominal modifications. It is believed that a great advance can
be seen in the more recent of these systems. Inclosing, the very recent system
of Peyerimhoff, 1933, was discussed. The use of the wing venation, the male
genitalia, and the internal anatomy in classification were briefly mentioned.
(Author’s abstract.)

Mr. Rohwer discussed the classification of Hymenoptera, and stated that
the order was included among those first recognized by Linnaeus, and contains
more forms beneficial to man and his crops than any of the other orders of
insects. Vast numbers of the species are parasitic, others are predaceous,
one species—the honeybee—has been domesticated, while others make useful
agricultural products such as the Turkish or Allepo gall of commerce. Not all
are beneficial, however, as sawflies and woodwasps feed on vegetation and
sometimes occur in destructive numbers. Certain species of ants are pestif-
erous and other relatives—e. g. the leafcutting and harvest ants—often are
responsible for actual losses to crops.

Linnaeus in 1758 included and defined 8 genera as belonging to the order.
Many hundreds of genera are now known. The most recent system of classi-
fication, namely that published in Comstock’s recent book on insects, divides
the order into three sub-orders, seven superfamilies and 48 families. This
arrangement does not include various groups confined to the tropics and
southern hemisphere.

Practically every specialist who has undertaken to classify the order has
proposed some new arrangement, and no one system has been accepted for any
long period. The greatest progress in classifying the order in some logical
sequence has been made since 1904. Many students have placed considerable
emphasis on single characters or a small group of characters, some of which have
proven to be either unusable or unsatisfactory for other reasons. In 1837
Hartig divided the order into two major groups on the number of joints in the
trochanters. This grouping was followed in general for a number of years, and
is reflected in the classification compiled from the works of others by Cresson
in 1887.

The separation of the order into two major groups, based on the manner the
second and third divisions of the body are joined, was recognized as a funda-
mental character long before it was definitely proven that the first abdominal
segment fuses with the metathorax and becomes a part of the second part of the
body or thorax. It was Packard’s work with bumblebees that fully established
the fact that the so-called medium segment or propodeum was really the first
segment of the abdomen. In classifying the Hymenoptera into major groups,
emphasis has usually been placed on characters found in the wings, mouth parts,
antennae, legs, abdomen and the egg-laying apparatus. Recently the value of
characters found in the thorax has been recognized. Some of the major groups
have been separated from each other by single characters which would seem to
be of minor importance. For example, Saunders in 1833 distinguished the bees
from the related fossorial wasps by the plumosity of the hairs on the thorax.
In the wasps the hairs are simple.

These general remarks were followed by exhibits of some 30+lantern slides

114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6 JUNE, 1933

illustrating typical members of the major groups. These slides were used to
show the characters used to recognize the major super-generic groups. (Author’s
abstract.)
Due to lateness of the hour there was no discussion of these papers. Meeting
adjourned at 10:10 p. m. J. S. Wape,
Recording Secretary, pro tem.

MINUTES OF THE 448TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JUNE 1, 1933.

The 448th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m. Thursday, June 1, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, President, presided. There were present
29 members and 11 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

There was no preliminary business.

First on the regular program was a continuation from the previous meeting
of the symposium on insect classification, by A. N. Caudell, J. M. Aldrich, and
A. G. Boving.

In Mr. Caudell’s absence, his paper on classification of Orthoptera was read
by Mr. J.S. Wade. The Linnaean conception of classification and distinguishing
characters was reviewed, and later developments in classification were touched
upon. Six families usually accepted at present were characterized: Blattidae,
Mantidae, Phasmidae, Acrididae, Tettigoniidae and Gryllidae.

Dr. Aldrich discussed classification of Diptera, mentioning first the distinctive
adult and larval characters of the order, especially the extremely complete
metamorphosis. About 40,000 species are known; many more will probably
be known when the order is as thoroughly collected as Lepidoptera and Coleop-
tera have been. The term Diptera was first used by Aristotle. Development of
classification from Linnaeus to the present was briefly outlined. The sub-orders
and principal families, the important distinguishing characters, and the habits
of a number of forms, were discussed.

Dr. Béving spoke on classification of coleopterous larvae, stating that three
groups of sub-ordinal rank must be recognized for larvae: Adephaga, Polyphaga,
and Cupesid-like forms.

Under each group was discussed typical forms and distinguishing characters,
including legs, head and mouth parts, and cerci. Charts illustrating these
characters were shown. The principal families of each group were mentioned,
showing advances from primitive to derived forms. The phylogeny of the
order, as indicated by larval studies, was shown by achart. Recently published
work by P. de Peyerimhoff was discussed.

The second part of the regular program was a demonstration of an airplane
insect trap, by P. A. Glick, of the Cotton Insect Investigations of the Bureau
of Entomology.

Mr. Glick spoke briefly on collecting insects by airplane. He exhibited traps,
and described this work with the aid of lantern slides. Results from 1,358
flights, including 1,538 hours of flying time, in which 29,922 specimens were
taken were discussed. Of this number 3,954 were collected in 150 hours of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 6, JUNE, 1933 NS

flying at night. The specimens represented 19 orders of insects, the Diptera
predominating, and the spiders. Flights were made to the height of 16,000 feet,
and the specimen taken at the highest altitude was a spiderling at 15,000 feet.
Insects were taken from near the surface to the altitude of 14,000 feet. Meteoro-
logical data were recorded at the time the flights were made. (Author’s ab-

stract.)
Because of the lateness of the hour there was no discussion of these communi-
cations. The meeting adjourned at 10 p. m. F. M. Wap ey,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, Fuly 7, 1933

VOL. 35 OCTOBER, 1933 No. 7

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON
ZN Tina TS NN

ya x
s NOV: 4 1933 )
eo & ae 4
SSaTrowan Muse

——
BISHOPP, F. C.—MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY—ITS FIELD AND FUNCTION . . . 144
SHANNON, RAYMOND C.-——ANOPHELINES OF THE AMAZON VALLEY ... . ky

SMITH, CARROLL N.—NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY AND MOLTING PROCESS
OF SARCOPHAGA SECURIFERA VILLENEUVE fw oe SA SS 159

PusuisHep Montuiy Except Jury, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is. given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

ET ONONGYY LE FOSIAENE hs cS) oa Se Os Gh ees) ree eae L. O. HOWARD
DOLL LL) gM hase site cn td ach, MEET ee she ee OE C. T. GREENE
Ease 1 CHUL TESIMCRME (3 OME hte Sak fuyskes Bo es eee J. S. WADE
Second Vice-President © o/s vs swe we ss 2 BAECS
Recorains Secreiaiye BMS at. o<. o0 ke Uae eee F. M. WADLEY
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. ......+..+..-. S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
hiditer ws se a ee eee eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FRacker,
H. E. Ewrne.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
Seiencestme toh a 2 See eA eae ee ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

WOL.. 35 OCTOBER, 1933 Nos. 7

ANOPHELINES OF THE AMAZON VALLEY.!

By Raymonp C. SHANNON.

iT
INTRODUCTION.

The following is an account of the anophelines collected during
a general mosquito survey made in the Amazon Basin between
the latter part of March to the end of June, 1931. Collections
were made chiefly at Iquitos, Peru; Porto Velho, Rio Madeira;
Manaos, Rio Negro; and Boa Vista (Fordlandia), Rio Tapajos.
The period of the survey corresponds roughly to the latter part
of the rainy season, presumably one of the most favorable
periods for mosquito life in the valley. The more interesting
results of the survey are:

1. Fourteen species were found, one-half of the known ano-
pheline fauna of Brazil.

2. No new species were discovered, although important
material was obtained of seven species that are little known.

3. All of the species found belong to the “lowland” and
“open country” groups. The “upland” breeders apparently
do not exist here or else have a very localized distribution.

4. The absence of dn. argyritarsis? is the most surprising
omission in the fauna, especially as this species is, in general,
one of the commonest and most widely spread of the South
American anophelines. Also, the typical form of the equally
common and widely distributed 4”. albitarsis was found only
along the periphery of the basin, although its variety, brasil-
iensis, was found in a restricted locality at Manaos.

1 The studies and observations on which this paper is based were conducted
with the support and under the auspices of the International Health Division
of the Rockefeller Foundation. The writer is indebted to officials of the U. S.
National Museum and U. S. Bureau of Entomology for permission to examine
the collection of Culicidae in their custody; and to Dr. Harvey Bassler, formerly
of Iquitos, for his friendly advice and assistance at Iquitos. He is likewise
indebted to Mr. Clarence Rogge and Dr. Claude Smith, of Fordlandia, and to
Sr. R. de Mello, of Manaos, for similar courtesies.

2 The species heretofore recorded as An. argyritarsis from the Amazon region
is, in all probability, 47. darlingt.

118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

5. Five species were fairly common locally. Nowhere, how-
ever, were anophelines found in such great densities as is com-
monly attained by guadrimaculatus, maculipennis, and elutus
in certain regions of the north temperate zone.

6. Only one species, 4”. darlingi, was found in houses in
appreciable numbers; others (mattogrossensis, bachmanni, tar-
simaculatus, and albitarsis) were seen only occasionally.

7. An. darlingi doubtlessly is the most important vector of
malaria in Amazonia. The evidence obtained during the trip
indicates that it is primarily a flood-water breeding species.

8. The survey, in addition, shows that the malaria vector,
Anopheles pseudopunctipennis, does not exist in the Amazon
Basin (as anticipated by Shannon, Davis, and Delponti, 1927)
although it is known to occur, in company with argyritarsis, in
the eastern Peruvian Andes at altitudes between 1,500 and
3,500 feet (Shannon, 1930).

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 119

iNT
SPECIES OF ANOPHELINES FOUND IN THE AMAZON REGION.

Previous Recorps or ANOPHELINES FROM THE AMAZON REGION.

(Only publications in which specific names are given are listed.)

YR AUTHOR SPECIES PRESENT DESIGNATION LOCALITY
1902} Durham Anopheles lutzii A. (Stethomyia) nimbus Th. Manaos and Para
1902| Durham Anopheles argyrotarsus |?A. (Nys.) darlingi Root Manaos
1904| Lutz Pyretophorus lutzi Cruz |?d. (Nys.) lutzii Cr. Manaos
1904| Lutz Myzomyia lutzii Theo. |?d. (Nys.) cruzii D. & K.P Para
1904| Lutz Cyclolepidopteron A. (Arr.) mediopunctatus
° medtopunctatum Abie Manaos
1905} Goeldi Anopheles argyrotarsis — \?A. (Nys.) darlingt Para
1905| Goeldi Anopheles argyrotarsis
var. tarsimaculatus A. (Nys.) tarsimaculatus G. | Para
1910} Newstead
and Thomas| Cellia argyrotarsts ?A. (Nys.) darlingt Amazon
1910| Newstead
and Thomas} Cellia albimana A. (Nys.) tarsimaculata Manaos, etc.
1910| Newstead
and Thomas| Stethomyia nimba A. (Steth.) nimbus Manaos
1921} Peryassu Stethomyia nimba A. (Steth.) nimbus All from
1921| Peryassu Anopheles lutzii ?A. (Nys.) cruzit* Amazonas
1921| Peryassu Myzorhynchella lutzii 2A. lutzit* and Para
Cycloleppteron
mediopunctatum A. (Arr.) mediopunctatus
Cycloleppteron
intermedium A. (Arr.) intermedius Ch.
Cycloleppteron maculipes |?°
Cycloleppteron
pseudomaculipes Ps
Cellia argyrotarsis 2A. (Nys.) darlingt
Cellia albtmanna 24. (Nys.) bachmanni Pet.
Cellia tarsimaculatus A. (Nys.) tarsimaculatus
1923| Christophers] Anopheles amazonicus
Chr. A. (A.) mattogrossensis Amazon River
1926| Bequaert Anopheles amazonicus
Chr. A. (A.) mattogrossensis Rio Branco
1926| Bequaert Anopheles tarsimaculatus | A. (Nys.) tarsimaculatus Amazon Basin
1926| Bequaert Anopheles celidopus
DD, & 5. A. (A.) peryassui D. and K. | Rio Branco
1931} Davis Anopheles tarsimaculatus | Designation as given by All from

Anopheles darlingt
Anopheles intermedius
Anopheles shannoni
Anopheles mediopunctatus
Anopheles nimbus

author

Belém, Para

3 These species, /utzii and cruzii, probably have not been found in the region since these 1904
records. They probably have a very localized distribution in the valley.

4 Apparently based on Lutz’ 1904 records.
5 Of doubtful occurrence in the Amazon region.

120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.,

VOLE. 35, NO. -/;,OCT.,1933

Species COLLECTED DuRING THE SURVEY.

SPECIES

LOCALITY

An nimbus Theobald Iquitos, Manaos, Sanatarem, Belém
An. thomasi Shannon® Iquitos

An. kompi Edwards Manaos

An. mattogrossensis Lutz and Nieva | Iquitos, Porto Velho, Abuna, Manaos,

An.
An.
An.

peryassui Dyar and Knab
intermedius Chagas
fluminensis Root

Boa Vista
Iquitos, Porto Velho, Abuna, Manaos
Iquitos (Belém, Davis)
Iquitos

An. shannoni Davis Iquitos, Manaos, Belém

An. mediopunctatus Iquitos, Guajara-Mirim, Manaos

An. albitarsis L. Arribalzaga Abuna, Guajara-Mirim, Boa Vista

An. darlingi Root Nazareth, Juhaty, Porto Velho, San

An.

An.
An.

tarsimaculatus Goeldi

strodei Root
bachmanni Petrocchi

Antonio, Abuna, Murtinho, Guajara-
Mirim Guay ana ’Mirim, Manios, Boa
Vista, Belém

Iquitos, Tonantins, Trapiche, Porto
Velho, Guajara-Mirim, Manaos, Boa
Vista, Belém

Abuna

Iquitos, Porto Velho, Guayara-Mirim,
Manaos, Boa Vista

II.

GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE BRAZILIAN
ANOPHELINES IN RELATION TO THE AMAZON VALLEY:

1. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE AMAZON VALLEY.

It is evident that the great uniformity of climate and topog-
raphy of the Amazon Basin makes it favorable only for certain
species of anophelines. The species found here are therefore
of unusual interest from the standpoint of distribution and
ecology.

The following brief account dealing with the characteristics
of the region is abstracted from Councilman and Lambert (1918):

The Amazon Valley is the largest area on earth which can be treated as
a single unit in which practically the same conditions persist throughout.
It includes approximately 2,000,000 square miles and is almost as flat as
the sea. At Iquitos, Peru (2,300 miles from the mouth of the river), the
altitude is but 315 feet. The basin is roughly delineated by the fall-lines
on the north and south and by the Andes of the west.

The entire low region, which is subject to flooding, is known as the flood
plain, and this is divided into the igapé and varzea. The igapd, really
a swamp forest, is the lowest and is subject to tidal overflows in the eastern
portion and to slight rises in the river in the upper part. The varzea
is flooded only during high water. A third type of land, the. terra firma,
is still higher and is not subject to overflow.

6 Originally described under the name /ewisi Shannon (1931) from Bahia.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 121

There are seasonal variations in the rainfall, producing a long wet and a
long dry season, and between these there is a short wet and a short dry
season. There is a general rise in the rivers from March to June. The
rise in some places is enormous: 100 feet has been recorded at Manaos,.
although from 40 to 50 feet is the usual rise. The valley at times becomes
a sea and travel through the forest by canoe is possible.

The largest forested area in the world exists here; the towns and cities
are but mere specks. The rivers and tributary streams are so numerous
that a vast area is readily accessible by boat. Extending from the rivers
there are everywhere igarapes or canoe paths which pass long distances
into the land.

From the standpoint of anopheline breeding, the igarapes,
which are usually densely vegetated, and the flooding of the
varzea are the most important features of the valley. It may be
further observed that rock outcrops and subsequently rocky
stream beds occur only very sporadically. Possibly in their
vicinity anophelines other than the ones here recorded may
occur.

Localities Visited
in the
Amazon Region.

Rough indication of the

fall-\ine marking the limit
of the &mazon Basin 5

(After Rey Nash,1926,
The Conquest of Bees

Fig. 1.

122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

2. A Group SysTEM OF THE BRAZILIAN ANOPHELINES AS BASED ON THE [TYPE
or Country TuHey [nuapsir.

The anophelines of Brazil can be considered under four groups
‘according to the type of breeding place or type of country in
which they occur: (1) The upland-region group, which as far
as is known breed in streams and rock pools; (2) the lowland
forest, marsh, and swamp breeders; (3) the open country species
(either upland or lowland); (4) the species inhabiting bromeliads.

These groups in turn conform remarkably well to the system-
atic grouping of the species as given in the latest classification
(Edwards, 1932). The tabulation on page 122 indicates the
general type of country inhabited by the different groups and
subgroups, and the number of species of each group which were
found in the Amazon region.

Tue Groupinc or BrAzILIAN ANOPHELINES ACCORDING TO THE TYPE OF
Country TuHey [nuasir.

USUAL TYPE NO. OF | NO. FOUND
GROUP OF BRAZILIAN | IN AMAZON
BREEDING PLACES SPECIES REGION
Genus Chagasis Upland regions, in fairly 1 0
swift-flowing streams
Genus Anopheles
Subgenus Stethomyia
Subgenus Anopheles Lowland forests 3 1
Group Anopheles
a. Series Anopheles Upland regions 2. 0
b. Series Cycloleppteron | Lowland marshes and 2 2
swamps
Group Arribalzagia Jungle pools 5 4
Group Arribalzagia Rocky stream breeder 1 0
(An. minor) 1 0
Subgenus Nyssorhynchus
Group Nyssorhynchus Open country, as a rule 9 5
Group Myzorhynchella Upland regions, in small 3 0
streams (? all)
Group Kerteszia In forested regions with
luxuriant growths of
bromeliads 1 0
Subgenus Myzomyia Open country (an African
species, to date known
only from the state of
Rio Grande do Norte) 1 0

It will be noted that all of the species found during the survey
are either typical of densely forested and lowland marsh and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 123

swamp regions (Stethomyia, Cyclopeppteron, Arribalzagia) or
belong to the “open country” group of species (group Nysso-
rhynchus). Probably all of the former are generally distributed
throughout the basin. Two of the latter group, a/bitarsis
(typical form) and strodei, were found only at the periphery
(fall-line) of the basin, where there is a perceptible change in the
character of the country. However, a variety of albitarsis,
braziliensis, was found in a small restricted locality near Mandos.
The absence of the rather ubiquitous 47. argyritarsis (another
member of the Nyssorhynchus group) probably indicates, more
than anything else, the strong relation existing between the
nature of the region and its anopheline fauna.

The absence of certain species probably shows that factors
other than the ones here indicated are also involved. Thus,
larvae of An. maculipes of the group Arribalzagia have been
found by Root on several occasions associated with larvae of
intermedius in heavily shaded pools in or at the edge of low
second growth jungle in the state of Rio de Janeiro. Davis
(1933) states that maculipes and intermedius range together
through the lowlands of the state of Rio de Janeiro; but whereas
intermedius is found northward to the Amazon, maculipes has
not been found even as far north as the state of Bahia.

It is very curious that no specimens of Kerteszia, a group
addicted to breeding in the water contained in bromeliads,
were found; in fact none appear to have been found since Lutz
recorded 4”. cruzii from Para (1904). Adults are easily attracted
to animal bait and such bait was used wherever extensive
collecting was done. But, although large terrestrial bromeliads
were seen in some abundance at Iquitos, Porto Velho, and
Manaos,’ the arboreal types appeared to be rather sparse and
of small size as compared with the luxuriant growth of these
plants in other parts of the tropics.’ It may be added that
whereas in Panama the sabethines breeding in bromeliads form
a large and characteristic portion of this country’s mosquito
fauna, they are rather poorly represented on the Amazon.

It is probable that some of the “‘upland”’ species (e. g.
Myzorhynchella) occur within the limits of the basin where
there chance to be hilly sections with rock bottom streams. In
fact Lutz (1904) has recorded one of these, 47. (Myzorhynchella)
lutzit Cruz, from Mandos. In connection with this, it may be
noted that water falls (Taruman Falls) exist not far from
Manaos; likewise a small, rock-bottom stream is located on the
outskirts of the city at the British club, the ‘‘Bosque.’’ Search
was made in this stream but no anopheline larvae were found.

7 Many of these were examined.

8 Dr. Lyman B. Smith, an authority on Brome/iaceae, in addition to informing
me, by letter, that according to present knowledge the number of genera and
species of the bromeliads is comparatively small in the Amazon Basin, adds,
that in this region a high percentage of the plants are inhabited by ants, owing
to the periodic flooding, and that such would be unfavorable for mosquito life.

124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

Ve
ANOPHELES AND MALARIA IN AMAZONIA.

1. An. darlingi anp tarsimaculatus.

Published accounts (see pages 141 to 143) state that although
malaria is generally prevalent throughout Amazonia, certain
portions are much more afflicted than others. Particularly is
it considered that the more dangerous portions occur along the
tributary rivers, especially in the vicinity of their lowermost
rapids.

General observations made during the survey suggest that
this condition results from the fact that 4x. darlingi, in all
probability the most dangerous vector in the region, apparently
finds optimum breeding conditions in these tributary streams
following the flooding of their valleys. The fact, too, that a
number of the largest and more healthy cities and towns
(Iquitos, Manaos, in part, Teffe, Itacoatiara, etc.) are located
on high ground, the terra firma, and more or less well removed
from the varzea and igapo levels, lends support to this observa-
tion. On the other hand, many of the smaller towns along the
tributary rivers present a very decadent appearance, due in
large part to malaria (see accounts of Iquitos, Nazareth, and
Porto Velho given below).

Early authors, on circumstantial evidence, incriminated both
An. argyritarsis and An. tarsimaculatus as the vectors. Doubt-
lessly the argyritarsis of these writers was darling, and to this
extent they were correct in their views. Certain observations
made upon f¢arsimaculatus, however, indicate that the species
plays but a minor role in this region.

Davis (1931), on the basis of a series of dissections made at
Belém, Parad, established the definite fact that darlingi is a
malaria vector. He found a stomach infection rate of 22.3
per cent (197 specimens) and a gland rate of 9.5 per cent (181
specimens). Later, Davis and Kumm (1932) and Kumm (1932)
demonstrated that this species is a vector in other parts of
Brazil (Franca and Itapira, state of Bahia), and Benarroch
(1931) has likewise found this species infected in nature in
Venezuela. Furthermore the writer found at Porto Velho,
Amazonas, a stomach infection rate of 9 per cent and a gland
rate of 1.8 per cent in a series of 56 specimens. There can,
therefore, be no doubt as to the importance of this species in
connection with malaria.

Although dn. tarsimaculatus seems to be much more common
and ubiquitous in Amazonia than dn. darlingi, and in fact,
to be the commonest anopheline in this region, 1t would appear
from circumstantial evidence to be of relatively little importance
(see account under Iquitos). Moreover dissections of more than
400 specimens of this species made by different workers in

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 125

various parts of Brazil give an infection rate of only 0.8 per
cent (including one gland infection, Boyd, 1926).

The following records show that dn. darlingi is decidedly a
house-haunting species while 47. tarsimaculatus is rarely found
indoors:

Houses Versus Anima Bair Captures or An. darlingi anp
An. tarsimaculatus.

AUTHORS AND

LOCALITY SPECIES HOUSE |ANIMAL BAIT
ID yziseicyi( (IGSSSiT) a a, Ra oc tere tesa eee ls darlingi UEP) 1
Belém Para26. 5). a ee 2 ee tarsimaculatus 24 138
[DysnyeatS) etree] WRQUITOM GO oe cee cee darlingt 2508 80
i932) PEicancassb anaes eee eee tarsimaculatus 0 172
Shannon. Amazonas. 2 oe ee darlingt 800° 74
tarsimaculatus 1 10009

2. ANOPHELES ALBITARSIS.

Although a/ditarsis does not as a rule appear to be as domestic
as darlingi, it will at times invade houses in fairly large numbers.
Kumm (1932) records 423 specimens found in houses during
less than a month’s time at Salvador, Bahia, and from 240 of
these a stomach infection rate of 5.8 per cent was obtained.

The fact that a/bitarsis occurs along the periphery of the
Amazon Basin (Rio Madeira and Rio Tapajos) may to some
extent complicate the malaria problem there.”

V.
LOCALITIES VISITED AND ANOPHELINES FOUND.

1. Tue Upper Amazon REGION.

(7) Iquitos and Vicinity—Iquitos, Peru, the third largest
city (population about 18,000) in Amazonia, is situated mainly
on the fairly high bank (50-75 feet above the river level) of the
Rio Itaya near its junction with the Amazon. In the rear of
the town, the ground slopes gradually to swamp land, which

9 Approximate number observed.

10 Dr, William Mann (Washington, D. C.) has supplied me with the following
unpublished observations on a/bitarsis which are of interest owing to the prox-
imity of the locality to the Amazon region. “At Lake Rocagua, northern low-
lands of Bolivia, we found these mosquitoes so abundant that we would be
driven out into the hot sunshine to get free of them. I ran a little fever while
there. The region is thinly populated pampas:country.” Many specimens
were collected and are now in the U. S. N. Museum collection. Neiva and
Penna (1918) and other Brazilian observers have likewise observed swarms of
this species attacking in sunlight.

126

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.) VOL29a5) NOg 7, OCT, 1933

begins about two miles distant. On the west is a fairly large
lake, the Morona Cocha, which during the rainy season is
partly surrounded with boggy ground. The vicinity of the
town is rarely if ever flooded by river overflows, a fact which
appears to be of great importance and which may account for
the absence of dn. darlingi in the captures made here. Local
doctors and residents claim that although numerous persons
with malaria arrive in Iquitos from highly malarious places in
the general region, comparatively few secondary cases develop."
The section called Pijuayo Loma is considered to have some
endemic malaria. No larvae however were found in the few
bodies of water there, and in an evening capture only a few
An. tarsimaculatus adults were taken.

List oF ANOPHELINE SPECIES FounpD aT IQuiros.

NUMBER OF
SECTION CONDITIONS SPECIES ADULTS REMARKS
CAPT’D
(1) Versailles Open and _ forested| nimbus Moderate | Larvae in pooled
and beyond to} country with field woodland stream
swamp and forest streams,| mattogrossensis| Rare One larva, open swam
pools, marsh, swamp) peryassui Few Few larvae, open swam
waters mediopunctatus| Moderate | Larvae associated with
nimbus
shannoni Few
bachmanni Moderate | Larvae along edges o
pond
tarsimaculatus | Moderate | Larvae in marsh
(2) Morona Cocha} A fairly large open| mediopunctatus| Few
lake, partly sur-| shannoni Rare
rounded by boggy| bachmanni Few
ground tarsimaculatus | Few
(3) San Juan 13 kilometers from! nimbus Many Larvae in swamp water;
Iquitos, densely for- a few males net-
ested, a fewscattered captured
clearings, large por-| thomasi Few Four males collected
tions swampy, a few| mediopunctatus| Many
small streams, pools,| intermedius Few
but no open marshes.| fluminensis Few
shannoni Few One pupa in jungle
swamp
bachmanni Moderate
tarsimaculatus | Moderate

_ 4 Councilman and Lambert (1918) state: “Malaria is said to be not common
in Iquitos although there is much in the surrounding region.

The official

report for 1916 lists only eleven deaths from malaria. Why it is not common
here is one of the many puzzling features of the disease.” Thomas (1906)
likewise states that Iquitos itself is comparatively free of malaria, although
numerous cases come from neighboring river basins. Freyd (1930), however,
lists Iquitos among the places highly afflicted with the disease,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 127

Certain forested areas near San Juan were extremely dense,
with only a twilight degree of illumination. In these areas 47.
nimbus and An. mediopunctatus were abundant; the other
species were very scarce, although a pupa of shannoni was
found in a swamp well within the heart of the forest.

It was also noted that although ximbus was collected through-
out the day, its main flight occurred during the half hour preced-
ing that of the other species. After the first specimens of
mediopunctatus began to appear, the flight of mnimbus was
practically at an end. This observation has previously been
made by Neiva and Penna (1918).

(2) Nazareth, Peru.—Nazareth is a small town situated on
the notoriously malarious river Javary, which is part of the
boundary between Peru and Brazil. Portions of the town site
are subject to flooding.

Two brief stops were made here (March 19 and April 26),
and on both occasions 4x. darlingi was found in houses. On the
latter occasion about two-thirds of the houses were visited;
some of these harbored approximately 100 specimens of darlingi
each. Inaddition two 4x. mattogrossensis were captured indoors.
No anopheline larvae were found during the brief search that
was made.

Owing to trade stagnation, and doubtlessly to the malaria
which is very evident here, the town appears to be on the verge
of collapse. The people are moving elsewhere as opportunity
permits.

(3) Boa Esperanza, Amazonas.—This is a recently built town
at the mouth of the Javary, established in an attempt to provide
a more healthful town site for the people farther up the river.
Although the ground was partly flooded no anophelines were
found in the houses; neither were there any observed on board
the ship after dark.

(4) Tonantins, Amazonas—On March 17, on board ship,
while docked at Tonantins, between the hours of 11 p. m. and
2 a.m., two dn. tarsimaculatus and two An. mattogrossensis
were captured.

(5) Fuhaty, Amazonas—On April 28, one An. darlingi was
found indoors at Jahaty. ~

(6) Trapiche, Amazonas——At Trapiche, on March 13 and
April 29, two dn. mattogrossensis were taken on board ship and
one mattogrossensis and a male farsimaculatus indoors.

2. ANOPHELINES Founp ALonG THE MapeirA AND Mamore RIvers.

(1) Porto Velho, Amazonas.—This is the largest town on the
Rio Madeira. It is situated at the head of navigation and is the
base for the Madeira-Mamoré railroad. It has a long and bitter
malaria history. Two large areas within the town limits as well
as several small ones were flooded at the time of my visit (May
10-16). In addition to the town area, a number of flooded

128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

areas on both sides of the railroad beyond the town limits were
examined. In comparison with the number of anopheline adults
that could be captured, larvae appeared to be scarce. The
captures made are summarized below.

ANOPHELINE LarvAE AND ApuLtT Captures at Porto VELHO, AMAZONAS.

CONDITIONS SPECIES NUMBER OF
SPECIMENS
Small flooded area within city limits darlingi 10 larvae, 1 pupa
Large flooded area within city ............_| tarsimaculatus | 22 larvae
Flooded areas beyond city limits... darlingi 9 larvae
tarsimaculatus | 20 larvae
Flouses in) native quarters. == = darlingi 5 adults
Houses in West Indian (negro) quarter._| darling 154 adults
Scattered houses beyond town limits darlingi 21 adults
(see No. 3)
Animal bait near native quarter... tarsimaculatus | 73 adults
(No. 4) darlingi 32 adults
peryassut 1 adult
Animal bait near West Indian quarter _| farsimaculatus | 106 adults
(No. 5) darlingt 2 adults

Fifty-six of the darlingi collected in houses were dissected;
five of them had odcysts and one of these had sporozoites as
well. The rate of infection was 8.9 per cent.

(2) Santo Antonio, Amazonas. This town is located practically
on the fall-line of the Amazon Basin. The S. Antonio Falls of
the Madeira River are close by. Very little standing water
was seen (extensive drainage was accomplished here during the
construction days). Six dn. darlingi were found in ten houses
visited (May 13). ‘

(3) Open Swamp Area near Porto Velho, Matto Grosso —Dur-
ing a brief stop at an open swamp area along the railroad about
175 kilometers southwest of Porto Velho, Matto Grosso, on May
18, at dusk a few An. albitarsis and peryassui attacked us.

(4) Abuna, Matto Grosso—On May 19 and 21, ten houses
were examined at, Abuna, Matto Grosso, but only one 4x.
darlingi was found. Several large ground pools had rather
numerous dn. tarsimaculatus larvae. Several An. strodei
larvae were found in a borrow pit.

(5) Murtinho, Matto Grosso.—Sixteen An. darlingi were
found under a mosquito bar in the restaurant-house at Murtinho
on May 19. :

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 129

(6) Guajara-Mirim, Matto Gross.—This town is at the rail-
head, 365 kilometers from Porto Velho. The ground surface
is very rocky. The following captures were made with animal
bait (May 19): An. tarsimaculatus (in part? strode), 160;
darlingt, 27; bachmannt, 24; albitarsis, 2; mediopunctatus, 2.

(7) Guayara-Mirim, Bolivia.—This town is situated across
the Rio Mamoré just opposite Guajara-Mirim, Matto Gross.
There are large flooded areas along the river. No larvae were
found during the short investigation made, and only one house
in six was found to harbor adult darlingz.

3. ManAos, Amazonas, Rio Necro, June 1-11.

The presence of four igarapes extending through the city of
Manaos gives the impression that mosquito breeding should
be very prolific. However, as the following records show,
collections proved to be much smaller here than in most of the
other places visited. Even in the suburbs only small numbers
of mosquitoes were captured.

ANOPHELINES CoLLEcTED AT ManAos, AMAZONAS.

SOURCE SPECIES NUMBER OF SPECIMENS
Park Fountains, center of town... tarsimaculatus | 20 larvae
Nearape Manaose: == seen eeeeenen tarsimaculatus | Larvae fairly abundant
Twelve houses along igarape........... No
anophelines
Animal bait near igarape_.............- tarsimaculatus | 54
bachmanni 1
Igarape Sao Raymundo_.____-..-_._ tarsimaculatus | Few larvae
sllenmhouses* #2). 5ee heat 5-7 darlingi 7
Animal bait.......... athe 2 ad Soa ol darlingi 4
tarsimaculatus | 4
bachmanni 1
mattogrossensis| 1
Outskirts of town, on animal bait... mimbus 5
kompt 2
tarsimaculatus | 14
bachmanni 3}
Shannoni 2
One Gehan mew RN a beled Re con albitarsis-
brasiliensis'?| 7
medtopunctatus| 1
shannoni 5
peryassul 5

12 This is the only locality within the basin proper where this form was found.
The numerous shallow open marshy areas about Flores represent an unusual
type of land for the Amazon Valley.

130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

Rane
TIES UTTTTTTTL
EEE NUT
ALLEN
AV NLL
AUPE PTET SE
nl K

79 U 13 1517 19 2t 23 25 27 29 Bl 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51—Weeks
River Level, Boa Vista, Rio Tapajoz, Para, Brazil
41929 -H19G0 1931. Jan. to June

Fig. 2.

4. Boa Vista, Rio Tapajoz, ParA, June 14-19.

Boa Vista, headquarters of the Companhia Ford Industrial
of Brazil at Fordlandia, is situated 120 miles up the Rio Tapajos.
It lies not far from the fall-line as the San Luis rapids are about
70 miles farther up the river. The general region consists largely
of rough hilly country, and streams are fairly numerous. But
in spite of its upland features none of the species belonging to
the “upland” group of anophelines were found. The fact that
the area is in some respects different from the main portion of
the basin is indicated by the presence of 4n. albitarsis.

Fordlandia is probably the first extensive section in Amazonia
to undergo rapid, large-scale plantation clearings. It will be
important to note the effect that this will have upon anopheline
breeding, but meanwhile efforts are being made to control the
situation in whatever direction it may develop. During the
brief investigations made here larvae of both sarsimaculatus
and darlingi were found in situations formerly under forest cover.

Although adult 4x. darlingi were collected in six localities in
Fordlandia, the species was not found as abundantly as at
Porto Velho and Nazareth. Climatic records supplied by the
manager of the plantation shows that in 1931 the river level
had reached its maximum height during April and that at the
time of my visit (middle of June) the river had fallen approxi-
mately four feet. It is probable therefore that the breeding of
this species was on the decline. Moreover, the laboratory
records furnished me by Dr. Claude Smith show that the peak

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 131

of malaria infections had been attained during the month of
May. Extensive oiling at Boa Vista and nearby towns had
checked the breeding at these sites. Elsewhere, however,
comparatively few favorable breeding places for darlingi were
found, although larvae of tarsimaculatus and bachmanni were
fairly abundant. The following captures were made:

1. Boa Vista. In screened houses. Two 4n. bachmanni,
biting man.

2. Adults collected on animal bait stationed at a small
shallowly flooded grassy field at the river’s edge: 4n. darlingi, 1;
albitarsis, 19; tarsimaculatus, 5; bachmanni, 248; mattogrossen-
G15 Dis

3. A partially flooded ravine, the upper part recently cleared
of forest cover, the remainder open marsh land reaching to the
river's edge; situated behind the town. Larvae: dn. darlingi, 2;
tarsimaculatus, 70; bachmannti, 49; mattogrossensis, 12.

4. Animal bait capture made near the ravine: 47. albitarsis, 1;
tarsimaculatus, 14; bachmannt, 68; mattogrossensis, 2.

5. Stream at edge of forest cover (near the seed-bed). Ground
rather low, partly flooded during the rainy season. On this date
(June 15, 1931) parts of the stream had a fairly swift current.
Adults captured on animal bait: 4x. darlingt, 9; tarsimaculatus,
212; bachmanni, 29; mattogrossensis, 11.

6. Farm section, about five miles below Boa Vista. Consid-
erable drainage had been effected here, and ditches and standing
water were oiled weekly. Only scattered bachmanni larvae
were found.

7. Native village, about one-half mile below the farm. River
bank well flooded but rather heavily shaded by trees. Larvae
very scarce, only two farsimaculatus; and one mattogrossensis
were found. The water at the river’s edge was literally swarm-
ing with a small species of Corixidae, probably a predator on
mosquito larvae. In the houses, however, fourteen 47. darlingi
were found.

8. Tabacal, a native town about three miles above Boa Vista.
Forty dn. darlingi were found in houses; twenty were collected
in a single house. In addition, two albitarsis and one matto-
grossensis were found indoors. Larvae found in an open, flooded
area along the town; darlingi, 2; tarsimaculatus, 5; bachmanni, 3.
In the flooded area along the river: tarsimaculatus, 3.

9. Sumuhuma, a small town across the river from Boa Vista.
A sharp outbreak of malaria occurred here during the preceding
months, April and May. At this time a large flooded area
existed in the rear of the town, but at the time of my visit
drainage operations were about completed, and but little
stagnant water could be found. Two dn. darlingi and eleven
An. tarsimaculatus larvae were collected, while indoors fourteen
darling: adults were found.

132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933
VI.

KEY TO THE AMAZON SPECIES OF ANOPHELES.

Aputt FEMALES.

<> Pa

1. Integument of the mesonotum with a median longitudinal white
line; antennal hairs as long as width of thorax; wing scales and legs

entirely datk= 0 so eee Subgenus Stethomy14......-------------------- 2
Integument of the mesonotum without a median white line; antennal
hairsumuchishorter tian wad theo ftlio tepxeeees eee eee 3
2. White spot at vertex of head composed of normal scales which do not
overhang the basal antennal segments. kompi Edwards

This spot composed of silvery-white, scale-like setae which project
forward and overhang the basal antennal segments_..-_.-....------------------
nimbus Theobald and thomasi Shannon

3. Second, fourth, and sixth veins without white scales; abdomen without
scales; hind tarsals black, with two to four white bands or rings_________.

Subgenus Nyssorhychus (in part) Group Kerteszia, cruzii Dyar and Knab"8
Mhese veins wrehlighticolored areas == ee 4

4. Third and fourth hind tarsals white; sixth vein with two dark scaled
areaG..if.3 2 24... 5 aes aire ele, eee ee Subgenus Nyssorhynchus 5
Third and fourth hind tarsals black, or with black markings; sixth |
vein with four or more dark spots... Subgenus Anopheles 10
5. Abdomen without scales save on eighth segment and cerci; third wing
nearly all dark. Group Myzorhychella, lutzii Cruz.
Abdomen scaled on tergites 2-8, usually with lateral scale tufts...
Group Nyssorhynchus 6
6; Pitebyhind tatsal whitex...225.2....0) =o ee ee 7
EST 6 Lag arty el eure ovate lal lea coat 17a ee 9
7. First abdominal sternite with two longitudinal lines of white scales;
first black spot of costa much smaller than succeeding white spot;
second hind tarsal one-third to one-half black; eighth abdominal
segment distinctly longer than broad and extensively covered with
light scales above.
8. First black spot of costa longer than succeeding white spot; second
hind ¥tarsale ione=third sor more blackes ss ee darlingi Root
The size of these spots reversed; second hind tarsal usually less than
ane=tnitdubla ck: <oie task perk. Scien) eee argyritarsis Rob. Desv.1®
9. First black spot on costa equal to or greater than the succeeding white
spot; second hind tarsal over one-third black; specimens usually of i
Stivall lsgiZet = te Mee eines ee ide ven on ee dag) ee es bachmanni Petrocchi
First black spot on costa smaller than the succeeding white one; :
second hind tarsal usually not more than one-fourth black; specimens
usually of moderate size... tarsimaculatus Goeldi and strodei Root

13 Recorded but once from Amazonia, Lutz, Pard, 1904.
14 Recorded but once from Amazonia, Lutz, Manaos, 1904.
18 Not found but probably occurs in the vicinity of the periphery of the basin.

10.

dle

12.

14.

16.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 133

Abdomen without lateral scale tufts; legs without light markings save
at articulations of segments._.Group Anopheles, Series Cycloleppteron..11
Abdomen with lateral scale tufts; legs usually with numerous light
fmanicin pice eee eee Ss Groupeatlalzacia 12
Black and white wing markings strongly contrasted; last abdominal
tergite and cerci clothed with scales; thorax bluish gray with three
black spots; rather small species... peryassui, Dyar and Knab
Light wing markings brownish yellow; the general effect of the wing as
well as the entire insect is dull brown; abdomen with scales only along
the middle line of the sternites; mid-mesepimeral setae present;

Tathemlarge Species a= =e sen aeeeIeS mattogrossensis Lutz and Neiva
Wing scales linear, three times as long as broad or longer. 13
Wing scales, particularly on basal portion of wing, broad, the length

FeSshtivatom thre entiirmest tlre) wil clits ieee =e enna nape nnn EE 14

Small species; last four hind tarsals black with small white rings at the
apices of segments; haltere small with white scales only on basal
portion; without scales on first abdominal sternite; posterior mar-
ginal wing scales begin near the wing base. minor Costa Lima!?

Large species; the hind tarsals with additional light markings; haltere
well expanded, profusely white scaled; first abdominal sternite with
two small patches of scales; posterior marginal wing scales begin
welll before smiddlevof anal (celliee eee ee maculipes Theob.

Hind tarsals black with small white rings at apices of segments; ab-
domen with a conspicuous light tip, the cerci usually well extruded,
each with the apical half strongly constricted; wing scales pre-
dominately black; post-marginal wing scales beginning well before
themmuiddleyofethesanal celles ee eee shannon Davis

Hind tarsals with additional light markings; tip of abdomen pre- .
dominantly dark, the cerci normal SE ke i ne ee BAe 15

Last hind tarsal entirely light colored; dark spot at tips of second vein
about the size of that at tip of first vein; post-marginal wing scales
begintat about imiddlesofjariall cela eee ee re 16

Last hind tarsal at least in part black; without scales on mesepimeron;
wing scales moderately dilated_...________________. So Set Se 18

Wing scales moderately dilated; without scales on mesepimeron or
first abdominal sternite; mid femur on upper side with a small (less
thanvwidthottemur)spreapical white spots... ee

punctimacula Dyar and Knab.

Wing scales markedly dilated, about one-half as broad as long; mes-
pimeron with a small patch of scales on upper portion... 17

Fourth hind tarsal with one black ring; mid femur with lateral apical
light spots (upper side black); first abdominal sternite with two small

16 In the course of this study certain characters heretofore unused in the
group Arribalzagia appeared to offer additional means for classifying this
dificult group. I am supplementing the old characters with these, but they
should be regarded as tentative until tested by large numbers of specimens. In
order to extend their application as much as possible at the present time species
of Arribalzagia have been included in the table.

17 Species not found in the Amazon Region.

134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

patches of white scales; lateral scale tufts of the abdomen composed
of yellow and ‘blackiscales@=_ sae eee mediopunctatus Theob.
Fourth hind tarsal with two black rings; mid femur, on upper side,
with a fairly large white spot (the sides black); first sternite bare;
lateral abdominal tufts black, white scales sporadically present...
fluminensis Root
18. Post marginal wing scales begin well before the middle of the anal cell;

wing scales but little dilated... apicimacula Dyar and Knab!8
Post-marginal wing scales begin at about the middle of the anal cell;
wing scales moderately dilated. Sse eee ee ee 19
19. Tips of wing scales rounded; dark spot at the wing apex about the size
of che precedines one wees se eee punctimacula Dyar and Knab.
Tips of wing scales truncate; dark spot at wing apex decidedly larger
thantthey preceding Ones. eee eee intermedius Chagas
VII.

SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON CERTAIN SPECIES.

1. LARVAE OF THE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS STETHOMYIA.

Davis (1933) has described and compared the larva of dn.
thomasi with that of dn. kompi. Important features of the
larva of nimbus from Iquitos are herein figured. The following
key gives the more obvious differences of the three species:

1. Inner hair of the anterior submedian thoracic group with three short
apical/branches-or simple. 2.) =. ee ee thomasi
This hair with six or more branches (about six in kompi; fourteen in
PIB ITIO TS.) oe spe pnt ec Net NS eg 2 es a 2
2. Antenna with a small two-or-three-branched hair basad of the middle...
kompt
Antenna with a four-branched hair at or slightly beyond the middle.
Float hairs slightly more apparent than in kompi with 8 (lst seg-
Meme) l2a(2d) 18e(Sd)sbranches == ees re nimbus

Edwards (1930, 1932) in describing the pleural hairs of the
larva of nimbus states “One of the three long hairs in the pro-
thoracic pleural groups with a series of short spine-like branches
along one side.”’ His description was based on specimens from
Venezuela. The specimens at hand from Iquitos, however, have
this hair developed as described for kompi by Root (1932),
namely without spines but strongly feathered. The male
terminalia of nimbus from Iquitos, however, agrees with the
figure given by Edwards for this species as based on a specimen
from Venezuela.

18 Anopheles (Anopheles, Arribalzagia) neomaculipalpus recently described by
Curry (1931) from Panama is said to differ from apicimacula and punctimacula
by having only two large spots on the costa instead of three, which is character-
istic of the other two species.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 135

2. Anopheles (Cycloleppteron) mattogrossensis Lutz and Neiva, 1911.
(= Anopheles (Anopheles) amazonicus Christophers, 1923.)

Three specimens of mattogrossensis were compared with the
types of amazonicus at the Liverpool School of Tropical Medi-
cine by Dr. Alwen Evans, who writes, ‘“The type and paratype
of amazonicus are by no means in perfect condition, but the only
definite difference I can see is the longer forked cell in the former,
being about one-third of the wing length in amazonicus but not
much more than a quarter in mattogrossensis.’ A series of
fifty specimens of mattogrossensis, however, shows that the
length of the upper forked cell varies from 29 to 36 per cent
of the wing length, the average being about 32 per cent.

_Dyar (1928) suggests that mattogrossensis may be a form of
vestitipennis differing somewhat in color markings. Dr. Alan
Stone, however, informs me that the mid-mesepimeral setae
which characterize the former are absent in vestitipennis (twenty
specimens examined). Mattogrossensis therefore should be
regarded as a distinct species. Apparently it is the only Ameri-
can species possessing mid-mesepimeral setae.

Two pupae were procured, but unfortunately only females
emerged. A number of larvae were found. As this stage is as
yet undescribed the following is given:

Larva of An. mattogrossensis.—Hair at tip of antenna consisting of a single
main stem and with small branches uniformly distributed; antennal shaft hair
located basad of the middle, very large, the tips extending beyond the apex of
the shaft, with about ten branches, outer clypeals thinly branched, each with
thirty-five to forty ultimate branches; post clypeals small but with ten to twelve
branches; innermost hairs of the anterior submedian thoracic group palmate-
like, with ten branches; posterior angle of the thorax with a rudimentary palmate
hair; propleural hair group consisting of one short and three long simple hairs;
meso- and metapleural groups each with two long simple hairs; abdomen with
the full set of palmate hairs, those on segments one and two rather small;
segment four with a long lateral two-branched hair, that on segment five
two to three branched, the corresponding hair on segment six small, simple;
pecten consisting of about sixteen teeth, without marginal hairs.

The double long lateral hairs on segments four and five possibly indicate a
relationship with dn. vestitipennis (Root 1929), but the palmate hairs on the
anterior margin of the thorax is an unusual feature for the tropical American
species of the subgenus Anopheles.

3. Anopheles (Cycloleppteron) peryassui Dyar and Knab 1908.
Anopheles celidopus Dyar and Shannon, 1925.
Anopheles alagoanii Peryasst, 1925.

In the discussion dealing with peryassui, celidopus, and
alagoanii by Shannon and Davis (1930), it was pointed out that
the last two may be homonyms of the first. Inasmuch as the

136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

females and a male of “celidopus” (originally described from
the Amazon region) collected at Iquitos agree in all essentials
with peryassui from Bahia, as described by Shannon and Davis,
there can no longer be any doubt regarding the homonyms
as given above.

4. Anopheles (Arribalzagia) fluminensis Root, 1927.

The description of this species was based on two males,
reared from larvae found along the edge of a small brook at
Itaperuna, Rio de Janeiro. Costa Lima (1929) has recorded
two females, one from Goy az, and the other from Sao Paulo.
In addition to the possession of the white fifth hind tarsal
segment, he adds that it may be distinguished from mediopuncta-
tus by the color of the scales forming the lateral tufts of the
abdomen (see key).

Twelve females which agree with the descriptions of flumin-
ensis were collected on animal bait at San Juan, Iquitos. They
are quite distinct from other members of Arribalzagia, and
therefore there should be little doubt regarding the present
designation.

5. Anopheles (Arribalzagia) Shannoni, Davis (1931).

Only the female of this species has been described. A single
pupa was found in the heart of a forest swamp at San Juan,
Iquitos, from which a male was reared. It is therefore possible
to add two more stages to the knowledge of this species. In
addition, 20 females were collected at various points along the
Amazon, but chiefly at Iquitos.

This is the only American anopheline in which the cerci of the
female departs strikingly from the palpus—like form common to
the genus, a condition possibly correlated with the ‘“‘flash-
color” tip of the abdomen. The abdomen is black except that
the eighth tergite and the cerci are conspicuously light-scaled.
The cerci are broadened at the middle and taper rather sharply
towards the apex (Figure 2, Plate 4).

Terminalia of the male.—Ninth tergite with the usual pair of small, lobe-like
processes; inner basal spine with curved tip, the outer straight, rather slender,
less than twice the length of the inner (a little longer and heavier than the inter-
nal spine); claspette much wider than high, with a median incision, consequently
a pair of ventral lobes, each rather uniformly clothed with short hairs and each
bearing a single marginal spine and the usual club-like set of three spines which
stand on a prominent tubercle; phallosome with a set of seven to eight leaflets
on each side at tip, all of similar shape and graduating very uniformly in size
from the upper one, which is about two-thirds the length of the phallosome,
to the lowermost one which is very minute.

PLATE 4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35

Q ter minalia

haltere

165 2a4

An mediopunctatus shannoni

6. Antenna of
An nimlous larva

8. Pupal trumpe’
of An. shannon

7b
12) T Anterior submedian Head ond anterior submedian
thoracic hair groups thoracic hair groups of
An. nimbus & n-mattogro ssensis

10.Nbdomen of the pupa of fnopheles

shannoni. Dorsal ond ventral aspects

[ 137 |

138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

The short outer basal spine (less than twice the length of the inner), the
similarity in form of the leaflets on the phallosome, and the single spine on the
claspette shows a similarity to the terminalia of dn. peryassui (note also that .
the tarsal markings of these two species are similar); but the presence of the
inner spine on the side piece definitely places the species in the Arribalzagia
group (as also do the inflated wing scales, abdominal scale tufts, and the white
scaled upper surface of the halteres).

The pupa.—tThe salient features of the pupa are: the finger-like process
extending across the opening of the pupal trumpet (fig. 8); the short spine-like
projections on segments 4-7 (fig. 10); the short hairs on the hind margins of the
segments 4-7, equal to but one-half the length of their segments; and the simple
condition of the spines on the eighth segment.

VIII.
RAINFALL RECORDS IN THE AMAZON BASIN.
The records for the first five stations were obtained from the
Weather Bureau (Washington, D. C.) through the kindness of
Mr. W. W. Reed. Those for Boa Vista and Parintins were

supplied by the Companhia Ford Industrial do Brazil through
the kindness of Mr. C. Rogge.

139

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

S8cl | Z9T OS ( 96 8 oF SS $8 C81 Gal 9FC | 807
6TLI | 061 68 OC fe 8C 19 SLI /81 KG || Clots | SKE $9
SEG | IU)It C81 8 vW FC SP eSl 061 SIS ites, TLS | Geeks
C9ET | CST 89 OL $8 SI! LSI OLI Orc | Ole -| O8€ | OFE | F6c
C897 | 90h | 98t | CIT | 08 €s I OF 8cl VEC Sian O2S Ler
MS |) OME COS | sitll OS Of Oy) ITI CLI WEG SG I SSG |) Wine
SENG I Ooxe || NG |) III WEE |) EIU L91 SIT VSG | OLT OES, | (OSE 19C
UVAA | ‘“OFd | “AON | “LOO -1aas | ‘oav “aul axat AWW | ‘Udv | ‘YvVW | ‘aga | “NvE

Sassi See icc svuozvUly “SuIjULIeg

i aguaet neat cee een Ta Biv “visiA vog

foseecceeeceeeceeerseeecsnes Ring ‘visi, vog
foseeneeeecneseceessennseeceences Ring “wapPg
seston: svuozeuly “oyjaA 0310g
ws sseeessceeeceececee svuozeuy “sovuryy

a ete ok gree oer niag ‘soynby

“sdo
SUVvdaA

ALITVOOT

“NISVG NOZYWY JHL NI SNOILVIS NIVLYAY JO NOLLVLIIdIOdUd TVANNY ANY ATHLNO[ NVI

140 PROC. ENT. SOC., WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

SUMMARY.

During a general mosquito survey made in the Amazon Basin,
March to June, 1931, fourteen species of Anopheles were found,
namely nimbus Theo., thomasi Shannon (/ewisi Shan.), komp1
Edwards, mattogrossensis Lutz and Neiva (amazonicus Christo-
phers), peryassui Dyar and Knab (celidopus Dyar and Shannon,
alagoani Pery.), mediopunctatus Theo., fluminensis Root, inter-
medius Chagas, shannont Davis, darlingi Root, bachmanni
Petrocchi, ¢arsimaculatus Goeldi, strodei Root, albitarsis L. Arr.

It is shown that the species of anophelini of Brazil, as a whole,
can be grouped according to the general type of region they
inhabit, as (1) upland species, (2) lowland marsh, swamp, and
jungle species, (3) open country, either upland or lowland
species, (4) species breeding in bromeliads in forested country.
This grouping is in harmony with the systematic group classi-
fication of the tribe. All of the species found during the survey
belong to groups (2) and (3), which is largely to be expected
in view of the nature of the Amazon region. Two species,
strodei and albitarsis, however, were found only at the periphery
(fall-line) of the basin, although a variety of the latter, brasil-
iensis, was found at Mandos. The most surprising omission
from the list is argyritarsis, one of the commonest and most
widely distributed of the South American species. One species
belonging to group (1), dz. /ufzii Cruz, and one of group (4),
An. cruzii Dyar and Knab, have been recorded from the region,
both by Lutz in 1904. It is believed that the former may have
a localized distribution in the valley in the vicinity of hilly
sections, where such occur, and that the rarity of the latter
may be due to an insufficient development of the bromeliad
flora of the region.

An. darlingi appears to be by far the most dangerous malaria
vector and was found practically throughout the region, from
Belém (near the mouth of the river) to Peru and also on the
northern border of Bolivia. It appears to be primarily a flood-
water breeding species, and its absence in towns of sufficiently
high elevation to be free of flooding (e. g. Iquitos) may thus be
accounted for. This, in turn, may account for the comparative
lightness of malaria in certain of the Amazonian towns. The
presence of dn. albitarsis along the periphery of the basin may
complicate the malaria problem there.

Lists of captures made at each point are given, likewise a
key of the species found in the region.

List or REFERENCES.

Certain publications, marked with an *, which contain information of unusual
interest regarding malaria in Amazonia, are included, with brief notes dealing
with their contents.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 141

Bennarocy, E. I.
1931. Studies on Malaria in Venezuela. Amer. J. Hyg. 14 (3): 690-693.
Bequaert, J.

1926. In: Strong, et al., Medical Report Hamilton Rice 7th. Exped. to the
Amazon, 1924-1925, Part II, Medical and Economic Entomology,
pp. 202-203.

Boyp, M. F.

1926. Studies of the epidemiology of malaria in the coastal low-lands of

Brazil. Amer. Jl. Hyg. Monographic Series, No. 5 : pp. 102-110.
AG@HAGas, C:

1913. Notas sobre a epidemiologia do Amazonas. Brasil-Medico. 27 (42) :

450-456.
Along the Rio Puriis and Jurua (territory of Acre) there is a
malaria mortality of probably more than 70 per cent. At Sao
Felippe (Rio Jurua) a town of 850-900 inhabitants, more than
400 deaths, due to malaria, occurred in 1911.
“(CHUNGANG, (C-

1923. Some of the principal diseases of Brazil and their Epidemiology. Rio
de Janeiro, 1921 (vide Strong, et al., 1926). Observations on malaria
of the Amazon.

CurisTopHers, S. R.

1924. Provisional list and reference catalogue of the Anophelini. Indian

Medical Research Memoir, No. 3.
Costa Lima, A. DA

1929. Sobre alguns Anophelineos encontrados no Brasil. Inst. Oswaldo

Cruz, Supplementos das Memorias no. 12, pp. 225-293.
Councitman, W. T. & Lambert, R. A.

1918. Medical Report of the Rice Expedition to Brazil. Harvard Univ.
Press, Cambridge, Mass. An extensive account of the physical
conditions of the valley and observations on the malaria of the
region. Statistics indicating high mortality from malaria are of
doubtful accuracy.

ACrarc Nee:

1907. Recollections of an ill-fated expedition. Describes the first attempt to
build the Madeira-Mamoré railroad in 1878 by an American com-
pany, which was abandoned after nine months and the death of
nearly all of the original party, largely from malaria. (See Lovelace.)

Curry, D. P.

1931. Anopheles (An.) neomaculipalpus. A new species of Arribalzagia

from Panama. Amer. J. Hyg. 13 (2) : 643-647.
*pa Marta, A. A.

1916. Geographia e topographia medica de Manaos, Manaos, Typ. da
Libraria Renaud. 92 pages. Public Health conditions of Manaos.
Malaria is the leading cause of death in the city.

Davis, N. C.

1931. A new Anopheline mosquito from Para, Brazil. Amer. J. Hyg. 13

(1) : 345-348.
*Davis, N. C.

1931. A note on the malaria-carrying Anophelines in Belém, Para, etc.
Rivista di Malariologia, Ann. 10 (1) : 1-11. The incrimination of
An. darlingi as a malaria vector.

142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

Davis, N. C.
1933. Notes on some South American mosquitoes. Ann. Ento. Soc. Amer.
26°(2)' 277-295.
Davis, N. C. & Kum, H. H. W.
1932. Further incrimination of Anopheles darlingi as a transmitter of malaria.
Amer. J. Trop. Med. 12 (1) : 93-95.
Duruam, H. E.
1902. Report of the yellow fever expedition to Para. Liverpool School
Trop. Med., Mem. 7.

Dyar. H, G.
1928. The mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Institution of Washington,
Doc;

Epwarps, F. W.
1930. Mosquito Notes IX. Bull. Ent. Res. 21 (3) : 287-306.
Epwarps, F. W.
1932. Diptera. Family Culicidae. Genera Insectorum.
*Freyb, A.
1930. Pathologie D’Amazonie Péruvienne. Revue de Médecine et d’Hy-
giéne Tropicale. 22 (4).

A regional study of malaria and other diseases in eastern Peru
made in connection with Polish colonization in this region. Difter-
entiates to some extent the regions heavily infected from those
where malaria exists more or less sporadically.

Goe tn1, E. A.
1905. Os Mosquitos no Para. Memorias do Museu Goeldi, Para, Brazil.
Kum, H. H. W.
1932. Observations on two malaria vectors and distribution records of
Anopheles in the States of Bahia and Sergipe, Brazil. Ann. Trop.
Med. and Parasit. 26 (1): 1-6.
*LECOINTE, PAUL
1922. L’Amazonie Brésilienne, vols. 1 and 2.

Comprehensive accounts of the natural features and commerce
of the Amazon. Malaria the chief cause of lack of settlements in
the region.

*Love.ace, C.
1912. The etiology of Beri-beri. Jn. Amer. Med. Ass., 59 (24) : 2134-2137.

The Madeira-Mamoré railroad finally completed in April, 1912.
Three previous attemps to build the line unsuccessful owing to the
terrible rates of sickness and death, malaria being one of the chief
diseases.

*Lovetace, C.
1913. The etiology and treatment of haemoglobinuric fever. Arch. Inter.
Med. 11 : 674-684.

Records 514 cases of black water fever admitted to hospital at
Porto Velho, January, 1908, to November, 1912. Malaria parasites
found in 145 out of 327 casts (44 per cent).

Lutz, A.
1904. In Bourroul, Mosq. do Bras. Faculdade de Medicina da Bahia, These

de doutoramento, Bahia, Brazil.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 143

Neva, A. & Penna, B.

1916. Viajem cientifica pela Norte da Bahia, Sudoeste de Pernambuco,
Sul do Piauhi e de Norte a Sul de Goiaz. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz,
8 (3) : 74-224.

Newsreab, R. & Tuomas, H. W.
1910. The Mosquitoes of the Amazon Region, Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit.
4: 141-149.
Peryassu, A. G.
1921. Os Anophelineos do Brasil. Arch. Mus. Nac. do Rio de Janeiro
239-99.
Root. F. M.

1926. Studies on Brazilian Mosquitoes. I. The Anophelines of the Nyssor-

hynchus Group. Am. Jn. Hyg. 6 (5) 684-717.
Root, F. M.

1927. Studies on Brazilian Mosquitoes. IV. Notes on some Brazilian Species

of Anopheles.
Root, F. M.

1929. Medical Entomology. In Hegner, Root, and Augustine; Animal

Parasitology. The Century Co., New York, pp. 463-640.
Root, F. M.

1932. The pleural hairs of American Anopheline larvae. American Jn. Hyg.

15 (3) : 777-784.
SHannon, R. C.

1930. Observations on Anopheles pseudopunctipennis in Peru. Am. Jn. Hyg.

12 (2) 442-448.
SHannon, R. C. & Davis, N. C.

1930. Observations on the Anophelini of Bahia, Brazil. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.
23 (3) : 467-492.

SHannon, R. C., Davis, N. C. & DetPonrte, E.

1927. La distribucion del dn. pseudopunctipennis y su relacién con el palu-
dismoen la Argentina. Rev. Insti. Bact., Buenos Aires, 4 : 679-704.

Stronc, R., SHarruck, G. C., Bequarrt, J. C. & WHEELER. R. E.

1926. Medical Report of the H. Rice 7th Exped. to the Amazon, 1924-1925.
Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass. Extensive accounts of
the Amazon region, its diseases and insect life.

*Souza-ARAUJO.

1923. O Impaludismo, o grande mal da Amazonia (vide Strong, et al).
Regards the depopulation of many regions in Amazonia as largely
due to the great mortality of malaria.

*TuHomas, H. W.

1906. Public Health of Iquitos. The Lancet (London). p. 668.

“We conclude from the data available that the town of Iquitos is
relatively free from malaria and that the majority of the cases
encountered here become infected in the river valleys of the adjacent
region.”

*THomas, H. W.

1910. The sanitary conditions and diseases prevailing in Manaos, North
Brazil, 1905-1909. Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit., 4 : 1-57.

An extended account of the sanitary conditions of Manaos with
notes of historical value.

144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY—ITS FIELD AND FUNCTION.
By F. C. BisHopp.

Our distinguished associate and friend, the late Dr. W. D.
Hunter, in his address as retiring president of this Society in
1915, presented in a most logical way some of the more import-
ant facts and principles relating to medical entomology. It is
my purpose to present the subject in a somewhat different
aspect and to discuss briefly a few of the developments in this
field since 1915. I hope to indicate some of the present-day
trends, and, as my subject suggests, to analyze the field and
point out some of the functions of medical entomology.

It is quite natural that man should have more immediate
and direct interest in those insects which annoy him than in
those which convey disease to him or those that destroy his
crops, stored foods, clothing, habitations, and livestock. Prob-
ably one of the chief concerns of Adam and Eve in the Garden
of Eden was the mosquito rather than the serpent. It is inter-
esting to speculate on the part which insect annoyance had in
stimulating man to develop more adequate body covering than
the apron of fig leaves and in impelling him to migrate to other
regions.

Since man has found a means of recording his doings, the
profound influence which insects have had on him can be
determined, at least in part. The destruction of crops by
insects obviously influenced very greatly the peoples of south-
western Asia. The rdle played by insect-borne diseases is less
apparent in the earlier writings, partly because of the difficulty of
identifying such diseases. There is no doubt, however, that insects
and insect-borne diseases have played an important part in shap-
ing the destinies of nations and the development of civilization.
For example, Sir Ronald Ross, the famed malariologist, has
gathered convincing evidence that Greece, once one of the most
powerful nations on earth, degenerated partly, if not largely, as
a result of the introduction and rather rapid spread of malaria
in that country. The industrial and agricultural development
of southern Italy has been retarded incalculably and the lives
and happiness of the people have been most grievously affected
as a result of the prevalence of malignant malaria. Plague, or
black death, must have left an ineffaceable imprint on the
inhabitants of the countries most frequently stricken. The
ravages of this disease were horrible and their economic effects
far reaching. Hecker has estimated that in Europe, plague
epidemics of the fourteenth century snuffed out the lives of
25,000,000 people, or one-fourth of the population of that
continent.

Yellow fever likewise has figured in the political fortunes
as well as the economics of nations, particularly in the New

PROCSENDT SOC. WASEH., VOL. 35, NO- 7, OCT, 1933 145

World. As pointed out by Bird,’ the fact that Porto Rico is
American and not British, is practically due to an outbreak of
yellow fever. In 1598, when Porto Rico was a Spanish colony,
Lord Cumberland attacked San Juan, the capital, and captured
it. He held it for five months and was planning to make a
British colony of it, when yellow fever broke out among his
troops and he was forced to leave. Haiti may credit its inde-
pendence to an outbreak of yellow fever. The Haitians rose
in arms against the French just as Napoleon was preparing to
use Haiti as a base for the colonization and fortification of
Louisiana. Napoleon sent some of his best troops to subdue
the island, but they were stubbornly resisted. A yellow fever
epidemic broke out and the troops left. This defeat came when
Napoleon was at the height of his glory in Europe. Other
insect-borne diseases, such as dysentery, typhoid, and typhus,
have had a material influence on the outcome of many wars.

It is not my purpose to do more than touch this interesting
historical side of medical entomology. These examples serve to
illustrate the importance of the subject in the past. Nor should
we conclude that these and many other medical entomological
problems are entirely matters of history. They are real, live,
vital problems of to-day. While it is true that scientific knowl-
edge of che nature and cause of these diseases has taken much
of the terror out of them, especially in this country, where a
relatively high plane of living prevails, where an intelligent
people live, and where effective machinery for quarantine and
other means of combating epidemics is set up, the outlook 1s
not so good among the ignorant, superstitious, and often crowded
populations of the Orient and parts of Africa. We must bring
ourselves to a realization of the fact that we no longer enjoy
the protection that isolation once afforded. The hotbeds of
plague, cholera, and sleeping sickness are being brought close
to us by fast sea and air navigation. We are now separated
from them by days rather than months. Time is an important
element in the transfer of disease carriers, whether man or
insects. With the development of our present-day system of
rapid transportation many of the problems of insect-borne
diseases hitherto regarded as more or less localized assume a
sinister international aspect.

A very optimistic attitude prevailed in this country and
elsewhere with reference to yellow fever when, a few years ago,
this disease was wiped out of the United States and epidemics
in tropical America were apparently under control. The
feeling was freely expressed that this terrible scourge was
destined to be banished very promptly from the earth. Recent

‘Bird, Jorge, 1930. The Conquest of Yellow Fever. Bol. Asoc. Med. de
Puerto Rico, 22: 249-256.

146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

events and discoveries show this hope to be entirely too sanguine.
The determination that there exists in West Africa a large
endemic area from which several epidemics have arisen, the
serious epidemic in Brazil in 1928-29, and the recent occurrence
of the disease in the Chaco where Bolivian and Paraguayan
troops are battling, cast a deep shadow over the yellow-fever
situation. These circumstances make more real the danger
that the densely populated Orient, where yellow fever has not
yet occurred but where its mosquito vectors abound, may at
any time be swept by the disease. Only one unrecognized case
entering this region would suffice to set off an epidemic terrible
to contemplate.

The ease with which mosquitoes can be carried thousands
of miles in a few hours in airplanes used regularly in the now
established and rapidly developing intercontinental air service,
as shown by recent work by the United States Public Health
Service, still further deepens this ominous shadow. Moreover,
it has been determined recently that the so-called yellow fever
mosquito, dedes aegypti L., is not, as long supposed, the only
vector of this dread malady, but that no less than 13 species of
Aedes are capable of carrying it. This fact, as you can readily
see, opens up unexpected possibilities. There is also the
disturbing knowledge, recently gained, that in the areas where
yellow fever is endemic in Africa there may occur among natives
many cases so mild as to pass unnoticed, and also that certain
monkeys are susceptible to yellow fever; the difficulties of
eliminating the malady from such areas are therefore greatly
increased. Here in the United States, in the West Indies, and
in other parts of this hemisphere our immune population is
dwindling with the lapse of years since yellow fever was eradi-
cated; reintroduction of the disease would consequently give
opportunity for more complete devastation of our country.

We probably give too little thought to African insect-borne
diseases such as sleeping sickness of man and the deadly nagana
of live-stock. A knowledge of the fact that these and other
trypanosomiases may be carried by no less than eight different
species of tsetse flies (Glossina spp.), and that the wild life of
Africa harbors the trypanosomes without apparent ill effect,
suggests the possibility that wild animals brought into this
country may introduce the disease organisms and that these
may be carried to man or other susceptible hosts here by the
stable fly or some other of our blood-sucking Diptera. For-
tunately the quarantine service of the Bureau of Animal
Industry guards very closely the introduction into this country
of mammals which might be carriers of African trypanosomiasis
and other diseases.

The introduction and spread of the flea-borne bubonic plague
is a constant threat. With our great population of flea-infested

PROC..ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 147

rats and their rather direct contact with other susceptible
rodents we have, except for certain climatic conditions, what
appears to be an ideal set-up for the introduction and spread
of the malady.

This may sound like the preachment of an alarmist. I am
not an alarmist but I am convinced that there is need of awaken-
ing a more general interest in, and consideration of, some of
these dangers. I have confidence in our quarantine agencies.
They have a heavy responsibility and one which is shared or
should be shared with the general public. There are too many
ways of avoiding quarantines and therefore full cooperation of
the public is most essential. Moreover, the importance of
developing effective methods of combating the many insects
which would serve as vectors of these dread diseases, should
they gain entrance into this country, can not be too strongly
emphasized. In this field especially lies the responsibility of
the entomologist.

I have indicated very briefly a few specific problems in the
field of medical entomology. There are many others of very
diverse character. In its broadest application medical ento-
mology might be defined as the science dealing with insects
and related forms which attack vertebrates or which carry
disease organisms affecting them. The arthropods concerned
may be divided into two main categories: (1) Those which affect
vertebrates by their direct attack, contact, or mere presence;
(2) those which play a part in carrying disease organisms of
vertebrates.

In the first category we find an almost unlimited number of
insects involved in a great variety of ways. Certain people
and animals show strong reactions to insects. Fear or revulsion
may be exhibited upon merely seeing certain insects, or by
hearing their buzzing or gnawing. The taste or odor of certain
insects in some instances elicits pronounced reactions such as
nausea. The pain or worry caused by stings may give even
stronger reactions. While perhaps man reacts more strongly
than do the lower animals, the effect on lower animals may be
very pronounced; consider, for instance, the wild excitement
caused among cattle by the oviposition tactics of warble flies,
Hypoderma spp., and among horses by that of the nose botfly,
Gasterophilus haemorrhoidalis LL. Many different nervous
manifestations are caused or intensified by insects. These may
take the form of irritability, various skin sensations, insomnia,
hallucinations, frenzy, and even insanity. We encounter many
interesting instances in man in which it is difficult to differen-
tiate between cases of insect-caused worry and neurosis.

In addition to the pain and discomfort of insect attack there
are to be considered the lesions produced from tissue injury

148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT:, 1933

and the possible introduction of secondary infection. The
forms of mite-produced scabies to which practically all higher
animal life is subject are often serious, resulting as they do in
great discomfort, loss of weight, and even death. Other species
of mites live as endoparasites in various parts of the body,
though their economic significance has not been clearly de-
termined. In the numerous cases of myiasis on record we find
fly larvae producing various types of injury to tissues; and
disturbance to the host may occur even though no direct injury
to tissues is apparent, as in certain types of intestinal myiasis.

There is also the important question of the introduction into
the host, by the attacking insect, of toxins which may produce
purely local symptoms or may cause systemic poisoning. Here
again individual idiosyncrasies play a part, as 1s often observed
in connection with the effects of bites of such insects as mos-
quitoes, sand flies, and fleas, or the stings of ants and bees.
More or less generalized symptoms may result from the stings
of insects, as in the case of the puss caterpillar, which often
causes partial paralysis of parts attacked or even more general
paralytic symptoms. Whether tick paralysis in man and
animals falls in this category or is the result of the introduction
of an organism rather than a toxin is still an unsettled question.
Recent work of Drs. Cahn, Wallace, and Thomas of the Uni-
versity of Illinois upon a serious moose disease in which paralysis
is manifest leads them to believe that it may be identical with
tick paralysis in man and sheep, and that it is caused by a
localized infection of a bacillus which they describe as K/edbstella
paralytica. In cases of tick paralysis the prompt recovery
observed upon removal of the ticks causes many to lean toward
the toxin theory. The toxic effect of insect bites is well illus-
trated by the death of mules and other livestock which not
infrequently results from the attack of swarms of buffalo
gnats (Simuliidae). It is likely that changes in the blood and
perhaps other systemic effects may result from the attack on
animals of large numbers of blood-sucking parasites such as
mosquitoes or ticks. Simple blood loss would hardly account
for the profound effects which are sometimes produced by gross
infestations.

Now let us return to the second general group mentioned
previously, namely, that comprising the forms which carry
disease organisms:

There is a great diversity of habit and systematic relationship
of both the insect vectors and the organisms carried. Bacteria,
fungi, protozoa, helminths, as well as eggs of other disease-
producing insects, are transported by insects.

In the transmission of bacterial diseases, insects function
mainly in purely mechanical ways but these transmissions
are always linked closely with the habits of the insects. Thus

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 149

we find flies mechanically transferring such bacterial diseases
as anthrax, typhoid, and dysentery either from waste products
or from diseased individuals to food or wounds, or inoculating
healthy individuals by mechanical transfer of the organisms
on their beaks as they suck blood. But direct mechanical
transference of bacteria is not the only method by which this
class of diseases is carried, as Parker has proved that Bacterium
tularense, the causative organism of tularemia, is capable of
inherited transmission in certain ticks, 1. e., it passes from one
generation to the next through the egg. It is not unlikely that
other bacterial diseases may be transmitted similarly from one
generation to another.

Protozoan diseases constitute the most important group of
insect-borne maladies and. in many of them the insect is a
necessary intermediate host. A number of them are trans-
mitted through the egg to the next generation, as in splenetic
fever of cattle and Rocky Mountain spotted fever of man.
Since in most of the protozoan diseases the organisms invade
the blood stream, blood-sucking arthropods are most important
as carriers. The protozoa transmitted represent many species
in several families with a most diversified and intricate relation-
ship to the vectors as well as to the higher animal hosts.

A number of so-called virus diseases, such as yellow fever,
fowl pox, and infectious anemia of horses, are carried either
exclusively or to a greater or lesser extent by insects. Recent
work of Dr. R. A. Kelser of the U. S. Army strongly indicates
that encephalomyelitis of horses is transmitted by mosquitoes.

That insects are often infested with larval nematodes and
cestodes was one of the first discoveries tending definitely to
link insects with the carriage of organisms inimical to higher
animals. Entomologists had noted the presence of worms in
insects which they had dissected, and Stein, in 1853, suggested
that these larval worms may be swallowed with their insect host
by some other animal in which the worms complete their
development. Not long after, Leuckart made a series of im-
portant contributions by showing that a roundworm found in
the stomachs of mice passes its earlier stages in the meal worm,
and that those of the double-pored tapeworm, which attacks
dogs and cats and occasionally man, are passed in the body of
the dog louse. In 1878 came Sir Patrick Manson’s far-reaching
discovery of the relation of mosquitoes to filariasis of man.
Since that time our knowledge of the part played by insects
and related forms as hosts and carriers of helminths has greatly
expanded. In his excellent review of this subject Dr. M. C.
Hall? has listed the intermediate hosts of helminths. Some 235

2Hall, M. C., 1929. Arthropods as intermediate hosts of helminths. Smithsn.
Misc. Collect. No. 3024, 77 pp.

150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

species of insects are concerned, representing 14 orders, as
follows: Diptera, 110; Coleoptera, 66; Trichoptera, 11; Odonata,
10; Siphonaptera, 7; Lepidoptera, 7; Ephemerida, 7; Orthop-
tera, 5; Neuroptera, 4: Mallophaga, 2; Isoptera, 2; Anoplura, Bs
Plecoptera, 1; and Dermaptera, Li.

The more important orders, with the number of species of
each serving as hosts for Cestoda, are: Coleoptera, 8; Siphonap-
tera, 7; Lepidoptera, 4; for Trematoda are: Diptera, 11; Tri-
choptera, 11; Odonata, 8; Ephemerida, 5; for Nematoda are:
Diptera, 67; Coleoptera, 39; Orthoptera, 5; see 5; for
Acanthocephala are: Coleoptera, 11; Neuroptera, 2; and Orthop-
tera, 2.

It is not my purpose to enumerate the many diseases, organ-
isms, or insect vectors, but merely to indicate the breadth of
the field.

We are given to basing our evaluation of a field of research
on purely monetary considerations. It is difficult to put a
dollars-and-cents value on a human life and still harder to weigh
human suffering in these terms. No one has attempted to
estimate the losses caused by all of the insects included in this
field of medical entomology. Such estimates are likely to be
far from the fact, and hence misleading, but they may serve
a useful purpose for comparison and stock taking.

The annual loss in the United States due to malaria has been
carefully estimated by Dr. L. O. Howard at $100,000,000.
Dr. W. D. Hunter* accepted this estimate as conservative and
analyzed some of the other losses occasioned by insects as
vectors of disease. He lists the following losses chargeable to
arthropods:

Widlatia ive ash) 227 oss}: eee $100,000,000
Splenetic fever of cattle 2 i Sa 100,000,000
Spalted fever. ee) ol ee 100,000
Meaberculdsise. oct ts te ee 50,000,000
Hyphoid fewerst 7.8 08. | aes 70,000,000
Enteritis andidiarrheas.-2:)- 0 wen 35,000,000
Dy centen ye eset e Me eee, 2,800,000

$357,900,000

Mr. J. A. Hyslop,* in his address as retiring president of
this Society a few years ago, in surveying the losses caused by

‘Hunter, W. D., 1913. American interest in medical entomology. Jour.
Fcon. Ent. 6: 27-39.

‘Hyslop, J. A. 1930. An estimate of the damage by some of the more im-
portant insect pests in the United States. U.S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. E-286,
21 pp. (Mimeographed circular.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 151

insects discussed some of the forms which affect man and
livestock. His estimates place some of these insects in the
forefront as loss producers. He indicates that the annual loss
from the cattle grubs (Hypoderma spp.) amounts to $35,000,000;
from flies on dairy cattle, $60,000,000; from screw worms on
livestock, $4,000,000; and from mosquitoes on man, $38,500,000.
The last figure, as shown by Hyslop’s analysis, includes only
time loss caused by morbidity from malaria and among those
attending the sick. The death loss and general lowered efficiency
from the disease would certainly bring the amount up to
Dr. Howard’s figure of $100,000 000. Other important sources
of loss in connection with mosquitoes, which are not included
in this total, are: Depreciated land values, interference with
farming and other industries, adverse effect on livestock and
wild life, the transmission of filariasis of man and dogs, and
transmission of fowl pox and dengue fever. The losses incident
to a severe epidemic of dengue such as occurred in the South
in 1922 are tremendous. Chandler and Rice estimate the loss in
Texas alone during that epidemic at $1,500,000 plus 3,750,000
lost days of labor or other activity. At the extremely low figure
of $3 per day this would give a $11,250,000 loss in time, or a
total of $12,750,000. The disease was widespread in the South
that year and no doubt three times the above number of cases
occurred, which would make a probable total loss for the South
of $38,250,000. There is also the loss of eficiency of man due
to the widespread annoyance of pest mosquitoes, to say nothing
of the millions of dollars spent annually on control. The item
for screens, which to be sure serve also to protect against flies
and other insects, has been estimated by Dr. Howard at
$10,000,000 annually. These various losses from mosquitoes
would no doubt raise the total for the group to $150,000,000
annually.

Since Dr. Hunter’s figure on Rocky Mountain spotted fever
was arrived at, the disease has spread to many other parts of
the country and the total mortality has increased. Fortunately,
however, protection is afforded by the vaccine recently developed
by the Public Health Service, and this vaccine is being more
widely used each year. Dr. Hunter did not include in his
estimate the lowered land values due to the presence of the
deadly malady in certain localities, nor the rather considerable
expenditures on the prevention of the disease.

Each year there occur in the Rocky Mountain region a con-
siderable number of cases of the so-called Colorado tick fever,
a relatively mild disease of man. Time loss from this little-
known disease is very difficult to figure, but it is considerable.

Endemic typhus, in the United States, which is apparently
carried exclusively by rat fleas and mites, is another important
source of loss. There are thousands of cases of this debilitating

152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

disease in the United States each year. The eye gnats, which
clearly play a part in disseminating pink eye and other more
serious eye diseases, materially affect human efficiency and
property values in many sections of the South and Southwest.
Sand flies are so annoying as to interfere seriously with the
resort and tourist business. The failure of resort hotels in some
localities has been attributed largely to these insects. Chiggers
constitute a troublesome pest over about one-half of the United
States, and deter many from living in infested regions. The
poultry industry is heavily taxed by infestations of lice, mites,
ticks, and sticktight fleas. Some experiments conducted by
the Bureau of Entomology at Dallas, Tex., indicated that a
15.8 percent reduction in egg production was ‘chargeable to lice.
This loss, if applied to the egg production of the country, would
reach a total of approximately $85,000,000 annually.

Biting and sucking lice on livestock clearly cause heavy losses,
but it is most difficult to arrive at definite figures. Studies by
O. G. Babcock of the damage to mohair from louse infestations
indicate that the average annual loss must reach $100,000. The
importance of mange and scabies of livestock is attested by the
years of effort which have been put forth to eradicate these
maladies. Horse botflies are of great importance both as
annoyers of their hosts and as internal parasites. The various
species of pestiferous ticks affecting all classes of livestock and
man also take their toll as parasites.

The ill effects of insects on wild life should not be forgotten.
Game birds and animals and other forms of wild life are a great
asset, and insects and related forms are coming to be considered
as important factors in conservation. For instance, a thorough
study of the bob-white by Stoddard has shown that in Southern
Georgia the fire ant, Solenopsis geminata rufa Jerdon is one of
the chief factors in holding down the numbers of this quail.
O’Roke has recently shown that from 70 to 100 percent of the
domestic and wild ducks in certain areas may be killed by a
Leucocytozoon carried by black flies (Simuliidae). Reference
has already been made to the moose disease, and many other
instances of annoyance or loss chargeable to insects might be
cited.

Perhaps we should take some credit on the other side of the
ledger for the economic savings effected by the therapeutic
use of insects. This does not involve the administration of
concoctions containing macerated bedbugs or scorpions, as
was done in ancient times, and is even now the practice of cer-
tain peoples. I refer to the use of Anopheles mosquitoes in
infecting paretics with malaria in the treatment of paresis.
The malaria treatment of this disease has given favorable results
in many cases and is coming into rather wide use. More
tangible results may be presented in connection with the use of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 153

fly larvae in the treatment of osteomyelitis. We have the names
of 800 hospitals and doctors who have used the maggot treat-
ment for osteomyelitis. Some of these have used the treatment
upon 20 to 80 cases. Assuming that each doctor has had 6 to
7 patients, we have a probable total of 5,000 cases treated by
this method. Most of the cases heal in a few weeks of treatment.
Since many of the patients have been disabled for years, the
rapid healing and the discharge of the patient from the hospital
mean the saving of hospital expenses either to the patient
himself or to the community; and it also means the return of
the adult patients to their occupations. A large percentage of
the cases are discharged in two months after the treatment is
begun, whereas under other methods the hospitalization may
last five months. Three months’ hospitalization saved for
5,000 patients, at $25 per week, gives a total of $1,500,000.
If we assume that one-half of the cases are wage earners, and
these are returned to work three months earlier at $100 per
month, we have a further saving of $750,000, or a total saving
of $2,250,000 as a result of the maggot treatment. This treat-
ment has wider uses which I have not mentioned. There is
also the important element of eliminating human suffering.

The function of medical entomology is to control injurious
and beneficial insects and related forms in such a way as to
prolong life, reduce economic losses, alleviate suffering of both
man and his animal friends, and make life more pleasant.

To what extent may we expect these functions to be realized?
Perhaps this question may best be answered by the reply to
another question, namely: To what extent have these desirable
ends been attained already? We must remember that the more
important phases of medical entomology are developments of
the last 36 years. The fact that 763 papers on medical ento-
mology were abstracted in the Review of Applied Entomology
in 1932 is indicative of the activity in this field at the present
time. During this brief period discoveries of inestimable value
to mankind have followed rapidly one after another. One of
the most noteworthy and encouraging things is the readiness
with which the fundamental discoveries have been accepted by
the people and the rapidity with which they have been applied
to the betterment of conditions the world around. The success
of the battle against yellow fever has been truly remarkable,
the terror of bubonic plague has been largely removed, and
malaria is being forced back along the borders of its normal
occurrence and its intensity reduced in many of the most
malarious regions. Among animals, insect-borne diseases and
insect parasites have yielded to a remarkable degree. The
results secured in combatting East Coast fever, that dreaded
tick-borne scourge of cattle in South Africa, and several other
livestock diseases carried by ticks of that region are a great

154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

credit to the veterinarians and entomologists of that continent.
The eradication of the cattle tick from 88 per cent of the original
728,565 square miles infested in our Southern States is a monu-
mental accomplishment to the credit of the U. S. Bureau of
Animal Industry and cooperating State agencies. You will
all recall other notable results, and I need not attempt an
enumeration of them.

There are almost innumerable problems yet to be solved or
which can be more adequately and effectually met. It may be
worth while to survey briefly the field with the hope of indicating
how science may best function with reference to problems in
medical entomology.

In this field there is an unusual opportunity for productive
cooperative work. Medical men have contributed the major
part of present knowledge on the transmission of disease by
insects, but even at the time of the earlier discoveries the work
of the entomologist served a most useful purpose. Throughout
the planning and execution of the yellow fever-transmission
experiments by the Reed Commission Dr. Howard maintained
contact with Surgeon General Sternberg and with Major Reed
and his associates. Thus his sound advice, as well as his early
work and publications’ on mosquitoes, undoubtedly materially
aided the Reed Commission in fixing the responsibility for the
transmission of yellow fever on Aedes aegypti. The early
biological studies of mosquitoes by Dr. Howard and Dr. J. B.
Smith and their experience in mosquito control pointed the way
to the monumental work of General Gorgas in Cuba and
Panama.

The field of medical entomology demands research workers
well trained in pathology, physiology, bacteriology, proto-
zoology, helminthology, immunology, epidemiology, engineer-
ing, animal husbandry, wild-life conservation, and entomology.
Obviously we can not expect expert knowledge in many of these
lines in any one man. Cooperation of specialists in these lines
would appear to be most necessary. Many excellent and
successful cooperative undertakings could be cited.

From the pathological aspect we are concerned with the
effects of the insect-borne diseases not only on the higher animal
hosts but also on the insects themselves. The lesions caused by
direct attack of insects or by their secretions require more
complete investigation. Some aspects of the larval therapy for
osteomyelitis require expert pathological knowledge, as in

51892, Life history of and remedies against the mosquito. U. S. Dept. Agr.
Div. Ent., Insect Life 4: 329-330; 1900, Notes on the Mosquitoes of the United
States: giving some account of their structure and biology, with remarks on
remedies. U.S. Dept. Agr. Div. Ent. Bul. 25 (N. S.) 70 pp., illus.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 155

determining the precise effects of maggots on the lesions of the
disease and on the patient generally.

Many medical entomological problems require a knowledge
of physiology. Questions with reference to the physiology of
man or the higher animals are sometimes of importance in this
connection but there 1s an even larger and more important field
in the study of the physiology of the insects involved. Alto-
gether too little is known of their tropisms, the functions of
their secretions and excretions, their senses, their reactions to
all sorts of stimuli, and the factors involved in host choice.
Such fundamental physiological information is of the utmost
value in insect control.

Naturally the fields of bacteriology and protozoology must
be entered to a large extent in studies of insect-borne diseases.
There are the questions relating to the development of the
disease organisms in the higher animal hosts and in the insect
vector, their longevity, their hosts, and other ecological factors
concerning these organisms, the answers to all of which are
most necessary.

Medical entomology presents some interesting problems
in immunology. Of outstanding importance is the production
of immunizing sera and vaccines which, as in the case of Rocky
Mountain spotted fever vaccine, may be made from the arthro-
pod vector. The subject of immunity to metazoan parasites
is relatively new and little understood. The fact that varying
degrees of immunity or nonsusceptibility to insect attack
exist among higher animals, has long been recognized, but the
phenomenon has been little investigated. It is likely that this
field. offers some opportunity for protection of livestock or man.
The recent work of Enderlein® in Germany seems to indicate
that the injection into livestock of an extract of the bodies or
heads of buffalo gnats may prevent the usual death losses from
outbreaks of these gnats occurring later in the season. The
possibility of desensitizing individuals who are hypersuscep-
tible to insect attack, such as bee stings, mosquito bites, sand
fly bites, or chigger attack, is an interesting field for investiga-
tion and one which apparently has practical application.

The relationship of insects to helminths naturally extends
the reach of medical entomology into helminthology. The
extent to which insects are concerned in worm transmission
and as obligatory hosts of worms, as well as the effects of the
worms on the insects, is a broad and important field. The
control of the helminths may be effected by the control of the
insect hosts or in other cases the helminths may be a factor in
insect control.

61931. Enderlein,G. Zur Beurteilung und Bekaimpfung der Kriebelmticken-
Schaden des Leinegebietes. Arch. Wiss. u. Prakt. Tierheilk. 63: 475-528, illus.

156 PROC: ENT. SOC. WASH., VOLd). NO. 7, OCT. 19335

Medical entomology has a place in the rather heterogeneous
science of epidemiology, because of the fact that arthropods
play an important part in the spread of some of the most
dangerous epidemic diseases. The suspicion that insects may
carry other diseases the means of spread of which is as yet
unknown brings entomology strongly into the picture. An
intimate knowledge of the distribution of suspected insects,
their seasonal abundance, host relationships, and other biological
factors is of much value in epidemiological studies of such
diseases. These factors often either incriminate or vindicate
an insect species. It is recognized of course that purely circum-
stantial evidence is not sufficient to convict. Only the most
careful and extensive transmission experiments can do that.

Engineering fulfills an important function in medical ento-
mology in connection with sewage and other waste disposal and
drainage operations, and in other fields where disease organisms
are harbored or insects propagate.

Chemistry serves medical entomology in innumerable ways
and statistics are a valuable aid.

Quarantine agencies are concerned with medical entomology
from the standpoint of the movement of the disease organisms
in the higher animal host and of that of the arthropod vector.
They are also concerned as to the spread of insect species likely
to play a part as pests of man or animals or to become vectors
of some disease already established.

Agriculture and animal husbandry are concerned with medical
entomology because insects are a serious handicap to animal
production, human efficiency, and the conduct of farm opera-
tions. The question of farm management is concerned in such
matters as the disposal of manure, straw, and wastes, farm-
building design and construction, drainage, etc.

As there are many cases in which wild life may serve as
intermediate hosts of diseases or the arthropod vectors of such
diseases, a knowledge of the biology, habits, and distribution of
wild life is of distinct value. In fact, it may be most necessary.
This leads us into the field of animal ecology and economic
zoology in its restricted sense.

Entomology itself has several important functions to perform
with reference to this field of insects and disease. Of funda-
mental importance is insect taxonomy. This work as it relates
to medical entomology is not different from the like service
rendered to agricultural entomology. Medical entomology is
concerned with taxonomic questions in practically all orders,
but especially with certain families of flies, the fleas, the sucking
lice, the biting lice, the ticks, and some groups of mites. There
is no need of stressing before an entomological audience the
value to the field or laboratory worker of early and accurate
determinations of insects and of information on the relationships

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 ily)

of insect forms which not infrequently indicates their probable
biologies, habits, and even distribution.

An intimate knowledge of the biologies not only of known
disease vectors but also of those forms which are potential
disease carriers 1s necessary in the furtherance of our knowledge
of medical entomology. Such biological information is needed
as a foundation for insect control, as has been so often pointed
out. Furthermore, it is necessary in the conduct of disease-
transmission experiments with insects.

Where insects themselves are the cause of disease, their
control solves the disease problem, as in the case of myiasis-
producing flies, urticating caterpillars, and other so-called
pest forms. In instances in which insects are carriers of disease
organisms, the attack has been directed against the disease
in the human or animal host, or against the insect vector, or a
combination of the two. Probably the latter method has most
merit. Treatment of the disease in the man or animal and
control of diseased individuals is likely to give disappointing
results if the control of the vector is neglected. Dr. C. C. Bass,
one of our leading authorities on malaria, who at one time held
that quininization of the human malaria carriers would eliminate
malaria, seems to have concluded that Anopheles mosquito
control is also a requisite. Dr. H. R. Carter wrote a few years
ago with reference to yellow fever: ““Yet Gorgas now believes,
and I think all who participated in the work here concur with
him unreservedly, that his success in Havana and on the Isthmus
was due to the war waged against the Stegomyia directly, by the
destruction of their breeding places, undertaken as an adjuvant
to the isolation of the sick, rather than to that isolation itself;
to the control of the insect rather than of the human host.”

The logic of attacking the insect vector of a disease is un-
assailable. In this field, as well as in the biological one, the
medical entomologist should have a dominant place.

It is obvious that if the workers in the field of medical ento-
mology are to meet the issues most effectively, close cooperation
of a number of groups of scientists and others is necessary.
Certain duties and responsibilities rest on each. The line of
demarcation between the various fields which contribute to
medical entomology in its broadest aspects is by no means well
defined.

As entomologists we might do well to ask ourselves how we
are functioning with reference to this important field. Are
our facilities for training men and our laboratory and field
personnel and equipment adequate to meet its demands?

A surprisingly small percentage of the funds appropriated for
entomological work are devoted to medical entomology. As an
example the appropriations of the Bureau of Entomology may
be cited. Of the total appropriations of $2,526,700 for the

158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

fiscal year 1933 to the Bureau of Entomology, approximately
$169,000, or 6.7 percent, goes to research, taxonomy, and
extension work in the field of medical entomology.

The most recent compilation of State experiment station
projects is that made by the Office of Experiment Stations for
the fiscal year 1930. This list shows that for that year there
were 528 entomological projects under way or set up at the
various experiment stations. Only 23 of these projects, or
4.3 percent of the whole, were in the field of medical entomology.

Among the 931 extension projects undertaken in the various
experiment stations in recent years, 77, or about 8.3 percent,
relate to the insect problems under discussion.

Among the medical schools of this country are to be found
a few, such as Harvard and Johns Hopkins, which are giving
good training in medical entomology. In many of the uni-
versities and experiment stations brief courses in medical
entomology are given and a few institutions, such as Minnesota
and Cornell, give very satisfactory training.

Replies to questionnaires sent out to representative State uni-
versities and experiment stations indicate that somewhat less
than 5 percent of the time of the entomological stafts of these in-
stitutions is devoted to research, service, and extension work in
medical entomology and less than 4.5 percent of the time of
the entomological staffs is occupied in teaching this subject.
Less than 5 percent of the experiment station bulletins and
circulars are concerned with this field.

Considering the economic losses in the realm of medical
entomology and bearing in mind the expenditures in this field
by non-entomological agencies, it is very apparent that the
subject is not receiving the attention it merits. It would also
appear that the opportunities for training students for this
work should be increased.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933 159

NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY AND MOLTING PROCESS OF
SARCOPHAGA SECURIFERA VILLENEUVE.

By Carro.i N. Smiru,
Scientific Aide, Division of Insects Affecting Man and Animals,
U.S. Bureau of Entomology.

The mature larva and puparium of Sarcophaga securifera
Villeneuve are described by Greene (2), and Hall (3) mentions
briefly some observations made by H. E. Ewing. Root (4)
states that the number of lobes of the anterior spiracle ranges
from 10 to 13 with an average of 11.4. Baranoff and Jezic (/)
report finding the larvae of this species in wounds of domestic
animals already occupied by Wahlfahrtia magnifica Shin.
Identifications of the material used in the work here reported
were made by J. M. Aldrich of the U. S. National Museum.

On July 19, 1932, a gravid female was collected from an office
window in Washington, D. C., ‘from which numerous larvae
were obtained by pressing the abdomen. These were reared
on ground lean beef. The larvae were not counted as they were
pressed out, but 95 reached maturity and pupated and 91
flies emerged from this one lot. These mated and readily
larviposited on fresh beef, making it possible to maintain a
permanent stock.

Adults were kept in large cloth-covered cages and given
sugar, water, and meat. When meat was omitted, no larvae
were developed. After several generations the number of
larvae produced began to decline, a condition which was
remedied by adding a honey-egg-yeast mixture to the diet of
the adults. In most cases the larvae were fully developed but
still enclosed in the transparent, membranous eggshell when
deposited. In a few minutes the membrane was broken and
the larvae crawled out. When light pressure was exerted on
the abdomen of a gravid female, the first larvae extruded were
not enclosed in this shell, but free and already active. Continued
pressure caused these to be followed by others still in the shell,
as has also been observed by Ewing (3). Although females
were frequently watched as they fed on meat, the act of deposi-
tion was observed on two occasions only. In each instance
about 15 larvae were deposited, all enclosed in the shells.
Whenever meat was removed from the cage there could usually
be found a few larvae still in the shells and many of the collapsed,
empty membranes. Frequently eggs were deposited in which
the embryos had not become visible, the membrane being filled
with a thick, white liquid. Very often these eggs did not hatch,
but in at least one instance they did. About 30 such eggs were
deposited between 12:30 and 1:00 a. M., January 19, 1933, and
immediately placed in an incubator at 80° F. By 9:00 a. Mm.
the same day all had hatched.

160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

Larvae were reared in a ventilated cabinet which was kept
at a constant temperature of 80° F. with the relative humidity
variable, but usually ranging from 40 to 50 per cent. Uncovered
half-pint paper cups, each containing 100 larvae and fresh
beef, were placed on sand in half-gallon waxed cardboard
containers covered with cheesecloth. When the larvae were
mature they migrated from the beef and buried themselves in
the sand to pupate. About 13 hours after deposition, having
been kept on beef during the entire time, the larvae began to
molt to the second stage. By 16 hours after deposition practi-
cally all had molted, although occasional individuals were found
in the first stage as late as 29 hours after deposition. The process
of molting of the first-instar larvae was observed on several
occasions.

The first change noted as the larvae approach the molt is the
appearance of the new lateral hooks directly above the old ones.
As early as 8 hours after deposition, 5 hours before the molt,
small brown points appear which gradually become darker and
longer, until a base is acquired and the entire hook is formed.
Just before the molt the new pharyngeal skeleton becomes
visible although it is still pale brown (fig. 1). New spiracular
plates characteristic of the next instar are formed anterior to
those already functioning.

In the instances in which the actual molt was observed, the
larva bent the anterior segments ventrally and caught the
lateral hooks firmly in the old integument on the ventral
surface of the second or third segment. It then twisted and
pulled, apparently trying to straighten out. After several
efforts the head came up, while the hooks, still caught in the
skin, pulled out the old pharyngeal skeleton. The skeleton
and hooks were thus left hanging to the ventral surface of the
exuvium. The larva now crawled away, the friction against
the meat pulling the old skin off toward the posterior end.
When larvae were removed from the meat and placed on dry
smooth glass after the skeleton had been molted, they were
unable to shed the skin. On account of the transparency of the
skin, the progress of the molt could be followed only by observ-
ing the cast pharyngeal skeleton, which remained hooked to the
skin and moved back with it. The last point of attachment of
the old skin was at the posterior spiracular plates. When these

PROC SENT. SOCS WASH: \ViOl. od, NO, OC. 1983 161

were pulled loose the lining of the main tracheal trunks was
observed to be drawn out attached to them.

The average weight of first-instar larvae just before molting
is 2.5 mgm. each. The length at hatching is 2 mm., the width
0.5 mm.; the length at molting is 5 mm., the width 1 mm.
The buccopharyngeal apparatus of the first stage is shown in
fig. 2. The length of the dorsal cornua is 0.37 mm.; the distance
from its posterior extremity to the tip of the hook is 0.62 mm.
The larva is metapneustic, each of the posterior spiracles with
two slits, connected ventrally (fig. 3). The distance between
the two plates is about equal to the width of one.

The second molt occurred as early as 23 hours after deposition
and as late as 46 hours. Before this molt, as in the previous
one, the new lateral hooks can be seen forming above the old
ones, and the spiracular plates of the third instar behind those
of the second. The actual process of the second molt has also
been observed and found to be similar to that of the first. The
average weight of second-instar larvae at the time of molting
is 20 mgm., single individuals weighing 19 to 22 mgm. The
length of second-instar larvae after the first molt is about 5 mm.,
the width 1 mm.; just before the second molt the length 1s
about 9 mm., the width 2mm. The dorsal cornua of the pharyn-
geal skeleton (fig. 4) is 0.55 mm. long; the distance from its
posterior tip to the tip of the mouth hooks is 0.82 mm. The
second-instar larva is also metapneustic. The anterior spiracles
are present under the skin but are not functional. Each pos-
terior spiracle (fig. 5) has two slits. The distance between the
two plates is slightly less than one-half the width of one plate.

162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

Records of migration were made on 1,435 individuals, of which
585 migrated on the 5th day after deposition, 838 on the 6th
day, and 12 later than the 6th day. At the time of migration
the larvae become somewhat flattened ventrally and the skin
whiter and more opaque. If insufficient meat was provided
migration occured earlier and the migrating larvae or prepupae
were smaller than normal. When more than sufficient meat
was provided a fairly wide range in the weight of the prepupae
was noted. The minimum occurred in one lot of 31 individuals
which averaged 179 mgm. each, live weight, while the maximum
was obtained in a lot of 68 which averaged 235 mgm. each.
One lot of 87 individuals reaerd on ground beef heart averaged
251 mgm. The average live weight for 1,549 specimens was
214 mgm. The length of third-instar larvae ranges from 9
mm. after the second molt to 21 mm. at maturity. This instar
has been described by Greene’ (2). The length of the dorsal
cornua of the pharyngeal skeleton (fig. 6) is 1 mm.; the distance
from its posterior extremity to the tip of the mouth hooks is
1.32 mm. The larva is amphipneustic, the posterior spiracles
with three slits (fig. 7), the two plates separated by slightly
more than one-half the width of one plate. The anterior
spiracles are shown in fig. 8.

1Qwing to a typographical error the number of body segments was given as
10 instead of 11 as the author intended.

163

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

144

*S}OT] 94} Ul S[BNPIAIpuUt 9} [[v Ul peUulWsaj9p JOU XIG,y
*peulquioyd S2IXaS oyeorpul sosoyjueird ul SIOqUINAY ,.

I Zils 1 ‘Clel OS ae Cale setae op

I [a | ST ks | ee Gees (ine ao op

8 9 CA op

Sai Sis 4 (G3) irl apie eae op

I Te 188) Bese ancy (GD ie esa cece op

(6 Le | Con OU (SG) |e os eee op

ana MNS 6G, SK! GAC ao x op
Lis <71 (ES) aah capa b “924

c OaaGe Gee Sol” | Sates Se ee Ta 0 | ie OS ce coca na op

I CA EE TAUPE. ABA WROMCP eS | Me | ese | Aine Bere calf me eg eee anes op

I PREG Es aGt aoe Oe |e eee me | tule Se ele ee alleen area a op

e Ca Ge PSS LGR ee (SY) GRR 7 igs cana even op

I CG SES 0) Sesoe tees a (F) Ga) Saline ernie pene op
I [Cy COM mre S| earl be al B ne) Se UG ele eae cadliaet sien ae | |e eee gz curt

CcCé6l

fo) fe) Il ie 2 || Go ©! 6 © | 6 216 e re)

€T GG 17 OT 61 gI LI ee

“NOILISOdYG UALAV SAVAG

‘saxas Jo uolsiodosd pur ‘s}[npe jo aduassaula 0} avAIv] Jo UOIIsodap Wo1y polled

“pia fisnsas vsvydorg— | ATA,

164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 7, OCT., 1933

Pupation occurred from the 6th to the 12th day after deposi-
tion. Out of 982 individuals, 93 pupated on the 6th day,
564 on the 7th, 269 on the 8th, 36 on the 9th, 12 on the 10th,
5 on the 11th, and 3 on the 12th. The average weight of 1,622
normal pupae was 158 mgm. each. One individual weighed
206 mgm., and one lot of 88 averaged 187 mgm. The smallest
pupae from larvae given more than sufficient food were in one
lot of 58 averaging 133 mgm. each. The pupa has been de-
scribed by Greene (2).

The pupal period was 10 days in 22 individuals, 11 days in
232 individuals, 12 days in 54 individuals, and 13 days in 1
individual, when kept at 80° F. the entire time.

The total length of the immature stages from deposition of
larvae to emergence of adults is shown in table 1. The lots
deposited January 26 were kept at 80° F. during the larval
period and at room temperature (heated) during the pupal
period. The lots deposited February 4 were kept at 80° F.
during the entire time.

Oviposition began 8 or 9 days after emergence when the flies
were kept at 80° F. with meat present from the first. At room
temperature oviposition did not begin until 12 to 14 days after
emergence. The flies began to die within a few days after
emergence, and the greatest longevity was about a month when
the flies were kept at 80° F.

REFERENCES.

(1) Baranoff and Jezic, N.J., 1928. Fliegenmaden als Wundschmarotzer bei den
Haustieren in Sudserbien. Z. Parasitenk. 1, pt. 3: 416-422.

(2) Greene, C. T., 1925. The Puparia and Larvae of Sarcophagid Flies. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus. 66, art. 29: 1-26.

(3) Hall, D. G., 1932. Biology of Sarothromyia femoralis var. simplex Ald.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 25: 641-647.

(4) Root, F. M., 1923. Notes on Larval Characters in the Genus Sarcophaga.
Jour. Parasit: 9: 227-229.

MINUTES OF THE SPECIAL MEETING OF THE WASHINGTON
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, JUNE 15, 1933.

A special meeting of the Washington Entomological Society was held at
8 p.m., Thursday, June 15, 1933, on the campus of the University of Maryland,
College Park, Md., under the auspices of the University Department of Ento-
mology, following a basket picnic for members and their families which was held
between 6 and 8 p.m. Mr. C. T. Greene, President, presided. There were
present about 70 members and visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting
were read and approved. There was no preliminary business.

The program consisted of a three-reel motion picture entitled “Parasites of
the European Corn Borer,” shown by Dr. W. H. Larrimer, which showed many
details of life cycles, and artificial rearing methods for several species of parasites.

The President voiced the thanks of the society to Doctor Cory and members
of his department for so pleasantly entertaining the society.

Meeting adjourned at 9 Pp. M. F. M. Wap ey,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, November 2, 1933.

VOL. 35 NOVEMBER, 1933 No. 8

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

2. rate so oi: 77 -ONM Wait
y, “SS

= ry wh Zo
CONTENTS ONAL muse
MOORICHM PahiA——NOUPS (ONPDIPRERASNO) Ol 2... . «see ee =a UGS

ALDRICH, J. M.—TWO REARED SPECIES OF TACHINIDAE FROM SOUTH
NMI “eA MP Rese pete Bare oe 28 oy hae be 2 ee ee aoe 2 (570)

BLAKE, DORIS H.—TWO NEW SPECIES OF SYSTENA, WITH NOTES ON SEXUAL
DEIRHERENCES MINGCOLORAMIONS 54 2 Ams wach G cles eck eS ps omits ve OO)

EMMART, EMILY WALCOTT—THE EGGS OF FOUR SPECIES OF FRUIT FLIES

OF THE GENUS ANASTREPHA Tne Bl EE POE, le ike he egg lee Se
POOS, F. W.—FOUR NEW SPECIES OF EMPOASCA (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLI-
BUN)): <4. SURES ia teens a ag ta ee) Gea e,: Smee mee acces nen a Z|

PusiisHeD Montuiy Except Jury, August AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members _are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Honorary Presidents ek-\ 0? S) pc) s Mol ee oes tae ee L: O. HOWARD
President @haewe ss oleae hs te bo ee ee C. T. GREENE
FarstiVicesPresideni= Uff i ieee no + <5 ee ee eee J. S. WADE
Second Vice-President’. 2 2 sw Ss BY ROR
RREGORIEAEVSCET CHINN! Mad cs’: EUR Peek clat ica o ey ieee F. M. WADLEY
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . . 1... ....4.. S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Editor Sis sank Bs erie Ee eee. Sree ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FRacker,
H. E. Ewrne.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
ScHEMEES * 6 S07, Os DE A ey ee tet H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEp1NGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

MOL. 35 NOVEMBER, 1933 No. 8

NOTES ON DIPTERA. NO. 6.

By J. M. Atpricn, U. S. National Museum.

The Genus Pedicella or Macrosargus (Stratiomyiidae).—
Bigot established the genus Pedice/la in Annales Soc. ent.
France, 1856, pp. 63 and 85, without species, and with a query
each time. The slenderness of the abdomen was the only
character. In Annales, 1879, p. 187, he proposes to substitute
the new generic name Macrosargus for Pedicella, and places
under the new name the following species: Sargus tenebrifer
Walker, Sargus natalensis Macquart, and Scaeva stamineus
Fabricius, from China, S. Africa, and Mexico, respectively.
He also adds with a query two other species.

Brauer, in Zweifliigler des Kais. Mus. Wien (Denkschr. Kais.
Akad. Wiss., xliv), pt. 2, 1882, p. 88, designates Macrosargus
tenuiventris Bigot as type of Macrosargus. This is a species
which Bigot described among the other new ones much farther
along in his 1879 paper (p. 225), but it was not mentioned in
the preceding paragraph where he proposed the generic name.
In my opinion, supported by high authority in nomenclature,
Brauer’s designation is not valid, the species not being among
those originally included. I therefore designate Sargus tene-
brifer Walker as type of Macrosargus. This Chinese species is
easily recognizable and well represented in the U. S. National
Museum collection. It belongs to the genus Precticus, erected
in 1855, which therefore takes priority over both Pedicella and
Macrosargus. This does away with much confusion as to the
recognition of the very unsatisfactorily defined genus Pedicella.
Our species of Sargus will go in Geosargus Bezzi, Wien. Ent.
Ztg., xxvi, 1907, p. 53, proposed to replace Sargus preoccupied,
and taking the same genotype, Musca cuprarius Linnaeus.

Change of name for Parasetigena segregata of authors.—
Brauer and Bergenstamm proposed Parasetigena (Zweif. Kais.
Mus., pt. 5, 1891, p. 339; pt. 6, 1893, p. 120) for Chaetogena
segregata Rondani (Prod. Dipt. Ital., vol. 3, 1859, p. 7). Mik.

1No. 5 of the present series was published in these Proceedings, vol. 33, 1931,
pp. 116-121.

166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

(Wien. Ent. Ztg., vol. 11, 1892, p. 117) stated that Parasetigena
is antedated by Duponchelia Robineau-Desvoidy (Dipt. Env.
Paris, vol. 1, 1863, p. 531, type species sz/vestris, new), but that
the species segregata Rondani is prior to Robineau-Desvoidy’s
specific name in the genus. Bezzi in the Palaearctic Catalogue,
vol. 3, did not accept Duponchelia, as he showed that it was twice
preoccupied. Wainwright (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1928, p.
195) states that Brauer and Bergenstamm’s segrega/a is not the
same as Rondani’s, but is Duponchelia silvestris Robineau-
Desvoidy 1863, hence the name si/vestris takes priority over it;
the true segregata Rondani he does not know. Villeneuve
(Bull. et Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., vol. 59, 1929, p. 105) accepts
Wainwright’s disposition of the species.

Since Duponchelia is preoccupied, Parasetigena remains valid
if sufficiently distinct from Phorocera. Aldrich and Webber
(Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 63, art. 17, 1924, p. 44), regarded
it as a subgenus of Phorocera. Wainwright (op. cit., p. 161)
says that Phorocera has discal abdominal bristles and 3 post-
sutural dorsocentrals, while Parasetigena has no discals and 4
dorsocentrals. European specimens of segregata (B. B.’s sense)
in the U. S. National Museum, determined by Villeneuve and
Coquillett, show bristly discal hairs sometimes approaching
the size of bristles. I still think that Parasetigena is no more
than a subgenus, hence would call the species Phorocera (Para-
setigena) silvestris R. D., or for short simply Phorocera silvestris

Pachychaeta jarowchewskyi Portschinsky.

This species was listed by Brauer and Bergenstamm (Zweif.
Kais. Mus., v. 1891, p. 403) as from “Russ. Amer.,” which
naturally appears to mean Alaska. But this was a slip of the
pen for “Russ. mer.,” or southern Russia. I noted the species
as occurring in Alaska in my Catalogue, 1905, p. 421, but at
the time could find no reference to the original description. It
was published in Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., xvi, 1881, p. 278, where
the locality is given as “Ross. merid.” It may therefore be
dropped from the American list.

The Status of Oedemagena terrae-novae Knab.—This species
was described by Knab in Proceedings of the Biological Society
of Washington, vol. 26, 1914, p. 155. It was based on four females,
three, including type, being from Stephenville Bay, St. George,
Newfoundland, and one from Deel Lake, Newfoundland, the
last bred from the caribou of Newfoundland, Rangifer terraenovae
(A. Hassall). Knab erroneously states that the first series
consists of two specimens, but there are three in the U. S.
National Museum, all labeled alike.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 167

The principal character of the species is the uniformly yellow
coloration of the abdominal pile, that of tarandi being red on
the two intermediate segments. Minute differences were
alleged in the shape of the eye, width and convexity of frons,
and length of abdominal pile. Knab, however, was somewhat
doubtful of the distinctness of his form.

In quite recent years a long series of tarandi from reindeer
in Alaska has been deposited by the Biological Survey in the
U. S. National Museum, some 150 specimens in all. While the
pile of the intermediate abdominal segments is quite generally
red, a few vary in having it more yellow. In three specimens it
is entirely yellow, and in several others the red tinge is slight,
bridging over the difference completely. The other characters
when carefully compared with this series are imperceptible—
Knab admitted that they were very slight.

I therefore conclude that ¢errae-novae is a synonym of tarandi,
although the fact that all the Newfoundland specimens so far
known (four) have the yellow abdominal pile may possibly give
it the status of a color form for that region.

New Name for COLLINELLULA Aldrich.

In August, 1928, the International Entomological Congress
met at Ithaca, New York, under the auspices of Cornell Uni-
versity, with a large attendance, including many from abroad.
The management arranged a picnic at Taughannock Falls for
August 19, which was an immense affair with about 500 in
attendance and admirably carried out. On this occasion Mr.
J. E. Collin, of Newmarket, England, captured .a good series
of a remarkable new genus and species of Dolichopodidae, which
he left with me for description. After some delay I published
this as Collinellula magistri, new genus and species, in Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 81, art. 9, 1932, p.4. IT intended to signal-
ize Mr. Collin’s ability as a collector by both the generic and
specific names. But just as I was correcting the page proofs
I had a letter from Dr. G. Enderlein, of Berlin, with a sketch
of the wing of the male of the same species; he asked its name,
remarking that it must be a well-known species, as he had ob-
tained a series at Taughannock Falls on the day of the picnic.
I could only add a footnote giving Dr. Enderlein a share in the
achievement, which was all the more remarkable since two
Furopeans had collected the species within a few miles of
Cornell University and in the same State with Mr. Van Duzee,
whose intensive work on the family is well known.

Unfortunately I overlooked the fact that Duda had proposed
the same generic name, Co//ine/lula, for a subgenus of Borboridae,
in Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 1926 A, p. 48; this was to replace
Collinella in the same family, a preoccupied name.

168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

I now propose ENLINIA, new name, for Co/linellula Aldrich,
in honor of both collectors, and regret that it is too late to change
the specific name to the genitive plural.

The Status of Dimorphomyia calliphoroides Bigot.—This
was described by Bigot in Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1885, p.
clxxiii, from Mexico. The describer mentioned that the head
appeared to be syrphid in structure, while the wing was muscid.
Brauer later examined the type and reported on it in Sitzungsber.
Kais. Akad. Wien, cvii, 1898, p. 506. He stated that he could
see glue between the head and body, proving that the specimen
was composite, or an artifact. This raised a question as to the
proper disposal of the name. In my 1905 Catalogue I mentioned
it in a note only.

Later I examined the type myself, in the Collin collection.
The head is easily recognizable as the common Mexican /Ase-
mosyrphus mexicanus, in which the ocelli are very far apart,
an unusual character. The body is that of a small Calliphora,
but is a female and unrecognizable without its proper head.

The case is analogous with those in which a type series con-
tains more than one species, and a later reviser is obliged to
designate which is to be the true type. I therefore designate
the head as the type of Dimorphomyia calliphoroides; this makes
the genus Dimorphyomyia a synonym of Asemosyrphus Bigot
(genotype Asemosyrphus oculiferus Bigot, hereby designated,
equals Helophilus mexicanus Macquart), and the species
calliphoroides a synonym of mexicanus Macquart.

The Status of the Genus Spallanzania Robineau-Desvoidy.—
This genus was proposed by Robineau-Desvoidy in Myodaires,
1830, p. 78, with two species, picea and gallica, both new.
Coquillett designated gallica as genotype (Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 37, 1910, p. 606). Both species were in Robineau’s
own collection.

Robineau, in Annales Soc. ent. France (II), 9, 1851, p. 317,
gives a new definition of the genus and includes Tachina hebes
Fallen with ga/lica as a synonym; this is repeated in his post-
humous Dipteres des Environs de Paris, 1, 1863, p. 749. He
places picea in Reaumuria, 1851, p. 314, but in Env., 1863,
p. 747, he again places it in Spallanzania, mentioning that the
species is in Bigot’s collection.

The immediate problem is to ascertain whether ga/lica, the
genotype, is really a synonym of hebes. If so, Cnephalia is a
synonym of Spallanzania; if not, the identity of gallica is obscure
and the genus unidentified and probably unidentifiable.

Turning to Robineau’s descriptions of Spallanzania, his
first one reads (translation): “Characters of Rhedia and Reau-
muria: antennae situated in a little deeper groove, second joint

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 169

longer than in Rhedia and shorter than in Reaumuria; second
joint of arista <traight. Facial ridges not ciliate. Color black.”
Now Khedia and Reaumuria are generally accepted as synonyms
of Gonia, Robineau having placed the males of his species in
Rhedia, with long third antennal joint, and his females in
Reaumuria, the third joint being shorter and the second cor-
respondingly lengthened. These characters in this group have
slight importance. The main character then is the presence
of a deeper antennal groove in Spallanzania. This certainly
does not occur in hedes, where the groove is very shallow in the
female, and in the male is less deep than in Gonia.
His second description reads (translation) :

“Antennae shorter, hardly reaching epistoma; second aristal segment short,
straight, not semiarcuate. Bare on the face, the parafacials (optica) without
cilia; those of the facial ridges of moderate size, ascending to the middle of
the face.”

While this description of the antennae fits hebes better than
Gonia, on account of the shorter penultimate segment of the
arista, there is an absolute disagreement regarding the para-
facials (optica of Robineau) since in hebes the presence of numer-
ous bristly and conspicuous hairs on the parafacials is one of
the principal characters.

My conclusion is that Robineau did not have the true Aedes.
It may be granted that he did have his own ga/lica before him,
although I am not certain even of this much. The types of
both original species of Spa/lanzania are lost, and the identifi-
cation of the genus must rest upon that of the genotype gallica.
It is practically an unknown genus, but Aedes does not belong
to it, in my opinion.

This outcome is in harmony with European usage, since the
genus Cuephalia (Rondani, Dipt. Ital. Prod., 1, 1856, p. 62,
type des., ““Gonia hebes Mg.”) has been generally accepted
there and is the next later generic name. Schiner, Austriaca,
1, 1862, p. 445, states that Rondani’s Aedes is really Tachina
bucephala Meigen, as Rondani sent him a specimen. This
error of Rondani is trivial, since Stein (Archiv f. Naturges-
chichte, 91, 1924, p. 120), with the apparent approval of Dr.
Villeneuve, makes éucephala a variety or perhaps a mere color
from of hebes.

The American nomenclature has been different since Coquil-
lett, in his Revision of 1897, p. 134, accepted Spallanzania,
including Acroglossa hesperidarum Williston, hebes Fallen (as
North American), and antennalis, new.

Without following the accumulated American literature in
detail, I will merely offer the opinion that Aebes does occur in
this country (on the basis of comparison with eight European

170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

specimens); that pansa Snow (Kans. Univ. Quart., III, 1895,
p. 182) is a varietal form of it; that antennalis belongs to a
distinct genus (Chaetocrania Townsend, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,
28, 1915, p. 23); and that Acroglossa is a valid genus for hes-
peridarum Williston.

TWO REARED SPECIES OF TACHINIDAE FROM
SOUTH AMERICA.

By J. M. Atpricu, U. 8S. National Museum.

Specimens of two species of Tachinidae, reared in Brazil and
British Guiana by J. G. Myers, were recently received from Sir
Guy A. K. Marshall, Director of the Imperial Institute of
Entomology, with request for identifications. One of the species
had very striking characters and I drew up a description as a
new genus and species. The other was not of striking form and
I thought it best to send the specimens to Dr. Townsend in
Brazil to see if he could connect them with any of his numerous
described Brazilian genera and species. I sent along a specimen
of my supposed new genus in order that he might record the
characters in his index. To my surprise he reported that this
had already been described by him, as Metagonistylum minense;
the other species was not the same as any of his.

The original description of Metagonistylum minense is not
readily accessible and is written in Portuguese with abbrevia-
tions, and moreover gives only a few points of structure; it
therefore seems worth while to publish my description of both
the genus and the species, especially since the fly now appears
to have economic importance.

METAGONISTYLUM Townsend.

Metagonistylum Townsend, Revista Mus. Paulista, vol. 15, 1926, p. 379.

Allied to Penthosia Van der Wulp (type Scopolia satanica Bigot, from Mexico),
but differs in many characters, especially in the great elongation of the first and
second antennal joints, greater prominence of the frons, and first posterior cell
open. Head as figured (fig. 1), first antennal joint greatly elongated, second also
elongated, the third slender, much elongated, concave above, widening at apex;
arista with distinctly elongated penultimate joint, the terminal one thickened
almost to apex, bare; face very strongly receding; length of head at oral margin
hardly one-half of that at antennae; front broad in both sexes, but narrower in
male; parafrontals and parafacials wide; ocellar bristles present, proclinate and
divergent, uppermost frontal reclinate, the second slightly so; male without
orbitals, female with two; lowest frontals diverging below the level of an-
tennal insertion; parafacial bare; facial ridges low and flat with a few hairs
below; clypeus with shallow concavity, not at all protruding below; palpi
normal, proboscis normal, short; eyes bare; cheek about one-fifth of eye

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 171

height; hypopleural bristles and postscutellum present; prosternum hairy at
sides, propleura bare. Abdomen resembling that of Cylindromyia, but the
space between its base and the hind coxae distinctly membranous; sternites
covered by tergites. Wing with first vein bare, the third with a single large
bristle at base, bend of fourth vein a rounded rectangle, thence concave to
costa, which it joins well before the apex, the distance to apex being about
equal to the costal segment between the second and third veins; hind crossvein
joining fourth a little beyond middle between small crossvein and bend.
Genoty pe.—Metagonistylum minense Townsend.

Metagonistylum minense Townsend.

Metagonistylum minense Townsend, Revista Mus. Paulista, vol. 15, 1926, p. 381.

Black, including antennae and legs; scutellum more or less reddish.

Head.—Male. Vertex 0.31 of head width, the frons widening considerably;
parafrontals and parafacials with smooth silvery pollen becoming thin near
vertex so that the upper parafrontals appear shining; outer vertical about one-
half the inner; a distinct pair of erect parallel post-ocellar bristles; back of head
slightly swollen, with broad silvery orbits, a few of the hairs below pale; palpi
of ordinary size, blackish except extreme tips, which are distinctly yellow below.

Thorax.—Subshining black with cinereous or rather glaucous pollen, leaving
two pairs of shining black stripes, the inner narrow, the outer becoming narrow
at the suture and blending behind into a single large subshining area, only
visible in posterior view. Chaetotaxy: acrostichal 3, 3 (all rather small);

Fig. 1.

dorsocentral 3, 4 (rather small except hindmost); humeral 4; posthumeral 2;
presutural 1; notopleural 2; supraalar 2; intraalar 2 (far back, rather hairlike);
postalar 2; scutellum with 3 laterals and an apical depressed pair, not diverging
and a small depressed discal pair; sternopleural 1, 1 or 2, 1, sometimes with
several other small bristles; ptero-pleural small.

Abdomen.—Black, the sides with a more or less reddish tinge, sometimes
almost wholly reddish except a median ventral stripe of black; in some angles
the tergites are nearly covered with thin grey pollen, but in other lights this is
mostly confined to the basal half except on the fourth segment; first segment
without median marginals; second with a single pair; third with a marginal

172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

row of eight; fourth with a row of erect small discals mixed with bristly hairs
and a marginal row of 10 bristles; fifth sternite with a broad excision, the sides
short, shining mesially; genital segments small, blackish, inner forceps flat,
blunt, tapering, hardly separated to apex; outer forceps shining brownish-black,
slender, blunt, a little longer than inner.

Legs.—Claws and pulvilli short, middle tibia with one bristle on outer front
side; hind with a few irregular bristles on outer hind side.

Wings.—Of ordinary shape, decidedly brownish, the color more or less con-
fined to wide borders of the veins, but these tend to become confluent; calypters
whitish, of ordinary form.

Female.—Frons 0.37 of head width, the parafrontals shining black to a larger
extent than in the male; two pairs orbital bristles which are both proclinate in
two of the specimens, but in the third the upper one is unmistakably reclinate;
abdomen somewhat keeled below and with numerous depressed hairs along the
muddle; no visible ovipositor.

Redescribed from 3 females and 2 males, reared at Santarem,
Amazon, Brazil, by J. G. Myers, a parasite of Diatraea sac-
charalis Fabr.

One male and one female are returned to Imperial Institute
of Entomology; one male and two females are retained in the

U. S. National Museum.

PROPHRYNO Townsend.
Prophryno Townsend, Revista Mus. Paulista, vol. 15, 1926, p. 262.

Of this genus the designated genotype is auru/ans Townsend,
described on p. 353 of the same work from 7 males taken at
Itaquaquecetuba, Sao Paulo, Brazil. One of the males is in the
U. S. National Museum, and I add some notes on the generic
characters, taken from it.

Eyes densely pilose; facial ridges with strong bristles more than halfway up;
third antennal joint decidedly elongate, five or six times the second, with parallel
edges; arista with short basal joints, the third joint enlarged on basal two-fifths;
ocellar bristles large, proclinate; frontals extending below arista, two upper-
most reclinate, of which the second is largest, the decussate frontals below this
rather small and sparse on the middle of the front; cheek about one-fourth the
eye height; parafacial more than half as wide as third antennal joint. Length
of head at vibrissae four-fifths of that at antennae. Dorsocentral 3, 4; acrostichal
3, 3; scutellum with 3 laterals, the middle one small, and a pair of upturned
decussate apicals which are less than one-half as long as the next pair of laterals,
also with a depressed median pair of discals; sternopleural 2, 2 (both the lower
ones small); propleura bare; prosternum with 4 or 5 small hairs on each side.
Intermediate abdominal segments without discals, but the second segment has
two or three pairs of erect rather bristly hairs in the discal region. Hind tibia
subciliate on the outer side. Wing with first vein bare, third with two setules

PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 173

at base, bend of fourth vein rounded and a little oblique, thence concave ending
a little before apex and not very far from tip of third; hind cross vein joining
fourth a little beyond middle between small and bend.

The new species has all of the above characters with the
following differences:—cheek about one-fifth the eye height;
face slightly more receding; sternopleurals 2, 1; apical scutellars
depressed; no bristly hairs on the middle of the second abdominal
segment; the prosternum has one or two pairs of quite strong
bristles.

Prophryno myersi, new species.

Male.—Parafrontals and region of ocellar triangle with golden pollen, that
of the face and cheek silvery (on the former with a yellowish tinge); basal joints
of antennae yellow, third joint black except extreme base, about six times the
length of the second; parafacial nearly as wide as third antennal joint; palpi
yellow. Thorax black in ground color, tip of scutellum yellowish; mesonotum
with two pairs of black stripes bordered by cinereous pollen, the inner pair
narrow and rather far apart; pleurae with dense grey pollen; pteropleural minute;
calypters white, of ordinary form. Abdomen mostly black in ground color,
but the sides rather broadly reddish and the fourth segment entirely red; the
pollen is cinereous except on the fourth segment where it is golden; first and
second segments without median marginals or the second with a very smal]
depressed pair hardly distinguishable from hairs; third segment with marginal
row of about 10, the hairs on its lower side rather dense and small over a con-
siderable area. Venter mostly red; genitalia concealed. Fourth segment with
a row of about 10 bristles a little behind the middle, only some bristly hairs at
the extreme tip. Legs black, the claws and pulvilli a little elongated, brownish;
middle tibia with one bristle on outer front side; hind tibia subciliate with two
longer bristles; the coxae are rather strikingly red and subshining when viewed
from behind. Wing subhyaline, agreeing with the genotype.

Both specimens are slightly teneral and I do not think the
width of the vertex can be determined very exactly; it appears
to be about .30 of the head width, but would perhaps be less
in more mature specimens. Length 5.6 mm.

Described from two males, reared on Upper Ireng River,
Pakeraima Mts., British Guiana, by J. G. Myers, from Se/enis
suere Cramer. The type is returned to the Imperial Institute
of Entomology, while the paratype is retained in the U. S.
National Museum.

Paratype.—Cat. No. 49789 U. S. N. M.

174 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF EMPOASCA (HOMOPTERA :
CICADELLIDAE).

By F. W. Poos,
Bureau of Entomology, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture.

This paper contains descriptions of four new species of
Empoasca from the southeastern part of the United States.
Although color and other external characters of these species
are described, the writer is of the opinion that the internal male
genitalia furnish the only reliably constant characters for spe-
cific identification of nearly all of the species belonging to this
genus. In many cases the size and shape of the sternal apodemes
for muscular attachments at the base of the abdomen are
distinct aids in separating species which are otherwise somewhat
similar in appearance. The value of these characters was recog-
nized before the writer was aware of their use by Paoli (4, 5)’
in his descriptions of new species of Empoasca. It seems doubt-
ful whether these characters are sufficiently distinctive to make
possible the identification of all of the species of this genus
by them alone. It is not within the scope of this paper, however,
to enter into an extended discussion of the relative value of
characters used for specific identification of the species of this
genus. For descriptions of other North American species of the
genus Empoasca, based on characters found in the male genital
chamber, the reader is referred to DeLong (/, 2, 3).

Empoasca sativae, new species.

In general appearance resembling fabae. Length of male 3 mm.

Vertex produced about one half its length beyond anterior margins of eyes,
a little longer on middle than next eye and about one third wider between eyes
than length at middle; pronotum two fifths longer than vertex and with humeral
angles prominent.

Color —Greenish yellow, markings variable; vertex frequently with one pale
or dark green spot near anterior margin on each side of median line; pronotum
usually with four to six pale spots along anterior margin; scutellum with white
line each side of median line to apical half, which has three white spots forming
an irregular transverse band just back of middle; elytra greenish yellow, sub-
hyaline.

Male genitalia.—Valve slightly indented on posterior margin (Fig. 1); plates
parallel margined for about half their length, then slightly tapered to rounded
upturned tips; styles, in ventral view, curved and enlarged between basal third
and middle, the apical half narrowed to pointed apices which are somewhat
divergent; lateral processes of pygofers in ventral view parallel margined to
apical third, where they are somewhat broadened, then concavely rounded to
narrow tips, which curve inward and ventrally; spines of tenth segment, in

1Reference is made by number (italics) to Literature Cited, p. 178.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 175

ventral view, rather short and inconspicuous, broad at base, extending ventrally
to a rather blunt point.

Sternal apodemes for muscular attachments on venter at base of abdomen
about three times as long as wide, somewhat narrower than those of abrupta,
slightly rounded at posterior end.

These characters will distinguish this species from Empoasca

fabae (Harris) and Empoasca abrupta DeLong, the two species

which it resembles most closely.

Described from a large series of male specimens collected by
the author on alfalfa at Leavenworth, Kans., during August,
1930. Specimens of this species were received from Norman
Allen, collected during January, 1932, on alfalfa at Baton Rouge,
La. It has also been taken in traplights at Knoxville, Tenn.,
by W. W. Stanley during 1931 and 1932, and at Arlington Ex-
periment Farm (P.O. Rosslyn, Va.) by the author during 1932.
It was also taken by sweeping in an apple orchard at Arlington
Experiment Farm by the author in September 1931. Of the
collection on alfalfa at Leavenworth, Kans., 82 males were
identified and 23, or 28 percent, were sativae. Of the collection
at Baton Rouge, La., 45 males were identified and 36, or 80
percent, were sativae. Of 1,938 specimens identified from collec-
tions made in traplights at Knoxville, Tenn., during 1931,
7.3 percent were sativae.

Holotype male and paratypes deposited in U. S. National
Museum (Cat. No. 49933). Paratypes in the author’s collection.

Empoascea delongi, new species.

A pale green, slender species without distinct markings on vertex or pronotum.
Length 3 to 3.5 mm.

Vertex produced about one half its length beyond anterior margins of eyes,
about one third longer on middle than next the eyes, about one third wider
between eyes than length at middle; pronotum twice as long as vertex; elytra
long and narrow.

Color.—Pale green marked with white; face tinged with yellow; vertex with a
darker green area around each ocellus; pronotum with a rather wide white area
bordering anterior margin; scutellum with a pale longitudinal median band to
apical third, which is pale green; elytra pale green, subhyaline.

Female genitalia (Figs. 2 and 3).—Last ventral segment more than twice
as long as preceding segment and with posterior margin strongly roundedly
produced.

Male genitalia——Valve broad, concavely rounded; plates tapered to rather
acute tips and about three times as long as basal width; lateral processes of
pygofers, in ventral view, almost straight except near apex, where they curve
outwardly to a bluntly pointed apex; styles, in ventral view, curved outward at
about half their length and narrowed, with the apices diverging; chitinous spines
of tenth segment, in lateral view, rather long and thick, extending to a point
which is slightly curved anteriorly.

176 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

Sternal apodemes for muscular attachments on venter at base of abdomen
not conspicuous but slightly longer than those of fadae, slightly longer than
width of each at base, somewhat separated from each other, posterior ends
distinctly rounded.

Described from a large series of specimens collected as nymphs
near Occoquan, Va., during August and September, 1931 and
1932, by the author from horse nettle, Solanum carolinense L.
Nymphs of this species were also collected by the author,
on the same host, at Arlington Experiment Farm on July 12,
1933. This species has also been reared on potato in confine-
ment. The first three specimens of this species were collected
near Occoquan, Va., in 1930 by J. G. Conklin. It has never
been found abundantly. In one collection of over 40 nymphs,
made on August 27, 1932, about 25 percent were attacked by
mite larvae determined by Dr. H. E. Ewing of the Division of
Taxonomy of Insects, U. S. Bureau of Entomology, as belonging
to the family Erythraeidae. The species is named for Dr.
D. M. DeLong, who examined three specimens in October, 1930,
and recognized that they belonged to an undescribed species.

Holotype male and allotype female in United States National
Museum collection (Cat. No. 49934). Male and female para-
types in collections of the author and the U.S. National
Museum.

The male genital pieces of this species most resemble those of
Empoasca birdii Goding as described by DeLong (/, p. 4/-42)
in his revision of this genus, but the genital characters are
different and on this basis the two species are easily separated.

Empoasca batatae, new species.

A yellowish green species with a produced vertex which is without distinct
markings. Fresh specimens pea green with distinctly yellowish elytra. Length
3.5 mm.

Vertex about one third wider at posterior margin between the eyes than
length at middle, produced before anterior margins of eyes about one half its
length at middle; pronotum about one half longer than vertex.

Color.—Vertex yellowish with one prominent green spot near apex on each
side of median line; pronotum green tinged with yellow; scutellum whitish with
posterior tip bluish green; elytra greenish subhyaline tinged with yellow.

Female genitalia (Figs. 4 and 5).—Last ventral segment with posterior margin
roundedly produced and entire.

Male genitalia.—Valve concaved on posterior margin between lateral angles;
plates more than three times as long as basal width, tapered toward the tip to
rounded apices, which are slightly upturned; styles, in ventral view, curved and
enlarged at basal third, the apical two thirds more narrowed, almost straight
the apices slightly divergent; lateral processes of pygofers parallel margined,
rather short and straight, except slightly curved inward at apex, in ventral

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 177

view; in lateral view apical third curved dorsally to fairly sharp tip; spines of
tenth segment, in lateral view, broad and heavy at base, curving anteriorly,
then ventrally, and again anteriorly to a sharply pointed apex.

Sternal apodemes for muscular attachments on venter at base of abdomen
more than twice as long as wide, rectangular in shape except for slightly rounded
corners at posterior end.

Described from a large series of specimens reared on sweet
potato in a greenhouse at Arlington Experiment Farm, Rosslyn,
Va., and from specimens collected from the same host plant
at Fort Myers, Fla., during December, 1931 and 1932, by the
author. Specimens were also received from E. J. Hambleton,
collected on Leguminosae, June, 1933, at Vicosa, Minas-Gerais,
Brazil. The species is named “‘batatae”’ for the Latin specific
name of the sweet potato. It injures this host plant by feeding
on the leaves and producing a distinct and prominent stippling.

Holotype male, allotype female, and paratypes male and
female in United States National Museum collection (Cat.
No. 49935). Paratypes in author’s collection.

Empoasea curvata, new species.

Externally this species is apparently rather closely related to Empoasca birdii
Goding as described by DeLong. Length 3.5 mm.

Vertex produced about one half its length beyond anterior margins of eyes,
about one half longer on middle than next eyes, slightly less than half as wide
between eyes (at anterior margin) than length at middle; pronotum less than
twice as long as vertex. Elytra rather long and narrow.

Color.—Greenish yellow marked with white and pale brown. Vertex with a
pale area anterior to each ocellus and a median longitudinal line; pronotum with
three pale spots on anterior margin, a median spot and one behind each eye;
scutellum orange with a wide pale longitudinal median band terminating at the
apex in a circular spot which is slightly greater in diameter than the width of
the median band. Elytra subhyaline with extensive irregular areas brown or
smoky.

Male genitalia (Fig. 6).—Posterior margin of valve only slightly concave;
plates broad at base and about three times as long as broad, with bluntly pointed
apices; styles, in ventral view, curved and slightly enlarged at about the middle,
the apical halves gradually narrowed to the apices, which are somewhat di-
vergent; lateral processes of the pygofers long and slender, almost parallel
margined, when seen in ventral view extending inward, and crossing near the
middle and again near the tips, which are rounded; spines of tenth segment, in
lateral view, broad at base, directed ventrally and with apical portion curved
rather sharply and tapering almost anteriorly to a pointed apex.

Sternal apodemes for muscular attachments on venter at base of abdomen
more than twice as long as width of each at middle; posterior ends rounded and
somewhat separated from each other.

178 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

The species is named “curvata” because of its long curved
lateral processes of the pygofers.

Described from one male specimen collected on honeysuckle
at Arlington Experiment Farm, Rosslyn, Va., by J. W. Scrivener,
March 25, 1932, and from one ‘male specimen taken in traplight
October 6, 1931, at Knoxville, Tenn., by W. W. Stanley.

Holotype iieile. collected March 2521982 sam a United
States National Museum collection (Cat. No. 49936). Paratype
male (genitalia only) collected at traplight Oct. 6, 1931, in the
author’s collection. This specimen was not sufficiently isolated
from other material when the abdomen was prepared for study
and therefore only the genitalia are available.

LITERATURE CITED.

1. DeELonc, D. M. A revision of the American species of Empoasca known
to occur north of Mexico. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bul. 231, 60 p., illus.
1931.

2. DeLone, D. M. Further studies of the genus Empoasca (Homoptera
Cicadellidae). Part I. Nine new species of Empoasca. Ohio Jour. Sci.
32 (4) : 393-401, illus. 1932.

3. DeLonc, D. M. Three species of Empoasca leafhoppers known to affect
economic plants in Haiti (including the description of two new species).
Jour. Dept. Agr. Puerto Rico 16 (2) : 113-115, illus. 1932.

4, Paout, G. Caratteri diagnostici delle Empoasca e descrizione di nuove
specie. Proc. Verb. Soc. Tosc. Sci. Nat. 39 : 64-75, illus. Pisa, 1930. Id.
Arch. Zool. Ital. 16, Atti del’XI Congresso Internazionale di Zoologia,
Padova 1930 2 : 1046-1054, illus. Padova, 1932.

5. Pao, G. Specie nuove di Empoasca (Hemiptera-omoptera). E Appunti
di carologia.. (Preprint Nov. 30, 1932.) Mem. Soc. Ent. Ital. 11 : 109-
122, illus., published Feb. 28, 1933.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Internal male genitalia of Empoasca.

Figure 1. E. sativae, abdomen, ventral view.
Figure 2. E. delongi, ventral view.
Figure 3. E. delongi, lateral view.
Figure 4. E. batatae, abdomen, ventral view.
Figure 5. E. datatae, lateral view.
Figure 6. E. curvata, abdomen, ventral view.

» ar ina aise: lateral process of pygofer.
pg.......-..--.....pygofer.

Dek eee plate

Sexe hen oes style

LSP) res ee es dorsal spine of tenth segment

180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

TWO NEW SPECIES OF SYSTENA, WITH NOTES ON DIFFER-
ENCES IN SEXUAL COLORATION IN THE GENUS.

By Dorts H. Brake,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

The descriptions of two new North American species of
Systena, well represented in material in the United States
National Museum, are here given: One species exhibits sexual
differences in coloration, a phenomenon rare in Chrysomelidae,
although previously another species of Systena has been recog-
nized to be dimorphic in coloration, and a third is noted in
this paper.

Systena gracilenta, new species.

Narrowly oblong oval, 3.5 to 5 mm. long, shining, shallowly and finely punc-
tate; pale yellow, with deeper reddish yellow head, and with sides of pronotum
and narrow sutural and lateral elytral vittae dark: spot on sides of prosternum,
metasternum in part, and tips of tibiae frequently dark; sometimes entire under-
surface and legs pale.

Head shining, reddish yellow, with dark mouthparts; very finely and not
densely punctate over occiput and front, a larger fovea on each side near eye.
Antennae long, slender, and dark, usually each joint paler at the base, third
joint considerably shorter than fourth, fifth, or sixth, which are long. Prothorax
not twice as wide as long, with slightly arcuate sides and more or less distinct
basal impression; shining, pale yellow, usually with reddish brown or piceous
lateral darkening; finely and not closely punctate. Scutellum reddish brown or
piceous. F/ytra long and narrow, shining, very finely and not closely punctate,
the humeri not prominent; pale yellow, with narrow dark brown or piceous
sutural and lateral vittae, in more heavily marked specimens these joining at
apex, in paler specimens the lateral vitta interrupted at apex or evanescent.
Body beneath shining, with abdomen and legs lightly pubescent; sometimes
entirely pale, often with a darker shading on each side of prosternum, and
metasternum in part darkened; outer edge or apex of tibiae frequently dark.
Length 3.5 to 5 mm., width 1.5 to 2 mm.

Type.—Male, and 4 paratypes (1 male, 3 females), U. S. Nat.
Mus. Cat. No. 44746, all collected at Devils River, Texas, in
June, 1907, by F. C. Bishopp, F. C. Pratt, and E. A. Schwarz.

Other localities —Anahuac, Brewster County, Brownsville,
Del Rio, Eagle Pass, Edna, Gregory, Laredo, and Victoria, Texas;
Tlahualilo, Mexico.

Food plants —F¥eeding on Solidago serotina Ait. (D. K.
McMillan); on Crofton sp. (J. D. Mitchell); on Monarda citrio-
dora (F. C. Bishopp).

This, one of the largest of the vittate species of the genus
found north of Mexico, does not appear to have been previously
described from Mexico or Central America. It somewhat

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 181

resembles \. capitata Jac., but that species is generally larger,
is dark beneath, lacks the dark margin of the pronotum, and
has a finely rugose head. 8. gracilenta is considerably larger
and more slender than S. 6/anda, and has longer antennae. Its
elytral vittae are narrower, and the punctation finer and not so
dense. It most closely resembles the pale southwestern species
commonly determined as S. pallidula Boh., but that species
has a more rectangular prothorax and is generally smaller and
paler. The aedeagus of 8. gracilenta is short and broad, and
different from that of either pallidula or blanda, the two pale
‘vittate species found north of Mexico.

Systena dimorpha, new species.

Oblong oval, 4 to 5 mm. long, somewhat shining, distinctly and densely
punctate, prothorax unusually broad; the two sexes differing in coloration.

Male black, often with a lighter, reddish area on vertex, pronotum banded or
dark with only the basal margin pale, or rarely entirely black; elytra black with
a pale median vitta, rarely entirely black. Head with well marked frontal
tubercles, usually smooth or only finely punctate in middle of occiput but with
a row of coarser punctures near inner margin of eyes and above frontal tubercles,
and a larger fovea on each side near eye. Head either entirely dark or with a
deep reddish area across vertex. Antennae long and slender, the third joint
shorter than the fourth, fifth, or sixth, which are subequal; basal four joints
reddish, remainder usually darker. Prothorax not twice as broad as long, with
arcuate sides and traces of a transverse basal impression, more marked in middle
by a depressed spot; surface densely and often coarsely punctate, but in some
specimens punctation fine and dense, and in one, somewhat obsolete in middle
of disc; black with pale margins, or often only the basal margin pale. Scutellum
dark. Elytra elongate oblong with small humeral prominences; as densely
punctate as prothorax and often more coarsely punctate than in S. elongata;
each elytron usually with a broad, somewhat sinuate pale median vitta not
reaching apex. (One specimen from Montana is entirely dark, including the
pronotum, with no trace of elytral vittae.) Body beneath usually entirely dark,
the legs dark, but in paler specimens sometimes a reddish area at base of femora,
tarsi reddish brown.

Female usually dark with reddish-yellow area on vertex and about antennal
bases; antennae often entirely reddish brown, pronotum either entirely pale or
with a dark band; each elytron with a broad pale median vitta and a narrow
lateral one, these sometimes uniting at apex. Prosternum pale or at most
darkened only in middle. Abdomen sometimes brownish instead of black;
femora often with a reddish area at base.

Type.—Male, and 10 paratypes (5 males, 5 females), U. S.
Nat. Mus. Cat. No. 44747, all collected at Ordway, Colorado,
26 May, 1913, by H. O. Marsh.

Other localities —Los Angeles, California; Clemenceau, Ari-
zona; Albuquerque, New Mexico; Ephraim, Utah; Denver,

182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

Ft. Collins, and Rocky Ford, Colorado; western Kansas;
Montana.

Food plants—Okra (H. O. Marsh), beets (H. O. Marsh,
G. F. Knowlton), Xanthium sp. (D. K. McMillan).

This, one of the largest of the vittate species of the genus
occurring north of Mexico, resembles S. e/ongafa in being rather
coarsely and densely punctate, but is larger and shows marked
color differences between the sexes. It is quite distinct from
S. taeniata, which, according to Say’s description, is not densely
punctate and has pale feet; the elytral vitta of taeniata, more-
over, is not at all sinuate. Compared with S. b/anda, to which
it is not closely related, it is larger and has a more densely
punctate pronotum and a much longer aedeagus. Likewise it
is larger than S. variata Schaeffer, and is distinguished from
that species by its densely and often coarsely punctate pronotum
as well as by the coarse punctures about the eyes.

Sexual differences in coloration are found in a few species of
Systena, but are not frequent in the Chrysomelidae generally.
Heikertinger’ is the only one, as far as is known to me, who has
written about sexual bicoloration in Halticinae. He has
observed it in the genera Derocrepis and. Aeschrocnemis. He
calls attention to the melanistic character of these color differ-
ences. In S. dasalis Jacquel., a West Indian and Central
American species, the elytral vitta, which is entire in the male,
is present in the female only as a basal and sometimes also an
apical pale spot. The undersurface of the male is paler. The
existence of color differences between the sexes in this species
was first described by Suffrian? on the basis of observations by
Gundlach. Suffrian noted that the sexes had been separated
in the Berlin Museum under two unpublished names, one used
for the male and the other for the female.

Another species of Systena showing this peculiarity is 8.
s-litera L. Linnaeus’ described the dark female form. Fabricius*
noted as a variety a form in which the beetle is paler. Harold®
also mentioned a pale form. The fact that this “pale form”
is the normal male does not appear to have been recognized.

‘Heikertinger, Ueber Sexualdichroismus bei palaearktischen Halticinen.
Zeitschr. f. Wissenschaftliche Insektenbiologie, vol. 8, p. 15, 1912.

*Suffrian, Wiegmann’s Archiv. f. Naturgesch., vol. 34, Band 1, p. 212, 1868.

3Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 373, 1758.

‘Fabricius, Syst. El., vol. 1, p. 464, 1801.

5Harold, Col. Heft., vol. 14, p. 30, 1875.

PLATE 6

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 39

itera L.

Systena s

sp.

Systena gracilenta n

ror
ms

n. sp.

[183 ]

Systena dimorpha

Sy stena basalis Jacaquel

184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

THE EGGS OF FOUR SPECIES OF FRUIT FLIES OF THE GENUS
ANASTREPHA.!

By Emiry Watcotr EmMMart

Throughout the West Indies and Latin America four species
of Anastrepha are of economic importance. These four species
A. ludens, A. striata, A. fraterculus and A. serpentina, vary widely
as to their dominance and distribution. In Mexico all four.
species are to be found, but 4. /udens is by far the most prev-
alent form. With the exception of 4. serpentina it is not easy
to distinguish the adults of these species at sight, unless one is
familiar with them at all ages. Both body color and wing
pattern vary with age and probably environmental factors.
The arrangement of the posterior spiracle and the formation of
the mouth hooks of the larva, as well as the arrangement and
structure of the spiracular plate of the pupa have been used as
a basis of distinguishing the species (C. T. Greene, 1929). The
present paper aims to set forth the details of egg structure and
pattern so that these four species may be recognized by the eggs
alone.

The difficulty in the identification of larva in the field be-
comes even greater since it is common knowledge that the
species at times adopt other than their normal hosts. The
preferred host Of 4. /udens in the State of Morelos, Mexico, is
the mango (Mangifera indica), that of 4. striata is the guava
(Psidium guayava L.), of A. fraterculus, the hog plum (Spondias),
and of 4. serpentina, the zapote mamey (Calocarpum mam-
mosum Pierre). Occasionally 4. striata is reared from mangos
and A. ludens and A. fraterculus are also found in the customary
hosts of the other species. This utilizing of different host
fruits by the same species makes it impossible to associate
definitely, larval forms with specific fruits. As additional
evidence for the isolation of species a study of the egg forms
was begun. If it were possible to identify the species upon a
difference in the eggs, this would have the added value of early
identification of species in infested fruit before the larval stage
develops.

Using the egg structure as an aid in determination of species
is, of course, not new. ‘The structures of the eggs of the Indian
Anopheles mosquito have been correlated with the adult
characteristics (Christophers and Barraud, 1931), and by
studying the marks and structural peculiarities of eggs of
Anopheles maculipennis, this species has been divided into two

'The work on this paper was begun while the author was employed at the
laboratory of the Department of Agriculture in Mexico City and was com-
pleted in the laboratories of Johns Hopkins University. The author wishes to
acknowledge her indebtedness to Prof. H. S. Jennings for reading the manuscript
and for his helpful suggestions in the final preparation of the manuscript.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 185

distinct races (Hackett, Martini and Missiroli, 1932). The
eggs of different species of Drosophila are also known to have
distinct characteristics (Sturtevant, 1921).

Method.—A study of the eggs of these four species of 4nas-
trepha common in Mexico has been made possible by the rearing
in the laboratory of all four species. The adults of these species
were reared from larva obtained in fruit collected near Cuer-
navaca, State of Morelos. Each species was isolated in a
separate glass cage and the eggs collected from a number of
females in each cage. The eggs which were laid on the glass
sides of the cages, were gathered fresh and studied for differences
in structure and in size. No difference was noted between these
and those which were dissected from beneath the skin of fruit.
The following description covers the four species mentioned above.

Appearance.—The eggs of these four species are creamy white
in color, elongate in shape and tapering at the ends. In general
shape, 4. serpentina and A. ludens most closely resemble each
other. The eggs of these two species are slightly wider at the
micropylar end, and taper away gradually at the other.
A. fraterculus and A. striata taper at both ends, but can be easily
distinguished by the fact that in 4. fraterculus the micropylar
end is twisted (Plate 7).

Sculpturing.—Entirely apart from the difference in general
shape, eggs of the four species vary as to the sculpturing on the
micropylarend. In 4. fraterculus and J. striata this sculpturing
forms a diamond-shaped pattern over the entire end of the egg
(Plate 8). This sculpturing is much smaller and more delicate
in the eggs of 4. fraterculus than in those of 4. striata and can
not be seen at all without dark field illumination. The sculptur-
ing seems to be due to an extra deposition of chitin, since the
outer egg membrane at this end is thicker than that of the rest
of the egg. No sculpturing is present on the eggs of 4. /udens
and A. serpentina.

Micropyle——Both the position and the structure of the
micropyle differ in these eggs. In 4. /udens the micropyle opens
at the end of the egg and slightly to one side. The opening is
protected by two pairs of minute leaf-like structures or lappets,
which protrude farther at some times than at others even in
the same egg. They are surrounded by a cluster of fine hairs or
bristles, which are numerous and delicate. A few of these
appear to be thicker than the others. The micropyle in
A. serpentina is very similar to that of 4. /udens, except that the
hairs are not so numerous. In 4. striata the micropyle is in
approximately the same position as in 4. /udens and A. serpentina,
but the lappets are absent and the hairs are coarser. In
A. fraterculus the situation is very different. The micropyle is
not at the end of the egg, but on one side in the region where the
tip of the egg is twisted over. No lappets are present in this
egg and the hairs also resemble those of 4. striata in coarseness.

186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

Hairs —Besides the hairs or bristles found around the
micropyle, there are also tufts of hairs on the smaller end of the
eggs of 4. serpentina, A. striata and A. fraterculus. None have
been observed in this region in the eggs of 4. /udens. In A. striata
the whole end of the egg appears to be covered with hairs
(Plate 7).

Size.—In size the eggs of 4. serpentina can easily be recognized
as the largest of the four species, but the difference in size of
the other three is less obvious. In order to determine their
relative differences in size, a straight line between opposite
ends of the egg was taken as a measure of the length, and a
straight line across the mid-point of the egg as the width.
Fifty eggs of 4. ludens, A. serpentina and J. striata were measured
in this way and thirty-one eggs of 4. fraterculus. Camera
lucida tracings were made of the outlines of these eggs and the
distances between the opposite ends of each tracing measured
with a centimeter rule. The tracing of a micrometer rule at
the same magnification beside these drawings made it possible
to calculate the exact size of each egg. . fraterculus eggs are
the widest at the midpoint, with a mean width of .242 mm.
The mean width of 4. striata and A. serpentina at the midpoint
is the same (.207 mm.), while that of 4. /udens is slightly narrower
(200 mm.). An examination of the tracing of the outlines of
the eggs (Plate 7) shows that the widest point of the eggs of
A. serpentina and A. ludens falls not at the midpoint but slightly
to the left, toward the micropylar end of the egg. The widest
point of 4. striata and A. fraterculus eggs falls approximately at
the midpoint. These facts, plus the above data of the width
at the midpoint, show that it would be impossible to identify
the species by the width; however, there are consistently marked
differences in the length of these four species. (See Table I.)
With regard to length, 4. serpentina is by far the largest (1.657
mm.), while 4. fraterculus (1.433 mm.), 4. striata (1.400 mm.)
and A. ludens (1.328 mm.) are successively smaller. The
standard deviation and the probable errors of both the mean
and the standard deviation are given in Table I. The degree
of deviation from the mean is due, in part, to the fact that the
eggs are curved, and in JZ. serpentina this curvature fluctuates
very slightly. Since the distance measured—a straight line
between the tips of the egg—would be altered by the degree of
curvature, it follows that the standard deviation from the mean
length is greater in these eggs with varying curvature than in
those which show no variation in curvature. It happens that
the largest eggs, those of 4. serpentina, have the greatest fluctua-
tion in curvature, and therefore the greatest deviation from the
mean; 4. fraterculus, which is next in size, has a slightly higher
probable error of the mean, and the standard deviation is almost
as high as that of 4. serpentina. In A. fraterculus the micropylar
end is bent over and the position of the egg when traced would
influence considerably the measurement of the length. This

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH.,-VOL. 35 PLATE 7

A.STRIATA

A. FRATERCULUS

A.SERPENTINA

- SCALE- IMM x158
CAMERA LUCIDA

Pirate 7.—EGGs OF FOUR SPECIES OF ANASTREPHA COMMON IN Mexico,

EWE

| 187 |

188 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933
fact offers an explanation for the higher standard deviation
from the mean length in this species. (See Table I.)

TABLE I.

RELATIVE S1zE oF Ecos or Four Species oF Anastrepha.

NUMBER OF aad PROSABLEN = A
SPECIES) J | ace unsaonenl ee sg 2 DEVIATION moons
IN MM. IN MM.
A. ludens 50 L328 see i .082 + .005
A. striata 50 1.400 + .006 064 + .004
A. fraterculus $i 1.433 se die 102 + .009
A. serpentina 50 1.657 + .011 .116 + .007

The above data at once raise the question as to whether the
difference between the mean lengths is of sufficient significance
to serve as a difference between species. The absolute difference
is obtained by subtracting successively the means (Table II).
If the absolute difference is three times its probable error, it
may be stated that the difference is significant and not due to
fluctuations of simple sampling. (Pearl, 1930, Page 283.)

Using the formula E =E +E to obtain the probable error
of the differences of the mean lengths, the following data are
obtained:

TABLE Te

Comparison oF THE Mean Lencrus or Four Species or Anastrepha.

NO. OF MEAN |4. ludens_ A. striata A. fraterculus
SPECIES EGGS LENGTH
MEASURED| IN MM. |DIFFERENCES AND PROBABLE ERRORS

A Mide isin 2 ries 50 1.328+ .007

A Siig 50 1.400+ .006).072+ .009

A. fraterculus _....- 31 1.4334 .012).105+ .013|.033+.013

A. serpentina _..... 50 1.657+.011).329+ .013].157+.013].224+ .016

The above Table II, which gives the absolute differences and
their probable errors, shows that since the absolute difference
between the mean lengths of 4. striata and A. fraterculus is .033
and that the probable error of this is .013, these two species can

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35 PLATE 8

A.LUDENS

A.STRIATA

A.FRATERCULUS

A.SERPENTINA

scare [Lis"Mxz7e0 |

CAMERA LUCIDA EWE

PLATE 8.—MiIcroPyYLE AND SCULPTURING EGGS OF THE FOUR SPECIES OF
ANASTREPHA COMMON IN Mexico.
[189]

190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

not be separated on the basis of the length of the eggs alone.
However, in all other comparisons of the egg lengths of these
four species, the absolute difference far exceeds three times its
probable error and the mean lengths are therefore significantly
different.

The striking difference in the size of the eggs of 4. serpentina
and 4. ludens is not paralleled by the adults—they are almost
of the same size. On the other hand, the eggs of 4. striata and
A. fraterculus are almost equal in size, as are also the adults.

SUMMARY.

1. Summarizing the various differences in structure found in
the eggs of the four species of Anastrepha which are common in
Mexico, we find sufficient differences upon which to separate

the species (Table ITI).
TABLE SUITE

SuMMARY OF FcGcG VaRIATIONS.

PRESENCE PRESENCE
SIZE POSITION TWISTING
OF LAPPETS SCULP- | OF HAIRS
SPECIES LENGTH OF MICRO-
AT TURING |ON NARROW
IN MM. |MICROPYLE PYLAR END
MICROPYLE END
A. ludens __........\1.328+.007| At end 2 pairs None None None
Tal GIHAIE) oceepee 1.400+.006] At end None None |Diamond|Completely
shaped covering —
sculptur- | narrow
ing around end
micropylar
end
A. fraterculus ..\1.4334.012| Near None Twisted | Same as | Small tuft
(Not statis-| — end A. striata | at extreme
tically dif- | in fold but much tip.
ferent from | of twist smaller
A. striata) and more
delicate
A. serpentina ...\1.6574+.011} At end 2 pairs None None | Small tuft
at extreme
tip.

2. Using the length as an index to the size of the eggs of the
eggs of a species it is possible to separate the species upon this
basis, except in the comparison of 4. fraterculus and A. striata
which are nearly of the same size. However, the twisted
micropylar end of the egg of 4. fraterculus renders this form easy
to identify.

While it has been shown that the identification of these four
species is possible on the basis of egg structure, the task of
finding the eggs in infested fruit still remains a difficult one.
But, when they are obtained, an early identification of the
species will be possible.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933 191

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

CurisTopHErRS, S. R. and Barraup, P. J.
“The Egg of Indian Anopheles, with Descriptions of the hitherto unde-
scribed Eggs of a number of species.”” Records of the Malaria Survey of
India. Vol. II, No. 1, March, 1931, pages 161-186.

GREENE, C. T.

“Characters of the Larvae and Pupae of certain Fruit Flies.” Journal of
Agric. Research, Vol. 38, No. 9, May 1, 1929.

Hackett, L. W., Martini, E., Misstrout, A.
“The Race of A. Maculipennis.” American Journal of Hygiene, Vol.
XVI, No. 1, July, 1932, pages 137-162.

Peart, R.
Medical Biometry and Statistics—1930 W. B. Saunders Co. p. 283.

Sturtevant, A. H.
The North American Species of Drosophila—Carnegie Institution of
Washington, Washington, 1921. 4

MINUTES OF THE 449TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, OCT. 5, 1933.

The 449th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, October 5, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were present
47 members and 21 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

There was no preliminary business.

Dr. Carlos Marelli of La Plata, Argentina; Dr. M. D. Leonard of the Powell
Insecticide Co.; and Mr. A. S. Hoyt, Assistant Chief of the Bureau of Plant
Quarantine; upon invitation, greeted the society.

Under the heading ‘ ‘Notes and Exhibitions of Specimens” Mr. August Busck
showed specimens of Platynota stultana, and discussed its recent introduction
into the East.

For the last twenty years we have received specimens of Platynota stultana
Walsingham from California with record of i injury to various cultivated plants,
from citrus to greenhouse carnations. The species was described by Barnes and
Busck as Platynota chiquitana and thus determined for California correspondents
from 1919 to 1932. In the summer of 1932 I examined the type series of Platy-
nota stultana Walsingham in British Museum and secured part of it for our
National Museum, enabling me to establish the synonymy of the Barnes and
Busck name. ~

Last summer # considerable infestation of this species on green peppers and
tomatoes in Sonora and Sinaloa, Mexico, caused temporary quarantine of these
products along our southwest border, and live material was sent to the Depart-
ment here for rearing and determination. The species has never been known
from the East and it was therefore rather startling when Mr. F. F. Smith, of
our Department, sent over a specimen of this species, reared from rose in a
greenhouse in Alexandria, Va.

The first inference was that the species had escaped from the Mexican
material in rearing here; secondly I began to suspect that someone was trying
to play a joke on the microlepidopterist to see if he could identify a western
species when it was brought in from an eastern locality; but Mr. Smith quickly
secured an abundance of living larvae and suggested another and undoubtedly
correct explanation of its occurrence here. It appears a common practice that
eastern florists send their rose stock to California to have it budded there and
then returned to the East. As the Platynota is a common greenhouse pest in
California it is not surprising that this rose stock should become infested and
the insect transported with it to the East, where it can readily establish itself

192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 8, NOV., 1933

under similar greenhouse conditions and infestations may be expected in other
florists’ establishments in the eastern States.

Whether the species will establish itself out of doors and be able to survive
our winters, time will show; I rather expect it will; closely related species of the
genus are common in the eastern States and Canada.

Before critical study had been made of the genus, this species was generally
considered equal the Texan Platynota tinctana Walker and so determined by me
for Woglum, Month. Bull. Calif. Dept. Agr. vol. 9, p. 341, 1920, and for Essig
in his Insects Western N. Amer., p. 737, 1926. (Author’ s Abstract. )

This note was discussed by Rohwer.

Mr. R. A. Cushman exhibited a recently killed specimen of Megarhyssa
lunator, showing something of the mechanics of its use of its long ovipositor.

The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. J. M. Valentine,
National Research Fellow, and was entitled ‘Environmental Response in
Carabidae.”

Dr. Valentine’s field studies in North America, western Europe and northern
Africa under divers ecological and climatic conditions have yielded data of some
value in determining the direct or indirect effect of radiant energy (light and
heat) upon the coloration of carabid populations.

Deficiency in either heat or light inhibits pigmentation, portions of the body,
such as the legs and elytra, where the chitin is weakest, often remaining pale
or piceous. Complete depigmentation occurs only in subterranean and caverni-
cole types.

As available radiant energy is increased, there seems to be a critical point at
which full pigmentation is allowed but at which no stimulus is offered for the
evolution of a microsculpture capable of diffracting light. Insects subject to
these conditions are, for the most part, strictly nocturnal, black species, hiding
in dark places by day.

Correlated with a greater exposure to the sun’s energy, and with the choice
of progressively more open habitats, a long series of corresponding color stages
may be assembled, from the dark metallic and dull particolored forms of crepus-
cular habits, concealed in the forest by day under loose cover, to the brilliantly
hued species active in the open sunlight.

A broad consideration of these tendencies has led to the theory that adequate

radiant energy above a certain critical point is necessary for the full release of
the genetic potential stored within the race. Carrying this idea a little further,
it is suggested that the relatively great diversity in form and color character-
istic of tropical insects is the result of an actual stimulating effect which muta-
tional forces sustain in environments reached by the equatorial sun.

The release of genetic potential has been found to be by no means a random
affair. Wherever an environmental factor, such as a homogeneous substratum,
is found to be predominant, it becomes indirectly reflected in the appearance
of the carabid population inhabiting that ecological frame. The result is
convergent evolution. It is thought that all problems of parallelism including
mimicry and insular convergence have, fundamentally, a great deal in common,
though no analysis of the factors involved has yet proved satisfactory. (Author’s
Abstract.)

This paper was discussed by Middleton and Cushman.

The second communication on the regular program was by E. R. Sasscer,
and was entitled “Plant Quarantine Activities in Puerto Rico.”

Mr. Sasscer briefly outlined the Insular and Federal plant quarantine activities
in Puerto Rico, pointing out that the Insular law antedated the Plant Quarantine
Act of 1912 by two years. The Federal quarantine work in Puerto Rico was
first undertaken in 1925 as a result of the promulgation of Quarantine No. 58—
The Fruit and Vegetable Quarantine of Puerto Rico. The talk was illustrated
with lantern slides. (Author’s Abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo.

Meeting adjourned at 9.35 Pp. M. F. M. Wapbtey,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication November 27, 1933.

VOL. -35 DECEMBER, 1933 No. 9

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

f
ff
f/
ai
‘ec JAN A
\
\\
A\
% E
~~ iy ~ q
ST ATIO mv
~ NAL.
oe f sh o
CONTENTS Se
HOOD, J. DOUGLAS—NOTOTHRIPS FOLSOMI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
THYSANOPRERA FROM THE UNITED STATES . ........ . « 200
JACOT, ARTHUR PAUL—EARLIEST GENERA OF MITES AND THEIR TYPES . . 206

MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—-SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF REARED BRACONIDAE

AENGVIE NO RIEICAY ferns ene ane may nee tN Try Smet pret SOS St aTOS

OMAN, P. W.—-PHLEPSIUS ISHIDAE MATSUMURA IN NORTH AMERICA e205)

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, August AnD SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of Octobe
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Honorary President as. = ts hee as ee ee L. 0. HOWARD
IP OSIAGIE ae pie sss ues EY. ois tench Gn oe C. T. GREENE
ir SE DRCCR PE EMLACIE. Bee. is <i. tes aia Heraleeonn atendeens ase J. S. WADE
Seconda Vice-President 202. eee Ow eo eS SA
Recovaie Sectenaiy Akt Ste. os ee ee F. M. WADLEY
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. .........-.. S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Editor” 2%. 05 2 SR I ae Be ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, S. B. FRacker,
H. E. Ewine.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
ISCLOTICES Sot ey nee Seed Ok Renee) ee ee ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEpiNGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. Dippy Gipp:
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 35 DECEMBER, 1933 No. 9

SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF REARED BRACONIDAE
(HYMENOPTERA).

By C. F. W. Mueseseck,
Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture.

The following new species are described at this time in order
to make the names available for use in economic entomology.

Apanteles homoeosomae, new species.

Most similar to cacoeciae Riley but distinguishable by the smoother face,
propodeum, and basal abdominal tergites, the completely yellowish or whitish
costa, and the longer ovipositor.

Female.—Length 2.5 mm. Head small, much narrower than the thorax;
face smooth, not distinctly wider than distance from bases of antennae to apex
of clypeus; antennae shorter than body; ocellocular line not distinctly twice
the diameter of an ocellus; eyes twice as long as broad; frons and vertex sub-
opaque, not distinctly punctate.

Thorax not distinctly as high as broad; mesoscutum very finely punctate,
the punctures not confluent; disk of scutellum polished, virtually impunctate;
polished area on lateral face of scutellum semicircular, not nearly extending to
the base; propodeum short and broad, very weakly punctate, with a very
shallowly impressed or flattened area medially which is smooth and polished
and more or less oval in form but is not defined by carinae; mesopleurum smooth
and shining, with only faint punctures anteriorly; metapleurum smooth; stigma
about twice as long as broad; first abscissa of radius definitely longer than
intercubitus and slightly curved; posterior coxa smooth; calcaria of posterior
tibia subequal, less than half as long as metatarsus.

Abdomen fully as long as thorax but much narrower; chitinized plate of first
tergite practically parallel-sided, at least no broader at apex than at base, fully
one and one half times as long as broad at apex, and with only a few weak
punctures toward the sides; plate of second tergite completely polished, very
short and broad, longest down the middle, its posterior margin arcuate; remain-
ing tergites polished; ovipositor sheaths a little longer than posterior tarsus
and at least as long as abdomen.

Deep black; palpi pale toward apex; wings whitish hyaline; costal margin
entirely, and a large conspicuous spot at base of the otherwise blackish stigma,
yellowish white; metacarpus blackish; veins mostly hyaline; apex of anterior
femur, anterior tibia, and extreme bases of middle and posterior tibiae yellowish
brown.

194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

Male.—Essentially like the female except that the propodeum and first
abdominal tergite are even less distinctly punctate, and the first tergite narrows
gradually from base to apex.

Type locality—Santiago de las Vegas, Province Havana,
Cuba.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50013.

Host.—Homoeosoma electellum Hulst in sunflower.

Described from one female and four males (including type
and allotype) reared by S. C. Bruner, Sept. 4, 1933; two addi-
tional males reared by Mr. Bruner at Central Rosario, Province
Havana, Cuba, Jan. 23, 1933; and two females and one male
reared from the same host at Matthews, Mo., Aug., 1933, by
R. B. Swain.

Apanteles impunctatus, new species.

Owing to the absence of an areola on the propodeum this
species will not run to the section of my key’ which contains
diatraeae Musebeck, but it 1s, nevertheless, very closely related
to that species. It may be further distinguished, however, by
its completely impunctate mesoscutum, smoother first tergite,
relatively broader and more convex face, paler legs, and shorter
female antennae, which are not longer than head and thorax
combined and have the second and following falgellar segments
at least as broad as long.

Female.—Length 2mm. Head slightly broader than thorax, unusually short
and broad as viewed from in front; face swollen, twice as broad as long between
bases of antennae and clypeus, smooth and shining; frons polished; antennal
flagellum tapering apically; first flagellar segment thickening from base to apex,
not more than one and one half times as long as thick at apex; temples convex.

Thorax unusually strongly depressed; mesoscutum, scutellum, and the pleura
completely polished, impunctate; propodeum flat, scarcely declivous, smooth,
with a few weak longitudinal striae on the middle; propodeal spiracles unusually
large, separated from base of propodeum by one and one half times their
diameter; anterior and middle legs very short; all femora somewhat thickened,
the posterior pair about three times as long as broad; posterior tibiae short,
strongly thickened apically; first abscissa of radius and the intercubitus sub-
equal; nervellus strongly inclivous.

Abdomen about as long as thorax and somewhat narrower; the chitinized
plate of first tergite narrowing slightly toward apex, much more than twice
as long as broad at apex, smooth and shining, with only a little indefinite sculp-
ture on basal half; plate of second tergite trapezoidal, about as broad at base
as long, nearly twice as broad at apex as at base; following tergites polished;
ovipositor sheaths a little shorter than posterior femur.

Black; antennae brownish yellow toward base; tegulae brownish; wings

1Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, 1920, p. 487.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC, 1933 $95

hyaline, stigma yellowish hyaline margined with brown; legs, including coxae,
yellow or brownish yellow; posterior tibiae toward apex and their tarsi more
or less infuscated.

Male.—Similar to female except for the longer and more slender and entirely
testaceous antennae, which are as long as the body and have all the flagellar
segments elongate.

Type locality Jeanerette, La.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50014.

Host.—Diatraea saccharalis Fabricius.

Described from fifteen females and three males reared by
Dr. W. E. Hinds, June 14, 1933, from a single host larva. In
some of the paratypes the posterior coxae are more or less
piceous toward base.

Apanteles sorghiellae, new species.

Closely resembling flaviconchae Riley: differing especially, however, in its
more opaque and somewhat more punctate scutellum, in its unusually white
wings with unpigmented veins, and in the shorter female antennae. From
hyphantriae Riley, which it also resembles, it differs in the closely punctate
scutellum, the narrower and entirely black abdomen, black tegulae, white wings,
shorter ovipositor, and shorter antennae of the female.

Female.—Length 2 mm. Head strongly transverse; temples narrow but
convex; eyes about twice as long as broad, converging slightly below; malar
space inclined inward, about as long as basal width of mandible; face shining,
nearly smooth, with only faint punctures; frons smooth; ocellocular line about
twice diameter of an ocellus; antennae definitely shorter than the body, the
thirteenth to seventeenth segments not distinctly longer than broad, the last
segment conical, longer than broad.

Thorax at tegulae distinctly broader than head; mesoscutum and scutellum
closely punctate, subopaque; scutellum rather large, only slightly convex;
propodeum closely finely rugulose except narrowly across the base, and with a
distinct median longitudinal carina; mesopleurum closely punctate anteriorly,
polished posteriorly, and with a short, very narrow longitudinal groove in the
polished area; mesosternum shallowly but distinctly punctate; metapleurum
polished on basal half, rugose beyond; posterior coxae weakly punctate and
subopaque outwardly; calcaria of posterior tibia subequal, not distinctly half
as long as metatarsus; stigma about as long as metacarpus; radius faintly in-
clined outwardly, not sharply angled with intercubitus; nervellus strongly
inclivous, scarcely curved.

Abdomen not distinctly as long as thorax and much narrower, compressed
at apex, even narrower than apical width of propodeum, first tergite broadening
gradually behind; the second transverse, more than twice as long as wide, and
definitely shorter than the third; first and second closely, finely rugulose, opaque;
the third finely roughened at base; remainder of abdomen polished; hypopygium
slightly surpassing apex of last dorsal segment; ovipositor subexserted.

196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

Black; antennae entirely black; all coxae and trochanters, bases of anterior
and middle femora, more or less of posterior femur, especially toward apex,
apex of posterior tibia, and posterior tarsus more or less, blackish; tegulae black;
wings strikingly white, stigma and metacarpus brown, veins hyaline except
sometimes outer side of first cubital cell; venter of abdomen blackish, even at
base.

Male.—Essentially as in the female except for the longer antennae, which
are fully as long as the body,.with even the apical segments more than twice
as long as broad; legs slightly darker than in female.

Cocoons.—Y ellowish-white, thin, solitary.

T ype-locality —Columbia, Missouri.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50015.

Host—Celama sorghiella Riley.

Seven females and three males (type, allotype, and eight
paratypes) reared by Professor L. Haseman from the host
mentioned, in October, 1921; one female reared by F. L. Thomas,
in Cherokee County, Texas, from the same host; one female,
likewise from C. sorghiella, reared by W. A. Baker, May 17,
1923, at San Antonio, Texas; and three females and six males
reared by W. A. Baker from “‘webworm larvae” at Pierce,
Texas, Sept. 24, 1923:

Apanteles bushnelli, new species.

Similar to californicus Muesebeck but with the posterior femora wholly black,
the first tergite broader, and the first and second tergites more coarsely sculp-
tured. From Jetheli Viereck, which it also closely resembles, it differs in having
the propodeal areola weakly defined, the propodeum punctate rather than
rugulose, and the abdomen less slender.

Female——Length 3 mm. Head strongly transverse; face scarcely narrowing
below, distinctly closely punctate, opaque; malar space distinctly shorter than
the basal width of mandible; ocellocular line twice as long as the diameter of an
ocellus, slightly longer than postocellar line; frons, vertex, and temples punctate
and opaque; antennae about as long as the body, the three apical segments
subequal and much shorter than the preceding.

Thorax somewhat depressed, a little broader than the head; mesoscutum
entirely closely sharply punctate, opaque; furrow at base of scutellum distinctly
foveolate; scutellum shiny, punctate except down the middle; polished area on
lateral face of scutellum semicircular, extending only half way to base of scutel-
lum; propodeum mostly punctate and opaque, with a more or less oval polished
area at apex on each side of the middle, and with a weakly defined finely rugulose
median areola; mesopleurum mostly smooth although definitely punctate
anteriorly; posterior coxae only indistinctly punctate, subopaque; hind femora
moderately broad; inner calcarium of posterior tibia about half as long as
metatarsus; stigma more than twice as long as broad; radius originating slightly
beyond middle of stigma and joining intercubitus in an even curve.

Abdomen narrower than thorax and about as long; first tergite nearly parallel-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 197

sided, closely irregularly rugulose and opaque; second tergite strongly transverse,
more than three times as broad at base as long down the middle, much shorter
than third, completely finely rugulose and opaque, its posterior margin curved;
third tergite delicately wrinkled at its extreme base; the remainder of dorsum
of abdomen smooth; hypopygium attaining apex of last dorsal segment; ovi-
positor sheath slender, considerably longer than posterior tarsus and at least
as long as the abdomen.

Black, palpi pale yellow; tegulae black; wings whitish hyaline; anterior legs
yellow, with only the coxae black; middle and hind legs mostly black, the middle
femur apically, the middle tibia and tarsus, basal half of posterior tibia, and
base of posterior metatarsus, yellow.

Male.—Like female in all essential respects, but with the first tergite about
twice as long as broad at apex and the second tergite less than twice as broad
at base as long down the middle.

Ty pe-locality —Halsey, Nebraska.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50016.

Described from two females and one male reared by L. G.
Baumhofer from pine tips infested with Rhyacionia frustrana
var. bushnelli Busck, July, 1929 (type and allotype), and
August, 1928 (paratype). The paratype is from Nenzel,
Nebraska. These specimens were reared in the Bureau of
Entomology under Hopkins U. S. Nos. 18569-b (type), 18569-a
(allotype), and 18570-b (paratype).

Opius hydrelliae, new species.

Runs to couplet 50 in Gahan’s key? and is most similar to americanus Gahan.
It is readily distinguished from that species, however, by having the ventral
margin of mandible entire, by the presence of a transverse opening between
clypeus and mandibles, and by having the third tergite mostly sculptured.
From suturalis, which it also closely resembles, it is at once separated by the
closely sculptured opaque propodeum.

Female.—Length 1.3 mm. Head transverse, about as wide as thorax; temples
and cheeks convex; eyes not prominent; malar space not quite so long as basal
width of mandible; face mostly smooth, minutely punctate laterally, very
narrowly opaque along inner margins of eyes; antennae slender, a little longer
than body, 22-segmented, the first flagellar segment more than three times
as long as thick and longer than second.

Thorax compact; mesoscutum and scutellum smooth and polished; notauli
represented merely by short impressions anteriorly; no median fovea posteriorly
on mesoscutum; propodeum completely finely rugulose and opaque; meso-
pleurum polished, with a distinct foveolate longitudinal furrow and a little
longitudinal roughening immediately below this furrow; legs very slender;
stigma narrow, emitting radius well before its middle; first abscissa of radius
shorter than petiole of first discoidal cell; second abscissa of radius a little longer
than first intercubitus; recurrent vein entering base of second cubital cell;

2Proc. U.S. N. M., vol. 49, 1915, p. 72.

198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

first brachial cell not distinctly closed at apex below; posterior wing very narrow;
mediella slightly shorter than lower abscissa of basella; postnervellus wanting.

Abdomen about as long as thorax, widest on third tergite, where it is fully
as broad as thorax; first tergite narrow at base, broadening strongly behind,
scarcely longer than broad at apex, closely granularly roughened and opaque;
second tergite more than three times as broad as long and sculptured like the
first; third tergite about as long as second and slightly wider, the basal two
thirds finely granular; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished; ovipositor
sheaths scarcely exserted.

Black; antennal scape, mandibles, lower edge of clypeus, and palpi, yellowish;
lower part of face and cheeks dark brown; legs including all coxae yellow, the
tarsi more or less infuscated; wings hyaline, stigma and veins dark brown.

Ty pe-locality —Sacramento, Calif.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50017.

Host—H ydrellia scapularis Loew.

Described from six female specimens reared in the Bureau
of Entomology under Sacramento No. 31564 by W. B. Cart-
wright. The number of segments in the atennae of the para-
types ranges from 21 to 23.

Microbracon phyliocnistidis, new species.

Differs from all other oriental species of Microbracon known to me in the
delicate posteriorly divergent aciculations of the second abdominal tergite and
the unusually short ovipositor.

Female——Length 1.5 mm. Head about as wide as thorax, entirely polished;
face strongly receding, flat, much broader than long; ttansverse diameter of
impression between clypeus and mandibles not greater than distance from
impression to eye; eyes broadly oval, prominent; malar space longer than basal
width of mandible; ocelli small, the distances between them about equal to
diameter of one of them; antennae slender, broken in type, 18 segments re-
maining, all flagellar segments more than twice as long as thick, the first three
nearly three times as long as thick.

Thorax entirely polished; notauli faint; mesonotal lobes not elevated; scutel-
lum nearly flat; propodeum polished, with a short stub of a median carina at
apex and a poorly defined narrow longitudinal impression on basal half; legs
slender; radius arising from about end of basal third of stigma and going to
extreme apex of wing; second abscissa of radius about twice as long as first;
first cubital cell much longer than first discoidal; second cubital narrowing
apically; recurrent vein about as long as second abscissa of cubitus; length of
marginal fringe of posterior wing nearly one third the width of wing; radiella
wanting except for a short stub at base.

Abdomen hardly as long as thorax, narrow at base, strongly broadened on
second and third segments, where it is a little broader than thorax; chitinous
plate of first tergite longer than broad, entirely smooth, the anteriorly convergent
grooved lines impunctate, the lateral margins of the plate parallel on apical
two thirds, but converging somewhat at base; second tergite strongly transverse,
three times as broad as long, the surface feebly longitudinally aciculate, the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 199

posterior margin curving forward laterally and conspicuously emarginate at
the middle; third tergite slightly longer than second, also weakly aciculate, the
median aciculations strongly divergent posteriorly; fourth and following tergites
not distinctly sculptured; ovipositor sheaths only slightly longer than first
tergite.

Yellow; antenna dark brown, scape, pedicel, and two basal flagellar segments
yellowish; legs entirely yellow; wings subhyaline, stigma and veins pale; abdo-
men weakly infuscated on middle of second tergite.

Male.—Very similar to the female, but with the abdomen much narrower and
infuscated at apex, and the posterior margin of second tergite more weakly
emarginate at the middle. The antennae are 20-segmented.

Ty pe-locality.—Buitenzorg, Java.

ype Onis: NE ME Not 500138:

Host.—Phyllocnistis citrella Stainton.

Fight females and nine males reared by A. Voute. The num-
ber of antennal segments ranges from 16 to 19 in the female
paratypes and from 20 to 21 in the male paratypes.

Chelonus (Chelonella) audeoudiae, new species.

Very similar to rufiscapus Cameron but apparently differing in the shorter
antennae, in the rugulose punctate face, in the sculpturing of the mesoscutum
and propodeum, in the unusually swollen posterior tibiae, and in having the
abdomen more extensively pale at base.

Female.—Length 3.5 mm. Head very strongly transverse; temples receding
from the eyes; eyes large, thickly covered with short pubescence; malar space
shorter than clypeus; clypeus decidedly more than half as long as its apical
width, finely punctate; face more than twice as broad as long, rugulose punctate;
frons rugulose; vertex and occiput more finely sculptured than face; antennae
16-segmented, not so long as head and thorax combined, segments 10 to 15
not longer than broad; postocellar and ocellocular lines subequal, twice the
diameter of an ocellus; occipital carina strong.

Thorax stout, covered with short pubescence; mesoscutum punctate, with
a low median longitudinal keel, and on the posterior middle with several short
and coarse adjacent striae; notauli poorly defined; disk of scutellum broad,
nearly flat, minutely punctate with a few larger punctures along the lateral
margins; the short dorsal face of propodeum rugose, with a more or less distinct
longitudinal keel each side of the middle, and the posterior lateral angles acute;
posterior face of propodeum nearly vertical, irregularly punctate; mesopleurum
rugulose punctate, with a few smooth vertical ridges below; stigma more than
half as broad as long; basal vein a little sinuate; first abscissa of radius hardly
longer than second; third abscissa straight; radial cell shorter than stigma;
nervulus postfurcal by slightly less than its length; posterior femur considerably
thickened beyond basal third; posterior tibia slender at extreme base, unusually
swollen beyond, with numerous minute spines on the outer side; inner calcarium
of posterior tibia more than half as long as metatarsus; posterior tarsus slender.

Abdomen hardly as long as thorax and a little narrower, broadly rounded at

200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

apex, rugose striate on basal half, rugose beyond, most finely so at apex; two
well-developed keels from lateral margins at base, converging strongly for a
short distance and then running parallel to beyond basal third of abdomen;
ovipositor concealed.

Black; scape red; legs red, the posterior coxae black above; wings hyaline;
stigma and veins dark brown; abdomen with more than basal third testaceous,
except for a blackish spot at middle of basal margin; remainder of abdomen
black.

Type-locality —Ngerengere, Tanganyika.

Paratype-locality —Ysumeb, Southwest Africa.

Type.—U. S. N. M. No. 50019.

Described from two female specimens reared from 4udeoudia
haltica Meyrick living in the seed capsules (“jumping beans’)
of Euphorbiaceae, and communicated by Dr. H. Sachtleben,
of the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Berlin-Dahlem.
The paratype has been deposited in that institution. It differs
from the type in having all coxae black.

NOTOTHRIPS FOLSOMI, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
THYSANOPTERA FROM THE UNITED STATES.

By J. Dovctas Hoop, University of Rochester.

Exactly twenty-seven years ago, Dr. Justus W. Folsom,
known for his embryological work on the segmentation of the
insect head, for his taxonomic studies on Collembola, and as
the author of the first modern text-book of entomology, sug-
gested to me that the Thysanoptera might be studied to ad-
vantage, and gave me a small collection of thrips which he had
accumulated while a graduate student at Harvard University.
During the years which followed, he and the late Charles A.
Hart, both at Illinois, taught me the fundamentals of ento-
mology, directed me in what was then a little-frequented byway
of entomological endeavor, and firmly suppressed all near-
attempts at premature publication. A superb artist himself, he
stressed the superiority of illustrations over mere words in all
morphological papers. In these days, when so many of the
new specific names proposed are patronymics, it is perhaps
necessary to state the foregoing in detail, the better to empha-
size the appreciation felt and the signal compliment intended in
dedicating Notothrips folsomi to him.

NOTOTHRIPS, gen. nov.

(vGros, the back—in allusion to the dorsally pigmented and sculptured body;
Opt, a wood worm.)

Dorsal surface of entire body roughly sculptured, excepting in the area of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 201

the white stripe on each side of prothorax and abdomen. Head longer than
broad, longer than prothorax, with a conspicuous groove extending forward
from the anterior ocellus. Cheeks set with a few small setigerous tubercles.
Mouth cone nearly pointed, almost attaining posterior margin of prothorax.
Prothorax with two major setee on epimeron. Wings always present, not
narrowed at middle. Fore tarsus unarmed in female, armed in male with a
distinct tooth. Sternum of eighth and ninth abdominal segments of male
longer than tergum, the anterior margin prolonged forward, that of VIII only
slightly, that of IX to form a conspicuous, slightly up-turned lobe within the
body. (See Plate 9, figures 3 and 4.)

Genotype.—Phlethrips vittatus Hood.

To this genus, in addition to the genotype, is assigned the
new species described below; and to it may possibly also belong
Phleothrips albovittatus Schille, 1910, described and known from
two specimens only, both females, taken in Poland. Closely
related though it is to Phleothrips Haliday (= PhAleothrips,
Uzel, emend.), this new genus must be segregated not so much
because of the sculpture and the striking color pattern which
have suggested the generic name as because of the two large
sete, instead of one, on the proepimeron and the peculiar modi-
fication of the ninth sternal sclerite of the male. In the latter
respect 1t shows a close approximation to Priesner’s genus
Odontinothrips which, however, in common with all its relatives,
excepting the African genus Pselaphothrips possesses only one
major seta on the epimeral plate of the prothorax.

Notothrips folsomi, sp. nov.
(Pl. 9, figs. 3 and 4; Pl. 10, fig. 4.)

Male (macropterous).—Length about 2.0 mm. Dorsal surface closely reticu-
late, non-shining; ventral surface smooth. General color by reflected light, dark
mahogany brown, with a narrow, latero-dorsal, white stripe extending along
each side of the prothorax and abdominal segments 2-7, terminating in a white
spot at the base of segment 8; this white stripe is hardly as wide as the antenna,
and is interrupted only on the pterothorax and first abdominal segment, where
itis entirely wanting. General color by transmitted light yellowish brown, with
almost unbroken red subhypodermal pigmentation; legs and tube blackish
brown, non-pigmented; antenne nearly concolorous with legs, segments 3-8
slightly paler, 3 yellow in basal third, 4-6 with yellow pedicels; wings of fore
pair clouded with brown in the region of the subbasal sete.

Head (PI. 9, fig. 3) about 1.25 times as long as greatest width; dorsal and lateral
surfaces closely and distinctly reticulate, and with several moderately prominent
setigerous tubercles, of which three or four may be seen in profile on each cheek;
postocular setee minute; cheeks only slightly rounded, converging abruptly to
eyes, narrowing to base. Eyes moderately large, finely faceted, contained in
length of head about 2.8 times, and very slightly narrower than their interval.
Ocelli nearly equidistant, opposite center of eyes. Antenne seven-fourths the

202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

length of head; form of segments and chetotaxy shown in illustration (Pl. 9,
fig. 4); sense-cones disposed as in genotype. Mouth cone nearly attaining base
of prosternum.

Prothorax (Pl. 9, fig. 3) along median dorsal line about 0.54 as long as head,
and (including cox) fully twice as wide as long, dorsal surface closely reticulate
excepting in the areas occupied by the white stripes; all usual sete present,
dilated apically, two pairs on the epimeron. Wings long and strong, the fore
pair somewhat wider distally than at middle and with about 16 accessory hairs
on posterior margin; subbasal sete stout and blunt. Legs normal; fore femora
not swollen, fore tarsi armed with a short tooth.

Abdomen normal; segment 9 moderately long and with the anterior margin
of its sternum prolonged forward to form a conspicuous, slightly up-turned
lobe within the body (PI. 9, fig. 4). Tube about 0.73 as long as head.

Measurements of holotype (co): Length 2.04 mm.; head, length 0.286 mm.,
width behind eyes 0.228 mm., width at base 0.206 mm.; eyes, length 0.100 mm.,
width 0.068 mm., interval 0.072 mm.; prothorax, median dorsal length 0.164
mm., width across coxe 0.342 mm.; pterothorax, width 0.388 mm.; abdomen,
width across segment 2, 0.402 mm.; tube, length 0.210 mm., width at base
0.091 mm., width at apex 0.040 mm.

Antennal segments:............ Dh, 2g “a Stiy 545 Sen oe
encth()) = 44 64 92 76 72 60 52 39
Vi clitslng (1) eee 40 33 40 38 34 28 24 15

Total length of antenna 0.5 mm.

Described from one male taken by the author at Fraser,
Colorado, July 8, 1927, from a dead pine branch infested with
scolytid beetles [Hood No. 613].

This is a smaller and much less strongly sculptured species
than NN. vittatus. The pronotum and tube are distinctly
shorter in comparison with the head, and the intermediate
antennal segments, as may be seen by comparing figures 2 and
4 on Plate 9, are relatively much shorter and stouter.

Notothrips vittatus (Hood).
(PE 9s figs. 1) 25,Pl 10} figs) 1—3:)

1912. Phleothrips vittatus Hood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. XXV, p,
11. [2o, Baldwin, Mich., on poplar.}

1927. Phleothrips vittatus, Hood, Ent. Amer., Vol. VII, p. 229. [1 9, Parkers,
Lewis Co., N. Y., on poplar.]

1928. Phlaeothrips vittatus, Hood and Herrick, Mem. 101, Cornell Univ. Agr.
Exp) Stas peaale

This strikingly colored species, as will be noted from the above
citations, is known from three specimens only, two of them males
taken in Michigan, one a female from New York. In July and
August, 1930, 1931, and 1932, I found it quite commonly at

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35 PLATE 9

PLATE 10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35

[204 ]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 205

Oswegatchie, N. Y., on dying poplar trees (Populus tremuloides).
On bright warm afternoons individuals could be seen alighting
in company with Acanthothrips nodicornis (Reuter) on poplars
which had been blown down several weeks previously. They
were evidently attracted by the noticeable odor of decomposi-
tion. Like that species they are very alert and, when ap-
proached, are prone to drop to the ground or to fly away if
successful in spreading their wings. Though hundreds of adult
specimens were seen, nymphs could not be found.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

(The drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida

by Miss Helen E. Rearwin.)

PLATE 9.

Fig. 1. Notothrips vittatus (Hood), head and prothorax, 9 ; sete omitted from
all appendages and from mesothorax.

Fig. 2. Notothrips vittatus, right antenna, Q.

Fig. 3. Notothrips folsomi sp. nov., head and prothorax, o’, holotype; sete
omitted from all appendages and from mesothorax; facets of eyes and
some of cephalic structure not shown because of opacity of specimen.

Fig. 4. Notothrips folsomi, left antenna, o, holotype.

Piate 10.
Fig. 1. Notothrips vittatus (Hood), segments 8-10 of abdomen, @.
Fig. 2. Notothrips vittatus, right fore wing, 9 ; stippling indicates color pattern.
Fig. 3. Notothrips vittatus, segments 8-10 of abdomen, , showing the prolonga-

tion cephalad of sternum IX.
Fig. 4. Notothrips folsomi sp. nov., segments 8-10 of abdomen, <’; certain
details shown in Fig. 3 omitted because of opacity of specimen.

PHLEPSIUS ISHIDAE MATSUMURA IN NORTH AMERICA.
By P. W. Oman, Bureau of Entomology.

Phlepsius ishidae Matsumura. Monographie der Jassinen Japan. Termesz.
Fuz., vol. 25, pp. 382-383, 1902.

Phlepsius tinctortus Sanders and DeLong. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 12,
PPa2s5 2365, LILO:

This interesting leafhopper was described by Matsumura from
Japanese specimens in 1902 and was recorded from North
America in 1919 by Sanders and DeLong when they described
it as Phlepsius tinctorius. Since the writer first examined
specimens of the species he has considered it exotic, and upon
investigation found that it checked well with Matsumura’s
description and figures of Phlepsius ishidae from Japan. Sub-
sequently, Japanese specimens determined by Matsumura as

206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

his P. ishidae were found in the C. F. Baker Philippine collection.
These were identical with specimens at hand, leaving no doubt
as to the identity of the North American specimens going under
the name of P. tinctorius.

Sanders and DeLong described f¢inctorius from specimens
collected at Irvington and South Orange, New Jersey, on A4ralia
spinosa, July 23 and August 11. The year in which these
specimens were collected was not given. The writer has
examined specimens from Annapolis,' Md., collected on various
dates from July 5 to August 2, 1932; from Crisfield', Md.,
August 6, 1932; and from Bristol, Pa., August 13, 1932, G. B.
Sleesman. Its occurrence on 4ralia suggests its probable intro-
duction in the egg stage on some of the shrubs of that genus,
possibly Aralia chinensis, which is indigenous to Japan and is
reported to be closely related to 4. spinosa. Aralia chinensis
is known to occur in the region from which P. ishidae is above
reported.

EARLIEST GENERA OF MITES AND THEIR TYPES.

By Arruur Paut Jacor, Cornell University.

This paper has been prepared because of the large number of
errors in citation of genotypes as published in some recent
European papers.

Acarus (8, p. 615), Trombidium (1, p. 430), and Hydrachne
(9, p. 26) were not typed and are not monotypic. The first
monotypic genera of mites date from 1795 (3). Atomus is
recorded first with 4. phalangii DeGéer’ listed under it (3, p. 18).
Thus a larva, a six legged animal, parasitic on phalangids,
becomes type of the order of mites, which should consequently
be known as the Atomida. The other genera of mites presented
at this time are:

Ixodes, monotype dcarus reduvius Lin.

Parasitus, monotype Acarus coleoptratorum Lin. (p. 19).
Bdella is not binomially typed.

Argas and Siro are still born.

In 1796 (4) the following genera of mites are presented:

Leptus is a synonym of Atomus (same type’.
Atomus and Ixodes are already typed.
Cheyletus, monotpye: Acarus eruditus Schrank (p. 179).

1Taken in a mosquito trap operated by the Division of Insects Affecting Man
and Animals, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

2Although DeGéer is only crudely binomial, he does use a species name for
his new species, immediately following the generic name. Thus he can be con-
sidered binomial.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 207

Bdella, monotype: Acarus longicornis Lin. (p. 180).
Smaris, monotype: Acarus sambuci Schrank.
Limnochares, monotype: Acarus aquaticus Lin. (p. 181).
Eylais, monotype: Hydrachne extendens Miiller (p. 182).
Carpais is a synonym of Parasitus.

Tyroglyphus, monotype: Acarus siro Lin. (p. 185).
Carios, Argas, and Siro are still born.

In the 1802 (5) treatise the following genera of mites are
noteworthy:

Gamasus is a synonym of Parasitus.

Oribata, monotype: Acarus geniculatus Lin. (p. 65).

Argas, monotype: Acarus reflexus Fab. (p. 66).

Sarcoptes, monotype: dcarus cabiei Lin. (p. 67), unquestionably a
misprint for 4. scabiei Lin.

Caris, monotype: Caris vespertilionis Latr. (for Carios, p. 67).

In the 1804 volume (vol. 8, p. 55) nothing new is added as
far as genotypes is concerned, except that the type of Caris
is described. I believe this is another synonym of Nycteribia
(Diptera).

In 1806 (6) the following are noteworthy:

Erythraeus, monotype: F. phalangioides (DeGéer) (p. 146).
Uropoda, monotype: U. vegetans (DeGéer) (p. 157).
Astoma, monotype: 4. parasiticum (DeGéer) (p. 162).

This generic term is intended by Latreille as a substitute for
his Atomus (1804, vol. 8, p. 55, footnote). According to Inter-
national rules the two genera are distinct, each with its own
type.

In 1810 (7, p. 425) “types” are designated for the three old
genera as follows:

Trombidium: Acarus holocericeus L.
Acarus: Acarus siro Fabr.
Hydrachne: Trombidium geographicum Fabr.

This is Muller’s species as Fabricius was a compiler and refers
directly to Miller. The other genera were previously mono-
typed. Five of them are erroneously presented according to
international rules, namely: Gamasus is a synonym of Parasitus,
Leptus is a synonym of Atomus, Ixodes was monotyped 4.
reduvius in 1795, Argas was monotyped 4. reflexus in 1802,
Sarcoptes was monotyped 4. scabiez in 1802.

It should be noted that Acarus here ‘“‘typed” 4. siro Fabr.
is a synonym of Tyroglyphus, so that Acarus has no further
standing in systematic literature. (4. siro Fab. is 4. siro Linné,
as Fabricius was a compiler.) In fact Latreille showed this to

208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

be his idea in 1802 (p. 64). (See also opinion 113 of the Inter-
national Commission on Zodlogical Nomenclature.)

As I accept the principle that a genus is not a genus until
typed, Tyroglyphus has precedence over Acarus.

The above types give the following classification:

Order ATOMIDA 1795 (Acarina).

Suborder /xodina 1795 (Parasitiformes).
Superfamily Parasitoidea 1795 (Mesostigmata).
Superfamily [xodoidea 1795 (Ixodides).

Suborder 4tomina (Trombidiformes).
Superfamily Scutacaroidea 1845 (Tarsonemini).
Superfamily Pachygnathoidea 1834 (Stomatostigmata).
Superfamily Atomoidea (Prostigmata).

Suborder T'yrogly phina 1796 (Sarcoptiformes).
Superfamily Tyroglyphoidea 1796.

Superfamily Oribatoidea 1802.
Superfamily Sarcoptoidea 1802.
etc.

Interim (1804) Hermann (2) established the following genera
without types: Scirus (p. 60), Cynorhaestes (p. 63) as Ixodes,
Rhynchoprion (p. 69) as Argas, Notaspis (p. 87) as Oribata,
Phthiridium (p. 120) as Nycteribia, Limulus (p. 129) a Hy-
drachnid.

LITERATURE CITED.

1. Fasricrus, JoHANN CuristiAn, 1775, Systema Entomologiae. Flensburg.
Introd. +832 pp.

2. HERMANN, JEAN-FREDERIC, 1804, Mémoire Aptérologique, Publié par
Fréderic-Louis Hammer, worked up by Paul Hermann. Strasbourg. 152
pp., 9 pls.

3. LaTREILLE, PIERRE-ANDRE, 1795, Observations sur la variété des organes
de la bouche des Tiques, et distribution méthodique des insectes de cette
famille d’aprés les caractéres établis sur la conformation de ces organes,
in: Millin, Noel et Warens, Magasin Encyclopédique, ou Journal des
Sciences, des Lettres et des Arts, vol. 4, pp. 15-20.

4. Same, 1786, Précis des Caractéres Génériques des Insectes, disposés
dans un ordre naturel. Paris. 201 pp. +

5. Same, 1802, Histoire Naturelle, Générale et Particuli¢re des Crustacés et
des Insectes. Paris. vol. 3, pp. 46-68; 1804, vol. 7, pp. 334-400; vol. 8,
pp» 5-55.

6. Same, 1806, Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum. Paris. vol. 1, pp. 144—
162.

7. Same, 1810, Considérations générales sur l’ordre naturel des (animaux com-
posant les classes des) crustacés, des arachnides, et des Insectes. Paris.
444 pp.

8. Linné, Cuarves, 1758, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, reformata, vol. 1.

9. Mijtter, Orro Friepertcu, 1776, Zoologiae Danicae Prodromus, Hafniae.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 209

REVIEW OF RUSBY’S “JUNGLE MEMORIES.”

“Jungle Memories” by Henry H. Rusby, Emeritus Dean and Professor of
Materia Medica, College of Pharmacy, Columbia University. 8 vo.,
388 pp., illus. N. Y., McGraw-Hill Company, 1933. $3.50.

While this work is primarily a detailed narrative of a botanical
expedition of extraordinary interest across the Andes and
through the jungles of South America in search of new medicinal
plants, yet the volume contains a wealth of data of value to
workers in other fields of biology as well, particularly the orni-
thologist, ichthyologist and entomologist. The scope of this
review is limited to consideration ofa portion of the information
given concerning insects. A résumé of the sections of ento-
mological interest include consideration of such widely varying
themes as sufferings from malarial chills contracted from the
bites of Anopheles; notes on their habits and ferocity; attacks
by swarms of huge hornets and of various species of ferocious
tropical flies; ravages, habits and experiments with larvae of a
screw worm known as vigui and an unidentified insect of ex-
tremely minute size locally known as pium, both of which cause
extreme agony to the victim. There are also numerous general
observations on concrete manifestations of insect psychology
as well as on the habits and attacks of various species of ants,
particularly stinging species, and the sauba or leaf-carrying ant
with its method of transporting large objects for long distances,
as well as discussion of the control on the part of natives of
corn-destroying ants by various methods of ditching. Data
also are given on the cultivation by ants of various species of
fungi for their food purposes, while an extremely vivid descrip-
tion is given of a battle between two species of ants for the
possession of a tree. This narration is of such excellence as to
remind one of the famous battle of the ants in Thoreau’s “ Wal-
den.” Dr. Rusby has placed on record in Appendix D some
8 pages containing additional detailed observations on various
species of tropical ants encountered. The book is an extremely
readable one and makes a valuable contribution to the literature
on South American exploration. Its reading is commended.

=) §) Wade.

REVIEW OF BAINBRIGGE FLETCHER’S LIFEHISTORIES OF
INDIAN MICROLEPIDOPTERA.

During his more than twenty-five years service as Imperial
Entomologist of India, concluded last year, T. Bainbrigge
Fletcher has many times doubled the knowledge of Indian
insects, already most creditably begun by the late Maxwell
Lefroy in his “India Insect Life,” 1909. Fletcher’s well known

210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933

“South Indian Insects,’ 1914, alone would be a worthy monu-
ment of his painstaking and diligent work:

Aside from his outstanding work in economic entomology,
however, Fletcher is a world authority on the Microlepidoptera,
especially the Prerophoridae, and he has done a remarkable
amount of work in the collecting and rearing of these groups
in India; more than 3000 species of Microlepidoptera from
India have been obtained through his labors and have been -
described by Edward Meyrick during the last twenty-five years.
The Lifehistories of about 650 of these have been worked out
by Mr. Fletcher and the two concluding volumes on these
“TLifehistories” have just been received, published as Scientific
Monographs Nos. 2 and 4 of the Imperial Council of Agricul-
tural Research, Calcutta, December, 1932, and August, 1933.
The first volume was published in the Memoirs of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture in India, vol. 6, nos. 1-9, 1921.

The magnitude of this work by one man in a quarter of a
century can best be appreciated when it is realized that it
compares favorably with the work accomplished in these groups
in North America by numerous workers for more than half
a century. Fletcher has collected about as many species of
Microlepidoptera in India as are described from North America
and the number of known lifehistories of our American species
is but slightly larger than that ascertained by him in India.
It is a very remarkable record.

These “‘Lifehistories,’ handsomely published in quarto
volumes, give detailed descriptions of the early stages and are
profusely illustrated with excellent plates (many colored) of
the moths, their larvae, pupae, and work. These volumes
embody our entire knowledge to date of the biology of the
Microlepidoptera of India and will be a most valuable source
of information not only to Indian students but to all workers
in these groups.

Mr. Fletcher has generously donated to the U. S. National
Museum fine reared series of a large percentage of the species
treated in these volumes. —August Busck.

MINUTES OF THE 450TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, NOVEMBER 2, 1933.

The 450th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, November 2, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building
of the National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were
present 43 members and 25 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting
were read and approved.

Mr. F. F. Dicke and Mr. John Scrivener of the cereal and forage insect

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 PAU

investigations, U. S. Bureau of Entomology, were unanimously elected to
membership on recommendation of the executive committee.

Mr. G. Merino, an entomologist of the Phillipines, upon invitation, greeted
the society.

Under the heading “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Doctor Howard
discussed a letter from Professor Essig, which stated that early-day western
pioneers found that infestations of bed-bugs unexpectedly appeared in their
isolated cabins. Doctor Howard said that the source of such infestations was
an interesting problem, and invited the members to consider it and to comment
later.

Dr. J. M. Aldrich spoke of an amusing misinterpretation of an abbreviated
locality label. This note was discussed, with mention of similar cases, by
Gahan, Clarke, Greene, Cushman, Busck, and Snodgrass.

Mr. August Busck exhibited 3 volumes of a new work by T. B. Fletcher on
life-histories of Microlepidoptera of India, containing a remarkable number of
life-histories and fine illustrations.

The first communication on the regular program was by P. W. Oman and was
entitled “Habitat Associations of Homoptera in the Southwest.”

Mr. Oman discussed factors which determine presence or absence of a given
species in a given association; typical habitats found in southwestern United
States, with type of Homoptera found in each; differences between desert
associations and those of more humid regions; and adaptations of Homoptera
to their habitats. Lantern slide pictures of some typical habitats illustrated
the paper. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo, Poos and Wadley.

The second communication was by Max Kisliuk, and was entitled “Fruit
Fly Surveys in the West Indies and South America.”

Mr. Kisliuk described a fruit fly field survey made by himself and Mr. C. E.
Cooley of the Bureau of Plant Quarantine during the latter part of 1931 and
the early part of 1932. This survey included field observations in the Bahamas,
Jamaica, Haiti, Santo Domingo, American Virgin Islands, Antigua, Guadeloupe,
Martinique, St. Lucia, Trinidad, St. Kitts, Nevis, Dominica, St. Vincent,
Barbados, Brazil, Uruguay, Chile, and Peru.

Crops and insect conditions, particularly with relation to fruit flies, were
briefly discussed with respect to each country visited. He stated that fruit
flies were found in every country visited with the exception of Antigua, St.
Johns, St. Vincent, and Barbados. Anastrepha suspensa and A. acidusa were
especially prevalent in the West Indies; 4. serpentina was taken in Trinidad
and Brazil and 4. peruviana in Peruand Brazil. Ceratitis capitata was especially
abundant in the vicinity of Rio Janeiro, Brazil.

The talk was illustrated by slides showing the route taken by Messrs. Kisliuk
and Cooley.

Because of the lateness of the hour there was no discussion of this paper.

Meeting adjourned at 10:20 p. m.
F. M. WaDLeEy,

Recording Secretary.

212 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 9, DEC., 1933 =

CORRECTION. i

In the article ““Four New Species of Empoasca,” by F. W._
Poos, Vol. 35, p. 175 of these Proceedings, species E. delongi, —
Figs. 2 and 3 refer to the male genitalia; p. 176, E. batatae,
Figs. 4 and 5 refer to the male genitalia. —Fditor.

Actual date of publication December 27, 1933.

INDEX TO

Aedes klotsi, n. sp., 69.

Avpricu, J. M., articles by, 9, 19, 165, 170.

Amazon Valley, anophelines of, 117.

Anastrepha, eggs of four species, 184; A. frater-
culus, A. striata, A. serpentiana, A. ludens,
descriptions and figures of, 184-190.

Anopheles thomasi, n. name for Anopheles
lewisi Shannon, 58

Anopheles (Cycloleppteron) mattogrossensis
Lutz and Neiva, 135; A. (Cycloleppteron)
peryassui D. & K., 135: A (Arribalzagia)
fluminensis Root, 136.

Anophelines, of Amazon Valley, 117; key to
species of, 132.

Apanteles molestae, n. sp., 51.

Apanteles homoeosomae, n. sp., 193;
tatus, n. sp., 194; sorghiellae, n. sp.,
bushnelli, n. sp., 196.

Aphiidae, new genera and species of, 29.

Aphytis fuscipennis (Howard), 89; limonus
(Rust), 89; chrysomphali (Mercet), 90;
maculicornis (Masi), 90

Arrow, GiBeErt J., 71.

Aserica, note on nomenclature of genus, 71.

Aspidiotiphagus citrinus (Craw), 89; louns-
buryi Berl and Paoli, 8

Australian cattle tick in Texas, 23.

Bassus diversus, n. sp., 48.

impunc-

195;

Bisuopp, F. C., article by, 1; presidential
address, 144.

Brake, Doris H., article by, 180.

Boophilus annulatus var. australis Fuller,

occurrence in Texas, 23.
Braconidae, new, reared, 193.
Buscx, Aucust, book review, 209.
Calcaritermes, in the United States, 67.
Cales noacki Howard, 98.
Camptoptera brunnea, n. sp., 97.
Ceracia Rondani, tachinid genus with a new
species, 9: Ceracia aurifrons, n. sp., 9.
Chalcidoid parasites, descriptions and notes on,

CHAMBERLIN, T. R., article by, 101.

Chelonus (Chelonella) audeoudiae, n. sp., 199.

Chelonus sericeus (Say), oviposition of, 7.

Coccophagus ochraceus (Howard), 93.

Collinellula Aldrich, n. name for, 167.

Cory, E. N., joint article by, 1.

Cremastus, three Oriental species of, 73;
japonicus (Ashmead), 74; (hymeniae
Vier.) =flavoorbitalis (Cam.), 74; chinensis
Viereck, 75.

Cusuman, R. A., articles by, 7, 10, 73.

Dibrachoides dynastes (FGrst.), 106.

Dimorphomyia calliphoroides Bigot,
a composite, 168.

Diptera, notes on, No. 6, Aldrich, 165.

Dozier, Hersert L.., article by, 85

Earthworms, reaction to electrical current in
the soil, 24.

Elodia R-D, tachinid genus, notes on, with new
species, 19; flavipalpis, n. sp., tragica
Meig., 21; subfasciata, n. sp., 22.

Emmart, Emity Watcort, article by, 184.

Empoasca, four new species of, 174; sativae,
n. sp., 174; delongi, n. sp., 175; batatae,
n. sp., 176; curvata, n. sp., 177.

Enlinia n. name for Collinellula Ald., 168.

Entomological Society of Washington, minutes
of: 442d meeting, 11; 443d meeting, 27;
444th meeting, 43; 445th meeting, 59;
446th meeting, 83; 447th meeting, 111;
448th meeting, 114; special meeting, 164;
449th meeting, 191; 450th meeting, 210.

type of,

VOLUME. 35.

Euaphycus portoricensis Dozier, 96.

Euderomphale quercicola, n. sp., 85; vittata,
n. sp., 86
FiercuHer, Bainsricce, “Life Histories of

Indian Microlepidoptera,’ ” review of, 209.
Granovsky, A. A., article by, 29

Halictus, notes on North American, 78;
leucozonius (Schrank), 78; zonulus Smith,
78: athabascensis, n. sp., 78; group

synopsis of, 80.

Hatt, Davin G., article by, 110.

Helmidae, n. sp. of, 54.

Helmis dietrichi, n. sp., 54; pusilla apta, n.
subsp., 56; pusilla perdita, n. subsp., 56;
pusilla lodingi, n. subsp., 56

Hoplochaitophorus, n. genus,
(Monell), 32.

Hoop, J. Dovczas, articles by, 45, 200.

Hypera rumicis (Linn. ) parasites of, 101.

Jacot, Arruur Paut, article by, 206.

Japanese Tachinidae, n. sp., 19.

32; quercicola

Kalotermes (Galcanitennies) Nearcticus, n.
sp., 68.

Lachnochaitophorus, n. genus, 33; querceus,
n. sp., 34; bisselli, n. sp., 39.

Marietta busckii_ (Howard), 87; pulchella
(Howard), 87; carnesi (Howard), 87;

maculatipennis, n. sp., 88

MartinI, E., article by, 61.
Marueson, Rosert, article by, 69.
Medical entomology, its field and function, 145.
Mesidia gillellei Howard, 90.
Metagonistylum Town., characters of, 170;

minense Town., descrip., 171.

Mites, earliest genera of, 206.

Mosquito, n. sp., 69.

Mosquitoes, hypopygia of anophelines, 61.
Mosquitoes, Survey of in Chesapeake Bay

section, l.

Muesesecx, C. F. W., articles by, 48, 193.
Muserave, Paut N., article by, 54.
Notothrips folsomi, n. gen., n. sp., 200; vittatus

(Hood), 202.

Oedemagena terrae-novae Knab, note on, 166.
Oman, P. W., article by, 205.
Opius hydrelliae, n. sp., 197; phyllocnistidis,

n. sp., 198.

Orgilus longiceps, n. sp., 52.
Oriental fruit moth, hymenopterous parasites

of, 48.

Pachychaeta jarowchewskyi Portschinsky, not

from America, 166.

Panama, new Thysanoptera from, 45.
Paper wasps, species of Sarcophaga inhabiting

nests of, 110
Paracalocerinus marilandia Girault, 94.
Parasetigena segregata, change of name, 165.
Perisierola angulata, n. sp., 53.

Phanerotoma grapholithae, n. sp., 50.
Philippine Tachinidae, 9.
Phlepsius ishidae Matsumura,

America, 205.

Phorocera pumilio, n. sp., 22.
Physcus uvae, n. sp., 94.
Polynema longipes Ashmead, 96; mymari-

pennis, n. sp., 96.

Poos, F. W., article by, 174; article by, cor-

rection, 214.

Prophryno "Town., characters of, 172; myersi,

Nesp. lis"

Prospaltella diaspidicola Silvestri, 93.
Rhabdothrips, n. genus, 45; albus, n. sp., 46.
Ross, Herspert H., article by, 13.
Russy, H. H., “Jungle Memories,”

North

review, 209.

214 Index.

SanpuouseE, Grace A., article by, 78.

Sarcophaga, species inhabiting wasp nests,
110; polistensis n. sp., 110.

Sarcophaga securifera Villeneuve, life history
and molting of, 159.

Sawfly, new, with life history and descriptions,

ScHroep_er, H. O., Jr., article by, 23.

SHannon, Raymonp, correction by, 58; article
by, 117.

Smirn, Carrot N., article by, 159.

Snyper, T. E., article by, 67.

Spallanzania R-D, status of, 168.

Sphecophaga burra (Cresson) notes on as
parasite of Vespula maculata, 10.

Spilochalcis delumbis (Cress.), 106.

Stenelmis blatchleyi, nom. n., 57.

Sterictiphora apios, n. sp., description and life
history, 13; apios form atrescens, new
form, 14.

Stone, ALAN, joint article by, 1; article by,

Systena, two new species of, 180; gracilenta,
n. sp., 180; dimorpha, n. sp., 181

Tabanus, new North American, 75; oklaho-
mensis, n. sp., 76; bishoppi, n. sp., 77

Tachinidae, South American, 170.

Thysanoptera, American, new, 200.

Thysanus unifasciatus (Ashm.), 98; insularis,
n. sp., 98; maculatus (Girault), 99;
magniclavus, n. sp., 99; louisianae, n. sp.,

100

Trichaporus FOrster, note” on nomenclature,’

91; variegata (How.), 92; cubensis (Gahan)
. 92; catherineae, n. sp., 92
Vespula maculata, ichneumonid parasite of,
10

Wane, J. Ss reviews of, 59) 209:
Watton, W. R., article by, 24.

PROCEEDINGS

mn TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

WASHINGTON

VoLuME 36

PuBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
1934

ACTUAL DATE OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 36

Number 1—pages 1-26 inclusive ........ . . . . February 2, 1934
Number 2—pages 27-50 inclusive ........ . . . March 16, 1934
Number 3—pages 51-74 inclusive ........... April 20, 1934
Number 4—pages 75-98 inclusive ........... May 16, 1934
Number 5—pages 99-125 inclusive .........../ May 25, 1934
Number 6—pages 127-184 inclusive ....... . 2a Fubp oy gst
Number 7—pages 185-242 inclusive ......... . December 5, 1934
Numbers 8-9, pages 242-271 inclusive ......... February 18, 1935
PRESS OF

< H. L. & J. «» McQueen, Inc.
Wasuincton, D. C.

[ii]

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOLUME 36.

Bisuopp, F. C.: Records of Hymenopterous Parasites of Ticks in the
WinitedkStatesien seca eee ee ss i a aA oe at a
BUCHANAN, L. L.: Henry Frederick Wickham .....:.:4..
—— —— A New North American Magdalis from Blue Spruce (Cole-
Opterars Curculionidae sec es 8 tw eg ee lg oe
Buscx, Aucust: Tortilia viatrix, New Species. An African Moth on
Senna imported into the Unitedistates 5 55°. 2... >...
A New Genus and Species of the Family Gelechiidae (Lepi-
BOPECEA)) it Pee am egel eee ee a 3 SU. oie ok a I
Davis, A. C.: Two New ie of Pleocoma (pole cere: Scarabaeidae)

Ewine, H. E. and Smiru, Fioyp F.: The European Tarsonomid Straw-
berry Mite Identical with the American Cyclamen Mite. . . .. .
Gaunan, A. B.: On the Identities of Chalcidoid Tick Parasites (Hymen-
GPteraye ee it. Bh bs. inst ay ee eee 2 Adee eh ee ae
A New Species of Cirrospilus Westwood (Chalcidoidea) . . .
Graf, J. E. and Wuire, W. H.: Charles Holcomb Popenoe ..... .
GREENE, Cuarves T.: Tachinid Flies with an Evanescent Fourth Vein,
Including a New Genus and Five New Species .........
A Revision of the Genus Anastrepha Based on a Study of the
Wings and on the Length of the Ovipositor Sheath (Diptera: Try-
Peticae) Maret bra: ty fale ors.) une ic) PS! eS, -o ee ES Blk
Hoop, J. Doucias: Two New Genera and Species of Phlaeothripidae
MihySanapteba) 2. tac: ete tee bad § ses tt coe eae, Ae
Howarp, L. O.: More About the Beginnings of the Society . .... .
Latra, Ranpa.t: A Note on the Distribution of Eumerus Narcisi Smith
@MipteraySyrphidae)y Gs. oa eet a ene ee,
MarHEson, Rosert: Notes on Psorophora (Janthinosoma) horridus
Di yars aid Renal (og as age Oe ay emer ee, Ae ae
—— —— Notes on Mosquitoes from South America, with Description
ofsaNewsopeciess (Diptera, Culicidae) 9 eee
Oman, P. W.: New Species and a New Genus of North American Delto-
cephaline Leafhoppers (Hemiptera: Homoptera) ........
Purnam, Persis, and SHANNON, Raymonp C.: The Biology of Stegomyia
under Laboratory Conditions: IJ Egg-laying Capacity and Lon-
SGVIEVAOI NC ULES- Seep! ener hh ee he VE a a ah
Rouwer, S. A.: Descriptions of Five Parasitic Hymenoptera. . . . . .

ington During the Last Quarterofa Century... . .) .. >.
RussEtt, Paut F. and Santiaco Dominco: An Earth-lined Trap for
AxiophelmeIWios@urtOesaree ts es <5 el. oc. ee GW ads os, ween

87
60

lv TABLE OF CONTENTS OF VOL. 36

SHannon, Raymonp C.: The Genus Mansonia (Culicidae) in the
Amazon Valley... 2c a9: /25 2 Re ee
SHannon, Raymonp C. and Putnam, Persis: The Biology of Stegomyia
under Laboratory Conditions: I. The Analysis of Factors which Influ-
ence Larval Development, a-a=aeennereenen enn cen
Wane, J. S.: A Review of Jaeger’s “The California Deserts’ .... .
Watton, W.R:: John Morton Aldrich seh. 19) 4 5. ee 1 ee eee

VOL. 36 JANUARY, 1934 No. |

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

ee ree
A a OUT; ~~ ~

CONTENTS

DAVIS, A. C.—TWO NEW SPECIES OF PLEOCOMA (COLEOPTERA: SCARA-

BABID AR) Aye ee oo Oe ae ee tes 7 eMart ieee eM eT ater 8)

RUSSELL, PHUL F. AND SANTIAGO, DOMINGO——AN EARTH-LINED TRAP FOR

ANOPHDUINE a MOSQUITOES. re i yee: coe ee Ae en Ree 1

: J
PusiisHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, AuGusr anD SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

——_

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeED Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProceEpincs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Haonncary: Presta aaah. ao cee nro .. .L, 0. HOWARB
President? (x8 tie ee ah es I ee ee Se J. S. WADE
First Vice-President . ... . sb 4 a2). . » 1 2 Ee
SClOna WW AceHEresidenins par) ne es. ee » Sa Be RRACKEE
Recording: SEcneigny oe Fs 3 ond 2S" hs Se ke ... BE. Ms WADEEM
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer.. . . . «1.» +++.» S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
FEGUOF SEs a2 bade Sek ice Ree a ae ee eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewine,
F. L. Campse tt.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLENEESS C1 <n) dap, s 16 oe Ree ee ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies BMS 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

WOOL. 36 JANUARY, 1934 Nos

AN EARTH-LINED TRAP FOR ANOPHELINE MOSQUITOES.!
By Paut F. Russet, AnD Dominco SANTIAGO.

The difficulties of making day-time catches of adult anophe-
lines in the Philippines have been noted in previous papers
(1, 2). In these reports it was shown that the Philippine
mosquitoes do not hide in human habitations as do anophelines
in other countries. The local houses are light, airy, and dry.
The insects prefer to take shelter in places which are dark,
quiet, and moist. Such requirements are found in small natural
caves where the banks of stream have been undermined, also
in crevices of old overgrown stone walls, in wells, and in similar
places.

For several years we have been experimenting with traps
to catch adult anophelines. Several designs have been used,
none successfully, despite such bait as light, sweaty cloth, cut
fruit, and carabao dung. Recently we have devised a trap
which is more efficient than any heretofore used and of a type
which we have not seen reported in the literature available to us.
This trap is a simple box-like structure, its main feature being
a layer of soil 1 inch thick on the inside walls and roof, held in
place by 16-mesh wire screening and kept moist by a drip-can
resting on top of the box. The trap has no floor and is placed
directly on the ground. One end is not boarded but is kept
partly closed at night by means of a black cloth which hangs
down to within % foot of the ground. Several sizes of traps
have been used, the smallest being 2 feet high, 2 feet wide, and
3 feet long. This size is effective but in somewhat larger traps
the catches are likely to be greater. (See Figs. 3 to 7.)

Collections were made in the morning by raising the cloth
which partly closes the entrance, and removing the mosquitoes
one by one in glass vials or any type of mosquito-catching tube.

1The studies and observations on which this paper is based were conducted
with the support and under the auspices of the International Health Division
of the Rockefeller Foundation.

The senior author is Chief and the junior author a field inspector of Malaria
Investigations, jointly supported by the Bureau of Science, Manila, and the
International Health Division of the Rockefeller Foundation.

2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

A flash-light is required. The mosquitoes are easily caught;
they make no effort to escape if the collector moves quietly and
directly.

These traps have been placed in various locations and have
been quite successful. Similar box-like traps, without the inner
lining of soil, have not given good results, presumably because
they do not so closely resemble natural sheltering places. (See
Figs. 1 and 2.) The soil-lined traps are inexpensive, and they
are portable.

In Tables 1 and 2 are reported the catches from traps placed
near the bank of a stream in which 4. minimus var. flavirostris
breeds. The traps were unlighted and were about 200 meters
from the nearest house. In Table 1, adult catches in the unlined
(old-style) trap are recorded and in Table 2 those from the new
earth-lined traps are given. It will be seen that in the unlined
trap the average catch per trap per night was 4.4 while in the
earth-lined traps the average per night per trap was 18.8. More
important is the fact that although no 4. minimus var. flavi-
rostris were caught in the unlined trap, an average of 4.1 were
taken from earth-lined traps. 4. minimus var. flavirostris 1s
the chief malaria vector of the Philippines. It is this species
that we are chiefly interested in trapping. (See also Table 14.)

Tables 3 and 4 report similar catches. In this case the traps
were also placed beside the stream bank but were moved to
within a few meters of an occupied house. The unlined trap
caught an average of 8.3 mosquitoes per trap per night; the
earth-lined traps averaged 36.1 mosquitoes per trap per night.
No 4. minimus var. flavirostris were caught in the former but
an average of 4.8 were taken in the earth-lined traps.

Traps were also placed near a carabao shed about 50 meters
from a stream and about the same distance from the nearest
house. In this situation the unlined trap averaged 10.4 mos-
quitoes and the earth-lined traps 46.2 per night per trap, as is
shown in Tables 5 and 6. Only 0.3 4. minimus var. flavirostris
were averaged by the unlined and 3.3 by the earth-lined trap.

When the traps situated near the carabao shed were baited
with carabao dung the average catches, as shown in Tables
7 and 8, were slightly larger in the unlined trap but were con-
siderably smaller in the earth-lined traps.

When the traps were placed under an occupied house about
100 meters from the nearest stream, as shown in Tables 9 and 10,
the catches in the unlined type averaged 12.4, with no 2.
minimus var. flavirostris. In the new-style, earth-lined trap
the catches averaged 69.5 mosquitoes per trap per night, with
an average of 3.6 4. minimus var. flavirostris.

The effect of light was also tested. Table 11 shows that the
average catch per trap per night in the earth-lined box was
137.3. This was the largest catch we made. But the light appears

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 8

TABLE 1.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN UNLINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
STREAM BANK (UNLIGHTED AND 200 M. FROM HOUSES).

SPECIES
DATE | A. minimus | A. subpictus A. vagus TOTALS
var. flavirostris|var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus
mae re ee ees bas Pre) ae lm Pe were ia
July
CUS) |= yl ge eRe eA ie, (Ee Oe A ee ee baie eee 1 ll Sees 1
Fae i [es 9 |e Ae 1 | Aes ee 1A eee || 1 De Des ane te Ett 8,
US 65) seen | iene ee 1 It | eee eee Sel 1s aie 1 1 is 2
CS gl ena (ESS | 1g ore = 1s ee Peer 2m Lie Sell 53s 1) cle ee!
I (es ie ee cece IE Se a I 1 Wie 2) ot ti] 2
sh A OM (Ss ieee ae (eee I |S NIRS Eee ies Sk ee Dea eale (ASA, 235) ae 4
DDG); S| ee se ee eee 1 eee 115 ae Ls Pelee Seo RSet <G
1) | pats Sa Ra ESS (2s ee ee Lee (Rel |e (a DNA Ne Ot SQ Sa 16
Lt PT ARE eo BE sete (es [epeea ae ME ite (ee del [ove DAN Sich Sea Ne Sa es
Aug.
Shs SS SE | ee (Ree [ee Wel eee [epee eee [ieee Ze Sole 258) weer ero
gy PR cee EF (eel [ae ee! ee ee ea! Me PM SA Sal ele) PAE eS
SOM gs As ek Sai te lS | ee ae USE te Ee Sale Sale Gules | = Salen
Sh polls oka re See a A ee | Meee | ae ee ee PA Sa 6M ed). | Soto
5), 5 og t| ae Eee Ee es IN Nese Vy eras se | a 2) le Ae Gi) BS) Ale
Totals OR AON) POR e5a\) ate wa One OF) OFS 823) 8565) 28: 342262
Peto |e [eal Le SO ne ROR Re eke en. 1.5) 2.4) 4.0] 2.0) 2.4) 4.4

*Per trap per night.

to have repelled the important 4. minimus var. flavirostris,
because none were caught in the lighted traps.

Variously colored lights were tested, as is shown in Table 12.
No significant variations due to color were noted, but here again
no 4. minimus var. flavirostris were taken and no male mos-
quitoes of any species. It will be noted in Table 11 that in
the total catch of 961 mosquitoes there were only 7 males.
Apparently light does not attract but probably repels male
mosquitoes of these species and repels both male and female
A. minimus vat. flavirostris.

When the traps were placed in the middle of a rice field,
about 500 meters from houses, very few mosquitoes were
caught, as is shown in Table 13. Apparently, since the area

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

TABLE 2.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
STREAM BANK (UNLIGHTED AND 200 M. FROM HOUSES).

SPECIES

*Per trap per night.
a. Two traps used.
6. Three traps used.

pare | A. minimus | A. subpictus A. vagus TOTALS
var. flavirostris\var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus
Me | Fe | Ts [Me APs | De foots |S | are le |) ee ||) eve
July
11 1 1H ee aes VS | See ee cae ae 4, || 5) 5) 2
12 2 Si lied aio) een Oe 2 eels ier Feel an 4, 4) 8) =6) Simei
13 1 DFT 3|\e Ole eae S ee al 1} 2) 6).- 8). Si) TOS
14 1 NES eee DE 2) Ie ee ee ae 1, 3| 4) 2) Gia
15 1 AN asi il Pg ee eee ee 2) 7). 9) 4) i
KOS ~ [ete TA elle a Me fale 2G Saf [ee 15] 11) 26) 16) T9ONNeSe
17 1 3} UL ea se ee ee 12) 16) 28) 14) 21\0seae
18 1 QI beSit 2 MRS) Sa ee eel Severe (bene ee 9° 6 15) 12) Thee
19 1 ramet Wo 8 eae | |e | Pa 44 13) 17} 6) 2ONRaa
20) | 5) ee ae Nea ie 12) 16) 28] 14) Zac
21 1 2H G3) 2 Or |eereig sere eee | eee 5; 12) 17| 8) 2005aa
22 2 oy Po She eb 1 Gc? | esa Oo alae 9, 6) 15) 12) 10h
23a 3 Ps VAR) (Sarid PO (Ree Slo | eal Be 7| 12} 19) 10) ~T4\seza
24a 2 6} 8 SU sy |e 9 a eo 6| 17) 23) 10) 265s
25a 3 Sie Gy {1 aay sl Nea test ae SAL 8] 14). 22) 121 StS ieee
26a p} Se 7 eg ame gy eee (entree meee 25} 35; 60! 30) 45)5eam
27a 1 ©) mc) tee ee see mek ed (AA alice Ree eee 6, 21) 27| | 7) 26
284 Fs fe et) Pm a = a ee 1 1 | 29) 21; 50) 33) 33)
29a 2 Gl RSH sD | ge Sulll cole alta eee |Peeer 22| 37|. 59) 26) 46) 0572
306 4 fgg | Hee EA eee | (Ee 10} 17; 27; 14) 26) 40
316 2) fe sy eames e806 | i | Wl sac 10} 23), 33) 15\eSs3ieaee
Aug. '
16 PNA) Ni i es A Az Be Sal ceey | ee 8} 13). 21) 10) 27)eaeem
26 3 TW) HOME 2h ere hae [een eee 6| 19) 25)" 9) 26| eae
36 2 ope | Dees Ue lt eral so tasel eel on 10) 14; 24) 12) ) 23) we
4b lie Lee [argh | een | ee eae eee 1 1 4) 16) 20) 7) 29) aes
5b rig) ge gS) ea SAE teeeiie lbeesse 1 1 6| 17) 23) “10) 32) ae
Totals | 51 | 143} 194) 21 | 49 | 70] 11] 31] 4 | 236} 377) 613) 309] 572) 881
Averr 1-1-1300). 10-4) Na S| eee een eee 5.0} 8.0)13.0} 6.6/12.2/18.8

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 2)

has no natural shelters in the exposed fields, it is not usual for
mosquitoes to seek shelter there.

The catches reported in the tables may seem small but as a
matter of fact they are relatively high for individual daytime
sheltering places. The traps are so inexpensive that a large
number could be used and the total catches made proportion-
ally very much greater.

SUMMARY

This paper reports the development of a new type of trap
for catching adult anophelines. This trap is essentially an
earth-lined box which imitates the natural day-time sheltering
places favored by Philippine 4xopheles mosquitoes, especially
of the important /funestus-minimus subgroup, which contains
the chief local vectors of malaria.

TABLE 3.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN UNLINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
STREAM BANK BESIDE A HOUSE (UNLIGHTED).

SPECIES
DATE A. minimus | A. subpictus A. vagus TOTALS
var, flavirostris|var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus
Vie ek eee leita) Vine Raters gente aiesks ihc. Wats Nero I amecl! op, ||Eeas
July

Lo Le ee 1M) era MS es ee eae a Le LS | Se Ge| ai
7 Slight eas a eee i Dal ete (SS) Ce 2 6 8 3 7 10
SY St cera) (eeisee| ee ee et Se 1 be ee 3 8 | 11 4 8 1D
1) TES eee see ER | oa ne ene ol ( H | BOW 27 PEN ELD! || aad
3D) 6 Fe Sereda ee pa |e | aon | ene | eee Sl eae mt 2 a)
221] ta) Dee ea Re ee Preece 11) feet eed (Pe 1 2 3 1 3 4
MM (ces Meee el Fa ad DF ie cere eee (Rn meee eee ake 2 2
2S} 7 ee eae Se re i 1 IS) (ae eer | teas el PON as Dales 5
TURE SN to epee 2) (Ea ea me (eZ (SC Ce | 2 Dial |) eels) 4
BAS SN eS SN | a |e | » PEN SNS DN | am) 4
LUG Ra) BS (Eager ea Pis||\ edie eee ees ee A QV tie j| | ali 15
ye | sets IE call Oe cel 1 fae | evar | hn 1 2 1 2 3
ONS oP oe |e re a | | 1 hale I 3 4
2G) ea ate epeeen (RM aes 1 105) hse a cee 1 | il I i 2
Totals OH Oy Oi bahay Wy Ose Oe Oe 2) Sy ORES) SS | abs
INGO) eee meee ORS IBOES sole Delia Sie .0)) Qe Se |e Sind

*Per trap per night.

6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

TaBLe 4.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
STREAM BANK BESIDE A HOUSE (UNLIGHTED).

SPECIES
DATE | A. minimus | A. subpictus A. vagus TOTALS
var. flavirostris|var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus
Ms, [Pe] or. aves, Ih eae aves || aes | are avis | ae | oe Me
July
16 8 Ser |e psa |) fee al sal 27\ 49). 76) (38\) AU eOg
17 3 GO} AWA, SEV) se) ali Th 1} 2 | 19) 60) 79) 28\) *8s\eie
18 3 Seale 27 Sis Be Ae Paleo 20} 68) 88) 25) 82) 107
19 1 A eS! Le? (eal Pete al 20} 76} 96) 22) 87] 109
DOM? ae 131 03]: GR eos) els ee ee ee 27| 44) 71) 33) 65) 98
21 5 | PL 2 AOL 0D.) Se eee 11) 17} 28) 18) S4igeee
pp) 3 21 15 2G S|. Pala eeee 1 | 22) 34) S56) 28) 42) 70
Pi aan ane 3 Sa eS ) Ase | ede (ee 8) 21) 29) 1) 932s
DAY AA ace! SH ne) [beers 3 Bie ghee coe | we 5) 14) 19) SS|) 5 22
2, S| Se D7 || 2a a: 6/2 1 1} 20) Li) 31) 22) 23a
26 5 ay WA DG | aeeene oa le 31) 54 85) 38) 67! 0s
DH Sh] lel il ee. 1 I eee pera Pees 7\\ 28) 35) WO) 43\ ies
28 3 FE AD Vice MWg ee) eee a a el 11} 33) 44) 14) 40) 54
29 Da LO), Sole e2 es Sy eee 1 1 4) 7 AL <8 | 2a ae

Totals | 31} 103) 134) 35 | 90} 125; 2] 3] 5 | 232) 516! 748) 300) 712Gee

Aver.* | 1.1/3.7] 4.8] 1.3] 3.2] 4.4] 0.1] 0.1] 0.2) 8.3/18.4/26.7/10.7/25.4)36m1

*Per trap per night.
Note: Two traps were used each night.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

Taste 5.

ANQ@PHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN UNLINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
A CARABAO SHED (UNLIGHTED).

2ST 3 aae e a RaW ae) Ba) Ea 1 1 Salers Zale LOnie 12:
3 (1a ees 1 Thal ee) aR Vo Oa) 2 i) | Saas Sa ose tale, LO
4 1 eas 1 Nal mesa ila Sia ciel eo eeee a ae Oe SOT ES Sale 17 se 22
5 a ees Ae Pe LO 22k, Ot |e ea | eee |e 1 Gayo, 206 Salto
©. SiR See ae ae eV S| M7 seals - eel S|) Se) Ss a | ae
7 es ean 1 1 A Ae See ca Be See SI Le EAN ES se Doll Ooi we
2 Sn a eet Ae LING Bia eae A 8 ese Ae Dea EAE) 5D os 9
cll NT SS Tia 2 arto) (Ree Se Peale be Sa es Sal Sal Eee > 5
DDS sad Lee ae ee 1 TTR 5-28 1 a i etre rose ee Sie An 28 6
1c SA eee a 1p eesti (Ee te et a) 2 Se) 2 8
4) so Soca (hl ose 10 ae eae | [Lem fn he 1 Dae! We 22 aes 5
13) Sy Neca A ae 5 ing 3 | A | are | Dal) 2a" a Srp es 8
Totals Be ill Blt Te eae ee | a Le 2 eS SGU Al: SO: P95; lpels
pee | 0.21 021/023), 120) 351) 4-1) 0.1) O10) 0.2) 1e3)74-6]' 5:29), 2..3)77 9024

*Per trap per night.
Note: Catch also included 2 male 4. kochi and 1 female 4. barbirostris.

8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

TABLE: 6.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR

A CARABAO SHED (UNLIGHTED).

_SPECIES

DATE | A. minimus | A. subpictus

A. vagus TOTALS

var. flavirostris|var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus

Me cre | Te! [ae] ae) eee ae eee) P| Pana |e rss a |

June
1 ae tere re oa Bae ae 1 3} 412.) 25) 47 17 | 42) 59) 20) ) 47am
20 Set eule al 5}. 6. 3 | 6) 9 | 14) 33)> 47) 1949 eee
21 3| 7) 10 5 | 12) 17 Sy) DT 6a | 2Ole Sil 24 A ee
22 1H Ts ea | Li PA} Wy 2 DB Be 22S se
28 APN e245 | e282 |(P il Fiano eee 2°) 2) 3) 11) T4324 ee
24 Bille 2h lees St ela 2) 2°) 5.) 10) 15)5 39) eae

July
2 pmereil) eisye || ice) le wl 81 sO) LT 31) 4a) (25), 223)" 225) Ae 7 ee
Soe || Sens 26 2) Lote (6) ZN Le De 3 Be Da a eo)
4 Poe QP 280). 2. eG a8 ee ee 4] 41} 45) 7) 59) "66
oy Be Del Dio oD 1) LOI DI esa ees ae 3 | 31) 34) S|) S2 iam
6 1 Dg S20 Sei 220 |i sae a | ee eee 5.| 42) 47| 963 ia
7 IM ees aes) eee lf wy APA SI a ees A 2)|) 35) ~37) 6) SOS
8 1 IW Pee as 21) 1S ess |e ee 1 |: 32}. 33) - .3)) asi eee
11 1 LS i A re Bt SS lect [LE aed ees 1'| 24; 25) - (2) 223iseeaia
12 1 TOES 2 11 ih | WentO| se sect sete | eer 3)| 219] 22)" S| eoi ee
13 1 UN ee at a 3) 1] 2) 25) a5) V7)" Se eee
14 1 Na | eee) CL ae) Reese [Pal le ee 3 | 22) 25). 3)0 27h
15 1a eee 1 ee, S|) Beef -cesee Eee | We 1)| 26) 27| 4), Sire
Totals | 21 | 38 | 59 | 27 | 162} 189) 15 | 20 | 35 | 85 | 464] 549] 148] 684) 832
Aver.* | 1.2} 2.1) 3.3] 1.5{/9.01/10.5] 0.8] 1.1] 1.9] 4.7] 2.6/30.5| 8.2138.0/46.2

*Per trap per night.

Note: The catch also included 1 female 4. barbirostris and 2 male A. kochi.

MR pepe fe

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 = 9)

TABLE 7.
ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN UNLINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
CARABAO SHED AND BAITED WITH CARABAO DUNG
(UNLIGHTED).

SPECIES

DATE | A. minimus | A. subpictus A. vagus pores

var. flavirostris|var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus

TONNE UE a eco Rs WO Mia eset] ar. | Mtoe |Paes eons
June
2" OE ieal ae eae a aoe Sud Wis $25 Ue eae te Cee a TE LOS Tad 12) eal:3
AQ) 5 aie ae Ce TS ee ro ke 1 JL lc ceee [em eee PS Th ey) Sy) al 1S}) let
Pal Geret ||P 2. 2 2 1 3 Ae 1 1 2 ii Signs 136
Pak | tank) Shieron|) IE eee 1 1 ese OD ee lee AS ls TAs
2) Dah eevee Ol Eaeceeeee Wee Me eee eae Dip | eee 1 1 (Ease 3 Sia 6 6
ek a ell tana eae Gea eee 1 1 ia eee 1 l Th 2: Aiea 9
27 el eee 2 OP's eee 1 1 |e) ee 3 1 ! 3 4) 7 2 6 8
21S Mai Rae 1 i! leas B Bip || ehciel teeeetee ooh | ae Fo Ue 205 20 eee, 24, 24
Di Dye A 2 5 yp Pe Geeta mene colle ae 1 4 5 OQ} ie
SSS a ee a2 a Be 1 Io ag al ee (| 2 Ge 6 6 31009
7S) TF a. Sa a a ee a 1 ng eee ee OO el eB 6 (eee MAS
BNO) 2 Gl ee ea | Se oe ae 5 Giga ees 223) ey Melee 2 7 Ole 12) 14
July
11 (ges REA a ae a 1 jeer Se Meese Owed AEE 2 7) ae Si ess
Totals 2 8 | 10 Si 2730 3 3 Ui |) Ges) O)7A| IY] | sz Sis)
CANS eam Cen ORG O5Si eee See eee EL 4 ONSaESO 723802101 55110. Shes

*Per trap per night.
Note: The catch also included 1 male 4. fuliginosus, 1 male and 2 female 4. kochi.

TABLE 8.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAPS PLACED NEAR
CARABAO SHED AND BAITED WITH CARABAO DUNG

(UNLIGHTED).

SPECIES

DATE | A. minimus | A. subpictus A. vagus es
var. flavirostris\var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus
MR Fe a el) SR el te a eae cee

June
19 ese eee DP ess |) Ee) al Py 2.) So) 8} 231%) 7a
CAV AVI ce eel 1 eel ee 5 oo bo 1} 29) 3 3 |) <20) - 23/9 4a 28 es
Dlari,|\.see 1 Dy! Sale reas A Vie? a 3) 4S 6; 11
Dy [bee 1 1 ees A 2 Ue) eae Sealy 9) 1h) 3a) 16a
fg (aie Sete [nd See | es | (a SH Shah Al heal tl jy) | 9) alt
Dee ie Dee Dl 10 BS eee eee PA yg 2h) gel 6] 7| 2a) 7 oS aes
Dp 1 fies 2) Ie cea mie UA 22 soot ieee lie es aI 2 ee 2| 13] 15) 44) SSiseee
D6 Biel 2s Bei, Sedo, wale ace Sas a eae 1 17) 18) 2) e220) eeee
27 De) Pe ee) eT SUTIN 7a | eres Coen 3 9 12) S| ee ae
28 DNS 28 rcv TA Malle |) OB ae 1 1} 5) 15) 20) etSs eee ees
29 1 Do oe) eel LN eee alee 3 3 6) 9 Sa a es
30 BP F3s5|| Bae! 2a Oe, 2 a oe Peo | 2 | 12) 14) 3 oes

July
1 DB, fej) eee oes ene esate Gal 1 ee OAS Mo Pale
Totals 6) 269) 325) 1S 485) 63" 7) 171) 248) 305 135 el65|) ssa 26 ees
Aver* 0.5). 220)2.511.2) 3.74.9] 0.5) 1.3) 1.7) 225) 10.) 1301-405) ee ee

*Per night per trap.

Note: The catch also included 1 female 4. barbirostris, 2 male A. kochi and 2 female

A. fuliginosus.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 11

TABLE 9.
ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN AN UNLINED TRAP

PLACED UNDER

AN OCCUPIED HOUSE NEAR A STREAM

BREEDING-PLACE (UNLIGHTED).

SPECIES

DATE | d. minimus | A. subpictus
var. flavirostris|var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus

A. vagus TOTALS
var. limosus

Me eel Pee]! Me || ae or Mes Se ors |e Set
June
Sy AG ee al KAN eS pe 2 ee See eae fa Poe ie 6) 8
21S 9g (ehabea | in IWC Sl eS Le Be elfen I ae il |} fe ON 28 | Plot:
Oana | eee eR he elf US fe tee I Sh) Ae ie Gr P2935
2S Mootle <td Me Lm Oe ALAS || SS | coke atten: | oe alt Ay Se Sle 2s 26
ae |e eee et | EX By ged ee | eee ee yas faut 14) 3) 1S S16
30 iN) an 1 UGS ie 2 [as ea ee ae 10 |) 4); 14) (12 6) 18
July
Ih > 4 |k See al eS Pee aie 1 iM | a fe We el Sr DS Se WA 1 1
25) oy (ese EE Be eran 1p age ea ea: 0 VE nee Mo Ae ian area se 2) Loy 12
Shy 9 RS sl Be cae a a Mot esa Fe: 20 Ue SIRT Meek I oc a ee) Gl 2 8| 10
Ab oe) |S ee |ae TSP ie PEE ae a ea 2 es 5193 i 8
2), We caed eed ees OP Ria ia el eel eee | ana apes Slee Se 2
(Tse ee wal eee 20 rae (a? Te) a Sa LOAs TSe Ss L8ih 23
AE DS ae nee INN OFS? Sood (ee ee el Pate a Sites: |) LOS
3) Py as ls et a IDG Be ce ieee (Siete ee ee eee Sh 4, 6
i)» IE Se be se Nel Ee Bs Ta Ui Sc | aa Pe 1a eae Ly a 2
1) oe Ras Pt ee a Ea DEAS ep a| Bs Seem yee ene 1 4, 1 S16
LL | eer | ol | esl te nr Sorelle ned 2 lh Maile 2 3|) 1 23

Totals Dae] Sees L204 R65 Siei| aa BSP | eS9- 1225415721

SS hee ee Bee 1p? (a ea Op Di. 2 No 2 Se I aioe aed

*Per trap per night.
Note: The catches also included 1 male 4. barbirostris.

For the catches between July 2 and 8 inclusive the trap was covered with bushes.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

TaB_e 10.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAPS PLACED

UNDER AN OCCUPIED HOUSE NEAR A STREAM
BREEDING-PLACE (UNLIGHTED).

DATE

SPECIES

A. minimus
var. flavirostris

TOTALS

A. subpictus A. vagus
var. indefinitus| A. tessellatus | var. limosus

Bh ee, |) | Ue eae tee tre i ore i ee te ee
June
25 7 6 ies? A P2936 || aed! 3 5 15] 42) 57
26 5 6 M1 13) S548 2 + 6 22} 43) 65
Dif 11 5 16} 22), 433i" 65) 5 2 1 3 30} 49} 79
28 3, | 10 13}) 24) 83) O72 = 1 1 32} 54} 86
29 3 7 10 PAPA SNC) (ERR PI eae eal[Poce 28) 33) <6i
30 8 3 6)» 10) eS 25a 1 2) 22) 228 50)
July
1 reece. 1 IY ac 1 PA fee eee (0 9 4; 13
2 5 5 10 Ti 435 SOW 2) soe ala: 16| 72) 88
3) 3 4 7. 12) 36) 4803.) 10") 18 26) 65)5 9
4 3 3 6) 32 [PSS 18'S |e ce eal ee 31} 93) 124
5 3” ae: TN 2A G2 "83/30 |) Sale 8a Meo S 4 aan
6 3 6 9) 43) 69) 112 3 + Vi 50} 101} 151
7 37) 4 T\ 44) FOWL) 35-45) 77) WSO SS atts
8 1 2 3) 14) 49) 63) 2 3 5 23) 63) 86
0 mR | eae Poe 1 1 8 OH si l7A 1 3 14, 13} 27
10) Sasa) Re alba lI cee 2 4 Glass 1 1 Hf ASH)
11 i D 1 1 7) Wok Pro Ke ewe ASS | Romie 24| 22) 46
Totals 55 | 67 | 122) 263} 629} 892} 25 | 50 | 75 | 410] 86411274] 753]1610/2363
Aver.* | 1.6] 1.9| 3.6] 7.7 |18.5/26.2/0.7] 1.5] 2.2 |12.1/25.4/38.6/22.1|17.9169.5

*Per trap per night.

Note: Two traps were used. For the catches between July 2 and 8 inclusive the
traps were covered with bushes. The catches also included 2 female 4. hyrcanus var.
sinensis, 1 male and 1 female 4. barbirostris, 4 male and 2 female 4. kochi.

Ek es es

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 13

TABLE 11.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAP PLACED
NEAR CARABAO SHED. TRAP LIGHTED.

SPECIES

DATE A. subpictus

A. vagus TOTALS
var. indefinitus var. limosus
M. F. T. M. F. Th M. F. iE
June
25 1 23 24 Gul LT 127 7 | 144] 151
OY Tan oer eee 7 Tl eee 88 SSe |e! 95 95
Dien WN oes. 54 ey IBS: rab B eet 88 192) | 9192
OLE, iam | ee ae 14 UE Fa Pe ee Ud TM ae es 91 91
DS rn in| Sees 53 oye) | ieee 150) SISOb) oes 203 | 203
SO gee Gat eeecreee 29 DORR ots 126 Ne D260 et ee te L5S5e he hSS
July
al See 29 DOP | eetise A 45 cee ee 74 74
Totals L 9209: |, 210 Ga), TAS eso 7 | 954 || 961
Averages: || O. 1 9)-2929' 1930-011) “O29 | 106.4|'107.3)) 1120 | 136631 137-3

*Per trap per night.
Note: The catch also included 1 female 7. tessellatus, and 1 female 4. barbi-
rostris, but no A. minimus var. flavirostris.

14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

TaBLeE 12.

ADULT ANOPHELINES CAUGHT IN EARTH-LINED TRAP HAVING
COLORED LIGHT AND PLACED NEAR CARABAO SHED.

SPECIES
Bevis pe A. subpictus A. vagus Tenses
o var. indefinitus var. limosus
Light M. F. ste M. F. ae M. F. zi

July
2 Red 0 18 18 0 87 37 | 0 105 | 105
3 Green 0 21 Pl 0 62 62] 0 83 83
+ Blue 0 26) (2G n 0 78 78 | O 104 | 104
5 Yellow | 0 39 39510 81 81 0 120 } 120
6 Brown 0 11 1 eo 367|) #360! =O 47 | 47
7 Gray 0 22 220 57 oul |) 79 79
8 Pink 0 15) 15 0 48 48 | 0O 63 63

Note: No adult 4. minimus var. flavirostris were caught and no males of any
species. This trap was right beside those used in Tables 5 and 6 from the dates
given.

TaBLeE 13.

ANOPHELES ADULTS CAUGHT IN TRAPS PLACED IN A RICE
FIELD (UNLIGHTED AND 500 M. FROM HOUSES).

ONE EARTH-LINED ONE UNLINED

SPECIES TRAP TRAP
M. F. TMs he [
A. minimus var. flavimostris 0 0 0 0) 0) 0
A. subpictus var. indefinitus.........2---------- 1 0 1 0 0 0
Ya ley AGING N GEN ey OE OSOIS. ese ee ee 4 3 7 0 0) 0
WO tals eee oe Roce eccrine See eee 5 3 8 0 0 0
Average per night per trap -...............- O27 | OF44\ MeO} |. | eee | eee

Note: These traps were in place for one week. Catches were made each
morning from July 16 to 22 inclusive.

REFERENCES

1. Russett, P. F. Daytime Resting Places of Anopheles Mosquitoes in the
Philippines. First Report. Philip. Jour. Sci. 46 : 639-649, 1931 (Dec.).

2. Russett, P. F. Daytime Resting Places of Anopheles Mosquitoes in the
Philippines. (Second Report). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington 34 : 129-
138, 1932 (Nov.).

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

TaB_Le 14.

COMPARISON BETWEEN UNLINED TRAPS AND DIFFERENT
SIZES OF EARTH-LINED TRAPS

(UNLIGHTED.
NEAR STREAM BANK).

AUGUST 4

TRAPS =

a eas) =

NEW STYLE
A. minimus var. flavirostris _| 4 6 1 6 1 18
A. subpictus var. indefinitus _| 3 2 0 0 0 5
ae FARILOS SE iW Se ee OM} © 1 Oneal D
A. vagus var. limosus 7a\ oa Suily Ll i || 30
MLO tal si eoes Se eets et hos 8 We | 1G |} a ay Bi SS
A. miniums var. flavirostris _| 7|10}10) 9] 11] 47
A. subpictus var. indefinitus | 2} O0|] O| O|} O D
a ouiM LOSS CLIT Sime eee @ |) 8| 4) 5 18
A. vagus var. limosus __.........-. FF S|) iG} 6 | 4 || Be
sliotals Meee ee GN UGH S42 LOS 208 105
A. minimus var. flavirostris _| 4) 5 | 7]|16]13] 45
A. subpictus var. indefinitus _| O0| 0} 0} O| O 0
SMALL

PARSE SSCIIGIL Sere ee OF On 2a), 7a) 0)" sg
A. vagus var. limosus Go| whe) Se | Syl esta pal
AiG tall so eee eal eo Se lO Se 2 Sale26n es
EARTH-LINED TRAP TOTALS 38 | 42 | 52 | 64 | 49 | 245
A. minimus var. flavirostris _| 0| 0} O| O| O 0
Op STYLE A. subpictus var. indefinitus _| 0| 0} 0} O| O 0
(2 traps) La be HOGHA NATE Sa cose ee tens else QO} @}) @O} OO} @ 0
A. vagus var. limosus S|) 6 Si WO} @] te
WMO Galli pts Were me ies Se A Be |) 60, S| Ou Om 4

Earth-lined traps—average per trap per night 16.3.
Unlined traps—average per trap per night 1.4.

Of the 4. minimus var. flavirostris caught in earth-lined traps, 23 were males

and 87 females.

a.
(tee

Tye. Fr oper pall
“7 copings ah

Ais CiuTee SA
$
|
| 7 ”, *
i
i
'
uf
rf
a
€
i
4
‘
=)
= ,
\4
rt J
’
y ears
4
Pe 7
5 “
‘ WE

r
4 Tiwi
7) 8 Fr
P
4

J ve

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE |

Figure 7—Unlined (old style) mosquito trap. Showing inside catching chamber

removed.

Figure 2.—Unlined (old style) trap ready for use.

[17]

PLATE 2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

Figure 3.—New style trap lined with earth. Front open. Top removed for
photograph.

[18]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 3

Figure 4.—New style trap lined with earth. View showing interior.

[19]

PLATE 4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

Figure 5.—New style trap lined with earth showing method of removing mosquitoes.
Note drip cans on top.

Figure 6.—New style trap lined with earth showing position near a carabao shed.

[ 20]

PROC,

ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

Figure 7.—New and old style traps side by side for test.

PLATE 5

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 23

TWO NEW SPECIES OF PLEOCOMA (COLEOPTERA: SCARA-
BAEIDAE).

By A. C. Davis, Takoma Park, Mad.

Pleocoma remota, n. sp.

Broadly oval, robust, dorsum slightly flattened, fimbriate and clothed beneath
with yellow hair. Head very dark brown or blackish, closely punctate above,
ocular canthi impunctate; eyes moderately prominent, much flattened, slightly
cut into in front by the ocular canthi and rather deeply behind by the lobes
of the genae, so that about two thirds of the total area is ventral, set into the
head obliquely so that the anterior margins are each about 0.3 mm. nearer
the mid-line than the posterior margins, where they disappear under the pro-
notum; clypeus small, heavy, reflexed, sharply obtusely emarginate at apex,
the anterior margins sinuate, apices bluntly rounded and nearly truncate,
lateral margins rounded; anterior margins of ocular canthi sinuate, inclined
posteriorly from a right angle to the mid-line, apical angles and posterior
margins broadly rounded; horn of vertex fairly long, heavy, rounded at apex,
quadrate in cross-section, the anterior angles of the horn continued as oblique
ridges on the frons, terminating on each side at the junction of the ocular canthus
with the clypeus.

Pronotum black, glabrous, less than twice as wide as long, widest at basal
two fifths; anterior angles, sides, and basal angles all included in one sweeping
curved margin; disc evenly, moderately coarsely, and rather closely punctate,
posterior median impression distinct, anterior median impression broad and
deep, giving a retuse appearance to the profile of the pronotum.

Scutellum subtriangular, almost covered with tawny hair.

Elytra chestnut brown, wider at the humeri than the base of the pronotum,
conjointly nearly as wide as long, widest at about the apical third; costae
hardly elevated, smooth, impunctate; geminate striae distinct but not deep,
not attaining the apices of the elytra, delimited by large shallow punctures;
sutural striae moderately deep; elytral intervals coarsely and sparsely punctate
and slightly rugose.

Body beneath castaneous, femora darker, and tibiae nearly black.

Length 22.5 mm., maximum width 14 mm.

Antennae brown, first joint conical; second subglobular, transverse, four
fifths as wide as first; third subcylindrical, pentagonal in outline as viewed from
above, seven tenths as long as the first joint,! widest at apical fifth; joints 2 and 3
together almost or quite equal in length to the first; fourth joint shorter than
the third and about equal in width, pentagonal in outline; fifth joint wider than
the fourth and about as long, joints 4 and 5 together shorter than the third;
sixth joint transverse, angulate, with a short process; seventh joint with a
short lamella a little more than one third as long as the joint and lamella of the
eighth; joints 8 to 11 forming the club, the ninth joint longest, the tenth nearly

‘In speaking of the joints composing the antennal club, the terms “‘length”’
and “width” are reversed, the length being considered as that of the joint and
lamella across the long axis of the antenna.

24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

as long, the eleventh shorter than the tenth, and the eighth shorter than the
eleventh.

The thorax in profile is distinctly retuse, although not so pronouncedly so as
in P. staff Schauf. and P. edwardsi Lec. The geminate striae do not reach the
apex of the elytra, a peculiarity found also in staff. The first geminate stria is
interrupted behind the middle by an offset laterally of about its own width,
the inner stria of the pair resuming on a line with the outer one, and terminating
abruptly a short distance posterior to this point.

Type locality —Utah.

Type.—Male (Cat. No. 50124) in the collection of the United
States National Museum.

The female of this species is not known.

P. remota differs from P. behrensi Lec. and P. fimbriata Lec.,
nearest to which it belongs in the genus, in color, in the hairy
scutellum (which was probably completely covered with hair
when the specimen was first taken), in the different proportions
of the antennal joints, in the blunt apical horn, and in the
elytral characters. The species resembles P. staff Schauf.
very closely in all except the number of joints in the antennal
club, and might easily be taken for an off-color specimen of
that species. Since the unique type is labelled “Utah,” and is
from the collection of J. B. Smith, there is little doubt that this
is the specimen concerning which the note in the Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Washington (vol. I, 1885,
p. 33) upon Utah as a new territory for Pleocoma behrensi
was written.

Pleocoma simi, n. sp.

Broadly oval, robust, dorsum flattened, fimbriate and clothed beneath with
yellow hair. Head dark brown, closely but rather lightly punctate, densely
clothed with long yellow hair; ocular canthi impunctate; eyes prominent,
round; clypeus reflexed, not or very slightly emarginate at center, apices rather
sharply rounded, lateral margins rounded, upper surface densely clothed with
yellow hair; anterior margins of ocular canthi at right angles to the mid-line,
anterior and posterior angles lacking, the outer half being very nearly semi-
circular in outline as viewed from above; horn of vertex conical, pointed.

Pronotum chestnut brown, less than twice as wide as long (6.5 by 11.8 mm.),
of even maximum width from about the middle to the posterior fifth, anterior
and posterior angles broadly rounded; disc finely and sparsely punctate at the
median base, more coarsely and closely punctate toward the sides, where the
punctures tend to confluesce; posterior median impression distinct, anterior
median impression long, involving the anterior three fifths of the length of the
pronotum, fairly wide and deep, coarsely and extremely closely punctured;
anterior margin of pronotum and anterior median impression sparsely clothed
with long yellow hair. At each side of the disc, equally distant from the mid-
line and the lateral margin, and at about the basal third, is a large, shallow,
circular pit. The pronotum is retuse in profile.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934 25

Scutellum transverse, posterior margin rounded, clothed with yellow hair,
which, with that of the base of the pronotum, nearly conceals the surface.

Elytra chestnut brown, wider at the humeri than the base of the prothorax,
one sixth longer than wide conjointly, widest at apical third; sutural striae
moderately deep; costae slightly elevated, smooth, impunctate, not attaining
the apices of the elytra; geminate striae faint, consisting of widely separated,
small, shallow punctures; elytral intervals finely and sparsely punctate.

Body beneath castaneous, densely clothed with long yellow hair.

Length 24 mm., maximum width 13.6 mm.

Antennae brown, first joint subconical; second joint transverse, wider than
long; third joint almost twice as long as wide, subconical, joints 2 and 3 together
slightly more than three fourths as long as the first; fourth joint transverse;
fifth joint of about the same length, but wider, angulate; sixth joint transverse,
longer than the fifth, twice as wide as long; seventh joint as long as the sixth,
with a short process; joints 8 to 11 forming the club, the ninth and tenth equal
and longest, the eleventh shorter, and the eighth shorter than the eleventh.

Type locality—Cleveland, Oregon. Collected by W. J.
Kocker.

Ty pe.—Male (Cat. No. 50136) in the collection of the United
States National Museum.

This species may be distinguished from P. dehrensi and
P. fimbriata, to which it seems most closely related morpho-
logically, by the color, the hairy scutellum, and the densely,
heavily punctured and hairy anterior median impression of the
pronotum. From P. remota it differs in the characters of the
striae and the shorter third antennal joint.

The unique type was very kindly given me by Mr. R. J.
Sim, of Moorestown, N. J., for whom I take pleasure in naming
the species.

26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 1, JAN., 1934

MINUTES OF THE 451ST REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, DECEMBER 7, 1933.

The 451st regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, December 7, 1933, in Room 43 of the new building of
the National Museum. Mr. C. T. Greene, president, presided. There were
present 39 members and 20 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved.

Under the heading “Election of Officers,” the following officers were elected
for 1934:

IBGE eit Re weiss Sine Sa abe oie OR ee ON J. S. Wave
TASTE ATA GEN AVA 1 oe es eee wee B. A. Porter
WCCONG VAG ECS 111) eee eee ae ee S. B. Fracker
SAUL OP OR etna Roel Se eee Oe Pe W. R. Watton
(IRCGONATIERSCCTEL GTi) sea eee ee ee F. M. WabD Ley
Corresponding Secrétary=Vreasurer 2 nce S. A. RoHwer
Additional executive board members... W. H. Larrimer
H. E. Ewine

F. L. CAMPBELL
Nominee as Vice-President to Washington Academy
Of SSCLENCEASe 2... OE ee Ee ee Haroitp Morrison

Before the election Mr. Rohwer stated that the Society had for years used the
principle of a nominating ballot where a contest was involved, but often sus-
pended the rules and did away with the nominating ballot, making elections by
acclamation. All the above offices were filled by unanimous ballot except the
position of second vice-president, and the position on the executive committee
left vacant by Doctor Fracker’s election as second vice-president.

A motion was passed that the president appoint committees to draw up
suitable resolutions on the recent deaths of C. H. Popenoe and H. F. Wickham.

Dr. C. B. Philip and Dr. Bruce Mayne, of the Public Health Service, “‘sleep-
ing-sickness”’ investigations, on invitation, greeted the society.

Under the heading ‘‘Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Dr. S. B. Fracker
discussed the present status of the pink bollworm in the United States. He
stated that the species had lately been found in a Georgia locality, but that the
infested area in Florida had apparently been reduced as compared with last
year, and that the species had not been found in the Salt River Valley of Arizona
in either 1932 or 1933.

The regular program consisted of a communication by Dr. C. L. Marlatt
entitled ‘Early days in entomology in Washington.”

Dr. Marlatt spoke briefly of his first impressions of Washington, and of his
early connection with the Society as a member and officer. He then spoke in
detail of the Society and its meetings in the nineties and early in the present
century, characterizing a number of the members. He also mentioned the
social features connected with the meetings in this period, especially when the
Society was smaller and could be entertained in the homes of the members.

This talk was discussed by Busck, Aldrich, McIndoo, Greene and Morrison.

The meeting adjourned at 9:50 Pp. M.
F. M. Waptey,

Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, February 2, 1934.

VOL. 36 FEBRUARY, 1934 No. 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

GREENE, CHARLES T.—_TACHINID FLIES WITH AN EVANESCENT

INCLUDING) ASNEW “GENUS AND FIVE NEW SPECIES 2... = 5 3 =. Diy,

MATHESON, ROBERT—NOTES ON PSOROPHORA (JANTHINOSOMA) HORRIDUS

DAR ERAN AINTAIBG 657 Sed S ares Saaes bam h eh ee atta A oe A tee ete Saha Chl

ROHWER, S. A.——DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA 3486 43

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excerpt Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918,

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Hanpraty Fae Sapien i is eS es ee SO ES .. .L, 0; HOWARB
President? Sines Ne et eo ee Oe ee J. S. WADE
First Vace=President (2... NB ee os net i en ss 3 Ae ORS BS
eco A) srezbresiaens “tk > Rees, SO Se S. B. FRACKER
IRCCOTAINEAS CCT ELAR) ee ei ee ene .. . By MM WADERM
Corresponding Secretary=Treasurer.. . 2. ....+s:: S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
GGT rE ee OO sn eee eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewinec,
F. L. Campsett.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCHOREES cas 2. “i. Sac Sy RC ee Bee ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

WOL.. 36 FEBRUARY, 1934 No.

TACHINID FLIES WITH AN EVANESCENT FOURTH VEIN,
INCLUDING A NEW GENUS AND FIVE NEW SPECIES.

By Cuartes T. GREENE,
Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

INTRODUCTION.!

The dipterous family Tachinidae contains several genera
that have the fourth longitudinal vein evanescent at its tip.
Those genera having this unusual character are widely scattered
throughout this large family of parasitic flies. The object of
this paper is to bring these genera together for convenience
in making determinations. While this character is not a natural
one it may be used very nicely for grouping these sixteen genera
comprising twenty species. Me/anomelia aterrima Strobl and
Besseria melanura Meigen, both European species, are not in-
cluded in my table because I was unable to secure a specimen
of either species. All of the species treated in this paper, in-
cluding the new ones, are in the U. S. National Museum collec-
tion.

The head, palpus, and right wing of each species included
in this paper are shown for the convenience of persons interested
in this group of flies. The palpus is figured principally to show
its difference in form and size as among the different species.

Here, I wish to acknowledge my thanks to Dr. J. M. Aldrich
for his friendly assistance.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

eViettts tone: Ebrce Or HVe, EISELE neces ewe ee 13
Veins bare or at most with 1 to 3 bristles at base of third vein_............ 2
2. Without the usual bristles at base of third longitudinal vein... aes
With at least one bristle at base of third longitudinal vein... 4

3. Anterior and posterior crossveins very much approximated; wing
slightly infuscated; third antennal joint long and slender. (Texas
aaah [Rayne eael) ee oe Bezzimyia busckii Townsend (page 29).
Anterior crossvein normally located near middle of discal cell; wings
of a slightly milky white color; third antennal joint short and
Moinceduatathe apexmi(HUnape) = sate ca fe ae nae
Melizoneura albipennis Robineau-Desvoidy (page 29).

1See Appendix.

28 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

4. Posterior crossvein. present. =e eee eee 6
Posterior crossveitivabsent:...2 ee ee ee 5
5. Wing milky white in color; first longitudinal vein with a single bristle
near the apex; bristles on facial ridge extending upward to slightly
above lower edge of eye. (New England and Canada)...
Dichaetoneura leucoptera Johnson (page 29).
Wing hyaline; first longitudinal vein without apical bristle; bristles on
facial ridge extending upward about one third the eye height
(Europe) es te ee eee Phytomyptera nigrina Meigen (page 30).
6. Wing with a concavity at its apex; two bristles at base of third vein;
costal vein with an enlargement at its apex and ending at the
tip of the third veins (Blondaleteern 2 ee eee
Roeseliopsis floridensis, new species (page 30).
Wine notias;above!.. 2 eee eee ee ee vf
7. Eye unusually large; third joint of antenna with the dorso-apical
corner pointed and slightly upturned; arista thickened on basal
fifth; vibrissae located far above oral margin. (New Jersey and
Colorad) ers. cots cok ck eh on ee ee a oe
Hemithrixion oestriforme Brauer and Bervenstamm (page 31).
Eye normal in size; antenna and arista not as above; vibrissae located

near Oral margin»... See aes et 8
8. Facial ridge with bristles to the middle; length of penultimate joint
of arista equal touts diameter: a 9
Facial ridge with only a few bristles above the vibrissa; penultimate
joint of arista much longer than its diameter_.2. 32 =. 2 eee 10

9. Third antennal joint long, slender, and tapering towards the apex;
parafacial much wider than third antennal joint; facial ridge broad,
with several bristly hairs outside the usual row of bristles
(Georeial) pee Roeseliopsis americana Coquillett (page 31).

Third antennal joint long, broad, the apical end truncate, with the
dorso-apical angle sharp; parafacial narrower than width of third
antennal joint; facial ridge narrow, with only a single row of
loysricya Kew, <o((telbya ebavel 1Bsaved Weel) een ee

Racodineura antiqua Meigen (page 31).

10. Discal cell five times as long as the posterior crossvein; penultimate
joint of arista only slightly longer than its diameter. (Virginia,
Maryland and Tennessee) Plectops manca, new species (page 31).

Discal cell three times as long as the posterior crossvein; penultimate
joint of arista three to four times as long as its diameter... 11

11. Third antennal joint about twice as long as its width; penultimate
joint of arista about three times as long as its diameter; frontal
stripe dull black; height of cheek about half of eye height. (Colo-
rado)........4pheloglutus latifrons, new genus and new species (page 32).

Third antennal joint little more than twice as long as wide; penulti-
mate joint of arista at least four times as long as its diameter;
frontal stripe not black; height of cheek hardly one fourth of eye

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 29

12. Antennae black (very faintly reddish at base of third joint); frontal
stripe dull reddish brown; male slightly darker in color and third
antennal joint divided nearly to base. (Massachusetts, Florida,
emia syjliv amualee cit clleStrg12.0 rel) meets are ne ee

Schizotachina vitinervis Thompson (page 33).
Antennae pale reddish yellow; frontal stripe pale ochre yellow

(Florida) _.....................Schizotachina ruficornis, new species (page 33).
IB SAVeins onerorsthree bristly ss... tes) aad oe! Sy ee eh ee 14
Verms.one; ehince, anGakive Dhistiye-5. 57... ke eee ot eS, oeeee 15

14. First vein with several bristles near base; third vein bare except for
the normal bristles at extreme base; third joint of male antenna
conspicuously large, heart-shaped, and reddish yellow. (Southern
Illinois, Virginia and District of Columbia)...
Euryceromyia robertsoni Yownsend (page 34).
First vein bare; third véin bristly to small crossvein; one bristle and
two small hairs above vibrissa; parafacial narrow. (Australia)...
Actia eucosmae Bezzi (page 34).
15. Bristles on third vein extending far beyond hind crossvein; a few
short hairs above vibrissa; frontal stripe broad, reddish brown;
third joint of antenna black (Northern Italy)_...............-----.-
Actia lamia Meigen (page 34).
Bristles on third vein extending to hind crossvein; a few long hairs on
faciaanidge Above viDiiasat esse co) Roe res ween. See eee 16
16. Small black species with the parafacial rather narrow; back of head
bulging slightly near base. (Maryland and Virginia)...
Actiopsis autumnalis Townsend (page 34).
Much larger reddish yellow species with the parafacial much wider;
back of head bulging more thanin above species. (South Dakota.)
Actiopsis rufescens, new species (page 34).
Bezzimyia busckii Townsend.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 56, p. 591, 1919.
Figs. 1, 18.
One specimen labeled “Trinidad Rio, Panama, 7, 12, 12.
A. Busck collector. Type, Cat. No. 22263 U.S. N. M.”
Another specimen labeled “‘Los Borregos, Brownsville, Texas
0.07. “HS: Barber collector.’
Melizoneura albipennis Robineau Desvoidy.
Myod. p. 102, 1830.
Figs. 2, 19.

One specimen labeled “‘Stadlau, 17, VI, 87, coll. Pok.”’
Dichaetoneura leucoptera Johnson.
Psyche XIV, p. 9, 1907.
Figs. 3, 21.

One specimen labeled “‘? Geneva, N.. Y., P. J. Parrott,
July 15, 12. From Archips cerasivorana.”’

30 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

Another specimen labeled with the same locality and date;
also an extra label “fly from cage of Archips cerasivorana.”

Another specimen labeled “Kentville, N. S.”’ no date.

Two specimens labeled “Hopkinton, N. H., VII, 21, 24.
Ex Archips cerassivorana Fitch, Gip. Moth Lab. 10095 K 5.”

Another specimen labeled “‘Windham, Conn., VII, 8, 21.
Ex. A. cerassivorana Fitch. Gip. Moth Lab., 10095 G3 a.”

Another specimen labeled Bangor, Me., VII, 28, 24. Ex. A.
cerassivorana Fitch. Gip. Moth Lab. 10095 K 1 C.”

Phytomyptera nigrina Meigen.
Europ. Zweifl. 4, p. 355, 1824.
Figs. 4, 22.

Two specimens; one labeled “Portici Napoli, Silvestri.”
No date. The other specimen without labels.

Roeseliopsis floridensis, new species.
Figs. 17, 29.

Female.—Black species. Antennae, facial ridges, oral margin, femora, and
tibiae yellow. Frontal bristles extending slightly below base of second antennal
joint; two pairs of orbitals on the right side, one on the left. Sides of face at
narrowest part almost one half as wide as facial depression, bare, with three
or four hairs extending below frontals; facial ridge very broad, with bristles,
diminishing in size, extending slightly above the middle and appearing to form
two rows; vibrissae slightly above oral margin; palpi well developed and reddish
yellow. Antennae extending slightly below middle of face; third joint nearly
five times the length of the second; arista thickened to the middle and the
penultimate joint about as long as its diameter. Thorax black with a gray
pruinosity forming two narrow central stripes extending almost to the suture;
humeri reddish; two presutural and three postsutural dorsocentrals; two
presutural and three postsutural acrostichals; three sternopleurals; scutellum
with four marginal pairs; one pair of widely separated discals and one large
bristle on each side located below the marginals. Abdomen opaque gray
pollinose tinged with yellow; segments one and two each with a marginal and
a lateral pair; segment three with a marginal row, the middle pair slightly
out of line with the others; fourth segment with a row, broken in the middle,
located just below the middle of the segment. Middle tibia on the front side
bearing four macrochaetae diminishing in size toward base of tibia; all tarsi
with a brownish infuscation. Wings hyaline, with a decided depression in tip
of apical cell; veins yellowish-brown; hind crossvein straight midway between
the small crossvein and the tip of the fourth; two bristles at base of third vein;
calypters yellowish white. Length, 8.5 mm.

Type locality—Palm Beach, Florida, June 15, H. G. Dyar
collector.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. Se SNe:

Differs from R. americana Coquillett mainly in the antennae,
dorsocentrals, acrostichals, and tip of wing.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 Sil

Roeseliopsis americana Coquillett.

Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. XXVIII, p. 23, 1915.
Figs. 6, 24.

One specimen labeled “Tifton, Ga. Oct. 1,96. Type No. 3545
U.S.N.M. Collection Coquillett.”’

Hemithrixion oestriforme Brauer and Bergenstamm.

Zweifl. Kais. Mus. V, p. 357, 1891.
Figs. 5, 25.
Coquillettina plankii Walton.

One specimen labeled “Pasadena, New Jersey, 8, 13, 14.
Bred specimen 8, 25, 14. Quaintance No. 11808. H. K. Plank
collector. Type, Cat. No. 19599 U.S. N. M.”

Another specimen labeled the same except “bred 8, 27, 14.”

Another specimen labeled “Colorado.” No date.

Racodineura antiqua Meigen.

Syst. Beschr. IV, p. 412, 1824.
Figs. /, 23:

One specimen labeled “Sardinia, A. H. Krausse.” Another
specimen labeled ‘“‘Hunstauton, Norfolk, 24, [X, 00.”

Plectops manca, new species.
Figs. 8, 20.

Male.—F¥ront and ocellar triangle subshining, the former with a pale pruin-
nosity along the edges; frontal bristles extending to apex of second antennal
joint; two pairs of orbitals directed forward; ocellars divergent; sides of face
very narrow, bare, with a whitish pruinosity; facial ridge not prominent and
with small bristles on the basal fourth; vibrissae on a line with the oral margin.
Antennae black, reaching to the oral margin; third joint about three times as
long as broad; arista thickened on the basal half; penultimate joint a little
longer than its diameter. Palpi well developed and black. Thorax with pale
grayish pruinosity in front of the suture; two narrow stripes of equal width in
the middle extending to the suture; another stripe, on each side of the central
pair, is very narrow towards the front and quite broad behind; one large and
one small presutural dorsocentral; three postsutural dorsocentrals; two sterno-
pleurals and several hairs present; scutellum concolorous with the thorax, with
one large basal macrochaeta and the large apical pair slightly divergent; numer-
ous small bristly hairs on the disk; knobs of halteres pale yellowish brown.
Abdomen shining black with a bronze reflection; segments one to four each with
a marginal row of macrochaetae (the row on the third segment is slightly more
submarginal); segments two to four each with a basal whitish pruinose band
interrupted in the middle and widened on the outer ends. Legs black; middle
tibia with one bristle on the outer side and one on the flexor side just above the

32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

middle. Wings hyaline with the fourth longitudinal vein evanescent at its
tip; third vein with four bristles at its base.

Length, 3.5 mm.

Female.—Very much like the male but with the following exceptions: Frontal
bristles extending to base of second antennal joint. Abdomen nearly as broad
as long; the macrochaetae arranged in submarginal rows, especially on segments
three and four. Wing with the third vein having two to four bristles at its
base (usually three bristles). ;

Length, 2.5-3.75 mm.

Described from six males and fourteen females.

Holotype male, Cabin John, Md., May 26, 1916, R. M.
Fouts collector, Cat. No. LiSN, M:

Allotype female, Dead Run, Fairfax County, Va., X, 28, 15,
R. C. Shannon collector.

Paratypes.—One female, Livingston Heights, Va., 10, 27, 12;
eight females, Dead Run, Va., X, 28, 15; two females, Dead Run,
Va, XI, 11, 15, R. C. Shannon collector; one female, Caney
Spring, Tenn., April 3, 1918, G. G. Ainslie collector; four
males, Falls Church, Va., VIII, 27, Nathan Banks collector;
one male, Glen Echo, Md., Aug. 2, 22, and one female, Glen
Echo, Md., July 30, 22, J. R. Malloch collector.

APELOGLUTUS, qe eons

Front broad, slightly narrower towards the vertex; frontal stripe broad.
Antennae reaching nearly to the oral margin; third joint slightly more than
twice as long as wide, lower angle broadly rounded and the upper angle acute;
third joint of arista thickened on the basal three fourths; penultimate joint
half the length of the third; sides of face very narrow, bare; facial ridge bristly
nearly half way. Anterior crossvein located slightly beyond the middle of the
discal cell; hind crossvein retracted; the two crossveins separated by a distance
slightly greater than the length of the hind one; third longitudinal vein ending
near tip of wing; last section of fourth vein evanescent and about four times
the length of the preceding section.

Genotype.—Apheloglutus latifrons, new species. Related to
the genus Plectops.

Apheloglutus latifrons, new species.
Figs. 9, 26.

Female.—Small black species, robust, with thorax gray pruinose and abdomen
shining.

Front gray pruinose, at the vertex twice as wide as either eye; the sides taper-
ing slightly towards the vertex; frontal stripe broad, dull black; frontals reaching
to base of second antennal joint; three pairs of orbitals, with two short bristly
hairs below the lower orbital; ocellar pair small, divergent; inner verticals
nearly twice as large as the outer pair; sides of face very narrow and bare.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 33

Antennae black. Height of cheeks about two thirds that of the eye; palpi
black. Three pairs of presutural acrostichals (postsutural injured by the pin);
two presutural and three postsutural dorsocentrals; two large and two small
sternopleurals; scutellum with numerous bristly hairs; one large macrochaeta
near each basal angle and one large pair at its apex. Abdomen as broad as
long; second, third, and fourth segments with a marginal row; third segment
with a latero-discal pair; fourth segment with a discal row; segments two, three,
and four with a very narrow basal pollinose whitish band interrupted in the
middle. Legs black; middle tibia with a single macrochaeta on the outer front
side and one on the flexor side just beyond the middle.

Wings hyaline; one small bristle at the base of the third vein. Length, 3.5 mm.

Described from one female.

Type locality—Tennessee Pass, Colorado, VII, 7., 10240
feet, J. M. Aldrich collector.

Type.—Cat. No. se NEE.

Schizotachina vitinervis Thompson.

Canad. Ent. xliii, p. 268, 1911.
Figs. 10, 10a, 27, 28.

Two specimens labeled, one, “No. 16a” and the other “No.
16aa,”’ and both containing the following labels:

“Par. on Tineid P. australis. Iss. Feb. 20, 80.”

Two specimens labeled, ‘Gipsy Moth Laboratory 2267 T,
ND 10%”

One specimen labeled “ G. M. L., 2267 T, VI, 6, 10.”

Schizotachina ruficornis, new species.
Figs. 11, 34.

Female.—Black with gray pruinosity. Antennae extending almost to oral
margin, pale dull reddish yellow; third joint about four times as long as broad
and about five times as long as the second; arista yellowish, with brown infus-
cation extending apically; second joint nearly two thirds the length of the third,
the latter thickened nearly to the tip; frontals extending to the insertion of
the arista; two pairs of proclinate orbitals and a few very minute frontal hairs;
palpi yellow. Thorax pale gray pollinose with three postsutural and three
presutural dorsocentrals; three pairs of presutural acrostichals (postsutural
acrostichals injured by the pin). Abdomen shining black, nearly as broad
as long; segments two and three with a broad pale pollinose basal band inter-
rupted in the middle, wider at the interruption and at the lateral ends; fourth
segment entirely thin pollinose. Legs brownish black, the tibiae slightly more
yellowish; middle tibiae with one large bristle on the outer front side and one
on the flexor side. Wings hyaline, veins yellow; fourth longitudinal vein eva-
escent; third vein with one large bristle at its base.

Length, 3 mm.

34 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

Described from two females.

Type locality —Titusville, Florida (no date). G. G. Ainslie
collector. Ainslie No. 1066.

Type.—Female, Cat. No. Ces Nev

Euryceromyia robertsoni Townsend.

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. XIX, p. 115, 1892.
Figs. 12, 30.

One specimen labeled ‘“‘Anacostia, District of Columbia,
29,9, 14. R.C. Shannon collector.”

Actia eucosmae Bezzi.

Anns. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 9, XVII, p. 239, 1926.
Figs. 13, 31.

One specimen labeled “Brisbane, Aust. T. H. Johnston.”
Another specimen labeled “Richmond, N. S. W., April 29,
1928. T. D. A. Cockerell collector.”

Actia lamia Meigen.

Europ. Zweifl. 7, p. 254, 1838.
Figs. 14, 32.

One specimen labeled “‘Sondrio, 9, V, 98.”

Actiopsis autumnalis Townsend.

Ins. Ins. Menst. IV, p. 121, 1916.
Figs. 15, 33.

Two specimens labeled “Rosslyn, Va., IX, 17, 23, J. ie
Aldrich collector.”

Another specimen “Grove Hill, Md., 7, XI.”

Another specimen Bethesda, Md., 23, 9, 14. J. C. Crawford
collector, on Aster ericoides.”’

Another specimen “‘Pimmit Run, Va., 1, VIII, 08. F. Knab
collector, on flowers of Asclepias rubra.”

Another specimen labeled the same, but “‘on flowers of Rhus
glabra.”

Actiopsis rufescens, new species.
Figs. 16, 35.
Like Actiopsis autumnalis Townsend, but differing in the

following characters:

Female.—Very much larger, the general color lighter; third antennal joint
three times as long as wide, with the yellow at the base more definitely out-
lined; penultimate joint of the arista three times as long as broad; short bristly

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 35

hairs on sides of front not arranged in a definite row; palpi broader on apical
portion. Thorax with the ground color red covered with a brassy pruinosity;
scutellum a little more yellowish than the thorax, with the same pruinosity;
one specimen with four long macrochaetae on each side of the scutellum instead
of three. Abdomen with the ground color deep yellowish red with a very thin
brassy pruinosity which is variable in appearance according to the angle of
light; a faint grayish dorsal longitudinal stripe the length of the abdomen; one
specimen with one weak discal macrochaeta on one side only of segments two
and three. Legs yellowish red, tarsi darker and grayish.
Length 5.5-7 mm.

Described from two females.
Type.—Female, Cat. No. U.S: Na.
Ty pe locality —South Dakota, no date. J. M. Aldrich collector.

APPENDIX.
Apostrophus anthophilus Loew.

Beschr. Eur. Dip’t. ii, p. 310, 1871.
Pinas, Ske), SM

This species was sent to Mr. J. R. Malloch for determination
after my paper was completed. In order to make this paper
complete with North American records I have included this
European species in this appendix, as it is the first American
record of this species.

It belongs in the group having the veins bare. It is easily
separated from all the other species herein included in that it is
shining black with a large luteous spot on each side of the second
abdominal segment and extending backward on to the third
segment and narrowly forward on the extreme lateral edges
of segment one. Segment two has a narrow vertical black
stripe in the middle of the dorsum.

One specimen labeled “Aklavik, N. W. T., June 27, 1931,
O. Bryant, Lot 241”; the other, ‘Cooking Lake, Alberta, VII.
7, 32, O. Bryant collector.”

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Drawings by C. T. Greene.
(Except figs. 10, 15, 26, 27 & 32 by W. R. Walton.)

Bezzimyia busckii Townsend.

Melizoneura albipennis Desvoidy.

Dichaetoneura leucoptera Johnson.

Phytomy ptera nigrina Meigen.

Hemithrixion oestriforme Brauer & Bergenstamm.
Roeseliopsis americana Coquillett.

Racodineura antiqua Meigen.

Plectops manca Greene.

COM RON a Aa

36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

9. Apheloglutus latifrons Greene.
10. Schizotachina vitinervis Thompson, female.
10a. Schizotachina vitinervis Thompson, 3d antennal joint, male.
11. Sch 'zotachina ruficornis Greene.
12. Euryceromyia robertsoni Townsend.
13. <Actia eucosmae Bezzi.
14. Actia lamia Meigen.
15. <Actiopsis autumnalis Townsend.
16. <Actiopsis rufescens Greene.
17. Roeseliopsis floridensis Greene.
18. Bezzimyia busckii Townsend.
19. Melizoneura albipennis Robineau-Desvoidy.
20. Plectops manca Greene.
21. Dichaetoneura leucoptera Johnson.
22. Phytomyptera nigrina Meigen.
23. Racodineura antiqua Meigen.
24. Roeseliopsis americana Coquillett.
25. Hemithrixion oestriforme Brauer & Bergenstamm.
26. Apheloglutus latifrons Greene.
27. Schizotachina vitinervis Thompson, female.
28. Schizotachina vitinervis Thompson, male.
29. Roeseliopsis floridensis Greene.
30. Euryceromyia robertsoni Townsend.
31. Actia eucosmae Bezzi.
32. Actia lamia Meigen.
33. Actiopsis autumnalis Townsend.
34. Schizotachina ruficornis Greene.
35. <Actiopsis rufescens Greene.
36. <Apostrophus anthophilus Loew.
37. Apostrophus anthophilus Loew.

PLATE 6

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

robertsoni

Y
SS

floridensis

aufumnalis 3

109

vitinervis

Zaks
%
VS

latifrons

11 ruficornis

[37]

PLATE 7 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

18 busckii

za 6 antigua

19 albipennis

OA americana

Za 5 oestriforme

2 4 leucoptera

Ze nigrina 20 latifrons

[38]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 8

2 8 vitinervis of

29 fi loridensis

40 robertsoni 35 rufescens

[39]

PLATE 9 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

anthophilus oS 6

Apostrophus anthophilus Loew. Wing 36, head and palpus 37.

[40 ]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 4]

NOTES ON PSOROPHORA (JANTHINOSOMA) HORRIDUS
DYAR AND KNAB.

By Rosertr MaruHeEson.

Dyar and Knab (1906) described Yanthinosoma champerico
from a single female taken at Champerico, Guatemala. They
stated that it was close to fanthinosoma lutzii Theobald. The
same authors (1908) described Aedes horridus from a series of
56 females taken at widely separated points in the southern
United States (Texas, Mississippi, Arkansas, Tennessee,
Oklahoma, Virginia and Maryland). In their monograph (The
Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West
Indies) these species are considered distinct and treated under
the names, Psorophora champerico and Psorophora horridus.
Under P. horridus they placed as a synonym Yanthinosoma
lutzii Felt (nec Theobald). Felt (1904) had described and
figured what he considered was the male of Fanthinosoma lutzii
Theobald. Dyar and Knab assumed that this was the male of
their P. horridus and described it as such and copied the photo-
graph made by Felt. In the monograph Psorophora champerico
is described in great detail, the description being based on two
females,—one from Guatemala (the type) and another from
Tabernilla, Canal Zone. The larva and male were unknown
and have not as yet been discovered. The larva of P. horridus
was also unknown.

Dyar (1922) states that Psorophora horridus D. & K. is widely
distributed in the southern United States. In describing the
species he states that the “thorax is black scaled in the middle.”’
(The original description specifically states that this band con-
sists of deep brown scales; all the female specimens that I have
examined have deep bronzy brown scales forming a distinct
longitudinal band.) Dyar (1928) places horridus as a synonym
of champerico and assumes that the male of anthinosoma
lutzii Felt (nec Theobald) is the male of the species Psorophora
(Fanthinosoma) champerico D. & K. The drawing illustrating
the male genitalia is evidently copied from the photograph
published by Felt.

Recently I received a small shipment of mosquitoes from
Prof. H. H. Schwardt of the Arkansas State University, Fay-
etteville, Arkansas. In this collection the genus Psorophora
is well represented and among them were two males (no females)
of Psorophora horridus D. & K. (champerico according to Dyar).
These males were taken at Fayetteville on August 24, 1933.
On examining the genitalia I was amazed to find one of the
most bizarre types yet recorded for any male of this genus.
It is unique and unlike any previously described. The male
genitalia figured by Felt (1904) and copied by Dyar and Knab
(1917) and by Dyar (1928) as representing the male of Psoro-
phora horridus is undoubtedly that of Psorophora lutzii Theobald

42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

or Psorophora ferox Humboldt (posticata Wied). This con-
clusion is in agreement with the descriptions and figures given
by Bonne and Bonne-Wepster (1925).

Psorophora horridus D. & K. should remain as a distinct
species. P. champerico D. & K. is probably identical with
P. lutzii Theobald but no definite conclusion should be reached
until the male has been discovered. Should it prove identical

with that of P. horridus then horridus would become a synonym
of champerico D. &. K.

Description of the male of P. horridus, D. & K.

Coloration of male agrees very closely with the description of the female
given by Dyar (1928, p. 119). The proboscis is slender black with bronzy
reflections. The palpi are longer than the proboscis, black, with the last two
segments slightly enlarged and somewhat upturned. Dyar describes the central
broad band of the mesonotum of the female as clothed with “small black scales.”
In all my specimens of both males and females this central band consists almost
entirely of dark bronzy brown scales. (In the original description of Aedes
horridus Dyar and Knab described this band as consisting of “deep brown
scales.”’)

Hypopygium. (Figures 1 a and b.)—Side-piece cylindrical, short, stout,
fully half as wide as long; tip of the lower half terminating in a stout recurved,
finger-like process which lies above the clasper (Figure 1 a.); tip and distal
margin of the process clothed with numerous yellowish hairs; side-piece with
large spines and numerous small setae on distal half; lateral portion with num-
erous scales. Clasper short, broadly expanded distally, terminating in a short,
peg-like spine; on the upper side near the tip is a small triangular expansion
bearing 4 to 6 short spines. Claspettes (Fig. 2b) strikingly bizarre in appear-
ance and each fits closely into the large depression on the inner face of each side-
piece. The claspettes are united at their bases and each consists of two large
branches; the lower branch is short and terminates in two short branches, each
of which ends in a stout recurving spine; the upper branch is more than twice
the length of the lower branch and it divides into two branches,—the outer long
and terminates in a stout spine,—the inner shorter and bears two short, stout,
terminal spines. The basal half of the upper branch bears numerous short setae.
The phallosome (Fig. 2) presents the appearance of a cone narrowed at the base
and open on its ventral face. The tenth sternites (paraprocts) are short and
each ends in a short tooth. The ninth segment is prominent with two small
detached lobes in front and a most striking structure forms the central portion.
This structure projects forward between the lobes and lies below the phallo-
some. The terminal portion is bulb-like with an invagination which bears a
central tooth-like projection. The entire ninth segment is chitinized, strikingly
narrowed and is retracted largely within the eighth segment.

Described from two males from Fayetteville, Arkansas,
August 24, 1933 (H. H. Schwardt, collector). One male is
deposited in the collection of the U. S. National Museum; the
other in the collection of Cornell University.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 43

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Explanation of Figures.

Fig. la. Side-piece of hypopygium of P. horridus, dorsal view.
b. The claspettes, dorsal view. Both drawn to the same magnification.
Fig. 2. Dorsal (lower) view of the phallosome, tenth sternites and ninth
segment of the hypopygium of P. horridus.

REFERENCES,

Dyar, H. G. anp Knap, F. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 19, 134. 1906.

Dyar, H. G., anp Knas, F. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 35, 56. 1908.

Dyar, H.G. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 62, 36. 1922.

Dyar, H. G. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Pub. No. 387, 119. 1928.
Fett, E. P. Bull. 97, N. Y. State Museum, 471, Fig. 2, plate V. 1904.

DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA.

By S. A. Rouwer,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.

The descriptions given below were prepared a number of
years ago when the specimens were submitted for identification
and are presented at this time in order that the names may be
available.

Bruchobius magnus, new species.

Of the described species of Bruchobius this new species is
more closely allied to B. colemani Crawford than to others
but it may easily be distinguished from that species by the color
of the legs, large size, coppery color, etc. Like colemani it
differs from the genotype in the better developed knob at the
end of the stigmal vein.

Female.—Length, 4 mm. Interocellar line but little shorter than the ocell-
ocular line; pedicellum subequal in length with the second joint of funicle,
which is distinctly shorter than the first funicle joint; punctation of propodeum

ae PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

somewhat finer than that of the mesoscutum; marginal vein only a little longer
than the postmarginal; stigmal club well developed, its greatest width (with
the longitudinal axis of wing) half the length of the rest of the stigmal vein.
Bright cupreous, abdomen black with a cupreous luster; body with white hairs;
legs beyond coxae rufo-ferruginous, bases and apices of tibiae, and most of the
tarsi, white. Wings hyaline; venation pale brown, stigmal club dark brown.

Male.—Length, 2.5 mm. Like the female except for the much shortened
abdomen, the basal dorsal middle of which is pale. Stigmal knob somewhat
more elongate so its greatest length is with the transverse axis of the wing;
marginal and postmarginal veins thicker than in female.

Paratypes show that the white markings on the legs, especially the two
anterior pairs, may be greatly reduced or wanting.

Type locality —Uitenhage, Cape Provence, South Africa.

Allotype locality—Grahamstown, Cape Provence, South
Africa.

Hosts—Bruchus pisorum ., B. rufimanus Boh., and B.
cicatricosus Kahr.

Described from three females and one male from the type
locality, reared from Bruchus pisorum by J. G. Cuyler under
Accession Number Department of Agriculture of South Africa
2757. Also three females and one male (allotype) from the
allotype locality reared from B. rufimanus by B. B. Wright,
under number 2761. Also one female and one male from the
same locality reared from Bruchus cicatricosus by W. R. Goulde.
All material received from Dr. L. Peringuey.

Type, allotype, and paratypes.—Cat. No. 23112, U. S. N. M.

This species has been intercepted by inspectors of the United
States Department of Agriculture engaged in the enforcement
of plant quarantines in shipments from Capetown, South
Africa, and recorded under number 28362.

Catolaccus fragariae, new species.

This new species runs to the genus Cafolaccus in Kurdjumov’s
key! and agrees with the characters given. It differs from all
the North American species which have been placed in this
genus in having a distinct median carina on the base of the
propodeum.

Female —Length 1.5 mm. Head seen from above as wide as the thorax, seen
from the side narrowing towards the vertex, longest (antero-posteriorly) at the
level of the antennae; face convex; anterior margin of the clypeus rather broadly
emarginate; face finely reticulate-punctate dorsally, ventrally with fine striae
which converge towards the clypeus; frons and vertex with punctures slightly
coarser than those below antennae; vertex narrow; postocellar line distinctly
longer than the ocellocular line; antenna with two ring-joints, six funicle joints,

1Rev. Russ., 1913, vol. 13, p. 6.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 45

and a three-jointed club which is no wider than the last funicle joint; funicle
becoming a little wider apically, the joints all well defined, the first and fourth
subequal and a little longer than the fifth and sixth, which are subequal, and
a little shorter than the second and third, which are subequal; mesonotum with
punctures similar to those on frons and with a few, scattered, fine, white hairs
which can only be seen in certain lights; sides of dorsal aspect of propodeum
impunctate, median part of propodeum with fine reticulations on a shining
surface, lateral sulci distinct, a distinct transverse carina which is angulate
medianly and joins with a median longitudinal carina; mesepisternum with
umbilicate punctures; apical part of costal cell with scattered hairs; marginal
vein somewhat longer than the postmarginal; abdomen shining, slightly longer
than the thorax, conic-ovate. Black, sides of propodeum and the abdomen
dark metallic green; scape, anterior legs beyond femora, and four posterior
legs beyond coxae testaceous with the apices of tibiae whitish; wings hyaline,
venation pale brown.

Paratypes indicate that the color of the legs may vary, as in some the anterior
femora are testaceous and in others there is a brownish tinge to the posterior
femora. The strength of the transverse and longitudinal carinae on the propo-
deum also varies some but in all specimens they are present.

Male.—Length 1.25 mm. The male agrees well with the above description
of the female except that the antennae are more tapering and the club even
less differentiated; the abdomen is shorter and black except the first and base
of the second tergites, which are yellow.

Type locality —Knoxville, Tennessee.

Described from five females (one type) and three males (one
allotype) reared from Anthonomus signatus by S. Marcovitch
and sent under his lot number 1.

Type.—Cat No. 24163, U. S. N. M.

Kurdjumov,’ in his key to the genera of Pteromalidae, states,
in reference to the genus Catolaccus, ““—none of the American
species described under this generic name really belong to it,
they are either Habrocytus Thoms. or Zatropis Crawford.”
Comparison with specimens of the genotype of Catolaccus were
not made and there is some uncertainty as to the generic position
for this new species. It does not, however, belong to either
Zatropis or Habrocytus as at present understood.

Phanerotoma formosana, new species.

Evidently allied to Phanerotoma flavida Enderlein but differ-
ing from the description of that species in having the basal part
of the abdomen paler, in the third tergite, and in other minor
characters.

Male.—Length 4mm. Head seen from in front about twice as broad as high,
eyes prominent; clypeus smooth, convex medianly; malar space somewhat

2Rev. Russ., 1913, vol. 13, p. 6.

46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

shorter than width of mandible at base; basal antennal joints lengthened; face
transversely striato-reticulate; frons coarsely striato-reticulate dorsad-ventrad;
ocelli in an acute triangle, the intraocellar area granular, not surrounded by a
well defined furrow; vertex transversely striato-reticulate; posterior orbits
slightly receding, but little narrower than width of eyes; occiput deeply, arcu-
ately emarginate posteriorly; scutum punctato-reticulate; notauli poorly
defined; suture between scutum and scutellum coarsely foveolate; disk
of scutellum punctured, margined laterally, lateral areas of scutellum with
strong rugae; propodeum truncate posteriorly, coarsely reticulate and with
a few of the lines more prominent; tergites reticulate, more coarsely so basally,
the basal carinae strongly converging, extending only to about the middle of
the first tergite; first tergal suture straight, foveolate, the second also foveolate
but curved anteriorly; third tergite without a median ridge or apical emargina-
tion; radius leaving stigma beyond the middle; first abscissa of radius about
one third as long as the second. Reddish-yellow; interocellar area and a trans-
verse band behind scutellum brownish; base of abdomen whitish; legs pallid,
apex of hind tibia with a brownish spot; wings hyaline; basal venation yellow-
ish, the apical venation darker, stigma dark brown apically, pale basally.

Type locality —Taithoku, Formosa, Japan.

Type.—Cat. No. 23841, U. S. N. M.

Described from two specimens (one a male and the other
without an abdomen) received from T. Shiraki and recorded
under his number 152. Material collected by M. Maki and
reared from larva of Glyphodes pyloalis Walker.

Rhogas narangae, new species.

Differs from Rhogas japonicus Ashmead, which it resembles in
size and color, in having the first two tergites subequal, in the
less prominent ocelli, distinctly receding orbits, etc.

Male—Length 4.5 mm., length of antennae 5.7 mm. Head seen from the
front distinctly converging below; malar space subequal in length with the eye;
eyes prominent, oval, their inner margins only slightly emarginate; face punc-
tato-reticulate on a granular surface; front and orbits similarly sculptured;
vertex with transverse wrinkles in addition; ocelli not especially prominent,
arranged in an acute triangle; occiput completely and strongly margined;
orbits strongly receding; antenna longer than body, about 45-jointed, the third
and fourth joints subequal; top of pronotum coriaceous and with some trans-
verse raised lines laterally; scutum rather finely reticulate on an opaque surface,
the reticulations more distinct posteriorly; scutellum granular, laterally with
a few, irregular, longitudinal, raised lines; propodeum granular and with irregu-
lar reticulations, the median carina complete for basal half only; mesepisternum
irregularly punctato-striate; first three tergites with longitudinal wrinkles on a
granular surface, the median carina complete; first two tergites of subequal
length; stigma angulate at middle of lower margin; the first and second abscissae
of radius subequal; nervulus before middle of cell, but more than four times its
length beyond basal. Ferruginous, intraocellar area and irregular stains on

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 47

mesoscutum brownish; antennae pale brown; palpi pallid; legs testaceous;
wings hyaline, venation yellowish, stigma pallid; second intercubitus obsolescent.

The paratypes show that the sculpture of the vertex may almost lack the
raised lines, that the reticulations on the scutum may be nearly lost, and that
the propodeum dnd first two tergites may be marked with brown,

Type locality —Formosa, Japan.

Type.—Cat. No. 23840, U. S. N. M.

Described from three males (one type) received from T.
Shiraki, Taihoku, Formosa, and recorded under his number 124
and said to have been reared from the larva of Naranga aenescens

Moor.

Rhogas metanastriae, new species.

In general appearance like (Heterogamus) Rhogas thoracicus
(Ashmead) but the black legs will readily separate it from that
species. Chelonorhogas rufithorax Enderlein is similarly colored
but differs in size and structure.

Male—Length 8.5 mm, length of antennae about 8 mm. Head seen from
in front broader than high, not much narrowed below; malar space rather
short, subequal to the width of the mandibles; face coarsely granular, with a
few irregular transverse raised lines and with a median dorsad-ventrad carina
which is better defined dorsally; eyes large, reniform, deeply emarginate;
front and posterior orbits finely granular; vertex granular but with a few trans-
verse wrinkles in addition; occipital carina interrupted medianly; ocelli large,
arranged in nearly an equilateral triangle, postocellar line slightly longer than
the ocelloccipital line and a little shorter than the interocellar line; antennae
nearly as long as body, flagellum with about 50 joints of nearly equal length;
dorsal surface of pronotum coarsely granular, the posterior margin with a
tendency toward reticulations; scutum and prescutum granular, the notauli
feebly and irregularly foveolate; median area of scutellum granular, margined
laterally; propodeum reticulate and with a nearly complete median carina;
mesepisternum opaque, granular with a tendency towards aciculations dor-
sally; tergites longitudinally striato-reticulate, the striations more pronouncd
anteriorly, the reticulations posteriorly, the first two, as well as base of third,
with a median carina; radius leaving stigma before middle; first abscissa of
radius about half as long as second; nervulus in middle of cell. Head and thorax
rufous, abdomen black; palpi, intraocellar area, antennae, legs, and dorsal
part of propodeum black; body with short silvery hair; wings hyaline; venation
dark brown.

Paratype a has the propodeum almost entirely rufous, and is so pinned that
the posterior part of the prescutum and scutum can be seen to be reticulato-
granular. Paratype 4 also has the propodeum mostly rufous.

Type locality —Taihoku, Formosa, Japan.
Type.—Cat. No. 23839, U.S. N. M.
Described from three specimens received from T. Shiraki of

48 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

the Agricultural Experiment Station of Formosa under his
number 131 and said to have been reared by M. Maki from the
larva of Metanastria punctata Walker. The type is in fair
condition, paratype a lacks the abdomen and some legs, and
paratype ® lacks all of the legs and head.

MINUTES OF THE 452d REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JANUARY 4, 1934.

The 452d regular meeting of Entomological Society of Washington was held
at 8 p. m., Thursday, January 4, 1934, in Room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were present
35 members and 17 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

Under “Reports of Officers,” the Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer sub-
mitted his report for the calendar year 1933. The report stated that there were
190 members of the Society and that for the year 1933 there had been 119
subscribers. The receipts during the calendar year 1933 were $1,674.67, total
expenditures $1,262.07, cash on hand $207.52. Due to bank failure the Society
lost $205.02. It was recommended that the Treasurer be authorized to deduct
this from his account, keeping a memorandum for possible future claim. The
cost of printing of the volume for 1933 was $1,216.54. The estimated receipts
for the coming calendar year are $1,552.27. The amount due from members
in arrears was $420. After receipt of the report of the Auditing Committee,
the report was accepted and the recommendation approved.

A motion was passed that the report, with its recommendation as to writing
off the loss from bank suspension, be accepted.

The President announced the appointment of the several committees; the
program committee to include Dr. Muesbeck chairman, Dr. Weigel, and Dr.
Cory; the committee for resolutions on the death of C. H. Popenoe, to include
Mr. Graf, Mr. White, and Dr. Annand; the committee for resolutions on the
death of H. F. Wickham to include Mr. Buchanan with whatever assistance
he may request (in this case that of Dr. Alexander Wetmore).

Dr. F. Z. Hartzell of New York Experiment Station, Professor Ruggles of
Minnesota University, Dr. C. H. Richardson of Iowa State College, Dr. R.
Faxon of Puerto Rico, Dr. Stanley Freeborn of California University, and
Mr. Milne of Harvard, upon invitation, greeted the society.

Under ‘‘Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Mr. R. E. Snodgrass reported
on the recent scientific meetings.

He stated that the Entomological Society program and the dinner were
very good, and that the annual public address, given by Doctor Lutz, was
especially worth while.

Doctor Porter discussed the economic meetings, noting especially the sym-
posium on spray residue ‘vhich favored thorough spraying with later washing.

Dr. C. H. Richardson showed charts illustrating action of some inorganic
salts in increasing killing action of nicotine. He also stated that nicotine and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934 49

other alkaloids may pass direct through insect integument, and discussed
technique in such studies.

This note was discussed by McIndoo.

Dr. C. H. Richardson stated that the Mexican mealybug (Phenacoccus
gossypii T. & Ckll.) is quite widely distributed over the United States, and has
become increasingly severe in recent years as a pest of greenhouse plants,
particularly Chrysanthemums. A 10% kerosene emulsion was found to be the
most effective of 16 different sprays. Overnight fumigation with calcium cyanide
(3/8 to 1/2 oz. per 1000 cu. ft.) was the most effective control measure tried,
producing a high mortality of all stages except the egg. This mealybug is
apparently more susceptible to hydrocyanic acid gas than some of our other
greenhouse mealybugs. Chrysanthemums in all stages of bloom were fumi-
gated without injury. (Author’s abstract.)

Dr. Freeborn discussed works on fly sprays, stating that oil sprays proved
detrimental to dairy cows. This note was discussed by Milne.

Dr. Hartzell discussed work with tar distillate sprays, mentioning questions
of definition; of efficiency against aphids, scales, bud-moth and other pests;
of concentration and margins of safety; and of combination with petroleum oils.

Mr. L. C. McAlister, Jr., in response to an invitation from the Chair, referred
to the occurrence of the West Indian fruit fly, which was discovered infesting
hog plums (Spondias mombin) at Key West, Fla., in 1930 by inspectors of the
Bureau of Plant Quarantine. In 1930 infestations on two properties were found,
and in 1931 an infestation on only one property was found. In 1932, however,
heavy infestation developed which was general throughout the island of Key
West. Investigations to obtain further knowledge concerning the hosts and
reaction to poison sprays of the two species of fruit flies, 4nastrepha acidusa
Walk. and Anastrepha suspensa Loew, occurring on the island of Key West,
were conducted in 1932 and 1933. Results of oviposition experiments indicated
that the species 4. acidusa may successfully attack, under cage conditions,
35 different fruits, including grapefruit, and that the species 4. suspensa may
also attack many of the same fruits. Results of insecticide tests have confirmed
the superior merits of tartar emetic as a bait spray for these two species of
fruit flies. An active eradication program was started in August, 1933, by the
State Plant Board of Florida, and the present indications are that the infestation
of the West Indian fruit fly at Key West will be successfully eradicated.

Dr. F. F. Smith discussed life history studies on the Fuller’s rose beetle, in
which advantage was taken of the insect’s habit of ovipositing in crevices by
placing a split piece of wood in the cages. The beetles inserted the eggs in this,
facilitating egg counts. This weevil reproduces parthenogenetically and no
males were found among 2,600 dissected adults. (Author’s abstract.)

The first communication on the regular program was by Perez Simmons and
was entitled “ Remarks on Insects and Diseases of California Figs.”

Mr. Simmons stated that great care was used in preparing dried figs in Cali-
fornia, and a fine product resulted. The varieties and the uses of the crop, and
methods of preparation were discussed. Small mites and also thrips attack the
young fruits, and may carry in fungus infection. As the fruit ripens, beetles
of the genus Carpophilus attack it and carry infection. During and after
drying, the raisin moth attacks the figs. Certain phases of control are difficult.

50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 2, FEB., 1934

The second communication was the address of the retiring president, Mr.
C. T. Greene, and was entitled “A Brief Outline of the Fruit-Flies.”

These fruit-flies belong to the family Trypetidae and are of considerable
economic importance because their larvae live within the pulp of commercial
fruits. The “Mediterranean fruit-fly” and the “Olive fly” are among the
outstanding forms in this group. The scientific and common names and the
general distribution of each species was given. Also there were comments on
their economic importance following the species.

All the species, except two, are of foreign origin and some of these are oc-
casionally picked up by the quarantine inspectors at the various ports of entry
into the United States. The other two species mentioned above are the apple
maggot and the cherry maggot which are native to the United States and cause
some damage to their respective host fruits. (Author’s abstract.)

This paper was discussed by McIndoo, Simmons, Rohwer, Bridwell and
Becker.

In discussing Mr. Greene’s paper, Mr. Rohwer mentioned a paper published
in the issue of The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales for November,
1933, setting forth the regulations promulgated by responsible agencies regard-
ing the management of orchards to control the Mediterranean fruit fly and the
Queensland fruit fly. The fact that the Government of New South Wales
found it desirable to promulgate regulations regarding the control of these pests
was a Clear indication of their economic importance. In discussing the occur-
rence of the Mediterranean fruit fly in Bermuda he added that when Mr. E. A.
McCallan, Agricultural Commissioner of Bermuda, visited Washington, he
reported the fruit fly did its greatest damage to green peppers and broad beans.

Mr. Rohwer expressed the thought that the speaker under-rated the import-
ance of out native fruit flies. As an index of their economic importance he
referred to regulations establishing a procedure on the handling of orchards so as
to prevent infestations by the apple maggot recently promulgated by certain
provinces in Canada. The certification of apples to England and other European
points was pending on the growers carrying out measures provided in these
regulations. A similar procedure was followed in certain states of the United
States regarding the cherry maggot fruit fly. In these cases the clean up and
control measures required are not based on regulations promulgated by State
officials, but perhaps equally effective since they are enforced by the canning
companies.

Meeting adjourned at 10:10 p. m.

F. M. WabLey,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, March 16, 1934.

VOL. 36 MARCH, 1934 No. 3

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

LY © “A
r

CONTENTS

BUCHANAN, L. L.—\HENRY FREDERICK WICKHAM ............ 60

BUSCK, AUGUST——TORTILIA VIATRIX, NEW SPECIES. AN AFRICAN MOTH

ON SENNA IMPORTED INTO THE UNITED STATES ......... 68
GRAF, J. E. & WHITE, W. H.—CHARLES HOLCOMB POPENOE ...... .. 6/7
HOWARD, L. 0.—MORE ABOUT THE BEGINNINGS OF THE SOCIETY ..... 51

ROHWER, S. A..-REMARKS ON CHANGES IN THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
WASHINGTON DURING THE LAST QUARTER OF A CENTURY ...... 55

PusiisHeD Montuiy Except Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Pononary President: shete a Ge ic 2. se boo ee eee L. O. HOWARD
President Our Ny. ee Fe Ae eee ay ae ee. ee ee J. S. WADE
arstVitce-Presideny- 22. es a ee eee .. . B. A. PORTER
WecGnd VACE-ETESIApE 9. = a a sR ee Oe S. B. FRACKER
REGONAICISECKEIGDY =... 3 awe EE se eee eee . P. W. OMAN
Garrespondingisecrejany—Une@Surera: an ee S. A. ROHWER

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C. .
Badttor’ 82 eR a Se oe ee ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewine,
F. L. CampsBeE Lt.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLOHEES ea SR is, ee ee ee yer a H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProceEpiNGs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 36 MARCH, 1934 No. 3

MORE ABOUT THE BEGINNINGS OF THE SOCIETY.
By L. O. Howarp.

In a way, I have constituted myself the historian of the
Society. In 1894 I published a review of the work of the Society
during its first ten years. This was read at the one hundredth
meeting, January 7, 1894, at Professor Riley’s house, and it
was published in Volume II of the Proceedings, pages 161 to
hG7:

In 1909 I read an address written in a somewhat gossipy
manner, to help to celebrate the 25th anniversary of the found-
ing of the Society. This was read February 11th, 1909, and
was published in the Proceedings, Volume alle pages 8 to 18.
Again in 1924, the first part of my address as retiring president
was entitled “On Entomological Societies” and in this I dis-
cussed briefly the place of our society among the other publish-
ing entomological societies of the world.

At the semi-centennial meeting, March 1, 1934, as the only
resident surviving founder, I gave a brief reminiscential talk,
telling, I fear, a number of things I have already put in print
before and now I am writing these lines only to place on record
some facts about the founding and the founders that will not
be discovered in what I have already published.

When I came to Washington in November, 1878, the Poto-
macside Natural History Society had ceased to exist and the
old Philosophical was the only scientific society in existence.
Apparently it was not the place for entomologists. In 1880
the Biological Society was founded, but Riley, Schwarz, Com-
stock and I were the only members interested in insects. It
did not fill our wants, while there were not enough of us to start
a society of our own. Comstock went back to Cornell in 1881,
and Riley, Schwarz and I were left as the only entomologists in
the Biological Society. We were lonely, we wanted to talk
with people who understood us, and so in January, 1884, when
the service had begun to grow, we three issued the call for the
preliminary meeting held at Professor Riley’s house on February

It is interesting to note that there were only eight entomol-
ogists at that time in the Government service. It is also inter-
esting to note that at the meetings of February 29 and March

52 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

12 (the constitution was adopted on the latter date), 16 persons
were present. The list of charter members published in Volume
I has twenty-five names, but nine of these joined the Society
later than March 12th (some of them months later), and that
there were only sixteen real founders. These sixteen are as
follows:

J. G. Morris C. V. Riley J. Murdoch
W. S. Barnard E.. A. Schwarz T. Pergande
A. Koebele L. O. Howard J. B. Smith
Lawrence Johnson L. Bruner C. J. Schafhirt
B. P. Mann FE. S. Burgess A. H. Stewart

George Marx

All of these men have either died or left Washington, except
myself. Lawrence Bruner is still alive and is at Berkeley,
California. I have lost track for years of A. H. Stewart. He
may possibly be living yet. All of the other men who appear
on our list as charter members (that is, who joined later than
March 12th), are dead, except possibly T. E. Oertel. He and
Stewart were both youngsters of 17 or 18 in those days, and both
may be still living, although none of us has heard of them for
many years.

In my 1909 address (referred to above), I have mentioned
some of the characteristics of some of the founders, and in fact,
of a number of them, there have been (about most) good and
full published biographies which can readily be consulted, either
in our own Proceedings or elsewhere. I may state, incidentally,
that there is a good card catalogue of obituary and biographical
notes in the library of the Bureau of Entomology, and that this
is kept up to date under the eye of the very efficient librarian,
Miss Colcord. But you will not be able to find much about
some of our founders, so that what follows may be of interest as
supplementary to what I said in 1909.

Take the Reverend J. G. Morris, for example. At the time of
the founding of the Society he was retired from active life (he
had been the clergyman of the German Lutheran church in
Baltimore) but came to Washington to see us from time to time
and to talk over entomological matters. He was a delightful
old fellow, full of reminiscences, and very active and vigorous
although more than 80 years of age. Professor Paul Knight of
the University of Maryland has called my attention to an
article by Dr. Morris on the history of entomology in the United
States that was published in Silliman’s Journal in 1846. It isa
very valuable publication and gives interesting details concern-
ing the history of the Melsheimers and other early American
students of insects. In looking through this history the other

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 53

day I found one especially interesting statement. In speaking
of the work of the elder Leconte, Dr. Morris adds (rather
patronizingly), “his son, John Leconte, Jr., is an industrious
young entomologist who bids fair to become eminent in science.”
I note by looking up my Hagen that the great coleopterist had
at that time published but one paper, but Dr. Morris dimly
saw his future fame since he became known, not only to the
entomological world, but was one of the original members of the
National Academy of Sciences and the first entomologist to
become president of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. It might also be stated that he was the first
American to be elected to honorary membership in the European
societies.

In my 1909 paper, I have mentioned Judge Lawrence Johnson.
The Judge lived at Holly Springs, Miss., and happened to be in
Washington at that time. He had been a field agent of the
U. S. Entomological Commission. I mention him here again
for the reason that in those early days he sent a formal com-
munication to the Society, entitled “ The Jigger Flea of Florida,”
that was published on pages 203 to 205 of Volume I of the
Proceedings. He suggested for it the name Pulex pullulorum.
Of course it was afterwards found that the insect had already
been named Sarcopsylla gallinacea by Westwood, and is now
known as the chicken flea.

E. S. Burgess, while interested in insects, was really a botanist
and taught natural history at one of the Washington High
Schools (I think the Central). He attended the early meetings
regularly and finally went to one of the New York City univer-
sities as professor of botany. He died there some years ago.

I have mentioned Dr. C. J. Schafhirt, in the 1909 paper, as
a druggist who had an excellent store near the Government
Printing Office, but I did not tell how he became interested in
insects. It was entirely through the work of the cigarette
beetle, sometimes known as the “drug store beetle,’”’ since
Lasioderma serricorne became firmly established at his place
and I think that it was Dr. Schafhirt himself who first found this
malignant little beast feeding on pyrethrum powder! So far as
I remember, the doctor’s entomological researches did not
extend beyond the doors of his shop.

I am inclined to think that Alonzo H. Stewart’s interest in
entomology was intensified by, if not begun, with the installa-
tion of the electric light on the dome of the Capitol, since he was
a page in the United States Senate. Insects were attracted
by this light in enormous numbers and the white dome of the
Capitol was soon covered and disfigured by spiders’ webs filled
with the remains of insect corpses. It was a great collecting
field and it was apparently a race between Stewart and the
spiders to see which would make the largest collection.

54 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

John Murdoch was not really an entomologist. He was a
charming, cultivated fellow, a Harvard graduate, who had
spent the winter at Point Barrow, Alaska, under the auspices
of the U. S. Signal Service, making scientific observations of
diverse character. He also occupied the position of prone
of zoology at the University of Wisconsin, while E. A. Birge
was absent in Japan. After he finished his Point Barrow
report, he became librarian of the Smithsonian and later was
an assistant librarian in the Boston Public Library. He died
in Boston.

So far as we can be absolutely certain, aside from myself,
there is only one person living, either among the real founders
or the charter members. He is Professor Lawrence Bruner,
for many years connected with the University of Nebraska, but
who is now retired and living at Berkeley, California. His
presence at the meeting of March 12, 1884, and his signature to
the constitution on that date are explained by the fact that he
was in Washington on a visit. Kor a number of years he had
been a field agent of the U. S. Entomological Commission, and,
if I am not mistaken, his journey to Washington, in 1884, was
really his wedding trip. As already indicated, Stewart and
Oertel may still be living, but we have not heard about them
for very many years.

So far as I know, there has been no real biography of W. S.
Barnard. He was a brother-in-law of Dr. Burt G. Wilder of
Cornell and had been employed by Professor Riley to work on
remedies against the cotton caterpillar. He invented some
ingenious machines, which, however could not be adapted to
field conditions. He was, however, the inventor of the “‘cyclone’”’
nozzle, known later in France as the Riley nozzle and still later
as the Vermorel nozzle, an excellent device for the under spray-
ing of low growing plants. He also used for the first time as an
insecticide, emulsified kerosene, in which he used milk in
making his emulsion. Hubbard later substituted soap.

All of the others on the list of true founders have been written
up fully since their death. Of those who joined a little later
and appear in the list of charter members, all have been well
treated in published biographical sketches, many of them in
our own Proceedings. The only exception is perhaps Captain
R. S. Lacey. As I remember, he was a Washington attorney
who had a farm near Washington and who had consulted
Professor Riley on some questions of insect damage. Ap-
parently his interest in insects did not continue long and I
don’t remember to have seen him at subsequent meetings.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U. S. A. retired, appears on this list and
died very recently. Undoubtedly his career will be fully
described in the scientific papers. He was not an entomologist,
although a first-rate general naturalist. I think that his scientific

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 55

reputation rests largely upon his work on the osteology of birds.
The Cosmos Club had been founded only a few years before and
I think that Professor Riley had seen both Dr. Shufeldt and Mr.
Murdoch there and invited them to these early meetings.

REMARKS ON CHANGES IN THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON DURING THE LAST QUARTER
OF A CENTURY.

By S. A. Rouwer, Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer.

Circumstances and opportunity undoubtedly play important
parts in changing procedure and policies of organizations—even
in the case of societies like the Entomological Society of Wash-
ington. Conditions and customs in the National Capital have
changed in many respects during the last twenty-five years,
and perhaps more than during the preceding similar period.
It is, therefore, not surprising that there have been many
changes in the way our Society now conducts its affairs. The
changes in customs and national policies which have occurred
since 1909 may also account in part for the various modifica-
tions, in conducting the affairs of the Society, which have been
made during this period. A review of the Society’s activities
shows rather clearly that more changes, if not more progress,
have occurred during the later part of the first half century of
the Society’s existence.

Most of the meetings during the first twenty-five years were
held in the homes of various members. With the increase in
attendence this became impracticable and was followed by
holding meetings, entertained by individual members, in halls
rented for the occasion. It was in such a meeting place that
many of us first became associated or acquainted with the
Society. Many of these meetings were held in the old Saenger-
bund Hall at 314 C Street N. W., and these meetings hold many
pleasant recollections. The custom of meeting in the homes of
members was not put aside all at once, however, and even during
the last twenty-five years the Society has been entertained in
the home of Dr. C. L. Marlatt. This was in February, 1910,
and was the last time a regular meeting was held in a private
residence. With the growth of the Society, the entertainment
feature became a matter of some little cost and although
individual members often continued to meet this expense the
habit of “‘Dutch treat,” by contributions, was not uncommon
even during the last few years when the meetings were held in
the Saengerbund Hall.

The furnishing of refreshments and a meeting place by mem-
bers developed and permitted the execution of the idea that

56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

all funds collected for dues, etc., were to be used solely for
necessary operating expenses and particularly the publication
of the “Proceedings.” This plan had become such a fixed
policy that, even when the expenses of holding meetings in-
creased, no change was made. Other ways were devised to
meet the expenses incident to holding regular meetings. The
plan selected was the establishment of what was known as the
“Entertainment Fund.” This fund, begun in January, 1918,
was maintained by a fixed charge of 25 cents on members
attending the meetings and led to the custom, still followed, of
having members and guests sign a meeting roster. This method
of taxing, however, was not fully satisfactory and often failed
to meet the full cost of holding meetings.

After prohibition became effective, in the District of Colum-
bia, it was impracticable to continue to meet in the Saengerbund
Hall and the Society moved to the Cosmos Club. This move
was not favorably received by some of the members and the
cost—even at the reduced rental made by the managers of the
Cosmos Club—exceeded the collections. After the meeting of
December, 1924, meetings were held in other private halls,
such as the one at the corner of 11th and E Streets, belonging to
the Perpetual Building Association. These places were even
less suitable and were soon given up in favor of the room fur-
nished at only nominal cost in the Natural History Building
of the National Museum. Later the Museum removed even
the small charge for watch service and have very kindly made
room 42-43 available for our regular meetings. Since then the
“Entertainment Fund” has been abolished.

Changes in place of meeting have, however, been the Jess
important modification of the meetings. What is more signifi-
cant has been the increase in attendance and the change in
character of the program. During the early part of the last
quarter of a century it was unusual when there were more than
thirty members and visitors at a meeting. The average at-
tendance in recent years has been more than twice that number.
Discussions of papers and the presentation and discussion of
notes, were important parts of all the earlier meetings. Even
twenty years ago, formal papers were usually only an introduc-
tion to a general review of a subject. Frequently it appeared
that some of the older members, particularly E. A. Schwarz,
F. Knab, N. Banks, T. N. Gill, H. G. Dyar and others, used the
notice of papers to be presented only as a suggestion of the topic
which they should prepare themselves to discuss. In recent
years papers have taken more the form of addresses and dis-
cussion 1s seldom more than answering questions. Whether
specialization has brought about this change or whether the
size and character of the audience serves to embarrass those
who might place other interpretations on the observations

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 57

reported is not clear. Perhaps it is some of both, mixed with
a hesitancy to start an argument. There may even be another
reason, as recently, and especially since the World War, there
has been a marked increase in the number of ladies present.
Their attendance at a meeting was almost unheard of twenty
years ago.

In the early days, special summer meetings, more or less in
the nature of collecting excursions, were held occasionally.
These are now affairs of the past but to an extent have been
replaced by holding the June meeting at a nearby laboratory.
Twice during the last few years the Society has held the June
meeting on the Campus of the Maryland State Agricultural
College, College Park, Md., following a picnic supper. Other
similar meetings have been held at the Takoma Park laboratory
of the Bureau of Entomology and at the Bee Culture laboratory
at Somerset, Md.

In the earlier years the members were classed as active or
associate. Active members were those residing in Washington
and environs. The first list of members, published in 1891,
included the names of 26 active and 17 associates. Later the
designation for members was changed to active and correspond-
ing and a third group, that of honorary members, added. The
list issued in 1902 includes the names of one honorary, 45 active
and 81 corresponding members. The next and last change was
made since 1912, and we now have only two classes—members
and honorary members. Honorary membership is restricted
to foreign entomologists who have made’ outstanding contribu-
tions to the science of entomology. They can be elected only
after an affirmative mail ballot by members on names unani-
mously recommended by the Executive Committee. Only two
such honorary members have been elected and neither of whom
is now living—the last one being David Sharp, who died
Aupust 21,1922.

There has been one other change in the rules affecting mem-
bership and it had to do with the increase in the dues for non-
resident members. This became effective in 1918, when the
dues for all members were fixed at three dollars per year.
Previously, corresponding or non-resident members paid only
two dollars while active or resident members paid three. This
change was accompanied by an increase in the subscription
price for the Proceedings from two to four dollars per volume
with an added charge of twenty-five cents for postage when the
copy was sent to an address outside the United States, Canada
or Mexico. Subscribers to the Proceedings were, and for that
matter still are, largely institutions and libraries who make no
other contribution towards the maintenance of the Society.
It seemed logical that they should pay more than those who

58 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

participate in the meetings and contribute, without cost, the
articles which create a demand for the publication. When
these changes were made there were many who doubted the
wisdom of the move, fearing that it would mean a marked
reduction in the number of members and subscribers. Fortun-
ately, these fears were not well founded. The numbers of
members and subscribers have rather steadily increased, or at
least not markedly declined even in later years during the period
of general depression.

Many changes have been made during the last twenty-five
years in the style, make up, manner of issuing and editing our
Proceedings. The first 15 volumes of the Proceedings were
edited and issued under the direction of a Publication Committee
of 3 to 7 members. Since then the work has been performed
by an editor elected annually, who carries out this task under
the general direction of the Executive Committee. The last
Committee on Publications was Harrison G. Dyar, A. L.
Quaintance and J. C. Crawford. Mr. Crawford was the first
elected editor. He was followed by A. C. Baker, Carl Heinrich
and the present editor, W. R. Walton. The first nineteen
volumes were issued quarterly except in the case of Volume III
when five numbers were published. Beginning with Volume
20, for 1918, the volume has consisted of nine numbers each,
issued monthly except July, August and September. The
special heavy paper cover previously used for each number was
eliminated and other changes were made which made it possible
to print more words and pages with the same amount of money.
Rules concerning publication were issued, requiring among other
things that notes or articles be titled so they could be readily
indexed. Copies of these rules were sent to and favorably
received by other entomological periodicals. For a number of
years following these changes the minutes of the meetings were
not published in the Proceedings but appeared in the Journal
of the Washington Academy of Science. This, however, has
been discontinued and the minutes now are included at the
end of each number.

The earlier volumes of the Proceedings were printed for the
Society by Gibson Brothers, a concern then doing business in
the District of Columbia. Later the printing was done by
companies whose plants were located elsewhere and included
such concerns as Gorman Co., in Pennsylvania, Williams and
Wilkins Company of Baltimore, Md., and the Eschenback
Printing Co. at Easton, Pa. In 1921 we returned to Washing-
ton to have the printing done and since then the firm of H. L.
& J. B. McQueen, Inc., has printed our Proceedings and the
Maurice Joyce Engraving Co. has made the halftones and line
engravings.

At the beginning of this twenty-five year period changes were

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 59

made in the officers charged with handling the business affairs
of the Society. When the Society was founded in 1884 there
was created an office of Treasurer and also an office of Corres-
ponding Secretary. These two offices were combined in 1909,
and E. F. Phillips was elected as the first Corresponding Secre-
tary-Treasurer. He held this office for the years 1909 and 1910,
and was succeeded, in 1911, by the present incumbent, who has
held the office since then. Since the founding of the Society
only five individuals have been charged with the responsibility
of collecting and disbursing money. B. Pickman Mann was
Treasurer for the eight years from 1884 to 1891 inclusive;
E. A. Schwarz held the office for the nine succeeding years,
1892 to 1900, and J. D. Patten, the last to hold this office,
served for the eight years from 1901 to 1908 inclusive. While
there were only three who served as Treasurer of the Society,
from 1884 to 1908 inclusive, eight individuals held the office of
Corresponding Secretary. These were, in the order named:
L. O. Howard, J. B. Smith, Otto Lugger, C. H. T. Townsend,
EB. A Sone Frank Benton: BH. S.G: Titus, and JG: Sanders:
At the annual meeting in 1893, F. H. Chittenden was elected as
Corresponding Secretary but he declined to accept.

Effective January 1, 1915, the Society authorized the estab-
lishment of a special fund to be known as the “Publication
Fund.” This fund was to receive the income from the sale of
back numbers of the Proceedings, donations or other special
contributions, and was to be invested under the direction of the
Executive Committee. Unless specifically authorized, the
interest only could be used for current operations. —Two mem-
bers, who had always taken much interest in the Society, have
made special donations to this fund. These were Frederick
Knab and E. A. Schwarz and are listed in order of the receipt
of the donation. Prior to the establishment of this fund another
member, J. M. Lawford, left the Society a legacy in his will.
Mr. Lawford was, at the time of his death in 1913, living in
Baltimore, Md. By the terms of his will his insect collection
and library were left to the Society. In as much as the Society
does not maintain either a collection or a library the books,
many of which dealt with natural history and were of consider-
able value, were sold and the proceeds added to the “ Publication
Fund.” The collection of insects was donated to the National
Museum.

CORRECTION.

In the minutes of the 452d meeting of this Society, Vol. 36, p. 49, paragraph 2,
read: H. H. Richardson instead of “C. H. Richardson.” —Fditor.

60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

HENRY FREDERICK WICKHAM.

By L. L. Buchanan.

Henry Frederick Wickham, 67, a well known American
coleopterist, died at his home in lowa City, Iowa, Nov. 17, 1933,
of a heart attack induced by asthma. Though in failing health
for several months, he had remained active in his teaching duties
until a few days before his death.

Born at Shrewton, Wiltshire, England, Oct. 26, 1866, he
came to Iowa City with his parents in 1871, and lived there
since that time. He attended Iowa City high school for three
years and the University of Iowa from 1887 to 1891 when he
was named to the staff. In 1894 he received an honorary degree
of master of science. His 42 years of teaching, the last
30 of these as professor of zoology and entomology, made him
one of the oldest University of Iowa professors in point of service.

Professor Wickham was an excellent and a popular teacher,
and his courses usually attracted a full quota of students, at
times more than could be accommodated. Huis lectures, which
were clearly outlined in advance, combined many original ob-
servations derived from his wide experience in the field with the
most authentic information available in text books. He used
the blackboard freely, illustrating structural points with rapidly
but accurately executed free-hand drawings. Endowed with a
keen sense of humor, he was not averse to enlivening the class
work with occasional witty remarks. Advanced students in
entomology highly prized his presence on short collecting trips
about Iowa City; and on such occasions he seemed to take
pleasure in imparting to the embryonic entomologists bits of
his great fund of collecting lore, always in a free and unostenta-
tious manner.

Professor Wickham’s interest in entomology, and particularly
in beetles, began when he was a young boy and continued
unabated through life. He early recognized the handicap of
being far separated from the large libraries and collections of
the East, and he set about in characteristic manner to provide
himself with these essentials. He succeeded notably in both
directions, and at the time of his death his beetle collection and
entomological library afforded splendid facilities for independent
research in the science. It goes without saying that this achieve-
ment was beset with difficulties, and he once said that he had
kept himself poor for years by buying and binding books. But
without the library and collection much of his work, and
particularly his fossil investigations, would have been impos-
sible. He was a member of several scientific societies, including
American Association for Advancement of Science, Entomologi-
cal Society of America, Entomological Society of Ontario,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 10

Henry FrepDeERICK WICKHAM.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 63

Société Entomologique de Belgique, lowa Academy of Science,
Davenport Academy of Science, Entomological Society of
Washington, and Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club.

He ranks high among a small group of this country’s most
successful collectors, and at one time or another discovered
numerous undescribed species of beetles, many of which were
made known through the writings of Casey, Fall and others.
Beginning in 1885 and continuing through about 30 years he
spent most of his summer vacations on privately financed
collecting expeditions to various parts of the country, and
particularly to what were then the remote and more or less
inaccessible regions of the western and southwestern United
States. The difficulties of travel in those days, and some of the
obstacles overcome, are referred to incidentally in several of
his published papers. He collected also in Alaska and north-
western Canada (1889); Bahama Islands (1893); and Mexico
(1907, ’08, ’09). In the summer of 1914 he was appointed
field agent for the U. S. Bureau of Entomology on an investi-
gation of the New Mexico range caterpillar, being stationed at
Koehler, N. Mex. In 1915 and 1916, with the same service,
he worked over a large area in the western United States study-
ing the economic status of the tenebrionid genus E/eodes.
During the summers of 1917 to 1920, inclusive, he was scien-
tific assistant in the Washington, D. C., laboratories of the
Biological Survey, where he classified and arranged parts of the
beetle collection, and identified beetle fragments from birds’
stomachs. . In 1921, with the Bureau of Entomology, he was
sent to Mexico to investigate the Mexican bean beetle. After
1921 he spent the summers in the western United States, chiefly
at Yellowstone and Glacier parks, but his active collecting days
were over, and with the exception of one or two of these trips,
he made no serious attempt during this period to enlarge his
cabinet.

In his early days Professor Wickham sent many specimens to
George H. Horn for identification, and these doubtless formed
the nucleus of what subsequently was to become one of the
better private collections of the country. In later years, after
he had built up a large entomological library, he did much of
the identification work himself. In addition to meeting his
classes regularly and attending to his expanding library and
collection, he carried on extensive correspondence and exchanges
with entomologists here and abroad; and it is indicative of his
energy and determination that in spite of these time-consuming
activities, he found opportunity for preparing the considerable
number of entomological papers that came from his pen.

His bibliography includes about 170 titles, and it requires
only a casual glance through the list to appreciate his broad
interests. Though local lists and accounts of certain of his

64 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

collecting trips occupy a prominent part in the whole, such
subjects as color variation, structural peculiarities, biologies,
geographic distribution, monstrosities, etc., received attention
at one time or another. He also published several papers on
beetle larvae. In later years his writings deal more exclusively
with taxonomy, and it was during this period that he described
the majority of his 43 new species of Coleoptera. Perhaps his
three most important contributions on recent forms are “‘The
Coleoptera of Canada,” “The Pselaphidae of North America”
(with Brendel), and “List of the Coleoptera of Iowa,” the latter
enumerating 2,065 species.

In 1912 and 1913 he spent the summers at Florissant, Colo-
rado, collecting fossil insects and plants from the Florissant
shales, and later described many new species of beetles, based
partly on his own and partly on borrowed specimens. One of
his note books at Iowa City lists 352 fossil species as having
been described by him up to and including the year 1917;
whether or not this is a complete record has not been ascertained,
but it probably is. Most of his fossil papers are illustrated with
drawings which he prepared with the aid of the camera lucida.
In speaking of the dependability of conclusions based on
study of fossil species, he maintained that, while mistakes in
detail are doubtless more numerous than in the case of studies
on recent forms, nevertheless the main deductions drawn from
fossil investigation are sound. He compiled the catalogue of
North American fossil beetles which was published as a section
of the Leng catalogue of North American Coleoptera.

Professor Wickham’s collections of beetles and fossils have
been presented to the U. S. National Museum by Mrs. Wickham.
Besides the types and typical material, the beetle collection
contains a good many choice species and much valuable dis-
tributional data, particularly for species from the western and
southwestern United States. The collection is predominantly
North American in character, though the family Cicindelidae,
a group in which Professor Wickham was especially interested,
includes species from all over the world; in certain other groups
also there is a fair amount of exotic material. The fossil collec-
tion, including both plants and insects, numbers about 3,000
specimens.

Professor Wickham is survived by his widow, the former
Miss Fanny Chastina Thompson of Independence, Iowa, to
whom he was married Sept. 10, 1891; and by two brothers, Mr.
Bern Wickham, a contractor in South America, and Mr. Edgar
F. Wickham of Iowa City.

The accompanying photograph was taken at Washington,
D.C. inl917,eby Mirae Hs Raine:

PLATE I1

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL.

[ 66 |

CHARLES

Hotcoms PopeNoe.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 67

CHARLES HOLCOMB POPENOE.
By J. E. Grar ann W. H. Wuire.

With the passing of Charles Holcomb Popenoe, who died
suddenly at his home on November 17, 1933, the Washington
Entomological Society has lost one of its veteran members, he
having been affiliated with this Society since November 7, 1907.

Mr. Popenoe was born in Manhattan, Kansas, June 7, 1884.
Upon graduation from the Kansas Agricultural College in 1905
with the degree of Bachelor of Science, he spent a short time on
the farm, and left to accept an appointment as an agent with
the Bureau of Entomology, June 14, 1907, with headquarters at
the Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk, Va. He was
transferred to Washington in 1909 where he was associated with
the late Dr. F. H. Chittenden who was then in charge of Truck
Crop and Stored-Product Insect Investigations. By promotion
he held the positions of Entomological Assistant from 1913 to
1919 and Entomologist from 1919 until the time of his death.
From 1927 he was Associate in Entomology at the George
Washington University, Washington, D. C. Mr. Popenoe pos-
sessed a very broad knowledge of entomology and its related
sciences, and during the earlier years with the Bureau, he
specialized in stored product and mushroom insects. He was
the author of several publications, his best known, which has
gone through several printings, being a Department farmers’
bulletin relating to vegetable insects and their control. Mr.
Popenoe was a pioneer in work with carbon tetrachloride as a
fumigant, and in cooperation with Dr. E. H. Siegler, participated
in determining the insecticidal value of fatty acids. Dr. L. O.
Howard in his book on the house fly under the discussion of
formalin as a fly poison states “So far as we know, the first
person in this country to ascertain this (formalin as a poison to
fly) was Mr. C. H. Popenoe who at that time was at the Kansas
Agricultural College.”’

His principal hobbies which he followed with a keen interest
were botany and aviculture. He was an iris fan and had a large
collection of this flower containing many rare varieties. He
collected and bred love-birds of which he had a large collection,
some of which were new to this country.

At the time of his death he was engaged in a special study on
the atomization of oils and their application as truck crop
insecticides.

“Pops,” as he was familiarly known, was a lovable character,
and was extremely popular with his associates both in the
Bureau of Entomology and elsewhere. He will be keenly missed
by his numerous friends and co-workers.

68 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

TORTILIA VIATRIX, new species.

AN AFRICAN MOTH ON SENNA IMPORTED INTO THE UNITED
STATES.

By Aucust Buscx.

A considerable number of carloads of sacked dry senna
leaves (Cassia sp.), received from Sudan, Africa, had been
stored for 11% to 3 years in a warehouse in a freight terminal at
Hoboken, N. J. In September, 1933, this material was found
to be heavily infested by the larvae of a small moth; hundreds
of live moths, larvae, and pupae were discovered on or around
the sacks; large numbers of dead moths were found on the floor
and in corners, indicating that the species had lived and multi-
plied for several generations in the warehouse.

The infested senna leaves of African origin were packed loosely
in burlap sacks; other cargoes of senna received from India were
compressed in bales and were apparently not infested. A sample
of the leaves and of the burlap covering of the African senna,
containing live larvae, was submitted to the writer for identi-
fication of the insect. The sample was fairly alive with larvae
and about a hundred moths issued during the following week.
It was at once realized that the species was not American, and
critical examination of its structure proved it to be a new
species of the African genus Torti/ia Chretien (Family Heliodin-
idae); specimens were sent to the world authority on this
group of insects, Edward Meyrick, in England, who promptly
confirmed the generic identification and stated that the species
was unknown to him.

The genus Tortilia was previously known from a single species,
Tortilia flavella Chretien (Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 202, 1908),
the larva of which feeds on flowers of Acacia in Algiers. Tortilia
flavella is not known to me except from the description; the
present species is clearly very similar not only in structure but
also in coloration to the genotype, and their identity is not
excluded, but Chretien’s careful description differs in several par-
ticulars and it would be unwise to assume this identity, notwith-
standing the close relationship between the foodplants, Acacia
and Cassia. Chretien reared his species from (presumably fresh)
flowers of Acacia taken from the tree, while the present species
must be considered a stored-product species.

The generic characters of the genus Tortilia are as follows:
Head smooth; antennae three-fourths the length of fore wing,
simple; no ocelli; maxillary palpi absent; labial palpi long,
slender, recurved and diverging; second joint slightly thickened,
with smooth scales; terminal joint nearly as long as second,
smooth, pointed.

Fore wing narrow, elongate, lanceolate, smooth scaled; veins

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 69

14 stalked at base, Ic faint, but present in its entire length,
emphasized on margin; 2 nearly obsolescent from before angle
of cell; 3 strong; 4 absent; cell open between 3 and 5; 6 and 7
stalked, enclosing apex; 8 out of stalk of 6 and 7; 9 connate with
stalk; 10 near to 9; 11 absent; 12 strong, furcate at base.

Hind wing less than half as wide as fore wing, costa rounded
to basal third, then straight to apex; apex acute; eight veins;
2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 equidistant; cell open between 5 and 6; 7 to
costa, just before apex.

The most striking pterogostic character is the loss of vein 11
in the fore wing. Posterior tibiae clothed with long stiff hairs.

The genus 1s allied to Stathmopoda Stainton and even more
so to Erineda Busck, from both of which it differs in the venation
of the fore wings and in the simple antennae.

Tortilia viatrix, new species.

Labial palpi light ochreous, second joint with a thin fuscous shade on outer
side, terminal joint with a similar line and with apex fuscous. Face silvery
ochreous; head light ochreous; thorax ochreous, more or less heavily overlaid
with blackish fuscous. Fore wings light ochreous with rather undefined blackish
fuscous markings as follows: base of costa, dorsum, and a few scattered scales
on the fold blackish fuscous; a large transverse, ill-defined, black fascia before
the middle of the wing, narrower on costa than on dorsum; an outwardly oblique,
blackish streak from outer third of dorsum to costa and apex. Cilia light
fuscous. Hind wings light silvery fuscous with light fuscous cilia. Abdomen
light ochreous. Legs light ochreous, outer sides shaded with fuscous.

The moths at rest sit with the body nearly horizontal, all legs applied to the
surface (7o¢, as is common in the family, with hind legs raised above the body);
antennae raised in a gentle curve above thorax and wings.

Male genitalia with hooked uncus; tip of gnathos deflected; socii and trans-
tilla absent; harpes elongate ovate, with apex blunt and dorsal edge sinuate;
anellus ring-shaped, triangular in front and embracing the very large, stout
truncate aedoeagus, which has a lateral hook near apex; no cornuti.

Female genitalia with simple ostium; ductus short; bursa large, double, and
heavily armed with spined signa; ductus seminalis from end of bursa, as is the
rule in the family Heliodinidae.

Skin of abdomen minutely spined, with a more conspicuous transverse, dorsal
line of short spines on the middle of each segment.

Alar expanse, 9-10 mm.

Habitat—Sudan, Africa (New Jersey).

Foodplant.—Cassia sp.

I am informed that the infested bales of senna have since
been fumigated with apparent success and the continued
survival and spread of this species in America is not probable,
though not necessarily excluded. Its ability to maintain itself
for several generations in the warehouse indicates that the
climatic conditions would not be the determining factor, and the

70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

species might accommodate itself to other dry stored vegetable
matter, but it is more likely that it is attracted only to its special
foodplant, Cassia, and though this plant genus is represented
in America, the chances for the survival of the Tortilia seem
remote.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Tortilia viatrix Busck.

Fig. 1 and 2. Moth.

Fig. 3. Wing venation.

Fig. 4. Male genitalia with aedoeagus removed.

Fig. 5. Aedoeagus same enlargement as Fig. 4.

Fig. 6. Female genitalia.

Figures 1, 2, and 3 were drawn by Mr. H. Bradford; figures 4, 5, and 6 by
Mrs. Eleanor A. Carlin, both of the Bureau of Entomology, United States
Department of Agriculture.

MINUTES OF THE 453d REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, FEBRUARY 1, 1934.

The 453d regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, February 1, 1934, in Room 43 of the new building
of the National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were
present 8 members and 3 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were
read and approved as corrected.

Under “ Reports of Officers,” the Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer reported
that approximately one-third of the estimated receipts for 1934 had been
received during January. He urged prompt payment of the remaining obliga-
tions to the Society.

Mr. Rohwer stated that he had recently received a letter from Dr. Walther
Horn of the Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, in which Dr. Horn indicated
that, beginning in February, the Institut would issue a publication entitled
“Arbeiten tiber morphologische und taxonomische Entomologie aus Berlin-
Dahlem,” this publication to take the place of “ Entomologische Mitteilungen”
which was discontinued in 1928.

Mr. Wade noted that the Recording Secretary, Dr. F. M. Wadley, would be
absent from the city for an indefinite period and consequently would be unable
to function as secretary of the Society. He also stated that Mr. P. W. Oman
had consented to substitute for the present.

Mr. A. B. Gahan recommended the appointment of a committee for resolu-
tions on the death of Dr. Robert W. Shufeldt, a charter member of the Society.
A motion was passed that such a committee be appointed by the president.

On motion the following statement was ordered spread upon the minutes of
this meeting:

“ Major Robert W. Shufeldt, Medical Corps, U.S. Army (retired), recently died
in Washington. He was an original member of this Society. Although his
fame as a naturalist rests principally on his work on the Osteology of Birds, he

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 12

Tortilia viattix Busck

[71]

2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

was keenly interested in all nature, including insects. It was this breadth of
interest that, during his early days in Washington, brought him to the initial
meeting of this Society and made him one of our Founders.

‘““We regret his death, but we have always rejoiced that so broad and sound a
naturalist should have assisted at our beginning as a Society.”

Under “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,’ Mr. L. L. Buchanan discussed
the Wickham collection of Coleoptera and fossil insects which was given to the
United States National Museum by Mrs. Wickham. Mr. Buchanan exhibited
a few boxes of beetles and some fossil insects from the collection, which contains
a large amount of material from the western United States and smaller amounts
from northwestern Canada, Mexico and the Bahama Islands, collected for the
most part by the late Professor H. F. Wickham. It is particularly rich in
specimens of the families Cicindellidae, Scarabaeidae, Tenebrionidae and
Cleridae. Except in the family Cicindellidae there is little exotic material.
The collection consists of between 75 and 80 thousand specimens in double
wooden boxes and considerable unmounted duplicate material, as well as about
3000 fossil specimens of various orders. The number of types is comparatively
small, but the collection is especially valuable because of several series of rare
species.

This note was discussed by Morrison, Rohwer and Wade. Morrison stated
that Mr. Buchanan’s previous association with Professor Wickham at Iowa
University was probably largely responsible for the collection being given to the
National Museum.

Mr. S. A. Rohwer mentioned the recent translation from Spanish of an
article by Sefior Alberto Salmon de los Heros, published in volume 3, numbers
9-10, of the Boletin Agricultura y Ganaderia (Peru), November, 1933, in which
the economic importance of Anastrepha fraterucla was discussed. This species
was reported as being the limiting factor in the production of certain fruits in
Peru.

Dr. F. W. Poos, who was to have presented the first communication on the
regular program, was unable to be present. His paper was consequently post-
poned until a later date.

The second communication on the regular program was a paper by Mr. A. B.
Gahan entitled “Remarks on parasites of the Hessian Fly.””. Mr. Gahan dis-
cussed briefly, and showed slides of most of the parasites of the fly, which he
treated in detail in a recent publication (The Serphoid and Chalcidoid Parasites
of the Hessian Fly. United States Department of Agriculture, Misc. Pub. 174,
December, 1933.) In view of the recent publication of this paper, no abstract
was submitted for publication.

This paper was discussed by Rohwer, Muesebeck, Morrison, Buchanan, and
Wade.

The president of the Society called attention to the meeting of March 1,
which is to be the 50th anniversary of the Society, and urged that this be made
known to members who were not present. |

Meeting adjourned at 9.50 p. m.
P. W. Oman,

Acting Recording Secretary.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 TAS)

MINUTES OF THE 454TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MARCH 1, 1934.

The 454th regular meeting and fiftieth anniversary of the founding of the
Society was held at 8 p. m., Thursday, March 1, 1934, in the Assembly Hall of
the Cosmos Club at Madison Place and H Street N. W. Mr. J. S. Wade,
president, presided. There were present 70 members and 81 visitors. The
minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Under ‘“‘Notes and Exhibition of Specimens,” Dr. H. E. Ewing reported the
acquisition by the National Museum of specimens of a four-lunged true spider,
Hypochilus thorelli Marx, which were donated by Mr. Glen Akin of Santa Ana,
California. This species is the only American representative of the primitive
araneal suborder Hypochilomorphae.

Dr. E. N. McIndoo presented a note and exhibited drawings dealing with the
chemoreceptors of blowflies. In order to explain the proboscis response of
blowflies, described first by Minnich, it should not be assumed that the tarsi
bear taste organs, because a tarsus bears no sense organs, except nine olfactory
pores. Observations have shown that it is almost impossible to wet the tarsi
with water or sugar water, and when the flies are in the proper nutritive condition
they will exhibit the proboscis response when the liquids were about 3 mm. from
the tarsi. It was further demonstrated that the tarsi can easily distinguish
between chemically pure saccharose water and distilled water. The responses
are caused by two stimuli, one mechanical and the other olfactory; the act of
touching the feet with a liquid produces the initial stimulus and brings the
liquid almost in contact with the olfactory pores in the tarsi. Minnich reports
that chemoreceptors on the tarsi of blowflies are 100 to 200 times more sensitive
to saccharose water than the human tongue. (Author’s abstract.)

Mr. August Busck showed the myrmecophile caterpillars and peculiar flat
cases of a new genus and species of Tineidae, received for identification together
with the moths from Dr. H. A. Eidmann of the Zoologisches Institute, Hann.
Miinden, Germany. These caterpillars live in the nests of the large leaf-cutting
ant, Atta sextens, in Brazil, and, judging from their modified, piercing mandibles,
incapable of chewing vegetable food, the caterpillars are undoubtedly predacious
on the larvae and pupae of the ants, like the caterpillars of allied genera of
Microlepidoptera carefully reared by Roepke in Java and Bainbrigge Fletcher
in India. The species is of much interest as the first true myrmecophile Micro-
lepidopteron recorded from America and will be described in the Proceedings
of the Society. (Author’s abstract.)

Dr. J. M. Aldrich discussed a tachinid fly, Rynchopeteina stylata, B. & B.,
from Greenland, which has as its nearest relative the genus Heteria from New
Zealand and is of particular interest because of its occurrence in a locality so far
removed from closely related species.

Mr. R. H. Nelson, in discussing the discovery of drosophilid larvae in canned
tomatoes, reported that his work on Drosophila melanogaster indicates that the
flies would not oviposit on tomatoes, even overripe ones, unless the skin was
broken, but if either green or ripe tomatoes were smeared with fresh tomato
pulp the flies would readily oviposit on those fruits.

Dr. A. G. Béving spoke about a coccinellid larva, Ortalistes rubidus Gorham,
which is found frequently as a guest in the nests of termites, Microcerotermes
arboreus Emerson and M. exiguus Hagan, in the Canal Zone, Panama. It is
strikingly adapted to the extraordinary biological conditions under which it
lives and yet possesses all the principal systematic characters of its family.
This was illustrated by a plate with several figures. The larval form was first
found by Dr. W. M. Wheeler and Mr. Zetek near Summit, C. Z., in 1923, along
with pupae and adults. The adults show no particular modifications. Speci-
mens were later found on Barro Colorado Island by Wheeler and Zetek and
Dr. T. E. Snyder. According to Dr. Snyder the Ortalistes larvae perform the
same jerky, convulsive movements as do the termites. These movements are

74 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934

especially noticeable among termites near the queen and are supposed to be
means of communication through vibrations. (Author’s abstract.)

Mr. R. E. Snodgrass discussed how the female grasshopper succeeded in
getting her abdomen so far in. the ground during oviposition. Since there are
no protractory muscles in the abdomen, some workers have considered that the
abdomen was forced into the ground by blood or air pressure, but Mr. Snodgrass
stated that there seemed to be no basis for such a belief and that the act was
probably actually accomplished by a digging apparatus located at the end of
the abdomen. This apparatus consists of the four short prongs of the ovipositor,
two curved upward and two downward, and a powerful muscle mechanism
designed to push the apparatus out a short distance and open the prongs. Fol-
lowing each thrust, therefore, the earth is apparently pushed aside and the egg
burrow is made by repeated actions of this kind. The ovipositor apparatus thus
digs automatically into the ground and stretches the abdomen as the insect
holds its position with its legs. Contractile movements of the abdomen then
eject the eggs and the abdomen is withdrawn by means of its retractor muscles.

This note was discussed by W. B. Wood, who mentioned having seen grass-
hoppers with their abdomen buried in railroad ties. Mr. Snodgrass confirmed
this observation but stated that in such cases the wood was probably consider-
ably decayed.

At the request of the president, the recording secretary read the letter of call
of the first meeting of the Society which was held February 29, 1884, and also
read the list of charter members.

The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. L. O. Howard,
entitled “The Beginning of the Entomological Society of Washington.” Dr.
Howard gave an interesting picture of the organization and early meetings of the
Society and told anecdotes concerning several of the early members. Since
Dr. Howard is publishing his reminiscences of the founding of the Society, no
abstract was submitted for inclusion in the minutes of the meeting.

The second communication on the regular program was by Mr. S. A. Rohwer,
entitled ““Some Remarks about the Last Twenty-five Years.” Mr. Rohwer
presented a summary of the more important events during the quarter century
of his association with the Society. Since Mr. Rohwer is publishing a resumé
of this period no abstract was submitted for the minutes.

Mr. R. P. Currie recalled entering the Society in the nineties, at which time
the meetings were still held at private homes. Mr. Currie stated that he was
recording secretary of the Society for several years, the office at that time also
including the chairmanship of the publication committee. He remarked on the
extremely interesting exhibits and discussions introduced at the meetings by
E. A. Schwarz.

Dr. T. S. Palmer gave a brief history of the early scientific societies of Wash-
ington, of which the Entomological Society was the sixth to be organized.

In response to a request from the chair, Mr. A. N. Caudell told of his arrival
in Washington, in 1898, and of the early meetings of the Society which he
attended.

Dr. J. M. Aldrich read an excerpt from his diary of December 4, 1890, giving
his impressions of the first meeting of the Society which he attended and from
which he departed early because of excessive tobacco smoke.

The president of the Society announced an informal program, with refresh-
ments of beer, cider, pretzels, doughnuts, and sandwiches, immediately to
follow adjournment.

Meeting adjourned at 9.55 p. m.

P. W. Oman,
Acting Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, April 20, 1934.

VOL. 36 APRIL, 1934 No. 4

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS
BISHOPP, F. C.—RECORDS OF HYMENOPTEROUS PARASITES OF TICKS IN
DHE UNTRED! STATES? (See ss. s fees 4 45 ns CRU, irwaengy
BUCHANAN, L. L.—A NEW NORTH AMERICAN MAGDALIS FROM BLUE
SERUCE)| (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAB)|)) 7)... : ....... 85
BUSCK, AUGUST—A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY GELE-
GREDARU(EEPIDORmem) OUR Tso UE Be aD
DAVIS, A. C.—A NEW VARIETY OF PLEOCOMA (COLEOPTERA : SCARA-
PEED ANE)). . sary 1. hon | Aime. alle SEG RR Pe A en
GAHAN, A. B.—ON THE IDENTITIES OF CHALCIDOID TICK PARASITES
(ENN NOPTE RA) MEE Bes Ok wet oy ue al oi ke at) fo cI GRO
LATTA, RANDALL—A NOTE ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF EUMERUS NARCISI
SMITE (DIPT BRACES WRIPHIDAE))\ 2 2) co. 2 a im 4 ae Vuh bce eer OO
OMAN, P. W.—NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF NORTH AMERICAN
DELTOCEPHALINE LEAFHOPPERS (HEMIPTERA : HOMOPTERA) ... . 75
WADE, J. S.—A REVIEW OF JAEGER’S “THE CALIFORNIA DESERTS” . . 98

PusiisHeD Montuiy Excepr Jury, August AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 p. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them 1 is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

Flonbrary President. ee. sss s Se. ee L. O. HOWARD
iPressdente een Ae is... . yee. a eee J. S. WADE
RirstiVacesPresident ... |: 10 1A. eee. ie B. A. PORTER
SECONALY ICC TESIGENT: -.. 1h. wets: eS)’: ee S. B. FRACKER
Recording Secreiarys «. > x... wl =) ee. Se . P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . 5... s+... S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
EQUlOr. os cpio eRe ee ae lO: eee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THE Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewrne,
F. L. CampseE.t.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
WELEMEES coe .g\ 5, ye IE york See a ee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEpincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

WOT: 36 APR 9S4. No. 4

NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF NORTH AMERICAN
DELTOCEPHALINE LEAFHOPPERS (HEMIPTERA :
HOMOPTERA).

By P. W. Oman, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

The descriptions which follow are those of apparently new
forms which the writer has encountered in the course of his work
during the past year and a half. Since representatives of nearly
all the species of the genus are available, a key to Sanctanus
Ball is included.

Sanctanus tectus, n. sp.
(ek, ash, Liners, JAN, 184, (Ce)

Similar to fasciatus in size but with a more angular vertex and less brown
coloration. Color and color pattern resembling those of Deltocephalus arun-
dineus. Length 4-4.5 mm.

Color.—Face pale, with three transverse black bands, one across the apex
of the clypeus, one below the antennae, and one below the margin of the vertex.
Vertex creamy, with a pair of small black spots at the apex and a large irregularly
shaped pair on the disk next the ocelli, the latter always connected with the
black band on the front, the former usually so. A pair of small dark spots on
posterior margin of vertex. Pronotum with a rectangular black spot on the
anterior margin medially and an irregular spot behind each eye, disk brownish
iridescent, margins irregularly pale. Elytra with basal portions milky, a
fuscous spot on disk of each clavus and three fuscous spots on each costal
margin, one next the milky area, one before the first nervure to costa, and one
in outer apical cell; veins milky to yellowish, bordered with fuscous, cells
embrowned except along costal margins. Tips of male plates black.

Structure —Vertex similar to that of fusconotatus but broader and more
sharply angled, more produced than that of sanctus, margins rounded to front.
Elytra broad and flaring, venation typical of the genus.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female with a broad, blunt, median tooth
which is attached only basally to remainder of segment. Segment each side
of tooth roughly truncate posteriorly. Male plates broad basally, tapering to
narrow tips, plates together triangular.

The markings and genital characters will distinguish this species from others
in the genus.

76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

Holotype male and allotype female from Deep Creek, Vir-
ginia, collected from Arundinaria tecta by the writer, Sept. 9,
1933. Paratypes, numerous specimens with the above data
and others collected at the same locality by L. D. Anderson
on Oct. 8 and Oct. 31, 1933. The writer has also examined
specimens from Florence, South Carolina, collected in May,
September, and October by O. L. Cartwright and sent to the
writer for study by J. O. Pepper of the Pennsylvania Department
of Agriculture. Types in collection of United States National
Museum (Cat. No. 50369), paratypes in collections of L. D.
Anderson and J. O. Pepper.

Key to THE NortH AMERICAN SPECIES OF SANCTANUS!

1. Ground color pale salmon red with a transverse, black-margined white
band at the apex of the clavus and an orbicular black spot in the
outer apical cell of cach elytron. eee. ....... = ... ee orbiculatus Ball
Color not/as above...-2..2.02. 03. Z
2. (1) Dorsal color pattern consisting of brown or yellowish brown and
ivory. Brownish area on disk of corium not broken by broad
white or pale veins) =. | Ae ee ee 5
Dorsal color pattern lacking in distinct browe and ivory contrasts.
Markings on corium consisting mostly of brownish intracellular
infuscations which are darker around the margins. Veins on
disk of cortum broadtand pale = ae 3
3. (2) Upper one half of face uniformly black, clypeus and portions of
adjacent sclerites unmarked c....0¢ 0. ee Oe 4
Face not as above, black marks consisting of broken transverse bands,
onevaf which crosses) theiclypeus 2. ee tectus, n. sp.
4. (3) Markings on disc of vertex fuscous..................fusconotatus Osborn 2
Markings on disc of vertex pale orange... aestuarium Del. & S. 2
5: (2) phiacerwithidistinet transverse black banc Se === ae een 6
Hace without distinct transverse blackybands= === == a anon 7

6. (5) Median length of vertex equal to or shorter than one half its width
at anterior margin of eyes. Dorsal markings usually dark brown.
Menethe4s5=5.25) min... es eae A ee cruciatus Osborn
Median length of vertex distinctly greater than one half its width at
anterior margin of eyes. Dorsal markings usually pale brown.
Length 445mm... 2.2112. Ape aseiote Oshima
7. (5) Elytra apically without reticulations, vertex angled... sanctus Say
Elytra apically with numerous reticulations, vertex bluntly rounded...
limicolus Osborn

1 The writer has not examined specimens of eburneus DeLong. It appears
to be related to fusconotatus and tectus.

2 The writer believes that fusconotatus and aestuarium are extremes of a
single species in which the marks on the vertex are variable.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 77

Hebecephalus scriptanus, n. sp.
Gis higss Di bs)

Related to /abeculus and blandus but differing from both in having the female
genital segment produced and unnotched. Length of female 2.75-3 mm.

Color.—Ground color cinereous. Frontal sutures brown to fuscous, frons with
broken transverse brown bars basally and an irregular brown spot medially.
Vertex with a brown spot next each eye and an elongate brown B or figure 8
mark on each side of median line, this sometimes interrupted along anterior
margin of vertex. Pronotum with three pairs of longitudinal brown stripes,
these sometimes nearly obsolete. Scutellum with two pairs of narrow longi-
tudinal brown lines. Elytra grayish subhyaline, margins of cells embrowned.

Structure.—Vertex bluntly right angled, broader and shorter than in docanus,
about as in /abeculus, distinctly longer than pronotum. Elytra about equal to
abdomen in length, venation typical of the genus.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female with lateral margins short, pos-
terior margin triangularly produced.

Holotype female from Mustang Mt., Ariz., June 12, 1933,
collected by the writer. Paratypes, 6 females from the above
locality, 3 taken on June 12 and 3 on June 20, by R. H. Beamer
and the writer. Type and paratypes in United States National
Museum collection (Cat. No. 50370), paratypes in collection of
University of Kansas.

Laevicephalus aridus, n. sp.
(Biss kigs. By 'G:)

Similar in size and coloration to monticolus (Gillette and Baker), but with the
vertex more bluntly angled and the female genital segment without a median
tooth on posterior margin. Length 2.75-3 mm.

Color —Pale greenish white. Front with faint brownish bars; vertex with
faint brownish dashes each side of apex, these sometimes extended into narrow-
ing stripes across pronotum. Ocelli black, eyes green.

Structure.—Vertex bluntly angled in female, equalling pronotum in length,
more rounded in male and distinctly shorter than pronotum. FElytra extending
well beyond tip of abdomen, venation irregular, outer anteapical cell often
small or nearly absent.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female comparatively long, lateral
margins short, lateral angles rounded, median portion produced and narrowing,
with sides of produced portion sinuate, posterior margin truncate or faintly
bilobed, often appearing distinctly incised. Male plates broad basally, tapering
sharply to acute tips which reach slightly over half way to apex of spiny pygofer.

This species is best separated from all others of the genus except convergens
by the genital characters, while from that species it may be separated by the
smaller size and blunter head.

Holotype female, allotype male, and 1 female paratype from
Copper, Ariz., collected by the writer June 30, 1933. Types in
collection of the United States National Museum (Cat. No.
50371).

78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

Laevicephalus bocanus, n. sp.
(Pl 13, igseet, 1.)

Resembling /abeculus but smaller, more slender, and with a more produced
and angled vertex. Length of female 2.75 mm.

Color —Ground color pale creamy white to gray. Face slightly embrowned;
dorsum with a light brown longitudinal vitta on each side extending from anter-
ior margin of vertex to anterior margin of scutellum, narrowing posteriorly.
Pronotum with an additional faint longitudinal vitta behind each eye. Elytra
gravish subhyaline, margins of cells embrowned.

Structure.—Vertex produced and pointed, length nearly equal to greatest
width and distinctly greater than length of pronotum. Elytra about equalling
abdomen in length, venation typical of the genus.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female with lateral margins short, median
portion well produced and narrowing posteriorly, apex with a small notch.

Described from 2 females, holotype and paratype, collected
at Boca Chica, Texas, May 30, 1933, by the writer and Mrs.
Oman. Types in the collection of the United States National
Museum (Cat. No. 50372).

Deltocephalus laredanus, n. sp.
(Pl. 13, Figs. J.—K.)

Pale yellowish brown with four fuscous spots on the anterior margin of the
vertex and a cream colored stripe dorsally. More closely related to several
South American species than to the known North American forms. Length
3 mm.

Color.—General ground color brownish testaceous. Face unmarked except
for a small fuscous dot below each ocellus. Dorsum with a cream or ivory
colored stripe extending from apex of vertex to apex of scutellum, widening
slightly posteriorly, and continued to apex of claval sutures by the cream colored
commissural margins of the elytra. Vertex with a triangular fuscous spot on
the anterior margin each side of the apex next the median stripe and another
irregular and often indistinct one next ocellus. Pronotum with lateral margins
narrowly creamy and traces of two creamy longitudinal stripes each side of the
median stripe. Median stripe usually margined with fuscous on scutellum.
Elytra subhyaline, veins whitish, often faintly margined with fuscous.

Structure.—Vertex well produced and bluntly angled, slightly shorter than
pronotum in length. Elytra extending well beyond tip of abdomen, venation
typical deltocephaloid.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female narrowed posteriorly, exposing
underlying membranes, posterior margin broadly and shallowly excavated, with
a small median tooth. Male plates small, together roughly triangular, with
lateral margins concave and tips blunt.

Holotype male, allotype female, and numerous paratypes of
both sexes collected by the writer near Laredo, Texas, June 3,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 79

1933. Also 1 male paratype labeled Austin, Texas, May, 1905,
in collection of FE. D. Ball. Types in the collection of the United
States National Museum (Cat. No. 50373), paratypes in col-
lection of E. D. Ball.

Genus BALDULUS, new genus.

Small, elongate leafhoppers, related to Cicadula in the characters of the
venation of the elytra and wings, but with the elytra long and slender as in
Balclutha, the head narrow and produced and angled as in De/tocephalus. Also
resembling Cicadulina but with a more produced vertex and with one more apical
cell in both elytra and wings.

Face elongate, triangular, margin of genae slightly sinuate below the eyes.
Vertex triangularly produced and rounding to the front, median length slightly
less than length of pronotum. Head, including eyes, equal to pronotum in
width. Elytra elongate and slender, with two anteapical and four apical cells
and distinct appendices. Wings with three apical cells.

In the species known to the writer the color is pale yellowish with a black
spot on the margin of vertex, above or sometimes slightly anterior to each
ocellus. Markings of pronotum and scutellum consisting of more or less distinct
longitudinal vittae of pale yellowish brown to brown.

Type of the genus, Ba/dulus montanus, n. sp.

This genus will also include De/tocephalus elimatus Ball *
from Mexico, which the writer believes to be congeneric with
B. montanus in spite of its peculiar, elongate genitalia in both
sexes (Pl. 13, Figs. N, O,) and slightly shorter vertex.

Baldulus montanus, n. sp.
(PI. 13; Figs, ..M.)

Smaller than e/imatus, with a more angled vertex and darker markings on
vertex and pronotum. Length 3.25-3.5 mm.

Color.—General ground color pale yellow. Face unmarked except for a small
fuscous dot below each ocellus, these sometimes obsolete. Vertex with a small
fuscous spot at apex, a larger, black, triangular pair above and a little anterior
to the ocelli, a fuscous quadrangular pair on the posterior margin next the eyes,
and a faint brown pair between these. In pale specimens the spot at the apex
and the inner basal pair may be obsolete. Pronotum and scutellum with a
longitudinal brownish-fuscous vitta each side of the median line, emphasizing
a broad creamy median stripe. Traces of two additional brownish vittae later-
ally on pronotum. Elytra with veins and commissural line to apices of clavi
white, cells embrowned except along costa and sometimes apically.

Structure.—Vertex nearly twice as long medially as next the eyes, median
length slightly less than length of pronotum. Pronotum truncate posteriorly,
median length about one half the width.

Genitalia.—Last ventral segment of female about one and one half times as

3 Can. Ent., vol. 32, p. 345, 1900.

80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1934

long as preceding segment, posterior margin truncate or slightly sinuate. Male
valve broad, bluntly angled posteriorly. Male plates together triangular,
apices terminating in divergent ligulate processes about one half as long as the
rest of the plates. Apex of aedeagus usually visible between tips of plates.
Aedeagus with shaft long and nearly straight, extending posteriorly; apex
curved upward and with two pairs of processes at tip, one pair long and slender
and extending anteriorly along the shaft, the other pair curved first upward
and then anteriorly, forked near base, the upper fork crooked and shorter than
the lower fork.

Holotype male, allotype female, and numerous paratypes of
both sexes from the Santa Rita Mts., Ariz., collected June 27,
1933, by the writer. Other paratypes from the same locality;
20 specimens collected June 26, 1933, by R. H. Beamer, and
20 specimens collected July 6, 1933, by E. D. Ball. Holotype,
allotype, and paratypes in the U nited States National Musem
collection (Cat. No. 50374), paratypes in the collection of E. D.
Ball and the University of Kansas.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

A, head and thorax, B, male genitalia, and C, female genitalia of Sanctanus
tectus; D, head and thorax, and E, female genitalia of Hebecephalus scriptanus;
F, head and thorax, and G, male genitalia of Laevicephalus aridus; H, female
genitalia, and I, head and thorax of L. bocanus; J, male genitalia, and K, head
and thorax of Deltocephalus laredanus; LL, head and thorax, and M, male geni-
talia of Baldulus montanus; N, female genitalia, and O, male genitalia of B.
elimatus Ball. All drawings show an enlargement of approximately 30 diameters.

A NOTE ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF EUMERUS NARCISSI
SMITH (DIPTERA : SYRPHIDAE)

By Ranpatt Latta,

Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Sumner, Wash.

In a previous publication (A Comparative Study of the Species
of Eumerus known as the Lesser Bulb Flies. Monthly Bul.
Calif. Dept. Agr. Vol. XXII, Nos. 2-3, Feb.—March, 1933,
p. 147) the distribution of Humerus narcissi Smith in the United
States was mentioned as being confined to California and Ore-
gon. The species is quite common in bulb districts in California,
but only one specimen had been found in Oregon, that near
Portland at a large bulb ranch. In 1931 one pair were collected
in a greenhouse on Long Island, New York, by Blanton and
Spruijt (The Species of Eumerus on Long Island. Jour. Econ.
Ent. Vol. 26, No. 2, Apr. 1933, p. 515). During the past summer
a single male was collected at Morning Sun, Iowa, by Helen Latta,
from flowers near a bed of naturalized daffodils. Future col-
lections in the eastern and southern bulb growing sections will
probably reveal more occurrences of this species.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 13

S TECTUS
(A-C)

L. BOCANUS D.LAREDANUS

\\
,

8. MONTANUS | 8 ELIMATUS
th (L-M) N (N-O)

82 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY GELECHIIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA).

By Avucust Busck,

Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

CREMONA, new genus.
(Plate 10, Figs. 1-5.)

Labial palpi long, recurved; second joint somewhat thickened with rough
scaling, slightly furrowed in front; terminal joint shorter than the second, also
somewhat thickened with scales and rough on frontal edge; apex pointed.
Maxillary palpi minute. Tongue short, spiralled. Antennae simple, shorter
than fore wing, slightly serrate towards the tip in the males. Face, head, and
thorax smooth.

Fore wing smooth, costal and dorsal edges nearly straight and parallel;
termen evenly rounded; apex bluntly pointed; 12 veins, 7 and 8 stalked to costa;
6 out of stalk of 7 and 8 to termen; 2, 3, 4, and 5 nearly equidistant; 2 and 3
from before end of cell; 9, 10, and 11 nearly equidistant; 11 from middle of cell;
9 somewhat variable, more or less approximate to stalk of 7 and 8; 14 furcate
at base; lc faint at base, outer half obsolete.

Hind wings as wide as fore wings; costa nearly straight, slightly bulging before
middle; dorsum nearly straight; termen rounded, sinuate before apex; apex
produced, pointed; 8 veins, 8 straight to apical third of costa; 6 and 7 long-
stalked, enclosing apex; 5 much nearer to 4 than to 6, but distant from both and
nearly parallel to 4; 3 and 4 variable, separate or approximate or sometimes
connate; 2 parallel to 3. Posterior tibia heavily clothed with long hairs.

Male genitalia (pl. 10, fig. 5) with uncus weakly developed, short, blunt,
thumb-like, with a few stiff hairs; socii undeveloped; gnathos very long, abruptly
curved, with pointed apex. Harpes divided; upper arms long, slender, pointed,
heavily haired on outer half; lower arms short, stout, pointed; anellus two small,
triangular plates. Aedoeagus short, stout, curved, with pointed apex and with
rounded base; no cornuti. Vinculum large, rounded.

Female genitalia (pl. 10, fig. 4) with short, protruding, chitinized lips to the
ostium; ductus bursa rather short, chitinized in posterior end and twisted once
upon itself; bursa globular, with a small, inverted, pointed signum.

Type: C. cotoneastrt.

The genus is allied to Ge/echia of authors, but differs in the
venation, having vein 6 of fore wing out of stalk of 7 plus 8 and
veins 3 and + of hind wing normally separate as in Te/phusa,
from which genus it differs in the smooth fore wings. The
genitalia are typical of the family, but easily differentiated
generically.

The genus Ge/echia, as at present used, comprises a hetero-
geneous aggregation and the name must eventually be restricted
to the forms agreeing with the genotype, the European Gelechia
rhombella Schittermiller, which has veins 3 and 4 of fore wings
stalked (a character which may not prove dependable) but

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 83

which has very characteristic genitalia, differing essentially
from those of the bulk of the species at present included in the
genus, which represent several good generic groups.

Cremona cotoneastri, new species.

Labial palpi dark fuscous, flecked with ochreous, especially on inner surfaces
and on terminal joint. Antennae blackish fuscous with narrow light ochreous
annulations. Face light fuscous mixed with ochreous. Head and thorax dark
fuscous with each scale narrowly tipped with ochreous. Fore wings uniformly
dark fuscous, mixed with silvery white; each scale dark with base and extreme
tip silvery; no other markings; cilia concolorous. Hind wings dark fuscous, a
shade lighter than the fore wings; cilia gray. Abdomen blackish fuscous with
the tips of the long protruding harpes light gray. Legs dark fuscous, tarsi with
narrow ochreous annulations.

Alar expanse 12-14 mm.

Habitat, Portland, Oregon.

U. S. National Museum Type No. 50252.

Foodplant, Cotoneaster horizontalts.

Reared in good series by Mr. J. R. Roaf and submitted for
identification by Dr. Don C. Mote, Entomologist, Oregon State
Agricultural College.

The moth appeared during June and July.

The foodplant belongs to a northern temperate Old World
genus of ornamental shrubs of the family Rosaceae, which in
late years has been introduced into various parts of the world
for horticultural purposes. The home of Cotoneaster horizontalis
is China and it seems probable that the insect is also of Chinese
origin. For this reason I sent specimens to Edward Meyrick in
England, who is well acquainted with the Chinese microlepi-
doptera and he has kindly advised me that he agrees with me,
that “‘the insect is quite new and undoubtedly a new genus
allied to Gelechia,” and he is also disposed to believe it of Chinese
origin, though “I have been studying a considerable number of
Chinese forms lately and have not so far come across anything
‘like it”? (Meyrick).

I take the occasion again to express my thanks to the vener-
able dean of microlepidopterists for much professional help
through nearly forty years. The workers in this field, in all
parts of the world, are fortunate in being able to consult his
extensive knowledge, which he so liberally shares.

If we are correct in this suspected origin and recent intro-
duction of Cremona cotoneastri, this species should be watched
as a potential danger to American fruit; it is quite possible
that the species may find other rosaceous plants more to its
liking than the original hostplant, as did another Asiatic intro-
duced microlepidopteron (Laspeyresia) Grapholitha molesta Busck,

‘the well known oriental fruit moth.

PLATE 14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

Cremona COorOoneastry Buscr

[84]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 85

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Cremona cotoneastri Busck.

Fig. 1. Venation of fore wing.
Fig. 2. Venation of hind wing.
Fig. 3. Details showing variations of veins 4 of hind wing:
Fig. 4. Genitalia of female.
Fig. 5. Genitalia of male.
Figures drawn under author’s supervision by Mrs. Eleanor A. Carlin of the
Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

A NEW NORTH AMERICAN MAGDALIS FROM BLUE SPRUCE
(COLEOPTERA : CURCULIONIDAE)

By L. L. Bucnanan, U. S. Bureau of Entomology.

The species described below was received from O. W. Collins,
of the Gipsy Moth Laboratory of the Bureau of Entomology,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Melrose Highlands, Mass.,
who states that the specimens were reared in Massachusetts
from Colorado blue spruce, Picea pungens Engelmann var.
glauca. The figures were drawn by Mrs. E. A. Carlin. Measure-
ments to determine length of rostrum and location of antennal
socket were made along dotted lines “a” and “b” respectively,
as shown in figure 3.

Magdalis piceae, new species.

Length, 3.8-4.3 mm. A rather slender species of the genti/is group. Moder-
ately shining, glabrous above, black, antennal scape generally rufescent apically;
pronotum with a narrow, polished, impunctate, median line which is abbre-
viated before and behind; femoral tooth unusually small, sometimes subobsolete
on hind legs; tarsal claws simple.

Rostrum as long as, or slightly longer than, prothorax, more slender and rising
more abruptly from head in female; surface shining except at base, finely and
closely punctate; antennal socket slightly in front of middle (male) and at or
slightly behind middle (female). Scape passing anterior eye margin in both
sexes, first funicular segment a little longer and much stouter than second,
which is not more, and generally less, than twice as long as wide and usually
a little shorter than third and fourth together; club longer in male than in
female. Head feebly alutaceous, with closely set punctures that are larger but
apparently shallower than those on rostrum, interocular puncture small, eyes
in male a little larger, more convex, and closer together above than in female.
(In male, distance between eyes above is to width of rostrum at base as 3% is
to 6, approximately.) Prothorax about as long as wide at middle, sides broadly
and feebly rounded, divergent at hind angles, apical constriction not deep;
pronotal punctures dense and scabrous at margins, becoming less dense on disk,
where they are often separated by narrow but flat and shiny intervals, the

86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

\
I
\N\

NER

Fig. 1, dorsa! outline; fig. 2, pronotum; fig. 3, side view of male (a, length of
rostrum; b, location of antennal socket); fig. 4, male antenna; fig. 5, female
antenna.

general surface more or less convex. Elytra feebly widened behind, surface
rather weakly alutaceous, moderately shining; strial punctures deep, clean-cut,
closely set; on disk, the intervals nearly flat, each with a fairly regular single
row of generally distinct punctures which may be here and there, and especially
toward sides, somewhat confused or in a partly double row. Thoracic sternites
densely punctate, side pieces of mesosternum and metasternum clothed with
pale, plumose scales; abdominal sternites a little less densely punctate, first
sternite of male feebly impressed; first tarsal segment of hind leg elongated,
rather more so in male than in female.

Type Jlocality—Dover, Mass., 6/3/33; Ex. Blue Spruce;
Gip. Moth Lab. 12164 U 108.

Other locality —White Mts., N. H., Peabody River, VII-
15-1925, A. Nicolay.

Type (male), allotype, and 8 paratypes.—Cat. No. 50284,
Us So N, M:

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 87

Described from 10 specimens, 9 from type locality, 1 from
New Hampshire.

The black color, slender form, moderately shining surface,
comparatively narrow prothorax with its polished median line,
small femoral tooth, and slightly enlarged antennal club of
male, form a combination of characters unknown to me in any
other species.

By the small femoral tooth piceae is most closely related to
vitiosa Fall but that Californian species is considerably smaller
(3.1-3.3 mm.), more densely punctate, duller in luster, and with
the median pronotal line not polished.

RECORDS OF HYMENOPTEROUS PARASITES OF TICKS IN
THE UNITED STATES.

By F. C. BisHopp,
Principal Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

The widespread occurrence of Rocky Mountain spotted fever
in the United States as reported in recent years has stimulated
interest in the several species of ticks concerned in the trans-
mission of this malady and in their natural enemies.

Exact information on the distribution and abundance of the
two known hymenopterous parasites of ticks which occur in
this country is meager. These parasites, [xvodiphagus texanus
and Hunterellus hookeri, were both described by Dr. L. O.
Howard.’ The type specimens of the former were reared from
nymphs of the rabbit tick, Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris,
collected by J. D. Mitchell on a cotton-tail rabbit in Jackson
County, Texas, May 8, 1907. Although many collections of
nymphs of this tick have been made in various parts of Texas
and in other States only one other parasitized lot has been
collected by workers in the Bureau of Entomology. This was a
collection of Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris nymphs taken from
the road-runner or chaparral cock (Geococcyx californianus) at
Reagan Wells, Tex., on April 28,1914, by D. C. Parman. This
lot consisted of 17 nymphs, two-thirds to fully engorged. Four
of these proved to be parasitized. From 3 of these 11 parasites
emerged. These were identified by the writer as [xodiphagus
texanus Howard. This is the only record of the collection of this
parasite since the type material was reared.

Hunterellus hookeri appears to have much wider distribution
as reported by H. P. Wood.? This parasite occurs in Texas,

1L. O. Howard, 1907. A Chalcidid parasite of a tick. Ent. News, Vol. 18,
pp. 375-378. 1908. Another chalcidoid parasite of a tick. Can. Ent. Vol. 40,
pp. 239-241.

*H. P. Wood, 1911. Notes on the life history of the tick parasite, Hunterellus
Hookeri Howard. Journ. Econ. Ent. Vol. 4, pp. 425-431.

88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

California, Mexico, and Portuguese East Africa. Our work
since 1911 has not added greatly to the known distribution
except for the collection of 4 lots of parasitized nymphs of
Rhipicephalus sanguineus Latr. in South Miami, Florida, in
1931 by Mrs. S. G. Martin. These ticks were all taken on dogs.
The first lot, collected September 6th, consisted of 127 well
engorged nymphs, 7 of which were parasitized. The second
lot consisted of 35 nymphs, a few of which were parasitized.
These were collected September 14th. The third collection,
October 9, consisted of 15 nymphs, 13 of which were parasitized.
The fourth consisted of 45 nymphs collected October 24. Among
these 15 were parasitized, 14 of which produced a total of 85
parasites.

This species was also reared from a single nymph of Derma-
centor vartabilis Say which was collected, together with several
engorged nymphs of Amblyomma americanum L., on a cow
October 15, 1931, on Capers Island, S. C., by E. K. Moore.
The nymphs of 4. americanum were not parasitized. The
parasites from South Miami and Capers Island were identified
by A. B. Gahan. In 1929 a number of nymphs of Dermacentor
parasitized by the French species Jxodiphagus caucurtei Buysson
were released on Capers Island by Dr. Joseph Bequaert of
Harvard University.

H. O. Schroeder of the Bureau of Entomology has found this
parasite to be more or less common in the vicinity of Brownsville,
Tex., in the past two years, but has not found parasitized ticks
in other parts of the State.

A NEW VARIETY OF PLEOCOMA.'!
By A. C. Davis, Takoma Park, Mad.

Pleocoma conjungens Horn Variety hirsutus, n. var.

General appearance as in Pleocoma conjungens. Elytra shining black, margins
with a brownish tinge, pronotum piceous, brown at sides.

Head above, including ocular canthi, closely punctate and thickly covered
with long yellow-brown hair; ocular canthi with the anterior margins curving
forward of a right angle with the long axis of the body, apices acute, rounded,
lateral margins nearly straight, posterior angles obtuse but distinct.

Pronotum slightly less than twice as wide as long (6 by 11.8 mm.), black,
brown at sides, with an occasional hair upon its surface; posterior median
impression nearly lacking; lateral pits lacking; transverse ridge lacking, the
basal part of the pronotum being smoothly and evenly convex to the declivity,
anterior median impression distinct and moderately deep, very heavily and
coarsely punctate, and rather densely clothed with long yellow-brown hair.

Scutellum sparsely, finely punctate, and sparsely clothed with short hair.

! Order Coleoptera; family Scarabaeidae.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 89

Legs and body beneath brown, very densely clothed with long yellow-brown
hair.

Antennae almost exactly as in the specimen of P. conjungens labeled as the
type in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
except in the proportions of antennal joints 1 to 3, which are 1.2, 0.3, and 1.0mm.
in length, respectively, as compared with 0.7, 0.25, and 0.8 mm. in the type.

Type locality.—Between Lebec and Saugus, in Los Angeles
County, Calif., in the Sierra Madre Mountains. Collected by
Re Drabusk:

Type.—Male in the collection of the Los Angeles Museum.
This specimen was lent to me for study by L. J. Muchmore.

Among Mr. Lusk’s effects the following data, attached to a
letter of inquiry from Mr. Muchmore, were found by Earl Hakes:
“Found on the 22d day of January, 1933, about 7 miles this
side of the summit on the Ridge Route. There were hundreds
of these bugs flying through the air just below the snow line
about 5 Pp. M.”

This variety, while close to P. conjungens in most respects,
seems to differ from the typical form enough to justify at least
a varietal name. It may be separated from conjungens by the
color, different shape of the ocular canthi, the more parallel
sides of the horn of the vertex, the extreme hairiness of the head
and anterior part of the pronotum, the heavily punctate anter-
ior median impression, and the slightly different proportions
of the first 3 antennal joints.

ON THE IDENTITIES OF CHALCIDOID TICK PARASITES
(HYMENOPTERA).

By A. B. Gauan,
Sentor Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agriculture.

The discovery that Rocky Mountain spotted fever, a tick-
borne disease, has become established in several widely separ-
ated sections of the United States and is becoming an increas-
ingly important problem, has stimulated a keen interest in the
natural enemies of ticks.

So far as known the only important insect enemies of ticks
are minute chalcidoids belonging to the family Encyrtidae.
The first record of one of these parasitic insects attacking a tick
was published by L. O. Howard (/) in 1907 when he described
Ixodiphagus texanus. The following year Howard (2) described
a second genus and species from Texas which he called Huntere/-
lus hookeri and in 1912 Ixodiphagus caucurtei was named and
described by R. du Buysson (5) from France. A paper by R. A.

90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1934

Cooley (/9) published in 1929 apparently implies (p. 267)
that all three of these names refer to the same insect. As will
be shown later, however, [xodiphagus texanus and Hunterellus
hookeri are quite distinct species while 7. caucurtei is identical
with Hunterellus hookeri.

In another article by Prof. Cooley (20) published in 1930 and
giving an account of his trip to Africa for the purpose of investi-
gating tick parasites, it is stated that G. A. H. Bedford of the
Veterinary Research Laboratory at Onsderpoort, Transvaal,
had discovered a chalcid that attacked adult ticks. It is also
related that Dr. L. E. Robinson, parasitologist of the Cooper
Technical Bureau, some years previously had received a box of
adult Amblyomma hebraeum Koch from Cape Province and that
upon being opened later in England the box was found to con-
tain adult chalcids that had emerged in transit and which were
different from the species discovered by Bedford. The conclu-
sion is drawn that it is reasonably certain that there exist in
Africa two new chalcidoid parasites of ticks. A review of tick
parasite work published by Prof. Cooley (2/) later in the same
year, however, stated that the alleged tick parasite discovered
by Bedford had been identified by the present writer as Mor-
moniella vitripennis (Walker), a common parasite of blowflies,
and was probably not a parasite of ticks at all. The same review
indicated that attempts to obtain examples of the supposed tick
parasite taken by Robinson had failed and the identity of the
species could not be established.

At present therefore only two species of tick parasites are
definitely known to exist, viz, /xodiphagus texanus Howard and
Hunterellus hookeri Howard. These two species bear a close
resemblance to each other and may easily be confused if exam-
ined only superficially. Both are small, robust, black species,
with the antennae 11-jointed and clavate in the female, 10-
jointed and nearly filiform or weakly clavate in the male; head
as broad as thorax, broadly but not deeply concave behind;
eyes distinctly hairy; mesoscutum weakly shagreened and
uniformly clothed with rather coarse hairs; wings normal in
size, the marginal vein about as broad as long, stigmal about
as long as marginal and post-marginal combined, oblique
hairless streak from stigmal vein distinct; propodeum medially
very short; abdomen broader than long, shorter than the
thorax, the ovipositor concealed.

Despite the resemblance, however, they are distinct enough
to be maintained as separate genera. The following dichotomy,
together with the accompanying figures, should make it possible
to distinguish the two species without much difficulty.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 91

DicHoToMy FoR SEPARATION OF Jxodiphagus texanus AND Hunterellus hookeri.

Head, viewed dorsally, very nearly or quite three times as broad as long;
fronto-vertex nearly twice as broad as long and not flattened; ocellar
triangle distinctly obtuse, the postocellar line much longer than a line
from the anterior ocellus to a posterior ocellus; ocelli rather large, the
ocellocular line about equal to the diameter of an ocellus; antennae inserted
distinctly below middle of head and distinctly below a line connecting lower
extremities of eyes, the distance from antennal socket to anterior margin
of clypeus equal to about half the distance between antennal sockets;
scape four or five times as long as thick, not expanded beneath; antennal club
of female obliquely truncate from base of second segment, subacute at
apex; funicle joints of male antenna not longer than broad, the club
2-jointed and a little broader than the funicle joints; /abial palpi 3-jointed,
the second joint very short; maxillary palpi 4-jointed, the second and third
joints each broader than long and shorter than either the first or last joint;
mesoscutum and scutellum moderately convex, the scutellum polished ex-
cept for very weak reticulation on the basal one third; angle between
stigmal and postmarginal veins distinctly less than 45°; antennae fusco-
testaceous; tibiae and tarsi nearly uniformly testaceous, as are also the
trochanters and apices of femora; wing subhyaline.

Ixodiphagus texanus Howard.

Head viewed dorsally, about twice as broad as long; fronto-vertex in the
female not twice as broad as long, flattened and more or less horizontal, in
the male more transverse than in the female but usually not so short as in
I. texanus; ocellar triangle large, the postocellar line only a little longer
than a line from the anterior to a posterior ocellus; ocelli not large and the
lateral ones separated from the eye margin by a distance greater than the
diameter of an ocellus; antennae inserted at about the middle of head, slightly
above the lower extremities of eyes, the distance from antennal socket to
anterior margin of clypeus approximately equal to the distance between
antennal sockets; scape not over three times as long as broad, with a distinct
flange-like expansion on the inner side beneath: club not strongly obliquely
truncate, more rounded at apex; funicle joints in the male all distinctly
longer than broad; /abial palpi 2-ointed; maxillary palpi either 3- or 4-
jointed (the third and fourth joints most often distinctly separated but
frequently completely joined together), when 4-jointed the second and third
joints subequal and always distinctly longer than broad; mesoscutum and
scutellum flattened, the scutellum weakly reticulated or shagreened on at
least the basal two thirds; angle formed by stigmal and postmarginal
veins approximately 45°; antennae dark brown to blackish, the scape
usually fusco-testaceous; legs brownish black with the trochanters, knees,
apices of tibiae and the tarsi reddish testaceous, the middle and hind tibiae
always dark brownish or blackish except at base and apex; forewing sub-
hyaline but usually with the area embracing the oblique hairless streak
more or less distinctly stained with fuscous.

Hunterellus hookeri Howard.

92 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

Fig. 1—A. Ixodiphagus texanus Howard. 1, Front view of head; 2, side view
of head; 3, labial palpus; 4, maxillary palpus; 5, antenna of female;
6, antenna of male.

B. Hunterellus hookeri Howard. 1, Front view of head; 2, side view of
head; 3, labial palpus; 4, maxillary palpus, normal; 4a, maxillary
palpus (third and fourth joints connate); 5, antenna of female;
antenna of male, normal; 6a, other antenna from same individual
as 6, abnormal.

Ixodiphagus texanus Howard.

This species was originally described in 1907 (/) from several
females reared from nymphs of Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris
(Packard) taken on wild rabbits in Jackson County, Tex.
Although the species has been mentioned frequently in literature
there is to date no published record of its again having been
reared or collected.

The original type material of 7. ¢exanus in the U. S. National
Museum is in poor condition and as a consequence the identity
of the species was in some doubt until recently. In April, 1933,
a consignment of twenty specimens was received for identifica-
tion from R. A. Cooley through F. C. Bishopp, the labelling
of which was as follows: “Parasite on Ixodes hexagonus var.
cookei Packard on woodchuck, Mayfield, Idaho, June 28, 1932.
Reared through fourth generation from the original. Bishopp
No. 20657.” All of the specimens were labeled alike. Eleven
specimens of this lot were identified by the writer as Hunterellus
hookeri and the other nine specimens as [xodiphagus texanus.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934 93

The material was also examined by C. F. W. Muesebeck, who
concurred in the identifications.

In the absence of a complete history of the specimens involved,
it is impossible to explain the obvious contradiction between
these identifications and the above indicated labeling. The two
species of parasites are distinguished by good structural charac-
ters and can not be progeny of the same parents. Unless some
mistake was made in labeling a part of the specimens, 1t appears
certain either that the original stock of parasites comprised two
species which were carried along together through the fourth
generation or else that there was some contamination introduced
in the course of the breeding work. Following the discovery
that two species were involved, Dr. Bishopp obtained from
Prof. Cooley and submitted to the writer for examination several
specimens said to be the original stock from which the experi-
ment was started. Whether or not this material included the
actual parents used in starting the experiment, or constituted
merely a part of the original rearing from a tick on a woodchuck
taken at Mayfield, Idaho, from which the original parents were
selected, the writer was not informed, but since the specimens
submitted apparently emerged from the same individual tick
nymph as did the parent stock, it appears practically certain
that the specimens used as parents were of the same species.
All of the specimens submitted proved to be Hunterellus hookert.
It therefore appears certain that the experiment was started
with this species alone and that J/xodiphagus texanus was
introduced later by accident, perhaps upon some animal used
as host to the ticks. According to Fred A. Morton (/8) rabbits
were used for quantity production of ticks in the laboratory,
and since the original host of /. texanus was Haemaphysalis
leporis-palustris, the rabbit tick, it 1s possible that a parasitized
tick of this species may have been inadvertently introduced on
one of these animals. Whatever the explanation, it is to be
questioned whether the specimens of J. fexanus actually had
as their original host Jxodes hexagonus var. cookei as indicated
by the labeling. Likewise the locality from which the specimens
came can not be stated definitely.

Hunterellus hookeri Howard.
Syn. [xidophagus caucurtei Buysson.

Hunterellus hookert was described in 1908 (2) from four
females and six males reared from nymphs of RAipicephalus
texanus Banks (now recognized as a synonym of R. sanguineus
Latreille) collected on a dog at Corpus Christi, Tex. Ixodi-
pPhagus caucurtei was proposed in 1912 (5), being based upon
specimens reared by E. Brumpt from nymphs of [xodes ricinus
Linnaeus taken on deer at Chantilly and at Fontainebleau,
France.

94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

As already stated, H. hookeri and I. caucurtei are believed
to be identical. This opinion is based upon a comparative study
of authentic material in the U. S. National Museum. Included
in this material are the types and many other undoubted
specimens of H. hookeri from Texas and other parts of the
United States as well as the following representatives of J.
caucurtei: A series of 21 specimens reared from Ixodes ricinus
by E. Brumpt at Paris, France; a large series received from
S. B. Wolbach, reared from Rhipicephalus sanguineus collected
in the Forest of Fontainebleau, France; and a third large series
received through J. Bequaert and representative of the French
stock which was first introduced on Naushon Island, Mass.,
and later into Montana and Dewees Island, S. C. The types of
I. caucurtei in the Museum of Natural History in Paris were
also examined by the writer in 1927, but these were not before
him when the comparative study was made. The caucurtei
material mentioned differs in no discernible way from typical
Hunterellus hookeri. The development and habits as recorded
by H. P. Wood for hooker: (4) and by Brumpt (6), Cooley (/7),
and others for caucurtei seem to agree. Both have been
shown freely to attack closely related and in some instances the
same species of ticks. There is no apparent reason to doubt,
therefore, that the two names represent the same widely
distributed species.

Hunterellus hookeri together with its synonym has received
frequent mention in literature. According to C. P. Lounsbury
(3) an unsuccessful attempt was made to introduce it into
South Africa in 1908. In 1911 H. P. Wood (4) gave an account
of its life history as a parasite of RAipicephalus sanguineus
Latreille in Texas and recorded it also as having been reared
from Dermacentor parumapertus marginatus Banks collected at
Green Valley, Calif.; from R. sanguineus at Monterey, Mexico;
and from the same host taken at Lourengo Marques, Portuguese
East Africa. E. Brumpt (6), in 1913, gave details of its life
history in France as a parasite of Ixodes ricinus Linnaeus,
stated that it also attacked Haemaphysalis concinna Koch in
nature, and reared it experimentally through Dermacentor
reticulatus Fabricius, D. venustus Banks (=andersoni Stiles),
and R. sanguineus. A paper by A. E. Shipley (7) in 1914,
entitled “Insects and War,” mentioned [xodiphagus caucurtet
as a ubiquitous enemy of all kinds of ticks. In 1915 A. da Costa
Lima (8) recorded the taking of Hunterellus hookeri at Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil, as a parasite of ticks on a dog. Nuttall, War-
burton, and Cooper (Y) in their monograph of ticks mention
the parasite records by Howard and Brumpt. In 1922 P. H.
Timberlake (/0) exhibited before the Hawaiian Entomological
Society specimens of hookeri said to have been taken on a dog

at Coimbatore, South India, and in 1923 G. N. Wolcott (//)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 3, MAR., 1934 95

recorded the species infesting Dermacentor nitens Neumann in
Porto Rico.

R. A. Cooley (/2), in 1927, gave an account of the introduc-
tion of J. caucurtei into the United States at Naushon Island,
Mass., for the purpose of combating the dog tick, Dermacentor
variabilis Say, and outlined plans for its introduction into Mon-
tana to combat the Rocky Mountain spotted fever tick, D.
andersoni Stiles. A very similar paper, published the same year
by Cooley (72a), further discussed the same subjects and gave
a brief review of literature together with a summary of the
life history of the French parasite. The following year F.
Larrouse, A. G. King, and W. B. Wolbach (/3) contributed a
short account of the Naushon Island experiment in which
the introduced parasite was shown to have survived the New
England winter, field collections of both D. variabilis and Ixodes
scapularis Say having yielded the parasite. The same year
Cooley (/#) stated that under certain circumstances this para-
site would oviposit in fed larvae of D. andersoni, but that when
eggs were deposited in a larva development was delayed until
the tick reached the nymphal stage. A series of articles pub-
lished in 1929 in the Seventh Biennial Report of the Montana
State Board of Entomology by R. A. Cooley (/5, 76), Fred A.
Morton (/7), and J. R. Parker and W. J. Butler (7S) discussed
various phases of the tick-parasite work at the Hamilton
laboratory and reviewed the previous work of others. The
previous record by Wood of RAipicephalus sanguineus as host
to Hunterellus hookeri at Lourenco Marques, Portuguese East
Africa, was stated by Cooley (/6, p. /7) to refer to R. evertsi
Neumann instead of sanguineus and two new distribution records
based upon material in the United States National Museum
were cited, viz.: Indo-China, bred from dog tick by E. Roubaud;
and Havana, Cuba, from unidentified nymphal ticks collected
by Dr. Etchegoyhen. Later in the same year Cooley (/9) gave
a short summary of tick parasite studies and recorded the
rearing of what was probably H. hookeri from Haemaphysalis
leachi (Audouin) collected at Durban, Natal, and from Hyalom-
ma aegyptium impressum Koch taken in the Pretoria district of
South Africa. The article already referred to as having been
published in 1930 by Cooley (20) states that a parasite closely
related to and possibly identical with caucurtei had been
discovered in the Transvaal preying on Hyalomma aegyptium
Linnaeus. In 1931, C. B. Philip (22, 23) announced the rearing
of H. hookeri from nymphs of R. sanguineus taken on dogs at
Apapa, near Lagos, Nigeria, in West Africa. A paper by
J. MacLeod (24, p. 398) in 1932 on the bionomics of the sheep
tick, Ixodes ricinus, stated that over a thousand nymphs of this
tick taken in England showed no parasitization by J. caucurtei
or any other species. In 1933 Cooley (25) again discussed
briefly the work with J. caucurtei in Montana.

96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

From this brief review of the literature it will be seen that
Hunterellus hookeri is known to attack a large number of species
of ticks and that it has been recorded from Texas, California,
Massachusetts, Montana, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Mexico, Brazil,
France, Portuguese East Africa, Natal, the Transvaal, Nigeria,
Indo-China, and India. Specimens representative of all of these
locality records except the ones from Mexico, Brazil, Natal,
Transvaal, and Nigeria are now in the National Museum collec-
tion and have been reviewed in the preparation of these remarks.
The same collection contains specimens representing the follow-
ing as yet unpublished records: A large series of specimens from
South Miami, Fla., reared from Rhipicephalus sanguineus in
1931, under Bishopp Nos. 18033, 18184, 18187 and 16097; two
specimens from Charleston, S. C., reared from Dermacentor
variabilis, Oct. 15, 1931, under Bishopp No. 18183; and one
specimen from Ravalli County, Mont., said to have been reared
from the nest of a magpie by W. L. Jellison, June 3, 1932. To
these may be added the record already referred to in the discus-
sion of [xodiphagus texanus, of Hunterellus hookeri reared from
Ixodes hexagonus var. cookei taken at Mayfield, Idaho, on a
woodchuck.

The wide distribution of this species may be accounted for
by its propensity for attacking the ticks of domesticated animals,
especially dog ticks. In view of this well authenticated habit,
it seems reasonable to suspect that its distribution may be even
more general than indicated by the foregoing records, and the
suggestion is offered that before further attempts to introduce
the species into other regions or areas are undertaken, careful
investigation should first be made to determine whether or not
the species is already present in the area under consideration.

LITERATURE CITED.

(1). 1907, Howarp, L.O. A chalcidoid parasite of a tick. Ent. News 18,
pp. 375-378.

(2). 1908, Howarp, L. O. Another chalcidoid parasite of a tick. Canad.
Ent. 40, pp. 239-241.

(3). 1909, Lounssury, C. P. Parasite introductions. Cape Good Hope Ent
Rpt. 1908, pp. 64-65.

(4). 1911, Woop, H. P. Notes on the life history of the tick parasite Hunter-
ellus hookert Howard. Jour. Econ. Ent. 4, pp. 425-431, illus.

(5). 1912, Buysson, R. pu. Un Hyménoptére parasite des Jxodes. Arch.
Parasitol. 15, pp. 246-247, illus.

(6). 1913, Brumpr, E. Utilisation des insectes auxiliares entomophages dans
la lutte contre les insectes pathogenes. Presse Med. (Paris) No. 36,
pp. 359-361, illus.

(7). 1914, SHiptey, A. E. Insects and war. Brit. Med. Jour. No. 2811
(Nov. 14, 1914), pp. 831-832, illus.

(8).

(9).

(10).

(11).

(UD)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 35, NO. 4, APR., 1934 97

1915, Costa Lima, A. pa. O chalcidideo, Hunterellus hookeri Howard,
parasita do carrapato Rhipicephalus sanguineus Latreille, observado
no Rio de Janeiro. Rev. Vet. e Zootech. (Brazil) 5, p. 201, illus.

1915, Nurrai, G. H. F., Warsurton, C., anp Cooper, W. F. Ticks:
A monograph of the Ixodoidea, Part 3, pp. 534, 545, and 547. Cam-
bridge, England.

1922, TimBertake, P. H. Hunterrelus hookeri Howard in India. (Note)
Haw. Ent. Soc. Proc. 5, p. 10.

1923, Wotcorr, G. N. Insectae Portoricensis. Jour. Dept. Agr. Porto
Rico 7, p. 60.

1927, Cootey, R. A. A parasite of ticks. Mont. State Bd. Ent. Bien.
Rept. 6, pp. 15-17, illus.

(12a). 1927, CooLtey, R. A. Tick parasites. Med. Sentinel. Portland, Oreg.,

(13).

(14).
(15).

(16)

(17).
(18).

(19).

(20).

(24).

(25).

35 (No. 12), pp. 805-815.

1928, Larrousg, F., Kine, A. G., anp Wo.sacu, S. B. The overwinter-
ing in Massachusetts of Ixodiphagus caucurtei. Science 67, pp.
SHII=BESE

1928, Coo.try, R. A., anp Kouts, G. K. Egg laying of Ixodiphagus
caucurtet du Buysson in larval ticks. Science 67, p. 656.

1929, Cootey, R. A. Tick parasites. Mont. State Bd. Ent. Bien. Rept.
7 (1927-28), pp. LO=16.

1929, Cootey, R. A. Preliminary report on the tick parasite [xodiphagus
caucurtei du Buysson. Mont. State Bd. Ent. Bien. Rept. 7 (1927-28),
pp. 17-31, illus.

1929, Morton, Frep A. Quantity production of tick parasites. Mont.
State Bd. Ent. Bien. Rept. 7 (1927-28), pp. 32-35.

1929, Parker, J. R., anp Butter, W. J. Tick parasite liberation in
Montana during 1928. Mont. State Bd. Ent. Bien. Rept. 7 (1927-
1928), pp. 35-38.

1929, CooLey, R. A. A summary of tick parasites studies. So. African
Jour. Nat. Hist. 6, pp. 266-272.

1930, Cootey, R. A. The Montana tick parasite expedition to Africa.
Science 71, pp. 419-420.

. 1930, Cootey, R. A. Review of tick parasite work for 1929 and 1930.

Mont. State Bd. Ent. Bien. Rept. 8 (1929-30), pp. 16-25, illus.

. Puttip, C. B. Decourte en Afrique Occidentale d’Hunterellus hookeri

Howard, parasite des Ixodides. Ann. Parasitol. Humaine et Compar.
9) plies

. 1931, Puttip, C. B. Occurrence of a colony of the tick parasite Hunterellus

hookeri Howard in West Africa. U.S. Pub. Health Serv. Rpts. 46, pp.
2168-2172, illus.

1932, MacLeop, J. The bionomics of Ixodes ricinus L., the “sheep tick”
of Scotland. Parasitology 24, pp. 382-398, illus.

1933, Cootey, R. A. Observations sur [xodiphagus caucurtei du Buysson
dans l’ouest des Etats-Unis. Ann. Parasitol. Humaine et Compar.
Lipp. 22-23:

98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 4, APR., 1934

A REVIEW OF JAEGER’S ‘THE CALIFORNIA DESERTS.”

“The California Deserts,” by Edmund C. Jaeger, 12 mo. cloth, 207 pp., illus.,
maps, bibliog. Stanford California University Press, 1934. $2.00.

While the greater portion of the subject-matter of this volume
is not primarily of entomological interest, it is given notice here
because it contains not only an exceedingly interesting discus-
sion of the outstanding desert insects and their near relatives,
(chapter 5, pp. 45-66 inc., 10 illus.) but also records considerable
ecological and other information concerning arid region insects.
Among the principal insects considered are specialized desert
forms of grasshoppers, (Bootettix argentatus and Anconia
integra); crickets (Nemobius mexicanus); termites (4mitermes
arizonensis and Reticulotermes tibialis); scales (Tachardiella
larreae and Cerococcus quercus); leafhoppers (Oncometopius
lateralis); cicadas (Diceroprocta apache); robber flies (Rhapion-
idas xanthos); black flies (Leptonops kerteszi var. americanus);
salute flies (Hippaletes flaviceps); horse flies (Tabanus punctifer) ;
mosquitoes (Culex quinquefasciatus, Anopheles pseudopuncti-
pennis, Theobaldia inornata, and Psorophora spp.); darkling
beetles (Eleodes spp.); inflated beetle (Cysteodemus armatus);
ants (Messor pergandeit, M. andrei, Pogonomyrmex barbatus, P.
occidentalis and Myrmecocystus mexicanus); mutillids (Dasy-
mutilla satanus, D. arenivaga and D. gloriosa); butterflies
(Papilio multicaudata, Pieris beckeri, P. sisymbrii, Euchloe
creusa lotta, and others); and moths (Fucaterva variaria).
Related forms under consideration include scorpions, pseudo-
scorpions, spiders, mites, millipeds and the like. There are
also included discussion of effects of prolonged heat and extreme
droughts on various insects and on their eggs, the curious
summer sleep called aestivation, and related themes. Rich in
information about deserts and desert life, and written in a
sympathetic vein by one who gives abundant evidence of
possession of an ample fund of experience pertaining to his
subject, the book will prove to be a useful one to all desert
habitues. —F. S. Wade.

Actual date of publication, May 16, 1934.

VOL. 36 MAY, 1934 No. 5

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF WASHINGTON

an F SS —
Var ASONIAN LHS litt
‘fr 4 ‘jj yy \

hexs AW ity (aor
\ Wind 6 J 19 4 5
M4 ‘3 :
. SS “on thy) PS,
eS SEV
TAL MU pies.
CONTENTS Se: Sa

GAHAN, A. B..—~A NEW SPECIES OF CIRROSPILUS WESTWOOD (CHALCIDOIDEA) 12

HOOD, J. DOUGLAS—-TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF PHL OTHRIPID2

(GEELSAIN OPER S)) SABMENe ad on te so ee ee ae a Oe elle

MATHESON, ROBERT-—NOTES ON MOSQUITOES FROM SOUTH AMERICA,

WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) . . 119

SHANNON, RAYMOND C.—THE GENUS MANSONIA (CULICIDAE) IN THE

AIMTAZON] VANE ae ee as ee fs. ee Oe ee a OO

PusiisHED MontHiy Excepr Jury, AuGust AND SEPTEMBER
.

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1939.

Honorary Cresiaents 222) e & fe. Neate oe . .L. 0. HOWARD
PE OSIGCTIE dp igh, Sk lane 1 e Ea IRS es en J. S. WADE
First VicezPresident .\. .. sh eae ee oo ee eee
Seconnelice-Presidenh. \-. 7.0) sp ee ee S. B. FRACKER
IRECOLAINEASECTELATYE | 2a). i ee «abe es Pe WeOMeme
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . ©. ..... .; . 9. A. ROHWEE
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
EdiOn : <0 03 des dlee WS Glahene OE ee oe W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewrne,
F. L. Campse.t. .
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
Sesenaes, ot Mie... ee eek oe H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the Proceepincs will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 36 MAY, 1934 No, 5

THE GENUS MANSONIA (CULICIDAE) IN THE AMAZON
VALLEY .!

By Raymonp C. SHANNON.

The present communication is based on material collected
during a general mosquito survey in the Amazon region from
the latter part of March to the end of June, 1931.

The species of Mansonia of the Amazon are of particular
interest; they are the most troublesome of the wild mosquitoes
of the region and doubtlessly are to be included among the
outstanding pests of the country, so frequently alluded to by
travellers. One species in particular, M. indubitans, is very
troublesome at times, and at Iquitos, Peru, it invades houses
to such an extent as to be as annoying as both Stegomyia and
Culex fatigans combined. On the whole, however, mosquito
pests were not found to be as troublesome along the Amazon
as they are in certain other parts of the world, but this may
have been due to the season.

All but two of the known Brazilian species of Mansonia were
collected during the course of the survey; in addition, two
species (flaveolus and nigricans), which were hitherto known
only from the northern part of the continent and from the
West Indies, were obtained. The commonest and most widely
spread species of the genus (¢/ti//ans) was not found, although
it has previously been reported from the Amazon. The other
species not found (chrysonotum, Peryassti) is known, to date,
only from the coastal States of Brazil.

SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS
MANSONIA.
The male terminalia of the species—Vhese organs are very
distinctive in M. amazonensis and are fairly so in M. humeralis.
Among the other species which form the /itillans complex,

1 The studies and observations on which this paper is based were conducted
with the support and under the auspices of the International Health Division
of the Rockefeller Foundation. The writer wishes further to acknowledge
the opportunity granted him by the officials of the U. S. National Museum and
the U. S. Bureau of Entomology, to study the Culicidae in the U. S. National
Collection.

100, PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

however, they are very uniform. The style appears to be the
only structure showing distinctive differences. Unfortunately,
the differences are small and it is necessary to place the organs
consistently in the same position in order to avoid misinter-
pretations.

Howard, Dyar, and Knab (1912) have figured the terminalia
of M. titillans Wik. ) and M. flaveolus (Coq.); the distinguishing
features, however, are poorly indicated. Later, Dyar (1918)
reexamined those of M. flaveolus and concluded that the species
was a homonym of M. fitillans. In 1928 he stated that it was
merely an aberration of M. titillans. Bonne & Bonne-Wepster
(1925) give an accurate illustration of fiti/lans. These authors
were also the first to describe the terminalia of amazonensis
(Theo.).

Costa Lima (1929) gives the first illustrations for M. pseudo-
titillans (Theo.) and 1n addition gives photographic reproductions
of the terminalia of M. amazonensis and M. humeralis, although
the latter is stated to be M. titillans.

Dyar (1928) gives a figure of what he considered to be the
terminalia of M. humeralis, Dyar & Knab. An examination
of the specimen from which the illustration was made, however,
discloses the fact that what he had was a typical specimen of
M. titillans. This specimen was one of a series collected at
Barranquilla, Colombia, which included a number of female
M. humeralis, M. titillans, and what appears to be a new species
closely related to M. titillans. Dyar made two slide mounts
from this material, one of which he labeled M. ‘itillans. The
style of this specimen is much broader than in the true M.
titillans (See Chart I, Fig. 4) and may prove to be an undescribed
species. Because the second specimen differed from the first
he evidently considered it to be the male of M. Aumeralis, which
at that time was unknown. The only figure extant for the
terminalia of M. humeralis is, therefore, that given by Costa
Lima (1929), which, as stated above, he presented under the
name of M. titillans.

KerY TO THE SPECIES OF THE SUBGENUS Mansonia.
Adult Females.

1. Hind tibia rather strongly ciliate, at least on basal half, the girth
appearing a little larger than that of the femur; anterior corners
of the mesonotum with reddish brown areas clothed with golden

SCaleg wee we eta ee eet eee humeralis Dyar & Knab
Hind tibia not distinctly ciliate, the bia appearing more slender
than the femur... Set us et eer mre ts eli bs eM Red ee Se 2

2. Abdomen covered entirely with bright golden scales; mesonotum
generally yellowish brown, clothed with golden scales and isolated

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 101

patches of dark scales; palpi of the female exceeding one-half
the length of the proboscis... flaveolus Coquillett
Abdomen mostly dark scaled; palpi of female less than one-half the
length of the proboscis... USE PEP epee picare Pe en at ek eh 3
3. Anterior portion of mesonotum reddish brown, clothed with small
POlGEMES Gal ecm: ee At eh TEs ee UE 2 ees amazonensis Th.
Mesonotum entirely reddish or dark brown, with sparse golden scales... 4
4. Antenna a little longer than the proboscis; palpi more than one-third
the length of the proboscis. A rather large species...
pseudotitillans Theo.
Anitennara httlershonterathani ties prODOSClSee ee oe ee 5
5. Palpi about one-third the length of the proboscis. Small to moderate
{INNS ZC ee et en ger a 1A ee eee oe ee Et titillans Walker
Palpi about one-fourth the length of the proboscis. Uniformly
SIMAUINS WECIES: = te eee ee ese ere aoe indubitans Dyar & Shannon

M. titillans and indubitans are difficult to distinguish one from the other. In
addition to the characters given in the key it may be noted that the last palpal
segment (a minute organ) is more conspicuous in pserdotitillans, intermediate
in fitillans and very small in imdubitans.

CHART.

1.M. indubitans D.$S

3. titillans (Wik)

‘ “elb 5. flaveolus C

% pseudotitillans (Th) 4.Variety() of Uitillans f See
(Barr anquilla, Colombia)

Inside view of the right side-piece and appendages of the terminalia

of the species of the Subgenus Mansonia. All drawn to the same scale.

102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

Mansonia (M.) titillans (Walker) 1848.

This species was not found by the writer in the Amazon region.
It has been reported from there on several occasions but the
records, in at least some of the cases, appear to be erroneous.

(1) Goeldi (1905) gives descriptions and colored illustrations.
These appear to be based on specimens of M. Aumeralis. He
also reproduces photographs of “‘¢zt//ans”’ in the act of oviposit-
ing. Quite obviously the specimen shown belongs either to
Psorophora confinnis (L. A.) or P. cingulata (Fabr.), both of
which closely resemble species of Mansonia.

(2) Converse (1914) states that larvae of M. titillans are
found in millions in the pools along the open ditches of Iquitos.
Most probably the larvae referred to belong to Psorophora con-
finnis or P. cingulata. The writer found great numbers of these
larvae in roadside ditches, etc., about Iquitos.

(3) Bequaert (1926) records M. titillans from Manaos. It is
probable that they belong to izdudbitans.

(4) The M. titillans reported by Costa Lima from Obidos and
Santarem, belong, at least in part, to Aumeralis.

(5) Newstead & Thomas (1910) and Gordon & Evans
(1922) also record M. titi/lans from the Amazon.

No doubt the species does occur in at least some part of the
valley.

Mansonia (M.) indubitans Dyar & Shannon, 1925.

M. indubitans has been described from females collected by
Bequaert on the Amazon at Belém, Santarem, and Itacoatiara,
and at Carmo, Rio Branco. Several specimens, including three
males, were collected at Tonantins. In April, 1931, it was
extremely abundant at Iquitos where it invaded the houses
along the river front in large numbers. Owing to its numbers,
its fearlessness in attack, and its activity at all hours of the day
and night, it appears to be fully as troublesome indoors as both
stegomyia and Culex fatigans combined. Very probably it has a
seasonal abundance and therefore may not be so annoying at
other seasons of the year. In fact, the mosquitoes were most in
evidence several days after a heavy rain, following which they
diminished rather rapidly in numbers. Usually, M. indubitans
was the most abundant species collected on animal bait and on
such occasions many individuals were observed to attack other
mosquitoes and from them suck out the blood which had already
been imbibed from the horse; the victimized mosquito mean-
while continued to feed until it had acquired another meal.

No Pistia was found growing about Iquitos; in fact this plant
was not observed on the Amazon above the mouth of the Rio
Javary. The roots of other aquatic plants were searched for
larvae but without success.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

H Goh

. MANSONIA
- MANSONIA
- MANSONIA
- MANSONIA

a Sain itRSS a se ac el

(MANSONIA) TITILLANS.
(RHYNCHOTAENIA) ALBICOSTA.
(RHYNCHOTAENIA) JUSTAMANSONIA.
(RHYNCHOTAENIA) LYNCHI.

PLATE 15

Drawings by Nelson Cerqueira.

[ 103 |

PLATE 16

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

sisuauozewe eiuoSsUeL)
SUBIIGNPU) eiuOSUeY,

‘PP. ‘eavan bia aN

: }

ByeoOINse; BuosueW a
{ me
|
}

’
}
sebezjeqive eivosueyW
{
t
}
i J
|

ee ee

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 107

The species was also found at Mandaos, Guajara-Mirim,
Porto Velho, and Fordlandia, and in the coastal state of Bahia.

Mansonia (M.) pseudotitillans (Theo.) 1901.

This species was found only at Teffé and at Tonantins.
Several males were collected at night on board a boat at the
latter locality. It has been recorded by Costa Lima from
Santarem and Obidos, and is known to occur in Surinam.

Mansonia (M.) flaveolus (Coquillett) 1906.

This species has been known to date only from a few specimens
collected in widely separate regions. A single male was collected
in St. Thomas, W. I., in 1906 (A. Busck) and a single female was
found in Panama, 1912 (A. Busck). It was subsequently placed
by Dyar (1918) as a homonym of M. ¢itillans and in 1928,
Dyareadas: ~ A. light yellow form occurs rarely, aberration
flaveolus Coquillett.” Tn addition, Bonne and Bonne- Wepster
(1925) record two males and one female of M. flaveolus (as a
variety of ¢iti/lans) from Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana.

In view of the history of this species and the great distances
between its known points of distribution, the discovery of
M. flaveolus in the Amazon Basin is of unusual interest. A
series of thirty specimens, including three males, was collected
at Teffé and at Tonantins, all on board ship, in company with
M. pseudotitillans, indubitans, and amazonensis. In addition to
the slight differences in the male terminalia as compared with
the other species, there is a striking difference in coloration and
in the length of the female palpi. These characters are listed
in the key to species.

Mansonia (M.) amazonensis (Theobald) 1901.

As far as is known, the present species has not been found
outside the Amazon Valley. The specimens collected were
one male and one female from Tonantins, and one female from
Manaos. They were recorded by Bequaert from Belém, and
Gordon & Evans from Macopa. Costa Lima states that he
found the species to be very abundant at Obidos and at San-
tarem. A series of specimens was collected by N. C. Davis at
Belém.

Mansonia (M.) humeralis Dyar & Knab, 1916.

Next to ©. titi/lans this species has the greatest known range
of any of the subgenus. It has been recorded by Dyar (1928)
from Colombia, Venezuela, British Guiana, and the Amazon
region. It also occurs in the middle coast states of Brazil.
New Amazon records are: Iquitos, Peru (April); Guajara-Mirim,

108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

Matto Grosso (May); Manaos, Amazonas (June). Only females
were captured.

Species of the Subgenus RHYNCHOTAENIA.

Six of the eight known species of this subgenus were found.
These are all included in the key to the species given by Shannon

(1931).
Mansonia (R.) nigricans (Coquillett) 1904.

Hitherto recorded only from Cuba, Panama, Colombia, and
Venezuela. Three females were collected at Iquitos, Peru

(April).
Mansonia (R.) albicosta (Peryassti) 1908.

Two females from Iquitos, Peru, and two from the Rio
Madeira, Guajara-Mirim. Also from Xerem and Belém,
Para (Bequaert, 1926). It occurs likewise in the coastal states
of Brazil, but has not been reported outside the country.

Mansonia (R.) justamansonia (Chagas) 1907.

Four females from Iquitos, Peru, and one from Guajara-
Mirim, Matto Grosso. It is also found in the coastal States
but has not been recorded outside Brazil.

Mansonia (R.) fasciolata (Lynch Arribalzaga) 1891.
— Mansonia venezuelensis (Theobald) 1912.

This species appears to be the dominant one of the subgenus,
occurring from Central America to Argentina; it frequently
outnumbers, in point of individuals, all the others combined.
It was common at Iquitos, nine males as well as a large series
of females being captured. A few specimens were taken at
Manaos. Bequaert and Davis have also collected it at Belém,
Para.

Dyar (1928) states that M. venezuelensis ditters from M.
fasciolata in the possession of light scales on the anterior margin
of the wing. However, this is a common characteristic of both
species. A comparison of material in the U. S. National col-
lection of both species disclosed no essential difference.

Mansonia (R.) arribalzagae (Theobald) 1903.

Although this species has a wide distribution, Panama and
Surinam, as well as the Amazon region, it is regarded as a rare
species. It was fairly abundant in heavily forested areas about
Iquitos, fifty-four specimens being collected. Males were
found rather commonly flying about the jungle, and seventeen
of them were net-captured. The species occurs in Panama and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 109

is also recorded by Gordon & Evans from the vicinity of Manaos,
Amazonas.

Mansonia (R.) lynehi Shannon, 1931.

This species has previously been known only from the type
specimens, two males and two females from Belém, Para
(N. C. Davis). They were collected with larger numbers of
M. arribalzagae. The two species, which closely resemble one
another, differ markedly in adult coloration from the other
species of the subgenus. Two males and two females of M.
lynchi were found in the same forested areas about Iquitos in
which arribalzagae occurred. Both species appear to be pri-
marily day fliers.

SUMMARY.

Eleven species of the genus Mansonia were collected in the
Amazon region (April, May, and June, 1931); five belong to
the subgenus Mansonia: indubitans, D. & S., pseudotitillans
(Th.), flaveolus (Coq.), humeralis D. & K., amazonensis (Th.);
and six to. the subgenus RKhynchotaenia: nigricans (Coq.),
albicosta (Pery.), justamansonia (Chagas), fasciolata (L. A.),
lynchi (Shan.), and arribalzagae (Th.). M. flaveolus (here removed
from fiti/lans as a homonym) and nigricans were previously
unrecorded from Brazil. Two Brazilian species, titi/lans (the
commonest and most widespread species of the genus) and
chrysonotum, were not found, although the former has been
recorded a number of times from the Amazon. All of the
records for ¢iti/lans, however, are possibly erroneous, although in
all probability the species is to be found somewhere in the
valley.

M. indubitans is the commonest and most annoying species
occurring in the region. In Iquitos, Peru, it invades the houses
in such large numbers that it is frequently as troublesome as
the two domestic species (Stegomyia and C. fatigans) combined.
Doubtlessly this species is to be classed as one of the outstanding
pests of the region so frequently alluded to by travelers; but its
annoyance probably is not so great as that caused by mos-
quitoes in many other parts of the world.

A new key is given for the American species of the subgenus
Mansonia and the characters of the male terminalia are dis-
cussed.

REFERENCES.

References to the original description of the species are not
given as they are to be found in several of the standard works
on Culicidae.

110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

Bequaert, J.
1926. In: Strong, et al., Medical Report Hamilton Rice 7th. Exped. to the
Amazon, 1924-1925. Part II, pp. 198-199.
Bonne, C. & Bonne-WepstTER, J.
1925. Mosquitoes of Surinam, a study of neotropical mosquitoes. Royal
Colonial Institute of Amsterdam, no. 21, Dept. Trop. Hyg. no. 13.
Converse, G. M.
1914. The sanitation of Peru. Public Hlth. Rep. Washington, D. C. 29
(46) : 3030-3040.
Costa Lima, A. Da.
1929. Sobre algumas especies de Mansonia encontradas no Brazil. Instituto
Oswaldo Cruz, Supplemento das Memorias, no. 12 : 297-300.
Goe.pi, E. A.
1905. Os Mosquitos no Para. Memorias do Museu Goeldi, IV, Para, Brazil.
Gordon, R. M. & Evans, A. M.
1922. Mosquitoes collected in the Mandos region of the Amazon. Annals
Liverpool School Trop. Med. and Parasit. 16 : 327.

DyareElaG:
1918. Ins. Ins. Mens., 6: 112.
Dyar, H. G.
1925. The subgenus of Mansonia. Ins. Ins. Mens., 13 : 140.
Dyar, H. G.
1928. The Mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Institution of Washington,
DIC:

Howarp, L. O., Dyar, H. G., & Knap, F.
1912. Mosquitoes of North and Central America and the West Indies.
Carnegie Institution of Washington, 2 : plate 34, figs. 227 and 228.
Newsteap, R. & Tuomas, H. W.
1910. The Mosquitoes of the Amazon Region. Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit.,
4: 141-149.
SHannon, R. C.
1931. The classification of Brazilian Culicidae with special reference to those
capable of harboring the yellow fever virus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington.
SG SOS

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO..5, MAY, 1934 |

TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF PHLAZOTHRIPIDE
(THYSANOPTERA).

By J. Douctas Hoop, University of Rochester.

The two new genera described below are unusual in that they
are heavily sculptured and have seven-segmented antenne.
The types are in the author’s collection.

Genus STEGOTHRIPS nov.

(oréyos, a roof; OptW, a wood-worm—in allusion
to the form of the dorsum of the head.)

Body reticulate and tuberculate dorsally, non-shining. Head much longer
than wide, very deeply reticulated above; dorsum strongly elevated and arched
as seen from the side (Pl. 17, fig. 4), angulate and roof-like when observed from
the front; ventral surface concave; vertex rounded, slightly produced and over-
hanging, bearing the forwardly-directed median ocellus at its extremity,
without strong sete; eyes normal in position, small, rounded, finely-facetted,
larger on ventral surface of head, and strongly protruding; postocular sete
moderately long and stout, expanded at tip, arising from low tubercles; antenne
7-segmented but with a distinct suture on ventral surface between morphological
seventh and eighth segments, intermediate segments short, subglobose, pedicel-
late, with long sense-cones; mouth-cone heavy but acute, surpassing base of
prosternum. Prothorax short and broad (in the genotype much less than half
as long as head) with a deep transverse groove across middle, this groove with a
fovea at either end; pronotum minutely tuberculate, anterior margin curved,
posterior margin straight; epimeron largely fused with pronotum; all major sete
present, stout, expanded distally, and arising from slight eminences; legs
tuberculate, short; female with fore tarsus unarmed on inner surface but
with a strong downwardly-directed claw on outec surface at apex of first segment
(much as in many Urothripide); wings abruptly bent outward at middle but
not narrowed beyond, fore pair with the basal portion tuberculate, no accessory
setee. Abdomen with its segments short and transverse, in long-winged forms
with a shallow longitudinal groove for the reception of the wings, the major
sete on terga II-VIII (excepting the wing-retaining ones) short, stout, and
apically dilated, those on IX much longer; tube long (in the genotype more
than three times the length of tergum IX), thickened at sides, and constricted
at apex, with short terminal sete.

Genoty pe.

Stegothrips sel appear at first glance to take its proper
place in the Tribe Docessissophothripini, instead of in_ the
Phleothripini where I have assigned it. The type-genus of the
former tribe has the occipital region of the head elevated much as
in the present genus; in fact, the similarity in this respect
between Docessissophothrips titschacki Priesner and Stegothrips
barronis is so close that the conclusion that they are related is
almost inescapable.

bF2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

However, similarly elevated heads are found in such widely
different genera as Megalothrips, Phleobiothr ips, and Tricho-
thrips; but in the last genus they occur only in those species
whose heads and mouth-spines have become elongated. The long,
crested head has apparently been derived independently in
several different portions of the Tubuliferous series as the result
of mechanical necessity, so to speak, this being the only practi-
cable method for increasing the length of the mouth-spines without
decreasing the angle of their penetration. The character seems
to be purely an adaptive one and of no phylogenetic significance
whatever.

This genus is related to Strepterothrips Hood and to the new
genus described below, both of which it resembles in such
structural features as wing-form, the number of antennal seg-
ments, the general build of the abdomen (with its dorsal furrow,
in long-winged forms, for the reception of the wings), the long
tube, dilated sete, and dorsal sculpture. The italicized portions
of the diagnosis given above should serve, however, to dis-
tinguish it readily.

Stegothrips barronis sp. nov.
(Plate 17, Figs. 1-5.)

Female (macropterous).—Length about 1.5 mm. (distended, 1.8 mm.).
Color, by reflected light, blackish brown in head (black under low magnifications),
with median line of head brown behind eyes and about concolorous with re-
mainder of body; pterothorax paler at sides of notal plates, abdomen irregularly
paler along sides of terga II-VIII and in segment I, tube brownish orange and
tipped with black; subhypodermal pigmentation of two colors, white and red,
the former producing a conspicuous white spot where it shows through the
membrane between head and pronotum, a small white spot at anterior margin
of mesonotum, and a whitish spot, more or less variegated with the red pig-
mentation and interrupted by tergum I of abdomen, along sides and posterior
margin of metanotum; antenne brown in segment I (apex slightly paler),
clear lemon-yellow in II and III, blackish brown in IV—VII; legs blackish
brown, paler than head, with distal ends of all femora and proximal ends of all]
tibie yellow, tarsi brownish yellow, with darker brown cups. By ¢ransmitted
light the white markings are not visible; wings pale brown, the fore pair darker
in distal half and in anal area (“‘scale’’), with two narrow pale streaks in the
bend of the wing, one near each margin; hind wings with a pale median line
extending to near tip, in bend margined narrowly with nearly black and with
a minute clear spot near posterior margin.

Head (Pl. 17. fig. 1) about 1.77 times as long as greatest width, as broad
at basal third as across basal collar and 0.93 as wide at narrowest place between,
the cheeks nearly straight and converging to eyes, where they are rather abruptly
narrowed and only 0.8 as broad as at widest part; dorsum of head roof-like, very
strongly elevated along median line, where it is nearly carinate, much arched
as seen from the side (PI. 17, fig. 4), angulate and almost roof-like when observed

pw tte

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 113

from the front, heavily polygonally reticulate (excepting along the nearly
smooth median line) with raised dark lines which in profile (as on the cheeks)
appear as tubercles, and with a number of distinct setigerous tubercles which
are more numerous and best seen along the cheeks, the smooth median area
narrow and bordered on either side with a very regular row of 8-10 slender
pointed sete; postocular sete strong, dilated at apex, 54 u long, arising slightly
in advance of posterior margin of eyes, and 1.44 times as far apart as the latter,
the measured interval between their bases 101 uw; vertex at a much lower level
than highest part of occiput, evenly rounded and slightly overhanging, bearing
the forwardly-directed anterior ocellus at its extremity, without strong sete, but
with four pairs of short sete, one of these directly between posterior ocelli,
one almost directly beneath them at sides of vertex close to eyes, one laterad of
median ocellus, and one about midway between this last pair and the first
mentioned; ocelli about 17 » in diameter, the posterior pair 45 w apart, the
median one 15 uw in advance of front margin of eyes. Eyes normal in position,
strongly protruding, but small, little more than one-fifth as long as head, about
1.5 times as long as wide, and nearly two-thirds ‘as wide as their interval.
Antenne (Pl. 17, fig. 2) hardly 1.1 times as long as head, segment VIII fused
with VII to form a large lanceolate and pedicellate segment which 1s the longest
in the entire antenna and has an incomplete transverse suture on ventral surface;
most of the segments roughened by distinct raised lines of sculpture; sense-cones
moderately long and slender, segments III, V, and VI each with one on either
side of apex, IV with two on either side, morphological seventh segment with
the usual dorsal one.

Prothorax (Pl. 17, fig. 1) along median dorsal line of pronotum only 0.33 (1)
as long as head and (inclusive of coxe) three times as broad as long, without
median thickening, but with a deep transverse groove across middle, this
groove with a large irregular fovea at each end; anterior margin of pronotum
emarginate, elevated at median line, posterior margin straight; surface of
pronotum and epimeron with numerous small tubercles, the latter sclerite
almost completely fused with pronotum; all major sete present, stout, expanded
distally, and arising from distinct eminences, the anterior marginals 30 yu,
anterior laterals 36 uw, midlaterals 27 u, epimerals 54 uw, posterior marginals 37 y,
coxals 30 u; mesonotum tuberculate like prothorax, metanotum with the
tubercles larger and more rounded. Legs short and stout, roughened by numer-
ous low anastomosing rug and many setigerous tubercles; fore tarsus without
tooth or claw on inner surface but with a strong downwardly-directed claw on
outer surface at apex of first segment. Wings bent abruptly outward at middle
(where they are slightly narrower than elsewhere), but not widened distally,
the fore pair without vestige of longitudinal vein; basal portion of fore wing
tuberculate in the region of the three subbasal sete, these equal in length (27 u
long), stout, flaring outward from base, and arising from low tubercles; distal
two-thirds of fore wing roughened; no accessory sete.

Abdomen broadest at segment II, equal in width to pterothorax, with a longi-
tudinal furrow for the reception of the wings, this furrow at sides in each of
terga II-VII with two pairs of brown wing-retaining set, of which the posterior
pair is in every case longer, broader, flatter, and less abruptly curved at extreme
base; posterior margins of these same terga each with two pairs only of major

114 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

sete, both of them stout, dilated and divided at apex, arising from tubercles,
and pale in color, the inner pair longer and stouter than the outer, on tergum
V thei nner pair 65 w and the outer pair 42 4; tergum VIII (Pl. 17, fig. 3) with
the outer pair 75 uw, stigmata borne on low tubercles; IX (PI. 17, fig. 3) with the
dorsal pair of sete 135 uw and knobbed at tip, the upper lateral pair 240 u and
pointed; tergum I with the middle portion subrectangular and much longer
than wide; tube large, two-thirds as long as head, formed and sculptured as
shown in Pl. 17, fig. 3, about 2.7 times as long as greatest subbasal width and
2.5 times as broad near base as at apex, its longest terminal sete 100 y, its sides
thickened; entire dorsum of abdomen in segments II—-VIII and basal portion of
IX lightly sculptured with anastomosing lines which are weaker in the distal
half of the dorsal furrow in each of segments IJ—V and also in the lateral portions
of III-VII at base, prolonged into dark aspere at sides of segments and also
across base of segment II, some of the dark points projecting beyond posterior
margins of sides of segments II-VIII and of middle of IX.

Measurements of holotype (@): Length about 1.51 mm. (distended, 1.82
mm.); head, length 0.307 mm., greatest width (near base) 0.173 mm., width at
basal constriction 0.161 mm., least width (at posterior margin of eyes) 0.137
mm., width across eyes 0.158 mm.; eyes, length 0.067 mm., width 0.045 mm.,
interval 0.070 mm.; prothorax, median length of pronotum 0.103 mm., width
(inclusive of coxe) 0.308 mm.; pterothorax, greatest width 0.313 mm.; abdomen,
greatest width 0.312 mm.; tube (length of segment X only) 0.207 mm., width
near base 0.077 mm., width at apex 0.031 mm.

Antennalssegmentsues se eee a 23> ee Se Omen
Wenest ini (i) ee ee ee ee 35 53 53 51 44 42 58
WN itcl @sCgs) 222. = 8a tees ew O32) 335.31 385 29) Sees

Total length of antenna, 0.336 mm.

Described from one female taken on Barro Colorado Island,
Canal Zone, Panama, 1933 (probably in October), by Silvestre
Aviles, from a branch of sour orange [Hood No. 1075]. The
specimen was transmitted by Mr. James Zetek.

Genus ARCYOTHRIPS nov.

(dpxis, a net; Oply, a wood-worm—in allusion to the
net-like reticulation of the head and _ pronotum.)

Body reticulate dorsally, non-shining. Head longer than wide, deeply
‘reticulated above; dorsum somewhat elevated and arched as seen from the
side; vertex rounded and slightly overhanging, bearing the forwardly-directed
median ocellus at its extremity, without strong sete; eyes relatively small, ex-
tending onto ventral surface in a forward direction and not at all involving
sides of head; postocular sete very short; antenne 7-segmented, without trace
of suture on ventral surface between morphological seventh and eighth segments,
intermediate segments short, globose, pedicellate, II particularly large, III
much shorter and narrower than either II or IV; mouth-cone acute, attaining
base of mesosternum. Prothorax of normal form, reticulated above, with a
shallow curved impression across middle and a shallow fovea on each side

Samy

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 115

between mid-lateral seta and the curved anterior margin, posterior margin
curved; epimeron not fused with pronotum; all major sete present, very short,
broadly expanded, from base and hence somewhat fan-shaped, all arising from
slight eminences; legs short, with minute tubercles, all of which are setose, and
anastomosing ruge; female with fore tarsus unarmed and without a down-
wardly-directed claw on outer surface at apex of first segment; wings bent
abruptly outward at middle, where they are narrowest, and slightly expanded
apically, fore pair with the basal portion tuberculate, no accessory sete. Ab-
domen with its segments short and transverse, in long-winged forms with a
distinct longitudinal groove for the reception of the wings, the major sete
on terga II-VIII (excepting the wing-retaining ones) short, stout, and dilated;
tube long (in the genotype more than twice the length of tergum IX), not
thickened at sides, narrowed rather than constricted at apex, with terminal
sete about half its length.

Genotype.—Arcyothrips africanus sp. nov.

From S¢repterothrips this genus differs principally in lacking
the two pairs of strong and very prominent expanded sete
on the vertex and occiput, and in having the postocular sete
minute.

Arcyothrips africanus sp. nov.
(Plate 18, figs. 1-4.)

Female (macropterous).—Length about 1.3 mm. (distended, 1.6 mm.).
Color dark brown with head and tube blackish brown, pterothorax paler along
anterior and posterior margins,! abdomen slightly paler along median line and
distinctly so at base of segment I and in segment IX; head, thorax, and sides of
abdomen with bright red subhypodermal pigmentation; legs concolorous with
body, slightly paler at bases of femora, apices of tibie, and in tarsi; wings pale
brown, the fore pair darker at tip and along anterior margin at base, with a
short black median vein in bend, beyond the vein with an indistinct pale streak
paralleling both margins of wing, pale in about posterior half of basal fourth;
hind wings with dark median vein extending to near tip, this vein nearly black
just before middle, the membrane of the wing nearly white behind it in about
basal fifth and again briefly just before middle where the vein is nearly black,
the wing darkest in its full width between these white areas and in distal portion;
antenne nearly blackish brown, segments IV-VII and sides of II darkest,
III yellow in pedicel and pale yellowish brown beyond.

Head (Pl., 18 fig. 1) about 1.18 times as long as greatest width, broadest
at posterior margin of eyes, the cheeks perfectly straight and converging between

1 T suspect that in life this species, like all of its close relatives, is marked with
white. Such markings are due to the presence in the fat body of an opaque,
light-reflecting substance which disappears after a short time in alcohol or other
preservatives. If this suspicion is correct, the white will certainly show through
the integument along the posterior margin of the metathorax and in the first -
abdominal segment, and possibly also along the front margin of the mesothorax
and in the membrane between the head and prothorax.

116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

this point and one just in front of the slight basal collar, this least width 0.9
the greatest width; dorsum of head somewhat elevated and arched as seen
from the side, with heavy dark lines of reticulation which give the cheeks a
tuberculated appearance, and with a number of short, stout, pale sete (many,
perhaps all, of them rounded at tip) which arise from tubercles situated fre-
quently in the middle of reticles, the reticles themselves often more or less
subdivided by dark incomplete ruge and decidedly smaller along median line
of head; postocular sete very short (about 13 w) and stout, curved and broad-
ened distally; vertex rounded and slightly overhanging, bearing the forwardly-
directed median ocellus at its extremity, without strong sete but with a number
of short curved ones; ocelli about 13 » in diameter, the: posterior pair 43 py
apart, the median one with its posterior margin on a line with anterior margin
of eyes. Eyes small, just one-fourth the length of head, a little longer than
wide, and about two-thirds as wide as their interval, composed of relatively few
facets, extending onto ventral surface of head in a forward, rather than lateral,
direction and thus occupying the front, instead of the sides, of head. Antenne
(Pl. 18, fig. 2) about 1.33 times as long as head, segment VIII completely fused
with VII to form a large lanceolate and pedicellate segment which is the longest
in the entire antenna, no trace of a transverse suture even on ventral surface;
segment III particularly small and weak; II especially large, roughened, and
with subcircular sensorium elevated; III-VI with prominent transverse lines
of sculpture on dorsal surface; sense-cones absent (!) from III, IV with a large
one arising on outer surface of apex and extending beneath the succeeding seg-
ment and a smaller one arising ventrally on inner surface, V and VI each with
a much slenderer cone on each surface and an additional minute one on outer
surface, morphological seventh segment with the usual dorsal one.

Prothorax (Pl. 18, fig. 1) along median line of pronotum nearly 0.6 as long
as head and (inclusive of cox) about 2.3 times as wide as long, without median
thickening, but with a shallow curved impression across middle and a shallow
fovea on each side between midlateral seta and the roundly emarginate anterior
margin, the posterior margin curved; epimeron distinct; surface reticulated
like that of head, with numerous short curved pale sete arising from tubercles,
posterior margin with numerous minute non-setigerous tubercles; major sete
all present, very short (13-20 u), broadly expanded from base and hence some-
what fan-shaped, all arising from slight eminences, epimerals longest (20 yu);
metanotum and posterior part of mesonotum heavily reticulated like pronotum,
the anterior part of mesonotum with asperate anastomosing lines. Legs short
and stout, roughened by numerous low anastomosing rug and setigerous
tubercles; fore tarsus unarmed and without a downwardly-directed claw on
outer surface at apex of first segment. /Vings curving posteriorly in basal third,
then recurving and continuing in the original direction, this distal portion of
wing somewhat more than half the total length of wing and slightly widening
to apex; basal third of fore wing closely tuberculate along anterior margin and
with four or five widely separated sete which are similar to anterior marginals,
equal to them in length, and which arise from tubercles; recurved portion of
wing with a median vein-like thickening, distal portion roughened but scarcely
reticulated; no accessory setz.

Abdomen broadest at segment ITI, distinctly wider than either the pterothorax

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 117

or prothorax, with a longitudinal furrow for the reception of the wings, this
furrow at sides in each of terga II-VII with two pairs of conspicuous dark brown
wing-retaining sete, of which the posterior pair is in every case longer, broader,
flatter, and more recurved at base; posterior margins of these same terga each
with three pairs of major set, all of which arise from tubercles and are stout,
pale yellow, and divided at apex, the inner pair longest, the middle pair much
the shortest and fan-shaped, the outer pair similar to the inner but smaller
(on tergum V these sete measure respectively 50 u, 20 wu, and 32 uw); tergum VIII
(Pl. 18, fig. 3) with these sete more slender than on VII, the outer pair longer
than its homologue on VII, the inner pair shorter than its, the middle pair
pointed and with a companion midway between it and outer seta, one pair only
of wing-retaining sete, two pores and five (six normally?) smaller setee between
them (these forming a broad arc), and four pairs of sete in lateral portions of
tergum, the stigmata borne on low tubercles; tergum IX (PI. 18, fig. 3) with the
dorsal pair of major sete stout and 40 uw long, the others slender and pointed;
tergum I much broader than long, trapezoidal, and distinctly polygonally
reticulate with dark lines; tube three-fourths as long as head, slender, formed
as shown in Pl. 18, fig. 3, and three times as long as greatest subbasal width,
its longest terminal sete 133 uw; entire dorsum of abdomen in segments I-VIII
and in basal portion of IX sculptured with anastomosing lines which are much
weaker than those on head and prothorax, but thoroughly distinct even in the
dorsal furrow, heavier, more raised and prolonged into dark aspere at sides of
segments, some of these sharp points projecting beyond posterior margins of
terga II-VII.

Measurements of holotype ( 2 ): Length about 1.3 mm. (distended, 1.62 mm.);
head, length 0.212 mm., greatest width (across eyes) 0.180, least width (near
base) 0.163 mm.; eyes, length 0.053 mm., width 0.046 mm., interval 0.071 mm.;
prothorax, median length of pronotum 0.126 mm., width (inclusive of coxe)
0.293 mm.; pterothorax, greatest width 0.307 mm.; abdomen, greatest width
0.323 mm.; tube (length of segment X only) 0.157, width near base 0.053 mm.,
width at apex 0.025 mm.

Antennal segments: bere 2 eg lh OU Sa ee Se by a
henge thr (2) ee se eee es Dye EXO) SiS} 400) SEB. SVT
Wichita (2) een eee = eo D5 S6) Qihkis8, Sle 28a 28

Total length of antenna, 0.281 mm.

Described from one female taken at Amani, Tanganyika
Territory (East Africa), January 27, 1928, by Dr. C. B. Williams,
from a dead branch [Hood No. 460].

PLATE 17 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

FULT RR

[118 |

PLATE 18

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

[119 }

120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

=) J

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
(Drawn by Miss Helen E. Rearwin; camera lucida.)
Brare al 7
Stegothrips barronis gen. et sp. nov.; holotype, @.

Fig. 1. Head and prothorax; all sete omitted from legs and antenne; sculpture
of posterior part of cheeks not shown,

Fig. 2. Right antenna.
Fig. 3. Abdominal segments VIII-XI.
Fig. 4. Head and prothorax; perspective view (freehand drawing).
Fig. 5. Right fore wing.
PraTeE 18.

Arcyothrips africanus gen. et sp. nov.; holotype, @.
Fig. 1. Head and prothorax; all setee omitted from legs and antenne.
Fig. 2. Right antenna.
Fig. 3. Abdominal segments VIII-XI.

Fig. 4. Left fore wing.

NOTES ON MOSQUITOES FROM SOUTH AMERICA, WITH A
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES
(DIPTERA, CULICIDAE).

By Roperr MarHEson.

In several small collections of mosquitoes made by Dr. J. C.
Bradley, Dr. Babiy and Dr. Forbes in various parts of South
America I find some interesting records of distribution. In
addition I find one quite distinct form not hitherto described.

Aedes albifasciatus Macquart.

Two males fron Ancud, Chiloe Island, Chile. One female
from Butalcura, Chiloe Island, Chile. April 2—7, 1920.

Aedes fulvus Wied.

One female from El Encanto, Putumayo River, near Peru,
Aug. 21, 1920; one female from Iquitos, Peru, Aug. 1, 1920.

Aedeomyia squamipennis L. Arrib.

Putumayo River, Peru, Aug. 7, 1920; Amazon River, near
Peru, Aug. 9, 1920.

Culex taeniopus Dyar & Knab.

Two females, Amazon River, near Peru, Aug. 9, 1920; one
male, Putumayo River, Peru, Aug. 14, 1920.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 121

Culex putumayensis, new species.

Male.—Proboscis slender, black; palpi slender, black, the last two segments
upturned, longer than the proboscis by the last two segments; last two seg-
ments not enlarged and clothed with sparse, fine, blackish hairs. Antennae
almost black, each segment except the last two clothed with dense whorls of
black hairs; last two segments elongate with numerous short hairs. Occiput
brownish with numerous narrow, curved, yellowish scales and erect, forked,
yellowish scales; sides with broad, flat, whitish scales. Prothoracic lobes widely
separated with a few scales and hairs. Mesonotum brownish-yellow, clothed
with very small hair-like, golden yellowish scales with bronzy reflections and
scattered black setae. Scutellum trilobed with long, black hairs and golden
yellow scales on the lobes. Postnotum nude, dark brown. Abdomen densely
clothed with black scales which give a bluish reflection in certain lights; basal
white bands distinct and prominent except on the first and second and the last
two segments; last two segments with prominent white lateral spots; venter
brownish scaled with distinct basal whitish bands on the last four segments.
Legs entirely black, the scales giving a metallic bluish reflection in certain
lights. Wings with broadly ovate and narrow, brownish scales. Halteres with
dark brown knobs, yellowish on basal part.

Hypopygium (Figure 1).—Side-piece somewhat longer than wide, stout,
clothed with scales and long spines; shorter spines on the lower surface. Apical
lobe divided; base of inner lobe columnar, not divided and bears two elongate,
parallel distorted filaments,—one hooked and the other sharply pointed; outer
division columnar and bears a broad, angularly hooked filament, a stout spine,
two peculiar spatulate structures supported on their outer sides by thickened
borders, and a single short spine. Clasper a little more than one-half as long as

Figure 1. Hypopygium of Culex putumayensis. Only
the apical portion of the 10th sternite is shown.

122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

the side-piece, thickly snout-shaped, the snout strongly crested, two setae
below the groove, terminal horn and stout appendiculate spine. Tenth sternites
slender, comb-shaped, each with about seven teeth. Mesosome consists of
two narrow, elongate plates, expanded laterally near the middle but without
teeth. Ninth tergites large, broadly elliptical, approximate, slightly oblique,
and clothed with fine setae on their posterior half.

Female and larva unknown.

Type.—One male from the Amazon River, collected by
Dr. J. C. Bradley, Aug. 7, 1920. Hypopygium mounted on a
slide. U.S. National Museum No. 50353.

Paratypes—TYwo males, Putumayo River, Peru, Aug. 10,
1920. Hypopygia mounted on slides; five males taken on the
Amazon River, near Peru, Aug. 7, 1920. Two paratypes in the
collection of the U. S. National Museum; the others in the
collection of Cornell University.

Mansonia amazonensis Theo.

One male from Bella Horizonte, Minas Gerais, Brazil, Nov.,
1919; one female from Porto America, Putumayo River,

Brazil, Sept., 1920.

Mansonia humeralis Dyar & Knab.

Ucayali River, Peru, July, 1925; Sint Barbara Plantation,
Surinam River, Surinam, Apr. 15, 1927; Kwakoegron and
Ongelijk, Surinam, June 1 and May 1, 1927. Dyar (1928)
records this species from Colombia, Venezuela, British Guiana
and Brazil. Bonne and Bonne-Wepster (1925) record taking
only a single specimen in Surinam.

Trichoprosopon (Joblotia) splendens Lutz.

One female from McKenzie River, British Guiana, June 23,
1927. This species has hitherto been recorded only from Brazil.

A NEW SPECIES OF CIRROSPILUS WESTWOOD
(CHALCIDOIDEA).
By A. B. GaHan,
Bureau of Entomology, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

The following description is published at this time in order

to make the name available for use by Mr. Frank L. Marsh,
to whom the writer is indebted for the material.

i)
o>)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 1

Cirrospilus inimicus, new species.

This species can be distinguished from others of the genus
only by differences in the details of coloration.

Female.—Length 2.4 mm. Head, except occiput, pale yellow, occiput black;
mandibles reddish at apex; palpi and rest of mouthparts yellow; antennal
scape yellow with a broad black longitudinal stripe on inner side; pedicel and
flagellum black above, more or less yellowish beneath; prothorax black above
and below, the prosternum narrowly bordered with yellow, and the pronotum
with a broad oblong yellow spot at each lateral posterior angle, these spots
broadly separated: mesoscutum yellow except for a large, irregularly semicircular
area at the anterior margin of the median lobe; axillae yellow; scutellum and
postscutellum bronzy black, propodeum entirely black; dorsum of metathorax
black but with two transversely elongate yellow spots which are separated by
the postscutellum; meso- and metathorax entirely black laterally and beneath;
anterior coxae yellow, median and posterior pairs yellow at apex; all trochanters,
all femora and the posterior tibiae yellow; anterior tibiae yellow but with a
blackish posterior margin; median tibiae yellow with a broad, usually in-
complete, black band near the middle; anterior tarsi fuscous, the median and
posterior pairs, except apical joint, yellow; tegulae yellow; wings hyaline, the
venation yellowish; abdomen black above and below, but with the apical half
or more of first tergite and the lateral margins of tergites 2 to 5 yellow, the
black area at base of first tergite triangularly produced caudad at the middle;
ovipositor sheaths black.

Both funicle joints longer than broad, subequal; head without distinct
sculpture; thorax dorsally and ventrally with distinct shallow reticulate punc-
tate sculpture, the axillae smooth and scapulae less distinctly sculptured than
median lobe of mesoscutum; propodeum weakly reticulated, shining, with a
distinct median carina but without lateral folds; abdomen about as long as
head and thorax, with weak reticulate sculpture, the first tergite and yellow
portions of following tergites apparently smooth.

Male.—Length 1.75 mm. Color variable. The allotype specimen largely
yellow with the following black markings. Antennal pedicel above, a large,
semicircular area at base of prescutum, scutellum on apical two-thirds, propo-
deum except for a small spot near each lateral posterior angle and one in the
middle, sutures between mesopleura and metapleura, a moderately broad
submedian band on each middle tibia, a broad apical band on dorsum of
third tergite, all of fourth tergite dorsally and all of fifth tergite dorsally except
for a large rounded spot at each anterior lateral angle. Wings hyaline; venation
pale yellow. Eyes slightly reddish.

The color in both sexes is variable but distinctly more so in
the male than in the female. Some female paratypes have the
head mostly black with only the frons and face yellow. The
prothorax is sometimes entirely black, the coxae of at least
one female are all blackish, and in several specimens the yellow
area on abdomen is greatly reduced. The great majority of the
females, however, agree with the type. Males may have the

124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934

head entirely yellow or yellow with a narrow transverse streak
of blackish on the occiput, the prothorax mostly yellow with
the anterior margin black, the scutellum entirely yellow to
entirely black, the propodeum mostly yellow to entirely black,
and the black area on abdomen slightly variable in extent.
Among the females examined length varied from 1.5 to 2.5 mm.
and among the males from 1.4 to 1.9 mm.

Type locality.—Hinsdale, Ill.

Type.—Cat. No. 50149 U. S. N. M:

Described from 23 females and 6 males said to have been
reared from Spilocryptus extrematis (Cresson) infesting Cecropia
at Hinsdale, IIl., August 30, 1933, by Frank L. Marsh.

MINUTES OF THE 455TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, APRIL 5, 1934.

The 455th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, April 5, 1934, in Room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were present
38 members and 37 visitors.

Under notes and exhibition of specimens, Mr. John Smith of New Jersey
discussed the mouthparts of the dragon fly and exhibited a mechanical model
to show how they functioned.

H. H. Richardson discussed briefly some phases of his work on the Phlox
plant bug, Lopidea davisi Knight, and showed lantern slides of nymphs hatching.

Among those present were Dr. J. Chester Bradley, Dr. V. S. L. Pate, and
Major J. A. LePrince. Dr. Bradley, upon invitation, greeted the Society.

Mr. A. B. Gahan presented a note on the identity of two Chalcidoid tick
parasites of the family Encyrtidae, [xodiphagus texanus Howard and Hunterellus
hookeri Howard, stating that at present these were the only known parasites
of the tick.

Dr. S. B. Fracker discussed the influence of the weather during the past
winter on entomological work in various portions of the United States.

The first communication on the regular program was by W. D. Reed of the
Tobacco Insect Laboratory, Richmond, Virginia, and entitled “Infestation of
Turkish Type Tobaccos.”’ Before proceeding with his discussion, Mr. Reed
conveyed to the society the greetings of the following European entomologists:
Dr. C. A. Isaakides, Director of the Benaki Institute, and Technical Advisor
of the Minister of Agriculture of Greece; Nesip Bey, Director of the Scientific
Section, Turkish Tobacco Monopoly, Instabul; Prof. F. Silvestri, Portici,
Italy; Dr. Paul Marchal, Paris, France; and Prof. J. W. Munro and Mr. G. V. B.
Hereford, Imperial College of Science and Technology, London.

During the period July 29 to October 16, 1933, Mr. Reed made a survey of
tobacco districts in Greece and Turkey. This survey was made in order to
determine the distribution and abundance of cured tobacco insects in the Near
East and to cooperate with the importers of Turkish tobacco in working out
satisfactory control measures. The principal insects attacking cured tobacco

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 5, MAY, 1934 [25

are the cigarette beetle (Lasioderma serricorne Fab.) and the moth (Ephestia
elutella Ubn.).

A short account was given of visits made to various tobacco districts in Greece
and Turkey and lantern slides of the cultivating, curing, and storing of Turkish
tobacco were shown.

A total of 68 tobacco warehouses were inspected for insect infestation. The
warehouses were the property of American tobacco companies, Greek tobacco
merchants, and the Turkish Monopoly.

Infestation was found to be most severe where large stocks of old tobaccos
were stored or where accumulations of scrap tobacco were allowed to remain in
the building. This scrap is a by-product of the manipulation of Turkish tobacco
into the various grades which meet trade requirements.

The warehouses visited were divided into Groups A and B on the basis of the
amount of old-crop tobacco and scrap in the building. Those in Group A, 30
in number, contained none or very small amounts of old tobacco and scrap,
while the 38 in Group B contained large quantities of these tobaccos. In Group
A 235 bales of tobacco were examined and in Group B 188 bales. The data
obtained from these inspections showed the following per cent of the bales
infested:

Group A. Group B.

Ep pe StvGNCIUECL ake) @ Tks eee ees SP) 90.4
Lastoderma serricorne Fab... 26.4 35.6
IMGCTOUAZCOM: HECELOTA (Say) eee 28.1 61.2
Aplastomorpha calendrae (How.)......... re ene 4 5.8
INemeritis canescens (Grav) = 0 5.8
Tenebroides mauritanicus VW. 0 8.0
Pediculoides ventricosus Newp....-------------- 0 2.0

The old tobacco and scrap stored in the warehouses support heavy infestations
of insects and it is likely that this factor is responsible for the heavier infestation
in the storage of Group A.

Microbracon hebetor (Say) and Nemeritis canescens (Grav.) were parasitizing
the larvae of Ephestia, and Aplastomorpha calendrae (How.), the larvae of the
cigarette beetle. Tenebroides mauritanicus L. and the mite, Pediculoides ventri-
cosus Newp., were preying on the larvae of the cigarette beetle. (Author’s
abstract.)

This paper was discussed by Dr. MeIndoo.

The second communication on the regular program was by Dr. F. C. Bishopp,
entitled ““Combating Mosquitoes with an Army of 25,000 Unemployed Work-
ers.” Dr. Bishopp showed numerous lantern slides illustrating the type of
work being done and told some of the difficulties encountered in its execution.

An interesting discussion of this paper was given by Major J. A. LePrince.

Meeting adjourned at 10.25 p. M.

P. W. Oman,
Acting Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, May 25, 1934.

VOL. 36 JUNE, 1934 No. 6

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

GREENE, CHARLES T.——A REVISION OF THE GENUS ANASTREPHA BASED ON
A STUDY OF THE WINGS AND ON THE LENGTH OF THE OVIPOSITOR

SHEA THs (DIPTERA RRVBETUDA'E) 0 aj va say wet as. Ges sR eT ioe IT

WALTON, Ws R.JOHN MERTON ALDRICH, PH.D. 4.4 2s «4 a ms. 0 80

AASOMAN LASTS
A\\WOt AN IAS 7/77 5S
\\ : Tig
193 fl
JO 4 Y
Pus.isHep Montruty Except Jury, Aucust anpD SEP BER) z ~<A
NAL MUSE

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the Nationa] Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGS and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

anoramyePresident ei en, ee ee .. .L.0. HOWARS
President as oe as ok eee J. S. WADE
Birst Vice-President © 2120s. 2 eee ee ee B. A. PORTER
Second Vice=Presiaent Sos... Ge seeee ee .... S B. FRACKEE
Recording Seerplary 3-2. .« UY aye ee ee P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . . . 1... 2 ess S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
iditog fcc hs mt eek be oe ie ee ae W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C. |
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewrnea,
F. L. CampBeE Lt.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SEICNELS cvs ok SAGES, Ce CO eee H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 Ppa a Lop:
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 2.25 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 36 JUNE, 1934 No. 6

A REVISION OF THE GENUS ANASTREPHA BASED ON A
STUDY OF THE WINGS AND ON THE LENGTH
OF THE OVIPOSITOR SHEATH (DIP-
TERA: TRYPETIDAE).

By Cuartes T. GReENE.!

The two-winged flies of the dipterous genus Anastrepha,
belonging to the family Trypetidae, are usually referred to as
fruit flies because their larvae live in the pulp of fresh fruits.
Many of them, such as the Mexican fruit fly (4. /udens Loew)
and the West Indian fruit fly (4. acidusa Walker), infest fruits
of commercial value and cause considerable damage. In order to
prevent the introduction of such injurious forms into the
country, the United States Government has established certain
quarantines against fruit flies and the proper recognition of the
different species of the genus Anastrepha has in consequence
become increasingly important. It is hoped that this paper will
prove useful in the identification of the species belonging to this
genus.

Prof. M. Bezzi, who revised this genus in 1909 (3), included
only 20 species; while Dr. Friedrich Hendel, in his revision
published in 1914 (/#), treated 32 species. The present paper
includes 54 species, of which 16 are new to science. Repre-
sentatives of 45 of these species, including the types of all of the
new species described herein, are contained in the collection of

1 The writer wishes to thank the following persons for their assistance in
helping to make this revision much more complete than it would otherwise
have been: Dr. Friedrich Hendel, for his generous loan of types and type material
for study; Dr. H. Zerny, of the Vienna Museum, through Dr. J. M. Aldrich,
for the loan of the type of Anastrepha fraterculus Wied.; the British Museum,
through Dr. F. W. Edwards and Miss Daphne Aubertin, for photographs of
Walker’s types and notes on them; the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass., through Mr. Marston Bates, for the privilege of examining
several types of Loew’s species; Mr. E. E. Blanchard, Department of Agricul-
ture, Buenos Aires, Argentina, for supplying a copy of an obscure description;
and Dr. J. M. Aldrich, for assistance in translations and for helpful suggestions.

Nearly all of the material used in this revision was furnished by the Bureau
of Entomology and the Bureau of Plant Quarantine of the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture. Messrs. Max Kisliuk, Jr., and C. E. Cooley furnished
many specimens which they collected on their fruit fly survey during 1931 and
1932, through the West Indies and South American countries. Several of the
species captured by them were new to the U. S. National Collection and some
proved to be new to science.

With certain exceptions noted, the photographs of the wings included in this
paper are by J. G. Pratt, photographer of the Bureau of Entomology. The pen
drawings are by the author.

128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

the United States National Museum, which served as the basis
for this revision.

As the writer had an opportunity to examine the types of a
great many species of this genus he has been able to record some
good characters which were omitted in the original descriptions.
These additions are mentioned in separate paragraphs under
certain species.

DEFINITION OF TERMS.

The terms used for some of the principal characters in the
accompanying descriptions may be defined as follows: (See
drawing of wing, fig. 1.)

,anterior crossvein
interruption on 3rd He i Nee Wek
ae __--apical crossband------—- =

Cotted /ine shows apex of V

stigmal area. '
Nes NN :

connected with main pattern '

costal vein,
.

humeral crossvein~

curvature of 4th vein

\
Noufer arm of V
\

e \
~ 5 \

P = :
Cay / ‘inverted V~

Z > oF .
‘inner arm of V Numbers 1to6 - longitudinal veins

Anastrepha wing hypothetical )
Fig. 1.—Wing of an Anastrepha, showing characters.

Main pattern: Includes all the color pattern on the basal two
thirds of the wing. There is usually a definite line marking the
outer limits of this pattern, extending diagonally across the
wing just beyond the anterior crossvein.

Stigmal area: This is the space along the costal or anterior
margin of the wing extending from the tip of the auxiliary vein
to the tip of the first longitudinal vein and limited posteriorly
by this latter vein.

Hyaline costal area: This space begins at the tip of the first
longitudinal vein and extends posteriorly across the wing at least
to the second and usually to the third longitudinal vein. In
some species this area continues beyond the third vein and is
continuous with the hyaline area which includes: the second
basal cell. It is absent in a few species.

Interruption on third vein: This term means that the hyaline
costal area is not continuous to the base of the wing to include
the second basal cell. The yellow or brown pattern extends
across the third longitudinal vein, causing an interruption of the
hyaline space at this vein. When the hyaline costal area
extends posteriorly from the costal margin to include the second
basal cell it is then called ‘‘ continuous.”

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 129

Anterior crossvein: A small crossvein near the middle of the
wing, on the upper side of the discal cell, connecting the third
and fourth longitudinal veins.

Apical crossband: Yhe narrow portion of the color pattern
along the apical costal portion of the wing. It is really a con-
tinuation of the main pattern and terminates at the margin of
the wing between the apices of the third and fourth longitudinal
veins.

Curvature of the fourth vein: The apical tip of the fourth
longitudinal vein curves upward to the margin of the wing and
unites with the tip of the costal vein.

Inverted V: This portion of the pattern is shaped like the
letter V inverted. The tips of the arms reach the posterior
margin of the wing. The point at which the two arms join is
called the apex and is usually at the third longitudinal vein or
slightly anterior to this vein. The narrow arm, nearer the tip
of the wing, is called the “outer arm”; the broad arm is called
the “inner arm.”

When the apex of the V is prolonged beyond the third longi-
tudinal vein and connects with the main pattern it is termed
“connected”? (dotted lines in figure 1 show it connected).
When the apex of the V stops at the third longitudinal vein it
is termed “disconnected” because a broad hyaline area separates
it from the main pattern.

For additional information on characters used in this paper
see text figures | to 4, inclusive.

Anas trepha acidusa Walker

_- scute/llum

_dorsocentrals
a

_ecrostichals

~ pos talar

hae Female Abdomen

/ateral view

Thoracic bristles

dorsal view

Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of thorax of adult Anastrepha acidusa, showing bristles.

Fig. 3.—Lateral view of thorax of adult Anastrepha acidusa, showing bristle,
scutellum, postscutellum, and metanotum.

Fig. 4.—Sheath of ovipositor of a female Anastrepha.

130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Genus ANASTREPHA Schiner.

Anastrepha was described by Schiner in 1868 (28, p. 263) in
his Reise Novara, page 263. The genotype is Dacus serpentina

Wied.

Head hemispherical; eyes bare; front broad, slightly longer than wide;
surface of front with numerous very short black setae; a vertical row of large
bristles on each side; face vertically impressed on each side beneath the antenna;
epistoma somewhat prominent, no vibrissae, mouth opening large; proboscis
with large labellae; palpi rather broad; antenna with basal joints short, third
joint slender, a little longer than first two together; arista long and slender,
microscopically pubescent. Mesonotum slightly convex, with large bristles
at the sides and a transverse row anterior to the scutellum; scutellum with four
large bristles. Abdomen not much longer than thorax, with five segments;
male genitalia somewhat prominent; abdomen of female projecting style-like;
this projection or ovipositor ranges in length from two-thirds the length of the
abdomen to a length slightly longer than head, thorax, and abdomen together.
Legs rather long; front femora bristled below; middle tibiae with apical bristles;
metatarsi not shortened. Wings large as a rule, with brown bands; apical
portion of auxiliary vein bent forward almost at a right angle, into the costal
vein; first and third longitudinal veins setulose; apical portion of fourth longi-
tudinal vein curved up toward the third and joining with the tip of the costal
vein; small crossvein beyond the middle of the discal cell; anal cell drawn out
to a point on the posterior edge.

This genus is most closely related to 4cidia and Hexachaeta.
The scutellum has four large macrochaetae like the former,
whereas the latter has six macrochaetae. It differs from both
genera in having the apical portion of the fourth longitudinal
vein curved forward to unite with the tip of the costal vein.
This genus is found only in the western hemisphere and occupies
the same position there as the genus Dacus occupies in the
eastern hemisphere.

For students interested in the genus A4nastrepha papers by
Crawford (7), Dampf (8, 9), Darby and Kapp (/0), Greene
(73), Isaac (75), Lima (/8), Mackie (22), McPhail and Bliss
(27), Silvestri (30), and Wille (35) are included in the literature
list, although having more of a biological or economic than a
taxonomic bearing.

The Aldrich Catalog (/) is listed because the genus Avastrepha
is mentioned, although at the time this catalog was published
there were no species known from the United States.

The article by Bezzi (4) was included but the writer was:
unable definitely to place the species mentioned.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 131

TABLE OF SPECIES.

Females.

», [Denis lopetoniiat tele) Soveeaellsy; LoVe, GOONS a ee ee cat te eceeeeccencenecene 2

Naello was PECtes eA ee ah al Fe eS SAE IN ot, a ee ee 5
Hyaline costal area present
Hyaline costal area absent

. Hyaline costal area interrupted just before the third vein; only the

inner arm of the V present, beginning near apex of sixth vein,
extending upward along the posterior crossvein and ending at
the third vein. Ovipositor sheath 3 mm. long. (West Indies,
Trinidad, Mexico, Central America, Peru, Brazil, Ecuador).
serpentina Wied., p. 142
Hyaline costal area continuous to the base of the second basal cell;
only the inner arm of the V present, connected with the main
pattern along the posterior margin of the wing and extending
upward along, and ending just beyond the tip of, the posterior
crossvein. Ovipositor sheath 3 mm. long. (Ecuador).
ornata Aldrich, p. 143

. Wing mostly hyaline; a dark brown band along the costa to the tip

of the fourth longitudinal vein; a dark brown band from the

posterior border following the posterior crossvein to slightly

beyond its tip; a dark band from the base of the wing extending

to the tip of the sixth vein. Ovipositor sheath 2 mm. long.

(BrazileiParaouciy) ee eee cose oe si Ne eR daciformis Bezzi, p. 143
Wing entirely infuscated, much darker in front of the third longi-

tudinal vein; a darkened area at the base of the wing between

the fifth and sixth veins, fading out just beyond the crossvein.

Ovipositor sheath 5.5 mm. long. (Paraguay) _macrura Hendel, p. 143

» Dorsum) offthorax with) onelormore black markings= ses 6
Dorsumiof thorass with omtsrcaniyalolac kementskttn one ey eee 26
Dorsal markings im) the rosmuotia band on stripes =. es ee 7
Dorsal markings in the formyof ajspotor spotss. = 10

With a broad, transverse, dark brown band on the posterior margin
of the thorax. Hyaline costal area broadly interrupted on third
vein; V complete, its apex connected with the main pattern.
Ovipositor sheath robust, three-fourths as long as the abdomen.
(Mexico, Guatemala, Venezuela)... robusta, n. sp., p. 144
Withaventicaladankabrowinns thi cs seen note ees eens See 8

. Four vertical black stripes, the outer ones interrupted at the trans-

verse suture and connected transversely on posterior edge of
thorax. Abdomen with three transverse dark brown bands; last
segment with two large brown spots. Inner arm of V very con-
spicuously large and dark brown; outer arm very narrow, pale
yellow. Ovipositor sheath as long as thorax and abdomen together
(British#londunas) paar ee cordata Aldrich, p. 144
Two vertical black stripes interrupted at transverse suture

132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

9. Wing pattern dark yellow; inverted V with only the inner arm pres-

10.

11.

12"

14.

iNSe

16.

17.

ent, located on posterior crossvein, extending from the fourth
longitudinal vein to the posterior margin. Ovipositor sheath
robust, one and one-fourth times as long as the abdomen. (Brazil,
Peru, ‘Pataguay kee ie: = cent ood ee ee grandis, Macq., p. 145
Wing pattern yellow with some ae near base of wing; inverted V
with both arms present, mostly brown, disconnected from main
pattern. Ovipositor sheath robust, almost as long as the abdomen.
(Mexico, Central America, Trinidad, West Indies, Bolivia)...
striata Schiner, p. 145

With one spot at middle of posterior edge of thorax... 11
With two or three spots on posterior edge of thorax.........................---.----..-23
Hyaline costal area absent; inner arm of V connected at its apex

and on the fourth longitudinal vein with the main pattern; outer
arm absent. Ovipositor slightly longer than the abdomen.

(Surinam Brazil) eee oe eee eee atrigona Hend., p. 146
Etyaline’costall area. presents. tec ee eee 12
Hyaline area interrupted on third jesewaninel Vell ssn 13
Hyaline area continuous to include second basal cell. 22

Abdominal segments 2, 3, and 4 each with a transverse black band.
Inner arm of V usually extending to third vein; outer arm short,
extending slightly beyond fourth vein. Ovipositor sheath half as
long as head, thorax, and abdomen together. (Cuba, Isle of Pines)

tricincta Loew, p. 146

Abdominal segments without black markings

Costa with a broad, very dark brown band from base of wing to tip
of first vein. Ovipositor sheath as long as last three abdominal
segments combined. (Jamaica)... longimacula, n. sp., p. 146

Gostabnot’as above: 2 te eee ee ee eee

Ovipositor sheath shorter than the abdomen... ---e i enecenenenceeeeeeee

Ovipositor sheath as long as or longer than the abdomen

V connected with main pattern; species of a more golden brown
color; hyaline costal area usually interrupted on third vein.
Ovipositor sheath as long as last three abdominal segments com-
bined. (Puerto Rico, Cuba, Florida) ................. suspensa Loew, p. 147

V not connected with main pattern; species paler yellow... 7

Black spot on dorsum of thorax always present. Hyaline costal
area interrupted on third vein; width of apical crossband never
more than half the length of anterior crossvein; stigmal area with
a brownish tinge. ‘Ovipositor sheath as long as last three abdomi-
nal segments combined. (Peru, Chili)..__.peruviana Towns, p. 148

Black spot on dorsum of thorax usually absent. Hyaline costal area
interrupted on third vein; width of apical crossband about three-
fourths the length of anterior crossvein; stigmal area dark brown
and a little longer than in peruviana. Ovipositor sheath as long
as last three abdominal segments combined. (Brazil, Uruguay,

Petia) fics 7 07 Mie OT peeimee Me ee RO ON, ee tee meee distans Hend., p. 149

18.

19.

i
nN

23.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Ovipositor sheath not longer than the abdomen. Interruption on
third vein not more than one half the length of anterior crossvein;
V not connected with the main pattern. Metanotum with a black
sétipe on each side (Pera)... iy pilates net distincta, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath longer than the abdomen...
Ovipositor sheath only a little longer than the abdomen _.
Ovipositor sheath at least as long as thorax and abdomen...
. Ovipositor sheath only slightly longer than abdomen. V not con-

nected with the main pattern; interruption on third vein as long
as anterior crossvein. Metanotum entirely yellow. (Panama)...

panamensis, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath one and one third times as long as the abdomen.
V not connected with the main pattern; interruption on third vein
not more than half as long as anterior crossvein. Metanotum with

a black mark on each side. (Mexico, Texas) .__/udens, Loew, p.
. Ovipositor sheath slender, about as long as the thorax and abdomen

together. Interruption on third vein about as long as anterior
crossvein; V usually connected with the main pattern; inner arm

of V mostly dark brown. (Canal Zone). passiflorae, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath very slender, slightly longer than head, thorax,
and abdomen together. Interruption on third vein nearly equal
in length to anterior crossvein; V not connected with the main
jOMaterea ((Ceyneall 7Aoyate)) ts zeteki, n. Sp., Pp.

. Inverted V incomplete; inner arm dark brown, not connected with

main pattern; outer arm absent or at most represented by only a
brown spot on or near fourth vein. Ovipositor sheath almost as
long as the abdomen. (Guatemala, Honduras, Trinidad)...

leptozona Hend., p.

Inverted V complete, both arms complete, not connected with main
pattern. Ovipositor sheath very slightly longer than the abdo-

mens (Brazil Panama) Oooh 1214 ED similis, n. sp., p.
With two black spots on posterior edge of thorax

With three (rarely two) somewhat elongated black spots on posterior
edge; scutellum with a black latero-basal spot on each side; basal
third of scutellum reddish brown, apical portion pale yellow.
Wing pattern pale yellow; hyaline costal area continuous to include
second basal cell; inner arm of V broadly connected at its apex
with the main pattern; outer arm absent. Ovipositor sheath
slender, half as long as head, thorax, and abdomen together.

(liexa’s, Melon ras) eee Be Biot hh sen bil Sl pallens Coq., p.

133

150

151

152

153

154

24. Bristles of thorax reddish; thoracic spots large, rounded. 25

25:

Bristles of thorax black; thoracic spots small, not definitely rounded.
Wing pattern mostly dark brown, sharply defined; hyaline costal
area continuous; VY dark brown, arms narrow, usually not con-
nected. Ovipositor sheath slightly longer than last three abdomi-
naliseo ments (bhai) pean eee hens 2 brazilensis, n. sp., p-

Abdominal segments 3 to 5 each with two dorsal brown spots.
Hyaline costal area continuous to second basal cell; inverted V

154

134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

30.

Silk

34.

with both arms complete, narrow, reaching to the third vein but
not connected together. Ovipositor sheath slender, almost as long

as abdomen. (Brazil, Paraguay)... _.punctata Hend., p. 155
Abdominal segments without spots. Otherwise like punctata.
(Brazil). eee oe ie henge ano sp pales

Palpi broadly black tans anil care Ovipositor half as long as
head, thorax, and abdomen together. (Bolivia)...
veeeie Hen -<pMilsG
Palpientirely: yellow.c2..e es rad oe ee es ee 27

. Inverted V absent; hyaline costal area not quite ee the third

vein; a semihyaline area at tip of first posterior cell; a semihyaline
triangular area on posterior border of second posterior cell;
another such area just beyond the middle of the third posterior
cell extending backward to base of wing. Ovipositor sheath
almost as long as thorax and abdomen together. (Trinidad)...

obscura, Ald., p. 157

Inverteday spresentacompleteionincomplerc===== == nae 28
. Inverted V incomplete (outer arm absent or only part of it present).....29
InvertedaVccomplete (both armsypresert:) meses e eee anne anne nn nannaIe

. Outer arm of V absent; inner arm of nearly uniform width, paler at

apex, which touches the third vein, not connected with the main

pattern; basal half of wing entirely dark yellow. Ovipositor sheath

almost as long as abdomen. (Para, Brazil ?)bivittata Macq., p. 157
Outer arm of V usually present in part
Hyaline costal area broadly continuous to include second basal. cell;

inner arm of V pointed at apex and barely reaching third vein;

outer arm sometimes absent but usually there is an elongated

brown spot on or near the fourth vein. Ovipositor sheath robust,

hardly longer than last three abdominal segments. (Guatemala,

Gonduras, Trinidad). 20) Sec oo= 20 eee leptozona Hend., p. 153
Fiyaline ‘costal area extending, to, third vente =. 5 ee 31
Inner arm of V of nearly uniform width, its apex broadly connected

with main pattern; outer arm extending from margin of the wing

to or slightly beyond fourth vein. Ovipositor sheath slightly

longer than thorax and abdomen together. (Brazil) =.

hamata Loew, p. 157

Inner arm of V wide at the base, tapering to apex, where it is paler,

touching third vein and narrowly disconnected from main pattern;

outer arm narrow, extending from margin of wing to slightly be-

yond fourth vein. Ovipositor sheath half as long as head, thorax,

and abdomen together. (Jamaica)... ocresia Walker, p. 158
WV/ (elovavianveretuere! Siilielay inMebual ORME ee 33
\/ no ticonnected iwitiaimaaiint pa tte rm eee ee en 42
. Hyaline costal area interrupted near the second or on the third vein _____ 34
Hyaline costal area continuous to include second basal cell... 41
Hyaline costal area interrupted just before the second vein... 35
Hyaline costal area interrupted on the third vein. 36

36.

Sil

38.

Sy).

40.

41.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

. Scutellum with a black spot at the apex. Wing pattern normal at the

stigmal area; apex of V broadly connected with main pattern.
Length of ovipositor sheath not given in description. (Mexico)...
tripunctata v. d. Wulp, p.

Scutellum entirely yellow. Wing with a large rectangular brownish-
black spot which includes the stigmal area; apex of V broadly con-
nected with main pattern; inner arm of V connected with main
pattern along posterior margin of wing. Ovipositor sheath one
and one third times as long as the abdomen. Species 7.5 mm.

(without ovipositor sheath). (Peru)..cryptostrepha Hend., p.

A species very similar but much larger (13 mm. without ovipositor

sheath). (Bolivia) na pool A abee aed 2 Bees conjuncta Hend., p.

Ovipositor sheath as long as or longer than the abdomen
Ovipositor sheath shorter than the abdomen...
Ovipositor sheath as long as the abdomen. Hyaline costal area
narrowly interrupted on third vein; arms of V slender, pale;
apex of V very narrowly connected or disconnected with the

main pattern; wing color pale. (Trinidad) Sylvicola Knab, p.

Ovipositor sheath one and one fourth times as long as the abdomen,
much enlarged on basal two thirds. Hyaline costal area very
broadly interrupted on third vein; inner arm of V very broad;
apex of V very broadly connected with main pattern at third
vein and inner arm narrowly on fourth vein; wing color dark golden

lynn (Gbsiayvolzvel)) ee ee urichi, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath more than half length of abdomen
Ovipositor sheath half or less than half length of abdomen
Ovipositor sheath three fourths as long as abdomen. Apex of V
broadly connected with main pattern; outer edge of outer arm
continuing in a straight line a little anterior to the second vein;
stigmal area deep yellow, a little shorter than the preceding costal
Sections 9 (raziley zamena) meen seeeeeenee avipennis, n. sp., p.
Ovipositor sheath three fourths as long as abdomen. Apex of V
narrowly connected with main pattern; outer edge of outer arm
arcuated at third vein; stigmal area dark brown, as long as the

preceding costal section. (Trinidad)... trinidadensis, n. sp., Pp.

Ovipositor sheath half as long as abdomen. Wing more brown than
yellow; hyaline costal area interrupted on the third vein and
constricted on the second vein; apex of VY narrowly connected
with the main pattern. (Brazil, Trinidad). ethalea Walker, p.

Ovipositor sheath as long as the last three abdominal segments com-
bined. Hyaline costal area usually broadly interrupted on third
vein, not constricted on second vein; apex of V broadly con-
nected with main pattern. (West Indies, Panama)...

acidusa Walker, p.

Bristles of head and thorax black. Stigmal area grayish; dark color of
outer arm of VY forms a definite black line between the third and
fourth veins. Ovipositor sheath about two thirds as long as
abdomen. (Cuba, Canal Zone, Honduras). obliqua Macq., p.

135

159

160

161

162

163

136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

42.

43.

44,

45.

46.

47.

48.

49°

50.

Bristles of head and thorax reddish yellow. Stigmal area yellowish-
brown; wing otherwise like that of od/iqgua. Ovipositor sheath
about two thirds as long as abdomen. (Brazil).

xanthochaeta Hend., p.

Hyaline costal area interrupted on third vein.

Hyaline costal area continuous to include cone baal cell

Inner arm of V connected with main pattern on posterior margin of
wing. Ovipositor sheath as long as last three abdominal segments.
QP era) os. i co es EE A ae UES DL he Be lambda, Hend., p.

Inner arm of V not connected with the main pattern

Ovipositor sheath shorter than the abdomen

Ovipositor sheath as long or longer than abdomen

Ovipositor sheath three fourths as long as abdomen

Ovipositor sheath not more than two thirds as long as abdomen

Bristles of thorax black. Apex of V narrowly disconnected from
main pattern; stigmal area dark brown, as long as the preceding
costal section. Species 6 mm. long. (Trinidad)...................

trinidadensis, n. sp., p.

Bristles of thorax red. Apex of V broadly disconnected from main
pattern; stigmal area deep yellow, as long as the preceding costal
section; wing color mostly light yellow. Species 8 to 9 mm. long.
@icinudadh Brazil) ee eee eee eee pseudoparallela Loew, p.

Ovipositor sheath two thirds as long as the abdomen. Stigmal area
brownish, three fourths as long as preceding costal area; apex of V
not connected with main pattern; arms moderately broad. (Brazil,
Trinidad, Costa Rica, Guatemala) (see peruviana)...........-..---------

Fraterculus Wied., p.

Ovipositor sheath as long as last three abdominal segments com-
bined. Stigmal area dark brown, almost as long as preceding
costal area; apex of V not connected with main pattern; arms
narrow. (Brazil, Uruguay, Peru.) Species slightly larger than
PR GPCT CUMS 2 she NEO 1 1 EEA See tet distans Hend., p.

Ovipositor sheath as long as abdomen

Ovipositor sheath longer than abdomen

Bristles of thorax reddish-yellow. Arms of V slender, pale colored;
apex of V very narrowly disconnected or connected with main
pattern; stigmal area as long as the preceding costal area; wing
coloripales a (@inmidad) =.) ae sylvicola Knab., p.

Bristles of thorax black. Arms of V very slender, not connected at
apex of V; apex of V not connected with main pattern. Species
smaller thansy/acolg. ((Peru) = ee, distincta, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath robust, one and one half times as long as abdomen.
Wing broad, deep yellow; anterior and posterior margins not
parallel; V well marked, its apex not connected with main pattern;
outer arm broad. Speciesrobust. (Brazil). townsendi, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath very slender, as long as:the thorax and abdomen
together. Wing narrow, pale yellow, anterior and posterior

161

164

hls Ree: 43

164

149

165

Bille

mn
to

54.

SER

56.

57.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

margins parallel; apex of V not connected with main pattern;
outer arm narrow. Species slender. (Colombia).

pallidipennis, n. sp., p.
Ovipositomsheathishorten than abdomens ss.) asses eee

Ovipositor sheath as long as or longer than abdomen...

Arms of V always connected at apex. Species more robust than
braziliensis. (Brazil)
Ovipositor sheath a little longer than last three abdominal segments
combined. Arms of V seldom connected at apex. Species more
slender than so/uta. Pattern darker brown, more sharply defined.
Usually with posterior dorsal angles of thorax brown. (Brazil)...
braziliensis, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath at least as long as head, thorax, and abdomen
together
Ovipositor sheath shorter than thorax and abdomen together
Ovipositor sheath slender, much longer than head, thorax, and
abdomen together. Apex of first posterior cell much narrowed

on apical margin of wing. (Guatemala) barnes Ald., p.

Ovipositor sheath robust, as long as head, thorax, and abdomen to-
gether. Apex of first posterior cell normal, not narrowed in apical

AAG ETI Hinyy/ ta eam (UES 721271) ) ee en consobrina Loew, p.

Ovipositor sheath as long as abdomen
Ovipositor sheath longer than abdomen
Ovipositor sheath very slender; abdomen a little longer than broad.
Stigmal area three times as long as broad. Bristles of thorax
blacks = Species) paleryellow, andislender. (Rerun)
chiclayae, n. sp., p.

Ovipositor sheath more robust; abdomen as broad as long. Stigmal
area four times as long as broad. Bristles of thorax slightly
reddish. Species brownish yellow and more robust than chiclayae.
(Brazil eR amattria) ys wees ee ee) oh Oe ee ee similis, n. sp., Pp.
Ovipositor sheath slender, about as long as thorax and abdomen to-
gether. Stigmal area seven times as long as broad. (Brazil,
Paraguay)... PE SURE RUIN: vise asco oT AoA ua 1 on bln na Sar parallela Wied., p.
Ovipositor sheath a little longer than the abdomen, very much
enlarged at base, tapering to middle, thence very slender to tip.
Stigmal area five times as long as broad. (Trinidad, Dominican

UN Sa ull] (6) ea ah MS oe AR A Pa oo ee a integra Loew, p.

TABLE OF SPECIES.
Males.

Dark brown to nearly black species

Hyaline costal area absent; wing mostly hyaline; a dark brown band
along costa to tip of fourth longitudinal vein; a dark brown band
from posterior border following posterior crossvein to slightly

Pires etn ies eee NA, ASE ae soluta Bezzi, p.

DellOwsSPECLES eats. ner eee ae ties yeah bee, Nave ae ahi

166

oe 52

<5)

. Ovipositor sheath as long as last three abdominal segments combined’

—

167

168

138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO, 6, JUNE, 1934

10.

IIe

beyond its tip; a dark band from base of wing extending to tip of

sixth vein, (Brazilearacuay)p = ee ees daciformis Bezzi, p. 143
Hy aline costal varenupnesent<. ees aa ee ene 5s}

. Hyaline costal area interrupted just before third vein; only inner arm

of V present, beginning near apex of sixth vein, extending up-

ward along posterior crossvein and ending at third vein. (West

Indies, Trinidad, Mexico, Central America, Peru, Brazil, Ecuador)
serpentina Wied., p. 142

Hyaline costal area continuous to base of second basal cell; only

inner arm of V_ present, connected with main pattern along

posterior margin of wing and extending upward along, and ending
just beyond tip of, posterior crossvein. (Ecuador) ornata Ald., p. 143

Dorsum of thorax with one or more black markings._...... hae See ae
Dorsumiof thorax withoutaniya black meankinpes eee eee ee 23
. Dorsal markings in the form of a band or stripes... 6
Dorsal markings in the form of a spot or spots.....-------- 2-2-2 eee eee 8

With a broad, transverse, dark brown band on posterior margin of
thorax. Hyaline costal area broadly interrupted on third vein;
V complete, its apex connected with main pattern. (Mexico,
Guatemalas Vienezucla)) = a ee robusta, n. sp., p. 144
With two vertical brownish black stripes interrupted at transverse suture. 7
Wing pattern dark yellow; inverted V with only inner arm present,
located on posterior crossvein, extending from the fourth longi-
tudinal vein to the posterior margin. (Brazil, Peru, Paraguay) _-
grandis Macgq., p. 145
Wing pattern yellow with some brown near base of wing; inverted
V with both arms present, mostly brown, disconnected from
main pattern. (Mexico, Central America, Trinidad, West Indies,

SG) en oe oe Cee ee eee tet ee eee ee striata Schiner, p. 145
. With one spot at the middle of posterior edge of thorax. 9
With two or three spots on posterior edge of thorax... 20

. Hyaline costal area absent (pattern may be paler at apex of first longi-

tudinal vein). Inner arm of V broad, connected at its apex and on
fourth longitudinal vein with main pattern; outer arm absent.

(Surinam, Brazil) eee ers ee atrigona Hend., p. 146
My aline costal area present... 22) oe =e 10
Inverted V incomplete (only a portion of outer arm present)... 11
Inyerted V complete (both arms present)... il

Hyaline costal area continuous to include second basal cell; inner
arm of V complete to third vein; outer arm incomplete, straight,
extending slightly beyond fourth longitudinal vein. Abdomen
entirely yelow. (Guatemala, Honduras, Trinidad)...

leptozona Hend., p. 153

Hyaline costal area interrupted on third vein; inner arm of V com-
plete to third vein; outer arm incomplete, curved, extending
slightly beyond fourth longitudinal vein. Abdominal segments
2, 3, and 4 with a transverse black band. (Cuba, Isle of Pines)...

tricincta Loew, p. 146

13.

14:

16.

18.

19:

20.

Die

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 139

. Inverted’ VY ‘colnected'with*mam pattern" 227m Or BROW 13
Inverted V not connected with main pattern 2.0000 US
Base of wing with a broad blackish area extending to tip of first

longitudinal vein; hyaline area narrowly interrupted on third
weir (Jamaica) Bie Wait fe longimacula, n. sp., p. 146
Baseof wink without large black arda (3.02 294" QOS St SOEs 14
Hyaline costal area usually narrowly interrupted on third vein;
small species, golden brown in color. (Puerto Rico, Cuba, Florida)
suspensa Loew, p. 147
Hyaline costal area very broadly interrupted on third vein; large
pale yellow species. (Canal Zone)... passiflorae, n. sp., p. 151

. Bristles of thorax and abdomen deep reddish; hyaline costal area

interrupted on third vein; V indistinctly marked; wing pattern
Wey paleryellow-) (Bananas nee ree zeteki, n. sp., p. 152
Beisticsof thoraxtand abdomen black #™ 2s 2/200. Bart oT) 16
Hyaline costal area very narrowly continuous to include second basal
cell; V well marked to third vein; stigmal area almost as long as
preceding section. (Mexico, Texas)... ludens Loew, p. 151
Hyaline costal area narrowly to broadly interrupted on third vein 17
Stigmal area about one half as long as preceding costal area; inter-
ruption on third vein slightly longer than anterior crossvein; V
well marked, of nearly uniform color to the apex. (Panama)...
panamensis, n. sp., p. 150
Stigmal area at least two thirds as long as preceding costal area. 18
Stigmal area dark brown, almost as long as the preceding costal area;
apex of V pale yellow; arms connected at third vein; width of
apical crossband about three fourths the length of anterior cross-

Velie (Brazil Rug uciy= ert) meses e ene distans Hend., p. 149
Stigmal area with a brownish tinge; about two thirds as long as pre-
cedingycostal-areay 3 Ten Sen) Bie ae ERE EE he SEY Haare 19

Inverted V pale yellow at apex; outer arm very narrow; width of
apical crossband never more than half the length of anterior cross-
vein. Paler yellow species than distincta. (Peru, Chili)...

peruviana YTowns., p. 148

Inverted V mostly brown, paler at apex; outer arm about three
fourths as wide as inner arm; width of apical crossband two thirds
to three fourths as long as anterior crossvein. Dark tawny species,

a little larger than peruviana. (Peru)... distincta, n. sp., p. 149

Usually with three pointed spots on postero-dorsal margin of thorax
(middle spot sometimes absent). Wing pattern pale yellow;
hyaline costal area continuous to include second basal cell; inner
arm of V connected with main pattern; outer arm absent.
Scutellum broadly brown on basal third, apical portion pale yellow;

a black spot on the latero-basal angle. (Texas, Honduras).
pallens Coq., p. 154
With two spots on postero-dorsal margin of thorax 21
Thoracic spots small, not definitely outlined. Hyaline costal area

140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

i)
i

24.

2D.

26.

28.

30.

continuous to include second basal cell; arms of V narrow, mostly
brown, narrowly disconnected at apex. (Brazil)...
braziliensis, n. sp., p-

Thoracic spots large, rounded. Hyaline costal area continuous to

include second basal cell___..._... eer ee ee set eet Te ee
. Abdominal segments three to five each with two dorsal brown spots.

Inverted V with both arms complete, reaching to third vein but
not connected together. (Brazil, Paraguay) punctata Hend., p.
Abdominal segments without spots. Otherwise like punctata.
(Brazil) es ee ee ee hendeli, n. sp., p.

. Hyaline costal area present, ending between second and third

longitudinal veins; V entirely absent; wing pattern mostly brown-
ish yellow; a large triangular hyaline area on posterior margin of
wing; a second large hyaline area on posterior margin of wing
from middle of third posterior cell to base of wing. Species dull
Jovxoyin vist eteltoyes, © (Chega olevel ee ken obscura Ald., p.
Hyaline costal area present, extending to or beyond the third vein.

Inverted) V .present ii: 204 es See eee
Hyaline costal area continuous to include second basal cell.

Hyaline costal area interrupted near second or at third longitudinal

Vem. ote Pe yal RSE ae ee a ee

Inverted V incomplete; inner arm tapering to third vein, not con-
nected with main pattern; outer arm short, extending from
margin of wing to a little beyond fourth vein. (Guatemala,

Honduras,eUninid ac) ess ee rere leptozona Hend., p.

Inverted V complete, both arms complete___........s

Apex of V connected with main pattern; dark color on outer side of
outer arm forming a rather definite black line to third vein; bright
yellow species. (Cuba, Canal Zone, Honduras) ob/igua Macq., p.

Apex of V not connected with'main pattern... 252 2 eee

Mouth with a broadly flattened margin of shining black edged with
white; third joint of antenna yellow with a black apex. Inner
arm of V dark brown extending along margin of wing almost to
Sixthavernsnn (Gostapleica) == sas men nee Corer schausi Ald., p.

Mouthtandsantentna enitireliysyelllo yee. arene ena

Inner arm of V broad, touching posterior margin of wing only at
fifth vein; outer arm of V narrow, not quite touching posterior
margin. Metanotum deep‘ yellow. (Brazil)consobrina Loew, p.

Both arms of V touching posterior margin of wing.
. Stigmal area golden yellow, normal in size; a conspicuous small black

spot at juncture of second and third veins and another elongated
dark brown spot on third vein just beyond this juncture. Meta-
notum entirely yellow. Species medium sized. (Peru)...

chiclayae, n. sp., p.

Stigmalarea not, astabove.. 2.2.) eee

Stigmal area unusually long and narrow, golden brown in color; a
black spot at anterior apex of humeral crossvéin and auxiliary

154

eee. 22

pee 32

Siile

33:

34.

35.

36.

38.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

vein. Metanotum deep yellow. (Large species, 9 to 10 mm. long)
(Brazil’ Paraguay) eee ae hee ee ae parallela Wied., p.

Not as above. (Smaller species, 5.5 to 6 mm. long)..........-...--------------

Stigmal area normal in size, brownish black; apical crossband wider
at third vein where width is equal to three fourths length of
anterior crossvein; arms of V slightly separated at apex. Meta-
notum and postscutellum black on sides. (Brazil)

braziliensis, n. sp., p.

Stigmal area yellow with a faint brown tinge; apical crossband
narrow, of equal width throughout, its width equal to about half
length of anterior crossvein. Metanotum and postscutellum with
black on each side. (General color pale yellow). (Brazil)...

soluta Bezzi, p.

Hyaline costal area not reaching second vem...
Hyaline costal area interrupted at third vein. SES tok pra eee eA

Arms of V broad, their sides nearly parallel; inner arm extending
along posterior margin of wing about three fourths distance to
sixth vein; width of apical crossband uniform, equal to length of
anterior crossvein. Metanotum and postscutellum deep tawny.
Scutellum yellow. (Dominican Republic)... integra Loew, p.

Arms of V_ narrow, their sides sinuous; inner arm only slightly
widened on posterior margin of wing at tip of fifth vein; width of
anterior crossband much greater than length of anterior cross-
vein, its greatest width on third vein. Scutellum with a black
spot at apex. Metanotum with a black spot on each side. (Mexico)

tripunctata v. d. Wulp, p.

Wing with costal vein slightly concave near apex of second vein; wing
pattern mostly deep brown; inverted V broadly connected with
main pattern; outer arm slightly curved. (Canal Zone)...

concava Nn. sp., p.

Whineonornnalainvoutlinessysct: tiga! ie) ee a ees ee ee 0 e
Inverted) Viconnected) with) the main patterns... 5 =
Inverted V not connected with the main pattern...
Hyaline costal area slightly constricted at second vein...
Hyaline costal area not constricted, sides of area straight...

Wing pattern more brownish along basal portion of costa; apical
crossband of uniform width. (Slightly larger species than fol-
lowing ones) (Beazililrinidad) = es oe ethalea Walker, p.

Wing pattern lighter along basal portion of costa; apical crossband
slightly wider at third vein. (Slightly smaller species than the
former.) i@ininidad) see Jie) Aw oe) 4 trinidadensts, n. sp., p.

Wing pattern mostly yellow; V broadly connected with the main
pattern; outer side of outer arm almost straight, outer arm broad;
inner edge of apical crossband almost straight, band broad;
stigmal area uniformly broad. Metanotum light reddish-yellow.
(Large species.) (Brazil, Panama) ._______flavipennis, n. sp., p.

Wing pattern with considerable blackish brown color; V narrowly
to broadly connected with the main pattern; outer arm not as in

141

168

ee By

16l

161

160

142 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

above species, narrow; inner edge of apical crossband curved, not
perfectly even; stigmal area narrow, tapering sharply to apex.
Metanotum usually with a black marking on each side. (Small

species.) (West Indies, Panama).......................acidusa Walker, p. 162
39. Rather large species (8 to 10 mm.); stigmal area long and narrow...........40
Smaller’spectes; stiemal area not so) longs eee 22 eee 41

40. Stigmal area as long as preceding costal section, very narrow, tapering
from base to apex; apical crossband very dark toward its apex.
CPrinidad she eee eee eet ae ee sylvicola Knab, p. 159

Stigmal area a little shorter than preceding costal area, narrow,
tapering from about basal fourth to apex; apical crossband of a
nearly uniform yellow. (Species slightly more robust than the
above) (lnmnidadsstazil)s see pseudoparallela Loew, p. 164

41. Arms of V narrow, narrowly separated at third vein; interruption on
third vein not more than one half length of anterior crossvein.
(er Ere Oe eee ee eee distincta, n. sp., p. 149

42. Stigmal area three fourths as long as preceding costal section; first
posterior cell as wide on margin of wing as it is opposite posterior
crossvein. (Brazil, Trinidad, Costa Rica, Guatemala)...

Ffraterculus Wied., p. 164
Stigmal area almost as long as preceding costal area; first posterior
cell much narrowed on margin of wing. (Brazil, Uruguay, Peru)
(Slightly larger species than fraterculus)......... distans Hend., p. 149

Anastrepha serpentina Wiedemann.
(Plate 19, fig. 1.)

This species was originally described by Wiedemann (J, p.
527) in 1830 in the genus Dacus. Macquart (24, p. 373 (2/6))
in 1843 placed the species in the genus Lepfoxys. Macquart
(26, p. 259 (286) ) in 1851 described Urophora vittithorax,
which is a synonym. Schiner (28, p. 263) in 1868 erected the
new genus Anastrepha with serpentina Wied. as genotype.
Loew (20, p. 227) in 1873 erected the genus Acrotoxa. Bezzi
(3, p. 284) in 1909 placed the species again in Anastrepha.
Hendel (/4, p. /4-/6) in 1914 used this latter name also. This
species is distinguished from all the other species of the genus
by the wing pattern, thoracic markings, and general dark color.

Described from Brazil, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from the following localities: Bahia,
Brazil, March, 1905; Lima, Peru, Aug. and Sept., 1930, W. M.
Mann collector; Huerta Palmarei Malamba, Peru, March
15-31, 1932, M. Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley collectors; Ecuador,
no date, F. Campos R. collector; La Ceiba, Honduras, January
4, 1926, E. Kostal collector; Ancon, Canal Zone; La Sabanas,
Panama and Panama City, Panama, March, April, May, 1926,
I. Molino and C. T. Greene collectors; San Pedro de Montes de

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 143

Oca, Costa Rica, Feb. 28, 1933, C. H. Ballou collector:
Guatemala City, Guat., July 23, 1923, E. G. Smyth collector;
Trinidad, B. W. I., Nov. 1913, F. W. Urich collector; Cuer-
navaca, Mexico, no date, A. L. Herrera collector; and Weslaco,
Tex., July 3, 1933, G. V. Harren collector.

Reared from the following fruits: Mammea americana,
Chrysophylum panamense (common name, caimito), adults
emerged March 27, 1933, Nispero, dchras zapota (cultivated
sapodilla), star apple, and guava.

The type is in the Vienna Museum.

Anastrepha ornata Aldrich.
(Plate 19, fig. 2.)

This species was originally described by Aldrich (2, p. 6) in
1925 and 1s distinguished by the wing pattern.

Described from Banos, Oriente, Ecuador, October 30, 1922,
and January 19, 1923, F. X. Williams collector.

Host unknown.

Both types are in the U. S. National Collection. One speci-
men was captured on the “‘luma tree.”’
; Length 6 mm. without the ovipositor sheath, which is 3 mm.
ong.

Anastrepha daciformis Bezzi.
(Plate 19, fig. 3.)

This species was originally described by Bezzi (3, p. 282) in
1909. In his revision of this genus published in 1914 Hendel
(/4, p. 73) erected the new subgenus Pseudodacus for this
beautiful species, which is separated from all other species of
the genus by the wing pattern and general form of the body.

Described from Sao Paulo, Brazil. Specimens in the National
Collection are from Sao Paulo, Brazil, December 26, 1931, and
were taken by Max Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley on leaves and fruit
of persimmon.

Host unknown.

The types are in the collection of the late Prof. M. Bezzi at
Milan and in the collection of the Hungarian Museum at
Budapest.

Anastrepha macrura Hendel.
(Plate 19, fig. 4.)

This species was originally described by Hendel (/4, p. /6) in
1914. It is distinguished from all other species by the following
characters: Three pairs of frontal bristles, all bristles of a deep
reddish-yellow color; metanotum and postscutellum black,
and the unusual wing pattern. Length of body, 8 mm., ovi-
positor sheath 5.5 mm.

144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Described from Paraguay, no date.

Host unknown.

The type is in the Hungarian National Museum and was
examined by the writer.

Anastrepha robusta, n. sp.
(Plate 19, fig. 5.)

Male and female.—Dull luteous with the surface of the thorax and abdomen
covered with short, dense, yellow hairs; the hairs along the sides of the abdomen
longer and brownish in color; all macrochaetae black. Thorax with a broad,
dark brown, transverse band on the posterior edge as long as the scutellum,
humeri, a stripe on each side, extending from scutellum to the transverse suture;
and a large indefinite area in front of the dark brown band, pale yellow; pre-
scutellar row with the dorsocentrals very slightly forward; sternopleura present
but weak (hairlike), yellow in color; scutellum pale yellow with four macro-
chaetae; metanotum and postscutellum reddish yellow without black markings.
Abdomen only slightly longer than broad.

Male: Last abdominal segment about one and one half times as long as the
preceding segment; two middle segments of equal width.

Female: Last segment very narrow; three preceding segments of nearly equal
length; ovipositor short, robust, slightly darkened at apex.

Wing pattern golden yellow partly edged with pale brown: costal hyaline area
broadly touching the third longitudinal vein and narrowly interrupted from the
hyaline area involving the second basal cell; inverted V complete and definitely
connected with the main pattern; a large hyaline spot involving the second
basal cell, base of discal and extending into the first basal cell. Pattern of the
wing of one female the same but much darker in color.

Length 8 mm. without ovipositor; length of ovipositor 2.25 mm.; wing 8 mm.

Male of same size except wing, which is 8.5 mm.

Described from three specimens.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50508, U.S. N. M.

Type from Cayuga, Guatemala, VITI—-15, W. Schaus collector;
allotype from Cordoba, Mex., X1.6, F. Knab collector. One
paratype female from C. Bolivar, Venez. V. 14.98, from the
collection of C. W. Johnson now in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology. This paratype is slightly paler in color than the type;
it appears to have been in liquid.

Anastrepha cordata Aldrich.
(Plate 19, fig. 6.)

This species was originally described by Aldrich (2, p. 4) in
1925. This unique looking specimen can be distinguished from
all other species by the unusual wing pattern and the ovipositor
sheath.

Described from Belize, British Honduras, no date.

Host unknown.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 145

The type is in the U. S. National Collection and was examined
by the writer.

Anastrepha grandis Macquart.
@latewlo rise 7)

This species was originally described by Macquart (25, p.
340 (2/2) ) in 1846 in the genus Tephritis. Loew (20, p. 237)
in 1873 referred the species to Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 284) in
1909 referred the species to the genus 4vastrepha. Hendel (/4,
p. 4-15) in 1914 placed it in the latter genus also. Fischer
(7, p. 303) in 1932 made schineri Hendel a synonym of grandis.
Dr. Hendel loaned the writer two specimens of schineri and the
synonymy is correct. A. grandis is distinguished from all the
other species of the genus by the wing pattern and the ovi-
positor sheath.

Described from New Grenada, no date. Specimens in the
National Collection are from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil,
Nilopolis, Brazil, Nov. 16-18, 1931, Vicosa Minas Geraes,
Brazil, Nov. 1928 (through Dr. R. H. Rolfe), Sao Paulo, Brazil,
Dec. 26, 1931, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, Dec. 11, 1931, all collected
by M. Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley; S. Bernardino, Paraguay, K.
Fiebrig collector; Chimbotes, Amazon, Peru, March 20, 1931,
R. C. Shannon collector. The above specimens were captured
on the foliage of Valencia orange, guava, and magnolia.

Reared from squash Nov. 1928, and from watermelon Dec.
11, 1931. Reared from oranges from the State of Rio Grande
do Sul.

The type is in the collection of M. Bigot.

Anastrepha striata Schiner.
(Plate 19, fig. 8.)

This species was originally described by Schiner (28, p. 264)
in 1868. Bezzi (3, p. 283-285) in 1909 and Hendel (/4, p.
75/6) in 1914 mentioned the species in their revisions. The
species may be distinguished from all others by the wing pattern
and thoracic markings.

Described from females from South America. Specimens in
the U. S. National Collection are from Port of Spain, Trinidad,
January, 1914, and Arima, Trinidad, no date, F. W. Urich
collector; near Juan Diaz, Panama, Ancon, Canal Zone, Oct.
1923, James Zetek collector; La Sabanas, Panama, April 5 to
May 9, 1926, and Frijoles, Canal Zone, April 12, 1926, C. T.
Greene collector; Cuernavaca, Mexico, Sept. 1923, E. G. Smyth
collector; La Ceiba, Honduras, no date, E. Kostal collector;
Cavinas Beni, Bolivia, 1921-22, W. M. Mann collector; San
Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Rica, November 4, 1932, C. H.
Ballou collector; and San Jose, Costa Rica, no date, A. T.

146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Tonduz collector. Some specimens were captured on Jnga
ingoides.
Reared from fruit of Calyptranthes tondusii and from guava.
The type is in the Vienna Museum.

Anastrepha atrigona Hendel.
(Plate 19, fig. 9.)

This species was originally described by Hendel (/4, p. 20)
in 1914 and is distinguished from all other species by the wing
pattern.

Described from Surinam, May—Sept. Also a female specimen
in the collection of Dr. Hendel labeled ‘Amazonas, Dampfer,
Prainha, Monte Alegre, May 30, 1927, H. Zerny collector.”
A female specimen in the National Collection from Amazon
River, Aiary to Manaos, Brazil, Sept. 20-21, 1930, Holt, Blake,
and Agostini collectors.

Host unknown.

Type, male, in the collection of Dr. F. Hendel. The type was
examined by the writer.

Anastrepha tricincta Loew.
(Plate 19, fig. 10.)

Length 7 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 3.5 mm.

This species was originally described by Loew (20, p. 225) in
1873 in the genus Trypeta and later (20, p. 227) he erected the
new genus 4crotoxa. Prof. M. Bezzi (3, p. 284) in 1909 placed
the species in the genus 4uastrepha. Dr. Hendel (/4, p. /4-/6)
in 1914 followed Bezzi. This species is distinguished from all
others by its wing pattern and the dorsal black markings.

Described from Haiti, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Bolondron, P. de Gruanaha,
Cabibres, Cuba, March 11 and April 11, 1924, S.C. Bruner
collector, and Baracao de Banta, Cuba, June 19, 1930, E. Kostal
collector; Isle of Pines, June, 1924, G. Moznette collector.
Specimens were captured on mango, orange, and grapefruit.

Host unknown.

Type in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass. Type examined by the writer.

Anastrepha longimacula, n. sp.
(Plate 19, fig. 11.)

Male and female.—Deep yellowish amber in color, subshining, with the humeri,
a narrow area along the pleural suture, and the scutellum pale yellow. All
bristles black; the short fine hair covering the dorsum of the thorax and abdomen
yellow, in certain lights this hair appearing darker on the abdomen. Antennae
reaching three fourths the distance to the oral margin; third joint twice as long

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 147

as wide in the male and two and one half times as long as in the female; arista
long, slender, dark, with short pubescence and with the base yellow and swollen;
palpus broad with the bristles pale, darker at the apex; four or five pairs of
frontals; a reclinate pair on each side above the frontals; ocellar triangle small,
black, with a small pair of ocellars. Prescutellar row with the dorsocentrals
set well forward; one sternopleural bristle; metanotum concolorous with the
thorax and without markings. Wing with the hyaline costal area slightly open
or just barely closed on the third longitudinal vein; wing pattern mostly brown
with a little yellow through the central area; inverted V complete, narrowly
connected with the main pattern; a large dark brown to nearly black area of
equal width on the costa extending from the base of the wing to the tip of the
first longitudinal vein.

Male abdomen about as broad as long, last segment one and one half times
as long as the preceding. Female abdomen about as broad as long; posterior
segments of about equal length; ovipositor sheath slightly shorter than the
abdomen, more reddish, robust, with the apex darkened.

Length of female 5.5 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 1.75 mm.;
wing 7 mm.

Length of male 5.5 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Described from 9 specimens: Hope, Jamaica, VI 16-17, 1931,
Kisltuk and Cooley collectors; Jamaica, intercepted at Boston,
Sept. 8, 1925, C. A. Davis collector; Mandeville, Jamaica, no
date, T. D. A. Cockerell collector; and Kingston, Jamaica,
Sept. 9, 1917, Harold Morrison collector.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50514 U. S. N. M.

Both from Hope, Jamaica.

Paratypes, 3 males, 4 females.

Host unknown.

Adults collected on leaf of cocoa tree and on leaf of mango.

Note. Two of the specimens show a dark, faintly infuscated
spot on the posterior edge of the thorax in front of the scutellum.

The wing of this species shows a slight resemblance to that of
A. cryptostrepha, bat on examination the pattern is entirely
different and there is a difference in the character of the bend
of the fourth longitudinal vein.

Anastrepha suspensa Loew.
(Plate 19, fig. 12.)

This species was originally described by Loew (79, p. 69) in
1862 in the genus Trypefa. Schiner (28, p. 263) in 1868 erected
the genus duastrepha. Loew (20, p. 222 and 227) in 1873 erected
the genus Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 284) in 1909 placed this species
in Anastrepha. Wendel (/4, p. 76) in 1914 also referred this
species to dnastrepha. Sein (29, p. 790-197) in 1933 described
a new species, umipuncta, which is really a synonym of suspensa.
This species is distinguished from all the other species of the

148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

genus by the deep golden brown color, the wing pattern, and
the dorsal black spot on the posterior edge of the thorax.

Described from Cuba, no date, Poey collector. Specimens in
the U. S. National Collection are from Arecibo, P. R., July 27,
1931, to April 2, 1932, Anderson, Berry, Faxon, Mills and
Oakley collectors; Villalba, P. R., Oct. 27, 1931, Anderson and
Oakley collectors; Fajardo, P. R., Sept. 1, 1931, Martinez col-
lector; Baragua, Cuba, no date, L. C. Scaramuzza collector;
Rio Piedras, P. R., February 5, 1932, Anderson and Mills col-
lectors; and Bayamon, P. R., June 6, 1932, Oct. 28, 1932, Kisliuk
and Ludlam collectors. Specimens were captured on guava,
star apple, pomarrosa fruit, grapefruit, and sour orange, and
adults taken at light.

Reared from the following fruits: guava (Psidium guajava),
bitter almond (Terminalia catappa), plum (Spondias lutea),
and Chrysobalanus icaco, rose apple or pomarrosa (Eugenia
jambos), nispero (Achras zapota), grapefruit (Citrus maxima),
sour orange (Citrus aurantium), Valencia orange (Citrus
aurantium), Valencia orange (Citrus sinensis), kamquat (For-
tunella margarita).

The type is in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and was
examined by the writer.

The type has one very good character which Loew did not
mention in the original description. On the dorsum of the
thorax, at the middle of the posterior edge, is a black spot which
sometimes extends onto the scutellum. This species is more of a
deep golden brown color than a clay-yellow as stated by Loew.
The wing pattern is mostly of a rich golden brown, the apex of
the inverted V is definitely connected with the main pattern.

Anastrepha peruviana Townsend.
(Plate 20, fig. 1.)

This species was originally described by Townsend (3/, p.
345-346) in 1913. Hendel (/4, p. 73-75) in 1914 referred to the
species in a footnote and in his table of species. It has been
considered a synonym of fraterculus Wied. by some workers but
the writer examined the types and is convinced that it is a good
species which may be distinguished from all the other species
of this genus by the black thoracic marking, the wing pattern,
and the general pale color.

Described from Chosica, Peru, no date, and Sullana, Peru,
issued March 5, 1912, from peaches, C. H. T. Townsend col-
lector. Other specimens in the U. S. National Collection are
from Trujillo, Peru, May 26, 1932, Malamba, Peru, March 31,
1932, Asenda Caballera, Peru, March 31, 1932, Est. Inf.
Sugarcia, 13 km. north of Lima, Peru (no date), Arica, Chile,
February, 1929, La Maita, Arica, Chile, February 7-8, 1932,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 149

M. Kishuk and C. E. Cooley collectors; and Boa Vista, Brazil,
‘February 5, C. H. T. Townsend collector.

Reared from peaches and Annona cherimola.

Additional specimens in the U. S. National Collection were
collected on the fruit of pomegranate, fig, peach, orange, mango,
and grape. Some specimens were captured on the leaves of
loquat, avocado, and guava.

Anastrepha distans Hendel.
(Plate 20, fig. 7.)

This species was originally described by Hendel (/4, p. 77) in
1914. It is separated from all the other species of the genus by
the wing pattern. A specimen was loaned to the writer for
study by Dr. Hendel.

Described from Peru, Meshagua, October. Specimens in the
U. S. National Collection are from Casa Sr. Perez, 2 km. west
of Santa Eulalia, Peru, no date; near Sao Paulo, Brazil, Dec.
27 MIS Piracicaba, Sao, Paulo; Brazil, Dee, 29, 19312 Camz
pinas and Louviera, Sao Paulo, Brazil, Dec. 28, 1931; Matula
Salvador and Cabulla, Bahia, Brazil, Dec. 11, 1931; M. Kisliuk
and C. E. Cooley collectors.

Host unknown. Specimens have been collected on pome-
granate, peach, Valencia orange, sour orange, guava, apple, plum,
grape, sapodilla, persimmon, Citrus medica, and Eugenia sp.

Anastrepha distincta, n. sp.
(Plate 20, fig. 2.)

Male and female.—Entire insect deep luteous yellow, subshining; the face,
front, occiput, humeri, sides of the dorsum of the thorax with a narrow stripe
from the suture to the posterior corner, a narrow central stripe broadening on
the posterior end, and the scutellum lemon-yellow; all bristles black; the short
hairs covering the dorsum of the thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Antenna
reaching three fourths distance to oral margin; third joint two and one half times
as long as broad and rounded at the apex; arista dark, almost bare, with the base
thickened and yellow. Palpus with yellow hairs, those at the apex faintly
infuscated. Four pairs of frontal bristles in male and five in female; a reclinate
pair above the frontals in each sex; ocellar triangle small, black. Prescutellar
row present with the dorsocentrals set well forward; one sternopleural bristle,
yellow and hairlike; metanotum of deep amber color with the sides broadly
blackened. Wing: Hyaline costal area to the third vein, where it is interrupted;
inverted VY complete, disconnected, apical portion pale yellow, remainder
brownish.

Male: Abdomen slightly longer than broad; second and third segments about
equal in length; fourth segment twice as long as third.

Female: Abdomen about as long as broad; ovipositor sheath robust, deep
reddish-yellow.

150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Length 7.5 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 3 mm.; wing 7.5 mm
Male 7 mm.; wing 7 mm.
This species resémbles peruviana.

Described from 65 specimens from estate of M. Carmona
Ferranefe, Huerta Palmare1 Malambo, Peru, March 31, 1932;
estate of I. Gonzales, 2.5 km. north of Ferranefe, Peru, March 20,
1932; Hacienda Higuirilla Surco, Peru, March 17, 1932;
Hacienda Ouefe, J. R. Ugaz, Chiclaya, March 21, 1932, Huerta
Santa Rosa, H. Gonzalez, Lambeyeque, Peru, March 21, 1932;
Casa Sr. Perez, 2 km. west Santa Eulalia, Peru, no date; Kisliuk
and Cooley collectors.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50513, U. S. N. M.

Host unknown.

Adults collected on leaf and fruit of mango, pomarosa, orange,
quince, guava, Annona cheromola, leaf of Inga feuillei.

Anastrepha panamensis, n. sp.
(Plate 20, fig. 8.)

Male and female——Deep golden yellow, translucent. All bristles black; the
fine short hair on the thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Antenna reaching
about three fourths the distance to the oral margin; third joint slightly deeper
yellow, about two and one half to three times as long as broad, rounded at
the apex; arista dark, with short pubescence, the base slightly swollen and
yellow. Palpus broad, yellow, with yellowish bristles. Frontal bristles vary-
ing from three to five pairs; a reclinate pair on each side above the frontals,
the upper bristle slightly smaller, ocellar triangle small, black, ocellar bristles
quite small. Prescutellar row in a straight line; no sternopleural; metanotum
deep reddish-brown without black markings. Abdomen of the male slightly
longer than broad; last segment about one and one half times as long as the
preceding; in the female the abdomen is about as broad as long with the
segments of nearly equal length. Wing pattern alike in both sexes; hyaline
costal area reaching the third vein, where it is broadly interrupted; inverted V
decidedly disconnected, complete, but the color weaker at the apex where the
two arms meet at the third vein.

Length of female 7 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 3 mm.; wing 7.5
mm.

Male 6 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Described from two males and two females, Barro Colorado,
Island, Canal Zone.

Type, female, allotype, male; Cat. No. 50510, U. S. N. M.;
paratypes, male and female (ovipositor sheath broken).

Reared from fruit of wild cainito (Chrysophyllum cainito).
Flies emerged March 21—24, 1930.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 151

Anastrepha ludens Loew.
(Plate 20, fig. 3.)

This species was originally described by ae (ZO. 223) in
1873 in the genus Trypeta; then Loew (20, p. 227) eNsuea the
species in the genus 4crotoxa. Johnson (/6, p. se 57) described
the female in 1898. Bezzi (3, p. 284) in 1909 referred the species
to Anastrepha. Wendel (/4, p. /#-/5) in 1914 referred the species
to this latter genus also. It is distinguished from all the other
species in the genus by the wing pattern and the ovipositor
sheath. Some good characters not mentioned in the original
description are as follows: In both sexes the dorsum of the
thorax with a blackish spot at middle of posterior edge; meta-
notum with or without a black spot on each side; postscutellum
with a black spot on each side.

Described from Mexico, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Guanajuato, Mexico, A. Duges
collector; Morelos, Mex., no date, A. Koebele collector; Mexico
City. January and February 3, 1898, Cordoba, Mee March
2, 1908, F. Knab collector; Tampico, Mex., January and March
3, 1913, T. E. Holloway collector; Los Condes, Mex., February
3, 1898, A. Koebele collector; Matamoros, Mex., Oct. 15—Nov.
12, 1929, A. V. Smith collector; Laredo, Tex., May 8, 1924
(material from Mex.), A. A. Stalmach collector; Mission, Tex.,
no date, and Weslaco, Tex., February 10, 1932, G. M. Douglas
collector.

Reared from grapefruit, January, 1913, and April 2, 1913
Also reared from orange and mango.

The type (male) is supposed to be in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology but only the pin remains.

Anastrepha passiflorae, n. sp.
(Plate 20, fig. 9.)

Male and female.—Very much like 4. zeteki, n. sp., but differs in the following
characters: Entire insect deeper yellow and subshining. Thoracic stripes
indistinct. Antenna reaching nearly to oral margin; third joint about two and
one half times as long as wide. Three or four frontal bristles on each side;
ocellar pair usually small. Two acrostichal bristles just before the scutellum
and slightly behind the dorsocentrals; one dorsocentral on each side located
definitely anteriorly to the acrostichal pair; no sternopleural bristle. Wing
pattern mostly clay-yellow with a slight infuscation of brown in the third pos-
terior cell, along the tip of the apical crossband and the greater portion of both
arms of the inverted V ; hyaline costal area reaching the third longitudinal vein,
and very broadly interrupted on this vein; inverted V complete, broadly con-
nected at its apex with the main pattern; inner arm of V broadly and outer arm
narrowly deep brown; width of apical crossband almost equal to length of
apical crossband.

Female: Abdomen twice as long as wide; fifth abdominal segment not much

152 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

wider than the fourth; ovipositor a little shorter than the thorax and abdomen
together, only slightly enlarged on the basal half.

Length of female 8-8.5 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 5.6-6 mm.
long; wing 9 mm. long.

Male: Fifth abdominal segment twice as wide as the fourth; fifth with a
marginal row of black bristles.

Length of male 8 to 9 mm.; wing 8-9 mm. long.

Described from 44 specimens from Barro Colorado Island,
Canal Zone, June 7—22, 1927, I. Molino collector, Z—-2744 and
Z-3042, and one specimen from Barro Colorado Island, C. Z.,
April 21, 1929, on passion flower, S. W. Frost collector.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50506 U. S. N. M.;
paratypes, males and females.

Reared from fruit of Passiflora vitifolia by James Zetek.

Anastrepha zeteki, n. sp.
(Plate 20, fig. 4.)

Male and female.—Entire insect pale yellow, subshining, with a faint, brownish
stripe on each side of the dorsum of the thorax extending forward and fading
before reaching the suture. All bristles brown to nearly black; the short fine hair
covering the thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Antenna reaching three fourths
the distance to the oral margin; third joint twice as long as broad, with the apical
end slightly narrower and rounded at apex; arista long, slender, faintly pubes-
cent, dark brown with the basal fourth yellow. Palpus strongly curved on the
basal side, with the bristles yellow. Four to six frontal bristles on each side;
two pairs of large, reclinate bristles on upper side of front; inner and outer
verticals large; ocellar bristles small, ocellar triangle deep brown with yellow
ocelli. Prescutellar row of four bristles in a straight line; two postalar bristles
in the same line with the prescutellar; one sternopleural bristle; a small black
spot below postalar callosity; metathorax without black marking. Abdomen
about twice as long as wide.

In the female the fifth abdominal segment about equal in length to the fourth;
ovipositor sheath cylindrical, enlarged at the base, with the tip dark brown;
length slightly greater than head, thorax, and abdomen combined. Wing
pattern pale honey yellow; hyaline costal area extending to the third longitudinal
vein; entire second basal cell, basal fourth of discal cell, and a large spot the width
of the first basal cell hyaline; this spot is broadly separated from the costal
hyaline area on the third vein by the yellow pattern; the inverted V rather
faint, mostly gray except the apical portion of the inner arm, which is faintly
yellowish; the V reaching the third vein and broadly disconnected from the
diagonal yellow band.

Length of female 7.5 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 8 mm.; wing
8 mm.

Male: Fifth abdominal segment twice as long as fourth, three large bristles
at each apical angle.

Length of male 8 mm.; wing 8 mm.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 153

Described from 3 specimens, Barro Colorado Island, Canal
Zone, James Zetek collector, No. Z-3279.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 505102 “WiSe INGIMI..
paratype, female.

Reared from Chrysophyllum panamense Pittier (a small star-
apple native to Panama).

Related to parallela Wied.

Anastrepha leptozona Hendel.
(Plate 20, fig. 10.)

This species was originally described by’ Hendel (/4, p. 79) in
1914. It is distinguished from all the other species of Ke genus
by the wing pattern.

Described from Bolivia, Mapiri, Beare, Specimens in the
U.S. National Collection are from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala,
April 20, 1923, E.G. Smyth collector; Cayuga, Guat., Aug.
1915, W. Schaus collector; Barrios, Guat., Jan. 28, 1912, Mrs.
W. P. Cockerell collector; ‘Antigua, Guat., June OG. G28 Ge
Smyth collector; La Ceiba, Honduras, no date, E. Kostal
collector; BAladon Bahia, Bravil Dec. 11, 1931, M. Kisliuk
and C. E. Cooley collectors; and Las Cuevas Road, Trinidad,
February, 1932, F. W. Urich collector. Specimens were col-
lected on Eugenia sp. and Rheedia sp.

Host unknown.

The type is in the Dresden Museum.

Anastrepha similis, n. sp.
(Plate 20, fig. 5.)

Female.—Dull, translucent, luteous yellow. All bristles black: the fine short
hair on the surface of the thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Antenna
reaching three fourths the distance to the oral margin; third joint about two
and one half times as long as broad, rounded at apex; arista long, slender,
pubescent, brown above with basal portion thicker and yellow. Palpus broad,
bristles yellow, those at apex longer and black. Three pairs of frontal bristles;
an upcurved pair of bristles on each side above frontals. Prescutellar row
present, with the outer bristle slightly forward; no sternopleural bristle. Meta-
notum without black markings. Abdomen about as broad as long; second
segment slightly longer than the third; third and fourth segments of equal
length; ovipositor sheath slightly longer than abdomen. Wing pattern golden-
yellow edged with deep brown; hyaline costal area continuous to and including the
second basal cell; inverted V complete, disconnected, arms brown, pale yellow at
apex, where they join.

Length 7 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 2.5 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Described from two females.
Type, Cat. No. 50516, U. S. N. M., Cabima, Panama, May

154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

17, 1911, August Busck collector. Paratype, Bonito Prov.,
Pernambuco, Brazil, 1.2.83.

Host unknown.

Adult collected on cotton.

Anastrepha pallens Coquillett.
(Plate 20, fig. 11.)

This species was originally described by Coquillett (6, p. 35)
in 1904. Hendel (/4, p. /#-/5) mentioned it in his revision.
It is distinguished from all the other species of the genus by the
wing pattern, thoracic markings, and tri-colored scutellum.

Described from a male, Brownsville, Tex., June. Other
specimens in the U. S. National Collection are from Brownsville,
Tex., Aug. 8, 1931; Mission, Tex., no date, C. J. Volz collector;
Mission, Tex., Aug. 11, 1931; Weslaco, Tex., Feb. 10, 1932,
G. V. Harren collector; Donna, Tex., reared May 16, 1932,
J. W. Monk collector; and Tegucigalpa, Honduras, no date,
F. J. Dyer collector.

Reared from berries of Bumelia angustifolia. Some speci-
mens were captured in traps in trees of grapefruit and orange.

Female.—Very much like the male except in the following
characters: Near the posterior margin on the dorsum of the
thorax there are usually three blackish spots but sometimes the
middle one is missing. Each abdominal segment is paler yellow
along the apical edge. Ovipositor sheath slightly enlarged on
the basal half, cylindrical, slender on apical half, blackish at the
tip.
Length 6 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 3 mm.;
wing 7 mm. long.

Anastrepha braziliensis, n. sp.
(Plate 20, fig. 6.)

Male and female——Deep golden yellow, subshining, with a faint infusca-
tion at each posterior angle of the thorax, where the scutellum joins; humeri,
pleural suture, a narrow line on each side of the dorsum from the suture to
the posterior edge, a narrow, indefinite central stripe which is broader pos-
teriorly, and the scutellum all lemon-yellow. All bristles black; the fine short
hairs on dorsum of thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Antennae reaching about
three fourths the distance to the oral margin; third joint about two and one half
times as long as wide; arista long, blackish, faintly pubescent, base yellow and
slightly thickened; frontal bristles varying from three to five pairs; two reclinate
bristles on each side above the frontals, the upper bristle smaller; ocellar triangle
black with two very small ocellar bristles; palpus fairly broad with yellow hairs,
the apical ones sometimes black. Prescutellar row with the dorsocentral directed
forward; metanotum and postscutellum slightly darker yellow, with a broad
black stripe on each side. Abdomen of male not much longer than broad; the
last segment about one third longer than the preceding. In the female the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 155

abdomen about as broad as long and segments subequal. Wing pattern more
brown than yellow; hyaline costal area continuous and including the second
basal cell; the inverted V decidedly disconnected, complete with the arms
faintly connected and reaching the third vein; the V dark-brown with a faint
tinge of yellow at the apex. :

Length of female 5-6 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 1.75-2 mm.;
wing 6-7 mm.

Male 5.5-6 mm.; wing 5-6 mm.

Described from 83 specimens. Minas Geraes, Brazil, Dec.,
1931. Kisliuk and Cooley collectors, and Vicosa, Minas
Geraes, Brazil, E. J. Hambleton collector, reared from grape-
fruit 1930.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50518, U. S. N. M.

Reared from grapefruit 1930; also on plum, Minas Geraes,
Brazil, Dec. 19, 1931, Kisliuk and Cooley collectors.

Anastrepha punctata Hendel.
(Plate 20, fig. 12.)

This was originally described by Hendel (/4, p. 79) in 1914
in his revision. C. R. Fischer (/2, p. 83) in 1933 gave a rede-
scription. The species is distinguished from all the other
species of the genus by the wing pattern and the spots on the
dorsum.

Described from S. Bernardino, Paraguay, March. Speci-
mens in the U. S. National Collection are from Sao Paulo,
Brazil, December 27—28, 1931, M. Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley
collectors. The latter specimens were captured on plum and
the leaf of Solanum.

Host unknown.

The types are in the Hungarian National Museum.

Anastrepha hendeli, n. sp.
(Plate 21, fig. 1.)

Male and female.—Entire insect honey yellow, translucent, with a black spot
near each posterior angle of the thorax where the scutellum joins. All bristles
yellow with their apices brownish; the short fine hair covering the dorsal surface
of the thorax and abdomen yellow. Antenna reaching three fourths distance
to oral margin; third joint twice as long as wide with the apical end slightly
narrower and rounded at apex; arista long, slender, faintly pubescent, brownish:
basal portion yellow and slightly swollen. Palpus strongly curved on basal
side, with the bristles brownish. Usually three pairs of frontal bristles (some-
times two or four bristles on one side), a reclinate pair on each side of the
upper part of the front; inner verticals large; the outer verticals somewhat
shorter; postvertical pair present; ocellar triangle small, black, with three
yellow ocelli. Prescutellar row of four bristles, outer ones slightly forward;

156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

other bristles normal; central thoracic stripe yellowish white, bifid at base and
reaching almost to apical edge of thorax; each lateral stripe pale, reaching for-
ward to transverse suture; humerus pale yellow with the color extending back-
ward but not reaching the transverse suture; one sternopleural bristle; scutellum
with four large bristles; metanotum deep yellow but without black markings.
Abdomen about as broad as long.

In the female the ovipositor sheath is about as long as the abdomen, with the
apex narrowly infuscated; fifth abdominal segment narrower than the fourth.
Wing pattern honey-yellow with some gray along outer edge of the diagonal
band just beyond tip of anal cell, at apex of second longitudinal vein, at tip of
third vein, and end of each arm of the inverted V; the hyaline costal area ex-
tending diagonally across the wing including the entire second basal cell;
inverted V decidedly disconnected from the diagonal yellow band and the
two arms feebly connected at the third longitudinal vein; a black spot at the
costal end of the humeral crossvein, one at costal end of auxiliary vein, one at
base of fourth vein, and another at bifurcation of second and third veins; third
longitudinal vein arcuate opposite the posterior crossvein. In the male the fifth
abdominal segment nearly twice as wide as the fourth; four marginal macro-
chaetae on each side.

Length of female 5 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 1.9 mm.; wing
6 mm.

Male 5 mm.; wing 5.9 mm.

Described from 8 specimens. Sao Paulo, Brazil, December
26-28, 1931, Max Kisliuk, Jr., and C. E. Cooley collectors.

Holotype, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50517, U. S. N. M.
Paratypes | male and 5 females.

Related to punctata Hendel.

Host unknown.

Adults collected on leaf of plum and leaf of persimmon.

Anastrepha nigripalpis Hendel.
(Plate 21, fig. 6.)

This beautiful large species was originally described by
Hendel (/4, p. 78) in 1914. It is distinguished from all other
species of the genus by the wing pattern and the black marking
on the palpi.

Described from (female), Bolivia-Mapiri, S. Antonio, Feb-
ruary, 1,000 m; (male) Peru, Meshagua, Unubatbs muss
October.

Host unknown.

The female type is in the collection of Dr. F. Hendel and was
examined by the writer. The male is in the Dresden Museum.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 157

Anastrepha obscura Aldrich.
(Plate 21, fig. 2.)

This species was originally described by Aldrich (2, p. 5) in
1925 and is distinguished from all other species by the wing
pattern and the large size.

Described from Maraval, Trinidad, W. Buthn collector.
There are also additional specimens from Trinidad, F. W. Urich
collector, in the U. S. National Collection.

Reared in February and March, 1918, from larvae in Lucuma
multifiora by W. Buthn.

Types are in the U. S. National Collection and were examined
by the author.

Anastrepha bivittata Macquart.
(Plate 21, fig. 7.)

This species was originally described by Macquart (24, p. 379
(222) ) in 1843 as a species of Urophora. Loew (20, p. 23/) in
1873 placed the species in Acrotoxa. Prof. Bezzi (3, p. 284)
in 1909 placed the species in Anastrepha; then Hendel (/4, p.
76) in 1914, in his revision, used the same generic name as
Bezzi. The species is distinguished from all the other species
of this genus by the unusual wing pattern.

Described from a single specimen from an unknown locality.
The species is not represented in the U. S. National Collection.
I know this species only from the description and the picture of
the wing by Macquart. It isa very distinct species.

Host unknown.

The type is in the Museum at Para, Brazil, according to

Prof. M. Bezzi.

Anastrepha hamata Loew.
(Plate 21, fig. 3.)

This species was originally described by Loew (20, p. 229) in
1873 in the genus Trypeta. Bezzi (3, p. 284) in 1909 placed it
in the genus 4nastrepha. In his revision of this group in 1914
Hendel (/4, p. /4#-/5) retained it in this latter genus. Dis-
tinguished from the other species by the wing pattern.

Described from Brazil (no date). Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Brazil, A. Compere collector, and
a specimen from the Amazon River, Aiary to Manaos, Brazil.
Sept. 20-21, 1930, Holt, Blake, and Agostini collectors.

Host unknown.

The location of the type is unknown.

158 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Anastrepha ocresia Walker.
(Plate 21, fig. 8.)

This species was originally described by Walker (32, p. 70/6)
in 1849 in the genus Trypeta. Loew (20, p. 337) in 1873 refers
the species to his genus Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283-285) in 1909
placed it in the genus Anastrepha. Hendel (/4, p. 74, 75) in
1914 placed this species in the same genus as Bezzi. The
species is distinguished from all the other species of the genus
by the wing pattern.

Described from Jamaica. Not represented in the U.S.
National Collection.

Host unknown.

Type, female in the British Museum.

The writer had some difficulty in distinguishing this species
from the description. Walker (32, p. /0/6) states that the
““sucker”’ (proboscis) and the palpi are pitchy.. Muss) D:
Aubertin, of the British Museum, furnished a photograph of
the wing and in a note stated that the “proboscis and palpi are
tawny.”’ Apparently Walker’s statement is incorrect.

Anastrepha tripunctata van der Wulp.
(Plate 21, fig. 4.)

This species was originally described by van der Wulp
(36, p. 405) in 1899. Bezzi (3, p. 284-286) in 1909 redescribed
the species in his revision. Hendel (/4, p. 7/#-/6) in 1914 also
mentioned the species in his revision. This species is dis-
tinguished from all the other species in the genus by the black
spot at the apex of the scutellum, and the wing pattern.

Described from Mexico.

Host unknown.

Types in the British Museum.

Anastrepha cryptostrepha Hendel.
(Plate 21, fig. 9.)

This species was originally described by Hendel (/%, p. /4, /7)
in 1914. It is distinguished from all the other species in the
genus by the combination of unusual wing pattern and the
ovipositor sheath, which is 4 mm. long. (See comjuncta, a
much larger species.)

Described from Meshagua, Urubamba River, Peru, October.

Host unknown.

The type male is in the Dresden Museum and the type female
in the collection of Dr. Hendel. The female was examined by
the writer.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 159

Anastrepha conjuncta Hendel.

This species which was originally described by Hendel (/4,
p. /4, 77) in 1914, is distinguished from all the other species by
the wing pattern. (See crypfostrepha, a much smaller species.)

Described from Mapiri, Sarampioni, Bolivia; January, 700 m.

Host unknown.

Type in the Dresden Museum.

I did not see the type of this species but according to Dr.
Hendel it is larger (13 mm.) than crypfostrepha. The wing
pattern is quite similar but the curve of the fourth longitudinal
vein is much broader in conjuncta.

Anastrepha sylvicola Knab.
(Plate 21, fig. 5.)

This species was originally described by Knab (/7, p. /46) in
1915 and is distinguished from al] other species by the wing
pattern and the red bristles on head and thorax.

Described from Trinidad, West Indies, June, 1914, F. W.
Urich collector. There are other specimens in the U.S. National
Collection from Port of Spain, Trinidad, October 29, 1931,
“resting on guava,” Kisliuk and Cooley collectors.

Reared from unknown fruit in forest.

Types in the U. S. National Collection were examined by the
writer.

Anastrepha urichi, n. sp.
(Plate 22, fig. 1.)

Female.—Deep luteous, subshining, with the surface of the thorax and
abdomen covered with short golden-yellow hair; thorax and abdomen of uniform
color. All bristles reddish yellow with their tips darkened. Antenna reaching
three fourths the distance to the oral margin; third joint two and one half times
as long as wide, with the apex rounded; arista very long, slender, faintly pubes-
cent, brownish; basal portion yellow and slightly swollen. Palpus dull luteous,
broadly infuscated along the apical edge; proboscis badly stained; bristles
yellow. Four pairs of frontal bristles; a large reclinate bristle on each side of
the upper part of the front; ocellar triangle very small, black, with three yellow
ocelli. Thorax with prescutellar row with the outer or dorsocentrals slightly
forward; no sternopleural bristle; scutellum with four bristles; metanotum and
postscutellum reddish yellow without black markings. Abdomen about as
broad as long; last two segments of equal width and each segment about
three fourths the width of the preceding segment; ovipositor sheath deep reddish
brown, slightly darkened at tip, about one and one half times as long as the
abdomen; basal two thirds much thicker than the remaining portion, tapering
very slightly toward apical portion; apical third quite slender and of equal
diameter to the tip. Wing pattern deep yellowish brown edged with a much
darker brown; hyaline costal area quite pointed and not quite reaching the

160 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

third vein; inverted V quite broad, mostly dark brown and broadly connected
at apex with main pattern; broad inner arm of V connected, along fourth vein,
with main pattern; an elongated hyaline spot in middle of first basal cell;
second basal cell brownish yellow.

Length 8 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 4.5 mm.
long. Wing 9 mm. long.

Described from one specimen labeled “Trinidad, F. W. Urich,
v.v. 14/6/19.”

Host unknown.

Type, female, Cat. No. 50507, U. S. N. M.

Anastrepha flavipennis, n. sp.
(Plate 22, fig. 6.)

Male and female-——Entire insect honey yellow, translucent. All bristles
reddish yellow; the fine short hair covering dorsal surface of thorax and abdomen
golden yellow. Antenna reaching almost to oral margin; third joint slightly
narrowed and rounded at apex; two and one half times as long as the second;
arista slender, dark brown and short pubescent; base yellow and slightly swollen.
Palpus and all its bristles yellowish. Three pairs of frontal bristles in the male,
four pairs in the female. Each with two pairs of ocellar bristles, reclinate.
Prescutellar row of four bristles almost in a straight line; sternopleural absent.
Metathorax pale yellow.

In the female the abdomen is about as long as wide; ovipositor almost as long
as abdomen. Wing with the hyaline costal area interrupted on third vein,
interruption about one half length of anterior crossvein; an elongated hyaline
spot in first basal cell just before base of discal; second basal cell deep
yellow like main pattern; width of apical crossband about equal to length
of anterior crossvein; inverted V complete, broadly connected at its apex with
main pattern; stigmal area deep golden brown.

In the male the wing is the same except that it is slightly narrower and the
stigmal area is only slightly infuscated with brown. Abdomen a little longer
than broad; last segment twice as wide as preceding.

Length of female 7 mm., without ovipositor sheath; ovipositor 2.5 mm.;
wing 8mm. Male 7.8 mm; wing 6-7 mm.

Described from two specimens, male and female, from Boa
Vista, Brazil, *—-20, Jan. 9 —5 Feb., C. H. T. Townsend collector;
one male from Corozal, Canal Zone, Panama, at light, C. P.
‘Crafts collector; one male from Cano Saddle, Gatun Lake,
Panama, August, 1923, R. C. Shannon collector.

Host unknown.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50509, U. S. N. M.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 161

Anastrepha trinidadensis, n. sp.
(Plate 22, fig. 2.)

Male and female.—Entire insect honey yellow, translucent. All bristles black;
the short fine hair covering the dorsal surface of the thorax and abdomen yellow;
the longer hairs on the sides of the abdomen blackish. Antenna reaching three
fourths distance to oral margin; third joint slightly narrower and rounded at
apex, two and one fourth times as long as second joint; arista long, slender,
faintly pubescent, brown; basal portion yellow and slightly swollen. Palpus
broad, bristles at apex black. Frontal bristles varying from three to five pairs.
Prescutellar row with the dorsocentrals a little before the row; sternopleural
bristle yellow, hair-like; metathorax deep yellow, with two black stripes. In
the female the abdomen is about as long as broad; ovipositor robust, cylindrical,
as long as last three abdominal segments. Wing with an interruption on the
third vein equal to half the length of anterior crossvein; hyaline costal area
reaching the third vein, with a slight trace of a constriction on the second vein;
inverted V mostly brown, yellowish at its apex, where it is narrowly connected
with the main pattern; width of apical crossband almost equal to length of
anterior crossvein; stigmal area dark brown, the brown extending slightly
behind the first vein.

In the male the abdomen is slightly longer than broad; the last segment about
one and one half times as wide as preceding; wing like that of the female.

Length of female 6 mm., without ovipositor sheath; ovipositor 1.8 mm.;
wing 7mm. Male 6.5 mm.; wing 7 mm.

Described from 52 specimens.

Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50505, U.S. N. M.

Localities: Union Hall, St. Madeleine, Trinidad, B. W. I.,
October 13, 1931; Cedar Hill, St. Madeleine, Trinidad, B. W.
I., October 15, 1931; Princes Town, Trinidad, B. W. I., October
DOS: St. Mary. irmidad, Bb. VW. 1. “October, 24, “1931;
Tabaquite, Trinidad, October 20, 1931; Carnage, Trinidad,
October 13, 1931; Kislituk and Cooley collectors.

Host unknown.

Adults collected on guava, sapodilla, Cordia cylindrostachta,
and S‘pondias ciruella.

This species is very close to efhalea except in size and may
ultimately prove the latter to be a variable species in size.

Anastrepha ethalea Walker.
(Plate 22, fig. 7.)

This species was originally described by Walker (32, p. 0/5)
in 1849 in the genus Trypeta. Loew (20, p. 335) in 1873 referred
it to Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909 referred it to the genus
Anastrepha. Wendel (/4, p. /4) in 1914 referred the species to
this latter genus. The species may be distinguished by the wing
pattern.

Described from Para, no date. Specimens in the U.S. National

162 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Collection are from Cedar Hill, St. Madeleine, Trinidad, B. W. -
I., October 15, 1931, M. Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley collectors.
Specimens were collected on guava and sapodilla.

Host unknown.

Type in the British Museum.

Francis Walker (32, p. 70/5) in 1849 states that the “sucker
(proboscis) is pitchy.” Miss D. Aubertin of the British
Museum furnished the writer with a photograph of the wing
of the type and stated that “the proboscis in ethalea appears to
be brown, but it is rather overgrown with fungus.” The
specimens mentioned above have the proboscis deep yellow.

The type is 10 mm. long without the ovipositor sheath, which
is 3 mm.

Anastrepha acidusa Walker.
(Plate 22, fig. 3.)

This species was originally described by Walker (32, p. 0/4)
in 1849 in the genus Trypeta. Loew (20, p. 237) in 1873
erected the genus 4crotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 284) in 1909 placed the
species in the genus Anastrepha. Hendel (/4, p. 75) in 1914
also referred it to the latter genus. Sein (29, p. 787) in 1933
described the new var. mombinpraecoptans, which is a synonym.
This species may be distinguished from all the other species of
the genus by the wing pattern and the ovipositor sheath.

Described from Jamaica, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Tapia, Panama, June 15, 1922,
James Zetek collector; Ancon, Canal Zone, and Panama City,
April 11 and May 2-3, 1926, C. T. Greene collector; Costa Rica,
no date, Boston No. 404; Damien, Haiti, July 30, 1930, E.
Ducasse collector; Pétionville, Haiti, July 2, 1931, M. Kisliuk
and C. E. Cooley collectors; Hope Gardens, Jamaica, June 16,
1931, Kisliuk and Cooley collectors; Rio Piedras, P. R., July 11,
1931, Oakley, Berry, and Anderson collectors; near Castria,
St. Lucia,-B. W.1., Sept. 12,1931, Micaud, St: Lucia, egy ee
Sept. 10, 1931, Stapleton, St. Kitts, B. W. L., Aug. 1O;s93a9
Gingerland, Nevis, B. W. I., Dominica, B. W. I., Sept. 19-21,
1931, Clark Hall, near Layon, Dom. Rep., near Trinite, Mar-
tinique, F. W. I., Lamentin, Martinique, EW. I. all Sept-.3
1931, Kishuk and Cooley collectors; Loiza, Ps Re July 18;, 19Sue
Oakley and Anderson collectors; Bayamon, P.R. , Aug: 5; 19Sm
R. G. Oakley collector; ance! Pea RaMay, 10, 1932, R. fei
Oakley, collector; Aibonito, P. R., Sept. 5, 1931, Oakley and
Mills collectors; Mayaguez, P. R., Sept. 4, 1931, Oakley and
Mills collectors; San Turce, P. R., Aug. 3, 1932, Kisliuk and
Cooley collectors; Weslaco, Tex., January 4, 1933, G. V. Harren
collector; and Key West, Fla., Oct., 1932, R. Hart collector.
The above specimens were captured on the leaves of cocoa,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 163

cotton, cacao, guava, and almond, and on the fruit of guava,
manjack (Cordia sp.), and pomarosa.

Reared from the following fruits: plum (Spondias mombin
and S. /utea.), rose apple or pomarosa (Eugenia ambos), mango
(Mangifera indica), and guava (Psidium guajava).

Type in the British Museum.

The writer had for study specimens compared with the type,
also a photograph of the wing and critical notes on the type
which were kindly furnished by Miss D. Aubertin of the British
Museum. This species appears to be the common form in the
West Indies. For a long time it was considered a synonym
of fraterculus. After a careful study of the type of 4. fraterculus
Wied. and the above photograph and notes on acidusa Walker,
I am convinced that it is a distinct species.

Anastrepha obliqua Macquart.
(Plate 22, fig. 8.)

This species was originally described by Macquart (23, p.
464) in 1835 in the genus Tephritis and in 1843 (24, p. 382) he
described the male in the same genus. Loew (20, p. 23/)
referred the species to Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909
referred the species to duastrepha. Hendel (/4, p. 73-/5) in
1914 used the same genus as Bezzi. This species is distinguished
from all other species of this genus by the wing pattern.

Described from Cuba, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Cano Saddle, Canal Zone, May 2,
1923, R. C. Shannon collector; La Ceiba, Honduras, no date,
E. Kostal collector; and Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone,
Sept. 1930 and 1933, James Zetek collector.

Reared from fruit of Quararibea asterolepis Pittier by J.
Betek!

The location of the type is unknown.

The black markings on the metanotum are variable. In
some specimens the metanotum is entirely yellow.

Anastrepha xanthochaeta Hendel.

This species was originally described by Hendel (/#, p. 78)
in 1914. It is distinguished from all other species of the genus
by the wing pattern and the large bristles of the head, thorax,
and legs, which are reddish yellow.

Described from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.

Host unknown.

The type is in the Wiener Hof-Museum. This species was
not seen by the writer.

164 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Anastrepha lambda Hendel.
(Plate 22, fig. 4.)

This species was originally described by Hendel (/4, p. /7) in
1914 and is distinguished from all other species by the wing
pattern and by its large size. Length 9 mm. without ovipositor
sheath, which is 2.5 mm.

Described from Peru, Pini-Pini.

Host unknown.

Type in the Dresden Museum.

Anastrepha pseudoparallela Loew.
(Plate 22, fig. 9.)

This species was originally described by Loew (20, p. 230) in
1873 in the genus Trypeta but in the same paper (20, p. 227) he
had erected the genus Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283-285) in 1909
placed this species in 4nastrepha and Hendel (/4, p. 74, 75) in
1914 used this latter genus. The species is distinguished from
all other species by the wing pattern and the ovipositor sheath.

Described from Brazil, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Sao Paulo, Brazil, no date;
Trinidad, June 18, 1917, F. W. Urich collector; and Rurren-
abaque Beni, Bolivia, October, 1921, W. M. Mann collector.

Host unknown.

Location of type unknown.

The metanotum is entirely yellow.

Anastrepha fraterculus Wiedemann.
(Plate 22, fig. 5.)

This species was originally described by Wiedemann (34, p.
524-525) in 1830 in the genus Dacus. Loew (/9, p. 70) in 1862
described Trypeta unicolor, which is a synonym. Schiner (28,
p. 264) in 1868 described Anastrepha munda, which is also a
synonym of fraterculus. Loew (20, p. 222) in 1873 redescribed
fraterculus and makes his unicolor a synonym. Loew (20, p.
227) placed the above species in his new genus 4crotoxa. Weyen-
bergh (33, p. /65) in 1874 described frutalis. Van der Wulp
(36, p. 404-405) in 1899 referred fraterculus to Anastrepha.
Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909 also used this latter genus. Hendel
(14, p. 78) in 1914 also used Anastrepha. Bréthes (5, p. 59) in
1914 made frutalis Weyenb. a synonym. This species may be
distinguished from all the other species of the genus by the wing
pattern and the ovipositor sheath. The female is exactly like
the male except in the sexual characters. The apex of the
inverted V is broadly disconnected from the main pattern. The
ovipositor sheath is about two thirds as long as the abdomen,
or about 2 mm. long.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 165

Described from Sao Paulo, Brazil, no date. Specimens in the
U.S. National Collection are from Vicosa, Minas Geraes, Brazil,
1930, E. J. Hambleton collector; Sao Goncalo, Brazil, Nov. 23,
1931, near Tabera, Pernambuco, Brazil, Dec. 4, 1931, St. Mary,
Trinidad, B. W. I., Oct. 24, 1931, Hermitage, St. Madeleine,
Trinidad, Oct. 15, 1931, San Fernando, Trinidad, Oct. 24, 1931,
Port of Spain, Trinidad, Oct. 29, 1931, all collected by M.
Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley; Higuito, Costa Rica, no date, Pablo
Schild collector; and Guatemala, March 22, 1931, D. M.
Bates collector. Specimens collected on Spondias ciruella,
sapodilla, guava, and Natal orange.

Reared from /vga, and grapefruit.

The type is in the Vienna Museum and was examined by the
writer. Dr. H. Zerny of that museum loaned this type to Dr.
Aldrich in order that the writer might make a careful examina-
tion of it. (The specimen was in remarkable condition con-
sidering that it was described in 1830.) 4. fraterculus of
authors included four species.

The type of unicolor Loew is in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., and was examined by the writer.

Anastrepha townsendi, n. sp.
(Plate 22, fig. 10.)

Female.—Dull, luteous yellow. Bristles black, except one large one on the
cheek and sternopleural; the short hair covering dorsal surface of thorax and
abdomen yellow. Antenna reaching almost to oral margin; third joint slightly
narrower at apex, rounded, and three times as long as second segment; arista
long and slender, dark brown, faintly pubescent; basal portion slightly thicker
and yellow. Palpus yellow, bristles yellowish red. Three pairs of frontal bristles;
two pairs of orbitals, upper pair about half the size of lower pair. Prescutellar
row with the outer bristle slightly forward of the row; one sternopleural, small,
reddish-yellow, hair-like. Metathorax deep reddish yellow, without black
markings. Abdomen slightly longer than broad, last segment slightly wider
than preceding. Ovipositor sheath almost as long as head and thorax together,
enlarged on basal half, then cylindrical for a short distance and slightly widened
at the apex. Wing pattern mostly deep golden yellow; hyaline costal area
interrupted on the third vein for a distance equal to one half the length of
anterior crossvein; width of apical crossband almost equal to length of anterior
crossvein; inverted VY complete, broadly disconnected from the main pattern;
stigmal area long, narrow, deep brown, this color extending a little behind the
first vein.

Length of female 10 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 5.4 mm. long;
wing 10 mm.

Described from one specimen, Boa Vista, Brazil, X 8, C. H.
T. Townsend collector.
Type, female, Cat. No. 50504, U. S. N. M.

Host unknown.

166 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Anastrepha pallidipennis, n. sp.
(Plate 23, fig. 1.)

Female.—Very much like J. zefeki, n. sp., but differing in the following charac-
ters. Entire insect slightly darker. Dorsum of thorax with a broad, pale,
central stripe extending from front edge to a short distance before scutellum;
posterior end wider and bifid; a narrow, pale yellowish lateral stripe extending
from posterior angle to transverse suture; all bristles black; the postalar bristle
in the same line with the two acrostichals; a single dorsocentral bristle on each
side decidedly forward of the acrostichals; no sternopleural bristle. Three
frontal bristles on one side, four on the other. Third abdominal segment
wider than fourth. Ovipositor sheath very slender, cylindrical,.a little enlarged
at the base and slightly shorter than the remainder of the insect. Wing pattern
pale yellow; hyaline costal area broadly separated on the third vein from the
rest of the first basal cell, the basal fourth of the discal, and the entire second
basal cell; the inverted V mostly yellow, reaching the third vein and broadly
separated from the diagonal yellow band.

Length 6 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 6 mm.; wing 11 mm.

Described from one specimen from Medellin, Colombia,
Aug. 28, 1930, C. H. Ballou collector. Captured on Passiflora
quadrangularis Col. 83.

Type, female, Cat. No. 50512, U. S. N. M.

Host unknown.

Anastrepha soluta Bezzi.
(Plate 23, fig. 6.)

This species was originally described by Bezzi (3, p. 284) in
1909 as a new variety but the present writer considers it a good
species. It is distinguished from all other species by the wing
pattern.

Described originally from Sao Paulo, Brazil, no date. Speci-
mens in the U. S. National Collection are from the same locality
and were determined by Prof. Bezzi.

Reared from pitanga (Eugenia uniflora) and from Ameixa do
Para.

Types in the collection of the late Prof. M. Bezzi in Milan.

Anastrepha barnesi Aldrich.
(Plate 23, fig. 2.)

This species was originally described by Aldrich (2, p. 3) in
1925. It can be distinguished from all other species by the wing
pattern and the very long ovipositor sheath, which is 9.5 mm.

Described from Cayuga, Guatemala, Feb. and March, W.
Schaus and J. Barnes collectors.

Host unknown.

The types are in the U. S. National Collection and were
examined by the writer.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 167

Anastrepha consobrina Loew.
(Plate 23, fig. 7.)

This species was originally described by an (20, p. 230) in
1873 in the genus Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909 referred
the species to the genus dvastrepha. Fenda CL EA)
in 1914 referred it to the same genus. This species can be
distinguished from all the other species of this genus by the wing
pattern and the ovipositor sheath.

Described from Brazil, no date. Specimens in the U. S.
National Collection are from Estado de Rio, Brazil, Dr. C.
Lima collector (through M. Kisliuk and C. E. Cooley).

Reared from Passiflora edulis, January, 1930.

Location of type unknown.

Anastrepha chiclayae, n. sp.
(Plate 23, fig. 3.)

Male and female.—Deep golden-yellow, with the head, humeri, narrow band
along pleural suture, and scutellum pale lemon yellow. All bristles black; short
fine hairs on dorsal surface of the thorax and abdomen pale yellow. Antenna
reaching, in the male one-half, and the female two thirds, the distance to the
oral margin; third joint (male and female) slightly more than twice as long as
wide; arista slender, dark, with short pubescence, the base yellow and slightly
swollen; palpus broad with pale hairs which are darker at the apex; three pairs
of frontal bristles; a reclinate pair on each side of the upper part of the front
(in the male there are two additional large black bristles on the left side of the
front just below this reclinate pair); ocellar triangle small, black (in the female
there is one large bristle to the right of the triangle), ocellar bristles small.
Prescutellar row with the dorsocentrals set forward (in the female the acrostichal
pair entirely wanting), no sternopleural bristle; metanotum golden yellow with-
out black markings. Wing pattern mostly yellow; hyaline costal area continuous
to and including the second basal cell; inverted V complete, narrowly discon-
nected from the main pattern (in one male the V narrowly connected).

Male abdomen about twice as long as broad; last segment one and one fourth
times as long as the preceding. Female abdomen nearly as broad as long, the
last three segments of nearly equal length; ovipositor sheath about as long as
abdomen, without black at tip.

Length of female 6.5 mm. without ovipositor sheath, which is 2.25 mm.;
wing 7 mm.

Length of male 6 mm.; wing 6 mm.

Described from 4 specimens: Hac. Ouefe, J. R. Ugaz,
Chiclaya, Peru, March 21, 1932, Kisliuk and Cooley collectors.
Type, female, allotype, male, Cat. No. 50515) US Ne vie

Host unknown.
Adults collected on leaf of caracucho.

168 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

Anastrepha parallela Wiedemann.
(Plate 23, fig. 8.)

This species was originally described by Wiedemann (34, p.
575) in 1830 in the genus Dacus. Loew (20, p. 229) in 1873
placed it in the genus Acrofoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909 and
Hendel (/4, p. 73, 75) in 1914 both placed the species in Anas-
trepha. It is distinguished by the wing pattern.

Described from Brazil. Specimens in the U. S. National
Collection are from S. Bernardino, Paraguay, no date, K.
Fiebrig collector; and Sao Paulo, Brazil, Dec. 28, 1931, on
sapodilla, Kisliuk and Cooley.

Host unknown.

The types are in the Vienna Museum and the Frankfort
Museum.

Anastrepha integra Loew.
(Plate 23, fig. 4.)

This species was originally described by Loew (20, p. 230) in
1873 in the genus Acrotoxa. Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909 referred
it to Anastrepha, and Hendel (/4, p. 73—/5) 1914 does likewise.
The species is distinguished from all others by the wing pattern
and the size of the ovipositor sheath.

Described from Brazil, no date. Specimens in the National
Collection are from Verdant Vale, Ariam, Trinidad, B. W. I.,
April, 1912, F. W. Urich ‘collector. One specimen captured
3 miles south of La Vega, Dominican Republic, July 20, 1931,
Kisliuk and Cooley collectors. A specimen was collected on
the leaf of rose apple.

Host unknown.

Types are in the Berlin Museum.

Anastrepha schausi Aldrich.
(Plate 23, fig. 9.)

This species was originally described by Aldrich (2, p. 3) in
1925. This male can be distinguished from that of all other
species known to the writer by the conspicuous black and
white border around the expanded edge of the mouth. The
female is unknown.

Described from Juan Vinas, Costa Rica, Jan. 11, W. Schaus
and J. Barnes collectors.

Host unknown.

The type is in the National Collection and was examined by
the writer.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 169

Anastrepha concava, n. sp.
(Plate 23, fig. 5.)

This specimen is so damaged, abdomen missing, that I can not tell the sex.
Its wing pattern is so entirely different from that of any known species that I
think it worth while to describe the fragment. Perhaps later on a good specimen
may be captured.

Head and thorax luteous, subshining; all short hair pale yellow; all bristles
black. Five pairs of frontals; one pair of orbitals. Antenna reaching three
fourths the distance to oral margin; third joint tapering slightly toward apex,
where it is rounded; third joint about twice as long as second, with a yellow
bristly hair on under side near apex; arista long, brown with yellow enlargement
at base. Palpus broad, with very faint infuscation on apical half (this infuscation
may be only a stain); proboscis luteous.

Wing pattern almost entirely dark brown; small amount of yellow at bases of
marginal and first basal and entire anal cells. Inverted V very broadly con-
nected at apex with main pattern. Hyaline costal area broadly interrupted on
third vein, interruption about as long as anterior crossvein. The species would
be from 10 to 12 mm. long without the ovipositor sheath. Wing 11 mm. long.
Length of head, thorax, and scutellum 6.5 mm. Abdomen missing.

Locality.—Close’s, Cano Saddle, C. Z., Sept. 1923, M. F. Close,
collector.
Type, Cat. No. 50520, U.S. N.M. Host unknown.

Anastrepha munda Schiner.

This species was originally described by Schiner (28, p. 264)
in 1868 in the above genus. Bezzi (3, p. 283) in 1909 con-
sidered this species a synonym of fraterculus Wied. Schiner
compared his specimen with uzzcolor Loew, which Loew (20, p.
223) admitted to be a synonym of fraterculus Wied. The
writer examined the types of fraterculus and unicolor and found
that they are identical. Hendel (/4, p. 78) in 1914 and Carlos
R. Fischer (//, p. 309) in 1932 both considered the species to be
a synonym of obliqua Macq. I can not give a definite opinion
as I have not seen a specimen of munda.

Described from South America. The type is in the Vienna
Museum. Host unknown.

Anastrepha fenestrata Lutz and Costa Lima.

This species was originally described by Lutz and Costa
Lima (2/7, p. 8) in 1918. From the description I am unable
definitely to place the species.

Described from Amazonia, no date. Host unknown.

Type in the Museum of Instituto Oswaldo Cruz. at Rio de
Janeiro. Not seen by the writer.

170 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

LirERATURE CITED.

(1) Aupricu, J. M.
1905. A Catalogue of North American Diptera (or Two-Winged Flies).
Smithsn. Misc. Collect. No. 1444, 680 pp.
==
1925. New Diptera or Two-Winged Flies in the United States National
Museum. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 66, Art. 18, No. 2555, 36 pp.,
illus.
(3) Bezz, M.
1909. Le Specie dei Generi Ceratitis, Anastrepha e Dacus. Bol. Lab.
Zool. Gen. e Agr. 3 : 280-286, illus. Portici.

(4)
1919. Una Nuova Specie Brasiliana del Genere Anastrepha. (Dipt.)
Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Agr. 13 : [3]-14, illus. Portici.
(5) BrETHES, JEAN.
1914. Notes Synonymiques sur Quelques Insectes Argentins. Dipt. et
Lep. Bul. Soc. Ent. France, pp. 58-59.
(6) Coquitiettr, D. W.
1904. Diptera from Southern Texas with Descriptions of New Species.
Jout. N: ¥: Ent. Soc.12 7 31-35.
(7) Crawrorp, D. L.
1927. Investigation of the Mexican Fruit Fly (4nastrepha ludens Loew)
in Mexico. Calif. Mo. Bul. State Dept. Agr. 16 : [422]-445.
(8) Dampr, ALFONS.
1929. The Present Status of the Fruit Fly Problem in Mexico. Fourth
Internat. Cong. Ent. pp. [97]-99. Ithaca, N. Y.

(9)
1933. Estudio Sobre el Oviscapto de las Moscas de la Fruta (Anastrepha
spp.) de Mexico. Irrigacion en Mexico, 6 (3) : 253, 265, illus.
(10) Darsy, H. H., and Kapp, E. M.
1933. Observations on the Thermal Death Points of 4. /udens Loew.
U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bul. 400, 18 pp., illus.
(11) Fiscner, Carros R.
1932. Nota Taxonomica e biologica Sobre Anastrepha grandis Macq.
(Dipt. Trypetidae). Rev. Ent. 2: 302-310, illus. Rio de

Janeiro, Brazil.

(12)
1933. Nota Sobre Anastrepha punctata Hend. (Dipt., Trypetidae) e uma
especie nova de Cyrtonotum (Dipt. Drosophilidae). Rev. Ent.
3 : 83-92, illus. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
(13) Greene, Cuas. T.
1929. Characters of the Larvae and Pupae of Certain Fruit Flies. Jour.
Agr. Research [U. S.] 38 : 489-504, illus.
(14) HenpeL, FRrepRIcH.
1914. Die Bohrfliegen Suedamerikas. Vol. 14, No. 3, 84 pp., illus.
(15) Isaac, JoHN.
1905. Report on the Mexican Orange Worm (Trypeta /udens) in Mexico.
Calif. State Hort. Comm. 48 pp., illus.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 171

(16) Jounson, W. G.
1898. Notes on the Morelos Orange Fruit-Worm. Ent. Soc. Wash.
Proc. 4 (2) : 53-57.
(17) Knas, F.
1915. A New American Fruit-Fly. Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus
3: 146.
(18) Lima, A. pa Cosra.
1930. Sobre Insectos Que Vivem em Maracujdis (Passiffora spp.)
Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 23 : 159-162, illus.
(19) Loew, H.
1862. Monographs of the Diptera of North America, Part 1. Smithsn.
Misc. Collect. 221 pp., illus.
(20)

1873. Monographs of the Diptera of North America, Part 3. Smithsn.

Misc. Collect. 351 pp., illus.
(21) Lurz, A., and Lima, A. pa Costa.

1918. Contribuicao para Estudo das Tripaneidas (Moscas de Frutas)
Brazileiras. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Vol. 10, Fasc. 1, 16 pp.,
illus.

(22) Macxte, D. B.

1928. An Investigation of the Mexican Fruit Fly Anastrepha ludens
(Loew) in the Lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas. Calif. Mo.
Bul. State Dept. Agr. 17 : [295] —323, illus.

(23) Macquarrt, [P. J. M.]
1835. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Diptéres. Vol. 2, 703 pp., illus.

Paris.
(24)
1843. Diptéres Exotiques Nouveaux ou Peu Connus. Vol. 2, 460 pp.,
illus. Paris.
(25)
1846. Diptéres Exotiques Nouveaux ou Peu Connus. Vol. 2, Suppl.,
238 pp., illus. Paris.
(26)

1851. Diptéres Exotiques Nouveaux ou Peu Connus. Fourth Suppl.,
294 pp., illus. Paris.
(27) McPuait, M., and Bttss, C. I.
1933. Observations on the Mexican Fruit Fly and Some Related Species
in Cuernavaca, Mexico, in 1928 and 1929. U.S. Dept. Agr.
Circ. 255, 24 pp., illus.
(28) Scuiner, J. R.
1868. Diptera. Jn Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte Novara, Zo-
ologischer Theil. Vol. 2, Pt. 6, 388 pp., illus. Vienna.
(29) Sern, Francisco, Jr.
1933. Anastrepha (Trypetydae, Diptera) Fruit Flies in Puerto Rico.
Jour. Dept. Agr. Puerto Rico. 17 : 183-196, illus.
(30) Sitvesrri, F.
1914. Report of an Expedition to Africa in Search of the Natural Enemies
of Fruit Flies (Trypaneidae). Hawaii Bd. Comm. Agr. For.
3: 11-146, illus.

172 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

(31) Townsenp, C. H. T.
1913. The Peruvian Fruit-Fly (Anastrepha peruviana, n.sp.), Jour. Econ.
Ent. 6 : 345-346.
(32) WALKER, FRANCIS.
1849. List of the Specimens of Dipterous Insects in the Collection of the
British Museum. Part 4, 1172 pp. London.
(33) WeyenBeErRGH, H.
1874. Insects Injurious to Agriculture in Argentina (4nthomyia Trypeta)
(frutalis). Argent. Dept. Agr. Ann. Rpt. 2: 165, illus.
(34) Wiepemann, C. R. W.
1830. Aussereuropaische Zweifluegelige Insekten. Vol. 2, 384 pp.., illus.
(35) Wie, J.
1932. Der Kampfgegen die Fruchtfliegen in Nord-und-Suedamerika.
Nachrichtenbl. Deut. PA. Schutz Dienst 12 : 99-101. Berlin.
(36) Wutp, F. M. van DER
1899. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Zoologia, Insecta, Diptera. Vol. 2,
489 pp., illus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate 19.

. Anastrepha serpentina Wiedemann, female (Peru).

. ornata Aldrich, female (type) (Banos, Or. Ecuador).
ce daciformis Bezzi, female (Sao Paulo, Brazil).
macrura Hendel, female (type) (Paraguay).

‘ robusta Greene, male (type) (Cordoba, Mexico).

“ cordata Aldrich, female (type) (British Honduras).
4 grandis Macquart, male (Brazil).

= striata Schiner, female (Ancon, C. Z.).

Q). 3 atrigona Hendel, female (Brazil).

10. : tricincta Loew, female (Cuba).

il . longimacula Greene, female (type) (Hope, Jamaica).
12. 3 suspensa Loew, female (Mayaguez, P. R.).

Plate 20.

OID Mn PWN

1. Anastrepha peruviana Townsend, female (type) (Chosica, Peru).

2 cs distincta Greene, male (type) (Chiclaya, Peru).

3 $ ludens Loew, male (Matamoros, Mex.).

4. $ zeteki Greene, female (type) (Barro Colorado Isl., C. Z.).

5 - similis Greene, female (type) (Cabima, Panama).

6 Xi braztliensis Greene, male (type) (Brazil).

7 3 distans Hendel, female (Sao Paulo, Brazil).

8. = panamensis Greene, male (paratype) (Barro Colorado Isl., C. Z.).
9. te passiflorae Greene, female (type) (Barro Colorado Isl., C. Z.).
10. if leptozona Hendel, female (Bahia, Brazil).

ills ay pallens Coquillett, female (Mission, Texas).
12: se punctata Hendel, female (Sao Paulo, Brazil).

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 19

1 SERPENTINA 9 yf GRANDIS ¢

9 | ATRIGONA ¢

5 ROBUSTA ¢ | 11 | LonGIMAcULA ¢

[173]

PLATE 20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

1 PERUVIANA ¢ ra DISTANS 9

3 LUDENS ¢ Qs PASSIFLORAE 9

4 ZETEKI 9° 10 _LEPTOZzoNA @

5 | smi.is ¢ 11 PALLENS ¢

[174]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 21

a
RS
ee

1 HENDELI ¢

NIGRIPALPIS 9

2 OBSCURA ¢o

7 BIVITTATA ¢

8 OCRESIA 9

5 aie Q CRYPTOSTREPHA ¢°

[175]

PLATE 22 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

o TRINIDADENSIS ° 7

3 ACIDUSA ¢ & oprrqua ¢

Q > PSEUDOPARALLELA

5 | FRATERCULUS ¢ | 10 — townsenpr ¢

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 23

1 PALLIDIPENNIS 9 6 SOLUTA ¢

9 scuausi ¢

a CONCAVA ¢

7
=
,
%
@ 7 7
‘ om
ae
ae
=
_—
*
~ |
a’ tS
‘ '-
~ -
omer
at i ‘
Pet Bb

vill

—

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 179

Plate 21.

il. OUEST: hendeli Greene, female (type) (Sao Paulo, Brazil).
We obscura Aldrich, male (paratype) (Trinidad).
3 hamata Loew, male (Brazil).

tripunctata Van der Wulp, female (type) (Mexico).
sylvicola Knab, female (paratype) (Trinidad).
nigripalpis Hendel, female (type) (Bolivia).
bivittata Macquart, female (locality unknown).
ocresia Walker, female (type) (Jamaica).

cry ptostrepha Hendel, female (type) (Peru).

Plate 22.

Anastrepha urichi Greene, female (type) (Trinidad).

oe trinidadensis Greene, female (type) (Tabaquite, Trinidad).

s acidusa Walker, female (type) (Castries, St. Lucia, B. W. I.).
es lambda Hendel, female (type) (Peru).

fraterculus Wiedemann, male (type) (Sao Paulo, Brazil).
flavipennis Greene, female (type) (Boa Vista, Brazil).

ethalea Walker, female (type) (Hermitage, Trinidad).

obliqua Macquart, female (Barro Colorado Isl., C. Z.).
pseudoparallela Loew, female (Trinidad).

tawnsendi Greene, female (type) (Boa Vista, Brazil).

SOR CO IONE ta aaa

SSCS I Loa eS Sh

Plate 23

Anastrepha pallidipennis Greene, female (type) (Medellin, Colombia).
ee barnesi Aldrich, female (type) (Cayuga, Guatemala).
chiclayae Greene, male (type) (Chiclaya, Peru).

integra Loew, female (Trinidad).

concava Greene, male (type) (Cano Saddle, Canal Zone).
soluta Bezzi, male (Sao Paulo, Brazil).

consobrina Loew, female (Brazil).

parallela Loew, male (Sao Paulo, Brazil).

schausi Aldrich, male (type) (Juan Vinas, Costa Rica).

SOM oe ST oe ae co)

180 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

JOHN MERTON ALDRICH, PH. D.

At the 457th meeting of the Entomological Society of Wash-

ington, June 7, 1934, the following announcement was made by
W. R. Walton:

“Mr. President, fellow members, ladies and gentlemen:

It becomes my sad duty to announce to the Entomological
Society of Washington the death of one of its most valued and
beloved members, Dr. John Merton Aldrich, who passed away
on May 27th, at Georgetown Hospital, Washington, D. C.,
after an illness of about three weeks, at the age of 68 years and
4 months.

I shall omit for the present the details regarding his early life
which I feel sure will be carefully collated and recorded by the
Society subsequently, and speak now of Dr. Aldrich principally
as a member of the Federal Bureau of Entomology and of the
Entomological Society of Washington as we knew him.

In 1913, immediately following his separation from the .
University of Idaho, Dr. Aldrich accepted appointment as
Entomological Assistant in the Division of Cereal and Forage
Insect Investigations of the Federal Bureau of Entomology
under the immediate leadership of the late F. M. Webster. He
was assigned to a field station at West Lafayette, Indiana, where,
at the request of Webster, he began in December of that year, a
revision of the North American Sarcophagidae. This work
finally culminated in 1916, in the publication, under the auspices
of the Thomas Say Foundation, of the well-known volume
entitled ‘Sarcophaga and Allies in North America.’ At the
inception of this task Aldrich states in his Introduction to the
book: ‘In the United States since the beginning of any in-
digenous dipterology, about 1880, there has been a virtual
blockade in this group, due to the vast number of old unrecog-
nizable descriptions, of which the types were scattered in
European museums or lost.’

When Aldrich’s ‘Catalog of the North American Diptera’
was published in 1905, ‘it included 106 nominal species of
Sarcophaga of which hardly more than half a dozen were ever
recognizably described.” In the absence of any clear under-
standing of the specific characters in this group, Aldrich truly

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 181

says that ‘this looked like the most hopeless field imaginable.’
However, the completion of his work saw the intricacies of the
complex resolved most satisfactorily into 145 species and
varieties, belonging to 16 genera, in a volume containing some
300 pages and 170 figures, which undoubtedly will stand as a
model of taxonomic excellence for all time to come.

During his service at Lafayette, Aldrich also conducted a
series of biological experiments with several nominal species of
Oscinis affecting small grains which resulted in the revelation
of the presence in America of the European fruit fly Oscinis
frit (Fab.) which had been masquerading under various specific
names for many years although, curiously enough, it has never
become of more than occasional economic importance here.

It was during this period that I first became well acquainted
with Dr. Aldrich although, in common with all students of the
American Diptera, I had known him through his writings and
especially through his monumental and indispensable catalog
of the order. Upon the death of Webster in 1916, when the
administration of the Division passed into my hands, I had
frequent contact with Aldrich, both personally and through
correspondence, as he was then making all routine identifications
of the Diptera for us. In these circumstances, it was not only
astonishing to observe the celerity with which Dr. Aldrich
determined practically all of this material, but I was deeply
impressed by his ever-present desire to furnish his correspon-
dents, many of them personally unknown to him, with all
information that could possibly prove pertinent to their work.
No pains were too great, or no research of the literature so
tedious, as to prevent the transmittal of whatever information
Aldrich considered appropriate to the needs of the case. This
admirable trait of the man persisted with the passage of the
years, as I have within the last few months had occasion to
remark its exercise in the case of a peculiarly involved taxonomic
tangle in the tachinid parasites of the European corn borer. In
this case Aldrich had not only resolved the snarl to its last
convolution but, in the written discussion of it, he had even sent
to our field men copies of his correspondence with European
authorities in the group in order that no vestige of doubt should
remain regarding the matter.

I well remember my feeling of extreme gratification when, in

182 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

the early months of 1919, Dr. L. O. Howard told me in private
that he was seriously considering the nomination of Dr. Aldrich
for the position of Associate Curator of Insects in the U. S.
National Museum and I then expressed the opinion that none
could fill the position with greater ability and honor than he.

Shortly after his arrival in Washington that year, Aldrich
began to interest himself in the affairs of our Society and very
soon to publish in our Proceedings. His longer papers were, of
course, included in the regular series issued by the Museum but
those of lesser length usually came to us. Thus no less than 25
such articles have been contributed to the Society during the
past 14 years. In addition to these generous contributions,
Dr. Aldrich served the Society as its First Vice President in
1925, and in 1926 was elected President, filling the office with
his usual efficiency and kindliness. He was a constant and most
welcome contributor to the informal discussion of many papers
presented before the Society as well as to our program; in point
of fact, he was to have had a place on it this very evening.

As a taxonomist in the American Diptera Dr. Aldrich was the
peer of any who had preceded him, and I feel confident in saying
that none survives who possesses his breadth of knowledge of
this complex. In his work he had accepted Osten Sacken and
Williston as his models and in this choice he could not have done
better. His descriptive work possesses a quality that is ex-
ceptional and his command of good English was indeed re-
markable. All who knew him well will remember with wonder
his amazing ability to converse on his beloved order almost
‘ad infinitum’ and at great speed, without faltering an instant
for a shade of expression or a technical name. Dr. Aldrich, to
the end, maintained his boyish enthusiasm and I can not refrain
from quoting as an illustration of this a note received from him
in 1931 which then impressed me as so characteristic that it
was preserved. It was as follows:

‘Dear Walton: I seized the opportunity to send over a
page of manuscript by Joe [Wade] yesterday, but it was a
little premature, as, in the first draft, I found I had not
covered the ground properly. So now I shall have to ask
you to substitute the two pages enclosed for the one page
sent yesterday. J feel quite jubilant to have at last found out
what Eurycephalomyia is, it having been an enigma since
88/1!’ (The italics are mine.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934 183

Although he was then 65, and had been working continuously
with the Diptera for at least 40 years, he still found delight in
adding another morsel of knowledge to his already plethoric
store. What further proof is wanting that Aldrich had indeed
found his exact vocation in life?

The sound quality of Dr. Aldrich’s work is universally ac-
knowledged and, although always in a conservative vein, it 1s
never reactionary. He kept abreast of the times in taxonomic
advance, and, especially in recent years, when he devoted a
large part of his attention to the taxonomy of the muscoidean
flies, he provided a stabilizing influence which not only was
greatly needed in this field but which will now be sorely missed.
In addition to a vast store of knowledge of the Diptera and their
literature, Dr. Aldrich possessed that rare and most desirable
quality in taxonomic work, the judicial mind. This enabled
him to view his problems uncolored by personal feeling, and in a
detached and dispassionate manner that was ever admirable.
Thus, even in the heat of argument, so inseparable from this
type of research, we find him scrupulously courteous and polite
toward his opponents.

Although we, who mourn his loss, can not refrain from feeling
that his end was both premature and untimely, John Merton
Aldrich bequeathed to us a great work well done, and a scientific
heritage of which entomology may well feel proud.”

A more extended biography, together with a portrait of the
late Dr. Aldrich, will appear in a subsequent issue of these
Proceedings.

184 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 6, JUNE, 1934

MINUTES OF THE 456th REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, MAY 3, 1934.

The 456th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, May 3, 1934, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were present
28 members and 10 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

Under “Notes,” Dr. J. M. Aldrich read a letter from E. P. Van Duzee, of the
California Academy of Science, calling attention to the recent death of M. C.
Van Duzee, one of the leading authorities on Dolochopodidae. Van Duzee’s
collection of flies of that family has been purchased by the California Academy
of Science.

Dr. Aldrich also called attention to the report of the committee on graduate
instruction of the American Council on Education, and read the list of institu-
tions considered by the council as being qualified to give doctorate degrees in
Entomology.

This note was discussed by Ewing.

The first communication on the regular program was by Dr. F. W. Poos, and
entitled “Notes on the genus Empoasca.” Dr. Poos gave a brief review of the
more common species of the genus and the plants which they affect. He also
showed slides with drawings illustrating the structures by which the species
are separated taxonomically, charts giving a comparison of the life histories of
some of the species, and pictures of the disease-like injury to legumes that is
caused by Empoasca fabae.

This paper was discussed by Cushman and MclIndoo.

The second communication on the regular program was by W. B. Wood,
entitled “Plant Inspection.” Mr. Wood limited his remarks to the inspection
of introduced plants, most of which come into the country for propagation in
nurseries or for experimental work by the Department of Agriculture. Most
of the stock for propagation comes from European nurseries and because of
the money invested it must be handled with extreme care during inspection
and treatment. Treatment most frequently consists of fumigation with cyanide
gas or carbondisulphide, often in connection with vacuum. Heat, hot water,
and moist air are also used, depending upon the nature of the infestation or
disease and the plants involved.

This paper was discussed by Cushman.

The third communication on the regular program was a paper by N. E. Good,
entitled ‘‘ Biology of the flour beetles of the genus Tribolium.” Mr. Good gave
a comprehensive discussion of the seven species of this interesting genus, three
of which occur in the United States and two of which are almost cosmopolitan.
The most widely distributed species are practically omnivorous, living on all
kinds of seeds if the hull is broken. The genus is of particular importance as a
pest of stored grains.

This paper was discussed by Hyslop.

Meeting adjourned at 10:05 p. m.

P. W. Oman,
Recording Secretary.

Actual date of publication, Fuly 9, 1934.

VOL. 36 OCTOBER, 1934 No. 7

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

CONTENTS

SHANNON, RAYMOND C. AND PUTNAM, PERSIS—-THE BIOLOGY OF STEGO-
MYIA UNDER LABORATORY CONDITIONS: I. THE ANALYSIS OF FACTORS

WHICH INFLUENCE LARVAL DEVELOPMENT Alaa. EE Re ALO

PUTNAM, PERSIS, AND SHANNON, RAYMOND C.—_THE BIOLOGY OF STEGO-
MYIA UNDER LABORATORY CONDITIONS: II. EGG-LAYING CAPACITY

AD) HOGI AGSE Oly NDING) og a! no wigs Gb e ow sc pesca 7

PusiisHED Montuiy Except Jury, AucusT AND SEPTEMBER
BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

Orcanizep Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P. M.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the ProcEEDINGSs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

FAGHOLGHY EV ESAGCHT. oe ccy cys, Peer eae eee .. -L.'O. HOWARD
Presidents se du Bo Miele) 6 La en ee ee J. S. WADE
JE AGS VAG Ba 2 6 4 0 8 - toe ke os ee ee os De ee a
Seconda ice-Presiacnt ©. 8. 53 oe io ee ee ee S. B. FRACKER
Recording Secrelary /.. a. e's a eee ay © ee P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer. . . 1... +24 S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
PDRLOP aoc ebteyoy te eee) oe Ae hein Eee ae W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: Tue Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewine,
F. L. CampseE-t.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCLCHNCES RA Pn ete ES? cate Pn cr ar eaten amt a anes H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEeEpinas will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12 ppy elope:
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL 536 OCTOBER, 1934 No.

THE BIOLOGY OF STEGOMYIA UNDER LABORATORY
CONDITIONS. !

By Raymonp C. SHANNON AND PeErsis PuTNnam.

I THE ANALYSIS OF FACTORS WHICH INFLUENCE LARVAL
DEVELOPMENT.

The main features relating to the life history of 4edes (Stego-
myia) aegypti are well known. When we attempt to define
conditions of nurture, however, we find that a state of confusion
exists. Buxton and Hopkins (1927) have said: “‘One frequently
wants a number of larvae for experimental purposes, all of
precisely the same age. In our present state of ignorance one
can only secure these accidentally by putting a lot of eggs
into suitable water; three-quarters may hatch in an hour, or
none may hatch in the first week.”

The contradictions in the results of laboratory work may have
resulted from different environmental conditions or from the
fact that the cultural methods practiced did not give uniform
and favorable results. Some of the difficulties may have arisen
from the use of different strains. The material, for example,
that Roubaud (1927-29) used in his experiments may belong
to a different strain than the Brazilian material used by us,
which may account for the different rate of hatching he obtained.
Preliminary experiments (R. C. S.) which are being made on
the Greek strain indicate that its incubation requirements differ
from those of the Brazilian strain.

In the course of two years in the Yellow Fever Laboratory
in Bahia, Brazil, some of the causes of variation have been
determined, and through their elimination a standard method
of breeding has been devised, especially adapted to the normal
conditions prevailing in tropical laboratories. This method
must of necessity differ from those in practice in temperate
climates, e. g., at the Wellcome Entomological Field Laboratory
(MacGregor, 1931) and at the London School of Tropical
Medicine (Lesson, 1932).

The method devised has been thoroughly tested through two

1The studies and observations on which this paper is based were conducted
at the Yellow Fever Laboratory, Bahia, Brazil, with the support and under the
auspices of the International Health Pivision of The Rockefeller Foundation.

186 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

years of daily routine breeding during which several hundred
thousand mosquitoes have been reared, constituting the type
of material referred to as “standard stock” in various papers
published from this laboratory. The individuals reared by this
formula maintained a uniform rate of development in all stages.
Mortality was low, and the adults attained what appeared to
be maximum size and vigor for the species. Excellent material
of known age in desired quantity was thus easily available.

The detailed observations of large numbers of specimens
made routinely throughout the period of development furnished
excellent data for statistical analysis. We are able, conse-
quently, not only to discuss the basis and technic of the method
and its application, but also to describe the results biometrically
and to evaluate some of the factors which influence them.

The literature dealing with the biology of stegomyia is very
extensive and scattered. Reference here will be limited to a
few of the earlier and a few of the later papers. It may be
stated, however, that most of the experiments to be described
have been covered by others in the papers cited.

The essential phases of the biology were worked out by the
American Yellow Fever Commission in Cuba (Reed and Carroll,
1911). The minimum duration of the early stages of develop-
ment, as indicated by Reed and Carroll, was nine and one-half
days: incubation, two days; larval stage, six days; pupal, 36
hours. Goeldi (1905) obtained a minimum of four days for the
larval stage, with males emerging on the fifth day. The duration
of*egg and pupal stages as given by Reed and Carroll, and of
the larval stage as given Pek Goeldi represent the minimum
obtained by us.

MacGregor (1931) states that the strain of aegypti used at
the Wellcome Entomological Field Laboratory, when kept at
30° C. produces successive generations on the average of every
10 to 15 days throughout the year. He does not mention egg-
production, larval mortality, or size and longevity of adults.
Martini (1924) observed that mosquito larvae when subjected
to warm temperatures produced smaller sized adults than those
kept at cooler temperatures. It is probable, therefore, that
MacGregor’s strain was rather dwarfed.

The development and behavior of stegomyia under laboratory
conditions will be discussed from two points of view: as observed
under normal or standard conditions, and when subjected to
special influences which may materially retard or alter their
course. A third point to be mentioned will be the appearance ,
of a natural phenomenon of unknown origin adversely affecting
development.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 187

STANDARD DEVELOPMENT.
Equipment.

All equipment is of a very simple nature and was originally
installed by Bauer and Davis in August, 1928.

1. Breeding cages Screened cages of about one-half cubic meter capacity
will readily accommodate from 100 to 250 female mosquitoes and an equal
number of males. This number of females will supply from 500 to 1,000 eggs
daily. Fresh adults are added once a month. An immobilized guinea pig is
supplied every third or fourth day, and a dish with raisins is kept in the cage
continuously. Receptacles for the eggs consist of flat pans containing a layer
about one inch thick of wet cotton covered with filter paper.

2. Larval rearing jars—Any type of uncovered dish or jar with a capacity
of one liter suffices.

3. Pupal tubes —Wassermann tubes are used to isolate the pupae. These
are plugged with cotton and stored in wire racks.

4, Experimental cages for adult females.—These are 12 by 12 by 16 inches,
with screened sides and an attached cloth sleeve.

Procedure.

Conditioning of the eggs.—At the time of oviposition the embryo has not as
yet begun to form. The eggs are, therefore, kept im situ on the egg pans and
placed in the open air to dry slowly. It requires from two to three days at
temperatures from 25° to 27° C. for the embryo to form and to reach a state
for immediate hatching. Below 25° the time is longer, and at 23.5° the eggs
should be allowed to stand for at least four or five days. After eggs have been
kept on moist filter paper for several days they may be dried and, if used within
a month, serve as well as freshly conditioned eggs for routine rearing.

For hatching the eggs—Properly conditioned moist eggs, when submerged
in water with food, will hatch within 10 minutes’ time. If floated, eclosion is
irregular, requiring one to five days or more.

Rearing of the larvae—I\t was found that minimal larval development and
mortality were obtained when lots were limited to 150 eggs or less. Conse-
quently, our practice is to use 100 eggs per jar although the number may be
increased to 150 or 200 without adverse results.

Ordinary tap water and about 2 cc. of dried bread may be used exclusively.
Dried blood serum in place of bread or a combination of both will also serve.
Bacteria quickly develop in the water, and the larvae appear to be fully nour-
ished.

Care of the pupae-——Each morning the pupae are removed by means of a
large-bore pipette and isolated in individual Wassermann tubes.

Care of the adults —The tubes are examined daily for adults. The males are
discarded and the females placed in the experimental cages. These are provided
with two petri dishes, one containing wet cotton, the other honey overlaid with
filter paper.

Laboratory labor required.—One well-trained laboratory assistant can perform
all the routine work, handling as many as 200 pupae and an equal number of

188 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

adults in four to five hours. Occasionally the assistant has handled fully a
thousand of each in a day.

Two experiments will now be described and their results
analyzed to illustrate what may be expected through the
application of the standard method. The first was carried out
under routine laboratory conditions, and the second under
what might be considered optimum conditions.

Development of Stegomyia Larvae under Routine Laboratory Conditions.

In this experiment a lot of 100 properly conditioned eggs in
a rearing jar was set aside each day for 61 consecutive days.
Daily records of pupation and emergence were kept for each
jar. Temperature was recorded at 8:00 a. m. and 4:30 p. M., and
a mean was computed for each day. No record was made of
eggs that did not hatch, so that larval mortality as recorded
includes that for both eggs and larvae. Time was counted
from the day on which the eggs were placed in the jar. Table 1
contains the daily pupation records for each jar and the mean
pupation day for each lot. It also contains a seven-day average
temperature, which will be described here.

TABLeE 1.

DEVELOPMENT OF STEGOMYIA LARVAE UNDER RourTINnE LaBorATORY CONDITIONS.

Daity Pupation Recorps or Lots or 100 Ova.

NUMBER OF PUPAE ON
MEAN PUPA-|MEAN TEMPERA-

SUBSEQUENT DAYS TION DAY | TURE (Cc) FOR
one OF __—————|roral] or tor | 7-DAY PeRie
See eS aPl bali clic vin S.2 NASI aL aE fg Gas
1930

Sept. 13 TN EZ A 5s. | 90 9.57 23.8
14 4 OF G25 2S ales 7 2 83 10.23 23.6
15 DW lL es} 1 99 7.80 23.6
16 Ll) AU) PB SO Nh Ve! 2 2 89 Qe 23.6
itd 8 5206 76 HAS 23.4
18 14 | 66 9) 2 91 7.49 2383
19 39 | 49 1 89 70% 23.4
20 129) 384) 33 83 Galle 23e5
21 P| 58h |) 2 5 91 Foil 23,
22 O) || Ssh) 240) |) se. |] ala 2 92 Y) 33s) 23)
ws ANY | US || 5 68 6.87 2889
24 10 2 OR AS ana 4 1 98 8.66 He) se)
25 SON 255 8 4 1 98 8.39 Whe
26 56 |) Sa] S 1 95 6.99 PST)
2 (Os) || 32 1 98 6.85 23.7
28 1/959) 6 1 1 94 7.56 23.6
29 10 | 40 | 28 4 2 84 7.88 230
30 SPN SI) jf hy alk 95 7.01 23.6

[TasLe 1 continued on next page.|

PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

TaBLe 1—continued.

DEVELOPMENT OF STEGOMYIA LARVAE Unper Routine LABORATORY

Datty Pupation Recorps oF Lots or 100 Ova.

189

ConDITIONS,

MEAN TEMPERA-
TURE (C) FOR
7-DAY PERIOD

NUMBER OF PUPAE ON

MEAN PUPA-

SUBSEQUENT DAYS ‘4

pare of] —_—___ en ———Jrorai| or tot

i Berkel Se eS leon ete tao! LS

Oct. 1 57a tou) a Teh 677
D DONCotulioy | I 96 7.42
3 36) 500 7 3 96 7.29
4 ia Ale eee S 94 OD
ESP heal sil ad Nee 91 6.98
Gimplsles7 | 328) 2 1 93 6.92
FN s3NeG6. | 20 89 6.69
Simo shoal 4) 9 57 Pails.
9 Sar sieh3 87 6.93
10 BB i35/ 1 2 90 6.93
11 18 (637/830) 12 100 9.89
12 10050! he Glad 1 68 WB
13 FON) 1 od 1 85 6.76
1432 || 48.1 3 83 6.15
15127 | 69 13 99 6.26
1G S71 35-| 7 79 6.12
17) 3156 | 29 | 4 1 93 6.91
18| 21 | 62 | 11 94 6.39
19) 99)| 51 | 413 86 6.40
D0 1269) || D4 D 97 6.79
21 Bil 44 | 29") 12 93 7.98
22 Goel ooalesall 2 99 6.94
23| 40/10] 1 51 5.74
24| 53 | 34 87 5.89
25 40° | °42"|) f0-| 3 95 TNs
26 61) 3924 Onl e2ei te| A 83 8.14
Si Saale alle EU) eas 84 7.05
28| 14 | 67 | 6 87 6.41
59 ti’ | 67 | 4 82 6.41
BOO) 47 Vat | 78 6.42
Ses SR ease |e 91 7.09
Non IN) al Shi 2Ysy |] a3} 1 91 Wohl
DS! VSIA Sule 89 6.62
BSH (248 le oGalecd 92 6.18
4| 26 | 46 72 6.14
SS os) 82 6.09
Pel e210) 66.4) eT A. 95 6.37
Te 56 (16 || 14 86 6.01
Cll Ge MeO S| 96 5.92
lieteiea e591") 20 Dia) 95 6.69
LOSS AT AL Suk 1 90 6.26
Malte) 50m) Sel.) 2 716 6.58
TOD 7 52 Ves 2 89 6.33
Total | 629 |2237/1508] 542|} 242/120] 49 | 14] 2 | 5343 7.16

in) i)
Os Nn He
BOIAMANNAN HOW WOOO 0 C00 OND DAD NUNN WOOD HANWN HOW DWDYIIDNW OS

N
Nn
Oo

190 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

The mean pupation period or duration of larval stage, for all
individuals in the 61 lots was 7.16 + .0O1 days. It seems de-
sirable, therefore, to convert the daily temperature averages
into a mean for a period that would approximate the interval
required for the pupation of the individual lots. The seven-
day moving average computed for any date in the table is the
mean of the temperatures on seven days beginning with the
date indicated.

28
27
26

Mean = 25.02° + 0,09° c,

Temperature in Degrees Centigrade

22
13 20 27 4 Uy 18 25 1 8

Sept. Oct. Nov.
First Day of the Week for which the Average Temperature was Computed

Figure 1.—Development of Stegomyia Larvae under Routine Laboratory Conditions.
Seven-day Average Temperature, September 13-November 13, 1930.

Figure 1 shows the time trend of these moving averages.
It is evident that there was a steady rise in temperature during
the period of the experiment, with relatively slight deviation
from a straight line course. We may now compare the mean
pupation period, or duration of larval stage, for each lot with

its corresponding temperature average. This has been done in .
Figure 2.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 191

15
14
13
al
alt
10
9
8
te

4 6

ed 5

ne]

Ay a

3 Rate of decrease in mean pupation period per Ono KCe

8 3 rise in temperature = 0.76 + 0.08% days

23 24 25 26 27

Temperature Centigrade (Seven-day moving average)

Figure 2.—Decrease in Pupation Period with Rise in Temperature in Routine Labora-
tory Studies of Stegomyia Development.
(Each symbol represents the pupation period for a lot of 100 stegomyia ova.)

It was found that if the mean pupation periods were plotted
on a logarithmic scale against the temperature on an arithmetic
scale, a definite decrease in larval stage with rise in temperature
appeared. Figure 2 shows the character of the relationship
with the aid of the fitted regression line. From the equation

2 The equation for the line was:
Log (mean pupation period in days) = log 8.1247 + log 0.9924 . temperature.
(Temperature was expressed in units of one for each 0.1° from 23.2° C. as origin.)

192 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

for the line we obtain the mean rate of decrease in pupation
period per rise of 0.1° in seven-day temperature average. The
rate was 0.76 + 0.08 per cent days which, though slight, was
nearly ten times its probable error and hence statistically sig-
nificant.

By means of the equation for the line it is possible to compute
an expected mean pupation period for a given seven-day temper-
ature average. For example, at 27° C., when temperature is
considered more favorable for rearing, the computed duration
of larval life would be 6.08 + 0.07 days. We shall see presently
how well this period compares with actual results of rearing at
this temperature.

Table 2 contains the mean number of days to emergence of
adult stegomyia males and females from these 61 lots. The
decrease in these averages with rise in temperature is shown in
Figures 3 and 4. The rate of decrease was the same in each
case: 0.74 + 0.07 per cent days per 0.1° rise in average tempera-
ture. The important difference here was the higher level of the
emergence periods for females. Means for all individuals
were as follows:

Mean Emergence Periods.

emval ese. -se2 9.64 + 0.02 days
Mirai estan eee 9.05 = 0.02 days
Difference... 0.59 + 0.03 days

The emergence period of females was approximately 14 hours
longer than that for males.

’ Regression equations:
Log (male emergence period in days) log 10.2412 + log 0.9926 . temperature
Log (female emergence period in days) log 10.8176 + log 0.9926 . temperature
(Temperature was expressed in units of one for each 0.1° C. from 23.2° C. as
origin.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 193

TABLE 2.

DEVELOPMENT OF STEGOMYIA LARVAE UNDER RourINE LABORATORY CONDITIONS.

Mean Day or EMERGENCE OF MALES AND FEMALES.

MEAN DAY OF |MEAN TEMPER- MEAN DAY OF |MEAN TEMPER-
DATE OF EMERGENCE ATURE (C) ||DATE OF EMERGENCE ATURE (c)
SD AY |= ee |) EORISEVEN=«|\ST DAY =-scan cel Ge | EORESE VEN
MALES |FEMALES| DAY PERIOD MALES |FEMALES| DAY PERIOD
1930 1930
Sept. 13} 11.68 12.46 23.8 Oct 15) 78.38 8.67 25.6
14, 12.03 | 13.48 2376 IG) Wore 8.50 D558
15]) 1O07 |) 10.88 23.6 7 SoS 9.48 25.8
1G) Wiss |) Aoi 23.6 1S}, Booz 8.84 DSI)
U7) Dots |) 10.08) 23.4 ID) Basil 8.59 D5
18} 9.84 9.98 WBi8) 20} 8.57 9.17 Dot
UH Passi ORS 23.4 21) 10.04 10.14 DSi.
DO |i GE6S | Ong 2855) 22} 8.87 8.99 DS 6
pA ees} 10.46 Wah 28 750 8.50 2526
DP WSS. |) PAS Whe Tl DAS e9 8.29 DS ol
PEM QO 9.17 2379 25] 9.05 9.70 25R8
24; 10.72 | 11.44 IBY) 26} 9.98 10.32 25.8
25\) 1Oe55 11.04 23.8 D7) Bots! 9.30 25.8
26) Ges 9.68 Die Hl 28) 8.01 hs 5 25.9
DT eis) 9.46 23m) 29) 827 8.61 25.9
28) 9.48 ORS2 23.6 SO} thasia/ 8.61 25n9
DS), O63) || IOLeY 23.6 31} 8.84 ©) 118) 25n9
30} 8.76 32 23.6 Nov. 1] 9.06 9.65 259
Oi, i), Boz 9.09 24.0 Dl 322 9.03 25.9
AN 28} 9.63 24.3 3) 7296 8.55 25.9
SH 92) 9°76 24.5 4) 7.67 8.08 26.1
re 0) 9.87 24.6 a fold 8.01 26.2
5 2) 9.39 24.7 6) 7.88 8.50 2665
6) 8.74 9.38 24.7 MW Boll 8.77 26.6
MN B.a9 ells 24.8 8] 7.60 8.26 26n5
8} 9.08 9.37 24.8 9} 8.40 9.01 26.6
D800 8) 3Y) 24.8 IQ) oa? 8.57 26m
10| 8.74 9.26 24.9 if 8 Seon, 26.5
Hilf TSS Po 533) Doh 1A 727 8.78 26.4
12 OE 24 9.81 DSP
13} 8.40 9.01 2553 Toll || O05 9.64 25.0
14, 7.79 8.67 2555

194 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

15
14
13
12
11
10
¢)
1

”

£6

of 5

8 Rate of decrease in mean emergence period per O21 7 7G

a rise in temperature = 0.74 + 0.07% days

: 3

23 24 25 26 27

Temperature Centigrade (Seven-day moving average)

Figure 3.—Decrease in Emergence Period for Males with Rise in Temperature in
Routine Laboratory Studies of Stegomyia Development.
(Each symbol represents the emergence period for a lot of 100 stegomyia ova.)

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 195

. fC)
Rate of decrease in mean emergence period per Ol C.
rise in temperature = 0.74 + 0.07% days

Mean Emergence Period in Days

23 24 25 26 27

Temperature Centigrade (Seven-day moving average )

Figure 4.—Decrease in Emergence Period for Females with Rise in Temperature in
Routine Laboratory Studies of Stegomyia Development.
(Each symbol represents the emergence period for a lot of 100 stegomyia ova.)

The interval between mean pupation and emergence periods
for males and females was as follows:

Males. Females.
Bimergence=. 9.05 + 0.02 days Emergence............9.64 + 0.02 days
Rupation 7.16 + 0.01 days Pupation == 7.16 + 0.01 days

Difterencele. = 1.89 = 0.02 days Pe Ditterences =a 2.48 + 0.02 days

196 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Under routine conditions, therefore, the interval from pupation
to emergence of males was approximately 45 hours and for
females 60 hours.

The frequency distributions of individuals in all lots according
to day of pupation and of emergence are shown in Figures
5 and 6. These figures show more scattering of the observations
to the right of the means than to the left.

2500
2000
oO
& 1500
é Mean = 7.16 + 0.01 deys
a
° Standard deviation
1.218 + 0.008 days
E
Zi 1000
500
“YY
(0) Le L, Yi // EID. —
TOF Sai ae 13

Figure 5.—Development of Stegomyia Larvae under Routine Laboratory Conditions.
Period from Eclosion to Pupation.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 197

1500 Males

a”
2 1000
s
Hw
° Mean = 9.05 + 0.02 days
u
oO
F Y Standard deviation
Z 500 Yj; g 1.254 + 0.012 days
GY Z Y
YY —Y
y Hj
0 J U4 V4 y YY YEE Zo
lo} ub CO 4 5 6 lg 43) 4
Vs]
© 1000 Females
a
Oo
fe
9
‘ Mean = 9.64 + 0.02 days
2 500
g Standard deviation
a 1.308 + 0.013 days

Days from Eclosion to Adult Emergence

Figure 6.—Development of Stegomyia Larvae under Routine Laboratory Conditions.
Period from Eclosion to Emergence.

Ege and larval mortality in the 61 lots was 12.41 + 0.29
per cent, since 757 individuals failed to pupate from the 6100
eggs set aside. Among pupae 364, or 6.81 + 0.23 per cent,
died before emerging.

The mean temperature for the entire period computed from
the seven-day averages was 25.02 + 0.09° C.

Development of Stegomyia Larvae under Optimum Laboratory Conditions.

In this experiment five lots of 100 eggs each were bred under
optimum laboratory conditions. These were the most favorable
conditions existing in the Bahia laboratory and were doubtless
as favorable as any occurring in nature in Brazil. The eggs
had been kept eight days on damp filter paper, and eclosion

198 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

was effected in from 10 seconds to 10 minutes. All but about
five per cent hatched. This experiment was carried out at
midsummer temperatures averaging 27° C.

Table 3 contains the pupation and emergence records for
this experiment, and Figures 6 and 7 show the frequency poly-
gons. The mean period of pupation for these lots was 6.40
+ (.02 days, which was 18 hours less time than that required
for the 61 lots reared under routine conditions. Furthermore,
pupation was completed on the ninth day, and was limited
almost wholly to the fifth to seventh days.

TABLE 3.

DEVELOPMENT OF STEGOMYIA LARVAE UNDER Optimum LABORATORY
ConDITIONS.

Lots or 100 Ova at 27° C.

DAILY PUPATION RECORDS (NUMBER OF PUPAE)

DAYS SINCE ECLOSION
LOT MEAN INTERVAL
5 6 7 8 9 LOM 1 TOTAL IN DAYS
1 Gl: (eee 96
2 11 | 59 (eo, | 4 95
3 aa: | 47 We Gialon 90
4 2 | 69 | 24 2 97
5 a7|52 Wabash o 89
Moral 134,054: Neallnan lesen 467 6.40 +0.02
MALE EMERGENCE RECORDS.
1 Deedee | Sesion 52
2 {9 it] Sel 58
3 34| 8 | 2 44
4 31481 7 58
5 25 | 22 47
Total 2 |118/124| 14| 1 259 8.09 +£0.03
FEMALE EMERGENCE RECORDS.
|
1 ile oa ees 42
3 Bete teal et 37
3 Fa ec a 44
4 16 | 20 36
5 Silkae 7 luge) 40
Total 241116| 53| 412 | 199 8.72 £0.03

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 199

Mean = 6.40 + 0.02 days

aera ord iatio
0.740 + a 016 eae ays

160
Oo
a
Qa
3
Ay
w
°

= 220
oO
E

)

(e) al 2 3 4 5 6 if 8 9

Days from: Eclosion to Pupation

Figure 7.—Development of eae Larvae under Optimum Laboratory Con-
ditions. Period from Eclosion to Pupation.

Emergence of adults was also highly concentrated, particu-
larly among males. e mean interval for males was 8.09 + 0. ce
days and for females 8.72 + 0.03 days. This was ar rece tio
from the time required in the first experiment of 23 hours = or
males and 22 for females. The observations were Hie more
concentrated than they were in the previous experiment. These
differences are all significant.

200 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Mean = 8.09 + 0.03 days

Number of Males

Standard deviation
0.623 + 0.018 days

Mean = 8.72 + 0.03 days

Y y as cy deviatio
ty
Y 3 715 + 0.024 riage

Number of Females
rs fon}
fo ro)

Days from Eclosion to Adult Emergence

Figure 8.—Development of Stegomyia Larvae Under Optimum Laboratory Con-
ditions Period from Eclosion to Emergence.

The interval between pupation and emergence was shorter in
the experiment under optimum temperature conditions. For
males it was reduced from 45 to 40 hours, and for females from
60 to 56. The emergence of females still required 15 more
hours than that of males.

Mortality was less for individuals in this experiment than
for those in the previous one. For eggs and larvae it was
6.67 + 0.75 per cent and for pupae it was 1.93 += 0.43 per cent.

The developmental process was accelerated in this experiment,
and the hazards to survival were fewer. The question arises,
to what extent was the difference in the mean temperature of
the two experiments responsible. The regression equations,
expressing the relation between pupation period and tempera-
ture and emergence period and temperature, enable us to

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 201

compute expected pupation and emergence intervals for a
seven-day average temperature of 27° C. These expected
intervals are in the form of geometric means since the regression
was based on the logarithms of the original means. Conse-
quently, they must be compared with geometric means of
observations in the second experiment, although the arithmetic
means that we have been discussing are not significantly higher.
The following comparisons may be made:

Comparison of Expected with Observed Results.

Geometric mean Observed at Computed for Difference
period in days Die TENG:
Pupation period._............- 6.35 + .02 6.08 + .07 86) S= 107
Emergence period
MEI eos. ieee 8.07 = .03 Tofil 2S Os 36 + .08
emaless.= 2 -- 8269) == 03 8.27 = .08 42 + .08

The results of this comparison are most interesting. The
means computed on the basis of the experience with the 61
lots were significantly lower in every case than those actually
observed under similar temperatures. That is to say, if the
routine experiments had been continued until midsummer the
results might have been as good as or better than those attained
in this special experiment.

Obviously, we cannot assume that the relationship between
pupation and emergence periods and rise in temperature from
23.3° to 26.7° C. would necessarily continue for all higher
temperatures. The justification for making the assumption in
this case was the fact that the observed averages in the earlier
experiment extended to within 0.3° of the desired point. In
this connection MacGregor’s (1931) statement that at 30° C.
only 10 to 15 days are required from egg stage to egg stage is of
interest.

In each of these experiments a larger number of males than of
females was obtained. The proportion was 56.55 + 1.56
per cent males in the experiment under optimum temperature.
In the routine experiment the proportion of males was 52.10 +
0.48 per cent. In each case the difference was significant.
Owing to the fact that a significantly larger proportion of males
was obtained under optimum conditions, the possibility of a
correlation with temperature was investigated, but none that
was significant was found.

DEVELOPMENT UNDER ADVERSE CONDITIONS.

In nature the development of the stegomyia is subjected to
many influences favorable and unfavorable to its progress.
In the experiments just described optimum conditions were

202 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

provided, the only variant being the temperature. Before the
standard method was adopted, certain experiments were per-
formed under adverse or suboptimum conditions of known
character in order to measure their effect upon development.
Many of these adverse factors are present in nature and affect
development. The adaptablity of the species enables it to
survive often in spite of most unfavorable conditions, as the
following experiments will show:

Ege Stage.

The egg stage is the most resistant of the four major stages of
stegomyia. The small size and black color of the eggs prevent
detection—except where ants are concerned—and their ability
to withstand desiccation after the full development of the
enclosed larvae for from six to twelve months renders this stage
the strongest link in the life of the species. In the egg stage
the species are transported great distances (in water Jars, etc.)
and no doubt this is one of the chief means of distribution.
Reed and Carroll (1911) called attention to the fact that the
eggs of stegomyia were remarkably resistant to drying, and
that even though the adults could not survive a winter lasting
three months, it would be entirely possible for the eggs to do so,
especially since they are also resistant to freezing.

Reports of investigators on ges teiiie for this stage give varying
results. Bacot (1916), Young (1922-23), Buxton and Hopkins
(1927), and Roubaud (1927-29), although fully aware that
some time was required for incubation before the eggs woud
hatch, state that frequently numbers of matured eggs would
resist hatching indefinitely. These investigators are all agreed
that the presence of organic matter, especially bacteria or
yeast, stimulates hatching. Buxton and Hopkins and Roubaud
have also shown that a variety of chemicals will produce a
similar result although some of the substances used are lethal
for the larvae. Preliminary experiments on the Greek strain
(R. C. S.) suggest that this resistance may be peculiar to certain
strains of stegomyia.

Four classes of eggs will now be discussed, divided according
to initial treatment:

Class I.—Properly conditioned eggs are those that have been
kept in the open air on moist filter paper until the enclosed
larvae are fully developed and then placed in water containing
food. _ The process was discussed under “Standard Develop-
ment.” Approximately 95 per cent of the moist eggs properly
conditioned will hatch within 10 minutes when submerged in
water with food.

Class II. These consist of freshly oviposited eggs less than
twelve hours old. If placed immediately into water containing
food, these eggs do not undergo as rapid or uniform a period of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 203

development as the eggs that are air conditioned according to
the method followed in Class I. The rate of hatching at 24° C.
of six lots of 100 eggs each according to the period of air con-
ditioning given them is shown in Table 4.

TABLE 4.

Ectoston Pertop or S1x Lots or 100 Eces Eacu AccorpincG To PERIOD OF
Arr Conpitioninc (Att Eces Oviposirep Less THAn 24 Hours Berore
THE BEGINNING OF THE EXPERIMENT). TEMPERATURE 24° C.

pees aoe
HOURS AIR HOURS REQUIRED FOR
CONDITIONED FIRST HATCHING HOURS TOTAL
LOT r REQUIRED FOR | PERIOD
RANCE | MEAN | ADDITIONAL | CUMULATED | FINAL HATCH |IN HOURS
HOURS HOURS
Q)} (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
1 0-24 nl; 144 156 216 372
A || WARS 24 52 76 2 148
3) || SIES7/ 45 31 76 54 130
4 | 40-64 52 18 70 48 118
5 | 60-81 70 8 min. 70 24 94
|| tai 99 2 min. 99 10 min. 29

There are several points of interest in this table. The interval,
following that of air conditioning, which elapsed before hatching
began was less for each lot given a longer period of conditioning.
Hatching time was also less, decreasing from nine days for the
first lot to 10 minutes for lot 6.

From the biological point of view, there is another aspect of
this table to be considered, and that is the variation in the
complete interval from the time the lots were started (1) to the
beginning of hatching, and (2) to the completion of hatching.
These intervals are given in columns 5 and 7 of Table 5. Here
we find that the interval to the beginning of hatching was
approximately the same for lots 2 to 5. It was slightly longer
for lot 6 and very much longer for lot 1. The time required
for complete hatching was also much longer for lot | than for
any of the others. The interval decreased with the longer period
of conditioning for lots 2 to 5, and rose slightly for lot 6.

What apparently happened was this: the eggs in lot | were
not fully mature when they were placed in water, and their
subsequent development was retarded. In lots 2 to 5 the
increased interval of air conditioning did not affect the time
required for the beginning of hatching, but the lots with the

204 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

longer preliminary treatment completed the process somewhat
earlier. Lot 5 completed the entire process in the minimum time
of 94 hours, conditioned for 70 hours and hatching in 24 hours.
The entire interval required by lot 6 was covered by the con-
ditioning process of 99 hours, since hatching was completed in
10 minutes.

Class III.—Eggs in this class were air dried while less than
24 hours old and kept in this state a week or longer. When
placed in water these eggs exhibited a high mortality. Many of
our early routine breeding records for the summer of 1928-1929
show a mortality of 50 to 80 per cent, which we attribute to the
fact that the eggs were dried before they were fully mature.
Table 5 shows the results of experiments at 24° C. in which the
eggs were dried shortly after oviposition and kept in this state
for varying lengths of time.

TABLE 5.
Morratiry Due to Dryine FresHty Oviposirep Eaes, 100 Eces Per Lor,
aT 24° C,
DATE SUB- |
DATE OF | DAYS KEPT |MERGED IN| EN VAL | INTERVAL | DER CENT
LOT | OVIPOSI- Baie amma. |,TOLSERST || TO ENAILO| e ee
TION HATCHING | HATCHING
WITH FOOD
1 July 14 1 July 16 | 3 days 4 days 8
|
2 July 14 Zi July 22 | ¥% hour 1 hour 20
3 July 14 LW Aug. | 1 hour 8-16 hours 38

Although humid atmospheric conditions prevailed when
these experiments were made, mortality was fairly high, par-
ticularly when we consider that lot 6 in Table 4 of eggs air
conditioned for 99 hours at the same temperature before being
submerged had a mortality of only 3 per cent.

Class IV.—These are eggs ripened on moist filter paper
and then dried. Treated in this way the eggs may be stored
for a period of six months without showing a high mortality.
About 5 per cent will survive a year or more.

Our experience with thousands of eggs which were dried
within four weeks and then used in routine rearings gave such
uniform results that it is possible to formulate the following
rule for our Brazilian strain:

Conditioned eggs, air dried from one to four weeks, begin to hatch within 30
minutes when submerged in water to which food has been freshly added; and when
placed in water which has contained food 12 hours or more, they begin to hatch
in about seven minutes.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 205

A large proportion will even hatch in distilled water. Better
results in general may be obtained by using eggs less than
10 days old, or by moistening the older eggs several hours
before submerging them in water.

A small percentage of eggs which have been dried a month
or more may resist hatching. If these are removed and re-dried,
additional ones will hatch when again placed in water. If
this process is repeated several times, all viable eggs will even-
tually hatch. We have not observed such striking cases of
resistance to hatching as recorded by Roubaud (1927-29),
Buxton (1927), and others.

Only one experiment with 5,000 eggs, which had been kept
dry five to six weeks, is given below, but others also numbering
thousands of eggs have given similar results.

TABLE 6.

Errecr Upon Eciosion or IMMERSING AND ReE-pryING Ecos PREVIOUSLY
CoNnDITIONED AND DrieD For A Pertop or 5 ro 6 WeEEKs; 5,000 Eccs Usep.

DATE IMMERSED NUMBER DATE UNHATCHED
IN WATER WITH LARVAE EGGS REMOVED FOR
FOOD HATCHED FURTHER DRYING

March 2 4,500 + March 6
March 18 170 March 19
March 28 19 March 29
April 4 0 April 10
Total hatch 4,689 =

These methods of treating newly oviposited eggs of stegomyia
were designed to reproduce various events that may occur in
nature so that their results might be evaluated. The wild
female stegomyia lays her eggs preferably on the side of the
water jar just above the water line, where the film ordinarily
keeps the eggs moist until the enclosed larvae are mature.
Some of the eggs may be laid on the surface of the water and
maturation in this case must take place there. The laboratory
experiments indicate that the moist side of the jar is more
favorable to rapid development of the eggs than the water
surface, but that sufficient water must be added to cover the
eggs before they will hatch. The speed of hatching when water
is added depends on the length of time the eggs had remained
on the moist side of the jar. Eggs laid on the surface of the
water develop more slowly, and the hatching process is longer

206 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT. 1934

than those ripened on the side of the jar. If water is removed
and the eggs dry before they are ripe, mortality is doubtless
high, but if they remain moist until thoroughly mature, they
can withstand drying for some time. When water is added to
the jar, they will begin to hatch, and repeated drying and sub-
mergence will facilitate almost a complete hatch.

Larval and Pupal Stages.

These are the most critical stages in the life cycle of the
stegomyia. Inasmuch as the female stegomyia prefers the
domestic water container for oviposition, there is always the
danger that the water may evaporate or be drawn off before
the larvae have completed their development. Experiments

in this laboratory show that larvae can survive at least 18 hours -

on the damp sides of the container. Half-developed pupae
when placed on a damp surface are still capable of producing
adults. Young (1922) states that pupae kept dry 24 hours
were able to produce adults.

The strictly domestic habitats of stegomyia larvae are
practically free from predatory enemies, and it may be for this
reason that these larvae are more susceptible to predators
added to their breeding jars than are the larvae of other species.
This was discussed in detail in a former paper (Shannon, 1931).

The following experiments describe the effect upon stegomyia
larvae of (1) starvation, and (2) overcrowding.

Starvation—In the first experiment 20 larvae were allowed
to hatch in distilled water and were then transferred to
isolation tubes containing distilled water. Another 20 larvae
were given plenty of food until the third stage was attained.
They were then thoroughly washed in distilled water and
placed in isolation tubes with distilled water. Mean tempera-
ture during this period was 23.5° C. Table 7 shows the number
of days survived by the individuals in each group.

a ae

207

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Fs) 0)
cr’ O
st0

UOl{RIAICT plepury S

19°0
1210) {5
ce €

(EW se (Vor (0)

Chp0) Se AGS

OS OSs Scer)

POATAING SAvp URdTA]

IUIIILIG

AVAIL] advys PE

AVAIL] 9503S IST

I Peyover sem asv}s
stya [Izun poo}
jo Ajuatd yuIM
aAIV] o5v3S pr

— ~~ 79} ¥M Palyasrp

ul payoivy s3Bo
JO dvAIV] 95¥}S 1ST]

OT Fae cee lh Ge Sn elf oa Sta ae CC —satalim NIE RY 2
OC 1 Neil a eo I I I Seah AO eeit eae ie
SG NGS || MCC ONE No SHE || EI Siesta Wan | ere WP roy |) ae Ot
TVLOL
UALVM GATTILSIG NI GAAIAUAS SAva

TD) GN NOILVAUVLS ALATINOY) OL aVAuv’] 10 FTONVLSISA YY

"| ATAV I,

208 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

It is of interest to note that the survival period was no
longer for larvae fed up to the time of reaching the third stage
than for those starved from the time of hatching. Three weeks
was the survival period for at least one individual in each group.

Table 8 shows the effect upon survival when only a very
small amount of food was present. The small pinch of dried
beef serum was sufficient to stimulate hatching but not enough
to enable the larvae to complete development. In this experi-
ment the feeding jar was kept covered.

TABLE 8.

RESISTANCE OF 50 LarvaE TO ALMost CoMPLETE STARVATION.
TEMPERATURE APPROXIMATELY 27° C.

peeeeiok |) sicrvinell| sukien en REMARKS
Dec. 1 50 Number eggs hatched
Jan. 6 15 36 About one-third grown
Jan. 11 iil 41 About one-half grown
March 25 1 114 Very small, died pupating

Although the survivors fed upon those which died, none of
the 50 larvae in this experiment lived to complete pupation
in spite of the fact that approximately one-third lived 36 days.
This experiment was run during the summer, and experience
with normal rearings at midsummer temperature under stand-
ard development gave a mean pupation period of 6.40 + 0.02
days and a maximum interval of nine days. The effect of lack
of food is therefore apparent. The maximum survival period
in this experiment was 114 days.

The ability of stegomyia larvae to withstand semistarvation
and even to develop when there is but a minimum of food
present is well shown in the following experiment in which
Culex quinquefasciatus was included. In this experiment
100 stegomyia eggs and an equal number of culex eggs were
put in a large pan of tap water, which was placed in a fairly
dusty room. The only food available consisted of the dust and
small insects settling on the water, any microorganisms which
may have been in the water originally, and the larvae which
died during the experiment. The results are given in Table 9.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 209

TABLE 9.

Errect oF SEMISTARVATION ON 100 SrEGomy1a AnD 100 Culex quinquefasciatus LARVAE
(Eces Piacep 1n A Larce Open Pan or Tap Water JUNE 19 1n A Fatrty Dusty Room.
No Foop AppDED).

PUPATION EMERGENCE MORTALITY
SPECIES FIRST LAST
Mates | FemaLes |=CC* #5? ip
INTERVAL INTERVAL LARVABM |
DATE IN DAYS DATE IN DAYS
Stegomyia| July 18 29 Sept. 24 gy 43 28 17 12
Culex Aug. 11 53 Aug. 23 65 2 i 94 3

The differences are striking. Mortality was 29 per cent for
stegomyia and 97 per cent for culex. Adult emergence for
stegomyia was 71 per cent and for culex 3 per cent. Actually
very few of the culex larvae had advanced beyond the second
stage at the time of death, and one of the striking results of
this experiment was that within four days the stegomyia larvae
could be instantly distinguished from those of culex by their
noticeably larger size.

It is well known that stegomyia breeds preferably in fresh
water supplies while Culex guinquefasciatus shows an equal
preference for waste waters.’ The reason why stegomyia larvae
can develop in a medium with but a small amount of surface
food while nearly all of the culex larvae die in such a medium,
apparently lies in the differences in behavior of the two species.

The chief characteristic of stegomyia larvae, aside from their
negative phototropic tendencies, is their extreme restlessness
and their ability to feed from all parts of the body of water.
They feed chiefly around the sides and bottom of the container,
but are able to feed on suspended particles and from the surface
of the water as well. The larva possesses two methods of feeding
at the surface film. By means of the first, the body is raised
and twisted so that the mouth parts are brought into contact
with the surface. By retaining hold on the surface film with
its respiratory tube, the larva is able to propel itself about in a
circle by the movement of its mouth brushes, feeding as it
goes. By the second method, the larva may feed on the lower
side of the surface film by turning its body completely over,
with the respiratory tube pointed downward, and by gliding
along with the aid of the mouth brush movements.

Culex larvae are also able to feed from the sides and bottom
of the container and to pivot in a circle at the surface film, but
they prefer to hang suspended from the surface film, feeding

210 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

upon the suspended particles within their reach. It may well
be that culex larvae require a richer type of food than stegomyia.
Certainly the experiment indicated that the stegomyia larvae
were better able to find and utilize what food was present than
were the culex larvae.

This difference in the behavior of the two species suggests
that in experiments dealing with the food of mosquito larvae,
behavior as well as type of food should be studied. Christophers
and Puri (1929) have shown the importance of this for anophe-
line larvae. They speak of the tendency for particles of living
and dead matter to accumulate just under the surface of the
water without coming into contact with the surface film, and
suggest that the horizontal position of anopheline larvae
enable them to tap this special food supply.

MacGregor (1929) has noted a phase of suspended develop-
ment among tree-hold breeding species which he attributes to
the temporary or complete disappearance of microorganisms
from their breeding sources. He suggests that these micro-
organisms help to convert organic particles in the water into
suitable form for larval food.

Hinman (1930) met with a type of development similar to
that in the experiment described above when he attempted to
rear stegomyia in water obtained from tubs previously used for
breeding larvae in large numbers and which had been passed
through a Berkefeld filter. All solid material and organisms
were thus removed and only the organic and inorganic sub-
stances in solution and colloids in suspension remained. He
was successful, however, in rearing a few adults in from 9 to 17
days, while similar experiments with culex and anopheles were
unsuccessful. His experiments also indicate a greater efficiency
in searching for food on the part of the stegomyia larvae as
compared with those of culex.

Overcrowding—Table 10 gives mortality and the time re-
quired for pupation at 27° C. of lots of stegomyia larvae
according to their density in the rearing jar.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 211

TaB_Le 10.

Errecr oF OVERCROWDING ON PupatTion PERIopD AND MorrALiry OF STEGOMYIA
LARVAE AT 27° C.

NUMBER DAYS TO DAYS TO NUMBER Peace
OF EGGS FIRST FINAL OF EGG ped
PER LOT PUPATION PUPATION PUPAE LARVAE
MORTALITY
ee 5 7 95 5.00 + 1.47
400 5 10 10 5550) Se DY
1000 ii 16 790 2000) == 0587
4000 10 60 2096 47.60 = 0.53

These results should be compared with those obtained at
27° C. under standard development. There we found a pupation
period extending from the fourth through the ninth day and
an egg and larval mortality of 6.67 + 0.75 per cent. These are
virtually the same as the results in Table 10 for the lot of 100
larvae. Although the pupation interval for the lot of 400
larvae was not appreciably longer, mortality was nearly three
times as high, 15.50 + 1.22 per cent. In lots of 1,000 eggs and
more, both pupation interval and mortality were increased.

One might be inclined to attribute the slow development and
high mortality in the overcrowded jars to toxic action exerted
by waste products in the water. It was found, however, that
25 larvae when placed in water that had been fouled by 2,000
larvae during two weeks’ time—the pH had dropped from 8.0
to less than 5.2—developed normally, completing pupation on
the fifth day and producing large sized adults.

The behavior of the stegomyia larvae may offer an explana-
tion for this. Their sensitiveness to light and vibration is
well known. Owing to their negative phototaxis, the larvae
seek the darker side of the container. Their massing together
and extreme restlessness may prevent them from feeding
normally even when an abundance of food is present. De Buck,
Schoute, and Swellengrebel! (1932) claim that it is necessary for
anopheline larvae to maintain a constant stream of food passing
through the body in order to develop normally, and that when
they live in overcrowded conditions food may remain undigested
in the alimentary tract from 12 to 24 hours.

Apparently, too, when once growth has been arrested it is
likely to continue so. The larvae remaining in a jar that was
formerly overcrowded continued to develop slowly. Figure 9
shows the relative difference in size of the cephalothorax of a
female stegomyia pupa developed under uncrowded conditions
and that of one from an overcrowded Jar.

212 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Stegomyia
A. Opened cephalothorax of a

Female pupa developed under
uncrowded conditions.

B. Same, but from a larva in an
overcrowded yar.

Magnification X 50

Figure 9.

An ADVERSE PHENOMENON oF UNKNowN ORIGIN.

In routine laboratory procedure an average of five larval
jars were started daily. It was observed that once or twice
a month from 50 to 75 per cent of the adults, usually from one
jar, died shortly after emerging. Equal numbers of males and
females were usually affected. Similarly full grown larvae in a
single jar would die just before pupating. Instances of this may
be found in Table 1. It is highly probable that a disease is the
cause of this remarkable phenomenon, although as yet the
laboratory staff has been unable to discover the cause. Neither
has it been possible to propagate the cause in fresh jars.

The fact is of interest in that it suggests the existence of a dis-

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 213

ease which attacks stegomyia larvae, which may kill them while
they are still in the larval stage or which may not become
effective until the adults have emerged.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

The authors are indebted to Drs. J. H. Bauer and N. C.
Davis, who installed the equipment for rearing stegomyia in
the laboratory at Bahia and who began the routine breeding.
Dr. Davis in his capacity as director of the laboratory con-
tributed materially in practical and advisory ways. Dr. Hugo
Muench in the New York Office assisted with the statistical
analysis.

SUMMARY.

In this paper a technic for rearing stegomyia larvae has been described which
was evolved in the Yellow Fever Laboratory, Bahia, Brazil. The method was
found to give highly uniform results, with a minimum mortality and maximum
development for the species, indicating most favorable conditions of nurture.
A statistical analysis of records of two series of observations defined relationships
and set up norms for comparison with results of subsequent experiments under
similarly favorable or unfavorable conditions. Since stegomyia is essentially
a domestic species, the laboratory affords an environment not unlike that
encountered in nature.

The standard method adopted was based on results obtained in experiments
similar to those described under “Development under Adverse Conditions.”
In summarizing, therefore, these results will be discussed in their relation to the
technic adopted.

This paper is concerned with egg and larval stages of stegomyia development.
Egg laying capacity and longevity of adults will be discussed later.

Egg stage-——The most rapid and complete hatching of stegomyia eggs was
secured when they were allowed to ripen on moist filter paper from two to five
days before being submerged in water. The time required depended upon the
temperature. Although the total number of hours in the egg stage did not
decrease materially for eggs conditioned more than 24 hours, the hatching
process was accelerated by a longer period. In the experiment reported, eggs
conditioned four days completed hatching in ten minutes when submerged in
water containing food.

Freshly oviposited eggs if placed immediately in water require a much longer
interval for complete eclosion, possibly because the eggs are not ripe when
placed in water. On the other hand, eggs that are dried before they mature
show a high mortality. If conditioned first, they may be dried and kept six
months without losing their viability. Some may survive for more than a year,

The egg stage of the stegomyia is doubtless the most resistant period in the
life cycle of the species owing to the ability of the egg to withstand drying and
adverse temperature.

Larval stage—The most favorable conditions for rearing larvae require an
adequate food supply consisting of 2 to 3 cc. of dry bread, temperature ranging

214 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

from 23° to 27° C., and a maximum of 100 larvae per jar. In such an environ-
ment pupation will occur in an average of 6 to 7 days, mortality will be low, and
the size of the individuals will be large.

It was found that stegomyia larvae were able to complete development on
an amount of food wholly inadequate for Culex quinquefasciatus larvae. Mor-
tality was 29 per cent among stegomyia and 97 per cent among culex larvae in
this experiment. Difference in larval behavior and feeding habits may account
for this. Although stegomyia may survive for a considerable period on a
minute quantity of food, pupation does not necessarily occur.

Experiments in overcrowding indicated that mortality was significantly
higher when 400 or more larvae were placed in the same jar. With 1000 or
more larvae, the pupation period was also increased and the ultimate size of the
individual larva was smaller. Improper nourishment due to massing habits of
the larvae may account for this rather than an excess of toxic substances, since
it was found that small numbers of larvae passed through a normal cycle when
placed in water previously fouled by the presence of large numbers of larvae.

An apparently natural phenomenon of unknown origin was also observed in
the course of routine rearings which caused severe mortality among full-grown
larvae and newly emerged adults.

To illustrate the type of results attained in rearing stegomyia larvae according
to the standard method, two series of observations were analyzed. The first
applied to pupation and emergence periods for 61 lots of 100 eggs each, one
started on each of 61 succeeding days. Daily mean temperature records were
available for this series. The second series of observations were from five lots
of 100 eggs each reared at an average temperature of 27° C. The results were
analyzed statistically, and the findings will now be summarized:

1. A definite relationship was found to exist between the mean pupation
periods of the 61 individual lots and rise in temperature. The decrease in mean
pupation period was 0.76 + 0.08 per cent days per 0.1° C. rise in temperature.
In computing this relationship the temperature records were converted into
seven-day averages to correspond to the mean pupation period for all individuals
in the 61 lots found to be 7.16 + 0.01 days.

2. A similar relationship was found between rise in temperature and emer-
gence periods.

3. The average emergence period of females in the 61 lots was 14 hours longer
than that of males.

4, Mean temperature for the entire rearing period of the 61 lots was 25° C.

5. Rearing at 27° C. was more rapid and the process more concentrated.

6. By means of the regression equations expressing the relation between
pupation and temperature, and emergence and temperature, it was possible to
estimate the mean pupation and emergence periods at an average temperature
of 27° C. for comparison with the observed results at this temperature. This
was done and the results agreed very well.

7. Mortality was less for lots raised under optimum temperature conditions.

8. In each series a larger number of adult males than females emerged.

9. The important statistical measures of larval development given by the
two series of observations follow:

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7; OCT., 1934 215

61 lots at 5 lots at
Phas ee DIONE:
Egg and larval mortality... 12.41 = .29% 6.67 = .75%
Bipalemogtalityee ee Oil Ss WI, 1.93 = 43%
Mean pupation period... 7.16 = .01 days 6.40 = .02 days
Mean emergence period P
Male samen es bes Men rE 9.05 + .02 days 8.09 + .03 days
emialeoesers mere. Skee as Ree 9.74 + .02 days 8.72 + .03 days
Males per 100 pupae... 2... 52.10 + .48 S6r5 5° Ie

10. In a later paper it will be shown that at 27° C. the female can not produce
eggs until six to seven days after emergence. Therefore, at this temperature
and with the foregoing data at hand it can be stated that the interval from egg
stage to egg stage averaged about 15 days.

References.

Bacor (A. W.), 1916
Report of the Entomological Investigation Undertaken for the Commis-
sion for the Year, August 1914 to July 1915. Yellow Fever Commission
(West Africa) Investigators’ Report. London, 3: 1-191.

Bacor (A. W.), 1917-1918
A Note on the Period during Which the Eggs of Stegomyia fasciata (Aedes
calopus) from Sierra Leone Stock Retain Their Vitality in a Humid
Atmosphere. Parasitology, Cambridge, 10 : 280-283.

Buxton (P. A.) and G. H. E. Hopkins, 1927
Researches in Polynesia and Melanesia, Parts I-IV (Medical Ento-
mology) London, 260 p.

CuristoPHers (S. R.) and IJ. M. Puri, 1929
Why Do Anopheles Larvae Feed at the Surface, and How? Transactions
of the Far Eastern Association of Tropical Medicine, Seventh Congress
Held in India, Dec. 1927; 2 : 736-739.

Goetpi (E. A.), 1905
Os mosquitoes no Para. Memorias do Museu Goeldi (Museu Paraense)
No. 4, 154 p.

Hinman (E. H.), 1930
A Study of the Food of Mosquito Larvae (Culicidae). American Journal
of Hygiene, 12 : 238-270.

Ieessons (HE Ss) eal932
Methods of Rearing and Maintaining Large Stocks of Fleas and Mos-
quitoes for Experimental Purposes. Bulletin of Entomological Research,
23) 25-318

MacGrecor (M. E.), 1929
Significance of pH in the Development of Mosquito Larvae. Parasitol-
ogy, Cambridge, 21 : 132-157.

MacGrecor (M. E.), 1931
The Nutrition of Adult Mosquitoes: Preliminary Contribution. Trans-
actions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene 24 : 465-
472.

216 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Martini (E.), 1924 :
Ueber jugoslavische anophelen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der
Frage der misanthropen Rassen. Arch. fiir Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg.
28 (6) : 254-265.

Reep (WaLrTerR) and James Carrot, 1911
The Prevention of Yellow Fever. Reprinted in “Yellow Fever. A
Compilation of Various Publications. Results of the Work of Maj.
Walter Reed, Medical Corps, United States Army, and the Yellow Fever
Commission, Senate Documents.” (Washington, Gov’t Printing Office,
D. C.) 61 : 131-148.

Rovusaup (E.) and J. Coras-Betcour, 1927
Action des diastases dans le déterminisme d’éclosion de |’oeuf chez le

moustique de la fiévre jaune (Stegomyia fasciata). Comptes Rendus _

Hebdomadaires des Séances de |’Académie des Sciences, Paris, 184 : 248.
Rovusaup (E.), 1929 4
Recherches biologiques sur le moustique de la fiévre jaune. édes
argenteus Poiret. Facteurs d’inertie et influences réactivantes du dé-
veloppement. Les oeufs durable et leur importance dans le rajeunisse-
ment du cycle évolutif. Annales de |’Institut Pasteur, 43 : 1093-1209.
SHannon (R. C.), 1931
The Environment and Behavior of Some Brazilian Mosquitoes. Pro-
ceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, 33 : 1-27.
Youne (C2 Jy 1922-1923
Notes on the Bionomics of Stegomyia calops in Brazil. Part I. Annals
of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology, 16 : 389.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 2nF

THE BIOLOGY OF STEGOMYIA UNDER LABORATORY
CONDITIONS.!

By Persts Purnam AND RaymonpD C. SHANNON.

II]. EGG-LAYING CAPACITY AND LONGEVITY OF ADULTS.

The preceding paper contains an experimental and statistical
analysis of various factors which influence the development of
stegomyia eggs and larvae under laboratory conditions. <A
standard technic for rearing larvae is described which was
evolved in the Yellow Fever Laboratory in Bahia, Brazil. It is
shown that this technic gives highly uniform results under the
ordinary laboratory conditions in the tropics, with minimum
mortality and maximum development for the species. The
statistical analysis brings out a negative correlation between
pupation and emergence intervals and temperature. Means
and standard deviations for lots of larvae reared under routine
and optimum conditions are discussed. The experimental work
forming the basis of the standard technic is described.

In the present paper various factors which influence egg-laying
capacity and longevity of stegomyia females will be considered.
The experiments were performed in the Yellow Fever Labora-
tory in Bahia, and because of the excellent quality of the data
statistical methods have been used in their analysis. The
results will be discussed from the statistical point of view.

Three series of observations form the basis for this study.
The first includes records of frequency of feeding, amount of
blood consumed, frequency of oviposition, number of eggs
deposited, and total length of life, for each of twenty isolated
females. The second series includes frequency of feeding, weekly
egg components, and total duration of life for ten lots of females.
These data apply to lots except in the case of length of life
for which individual records are available. The third series
comprises longevity records for a group of females which was
never offered a blood meal.

Two preliminary sets of observations will be discussed which
concern the intervals beween emergence and the first blood
meal, and between the first blood meal and the first oviposition
period.

The object of this study is to describe statistically the rela-
tionships between the attributes of the biologic functions as
found in the laboratory records. The regression equation will
be the usual form since it gives a mathematical basis for esti-
mating results to be expected of similar stock reared under

1 The studies and observations on which this paper is based were conducted
at the Yellow Fever Laboratory, Bahia, Brazil, with the support and under the
auspices of the International Health Division of The Rockefeller Foundation.

218 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

like conditions. The specific form of equation used will be
described when it is applied.

Conditions of the Experiments.

Stock.—The stock used in the experiments was reared in
accordance with the methods described in detail in the preceding
paper.

Temperature —Controlled temperature experiments were not
made for these studies. At the time observations were being
made the temperature approximated 27° C. For the develop-
ment of the larval stages this was found to be highly favorable.

Nutrition —Dishes containing raisins or honey and water
were kept continuously in the experimental cages. It is a well
known fact that although adults can survive for their full life
time on honey or fruit juices and water, blood is absolutely
required for the development of the ova. Bacot (1916) claims
that he obtained single eggs from females which had been fed
on a mixture of blood and honey and blood and syrup respec-
tively. In our laboratory severai specimens which had been
fed on honey and water only for several weeks were dissected,
and in all cases the eggs were still in the primary stages, 1. e.,
the first and second stages as described by Christophers (1911).

The Preoviposition Stage.

Before the female can produce fertile eggs she must_pass
through a preliminary period which will be called the preoviposi-
tion stage and is defined as the interval from emergence to the
deposition of the first eggs.

The adult is ready for flight almost immediately after
emerging from the pupal cast. Both sexes readily mate within
a few hours after emergence. It should be noted, however, that
ovulation does not require fertilization.

A certain time must elapse before the sclerotin of the proboscis
is sufficiently hard to penetrate ordinary skin. Table 1 shows
the age at time of first blood meal of 29 females at an average
temperature of 27° C. These individuals emerged between
10 a. M. and 4 p. M. and were given an opportunity to feed on the
following day at 9 a.m. No notice was taken at this time of the
operator’s hand or of the guinea pig when placed in the cage.
At 4 p. mM. of the same day, however, three individuals fed.
The mean age of the group at this time was 27 hours.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 219

TABLE l.
AGE OF STEGOMYIA FEMALES AT First BLoop MEAL.

DATE ON WHICH BLOOD AGE IN HOURS AT TIME
MEAL WAS OFFERED NOMBER SED OF FEEDING

Nov. 4 9 a.m. 0) ==

4 p.m. 3 27
Nov. 5 9 a.m. 8 44

4 p.m. 5 51
Nov. 6 9 a.m. 4 68

4 p.m. + 75
Nov. 7 4 p.m. 0
Nov. 8 9 a.m. 0) oe
Nov.9 9 a.m. 5 140

Mean age at time of first feeding 67.6 + 4.5 hours.

The mean age at first blood meal of these 29 specimens was
67.6 += 4.5 hours, or 2.8 days, but half the specimens had fed
at the age of 51 hours. The mean was higher because five females
did not feed until they were more than five and a half days old.

The ovulation period is defined as the time elapsing between
the blood meal and oviposition. Such an interval must follow
each blood meal, but the number of eggs matured each time
can not be determined since they are not necessarily all deposited
at once. The ovulation period and ovulation rate following the
first blood meal can be determined, however, and this was
done for eight lots of females with the results given in Table 2.

TABLE 2.
REGRESSION OF OVULATION ON TEMPERATURE FROM Day or I[nit1AL BLoop MEAL
TuHrouGH SEconpD OviposiTion Day.

Eight Lots of Stegomyia Females.

LOT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Date fed _..........| July 11] July 9 | July 9 | Nov. 8 |Sept. 2 :
Memperature (C.)| 23-6 | 2470)°/224.0 | 25:6 | 26.0 | 27.0) 2722+) 27.7
Number of
females..._....| 180 180 180 180 250 118 10 10
Days between Ist
meal and lst

oviposition ____ + 4 4 2 3 3) - 3
Eggs Ist day... 15 62 92 6 Dis | oo 0 uallae lah 4
Eggs 2d day........ 130 250 300 115 610 287 66 376

Total eggs.......| 145 312 392 121 631 Si 183 380
Eggs per female

pegdayea es.

Observed... als 229 36 ly) 50 98 3-057 )\ha7.60
Computed...| .14 st) 19 .62 S88 0 eS 2.03 | 2.94

*These lots are analyzed in detail later.

220 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

The rate of ovulation should take into account the length of
the ovulation period and the number of eggs deposited at its
close. In the analysis of the data in Table 2 it was arbitrarily
assumed that the eggs matured by the first meal were laid on
the first and second oviposition days, and the ovulation period
was increased by two days to cover them. From the data
given the number of eggs per female per day was computed for
each lot, and is given in the table.”

If we compare the ovulation rates with the temperature given
for each lot, we notice that those for higher temperatures were
larger. This suggests that temperature may have affected the
speed of ovulation as it did that of pupation and emergence of
larvae.

Figure 1 shows the form of this relationship. The observed
eggs per female per day were plotted on a logarithmic scale
against temperature on an arithmetic scale, and a straight
line was fitted to the observed rates.

10.0

Logarithmic Scale

Eggs per Female per Day

23 a4 25 26 27 28

Temperature Centigrade

Figure 1—The Regression of Ovulation on Temperature from the Day of the
Initial Blood Meal through the Second Oviposition Day for Eight Lots of
Stegomyia Females.

2It should be noted that individuals in some of the lots were fed a second
time before oviposition occurred, the second meal three days after the first. It
is possible that oviposition of eggs matured by the first meal may have been
hastened by the ingestion of the second.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 221

The straight line indicates that the ovulation rate increased
7.70 + 1.38 per cent for each successive rise of 0.1° C. By
substituting specific temperatures in the equation,’ we may
compute theoretical ovulation rates. Those for the eight lots
in Table 2 were computed and are given in the table. They
lie on the fitted line opposite the corresponding observed rates.

We find then that ovulation was distinctly more rapid for
lots started at temperatures of 27° C. and above than for those
started at lower ones; and for the eight lots observed we have
given this relationship definite mathematical expression.

This ovulation rate was determined not only by the number
of eggs deposited but also by the interval required. Table 2
indicates the time elapsing between the blood meal] and the day
on which the first eggs were deposited. This is a minimal
period for the lot, not the average for the individuals included.
The table shows that there was a decrease in interval with
increase in temperature, with a mean for the eight lots of 3.4
days.

Egg-laying Capacity with Respect to Length of Life,
Blood Consumption, and Oviposition.

The following analysis is based on the complete lifetime
records of twenty females included in Lots 7 and 8 of Table 2
These individuals were three days old at the time of their first
blood meal and were divided into three groups. Group I con-
tained four specimens allowed but one blood meal; Group II,
consisting of eight specimens, was offered a blood meal once a
week; and the eight specimens in Group III were offered a
blood meal once every three days.

A rough estimate was made of the amount of blood consumed
at each feeding. A full engorgement was rated as three units,
a moderate one as two, and a small one as one unit.

Egg-laying usually occurred some time between the hours of
5 p. M. and 8 a. Mm. In the present study the eggs found each
morning constitute those laid in a single oviposition period.

Table 3 contains the final record for each of the twenty
females according to the frequency with which blood meals were
offered. Since individual performance was greater for those
offered a blood meal once a week and every three days, the
first step in the analysis was to see whether these differences
were statistically significant.

’ The equation for the line was:
Log (mean eggs per female per day) = log 0.13049 + log 1.0770. temperature.
(Temperature was expressed in units of 0.1° C. from 23.5° C. as origin.)

222 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

TABLE 3.

Eco-Layinc Capaciry or Twenty Srecomy1a FEMALES ACCORDING TO
Frequency oF Frepinc, Days Livep, Bioop Unirs Consumep, AND

NuMBER OF OviposiTION PERIODS.

BLOOD BLOOD OVIPOSI-
DAYS : EGGS
SPECIMEN MEALS UNITS TION
OFFERED HEP CONSUMED | PERIODS emilee or
A Twice 67 5 4 169
B Once 75 2 1 35
c & 73 3 1 91
D a 36 2 4 81
Total 251 12 10 376
E Weekly 100 38 20 571
F - 87 38 18 488
G - 99 32 22 590
H DB 108 Al 8 285
I *, 60 18 11 376
J . 124 48 24 645
kK ‘ 5 3 0 0
IL = 10 3 0 0
Total 593 201 103 2,955
M Every 3 days 77 33 15 302
N - 3 64 37 24 473
O " "3 103 29 5 279
P “ ns 15 : 6 4 75
Q * v 90 20 8 184
R . + 58 6 0 0
S * S 96 54 21 501
lp 7 17 8 0 0
Total 580 193 ih 1,814
Total all specimens 1,424 406 190 5,145

Means were computed from the data for all twenty specimens
and are given in Table 4. They indicate that the 20 specimens
in this group lived 71 days on the average, consumed 20 units
of blood, and oviposited approximately nine times with a total

component of 257 eggs.

N
N

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

*sJO119 ayqeqoid Ssuiynduios

————

ur pasn Z-Ny

81°09 = SL°9TZ |81°09 = 8E69EIET' FOL = OO FOILS HZ = SS*SITIPL HE = ST LST

peisodap sassy

wc + 096 Chet = 88°CI | 61°F + 057 GGn saeeOtSun|| Ob oi OSS Gis eae 5 spotiad
uoljIsodiagG

NV dW NOILVIAAG
NVaW
SAVG AIVHL AWTAT ATYIAM AONO Se = pe
ALA GIYLLV

dqdaudgitO STVAW GOOTEH SNAWIOddS TIV

x JNIGAAY 10 AONATNOAUH OL SNIGHOONY SATYNAY

VIAWOODALS ALNAUM T dO ALIOVdV) ONIAVT SOY NO SNOILVAUASAC) AO SNOILVIAACG GUuVvaNVLg GNV SNVd]AJ

‘} ATAV

The standard deviations shown in Table 4 indicate statistical

variability.

and minimum values since they

They are better measur
extreme variability.

es of range than maximum

give average rather than

The size of the standard deviation depends upon that of the

lH
eo} fey i {S|
eave
fae} ors
noon
oy o
¥ O
AD ot 2
a0». e
a)
Cc
"Sg O
ae eaet
I {S)
ae =)
oe Ww)
= a,
Cee ea
ne} 2)
ee
LR 2S
5678
4 OAs
(oO) ==
S=196} “au mo:
tn es
o Ov
= Oe >
te) @) (0)
> aie
Hea
os
(Shiba sya
I! poy) as
£25
3S
ges
(Jp)
E-> o's
as Y
Aso) eas)
qo} sa! ta} 49)
e.808
abe
ys (ett)
Oo os)
o gq v
aT
Staple)
Ons n

224 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Before actual variability can be compared, the standard
deviations must be reduced to a comparable base, and this may
be done by computing coefficients of variation from the formula:

Coefficient of variation = 100 (Standard deviation)

Mean
These are given below:
Attribute observed. Coefficient of variations.
DD ays iliviectemen rere ee 45.21 = 6.03
Blood units consumed_..._... 82.07 = 14.13
Oviposition periods. See SPY yey ear Gils!
Eeecidepostted =a 84.96 += 14.93

These coefficients indicate that the females varied most with
respect to the number of oviposition periods and least with
respect to the number of days lived. The differences between
the coefficients were none of them as much as three times their
probable errors, and so were not significant. They are given to
show how the relative variability in performance of the indi-
viduals in the group may be found.

The purpose of varying the frequency of feeding was to see
what the effect would be on blood consumption, oviposition,
and the number of eggs deposited. Table 4 contains the means
of the observations for each of the three groups.* Although
these means differed considerably, none of the differences was
statistically significant. It was possible, therefore, to proceed
to the analysis of the data for all the specimens as a single group.

The question next to be considered was what effect length of
life, amount of blood consumed, and the number of oviposition
periods had, severally and collectively, upon the egg-laying
capacity. The correlation method was used for this analysis.
In its simplest form this is illustrated in Figure 2 in which each
individual was plotted according to the number of days lived
and the number of eggs deposited in the course of its life. Each
of the scales is arithmetic, and the straight line was fitted to
the observations. This line shows graphically what the average
increase in egg component was per unit increase in days lived.
It was plotted from the equation:

Mean eggs deposited during lifetime = 4.88 (days lived) — 90.19.

4 In computing probable errors the standard deviations applying to all twenty
specimens were used, on the assumption that variability of the means of the
subdivisions would be similar to that of the whole group.

225

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

700

600

500
io}
oO

=1) 400
n
fe}
Q,
{0}
(a)
o
&

# 300

200

100

0) 20 40 60 80 100 120
Age on Day of Death

Figure 2,—The Regression of Eggs Deposited on the Number of Days Lived for
Twenty Stegomyia Females.

From this equation we may estimate the average egg com-
ponent of individual specimens living a specified number of
days, but we also want to know how blood consumption and
frequency of oviposition affected egg production. Table 5
contains the correlation coefficients giving the amount of
association between attributes of various pairs of biologic
functions and between pairs of functions with the effect of a
third or a third and fourth held constant.

226 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

TaBLe 5.

Ecc-Layinc Capacity or Twenty Srecomyi1A FEMALES. CoRRELATION
BETWEEN (z) Eccs Deposirep, (x) AcE 1n Days, (y) BLoop Units Con-
SUMED, AND (uz) OviposiT1on PERIODs.

Coefficients of Correlation.*

ZERO ORDER FIRST ORDER SECOND ORDER

SUBSCRIPT ip SUBSCRIPT r SUBSCRIPT r
Pa ap of IESE. KON/T/ || Bauer + .832 = .050'| zv.uy -- 50/7 = 21125
xy + .682 + .085 | zu.x + .943 + .018 | zuxny + .803 + .060
xu + .623 + .097 | yun + .862 = .042 | xuzy — Al4 = .140
ay + .913 + .026 | 2x.y +" .323 = .147)| zy.na 4-112) 22 Bley
Zu + .960 = .012 | xuy + O11 = .164 | yuzx + 421 = 139
yu + .918 = .025 | zu.y too = 070

ZX.U =o Poe == alll} |

ZV.U + .284 += .150

ne, “iE ol ano

xy. + .090 + .162

yuz + 361 + .142

*N-2 was used to compute probable errors of zero order coefficients;
N-3 for probable errors of first order coefficients; and
N-4 for probable errors of second order coefficients.

It may be well to state briefly how these coefficients should
be interpreted. If for every increase of one unit in either of the
two attributes compared there is a definite and proportional
rise in the other, the correlation coefficient will be + 1. If
the attribute of either function decreases while the other
rises in a definite manner, the correlation coefficient will be — 1.
In either case the correlation is said to be perfect. Conse-
quently, coefficients in the neighborhood of + 1 or — 1 indicate
a high degree of association. If the attributes are unrelated
the correlation coefficient will be in the neighborhood of zero.

If we examine the zero order coefficients in Table 5, we find
good positive correlation between the attributes compared.
This means that as one of the attributes increased the other
rose in a definite fashion. The two most closely associated were
the number cf eggs deposited and oviposition periods, r,,, =
+ 0.960 + 0.012. Egg components and blood units were also
highly correlated, ‘zy = + 0.913 + 0.026, and so were oviposi-
tion periods and blood units, 7,, = 0.918 + 0.025. Actual
length of life apparently affected the number of eggs deposited
less than either of the other two functions.

From these zero order coefficients it is possible to set up
regression equations from which mean egg-laying capacity

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 227.

may be computed in terms of each of the other attributes.
This was done in Figure 2 for eggs deposited and length of life.

To determine the effect upon egg components of two of the
other functions, partial correlation coefficients of the first
order were computed. These indicate the association between
the attributes of two of the functions for a constant value of a
third. For example, the correlation between eggs deposited and

oviposition periods with blood units constant, 7, = + 0.756
+ (.07G, represents the amount of correlation we should find
if we compared the egg production and oviposition periods of
those individuals only whose total blood consumption was the
same.

Actually, we are dealing with attributes of four interdepend-
ent biologic functions, and holding one or another constant
would necessarily decrease the amount of correlation between
the two compared. Table 5 shows that the least reduction
between zero order and first order coefficients occurred when

length of life was held constant, ~,, = + 0.943 + 0.018.

When either oviposition periods or blood units were held con-
stant the correlation was considerably less.

To express the association between egg-laying capacity and
all three other functions the second order correlation coefficients
in Table 5 were computed. These indicate the relation between
attributes of two functions with the other two held constant.
This step reduced the coefficients stiJl further. The largest one
remaining was that between eggs deposited and oviposition
periods with length of life and blood units held constant,
y + 0.803 += 0.060.

~ BUX

We find from this analysis that the number of eggs deposited
was most closely associated with oviposition periods. Blood
units were highly correlated with oviposition periods also, and
when they were held constant the correlation between eggs
deposited and oviposition periods were considerably reduced.
It still persisted, however, even to the second order coefficient
when length of life and blood units were both held constant.

Regression equations from which egg-laying capacity may be
computed from attributes of two and finally of three other
functions have been set up and are given in Table 6. Since the
correlation between eggs deposited and oviposition periods
was highest, the equations in terms of oviposition periods give
the best estimates.

228 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

TABLE 6.

EQUuATIONS FOR THE ReEGREssION oF Ecos DeEposirED oN AGE IN Days, BLoop
Unirs ConsuMED, AND Oviposirion PeErrops, IN StuDIES oF EGG-LAYING
Capacity oF Twenty STEGOMYIA FEMALES.

z = Eggs deposited
x = Age in days
y = Blood units consumed

u = Oviposition periods

Regression of eggs deposited

on: Equation
Age and blood units... z = 1.22% + 10.33y — 39.49
Blood units and oviposition
eniod Soe ee, O32 Oy a eOLos

Age and oviposition periods = 1.34% + 20.82u — 36.02
Age, blood units, and ovi-
position periods...

Ion = we se a Se i

The significance of these equations may be clearer if we ex-
amine them graphically. The straight line in Figure 2 represents
the regression of egg production on days lived. Points on the
line indicate the average egg component for a given number of
days lived, based on the experience of these twenty females.

When the regression of egg-laying capacity is expressed in
attributes of two other functions, the theoretical egg components
computed from the equation lie in a plane, not on a straight
line, and the graph showing the three variables is in three
dimensions. This is illustrated in Figure 3. Here each of the
twenty females is represented by a black-headed pin, its height
determined by the total number of eggs deposited during life.
The position of the pin on the rectangular base of the drawing
is determined by the observed number of blood units consumed
and the number of oviposition periods for that individual.
The equation for the regression plane indicated is as follows:

Mean egg component = 19.32 (oviposition periods)
+ 2.62 (blood units) -+ 20.58

The little ellipses indicate the points where the pins pierce
the plane or where they would pierce the plane if they were
tall enough to do so. The slope of the edge of the plane above
the y axis shows how egg-laying capacity increases with rise in
blood consumption when oviposition periods are held constant.
The slope of the plane above the uw axis indicates the rise in eggs
deposited with increasing frequency of oviposition when blood
units are held constant. The steeper slope of this line indicates
a greater correlation between these attributes. The maximum

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 229

_effect of both functions on egg production is indicated by the
height of the plane with respect to the base of the figure at the
back of the drawing. The diagonal trend and increasing height
of the pins toward the far corner of the picture indicates how
well the slope of the plane follows that of the observations.

Eggs Deposited (z)

Figure 3.—The Regression of Eggs Deposited on Oviposition Periods and Blood
Units Consumed for Twenty Stegomyia Females.

It is possible to illustrate in this way the relationship between
egg-laying capacity and two other functions, but the final
equation in Table 6 can not be graphed since it adds a third
variable to the regression and calls for a figure in four dimen-
sions.

This completes the analysis of the total performance of the
twenty isolated females. The results are highly gratifying.

230 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

We have shown that specimens living longer and consuming
more blood will, on the average, have more oviposition periods
and a larger total egg component. Furthermore, we have
expressed this fact mathematically so that we may estimate the
egg component for other specimens reared under similar con-
ditions.

When we consider that there were only twenty individuals,
that the frequency of feeding was predetermined, and that the
terms blood unit and oviposition period were arbitrarily defined,
it 1s surprising that the correlations should be so definite and
that the regressions should fit the observations so well. One
of the requirements of a good fitting regression equation is that
the standard deviation of the observations about the fitted
plane should be appreciably less than that of the observations
about the mean. Table 4 gave the standard deviation of egg
components about the mean as 218.55 += 24.57. That for egg
components about the regression plane shown in Figure 3 was
63.35 + 7.55, or less than one-third. It is true that we are
considering functions obviously highly correlated, but it is
gratifying to be able to give such a satisfactory mathematical
expression to their interrelations.

These regressions are based on completed performance only.
We now come to the question of the activity of these individuals
at stated intervals during their lives.

Table 7 contains the weekly record of survivors, blood units
consumed, oviposition periods, and eggs deposited for sixteen
of these isolated females. The four specimens fed only once
were excluded, since this fact obviously affected their subsequent
activity. From the data in this table weekly rates per survivor
were computed and are included.

231

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

69L‘F O8I F6E [eI0],
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I LI
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 9]
O'FI 0'°IZ Geli Cal Ga ¢ € Zz SI
S$" FI 8's P 9° 67 (6 € 5 FI
FU LASS Ct eG rd WG 6 SI 9 I
ral 0°81 S*T Cal vaall (6) (6) 8 TI
6°11 6° 0 Sal (Gals L91 FI 97 8 Il
th isrig a CG Se 8 CZ Ol Ol
AVG Gl 01 9°] CCT II 81 II 6
S°ST (CAG 8° SEG IZI II ce el 8
(Tis L°I¢ OT (GG TIt Cl 6c el l
O°LI O'LI Ol Ga 17 I ce ol 9
OI Calg Pe 6 6LT 6 ce I ¢
SEC S°€F Git 6 995 LI 87 Cl b
PPC 6°75 eam ae 889 0% 67 Cl ¢
CHF 5°OS eal KG LOL 91 ag Fl (6
PIF 6° LS Pil an 698 IZ IZ SI I
— — — tS ¢ I £5 91 0

qaoiad UOAIAUNS UAd UWOAIAUNS YWOATIAUNS MAAM ONIYVNAdG |WAAM ONIUAA | WAAM ONIUVNAAG MAAM AO AONYOUAWNA

NOILISOdIAO Udd qdaLisodad Wad SGOMWad Wad qdaLisodad sqdoiutdd GaWwnsNnoo ONINNIOUVA LV} ONIMOTTIOS

qiLlisOddd soog soogd NOILISOdIAO SLINO Goold Sood NOILISOdIAO SLINO GOOTH SUOAIAUNS MAAM

*SATVNAY VIAWOOALG NAALXIC AOA GALISOdA] SOOFY ANV ‘SGOIWA NOLLISOdIAG ‘AAIWASNOZ SLIN() GOOTY ‘SHOATAUNAS 10 GAOOTY ATAITAA

‘/ aTaAV$§L

289. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

The number of individuals was obviously too small to justify
any detailed analysis of these weekly rates. We shall examine
them merely to see whether there were any definite time trends
inactivity. Apparently, weekly blood consumption did not vary
to any extent. The same was true of oviposition periods.
Weekly egg components per individual, however, decreased with
age. Although rates for later weeks varied oreatly, there was a
definite downward trend during the first six weeks when they
were more stable. The same was true of eggs deposited in
terms of oviposition periods. For these few specimens we may
say, therefore, that egg-laying activity was greater early in life,
whereas blood consumption and frequency of oviposition con-
tinued in much the same way until the end. The question of
trend of egg-laying rate with increasing age will now be analyzed
from observations on a larger group of individuals.

The Trend of Egg-laying Capacity with Age.

Egg-laying capacity and longevity were studied from records
of 118 females subdivided into ten lots, half of which were
offered blood meals once a week and the other half every three
days. Daily records were kept of deaths and of the number of
eggs deposited. All 118 individuals emerged on the same day
and comprise Lot 6 of Table 2. Temperature at the beginning
of the experiment was 27° C.

The first question to be investigated was whether the frequency
of feeding affected the longevity or total egg production of
these specimens. Consequently, the mean age at day of death
and the eggs deposited per female were computed from the origi-
nal data. These are given below:

118 Females.
Frequency of | Mean age on day Egg component
blood meal of death per individual
Onceaiweee 64.7 = 2.2 206.4
Everys sudays sn O57 e853 190.2
MiGtallas 3% see. 622) -=S kG 198.3

The difference in length of life between the two groups was
insignificant. Probable errors for the mean egg components
could not be computed since the records applied to lots, not to
individuals, but the two means are so similar that this omission
is unimportant. The two groups may be combined for further
analysis.

The records of eggs deposited by these 118 females were
placed on a weekly basis and rates per survivor at the beginning
of the week were computed and are given in Table 8. They
are plotted in Figure 4.

Eges per Survivor

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

TABLE 8.

233

OBSERVED AND Exprcrep EcGc-Ltayinc Rates oF CoNGREGATED STEGOMYIA
FEMALES OFFERED A BLoop Meat Once a WEEK oR Every THREE Days.

EGGS PER EXPECTED EGGS
WEEK SURVIVORS EGGS SURVIVOR AT | PER SURVIVOR
FOLLOWING | AT BEGINNING| DEPOSITED SEES Le Paes
EMERGENCE OF WEEK DURING WEEK Sn iwese am wiSsIe
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
@) 118 0 0 0)
1 118 5,306 44.97 41.13
2 115 3,605 Sled 35.44
3 109 3,509 32.19 30.54
4 108 Psy DEES S53
5 98 DESO 26.19 22.67
6 88 1,726 19.61 19.53
7 79 1,220 15.44 16.83
8 67 925 13.81 14.50
9 59 472 8.00 12.50
10 51 458 8.98 10.77
11 39 466 11.95 9.28
12 29 184 6.35 7.99
13) 16 91 5.69 6.89
14 9 65 1622. 5.94
15 4 51 QS 6D
16 1 0 0 4.41

Week following Emergence

of the Week.

Figure 4.—Observed and Expected Egg-laying Rates per Survivor at the Beginning

234 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

It is apparent that the first weekly egg-laying rate was the
highest and that later rates decreased more or less continuously.
The actual amount of decrease was greater in earlier weeks,
so we could not use a straight regression line here as we did in
describing the relationship between total egg component and
days lived shown in Figure 2. To obtain a mathematical
expression of this relationship, it was necessary to use an
exponential equation. The one plotted in Figure 4 was:

Mean weekly egg component per survivor = 51.42. 0.1489 (age in weeks)

This equation gives an average weekly rate of decrease in
egg production of 15 per cent, and from ic theoretical egg-laying
rates were computed. These are given in Table 8. They lie
on the fitted curve in Figure 4. With the exception of the last
two observed rates, the curve fits remarkably well, and may be
considered a very satisfactory expression of the trend of these
observations.

From this equation we may also compute the maximum
number of eggs per female by summating the weekly egg com-
ponents throughout life and assuming that life continues
until the ultimate egg-laying capacity is reached. For the
group we are considering this would average 350 eggs per female.

Longevity of Stegomyia Females.

Two series of records formed the basis for the analysis of
longevity, one obtained from the blood-fed lots of 118 speci-
mens just discussed, and the other obtained from 190 specimens
that were fed throughout life on honey and water only. The
blood-fed lots were started in January, 1930, the non-blood-fed
lots in October and December, 1930.

The mortality records for these two series of observations
were placed on a weekly basis and the number of survivors at
the beginning of each week was determined. The results are
given in columns (2) and (3) of Tables 9 and 10. From these
populations and deaths mortality rates were computed and are
given in column (4).

235

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

sia 0S° 8 8 0°000‘T I I
(G9 $l" 97 ay 0°0SL € F
PL S0'1 Ga 9L 9°SSS S 6
L°6 SET 6S Sel S LEP i 91
LOI Ccaal OL SFT €' Str Cl 6c
IF 10°7 58 ore £'°9ST Ol 6¢
6°91 Gane 101 Ic EIGES ral 1S
fe WG Sous 89 664 9°SEI 8 6S
(GHE 09°¢ 89 L9S F'6ll 8 L9
0°87 00°F ZOI 699 6° ISI Gil 6L
9°I¢ TSF 9L StL £701 6 88
[°S¢ 10°S 58 0¢8 0°ZOI OL 86
$°8E os’s 58 S16 9°T6 Ol 801
L'S¥ tF'9 6 $6 Z'6 I 601
9° 6F 80°L its SL6, CCS 9 STI
CSS 68°L v4 000° PSG € SII
7°79 68°8 0 000‘T 0 0 SII

(8) (Z) (9) (S) (F) (¢) (Z)
SAD, y x

vq SYII AY *y ]

MAIM MAAM x ‘
*5 ONTYNG AO ONINNIOUVSA 4000 I MAUM MAAIM AO
SUOAIAUNS
2, ONIAG YAEWON LY HAITV UAAWON ‘ ONIYAAG ONINNIOA LV
000 I SHLVAd SUOAIAUNS

APAM JO ONINNIOUA LV AAITV
ANO HOV OL ONINIVNAY
aiIT dO HLONAT AOVUAAV

ONIOUAWA SATVWAL (YOY'T 10

Uudd SHLVAG

— Onno twMwor~aon

FAONAOUAWNA
ONIMOTTOI
MFG M

“SAV( SAUNT AUAAY AO AAA V AON(C TVA] GoOTg Vv dguddiQ) SATVWAY VIAWOOALS da LVOAAONO*) IO ALIAAZONO'T

6 ATAV

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT,, 1934

236

0S”

Os
Ua

C8"

sy |!
Lied:
SEC
Ss
$6°C
(Gots
664
€8°S
(St)
082
08°8
08°6
SEO!
sil IU!

(8) (Z)

oie Hua Laois ke
_

Anon trotnronwsnonunoen

CO ONO) FH ODA AN St st et

ANOWOWO COOH HO OOM HE m-ONN

Skog SYA

MAIM JO ONINNIOAA LV AAITV
ANO HOV OL ONINIVNAY
adIT dO HLONAT ADVAAAV

ONIAG YAAWON

Madam
ONTUNG

9 0°000'T I I
9 0 0 I

85 1° 606 OL II

ee Tee I¢ tr
$87 GiCCG ZI £5
CSF Lee ze 98
855 L’ 881 0t 901
PLL 6° 8L7Z If Ltl
696 1° 107 LES. $81
$6 eis I ssl
$6 0 0 S81
066 0°91 ¢ 881
066 0 0 881
566 ox I 681
566 0 0 681
566 0 0 681
000°T SENG I 061
000'T 0 0 061

(S) (F) (¢) (7)

d 4
MIIM ‘

4O ONINNIOUSA uc MAGUM MAAM AO
LV GZAITV UAENON ¢ ONTUNG ONINNIOUVA LV
000 i SHLVAdG SUOAIAUNS

ONIOVINA STIVWNIA YYO'T 10

Uwdd SHLVAAG

‘IVA GOOTY V AGIUIGIOQ WIAIN SAIVWIY VIAWOOALG AILVOAYONOD AO ALIATONO'T

OT ATAVL,

> SANAYNTNHOMOD

m=
wa

FONIDUVINA
ONIMOTION
WIIM

Survivors

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 237.

To compare longevity in these two groups the distributions
of survivors had to be put on a comparable basis. This was
done by starting each with 1,000 individuals and computing
the number of survivors at the beginning of each successive
week by applying the death rates in column (4) and deducting
the computed deaths. In this way columns (5) and (6) were
obtained for each table. Column (5), indicating the number
of survivors at the beginning of each week out of 1,000 emerging
on the same day, gives the familiar /. curve of the life table

which is plotted for each distribution in Figure 5.

1000 4 ——*— 4 x—_x—_

x
° Shs

a
900

800
700
600
x
500 ~ ny
ae
«——~- Females offered a blood meal once a ‘

week or every three days
x x Females never offered a blood meal

400

300

200

100

Week following Emergence

Figure 5.—Survivors at the Beginning of Each Week of Two Groups of 1,000
Stegomyia Females Emerging.

The mean age at death of individuals in the non-blood-fed
group was 82.2 + 0.77, which was twenty days later than that
for the blood-fed group. We must compare columns (3) and (4)

238 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

of Tables 9 and 10 and the two curves in Figure 5 to see what
this difference means.

Table 10 indicates that practically no deaths occurred in the
honey-and-water-fed group until the tenth week of life. During
this week 37 specimens died, and mortality continued very
high until all individuals were dead. Deaths among the
individuals in the blood-fed group were scattered throughout
life. Figure 5 shows the difference in the form of the curves
very clearly. Survivors in the blood-fed group began to de-
crease in number after the first week, while the honey-and-
water-fed group remained close to the upper limit until the
tenth week and then dropped precipitously.

The last two columns in Tables 9 and 10 give the average
expectation of life in weeks and in days for survivors at the
beginning of the week. The blood-fed group started at emer-
gence with a mean expectation of 62.2 days or nine weeks, the
non-blood-fed group with 82.2 days or nearly twelve weeks.
Beginning with the tenth week the mean expectation of life
was the same in both groups.

The difference in longevity between these two groups is
clear-cut and unmistakable. The survivorship curve of the
non-blood-fed specimens approaches in form that of the theoret-
ical rectangular curve described by Pearl and Doering (1923)
as approached in Proales decipiens and by Pearl (1928) in the
wild type of Drosophila melanogaster. Individuals in this type of
population nearly all survive to a given age and then die almost
simultaneously.

It is believed that this difference in longevity was probably
due to diet. Howard (1925) pointed out the effect of blood
consumption on the life of the female when he said: “Blood
food, however, in hastening the development of the eggs shortens
the life of the mosquito. A diet of honey, on the other hand,
prevents the development of the eggs and prolongs life.”

There was an interval of nine months between the experiment
with the blood-fed specimens and the other, but both series
were run during summer months when atmospheric conditions
were presumably similar. Beeuwkes ef a/. (1933), found that
humidity had a noticeable effect on the longevity of stegomyia
females. Experiments were run in Yaba (Southern Nigeria)

and Gadau (Northern Nigeria) and from the data given the

following means were computed:

Laboratory Mean tem- Mean relative Mean days
perature, humidity, lived
C. (per cent)
Yaba(Ss Nigeria) ee 26.2 86.9 96.5
Gadau (N. Nigeria)._......-.---..-.- 26.8 49.7 41.7

en caliee

lily aap diy

Ps Sw Gee <a

PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 239

Temperature conditions were identical in these two experi-
ments, yet the average length of life was less than one-half as
great in the area with the lower relative humidity. The mean
duration of life among the Brazilian specimens was lower than
that for Yaba, but higher than that found in Gadau. Tempera-
ture conditions were similar.

There are no records of relative humidity for January and
February, 1930, during the Brazilian experiment with blood-
fed specimens. The average was approximately 75 per cent
for the interval covered by the non-blood-fed specimens. It
is believed that the average for the earlier period was similar
and that humidity does not account for the difference in
longevity.

One lot of Yaba females was given no blood meals. Its mean
duration of life was 98 days, which was not significantly higher
than that of the blood-fed specimens. The shape of the curve
of survivors could not be determined from the data given.

The Laboratory versus Nature.

The female stegomyia once infected with yellow fever may
transmit the disease at any time during the remainder of her
life. She may continue to imbibe blood in approximately the
same amounts while she lives. She may also continue to lay
eggs, but the actual number deposited toward the end of her
life will be few. These are important facts from the point of
view of yellow fever control.

The average length of life of the blood-fed laboratory female
was nine weeks, but half the average maximum egg component
of 350 eggs was deposited by the end of the sixth week. Under
similar conditions in nature a thoroughgoing antilarval service
would definitely limit propagation before the adult population
had been seriously reduced. But do we know that similar
conditions exist in nature?

Actually the environment of adults in captivity differs in
important respects from that in nature. While in captivity
they are not exposed to natural enemies. Their longevity may,
therefore, be greater than that of females in nature and their
total egg components consequently larger.

Stegomyia adults reared in the laboratory were found to be
larger than those frequently found in nature. The regressions
computed from laboratory data would lead one to expect larger
egg components from females with a greater capacity for
engorgement. It is also possible that the follicles per ovary may
be fewer in the smaller females.

Because of these facts we are inclined to assume that condi-
tions in the laboratory are more favorable to longevity and
egg-laying capacity than those in nature. On the other hand

240 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

we do not know the effect of arbitrarily limiting blood meals to
certain definite intervals. The very stealthy attack of the
stegomyia in nature is well known. She frequently takes alarm
upon the slightest provocation but usually returns quickly to
her attack. It is possible, therefore, that complete engorgement
is not usual in nature, that most females are content with small
amounts of blood taken at intervals during most of the days of
their lives. The total blood consumption may not thereby be
increased, nor the total number of eggs laid, but this manner of
feeding would probably increase the number of oviposition
periods and so decrease the number of eggs per period.

The type of regression found between egg-laying capacity
and the attributes of the various other biologic functions of
laboratory females is doubtless similar to that existing among
females in nature. The specific equations, however, based on
laboratory records may not be directly applicable to females
in nature. They should not be used to estimate performance
outside the laboratory.

The opinion prevails among field workers in yellow fever
control that a rigid antilarval service for a period of six weeks
will virtually stop transmission of the disease (Connor, 1924).
This, however, may not signify that longevity of females in
nature is only six weeks. It simply means that the original
stegomyia population has been reduced to the point where the
probability of transmission is very small. But we do not know
the probability of transmission. It may not be necessary for
one-half or even one-third of the population to die to render it
negligible. We can not use this empirical observation as a
basis for estimating longevity of females in nature.

Conclusions.

In an earlier paper the method of rearing stegomyia larvae
in the Yellow Fever Laboratory in Bahia, Brazil, was described,
and results of rearing under routine and under optimum labor-
atory conditions were given statistical analysis. In the present
paper statistical methods have been applied to data for adult
stegomyia females reared in the laboratory at an average
summer temperature of 27° C. The findings were as follows:

1. The mean age at time of first blood meal for 29 specimens was 67.6 + 4.5
hours or 2.8 days.

2. The minimum period between the first blood meal and the first oviposition
for eight lots of females was 3.4 days.

3. The ovulation rate computed for the same eight lots or the number of
eggs per female per day, from the first blood meal through the second ovi-
position day increased at a rate of 7.70 + 1.38 per cent per unit rise of 0.1° C.

4. The number of eggs deposited during the lifetime of the female increased

ah Og

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934 241

with the number of days lived, the number of blood units consumed, and the
number of oviposition periods. Coefficients of correlation computed from
observations of twenty isolated specimens from emergence until death were
high in each case.

5. The egg-laying function was most closely associated with oviposition.
This was shown by the high positive correlation remaining between their attri-
butes when age and blood units consumed were held constant, r = + 0.803

ZU XY
+ (0.060.

6. The combined effect upon egg-laying capacity of any two other functions
was expressed in the form of regression equations. From these equations the
average egg-laying capacity may be computed from given attributes of any two
other functions.

7. The effect of all three functions, length of life, blood consumption, and
oviposition, upon egg laying capacity was given final mathematical expression.

8. Weekly egg-laying rates for a group of 118 females dropped at a rate of
15 per cent per week. An equation was set up whereby weekly performance
at specific ages in the lifetime of a similar group may be estimated.

9, A mean maximum of 350 eggs per female living until ultimate egg-laying
capacity has been reached was computed from this equation.

10. Longevity of two groups was compared, one of 118 blood-fed females, and
one of 190 specimens fed on honey and water only. Comparison of the survivor-
ship curves showed that practically none of the honey-and-water-fed group died
until the tenth week while deaths among blood-fed specimens were well dis-
tributed throughout life.

11. The mean age at death of the blood-fed group was 62.2 + 1.6 days, that
of the non-blood-fed group was 82.2 + 0.77 days.

12. Inasmuch as longevity, feeding habits, and egg-laying capacity of females
in nature are very imperfectly known, it is impossible to apply the findings in
this analysis, based wholly on laboratory observations, to the problems facing
the yellow fever control officer in the field.

References.

Bacor (A), 1916
Reports of the Entomological Investigations undertaken for the Com-
mission for the Year August, 1914, to July, 1915.
CurisTopHerSs (S. R.), 1911
Paludism, No. 2 : 73 (vide Boyd, 1930, Introduction to Malariology).
Connor (M. E.), 1924
Suggestions for Developing a Campaign to Control Yellow Fever. Am.
Journ. Trop. Med., 4 : 295-296.
Howarp (L. O.), 1923
The Yellow Fever Mosquito. U.S. Department of Agriculture Farmers’
Bulletin, No. 5354, pages 5 and 6.

242 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NO. 7, OCT., 1934

Peary (R.) and C. R. Doerine, 1923
A Comparison of the Mortality of Certain Lower Organisms with that
of Man. Science, 57 : 209.

Peart (R.), 1928
The Rate of Living. Knopf, New York.

Beeuwkes (H.), J. A. Kerr, A. A. WeaTHERSBEE, and A. W. Tay or, 1933
Observations of the Bionomics and Comparative Prevalence of the
Vectors of Yellow Fever and other Domestic Mosquitoes of West Africa,
and the Epidemiological Significance of Seasonal Variations. Trans.
of the R. S. of Trop. Med. and Hyg., 26 : 425-447.

Actual date of publication, December 5, 1934.

VOL. 36 NOV.—-DEC., 1934 Nos. 8, 9

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE Wha, ©

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY —
OF WASHINGTON

BUCHANAN, L. L.—AN APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN
HYLOBIUS, WITH SYNOPTIC KEY (COLEOPTERA : CURCULIONIDAE) . . . 252

BUSCK, AUGUST—A NEW MYRMECOPHILE TINEID FROM BRAZIL .. . . 243

DAVIS, A. C.—NOTE UPON INSECTS FOUND IN MUSHROOM HOUSES .. . 269

EWING, H. E. and SMITH, FLOYD F.—THE EUROPEAN TARSONEMID STRAW-
BERRY MITE IDENTICAL WITH THE AMERICAN CYCLAMEN MITE. . 267

JACOT, ARTHUR PAUL—TWO UNRECORDED SUBSPECIES OF MOSSMITES
(ORIBATOIDEA-ACARINA) FROM THE NORTHEASTERN UNITED STATES . 259

MC GREGOR, E. A.——A NEW SPINNING MITE ON CITRUS AT YUMA, ARIZONA . 256

PusiisHED Montuiy Except Juty, Aucust AND SEPTEMBER

BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM
WASHINGTON, D. C.

Entered as second-class matter March 10, 1919, at the Post Office at Washington, D. C., under
Act of August 24, 1912.

Accepted for mailing at the special rate of postage provided for in Section 1103, Act of October
3, 1917, authorized July 3, 1918.

THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF WASHINGTON

OrcanizeD Marcu 12, 1884.

The regular meetings of the Society are held in the National Museum on the
first Thursday of each month, from October to June, inclusive, at 8 Pp. m.

Annual dues for members are $3.00; initiation fee $1.00. Members are
entitled to the PRocEEDINGs and any manuscript submitted by them is given
precedence over any submitted by non-members.

OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1933.

FlanoraryiPresiadetle <a te. 5 OR eee soe Ge Eee L. O. HOWARD
IPrestdents he Soke no vk A e's EE are J. S. WADE
EAP SIRV ACE“ PN OSIOENE Fg chee eos ee eee ee ; ; 2 Bs Al PORTER
ISCCONG. ViCe= LT eSIMent, Vi an) a ge ee eee ee S. B. FRACKER
Recording Secrelary® = = 8. LNA nt Gant eae ee P. W. OMAN
Corresponding Secretary —Ureasurer.. 2... ah =) a ee S. A. ROHWER
Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
PAHOP 23 REO. sev) leche, Ge ee W. R. WALTON

Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D. C.
Executive Committee: THe Orricers and W. H. Larrimer, H. E. Ewine,
F. L. Campse.t.
Representing the Society as Vice-President of the Washington Academy of
SCIENCES. grec KA RAE Aa ASA Se ieee See H. MORRISON

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

An author of a leading article in the ProcEEptnes will be given 10 copies of
the number in which his article appears. Reprints without covers will be fur-
nished at the following rates, provided a statement of the number desired
accompanies the manuscript:

4 pp. 8 pp. 12pp. 16 pp.
50 copies 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00
100 copies 225 4.50 6.75 9.00

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

VOL. 36 NOV.—DEC., 1934 Nosnd5 9

A NEW MYRMECOPHILE TINEID FROM BRAZIL.

By Aucust Buscx,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Professor H. A. Eidmann of the Zoologisches Institut, Hann.
Minden, Germany, has asked me to describe the following
species, collected and reared by him from nests of ita sexdens
at Mendes, Brazil.

Mr. Carl Heinrich has kindly supplied the descriptions of the
larva and pupa.

The plates were drawn by Mrs. Eleanor A. Carlin.

ATTICONVIVA, new genus (Fam. Tineidae).

Labial palpi (pl. 24, fig. 1) heavily scaled, laterally compressed, porrected,
diverging; second joint with rough, heavy scaling above and beneath; terminal
joint slightly deflected, shorter than second, fringed with heavy scaling, apex
blunt. Maxillary palpi and tongue rudimentary. Antennae as long as fore
wings, simple in both sexes, basal joint somewhat enlarged. Face and head
rounded, smoothly scaled, face not retreating. No ocelli. Thorax smooth.
Fore wings elongate ovate, costa and dorsum gently and evenly curved, apex
blunt. Female (pl. 24, fig. 3) with 12 veins in fore wings, 7 and 8 longstalked to
costa; 9 free; 2 from before angle of cell; 3, 4, 5, and 6 nearly equidistant;
14 basally forked; lc present in its entire length. In the male (pl. 24, fig. 2)
vein 9 is variable, sometimes out of stalk of 7 and 8, and 3 and 4 are sometimes
short-stalked. Hind wings nearly as broad as fore wings, ovate, apex blunt.
Female with 8 veins in hind wings, 2, 3, and 4 widely separate; 5 and 6 short-
stalked; 7 parallel to 6; 8 free; a short, oblique cross vein in cell between 7 and
the internal vein. In the male this cross vein is not present and veins 5 and 6
are sometimes united, making only 7 veins in the hind wings of this sex. Legs
short, heavily scaled; posterior tibiae with thick scale tuft on upper side; tarsi
thickened with scales.

Type: Atticonviva etdmannella.

The genus is typical of the family Tineidae in all stages except
for the modified mandibles of the larva, described below. It
is related to Tiguadra Walker, which it resembles in general
habitus, though it has not the receding flattened face of that
genus; it differs from Tiguadra in the stalked veins 7 and 8 of
the fore wing and the stalked or united veins 5 and 6 of hind

244 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

wing, as well as in genitalia. ¢ticonviva is also comparable
with and probably closer to Setomorpha Zeller, which has a
similar though more pronounced sexual dimorphism of the
venation and quite similar type of genitalia.

Atticonviva eidmannella, new species.

Labial palpi, face, and head light ochreous brown. Thorax and fore wings
slightly darker, dull ochreous brown; a few scattered bluish black scales on
apical part of fore wing and along costal and dorsal edge; cilia concolorous.
Hind wings lighter than fore wings, light iridescent ochreous with light ochreous
fuscous edges and cilia. Abdomen light ochreous fuscous. Legs ochreous brown:

Male genitalia (pl. 24, fig. 4) with the large alimentary canal supported
ventrally by a weakly chitinized, elongate ventral plate and surrounded by the
tegumen, which ends in an unspecialized, triangular uncus. Soci and gnathos
absent; harpes lyre shaped, broad and thick at base, attenuated toward tip,
which is armed with a few short, heavy spines; anellus ring shaped, strongly
developed with thorns and spined extensions through which the long, slender
undulating aedoeagus penetrates; the tip of the aedoeagus is pointed and there
are three short spines below the tip; vinculum broad basally and with a long,
strongly chitinized prolongation, which fits in between two strongly tufted
soft lobes on the eighth abdominal joint, supported by two curved, chitinous
rods.

Female genitalia (pl. 24, fig. 6) with slender, elongate ovipositor lobes, ostium
simple, ductus bursae short, strongly chitinized and abruptly bent near ostium,
rest of ductus and bursa unchitinized; bursa small, elongate, without signum.

Alar expanse: Male 16-18 mm., female 24-28 mm.

Habitat—Mendes, Brazil (H. A. Eidmann coll.).

U. S. National Museum type No. 50459.

Paratypes in collection Eidmann.

Named in honor of the collector, Prof. H. A. Eidmann of the
Zoologisches Institut, Hann. Miuinden, Germany, who has
liberally presented the type material to the U. S. National
Museum and who has supplied the biological notes on the
species.

Larva (pl. 25, figs. 9-19).—Body elongate, subcylindrical, very slightly
flattened, anal end bluntly rounded; sordid ochreous-whitish with areas about
tubercles strongly sclerotized and pale amber yellow. Skin smooth. Prothoracic
shield very broad, covering the entire dorsal area of the segment and the sclero-
tization extending forward into the intersegmental area; faintly divided by a
fine median line; amber yellow with a narrow, irregular, brownish line on each
side near posterior margin, otherwise without reticulations or color markings.
A smaller, paler dorsal shield on mesothorax formed by the fused sclerotizations
about paired setae groups Ia— Ib. A similar, still smaller shield on metathorax.
Anal shield pale, unmarked. Prespiracular shield narrowly elongate, extended
backward to include the spiracle. Spiracles dark-rimmed; thoracic and eighth
abdominal spiracles oval, much larger than other abdominal spiracles; the latter

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 245

round and quite small. Legs (pl. 25, fig. 12) short, the prothoracic pair much
reduced and only half the size of those on meso- and metathorax; sclerotization
of coxal lobes extended and fused on prothorax to form a ventral shield; on
meso- and metathorax these sclerotizations are similarly extended. Abdominal
prolegs normal; crochets (pl. 25, fig. 17) uniordinal, arranged in a narrow ellipse,
40 to 44. Body setae (pl. 25, fig. 13) short to moderately long, shorter on dorsum
and venter than on sides, pale; three setae (III, IV, V) on prespiracular shield
of prothorax; group VI unisetose on meso- and metathorax; IV and V below
the spiracle and well separated on abdominal segments | to 8, with III and Illa
arranged about spiracle in the form of a trapezium (almost square); III on 8th
abdominal slightly nearer spiracle and slightly lower than on other abdominal
segments; group VII trisetose on abdominal segments 1-7, bisetose on abdom-
inal 8, unisetose on abdominal 9; on proleg-bearing abdominal segments one
seta of the VII group upon a separate sclerotization from the other two; abdom-
inal segment 9 with II and I upon a single enlarged sclerotization, III remote
from I, IV on separate sclerotization from V and VI, all setae in a line. No
secondary hair. Anal fork absent.

Head (pl. 25, figs. 9, 10) brown; slightly flattened; nearly square in outline
viewed from above; with a deep, rather large concavity between juncture of
adfrontal suture (ADFS) and occipital foramen and with a rather long blackish
dash from incision of lateral hind margin. Frons (FR) irregularly triangular,
about as broad as long, not quite reaching middle of head; frontal punctures
(F*) close together, slightly behind a line connecting frontal setae (F1); division
between frons and epistoma not distinguishable; epistomal setae in a line on
anterior margin of epistoma. Adfrontal areas broad. Epicranium with the
anterior, ocellar, and lateral setae and posterior seta (P!) crowded well forward
showing a great reduction in the anterior and a corresponding enlargement of
the posterior areas of the head; setae Al and A2 approximate, with puncture
A? somewhat closer to Al than to A2; A3, approximate to 02 and L1; A2 on the
level of Fl; L1, P! and Adflon a line; Pl, A3, and 02 on a line; posterior setae
(P1, P2) and puncture P*) lying forward of middle of head with puncture (P*)
approximate to seta P2; setae of ocellar group (01, 02, 03) lying in a slightly curved
line with 0! close to anterior margin of epicranium and both 0! and 02 showing
upon dorsal surface of epicranium, ocellar puncture 0* lying between 03 and
02; subocellar setae (SO!, SO2, SO3) triangularly placed with SO! on a projection
from anterior ventral margin of epicranium (the most anteriorly placed seta on
the epicranium).

Ocelli absent.

Labrum (pl. 25, fig. 11) with setae crowded forward toward anterior margin
and with a single central puncture (Lp); epipharyngeal setae (ET) small,
triangular, rather close together and triangularly grouped near anterior margin
of epipharynx.

Mandible (pl. 25, fig. 18) with a single, greatly produced, sharply pointed,
ventral tooth; cutting edge otherwise toothless, incurved and slanting sharply
backward.

Antenna (pl. 25, figs. 14, 16) long, slender; joint II twice as long as I; joints
III and IV fused and greatly reduced.

246 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

Submentum (SM, pl. 25, fig. 19) yellowish and covered with minute granu-
lations except for two elongate, narrow, pale translucent areas (X) near anterior
margin.

Length of full grown larva 17-20 mm.

This larva is at once distinguished from tineid larvae of other genera by the
following combination of characters: Its reduced prothoracic legs, the extended
sclerotization of the coxal lobes of all thoracic legs, the absence of ocelli, its lack
of division between frons and epistoma, the extreme forward position of setae
SO! and the epistomal group E1, E2, the strongly pointed, single-toothed man-
dible, and the pair of pale, elongate spots on the submentum.

Pupa (pl. 25, figs. 20, 21, 21¢) moderately stout, abruptly tapering at caudal
end. Maxillary palpi present, rather large, irregularly triangular. Prothoracic
and mesothoracic legs not extending cephalad between sculptured eyepiece
and antenna. Sculptured and glazed eyes, labrum, mandibles, fronto-clypeal
suture, and invaginations for anterior arms of tentorium clearly indicated.
Front evenly rounded, smooth. Vertex shorter than prothorax on the median
line; as long on the lateral margins. Labial palpi stout, less than one fourth
length of the wing. Maxillae but little longer than labial palpi. Pro-, meso-,
and metathoracic coxae exposed. Prothoracic legs rather broad, not reaching
middle of wing. Mesothoracic legs very broad, not extending to end of wings.
Wings extending to cephalic margin of fifth abdominal segment. Metathoracic
legs and antennae extending beyond tips of wings to middle of fifth abdominal
segment. Dorsum of abdomen with two rows of heavy elongate spines (pl. 25,
figs. 21, 212) on segments 2 to 6 inclusive and a single row of similar spines on
abdominal sements 7, 8, and 9. Tenth abdominal segment with a pair of
sharp, triangular, lateral projections on each side and a similar dorsal pair.
Abdominal setae minute. Genital opening an inverted Y. Anal opening slit-
like, situated at end of abdomen. Cremaster absent. Abdominal segments
Sito 7 tree:

Color whitish yellow to pale amber; darkest on wings, trophi, thorax, and
dorsum of abdomen.

Length 10.5-11 mm., width 4 mm.

The literature on myrmecophile Tineidae is not extensive.
The European Myrmecozela ochraceella Tengstrom has long been
known to be associated with ants, its larvae making long silken
tubes in refuse galleries of Formica rufa; the larvae feed on dry
vegetable matter.

Meyrick (Proc. Linn: Soc..N. S:. W., vol: 32,-p.. 72,10
described the genus Cyclotorna (type monocentra Meyr.) on
which he quotes from F. P. Dodd: “The larva has two stages,
one bug-like, the other rayed; in the latter stage it lives in the
nest of ants.”” Mr. Dodd afterwards (Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
pp. 577-589, pl. 48, 1911), gave an interesting account of the
life history and excellent figures of this insect. The eggs are
laid singly on the bark of trees harboring Jassidae; the young
larvae are parasitic on these Jassidae and when they leave these
hosts, they are taken by ants (/ridomyrmex purpureus) into the

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 247

ant nest for the sake of a secretion, agreeable to the ants. In
the ant hill the caterpillars assume a very different flat and
laterally fringed form and feed solely on the early stages of the
ants. Meyrick originally described Cyclotorna in the family
Plutellidae, but later considered it an early form of Tineina and
erected a new family for it, Cyclotornidae. Judging from the
genitalia of authentic, reared specimens, kindly given me by
Mr. Meyrick, as well as from Dodd’s figures of the larvae, we
believe this family closely allied to the Epipyropidae, the larvae
of which are parasitic on Homoptera. At least it has no close
relation to Afticonviva or other Tineidae.

Dr. A. Reichesperger (Zool. Jahrb. Jena, vol. 35, p. 201-211,
1913) described four lepidopterous larvae and their cases found
in various ants’ nests in Africa, which he believed predacious
on the ants and their brood. He did not succeed in rearing
adults, but his so-called ““Sandgehause-raupe”’ from Abyssinia
proves from his excellent figures of the head capsule and man-
dible (figs. F and G 4) to be a tineid and apparently closely allied
to Atticonviva, with very similar grouping of setae and a similar
one-toothed mandible, but with six ocelli (none in 4fficonviva.
The flattened cases, open in both ends, are very similar to the
Indian and Javan forms, subsequently figured by Bainbrigge
Fletcher and Roepke (see post) as well as to the specialized case
described in this paper (pl. 24, fig. 8).

Bainbrigge Fletcher discovered in Ceylon tineid caterpillars
living in peculiar flat cases in the nests of Crematogaster, and
the adults bred from these larvae were described by Meyrick as
Hypophrictis inceptrix, n. gen., n. sp. (Exot. Micr., vol. 1, p.
604, 1916). Meyrick subsequently (Exot. Micr., vol. 2, p. 85,
1917) described the larval cases found by Fletcher and described
three additional species of the genus, collected in the same
region, but without biological notes. Fletcher gave a very good
plate of Hypophrictis inceptrix and another unnamed species of
the genus (Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Entom. Ser., vol. 6, pl. 55,
1920), showing the larvae and the characteristic flat cases.

The most important contribution on the subject is Dr. W.
Roepke’s paper (Tidschrift voor Entomologie, vol. 68, 1925)
in which he described a new allied genus and species, Hypo-
phrictoides dolichoderella, associated with and predacious on
ants in Java, and gives good figures of all stages and most
interesting notes on the manner in which the larvae secure and
prey on the ant pupae. Dr. Roepke was able under glass to
observe how the caterpillars were afraid of the adult ants and
quickly withdrew to safety in their flat eight-shaped cases when
unloaded ants came near; but when an ant came within reach,
carrying in its jaws an ant pupa, the caterpillar would strike
out and grasp the pupa from the surprised ant and quickly
withdraw into its case to devour the pupa at leisure. Dr.

248 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

Roepke found that one larva sometimes stored up several ant
pupae inside its case and then did not appear outside for a long
time, while it devoured its stored-up supply.

Both of these genera, Hypophrictis Meyrick and Hypo-
phrictoides Roepke, are closely related to the present genus,
Atticonviva, but differ structurally in venation, having veins 2
and 3 in fore wing stalked and 7 to termen, and having veins
5 and 6 of hind wing closely approximate, not stalked or coin-
cident as in Atticonviva. A reared female and its case of
Hypophrictis, kindly sent me by Mr. Fletcher, shows great
similarity in genitalia to those of 4éticonviva and has, like this
genus, narrow ovipositor lobes and a weak elongate bursa
without signum.

Silvestri has described (Cont. d. Termitidi e. Termitofili, part
2, p. 297-302, Portici, 1920) from the caterpillars a new genus
and species of a highly modified termitophile lepidopteron from
Africa, which he tentatively placed in the family Tineidae;
similar larvae found in termite nests in Africa were described and
figured by I. Tragaarth (Ark. f. Zoologi, vol. 3, no. 22, p. 1-7,
pl. 1, 1907). From Silvestri’s figures 19-20 it appears very
improbable that his species is a tineid, at least it has no relation-
ship to the other genera here discussed.

According to Hagen (Linn. Entom., vol. 10, p. 320, 1855)
Burmeister found a tineid in a termite nest in Brazil.

The larvae of the present species were found commonly by
Dr. Eidmann in the abandoned mushroom beds of Atta sexdens
where they construct flattened cases and galleries. The cases
are light brown in color and are composed of small grains of
sand, particles of compost, and excrement, roughly spun
together with silk; there are also occasionally unmistakable
fragments of insect chitin, apparently parts of ants, but these
are so few and scattered that they are hardly significant and
certainly not conclusive support of the suspected animal food.
They are more probaly skeletal remains of dead ants accidentally
encountered in the compost and accidentally woven into the
larval cases. The cases are open in both ends in a large horizon-
tal slit and the inside is sparsely lined with silk; they are from
5 to 7 mm. wide and vary in length from 15 to 25 mm. The
females find their way into the ant nest and lay their eggs in the
discarded mushroom beds. Dr. Eidmann took only females in
these nests and suggests that pairing takes place in the open and
that the males die while the females seek entrance into the ant
nests; he fortunately reared both sexes from the larvae collected.

From the form of the larval mandibles, which do not appear
suited to chew vegetable matter, | had surmised that the larvae
were predacious on the early stages of the ants, but Dr. Eidmann
informs me that the larvae and their cases were found in the
abandoned chambers of the ants in which the discarded old leaf

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 249

fragments were accumulated, and in which no ants of any stage
were found. He has, moreover, examined the food content of
the larval digestive tract and found only vegetable material.

It would be easy for these larvae to feed without much chew-
ing on the fine particles of compost in which they live, but the
specialized piercing mandibles suggest an animal food of which
possibly only the juices are swallowed, and such juices might not
be apparent in the alcoholic larval stomachs studied by Dr.
Eidmann. That their food does not consist of ant larvae or
pupae is apparent, however, because such are not found in the
discarded compost, but these large accumulations of decomposed
leaves teem with other insect larvae of many kinds, which could
easily fall prey to the tunnelling lepidopterous caterpillars.

Dr. Eidmann collected in the same locality in Brazil very
similar caterpillars in the nests of the other large leaf-cutting
ant, dcromyrmex; these caterpillars make larger and more
specialized flat cases (pl. 1, fig. 8) more smoothly spun than
those of e7dmannella, shaped like an hourglass, constricted in the
middle, and the upper and lower walls are connected only in the
middle of the case, leaving them free, but elastically closed
together on the major part of the edge, thus permitting very
free motion of the larva at both ends of the case. These
caterpillars are nearly identical in structure and are undoubtedly
congeneric with ezdmannella; they differ only in having posterior
seta P’ much farther forward upon the epicranium, almost on
the level of frontal punctures (F*); fused joints III and IV of
antenna longer (comp. pl. 25, figs. 14, 15), as long as the long
seta of joint II, this seta also much shorter than in e7dmannella.

They were found in the living mushroom beds of the ants and
while there has been no actual observation of their food habits,
they were at least in position to obtain larvae and pupae and
they may represent a further step toward true myrmecophagous
orms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Atticonviva eidmannella Busck.

Plate 24.

Fig. 1. Head and labial palpi.

Fig. 2. Wing venation of male.

Fig. 2 a and &. Variations of venation of male.
Fig. 3. Wing venation of female.

Fig. 4. Male genitalia.

Fig. 5. Supporting structure of eirhth segment.
Fig. 6. Female genitalia.

Fig. 7. Larval cases.

Fig. 8. Larval cases of allied Atticonviva species.

PLATE 24

[ 250]

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

PLATE 25
FR ADFS
. Fea
\{ setae and
puncture

SSSe" 3D.

252 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

Plate 25.

Fig. 9. Dorsal view of head capsule of larva showing setal arrangement.

Fig. 10. Lateral view of head capsule.

Fig. 11. Labrum of larva.

Fig. 12. Thoracic segments of larva, ventral view; leg setae, except for those
on coxa, omitted.

Fig. 13. Setal map of first and second thoracic and third, eighth, and ninth
abdominal segments of larva.

Fig. 14. Terminal joints of larval antenna, greatly enlarged.

Fig. 15. Terminal joints of larval antenna of allied 4tticonviva sp., same enlarge-
ment as fig. 14.

Fig. 16. Antenna of larva.

Fig. 17. Proleg of larva showing arrangement of crochets.

Fig. 18. Mandible of larva.

Fig. 19. Labium and maxillae of larva.

Fig. 20. Pupa, ventral view.

Fig. 21. Pupa, dorsal view.

Fig. 21 a. Sample of dorsal spines, greatly enlarged, on abdomen of pupa.

AN APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN HYLO-
BIUS, WITH SYNOPTIC KEY (COLEOPTERA :
CURCULIONIDAE).

By L. L. BucHanan,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Recent field work in New York and Minnesota has brought to
light a species of Hy/obius that attacks the root crown of living
Scotch pine (Pinus sylvestris). This weevil is closely related to
Hylobius pales Herbst, but differs in certain adult structures as
well as in some details of its life history. The writer is indebted
to Dr. F. C. Craighead for first pointing out the probable signifi-
cance of the different habits of the root-crown species, and also
for aid in obtaining a good set of specimens for study.

Hylobius radicis, new species.

Length 9.6 to 12.5 mm. Similar to pales in shape but with elytra a little less
flattened on disk and slightly longer compared with prothorax. Rostrum feebly
arcuate, as long as or a little longer than prothorax; punctation dense but
rather more regular than in pales, and generally not leaving a smooth median
line or carina, as is commonly the case in pa/es; vestiture finer than in pales, and
upper edge of scrobe not so prominent; head densely, finely punctate, the
punctures behind interocular fovea, though often larger than adjacent punc-
tures, not or only slightly coalescent; vestiture fine, not condensed in a spot or
line of coarser scales on forehead. Pronotum with strigose sculpture not quite
so strongly developed as in pales. Elytra with irregularly placed spots of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 253

whitish or pale yellowish-brown, prostrate, seta-like scales, the spots better
developed on even intervals and rarely forming evident submedian and sub-
apical bars, the general effect being distinctly more tessellated than in pales;
elytral striae with punctures rather more elongate than in pales, the ninth and
tenth striae at base more deeply impressed so that the humeral callus somewhat
overhangs the surface directly beneath it. Venter similar to that of pales but
with the abdominal, and especially the metasternal, punctures less dense, and
the lateral abdominal spots more diffuse. As in pales, the male has the first,
or first and second, abdominal sternites concave, and the fifth sternite with a
broad and distinct impression occupying middle third.

Hind tibial uncus of male rather narrow and generally with its sides con-
verging toward apex, which is subacute as a rule (fig. 7); median lobe of male
genitalia relatively broader, with longer struts, and with apex more nearly
truncate than in pa/es (figs. 1-3).

Female pygidium with a feeble, median, longitudinal impression in about
apical third, and a more or less evident impunctate median line in basal fourth,
these features wanting or less developed in the female pales examined.

Described from the following specimens: 21 from Ballston Spa,
Sarazoea County, Ne Ye; July S, 1933, ©! S: Thompson and
H. G. Harris; 11 from Cass Lake, Minn., August 8 and 18,
September 6 and 8, L. W. Orr; two from Cass Lake, Minn.,
August 9, 1933, attacking live Scotch pine, S. A. Graham; one
from Albany, N. Y., May, 1932, injuring Scotch pine, H. L.
McIntyre.

Type locality —Ballston Spa, Saratoga County, N. Y.

Type (male), allotype, and paratypes—Cat. No. 50354,
ese INE VI.

Paratypes returned to H. L. McIntyre, N. Y. Conservation
Department, Albany, N. Y., and to C. FE. Mickel, University of
Minnesota.

Closely related to pa/es Hbst., but in that species the vestiture
is a little coarser and of a darker hue, and is quite often arranged
to form two fairly well defined bars on elytra, one beginning at
lateral spot opposite metasternum and extending inward and
backward to about middle of elytra near suture, the other a
broad, indefinite bar or group of spots across top of declivity;
also, in pales the rostral vestiture is generally coarser, the head
punctation more or less confluent or rugose behind interocular
puncture, and the male uncus broader, its sides subparallel, and
its apex very broadly rounded.

The male uncus of radicis varies in shape, and in two speci-
mens has sides only feebly converging and apex quite broadly
rounded; but in most males it is distinctly narrower and more
nearly acute at apex than in pales. The Minnesota specimens
of radicis have the vestiture somewhat more abundant, especially
on elytra, and a few of the head punctures in vicinity of inter-
ocular puncture more often confluent than in the New York

254 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

specimens. One New York specimen has a small spot of narrow
scales on forehead.

Aside from the narrower male uncus, the characters of radicis
that appear to be distinctive, in comparison with pa/es, are the
larger size, the lack of scaly spot on forehead, and the spotted,
rather than barred, elytra.

The three North American species of Hy/obius, as interpreted
chiefly from specimens in the U. S. National Museum collection,
are distinguished as follows:

1. Scutellum virtually glabrous, or with a few fine hairs or, rarely, seta-
like scales which leave most of surface exposed; anterior face of at
least the hind femur almost always with a narrow, shallow, median
groove in about basal third; inner edge of fore tibia of male with a
fringe of white hair, the length of some of the longer hairs equal
to width of tibia; vestiture finer, the elytral spots white; sculpture
above finer, the pronotum rugose rather than strigose and the
elytral intervals not so rough. Length 5.8 to9 mm. New Jersey,
New York, and New England States west to Minnesota and north
OVA ASK a, ie Soon eae Ji ee
congener Dalla Torre, Schenkling, and Marshall
(confusus Kirby, nec Payk.)
Scutellum normally covered by a dense coating of seta-like scales;
hind femur rarely with even a trace of groove; male without tibial
frinzevaspabove- Prono sumlstiieOsc, sees nates en 2
2. Size smaller, 5.8 to 11.3 mm. (most specimens being between 8 and 10
mm.); head normally with a spot or line of coarser seta-like scales
on vertex or on front; punctures immediately behind interocular
puncture more or less strongly coalescent to form short, irregular
rugae; hind tibial uncus of male broad, parallel-sided, very broadly
rounded at apex; “Canada” and Maine south to Florida, and west
fo. Dexas“and ‘Niinesofans + Mende oe foe) eee ee pales Herbst
Size larger, 9.6 to 12.5 mm. (most specimens being between 10 and 11
mm.); head without a line or spot of scales on front or vertex;
punctures behind interocular puncture generally separated by
narrow intervals, or at most only feebly coalescent; hind tibial
uncus of male narrow, sides generally convergent to the subacute
apexce Newe4orkeaid mVinnnes tas een ern eee eee radicis, n. sp.

About 98 per cent of the specimens studied have been segre-
gated by the above key, but there are 11 examples (Maryland,
South Carolina, Florida, and Texas) whose exact status has not
been determined; they may represent one or two additional
races or species. Hypomolyx piceus Deg. is placed in Hylobius
in the Junk catalog; it differs from the above 3 species in its
untoothed femora.

Judging from an examination of several dissections each of

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36 PLATE 26

256 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

pales and radicis, the female genitalia are subject to considerable
individual variation, besides being warped and shrunken in
many cabinet specimens; the drawings of these parts, therefore
(fig. 9), have been made somewhat diagrammatic. The sperma-
theca may perhaps have taxonomic value, as this structure shows |
a slight average difference in the two species, being a little
longer, more slender, and more sharply bent in radicis (figs.
10 and 11). The bursa copulatrix of pa/es is relatively longer,
of radicis shorter and constricted about the middle, but these
apparent differences are quite likely the result of greater shrink-
age of the sack in the specimens of radicis examined.
The drawings were made by Mrs. E. A. Carlin.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26.

Fig. 1. AHylobius radicis, tip of male median lobe.

Fig. 2. Hylobius radicis, male median lobe in dorsal view.

Fig. 3. Hylobius radicis, male median lobe in side view.

Fig. 4. Hylobius pales, tip of male median lobe.

Fig. 5. Hylobius pales, male median lobe in dorsal view.

Fig. 6. Hylobius pales, male median lobe in side view.

Fig. 7. Hylobius radicis, hind tibial uncus of male.

Fig. 8. Hylobius pales, hind tibial uncus of male.

Fig. 9. Female genitalia drawn from specimens of pales: a, 8th tergite; 4, 8th

sternite; c, intestine; d, bursa copulatrix; e, section of oviduct.
Fig. 10. Hylobius pales, spermatheca of female.
Fig. 11. Hylobius radicis, spermatheca of female.

A NEW SPINNING MITE ON CITRUS AT YUMA, ARIZONA.
By E. A. McGrecor,

Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture.

From time to time, during the past few years, the writer has
received specimens of a mite attacking citrus trees, especially
grapefruit and lemons, in the Yuma Valley of Arizona. Since
satisfactory male material was lacking in these consignments,
it was impossible to be certain of the specific identity of this
mite. On the occasion of a recent trip to the Yuma Valley, the
writer was able to obtain a series of males of this mite, and recent
studies have revealed that the “red spider” at Yuma is an
undescribed species, and it is herewith described:

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 257

Tetranychus yumensis, sp. nov.

Female.—General body color rusty red or ferruginous, usually with a few
small dark spots; legs paler. A single pale eye cornea on each side. Body
oval, in length averaging 0.32 mm.; width, averaging 0.18 mm. (in preserved
material). Dorsal setae pale, not arising from tubercles. Mandibular plate
rounded anteriorly, with no emargination. “Thumb” of palpus fully as wide
as long, bearing at its tip a strong, slightly spatulate “finger”” whose thickness
is almost equal to its length; on its upper distal corner are two pin-shaped
pseudo-fingers; on upper side hardly half way to base is a sensilla much slenderer
than terminal “finger,” and between this and base are two setae somewhat
exceeding the sub-basal “finger”; a strong seta arises latero-ventrally about
half way from tip to base of “thumb.” Claw on the penultimate joint of palpus
about reaching sub-basal sensilla. Foreleg fully equaling body length (posterior
margin to tip of mandibular plate), relative lengths of joints as follows: Tro-
chanter, 13; femur, 27; patella, 17; tibia, 18; tarsus, 25. Tip of tarsus bearing
a claw which is bent sharply downward at a point rather near its base; portion
of claw distad of point of bending is split into six component, subequal spurs.
The usual series of four tenent hairs arise in pairs by the side of the claw base.
The collar trachea departs radically from the orthodox U-shaped structure
typical of Tetranychus, consisting of a narrow straightish tube which is abruptly
deflected downward and as abruptly deflected upward as a somewhat swollen
chamber, the whole structure being rather pipe-shaped. Egg nearly spherical
but very slightly compressed, with a weak dorsal axial stalk which in length is
about half the vertical thickness of the egg; a few fibrils often extending from
tip of stalk to supporting substratum.

Male.—Abdomen less oval and more wedge-shaped than female, body length
much shorter; legs proportionately longer. Penis with inner lobe seemingly
rodlike (difficult to observe); basilar lobe consisting merely of an obtuse promi-
nence; shaft proper about 2.5 times as long as its basal thickness, distally bent
upward about 34° from axis of main shaft, the deflected distal (“hook”) portion
being slightly longer than the shaft proper and with acuminate point.

Type slide——Cat. No. 1111, U. S. N. M.

The type material is from Yuma, Ariz., Feb. 20, 1934, from
lemon foliage. Specimens of the present species were first
received from J. L. E. Lauderdale, district inspector, Yuma,
Ariz. Material was also supplied by R. S. Woglum and H. C.
Lewis, entomologists for the California Fruit Growers Exchange.
Mr. Lauderdale writes that usually the mites are most abundant
in March and April, and that they become scarce when the
daily maximum temperatures reach 100° F. or over. The mite
feeds chiefly on the ventral side of the leaves, spinning consid-
erable webbing, and imparting a blotchy appearance to the
foliage. Severe infestations may cause some shedding of foliage.
Grapefruit and lemons are much preferred to oranges. Lauder-
dale states: “I am sure that the puncture vine is a host
plant.”” He adds that the mite was first observed about 1928;

PLATE 27 PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36

dorsal

gnter'? f

aS
)
,
Nag b

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 259

that it has never been reported outside the Yuma Valley; that
complete control may be had through applications of sulfur flour.

The present species is possibly closest to T. sexmaculatus
Riley, from which it may be distinguished as follows:

T. sexmaculatus. Female: Body color usually lemon-yellow
with six blackish blotches on abdomen; forelegs not equalling
body length; thickness of palpal “thumb” at base about equal-
ling its length; terminal palpal “finger” considerably longer
than thick, not spatulate in profile; collar trachea pipe-shaped,
with straightish anterior tube. Egg globular, without apical
stalk. Male: Penis with distal (“hook”) portion of shaft bent
downward, tip obliquely truncate and produced ventrally into
a very inconspicuous spur.

T. yumensis. Female: Body color ferruginous; forelegs fully
equalling body length; thickness of palpal “thumb” at base
exceeding its length; terminal palpal “finger”? about as thick
as long, somewhat spatulate in profile; collar trachea also pipe-
shaped, but with anterior tube deflected sharply downward to
join proximal point of swollen posterior chamber. Egg slightly
depressed, with dorsal axial stalk whose length is about half the
axial thickness of egg. Male: Penis with distal portion of shaft
bent upward, tip acuminate, with no trace of a spur.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 27.
Tetranychus yumensis.

1. Penis (viewed laterally).

2. Right eye cornea (viewed from above),

Fig. 3. Tarsal appendages of leg III (viewed laterally).
4. Distal portion of right palpus with terminal appendages (viewed from
outside.

Fig. 5. Left leg I (viewed dorsally); bristles not shown.

Fig. 6. Collar trachea (viewed laterally).

Fig. 7. Egg on supporting leaf (viewed laterally).

TWO UNRECORDED SUBSPECIES OF MOSSMITES (ORIBA-
TOIDEA-ACARINA) FROM THE NORTHEASTERN
UNITED STATES.

By ArrHur Pau Jacor, Monroe, Connecticut.

An intensive study of the Galumninae of the United States
(in press) has brought out the important fact that indigenous
species with a wide range break up into subspecies, as in Florida,
California, Washington, while species recently introduced from
Europe (usually found about our cities) are of the same sub-
species whether at New Haven (Conn.), Gainesville (Fla.), or
San Francisco. This subspecific differentiation therefore

' 260 pRoc. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

furnishes an excellent criterion for determining whether a
species is holarctic or recently introduced. On this basis the
following subspecies were resident in the United States before
the advent of the Mayflower.

Ceratoppia bipilis brevicuspis, subsp. nov.

In European individuals the free end of the lamellae extends to beyond
rostrum and the lamellar bristles are much shorter than this free end, while in
the American specimens the free end of the lamellae barely reaches base of
rostrum (that is, region of insertion of rostral bristles) and the lamellar bristles
are as long as this free end. Moreover in the species, the cusp extending laterad
of the base of the lamellar bristles is nearly half the /ength of the bristle while
in the present subspecies this cusp is as long to twice as long as the diameter
of its bristle.

Material examined: New York: Two specimens from under
face of stones and boards or bark of fallen twigs, Six Mile Creek,
east of Ithaca; taken April 14, 1917, slide 176n1 (cotypes). One
specimen from Six Mile Creek; taken May 19th by Nathan
Banks, slide 26B118 (cotypes). Nineteen specimens from fallen
twigs, bark and stones between Danby and West Danby; taken
May 13, 1917, slide 179n1 (cotypes). Two specimens from under
bark and stones, Gloversville; taken April 17, 1917 by Axel
Olson, slide 177n1. Two specimens from moss, upland swamp,
one mile west of East Village, Monroe, Conn.; taken March 23,
1919, slide 1913n1. One specimen from tree on woodland slope,
same locality; taken August 22, 1925, slide 2526n1. One speci-
men from Falls Church, Virginia; taken by Banks, slide 26B70f.
One specimen from Aurora, West Virginia; taken August 7, by
O. Heid, slide 26B119.

Habitat: These few records seem insufficient for definite data.
The specimen from the tree seems to make it out as a tree
climber. In Europe it is reported from Birches. It is of the
forest floor but can not be regarded as common.

Hypochthonius rufulus paucipectinatus, subsp. nov.

One of the subspecific characters is the number of pectinations of the pseudo-
stigmatic organs. In Regensburg specimens, the number varies between five
and ten while in Connecticut individuals, the number ranges between three
and four. I have no idea what the degree of variability is in other parts of
Europe. Another character is the position of dorsal bristles cl which are on
transverse plane passing slightly anteriad of bristles c2 in Regensburg indi-
viduals (c being the first transverse row behind the transverse fold), while in
most of the American specimens bristles cl are inserted on the same plane as
c2 or posterior to them. Again I have no idea how constant this character is
in Europe as a whole.

Material examined: Connecticut: One specimen from Carex |
stricta clump, upland swamp, one mile west of East Village,

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 261

Monroe; taken August 7, 1925, slide 2512n1. One specimen as
previous, taken August 10, 1925, slide 2514n5. Four specimens
from emergent sphagnum clump, near previous; taken August
18, 1925, slides 2520n1, 2521n1 (cotypes). Four specimens from
Carex stricta clump, open marsh, stream valley, East Village,
Monroe; taken August 29, 1925, slides 2533n1, -n3c, —n4. Three
specimens from C. stricta clump of old meadow with much fern,
three miles west of East Village; taken September 5, 1925,
slides 25371, -nl, —h2. Four specimens from sphagnum of
Cranberry bog, Cliff Island, Casco Bay, Maine; taken September
17, 1925, slides 2543n2, 2544n4.

The following are the species, evidently introduced near New
York City. One specimen from burnt leaf humus, Cypress Hills
Cemetery, Brooklyn; taken March 2, 1919, slide 195n. Two
specimens from rotten wood or under bark slabs, Glen Cove,
Long Island; taken May 8, 1920, slides 208n1 and 209n1.

Lots without collector were not taken by others. Type
material deposited in Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass.

MINUTES OF THE 457TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, JUNE 7, 1934.

The 457th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. m., Thursday, June 7, 1934, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were present
34 members and 19 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

Mr. W. R. Walton read the report of a committee appointed by the chair to
draw up resolutions on the death of Dr. J. M. Aldrich. It was voted that the
report be extended and published at an early date in the proceedings of the
Society.

Mr. C. N. Ainslie, of Sioux City, Iowa, upon invitation from the chair greeted
the society.

The first communication on the regular program was by Mr. J. Zetek and
entitled ““Some Problems of an Entomologist in the American Tropics.” Mr.
Zetek presented many interesting pictures of the tropics and charts illustrating
the unpleasant climatic conditions under which all their work is done. He
discussed and showed pictures of the red-ring disease of coconut palms, caused
by a nematode, 4phelenchoides cacophilus Cobb, which is apparently spread
from tree to tree primarily by the ovipositing females of a large weevil, Rhyn-
chophorus palmarum L. The disease is a real menace to the American coconut
industry. Another severe pest of the coconut palm is the scale insect, 4spidiotus
destructor, commonly known as San Andres blight, which may become very
severe under favorable climatic conditions and freedom from. natural predators.

The second communication on the regular program was by H. S. McConnell
and entitled ““Notes on two parasites of Tomostethus.”

During investigations on the biology of Tomostethus multicinctus Rohwer,

262 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

two parasites were encountered that are apparently new. The first species
encountered was a Tryphonine which apparently hibernates as a full grown
larva in the Tomostethus cells and emerges about the same time that the host
does. This parasite oviposits in the eggs of Tomostethus, and completes its
development shortly after the host enters the ground.

The second species, Pezoporus sp. emerges about the time that the host
larvae are full grown. Pezoporus apparently will not attack the host until it
has entered the ground, and transformed into a prepupa. Under laboratory
conditions additional evidence was secured that this species is fossorial.
(Author’s abstract.)

The third communication was by Mr. J. C. Bridwell, entitled “Remarks on
Xyela and Cimberis, two insects nourished by pollen of pines.” Mr. Bridwell
has found that the local species of the primitive sawfly genus Xyela feed as
adults on the pollen of alder, hazel, and willow and as larvae on the developing
pollen in the staminate cones of Pinus virginiana. The larvae drop to the
ground as the pollen ripens. It was also found that the primitive curculionid
genus Ciméeris (better known by the twice preoccupied name Rhinomace) feeds
as adult and larva on the ripe pollen of the same tree, the larvae dropping to the
ground for pupation. More complete notes, including material from subsequent
investigations, will be published in the Proceedings at a later date. (Author’s
abstract.)

The final communication was by Mr. R. A. Cushman and entitled ‘‘Pre-
liminary note on the parasites of Xyela of Pinus virginiana.” Mr. Cushman
stated that four unidentified species of the Ichneumonid tribe Porizonini, three
species of the anomalous genus Lysiognatha and one undescribed species of
Microbracon had been found by Mr. Bridwell and himself to be associated with
Xyela. At this time the new generation of these parasites were still in the egg
stage and three types of eggs were found in or on the Xye/a larvae. The one
external egg was identified by dissection of adult females as that of Lysiognatha.
This egg is of the tryphonine type, having a stalk by which it is fastened to the
skin of the host. Of the internal eggs a small grayish elongate oval egg was
tentatively identified as that of one of the Porizonini while a larger black spindle-
shaped egg was not identified. Mr. Cushman also discussed another structure
found immediately below the skin of the Xye/a larva and attached to it. He
had been unable to get from any source any suggestion as to the possible nature
of this structure. He illustrated his remarks by blackboard sketches. (Author’s
abstract.)

Meeting adjourned at 9.55 p. M. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

MINUTES OF THE 458TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, OCT. 4, 1934. —

The 458th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, October 4, 1934, in room 43 of the new building of the
National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were present
32 members and 18 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were read
and approved.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 263

Under the head of business, the corresponding secretary-treasurer urged that
members who were in debt to the society pay their bills. He

Under “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens”’ Mr. Austin H. Clark noted the
following recent additions to the butterflies known from the District of Columbia
and vicinity: Chrysophanus thoé, one unusually large female from the Soldiers’
Home grounds taken June 25, 1934, and a male from the Beltsville bog taken
July 22, 1934, both by Mr. W. Herbert Wagner; Papilio philenor acauda, one
female from the open fields near the Powder Mill bogs in the Paint Branch
valley, May 7, 1932; Atrytome bimacula, one female taken at Cabin John, Md.,
June 25, 1932. He called attention to the fact that Thorybes confusis Bell was
inadvertently omitted from his list of the butterflies of this region, although
it has been recorded from Washington, Takoma Park, Md., and from along the
canal in Maryland (Ent. News, vol. 34, 1923, p. 154).

Dr. F. C. Bishopp reported a record of Ixodiphagus texanus from the common
tick at Laurel, Md. This record indicates a wider distribution for the species
than was previously thought.

Mr. S. A. Rohwer mentioned an infestation of the black fly of citrus, 4/euro-
canthus woglumi Ashby at Key West, Florida, also stating that the species has
caused considerable damage in Cuba in the past.

Mr. J. C. Bridwell presented notes and exhibited specimens relevant to his
investigations of the life histories of Xye/a and Ciméeris on pine. He mentioned
finding larvae and pupae of both and discussed the probable significance of
certain sclerotized structures in the pupae of Xyela.

The first communication on the regular program was by Miss Mabel Colcord,
entitled “Book Notes.” Miss Colcord called attention to the recent books,
obtained by the library of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
stating briefly the subject-matter of each.

This communication was discussed by Webb, Rohwer, and Snodgrass.
Rohwer called attention to the desirability of increasing the collection of
pictures of bureau workers and requested additions be made by members.
Snodgrass mentioned a recent book by Woodworth on Insect Physiology, the
first to be published on that subject.

The second communication on the regular program was by Dr. P. N. Annand,
entitled “The grasshopper control campaign of 1934.” Doctor Annand gave a
comprehensive discussion of the work carried on against grasshopper outbreaks,
particularly in Minnesota, Iowa, the Dakotas, and Montana. Details of ad-
ministrative problems in connection with the work were emphasized and an
outline of the most successful baits and methods was given.

This paper was discussed by Fracker, McIndoo and Wood.

Meeting adjourned at 10.10 p. M. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

MINUTES OF THE 459TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, NOV. 1, 1934.

The 459th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was
held at 8 p. M., Thursday, November 1, 1934, in room 43 of the new building
of the National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. Those in

264 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

attendance who registered comprised 44 members and 12 visitors. The minutes
of the previous meeting were read and approved.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, W. K. Lawler of the
Public Health Service was admitted to membership by vote of the Society.

Under “Notes and Exhibition of Specimens” Dr. A. G. Béving reported on
his trip to Europe during August and September of the past summer. The
trip was made in response to invitations from the University of Copenhagen
and from the Royal Agricultural College in Copenhagen to deliver two lectures
and conduct a course of study on the classification and determination of Coleop-
terous larvae. Dr. B6ving was also invited to speak on the history and activities
for the control of injurious insects in the United States. For the latter lectures,
four in number, a summary was printed, outlining the various topics to be
discussed. The lectures were well attended and received favorable mention in
the newspapers, including pictures and interviews.

In addition to giving the lectures, Dr. B6ving made taxonomic studies on
beetle larvae with Mr. H. C. T. Newton in Rothamsted, with Mr. Rymer
Roberts at Cambridge and at the British Museum and the Museum at Copen-
hagen.

Mr. A. B. Gahan stated that a record of Hunterellus hookeri How. from magpie
nests from Ravalli Co., Montana, was probably erroneous since it is now known
that the magpie nests were examined in the same room in which parasites were
being reared.

Mr. J. C. Bridwell exhibited an excellent example of a trap-door spider’s
nest. He also spoke of finding in the phylloxera galls on hickory a species of
Phylloxeroxenes, the larvae of which are predaceous on the aphids. Phylloxer-
oxenus belongs in the Family Eurytomidae, most of which are true parasites.

This note was discussed by Cushman.

Dr. N. E. McIndoo gave a physiological explanation of why people like to
smoke.

On the regular program the first communication was by R. E. Snodgrass on
“The Feeding Mechanism of Sucking Insects.”” Mr. Snodgrass gave an inter-
esting and comprehensive discussion of the morphology of the mouthparts of
sucking insects and the apparent functions of the various structures. The talk
was well illustrated with numerous lantern slides.

This paper was followed by a lengthy discussion, participated in by Rohwer,
Ewing, Campbell, Stone, Cushman, Morrison, Middleton, Bridwell, and Cory.

The second scheduled communication was by Wm. Middleton, entitled “‘The
Dutch Elm Disease and its Transmission by an Insect.” Mr. Middleton
reviewed briefly the known history of the disease in this country and in Europe.
In North America the work done thus far, aside from control measures to
prevent the spread from infested areas in New England, has been concerned
primarily with experiments to learn the actual and potential carriers of the
disease. Two species of beetles, Sco/ytus multistriatus Marsh in North America
and Scolytus scolytus Fabr. in Europe appear to be the principal offenders.

Because the hour of adjournment was past the discussion of this interesting
paper was omitted.

Meeting adjourned at 10.15 p. m. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

MINUTES OF THE 460TH REGULAR MEETING OF THE ENTO-
MOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON, DECEMBER 6, 1934.

The 460th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington
was held at 8 p. m., Thursday, December 6, 1934, in room 43 of the new building
of the National Museum. Mr. J. S. Wade, president, presided. There were
present 41 members and 20 visitors. The minutes of the previous meeting were:
read and approved as corrected.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Committee, Mr. L. A. Strong and

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 265

Mr. D. J. Caffrey, of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and
Mr. W. H. W. Comp, of the U. S. Public Health Service, Ancon, Canal Zone,
were elected to membership by vote of the Society.

The Corresponding Secretary announced that members of the Society were
invited to attend exhibits and lectures to be held during December under the
auspices of the Carnegie Institution of Washington.

Prior to the annual election of officers, Mr. S. A. Rohwer reviewed the custom
of the Society as to procedure in elections, and suggested that to save time the
nominating ballots be dispensed with and that nominations be made from the
floor. This was placed in the form of a motion and seconded, then amended to
exclude the office of second vice-president, for which a nominating ballot was
to be cast. The Society voted to follow this procedure and the following officers
were elected for the year 1935. For each of these the Recording Secretary was
instructed to cast the unanimous ballot of the Society.

PLOMOUAIN, ATE SIACHEN Nas FA aie, eh oc ts: 4.) 4 Op MOWARD
ER eSIO CL ere ee ee ae ee et fu. i AN MPORTER:
eT SPP aGe len estd Cn) 1. SoU .a RACKER
Ocroe we ice-PEesigens Ae es ate oo Na) Fin. McInpoo
PRECOTAIBS SCCVCIGIY a. ey Shei ete tise ©: . P. W. Oman
Corresponding Secretary-Treasurer ...... ..J. E. GrarF
IDG an Pee i oo Wilkie Warnon

Members of the Executive Committee
S. A. Rouwer, J. S. Wave, H. E. Ewine
Representing the Society as Vice-President
of the Washington Academy of Sciences . . . .H. Morrison

Under “ Notes and Exhibition of Specimens” Mr. J. C. Bridwell reported the
discovery of a bruchid affecting the seeds of Umbelliferae. The seeds concerned
belong to an undetermined species of the umbelliferous genus Prangos, and were
collected in western central Asia by Messrs. Westover and Enlow of the Bureau
of Plant Industry. Upon examination of this material, Mr. Spessard, of the
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, found a living bruchid larva loose
among the seeds. Subsequent examination resulted in the finding of another
larva and the head capsules of several more. Some of the seeds showed evidence
of insect injury, and although this was hardly suggestive of bruchid work, the
occurrence of the larval head capsules in these cavities makes it appear certain
that the seeds of Prangos are attacked by a bruchid.

In addition to the larvae, there was found separately upon the seeds three
eggs which resemble those of Chrysopa in being ellipsoidal and mounted on a
stalk that is as long as the egg itself and appears to be composed of cement.
Two of these are blackened and discolored and in that respect similar to bruchid
eggs affected by Uscana semifumipennis. One egg has a circular emergence
hole near the base, this opening resembling that made by bruchid larvae and
being quite different from the irregular larval emergence hole at the apex of the
egg of Chrysopa. Although these eggs are different from known bruchid eggs,
it seems probable that they belong to that family. In the Bruchidae the cement
used to attach the eggs to the host pod or seed often assumes very curious forms.

The above appears to be the first authentic record of a bruchid infesting the
seeds of an Umbellifer, although Perris (1833, Ann. Ent. Soc. France (5); 87)
found’ Bruchus [now Bruchidius| cinerescens on the flowers of Eryngium campestre
and asserted that he would find the larvae a month later in the fruit. As
Peyerimhoff has bred this bruchid from the stems of Eryngium, Perris appears
to have been mistaken in assuming that it uses the seeds. In Motschulsky’s
posthumous paper of 1874 (Bul. Soc. Nat. Moscou 467; 231) Bruchus [now
Bruchidius| holosericeus Schoenherr is described and the habitat listed as “Conf.
Perse sur le Bangos phoeniculacea.”’ When consulted in regard to the identity
of the plant indicated, Dr. S. F. Blake interpreted this to mean Prangos foent-
culacea. Whether B. holosericeus Schoenherr is the insect found in the present
material is of course uncertain, but the distribution of the 36 species of Prangos

266 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

‘

n the Mediterranean region and Central Asia agrees very well with the geo-
graphical distribution given for Bruchidius holosericeus (Schoenherr) (= Bruchus
Steveni Gyllenhal = Bruchus canaliculatus Mulsant and Rey), which is listed from
southern France, Spain, Portugal, Calabria, Krain, Dalmatia, Greece, Turkey,
southern Russia, Syria, and Persia. (Author’s abstract.)

The first paper on the regular program, by Dr. H. H. Richardson, was entitled
“The Mexican Mealybug, Phenacoccus gossypii, T. & Ckll., an important pest
of greenhouse chrysanthemums.” The Mexican mealybug, which was originally
found in Mexico in 1898, was first reported from the United States in 1918,
when it was found in California. It is now known to occur throughout most of
the southern states and as far north as New York in the east and Nebraska and
Michigan in the middle west. It is spread commercially chiefly in rooted cut-
tings from infested propagating houses. Dr. Richardson illustrated his talk
with lantern slides showing pictures of the mealybugs and with charts indicating
the comparative effectiveness of various sprays and fumigants tested in connec-
tion with the control of this and other species of the family.

This paper was discussed by Rohwer, Cory, Middleton, Bishopp, Graf and
Bridwell.

The second communication was by Dr. E. A. Chapin and entitled “Spiracles
in Scarabaeidae, with reference to taxonomy.”

Since about 1840 the classification of the Scarabaeidae has been predicated
upon the assumption that in the family there are two distinct types of spiracular
arrangement. It was not until quite recently that attention of workers has
been called to the fact that in reality there are not two but several distinct types.
Certain facts have been overlooked and certain have been misinterpreted.

The usual number of spiracles in the abdomen of a scarabaeid is eight pairs,
of which one pair (the last) may or may not be functional. The usual count
has been given as six pairs, in which case the first pair has been erroneously
assigned to the thorax and the last pair overlooked. The spiracles in the
Glaphyrinae are not extraordinary.

The genus Oncerus Lec., type genus of the tribe or subtribe Oncerini, has been
considered as pleurostict but upon examination proves to be definitely laparos-
tict. Its other characters are all in accord with Aclopus Er. and there seems to
be no reason for not associating the two genera. Chnaunanthus Burm. and
Chasmatopterus Latr. are true Melolonthinae and have nothing to do with
Oncerus Lec.

Because the pigmentation of the sclerites of the abdomen of Pachypus is
incomplete, the spiracles in this genus appear to be the membranes. By staining
in acid fuschsin, the limits of the membranes can be determined and it is evident
that the spiracles are in the sclerotized portion. Further, the seventh spiracle
is very large in comparison with the fifth, a condition that obtains in all Melolon-
thinae examined. It is therefore suggested that the Pachypodinae be dropped
as a separate subfamily and the species be returned to the Melolonthinae to
find a place near Sparmannia Cast. (Author’s abstract.)

Cushman, Ewing, and Rohwer discussed this paper.

The final communication, “Remarks on the Scarabaeid Genus Pleocoma,”
was by Mr. A. C. Davis. The genus Pleocoma, which is restricted in distribu-
tion to western North America, is of no economic importance so far as known.
The sexes are dimorphic, and during the mating season the males, which live
but a short time in the adult stage, search out the females in their burrows in
the ground. Oviposition apparently takes place at some depth underground.
Very little is known of the life history, and very few larvae have ever been
collected, but indications are that the life of the insect may extend over 3 to 5
years.

This paper was discussed by Chapin and Bridwell.

Meeting adjourned at 10 p. M. P. W. Oman,

Recording Secretary.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 267

THE EUROPEAN TARSONEMID STRAWBERRY MITE IDENTI-
CAL WITH THE AMERICAN CYCLAMEN MITE.

By H. E. Ewinc, Entomologist, and Froyp F. Smiru, Entomologist,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Strawberry plants in both Europe and North America have
suffered in recent years from the attacks of tarsonemid mites.
The species chiefly involved in North America is the so-called
cyclamen mite, Tarsonemus pallidus Banks, which was described
in 1899 (Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 4 : 295) from specimens taken
from leaves of chrysanthemums. The European strawberry
tarsonemid mite was described in 1905 by Zimmerman (Ztschr.
makr. Landemus. Brunn 5 : 91-103) under the name of Tar-
sonemus fragariae. It was recognized at that time as a pest of
strawberries. This European species has been regarded by
specialists in the past as different from our American one. Even
after comparisons were made between specimens sent from
America and those occurring in England it was claimed that
the tarsal setae of leg IV of the male of pallidus were much
weaker than the corresponding setae in fragariae. Also it was
held that the basal femoral seta of leg IV of the male was very
different in the two species.

Recently the writers have received from England, through
the courtesy of Mr. A. M. Massee, specimens of Tarsonemus
fragariae Zimm., for comparison with those of our Tarsonemus
pallidus Banks. A direct comparison between the two, character
for character,.has failed to reveal any significant differences.
It has been noted, however, that there is an important individual
variation in the size of the tarsal setae of leg IV of the male.
Also, there is an individual variation of considerable proportions
in the shape of the hyaline inner lobe of femur IV of the male.
These individual variations, of which there are others not here
mentioned, appear greater than they really are when specimens
of the mites are observed in different positions under the
microscope. Thus it is easily understood why /ragariae could
have been considered distinct from pallidus.

A further study of the specimens of these two supposedly
distinct species also showed that they both fit very nicely the
original description of fragariae by Zimmerman, but are some-
what different from copies of Zimmerman’s figures which have
not been reproduced accurately.

For many years T. fragariae in Europe was supposed to
attack mainly the strawberry, although occasionally pelargon-
ium and begonia were reported to have been injured. How-
ever, in recent years cyclamen has been reported as_ being
attacked in Europe. The symptoms developing on plants
that have been injured by T. fragariae in Europe are similar to

268 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

those produced by T. pallidus when feeding on the same hosts
in America and the habits of the mites in the two hemispheres
are similar. The differences in the cultural practices of florists,
nurserymen, and strawberry growers in Europe and America
may account for the absence of this tarsonemid mite on certain
crops in Europe that are damaged in America.

Because they failed successfully to establish mites from
strawberry on cyclamen, entomologists concluded that the
strawberry-attacking tarsonemid mites in Europe and in
California belonged to the same species and that this species
was distinct from pallidus. In the writers’ experiments, cycla-
men appears to be one of the favorite hosts of T. pallidus and
mites persist on it satisfactorily after having once become
established, although they are often established on it with
great difficulty. The cyclamen mite is most successfully trans-
ferred to any of its hosts and thrives best under low greenhouse
temperatures and at high humidities. The host plants should
be in a growing condition and have tender young leaf or flower
parts present among which the mites can seclude themselves,
feed, and inaugurate the deformities, and within which they
can persist, even under rather adverse conditions. Best results
are obtained with cyclamen if the flower buds are present at
the time of transfer. By making transfers under these favorable
conditions the mites from strawberries in California, which Dr.
L. M. Smith of the California Experiment Station sent to
Washington, D. C., for experiment, were successfully established
on cyclamens, delphiniums, Saintpaulia, and Achyranthes.
Injury on each host was typical for pallidus. According to
recent correspondence, Dr. L. M. Smith confirmed these results
by making transfers to cyclamens under similar conditions.
Previous to these transfers C.F. Doucette successfully estab-
lished on cyclamen the mites occurring on strawberry in Wash-
ington State and his results were confirmed with mites that he
recently sent to the writers.

Based on the present biological and morphological studies,
it appears that those tarsonemid mites occurring on strawberries
and other hosts in America and having pa//idus-like characters
are T. pallidus. A study of the morphological characters of
fragariae from Europe and of pallidus from America has revealed
no differences. Therefore, it appears that the name pad/lidus
should be applied to the European form on strawberry and
other hosts, the later name /fragariae being a synonym of
pallidus, as indicated below:

Tarsonemus pallidus Banks, 1899, Ent. Soc. Wash. Proc. 4: 295. Tarsonemus
fragariae Zimmerman, 1905, Ztschr. mikr. Landemus. Brunn 5 : 91-103.

PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934 269

NOTE UPON INSECTS FOUND IN MUSHROOM HOUSES.

By A. C. Davis,
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, U. 8. Department of Agriculture.

Of the following insects found in mushroom houses, some
have not heretofore been recorded as pests of mushrooms,
others are little known as such, while still others are predators
upon the pests.

(MITES (ACARINA).
Pigmeophorus americanus Banks. Attacking spawn in cultures.
Eupodes (?). Extremely numerous in gills of mushrooms at Pomeroy, Pa.

SPRINGTAILS (COLLEMBOLA).

Proisotoma minuta Tull. Doing some damage to spawn, Arlington Farm, Va.

Protsotoma simplex Fols. Attacking spawn, Capitol Heights, Md.

Sinella héfti Schaf. Damaging mushrooms, Leeds, Mo.

Achorutes maturus Kols. Damaging mushrooms, Leeds, Mo.

Lepidocyrtus albicans Reut. West Chester, Pa., attacking spawn.

Leptidocyrtus cyaneus Tull. and var. cinereus Fols. West Chester, Pa., attacking
spawn.

Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus (Gmel.). Attacking and damaging mushrooms and
spawn, Barberton, Ohio. Present but not numerous at Avondale, Pa.

Xenylla humicola Tull. Kennett Square, Pa.

Xenylla welchi Fols. Attacking mushrooms at Redwood City, Calif.

BEETLES, (COLEOPTERA).

Corticaria serrata (Payk.). Common on and about beds at Arlington Farm, Va.
May feed upon spawn.

Acritus sp. Predacious upon springtails and mites (?), Arlington Farm, Va.

Atheta virginica Bernh. Extremely common in mushroom houses, Arlington
Farm, Va., and throughout mushroom-growing district of Pennsylvania,
Delaware, and New Jersey. Predacious, attacking larvae of the mushroom
flies (Sciara sp.) in the beds.

Nephanes sp. Feeding in spawn, Kennett Square, Pa.

Ptilium sp. Reared from spawn from a house at West Chester, Pa.

MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA).

Pyralis farinalis L. Several generations reared from compost from mushroom
beds at Arlington Farm, Va. Numerous in the mushroom house.

““A GENERAL TEXTBOOK OF ENTOMOLOGY INCLUDING
THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY DEVELOPMENT AND CLASSI-
FICATION OF INSECTS.”’ By A. D. Imus, pp. I-XII and 1-727
with 624 text figures. PUBLISHED By E. P. DUTTON AND Company, INC.,
New York, price $10.80.

This is the third edition of Imms’ well known “General Textbook” which
has undergone important revision in the present issue. Considerable matter

270 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 36, NOS. 8, 9, NOV.—DEC., 1934

has been added in several orders, notably the Orthoptera, Ephemeroptera,
Lepidoptera and Diptera. This volume is particularly valuable for its modern
treatment of the anatomy and physiology of insects to which the first 233
pages are exclusively devoted. In the chapters following this section, which
are arranged in ordinal sequence, much excellent information is included ‘dealing
with the anatomy and biology peculiar to the various orders and families.
Rather copious bibliographies pertinent tothe subjects are providedin convenient
places throughout the volume, but in these the page references are generally
omitted. The illustrative matter is plentiful, good and well chosen. Indices,
both author’s and subject, are provided and in the latter reference to illustra-
tions is indicated by bold-face type.

The book is excellently printed, and should prove of real value in the library
of any serious student of entomology. — W. R. Wa ron.

REVIEW OF FOURTH EDITION (1934) OF FOLSOM’S “ ENTO-
MOLOGY WITH REFERENCE TO ITS ECOLOGICAL
ASPECTS.”’

“Entomology with Reference to its Ecological Aspects,” by J. W. Folsom, 4th
edition, revised by R. A. Wardle, 8 vo. cloth, 605 pp., 5 plates, 308 text
figures. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston’s Son & Co., Inc., 1934. $4.00.

Excellent criteria of the practical value of a standard textbook on entomology
and of the growth of that science are indicated by necessity for revision of the
subject-matter of the work at fairly frequent intervals. In the case of this book,
it is of especial interest to compare the newly issued fourth edition of 1934
with the Ist edition of 1906, the 2d of 1913 and the 3d of 1922 in order that
there may be noted the progress which has been made in entomology during
that period. This volume is particularly appropriate for such purpose because
of its wide scope and its honored history as a much used and highly valued tool
in a large number of entomological workshops throughout the world.

In this latest edition no noteworthy changes have been made in the basic
structure of the book, and all those features included in previous editions which
have appealed to teacher and research worker have been retained. A consider-
able amount of additional matter has been interpolated, and several chapters
have been entirely rewritten, notably those dealing with insects and disease
and insects and man. ‘The selection of new material has required thorough
resumé of a large number of books and periodicals published in recent years,
and this survey appears to have been very carefully made, particularly in
insect ecology and related branches. As would be expected, the section on
insect ecology (pp. 444-511) provides subject-matter of probably the most out-
standing usefulness because of the succinctness and the general excellence of
its resumés of such existence factors, as soil, atmosphere, water, temperature,
light, pressure, metabolism, acclimatization, adaptation, biotic potential,
environments, and communities. Only those who have had experience in
assembling and compiling a vast array of material of this character can ade-
quately appreciate the magnitude and the difficulties of such a task. It is
believed that the new revision will be found to be reasonably up to date, due
largely, according to the preface, to the labor and enthusiasm of the junior
author. It is with a feeling of gratitude that the reviewer must acknowledge
his personal indebtedness to the previous editions of this work for the reason
that the information presented therein was in such compact and accessible form
as to render it suitable not only for office correspondence and laboratory use but
also was readily portable, this making it available even while in travel status.
The new edition will be heartily welcomed, and it is believed that it will fully
attain the great usefulness of its predecessors. — J. S. Wane.

Actual date of publication, February 18, 1935.

INDEX TO VOLUME 36.

Aldrich, John Merton, obituary, 180.
Acarina, hymenopterous parasites of, 87.
Actiopsis rufescens, n. sp., 34.
Aedes (Stegomyia) aegypti,
laboratory conditions, 185.
Aedes, sp., notes on, 120.
Anastrepha, revision of genus with synopsis
and figures, 127; robusta, n. sp., 144;
distincta, n. sp., 149; panamensis, n. sp.,
150; pasaflorae, n. sp., 151; zeteki, n. sp.,
152; similis, n. sp., 153; braziliensis,
n. sp., 154; hendeli, n. sp., 155; urichi,
n. sp., 159; flavipennis, n. sp., 160; trini-
dadensis, n. sp., 161; townsendi, n. sp.,
165; pallidipennis, n. sp., 166; chiclayae,
n. sp., 167; concava, n. sp., 169.
Apeloglutus, new genus; latifrons, n. sp., 32.
prey orhrips, new genus, 114; africanus, n. sp.,

biology under

Baldulus, new genus, 79; montanus, n. sp., 79.

Bisuopp, F. C., article by, 87.

Blue spruce, Magdalis from, 85.

Bripwe Lt, J. C., notes on Xyela, etc., 263, 265;
Bruchidae in seeds of umbelliferae, 265;
bruchobius magnus, n. sp., 43.

Bucuanan, L. L., articles by, 60; 85.

Buscx, AuGustT, articles by, 68; 82

Catolaccus fragariae, n. sp., 44.

Cimberis, sp., feeding habits, 263.

Cirrospilus inimicus, n. sp., 122.

Coleoptera, death of H. F. Wickham, 60.

Cremona, new genus, 82; cotoneastri, n. sp., 83.

Culex putumayensis, n. sp., 121.

Davis, A. C., articles by, 23; 88; 269.

Deltocephalus laredanus, n. sp., 78.

Deserts of California book review, 98.

Eumerus narcisi Smith, note on, 80

Ewrne, H. E., and Smiru, Fioyp F., article
by, 267.

Mite, tarsonemid, identity of, 267.

Ganan, A. B., articles by, 89; 122.

Gelichiidae, new genus and species, 82.

Grar, J. E., and Wuire, W. H., article, 67.

Greene, Cuartes T., articles by, 27, 127.

Hebecephalus scriptanus, n. sp., 77.

Hoop, J. Douctas, article by, 111.

Howarp, L. O., article by, 51.

Hunterellus hookeri Howard, 89.

Hymenoptera, parasitic, 43.

Ixodiphagus texanus Howard, 89.

Laevicephalus aridus, n. sp., 77; bocanus,
n. sp., 78.

Latta, RanpDaALL, article by, 80.

Leafhoppers, deltocephaline, n. sp., 75.

Magdalis piceae, n. sp., 85.

Mansonia, in Amazon Valley, 99; indubitans
Dyar, 102; pseudotitillans (Theo.), 107;
flaveolus (Coq.) 107; amazonensis (Theo.),
107; humeralis D. & K., 107; nigricans,
(Coq.) 108; albicosta (Peryassu), 108;

justamansonia (Chagas), 108; fasciolata
(Lynch & Arri.), 108; arribalzagae (Theo.),
108; Lynchi Shannon, 109.

Marueson, Rosert, articles by, 41, 119.

Mosquitoes, earth-lined trap for, 1; South
American, 99, 119; biology of, 185; egg-
laying capacity of, 217.

Mushroom insects, list found in mushroom
houses, 269. :

Oman, P. W., article by, 75.

Phanerotoma formosana, n. sp., 45.

Phenacoccus gossypii T. & Cekl., on chrysan-
themum, 266.

Phlaeothripidae, new genera and spec., 111.

Plectops manca, n. sp., 31.

Pleocoma remota, n. sp., 23; simi, n. sp., 24;
Conjugans Horn, var. hirsutus, n. var., 88;
spp., notes on, 266.

Popenoe, Charles Holcomb, obituary, 67.

Psorophora (Janthinosoma’ horridus D. & K.,
description male with figure, 41.

Putnam, Persis, and SHannon, R. C., articles
by, 185, PW

Rhogas metanastriae, n. sp., 47.

Roeseliopsis floridensis, n. sp., 30.

Rhogas narangae, n. sp., 46.

Rhyncotaenia, sub-genus, 108.

Rouwer, S. A., articles by, 43, 55.

Russet, Paut F. and Santiaco Dominco,
article by, 1.

Sanctanus tectus, n. sp., 75.

Scarabaeidae, — spiracular
larvae of, 266

Schizotachina ruficornis, n. sp., 33.

Senna, new lepidopteron attacking, 68.

SEANNON, Raymonp C., articles by, 99, 185,

Smiru, Fioyp F., joint article by, 267.

Stegomyia aegypti, biology of under laboratory
conditions, 185; egg-laying capacity of,
and longevity of adults, 217.

Stegothrips, n. gen., 111; barronis, n. sp., 112.

Strawberry mite identical with Cyclamen
mite, 267. :

Tachinidae with evanescent fourth vein,
synopsis with new genus and n. sp., 27.

Tarsonemus pallidus, identical with T. fra-
gariae, 267.

Ticks, American
of, 87.

Tortilia wens n. Sp., 68.

Wape, J. S., book reviews by, 98, 270.

WALTON, W. R., book review by, 269.

Washington, Entomological Society of, begin-

arrangement in

hymenopterous parasites

nings of, list of founders, 51; changes
during last 25 years, 55; minutes of
regular meetings, 48, 70, 73, 124, 184,

261, 262, 263, 264-266.
Xyela, sp., feeding habits, 263.

2/1

ee ee \ i | ¥ _™\) am gan\ * NR es Via LES nN en Va
) oho A AAAAAAAANAl. IAI AAARARARA A aA S\N AAAS AAA R

AAAAAAAAAAARAaannnnrn” BARRA 5
naAranaar aceon AAA me

Ax\f aa\/A | \

ia ronapencasscaseannt cee

~\ VV VA AA nz

eae AAA
ANAAAAAS AANA Wane RAneARAeAee

caesascosoaan

AAV

RAAAA j

Ape
eer A

; ren ane Anan “%

} VAY AN AAA A A AAG > — ee ial -e-eemaii ae =
HA 7 roy lan! FA XAT R TIO VAN
AP BARA A nal ; ARAN an ARAAA AAAe AA AA. \A\ AAP AANA veal

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington"

See other formats